[Title will be auto-generated] by Catarina Pereira

CATALOGUE 2009/2010

This catalogue is intended as procedure documentation for dealers. Our terms of payment, sales and delivery shall apply. Our publications are intended to provide information to the best of our knowledge and are in no way intended to be legally binding. Illustrations are not binding, especially with regard to colour, size and equipment of the products shown. Industrial property rights exist for many of the products. We reserve the right to make technical and formal changes to our products in the interest of technical progress. All items in this catalogue which are subject to CE regulations bear the CE mark on their packaging label and on the product itself.

Inserts for standard/surface ranges

Standard ranges

ABOUT US

4-15

MODULE inserts

16-35

House electronics

36-61

MODUL 2

62-97

BERKER S.1 98-103

Surface ranges

BERKER B.1 104-107

BERKER B.3 108-111

BERKER B.7 GLAS 112-115 BERKER S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 GLAS ROCKERS AND CENTRE INSERTS 116-155

BERKER Q.1 156-191 BERKER K.1, K.5 192-199 ROCKERS AND CENTRE INSERTS 200-241

BERKER ARSYS

Special ranges

242-281

Serie 1930, Glasserie, Palazzo 282-293 BERKER TS, TS CRYSTAL, TS CRYSTAL BALL, TS SENSOR 294-317

Building system technology

Motion detectors 318-327

Radio bus 328-359

INSTABUS KNX/EIB 360-441

SAFETY SYSTEMS 442-451 Industrial ranges

BERKER INTEGRO 452-467 MOBIL R TWIN 468-471

Splash-protected ranges

splash-protected flush-mounted ip 44 472-485 AQUATEC ip44 / Diecast ip44 486-501 ISO-Panzer ip44 / ip66 502-509

Surface-mounted range

Surface-mounted 510-517

Connection boxes and connecting devices

Connecting systems 518-523

Manufacture

Cleaning instructions, Technical specifications, Mounting plates, General terms and conditions of business, Product summary

524-531

from 532

Ideas, perfection, but above all a passion for excellent Design: Berker – the right way.

Berker AWARDS

berker B.1, B.3, B.IQ, s.1, TS Sensor

berker K.1, TS Sensor

berker B.IQ, eib push-buttons, k.1, K.5, S.1, TS sensor, serie 1930 porzellan made by rosenthal

Berker Q.1, K.5, serie 1930 porzellan made by rosenthal, ts crystal ball

Berker Q.1, berker B.IQ, TS, TS sensor

berker B.Iq

Berker Q.1, B.IQ, K.5, ts Sensor, serie 1930 porzellan made by rosenthal, ts crystal ball

berker Ts Sensor 5

Unique surface... robust... pleasing shape... versatile... the new allrounder... Berker Q.1

A new switch with an unmistakeable surface, a clear shape and an excellent price-performance ratio with a large depth of product variety – what is that? It‘s obvious: a new all-rounder! Over 270 variants of the Berker Q.1 are available, including items with an innovative lighting design, a splash-protected version, with conventional switch technology and also completely new push-button sensors. For private homes and apartments, public buildings and large construction projects – it is therefore the logical first choice.

The product range can be found on the following pages: Berker Q.1 156-191 Radio bus Berker Q.1 349-351 instabus KNX/EIB Berker Q.1 407-415

The proven benefits of Berker switch inserts at a glance.

As the inventor of the module system, Berker is the only manufacturer to have retained its philosophy unchanged right through to the present. Even years later, it is still possible to adapt the switch to a new interior design look. The actual inserts are left in the wall. Only the surfaces are replaced. Even if a control switch or illuminated switch is desired, the switch insert always remains the same. For you that means:

■ No wrong inserts on site ■ Minimal stockholding ■ Lasting customer satisfaction

Outstanding functionality and easy handling are what set the switch inserts apart. The tried and tested modular design and extremely flat switching angle of only 3.5° make the switch appear very flat on the wall. To ensure low-cost installation, the concept of the patented Flexolift claws was integrated (as in the earthed SCHUKO socket outlet). This concept means the claws are flush fitting, with no rubber ring, and are forced automatically back into position when released. On the backside of the switch is a laser engraving of the circuit diagram, the graphical symbol, the article number and the conductor stripping length. A cable guard around the claw screws prevents damage to the conductors. The conductor release forces have also been substantially reduced by means of special, moulded-on lever release catches. The neon lamp unit clicks in place on the support ring for exact positioning of the unit. Precise seating of the switching rockers ensures easy switching.

■ 10 AX, 250 V~ switch 10 A, 250 V~ button with 1 mm thick supporting ring

■ 3.5° switching angle for a flatter appearance

■ Modular design suitable for all rocker types

■ Large clearance around the claw screw with combination cross-head srews (+/-) ■ Precise seating of rockers made possible by variable four-pin mount

■ Position of the neon/glow unit exact positioning by click-in-place; can be used as indicator or orientation light ■ Moulded-on lever release catches reduced release forces

■ Switch labelled on The backside order no., circuit diagram/graphical symbol, stripping length ■ Cable guard prevents damage to conductors by claw screws

■ Flexolift flush fitting claws; positive reset on release ® claws

■ MINIMAL INSTALLATION DEPTH plenty of space for installation of an insert for hollow-wall mounting

MODULAR ASSEMBLED DESIGN: FROM APPLICATION …

IN ONLY THREE STEPS In the following, we will show you how three selected complete products are put together and how the items making up the products can be ordered through the catalogue. It‘s as easy as one-two-three!

APPLICATION SELECT INSERT in chapter:

CHOOSE FRAME DESIGN e.g., in chapter:

MODULE INSERTS

BERKER B.3

Light switch Example: Rocker switches change-over order no.: 3036

HOUSE ELECTRONICS

Example: Frame aluminium/polar white, 1gang order no.: 1011 39 04

Berker K.1

: Time switch for blinds Example: RolloTec ® standard insert order no.: 2925

HOUSE ELECTRONICS

remote controlled dimmer

Example: Frame polar white, 1gang order no.: 1313 70 09

BERKER S.1

: Example: BLC universal touch dimmer order no.: 2902

: Example: Frame polar white, matt, 1gang order no.: 1011 99 09

… TO COMPLETE PRODUCT

3 FIND A SUITABLE COVER in chapter:

COMPLETE PRODUCT

BERKER S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 GLas Rockers and centre inserts

= Example: Rocker polar white, matt order no.: 1620 19 09

Rocker switch change-over Design: BERKER B.3

BERKER K.1/K.5 Rockers and centre inserts

Example: RolloTec ® time switch Easy with display, polar white order no.: 1762 71 09

RolloTec ® time switch Easy with display Design: BERKER K.1

BERKER S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 GLas RADIO BUS SYSTEM Rockers and centre inserts Transmitter

= Example: BLC radio button, polar white, matt BLC radio universal touch dimmer Remote operation for order no.: 1760 19 09 Design: BERKER S.1 Radio hand-held transmitter order no.: 2766

BERKER MULTIMEDIA

The digital media from Berker provide you with comprehensive information and a large number of useful ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONS.

INTERNET: www.berker.com

The web pages offer detailed information about Berker switches and systems. A variety of other options are available:

■ e lectronic catalogue with - extensive technical information - operating instructions - generation of bills of materials for future use - product information - the KNX/EIB product service: software and documentation for all KNX/EIB products from Berker ■ ordering sales aids and information materials ■ B erker news feeds: keep up with the latest information

Berker switches and systems. Shining examples of individualistic home comfort.

Do you know how to design rooms with exceptional ease and with a more individual style? At Berker we have been working on that since 1919 – and we have found some highly attractive answers.

Berker switches and systems are in use all over the world, making life more beautiful, easier and more comfortable. We place the utmost emphasis on quality, design and innovation. This is confirmed by the numerous awards we have received both at home and abroad.

Berker is a leading supplier of high-quality electrical installations – from timelessly classic switch design through to intelligent building management systems. All new developments are created with just one thing in mind: the satisfaction of our customers. After all, we want you to feel at home with our products for decades to come.

Don’t just let your life be guided by taste, but also by state-of-the-art technology, with Berker - the right way.

Our future-oriented corporate philosophy is mattched by our state-ofthe-art production processes. At our headquarters in Schalksmühle, Germany, advanced computer-aided design methods are applied to develop and design state-of-the-art switch systems. Berker also invests in extensive research and development to create new products and product systems, as well as in new technologies and their possible applications.

The quality and safety of the finished products are of primary importance. Berker was one of the first companies to implement a quality management system for DIN ISO 9001 that meets all the requirements of certification. Accreditation by the German Accreditation Council (DAR) underscores the high technical standard of our central laboratory.

The quality of Berker‘s products has quickly become known not only in Germany, but also in the rest of Europe and overseas. Holdings in other electrical and electronics engineering companies also permit Berker to benefit from cross-product technology transfer, thereby opening up additional opportunities in the market. Whether in residential buildings, conference centres, museums, in motorhomes or on yachts – Berker products are in use all over the world.

Module inserts For standard inserts and surface ranges Electromechanical inserts and components

Berker MODULE system: An adjustable installation system that features covers you can mount on already installed inserts – even at the last minute.

■ Frame and cover are easy to change ■ Permits subsequent design changes ■ Once installed, the insert remains in the wall

Please note: Only mount in conjunction with commercially available flush-mounted boxes according to DIN 49073 Part 1.

MODULE INSERTS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Switches

Rocker switch

Rocker switches

2pole on/off 3031 3036 3037

10 10 10

10 AX, 250 V~

on page T3

Can be illuminated using neon and incandescent lamp units with N-terminal order no. 1675 .., 1676 ..

with predefined 0 position for illumination and monitoring circuit without spreader claws low installation depth with plug-in terminals

for illumination and monitoring circuit with plug-in terminals

Rocker switch for installation in hollow-walls 3036 50

Rocker switch

10 AX, 250 V~

on page T3

2pole on/off

for illumination and monitoring circuit without spreader claws low installation depth with plug-in terminals

on page T4

with predefined 0 position for illumination and monitoring circuit with screw terminals

10 10

For the Netherlands!

Rocker switch

Can be illuminated using neon and incandescent lamp units with N-terminal order no. 1675 .., 1676 ..

10 AX, 250 V~

2pole change-over

Rocker switch 3032

3pole on/off

10 AX, 250 V~

Can be illuminated using neon and incandescent lamp units with N-terminal order no. 1675 .., 1676 ..

3033 03

16 AX, 400 V~

Only suitable in combination with rockers with „0“ imprint.

with predefined 0 position for illumination and monitoring circuit with plug-in terminals

for illumination with screw terminals

Rocker switch 2pole on/off

67 3039 09

Can be illuminated using neon lamp unit order no. 1600 02

for illumination and monitoring circuit without spreader claws low installation depth with plug-in terminals

on page T3

Only suitable in combination with rockers with „0“ imprint.

Can be illuminated using neon lamp unit order no. 1600 02

10 AX, 250 V~ on page T3

For switching of 16 A socket outlets, for example.

Rocker switch 61 3036 61 3037

3032 12

16 AX, 250 V~

Can be illuminated using neon and incandescent lamp units with N-terminal order no. 1675 .., 1676 ..

change-over intermediate

Only suitable in combination with rockers with „0“ imprint. For the Netherlands!

on page T3

change-over

10 AX, 250 V~

Rocker switch on/off change-over intermediate

61 3032

Packing unit

on page T4

Only suitable in combination with rockers with „0“ imprint. Can be illuminated using neon lamp unit order no. 1600

with predefined 0 position for illumination and monitoring circuit with screw terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

MODULE INSERTS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Rockers switches

Rockers switch double change-over, isolated input terminals

Rockers switch series

3035

Can be illuminated using neon and incandescent lamp units with N-terminal order no. 1675 .., 1676 .. Can be illuminated using series LED unit with N terminal order no. 1680

on page T4

for illumination without spreader claws low installation depth with screw terminals

Rockers switch for installation in hollow-walls 3035 50

For the Netherlands! Can be illuminated using neon lamp unit order no. 1600 02

for illumination and monitoring circuit with plug-in terminals

series

61 3038 08

10 AX, 250 V~

on page T4

Packing unit

Rockers switch

3gang on/off

10 AX, 250 V~

63 3023

16 AX, 400 V~ on page T4

Can be illuminated using neon and incandescent lamp units with N-terminal order no. 1675 .., 1676 .. Can be illuminated using series LED unit with N terminal order no. 1680

for illumination and monitoring circuit without spreader claws low installation depth with plug-in terminals

For rockers order no. 1465 .., 1665 ..

with screw terminals

Pullcord switches Pullcord switch change-over 2pole on/off

61 3035

10 on page T4

10 AX, 250 V~

Centre plate order no. 1146 .., 1147 .., 1149 .. Can be illuminated using neon and incandescent lamp units with N-terminal order no. 1605 1..

For the Netherlands! on page T3

Can be illuminated using neon and incandescent lamp units with N-terminal order no. 1675 .., 1676 .. Can be illuminated using series LED unit with N terminal order no. 1680

for illumination and monitoring circuit for wall and ceiling mounting with plug-in terminals

for illumination without spreader claws low installation depth with plug-in terminals

Pullcord switch change-over 2pole on/off

3038 08

10 AX, 250 V~ on page T4

Can be illuminated using neon lamp unit order no. 1600 02

for illumination with screw terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

61 3966 61 3962

10 10

10 AX, 250 V~ Pullcord connection 14 cm

Rockers switch double change-over, isolated input terminals

10 10

10 AX, 250 V~ Pullcord connection 14 cm

Rockers switch series

3966 3962

on page T4

Neon and incandescent lamp units with N-terminal see module inserts accessories. For the Netherlands! Centre plate order no. 1146 .., 1147 .., 1149 .. Can be illuminated using neon and incandescent lamp units with N-terminal order no. 1605 1..

for illumination and monitoring circuit for wall and ceiling mounting without spreader claws low installation depth with plug-in terminals

MODULE INSERTS Order no.

Packing unit

Rotary switches

Order no.

Lighting units

Rotary switch

Incandescent lamp units

20 A for 2.5 - 4 mm² 25 A for 2.5 - 6 mm²

NEW

3862 3862 01

10 10

Note! Wall boxes must be mounted at least 43 mm deep. Centre plate order no. 1150 ..

Incandescent lamp unit with N-terminal brown, 6 V, 35 mA yellow, 12 V, 65 mA green, 24 V, 35 mA red, 48 V, 25 mA

250 V~ Switching angle 60 ° on page T3

2pole on/off with screw terminals without spreader claws

3861

without 0-position: 2-1-3 without 0-position: 2-1-3without spreader claws

3861 01 61 3861 01

10 10

Neon lamp units Neon lamp unit with N-terminal grey, 230 V~, 1 mA orange, 230 V~, 0.4 mA

16 A, 250 V~ For air conditioners and fans, for example. on page T3

61 3861 01 for the Netherlands!

10 10 10 10

for rocker switches change-over, intermediate, 2pole on/off 10 AX for illuminated rockers switches series for rocker push-buttons and rockers push-buttons except order no. 503404, 503808 for illumination and monitoring circuit

3-step switch with neutral-position: 0-1-2-3

* 1676 * 1676 02 * 1676 01 * 1676 03

Not suitable for push-button and pullcord switches, rocker switches and rocker push-buttons from the years 1985 to 1995.

3-step switches

on page T5

Packing unit

Centre plate without 0-position for order no. 1084 .., 1088 .. Centre plate with 0-position for order no. 1087 .., 1096 ..

1675 1675 04

10 10

If several neon lamp units are used the lamp current may result in malfunctioning of the relay/pulse relay. Remedy: Insert a neutral conductor or connect a capacitor 230 V, 1 µF per 10 mA neon lamp current in parallel with the coil. Not suitable for push-button and pullcord switches, rocker switches and rocker push-buttons from the years 1985 to 1995.

with screw terminals for rocker switches change-over, intermediate, 2pole on/off 10 AX for illuminated rockers switches series for rocker push-buttons and rockers push-buttons except order no. 503404, 503808 for illumination and monitoring circuit

Key switches Key switch for profile half cylinders 2pole change-over

3826 10

10 A, 250 V~ Not suitable for flush-mounted splash protected! on page T5

NEW

Centre plate order no. 1505 .., 1507 .. Profile half cylinder see module inserts / accessories order no. 1818 01, 1818

for master-key systems without spreader claws with screw terminals

Neon lamp unit with N-terminal grey, 230 V~, 1 mA * 1605 10 orange, 230 V~, 0.4 mA 1605 14

on page T3

10 10

If several neon lamp units are used the lamp current may result in malfunctioning of the relay/pulse relay. Remedy: Insert a neutral conductor or connect a capacitor 230 V, 1 µF per 10 mA neon lamp current in parallel with the coil. Suitable for push-button and pullcord switches, rocker switches and rocker push-buttons from the years 1985 to 1995.

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

MODULE INSERTS Order no.

Packing unit

on page T4

1600 02

Rocker push-buttons Rocker push-button

When using several neon lamp units, the lamp power may result in malfunctioning of the relay/pulse relay. Remedy: Switching a capacitor 230 V, 1 µF per 10 mA neon lamp current in parallel with the coil. on page T4

for rocker switch 2pole on/off 16 AX for rockers switches double change-over for rockers push-buttons double change-over for illumination and monitoring circuit

on page T4

1600

1 NO, 1 NC, separate input terminals

5032 03

5031 50

10 A, 250 V~ on page T4

Series LED unit with N terminal

Rocker push-button

Suitable for push-button and pullcord switches, rocker switches and rocker push-buttons from the years 1985 to 1995.

NO contact

61 5031

10 A, 250 V~ For the Netherlands! on page T4

for control circuit per series with screw terminal

Can be illuminated using neon and incandescent lamp units with N-terminal order no. 1675 .., 1676 ..

for illumination and monitoring circuit without spreader claws low installation depth with plug-in terminals

For rockers switch series order no. 3035 .., 6130 35

Can be illuminated using neon and incandescent lamp units with N-terminal order no. 1675 .., 1676 ..

for illumination and monitoring circuit without spreader claws low installation depth with plug-in terminals

timers Timer switches Mechanical timer

on page T4

5031 01

NO contact

Neutral conductor necessary! on page T3

NO, with 2 separate signalling contacts

Rocker push-button for installation in hollow-walls

LED units

* 1680

10 10

for illumination and monitoring circuit with plug-in terminals

If several neon lamp units are used the lamp current may result in malfunctioning of the relay/pulse relay. Remedy: Connect a capacitor 230 V, 1 µF per 10 mA neon lamp current in parallel with the coil.

black, 230 V~, 0.9 mA per LED

5031 5036

Can be illuminated using neon and incandescent lamp units with N-terminal order no. 1675 .., 1676 ..

for rocker switch 3pole on/off for illumination and monitoring circuit

NEW

NO contact change-over contact, usable as NC or NO

10 A, 250 V~

Neon lamp unit clear transparent, 400 V~, 0.5 mA

Packing unit

Push-buttons

Neon lamp unit grey, 230 V~, 0.9 mA

Order no.

running time 0-15 minutes

2040

running time 0-120 minutes

2041

Rockers push-buttons Rockers push-button

16 A, 250 V~ Running accuracy +/- 10 % Centre plate 15 minutes order no. 1632 .., 1634 .. Centre plate 120 minutes order no. 1633 .., 1635 ..

reset with slip-clutch with through terminal without spreader claws with screw terminals 2pole on/off

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

on page T5

2 NO contacts, common input terminal

5035

1 NO, 1 NC, separate input terminals

5035 01

2 NO contacts, separate input terminals

5035 03

10 A, 250 V~ Can be illuminated using neon and incandescent lamp units with N-terminal order no. 1675 .., 1676 ..

for illumination with plug-in terminals

MODULE INSERTS Order no.

Packing unit

on page T5

5038 08

Pullcord push-button change-over contact, with separate signal contact on page T5

Can be illuminated using neon lamp unit order no. 1600 02

10 A, 250 V~ Pullcord connection 14 cm

Centre plate order no. 1146 .., 1147 .., 1149 .. Can be illuminated using neon and incandescent lamp units with N-terminal order no. 1675 .., 1676 ..

5034 04

can be illuminated using neon and glow lamp unit with N-terminal for illumination and monitoring circuit with plug-in terminals

10 A, 250 V~ Follow the motor manufacturers` instructions! Can be illuminated using neon lamp unit order no. 1600 02

Key push-buttons Key push-button for profile half cylinders with additional earth contact

with 0-position (rocker centre bearing) also suitable as push-button for shutters 2gang for illumination with screw terminals

change-over contact, usable as NC or NO

3856 20

10 A, 250 V~ on page T5

Push-button insert for hotel card switch cover

Centre plate order no. 1505 .., 1507 .., 1519 .. Profile half cylinder see module inserts / accessories order no. 1818 01, 1818

Push-button insert for hotel card switch cover

on page T6

For wall and ceiling mounting.

Group rockers push-button

on page T5

3956 19

Neon and incandescent lamp units with N-terminal see module inserts accessories.

for illumination with screw terminals

4 NO, common input terminal

Packing unit

Pullcord push-buttons

Rockers push-button double change-over contact, usable as NC or NO with separate input terminals 10 A, 250 V~

Order no.

NO contact change-over contact, usable as NC or NO

5051 02 5056 01

10 10

NO, with 2 separate signalling contacts

5051 03

1 NO, 1 NC, separate input terminals

5052 01

2 A, 250 V~

for master-key systems without spreader claws with screw terminals

Switches for shutters Rockers switches for shutters Rockers switch for shutters

10 A Design on request.

1pole

Can be illuminated using neon and incandescent lamp units with N-terminal order no. 1675 .., 1676 .. Centre plate order no. 1640 .., 1641 ..

Follow the motor manufacturers` instructions!

3035 20

10 A, 250 V~

on page T5

for illumination and monitoring circuit with plug-in terminals

with mechanical and electrical interlocking to prevent mutual switch on with plug-in terminals

Rotary switches/rotary push-buttons for shutters Rotary switch for shutters 1pole 2pole

3841 3842

10 10

10 A, 250 V~ on page T5

Follow the motor manufacturers` instructions! Centre plate order no. 1077 .., 1080 .., 1529 ..

with neutral-position for centre plate with rotary knob with push lock function with screw terminals

Accessories: Interlock disk for rotary switch for shutters for conversion to rotary push-button for shutters 22

1861

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

MODULE INSERTS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Switches for shutters

Group rockers push-button

Key switches for shutters

4 NO, common input terminal

Key switch for shutters for profile half cylinders 2pole

3822 10

on page T5

Follow the motor manufacturers` instructions!

Key push-buttons for shutters key push-button for shutters for profile half cylinders 1pole 2pole

Key switch for shutters 10 10

on page T5

Centre plate with lock order no. 1079 .., 1081 .., 1082 .., 1083 .., 1089 ..

with neutral-position for centre plate with lock the centre plate used determines the function of switch or push-button with push lock function with screw terminals

for master-key systems without spreader claws with screw terminals

Pilot lamps Push-buttons and pilot lamps Push-button and pilot lamp E10 NO contact NO, with separate signalling contacts

Push-buttons for shutters Rockers push-buttons for shutters Rockers push-button for shutters 5035 20

Not suitable for flush-mounted splash protected IP44!

Centre plate order no. 1504 .., 1506 .. Profile half cylinder see module inserts / accessories order no. 1818 01, 1818

Follow the motor manufacturers` instructions!

1pole

10 10

Follow the motor manufacturers` instructions!

10 A, 250 V~ on page T5

3831 10 3832 10

10 A, 250 V~

Key switches/key push-buttons for shutters 3851 3852

Follow the motor manufacturers` instructions!

with 0-position (rocker centre bearing) also suitable as push-button for shutters 2gang for illumination with screw terminals

Centre plate order no. 1504 .., 1506 .. Profile half cylinder see module inserts / accessories order no. 1818 01, 1818

1pole 2pole

Can be illuminated using neon lamp unit order no. 1600 02

Not suitable for flush-mounted splash protected IP44!

with neutral-position for master-key systems with push lock function without spreader claws with screw terminals

5034 04

10 A, 250 V~

Packing unit

on page T5

5101 5101 10

10 10

250 V~ Momentary-contact current max. 2 A; Incandescent lamp power max. 2 W

10 A, 250 V~ Centre plate order no. 1124 .., 1165 .., 1168 .., 1234 .., 1235 .., 1530 .. Cover order no. 1247 00 04, 1280, 1281, 1282, 1283 Push-button order no. 1279 .. LEDs and neon lamps E10 - see Modul inserts / accessories order no. 1601, 1678 ..

Follow the motor manufacturers` instructions! on page T5

with mechanical and electrical interlocking to prevent mutual activation with plug-in terminals

can be illuminated with neon lamp E10 for illumination and monitoring circuit with screw terminals

Accessories Neon lamp E10 1601

100

230 V~, 1,35 mA For push-button and pilot lamp E10 order no. 5100 40, 5101 .., 5104 .., 5112 15

for push-button and pilot lamp E10

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

MODULE INSERTS Order no.

NEW

Packing unit

NEW

LED lamp E10 white red yellow green blue

Order no.

* 1678 * 1678 01 * 1678 02 * 1678 03 * 1678 04

LED lamp E14

10 10

white red

yellow

green

blue

* 1679 * 1679 01 * 1679 02 * 1679 03 * 1679 04

10 10 10 10 10

230 V~/=, 4 mA Operating temperature -40 - +70 °C; LED service life¹ white/coloured approx. 20000/50000 hours

230 V~/=, 4,2 mA Operating temperature -40 - +70 °C; LED service life¹ white/coloured approx. 20000/50000 hours

For push-button and pilot lamp E10 order no. 5100 40, 5101 .., 5104 .., 5112 15

For pilot lamp E14 order no. 5130 40, 5131 02, 5152, 5172 15

for light signal with flat and high cover

for push-button and pilot lamp E10

¹ Typ. up to approx. 50 % of the output brightness

Cover for push-button and pilot lamp E10 clear transparent red transparent yellow transparent green transparent

Cover for pilot lamp E14 clear transparent, flat clear transparent, High red transparent, High green transparent, High

10 10 10 10

1280 1281 1282 1283

For push-button and pilot lamp E10 order no. 5100 40, 5101 .., 5112 15

clear transparent red transparent green transparent

1220 1230 1231 1232

10 10 10 10

For pilot lamp E14 order no. 5130 40, 5131 02, 5172 15

LED pilot lamps

Knob for push-button and pilot lamp E10 10 10 10

1279 02 1279 1279 03

NEW

LED orientation light

* 2951

230 V~, 50 Hz Power consumption 1,8 W/2 VA; Light intensity (white) 1,2 cd; Operating temperature -15 - +40 °C

button diameter 26,5 mm For push-button and pilot lamp E10 order no. 5100 40, 5101 .., 5112 15

Cover order no. 1248 ..

Pilot lamp E 14 Pilot lamp E14

e.g. for lighting of steps or as a point of reference in dark rooms light colours white, blue, red, green, orange and colour sequence adjustable via control input individual colour from colour sequence can be saved permanently via control input LED brightness continuously adjustable with 4 RGB LEDs

5131 02 250 V~ Incandescent lamp power max. 3 W; Lamp base length max. 23,5 mm Centre plate order no. 1167 .., 1169 .., 1198 .. Cover order no. 1220, 1230, 1231, 1232 LEDs and glow lamps E14 - see Modul inserts / accessories order no. 1610 .., 1679 ..

NEW

LED signal light

* 2952

with screw terminals

230 V~, 50 Hz Power consumption 1 W/5,6 VA; Light intensity (red/green) 0,1 cd/0,3 cd; Operating temperature -15 - +40 °C

Accessories Incandescent lamp E14 for pilot lamp with flat cover

1610 03

100

only for pilot lamp with high cover

1610 13

100

230 V~, 3 W For pilot lamp E14 order no. 5130 40, 5131 02, 5152, 5172 15

Packing unit

Cover order no. 1248 ..

signalling systems for surgeries, conference rooms, hotel rooms, etc. homogenous illumination of the separately switchable red and green halves with 4 monochrome LEDs

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

MODULE INSERTS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Info pilot lamp

Loudspeaker socket outlet High End Info pilot lamp

4505 02 1

2949 230 V~, 50/60 Hz

Use only in conjunction with info pilot lamp cover. on page T29

on page T6

Centre plate order no. 1184 .., 1185 .., 1186 .., 1187 .., 1196 .., 1197 ..

Cover plate for info pilot lamp cover 1289 1289 03

Transition resistance terminals < 0,1 mΩ; Transition resistance insert < 0,15 mΩ; Conductor cross-section max. 10 mm²; ;Installation depth 31 mm

Jack and plug with red or black identification ring, as well as a plug connection are suitable for protection low voltage.

Accessories red green

10 10

with 2 metal banana sockets, gold-plated design with 2 metal banana plugs, gold-plated design with 2 metal cable lugs, gold-plated design banana sockets also suitable for screw connection

Info pilot light cover order no. 1345 ..

Cable outlets

Stereo loudspeaker socket outlet

Cable outlet

4505 01 4470

on page T6

with cable clamp for lines dia. max. 9 mm without terminal block

For only 1 loudspeaker socket use miniature connector insert order no. 4505 and loudspeaker socket order no. 1800. Centre plate order no. 1184 .., 1185 .., 1186 .., 1187 .., 1196 .., 1197 ..

DIN EN 60130-9

Cable outlet built-in 4468

Centre plate order no. 1004 .., 1005 .., 1019 .., 1037 ..

with 2 integral speaker sockets with screw terminals

Data-/telecommunications Connector inserts

with cable clamp for lines dia. max. 9 mm space-saving for relays, etc. without terminal block

Miniature connector insert 4505

Centre plate order no. 1184 .., 1185 .., 1186 .., 1187 .., 1196 .., 1197 .. Loudspeaker socket order no. 1800

TV/audio Loudspeaker sockets Loudspeaker connection box 4572 09 4572 06

10 10

Conductor cross-section max. 10 mm² Centre plate order no. 1033 .., 1034 .., 1035 .., 1040 .. Central plate order no. 1458 ..

with plug-in terminals (on backside with screw terminals)

Stereo loudspeaker connection box polar white anthracite

Conductor cross-section max. 2,5 mm²

Centre plate order no. 1004 .., 1005 .., 1019 ..

polar white anthracite

Recommendation: use deep box.

Info pilot light cover order no. 1345 .. Cover plate order no. 1289 ..

with screw terminals

on page T6

Packing unit

4573 09 4573 06

10 10

For flange cover with 22.2 mm hole pitch to DIN 51529 Circular plug-in connector: Cannon; Conrad Electronic; Dr. Ing. Sieger; Farnell; Hirschmann; Lumberg; Monacor; RS Components for 1 or 2 connectors for loudspeaker sockets for diode plug-in devices for miniature plug-in devices

Conductor cross-section max. 10 mm² on page T6

Centre plate order no. 1033 .., 1034 .., 1035 .., 1040 .. Central plate order no. 1458 ..

with plug-in terminals (on backside with screw terminals) "#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

MODULE INSERTS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

NEW

TV/audio black

1800

Conductor cross-section max. 2,5 mm² For miniature connector insert order no. 4505, 4508 .. on page T6

on page T63

for miniature connector insert with screw terminals

Conductor diameter 0,5 - 0,65 mm (AWG 24-22); Conductor cross-section 0,2 - 0,325 mm² (AWG 24-22); Dimensions (W x H x D) 15 x 18 x 35 mm

with S-Video and module carrier with tool free cutting terminals

Cinch sockets Cinch module set

on page T63

* 1993

Central plate order no. 1427 .. Supporting plate order no. 0945 59 ..

DIN EN 60130-9

polar white/red

S-Video module polar white/black

Loudspeaker jack

Packing unit

Accessories 1989

Blank module

Conductor diameter 0,5 - 0,65 mm (AWG 24-22); Conductor cross-section 0,2 - 0,325 mm² (AWG 24-22); Module dimensions (W x H x D) 15 x 18 x 35 mm

Blank module polar white, 1gang

1990

Dimensions (W x H x D) 15 x 18 x 35 mm Central plate order no. 1427 .. Supporting plate order no. 0945 59 ..

Central plate order no. 1427 .. Supporting plate order no. 0945 59 ..

TV/audio with 2 Cinch sockets and module carriers with tool free cutting terminals NEW

Aerial socket 2-hole single box HI FS1B

Video cinch module polar white/yellow

on page T63

Aerial sockets

* 1992

Conductor diameter 0,5 - 0,65 mm (AWG 24-22); Conductor cross-section 0,2 - 0,325 mm² (AWG 24-22); Dimensions (W x H x D) 15 x 18 x 35 mm

on page T66

for community and broadband cable systems for terrestrial reception in star structure or decoupled spur lines with screw terminals

Graphics sockets VGA module

* 1994

Aerial socket 2-hole single box

Dimensions (W x H x D) 31 x 18 x 35 mm; Conductor cross-section max. 1,5 mm² on page T63

Tested by ELECTRABEL.

IEC 169-2 and EN 50083-1

with cinch socket and module carrier with tool free cutting terminals

polar white/black

Only to be procured through Belgium via Vecolux!

Centre plate order no. 1039 .., 1200 .., 1201 .., 1202 .., 1203 .. Central plate order no. 1486 ..

Central plate order no. 1427 .. Supporting plate order no. 0945 59 ..

NEW

75 Ω Attenuation 0,8 - 1,8 dB

Central plate order no. 1427 .. Supporting plate order no. 0945 59 ..

with a 15pole D-subminiature socket SVGA compatible occupies 2 MINI-COM module spaces in the cover with screw-in lift terminals

4502

on page T61

75 Ω Broadband technology 4 - 2400 MHz; Attenuation at 4-862 MHz 4 dB; Attenuation at 950-2200 MHz 5 dB; Reverse channel compatible 4 - 2400 MHz Not suitable as terminal box. Centre plate order no. 1039 .., 1200 .., 1201 .., 1202 .., 1203 .. Central plate order no. 1486 ..

IEC 169-2 and EN 50083-1 Shielding efficiency EMC safety class A for community and broadband cable systems for single and distributor SAT systems for terrestrial reception for analogue and digital transmission in star structure or decoupled spur lines remote supply via output socket DC voltage conducting with screw terminals 26

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

MODULE INSERTS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Aerial socket 2-hole throughpass socket 4515

on page T61

Aerial socket 3-hole throughpass socket 10

75 Ω Broadband technology 4 - 2400 MHz; Attenuation 15 dB; Attenuation at 950-2200 MHz 2 dB; Attenuation at 4-40 MHz 1 dB; Attenuation at 47-862 MHz 0,8 dB; Reverse channel compatible 4 - 2400 MHz

4523

on page T61

Centre plate order no. 1039 .., 1200 .., 1201 .., 1202 .., 1203 .. Central plate order no. 1486 .. Terminating resistor order no. 4503

for SAT house distributors without supply voltage, e.g. single-cable solution for community and broadband cable systems for terrestrial reception for analogue and digital transmission in tree structure and trunk lines disables DC voltage with decoupling device with screw terminals

Aerial socket 3-hole single box

Aerial socket 3-hole throughpass socket 1

75 Ω Broadband technology 5 - 2400 MHz; Attenuation at 4-40 MHz 2 dB; Attenuation at 47-862 MHz 1,5 dB; Attenuation at 950-2200 MHz 2,5 dB Centre plate order no. 1039 .., 1200 .., 1201 .., 1202 .., 1203 ..

IEC 169-2 and EN 50083-1, -2, -4 Shielding efficiency EMC safety class A for single and distributor SAT systems for community and broadband cable systems for terrestrial reception for analogue and digital transmission in star structure or decoupled spur lines remote supply via F-socket DC voltage conducting with screw terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

IEC 169-2 and EN 50083-1, -2, -4 Shielding efficiency EMC safety class A

for community and broadband cable systems for SAT house distributors for terrestrial reception for analogue and digital transmission in tree structure and trunk lines disables DC voltage with decoupling device with screw terminals

on page T61

Centre plate order no. 1039 .., 1200 .., 1201 .., 1202 .., 1203 .. Terminating resistor order no. 4503

IEC 169-2 and EN 50083-1,2/A1 Shielding efficiency EMC safety class A

4522

Packing unit

4593

on page T61

75 Ω Broadband technology 40 - 2400 MHz; Attenuation at 40-862 MHz 10 dB; Attenuation at 950-2400 MHz 11 dB; Attenuation at 40-470 MHz 1,5 dB; Attenuation at 470-862 MHz 2 dB; Attenuation at 950-2400 MHz 3,5 dB Centre plate order no. 1039 .., 1200 .., 1201 .., 1202 .., 1203 .. Use aerial socket 3-hole single box as terminal box order no. 4522

IEC 169-2 and EN 50083-1, -2, -4 Shielding efficiency EMC safety class A for SAT house distributors for community and broadband cable systems for terrestrial reception for analogue and digital transmission in tree structure and trunk lines DC voltage conducting with decoupling device with screw terminals

MODULE INSERTS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Aerial socket 4-hole single box 4594

on page T61

TAE socket outlet 3 x 6NFN white polar white black

75 Ω Broadband technology 5 - 2400 MHz; Attenuation terrestrial/BC 2 - 3 dB; Attenuation, SAT range 2 - 6 dB

on page T63

Central plate order no. 1484 .. Centre plate order no. 1704 ..

for single and distributor SAT systems for community and broadband cable systems for terrestrial reception for analogue and digital transmission in star structure or decoupled spur lines remote supply via F-sockets for multi-switch systems for simultaneous connection of radio and TV receiver as well as 2 independent SAT receivers with 2 independent SAT outputs (F-sleeves) with 2 equal IEC outputs (socket and plug) also to add SAT programmes in broadband cable systems DC voltage conducting with screw terminals

125 V, 10 VA Transition resistance < 20/30 mΩ; Conductor diameter max. 1 mm; Installation depth 22 mm

for 1 telephone and 2 add-on units 3 x 6pole for 1 outside line with screw terminals

TAE socket outlet 2 x 6/6NFF white polar white black on page T63

4544 02 4544 09 4544 05

10 10 10

125 V, 10 VA Transition resistance < 20/30 mΩ; Conductor diameter max. 1 mm; Installation depth 22 mm Not suitable as terminal box. Centre plate order no. 1033 .., 1034 .., 1035 .., 1040 .. Central plate order no. 1458 ..

Terminating resistor 4503

Design to DIN 41715

75 Ω Broadband technology 0,15 - 2400 MHz

for 2 telephones and 1 add-on unit 2 x 6/6pole for 2 outside lines with screw terminals

For aerial socket 2-hole throughpass socket order no. 4515 For aerial socket 3-hole throughpass socket order no. 4523

FCC 8(6)/TAE 6 F+N socket outlet white polar white black

for use in last through-box for non-reflective termination of a trunk cable on page T63

Data-/telecommunications TAE socket outlets TAE socket outlet 6F+N

on page T63

10 10 10

Design to DIN 41715

Terminating resistors

white polar white black

4500 02 4500 09 4500 05

Centre plate order no. 1033 .., 1034 .., 1035 .., 1040 .. Central plate order no. 1458 ..

IEC 169-2 and EN 50083-2,-4 Shielding efficiency EMC safety class A

on page T61

Packing unit

4487 02 4487 09 4487 05

10 10 10

4588 02 4588 09 4588 05

10 10 10

125 V=, 1 A Transmission bandwidth up to 16 MHz; Transition resistance < 20 mΩ; Cable diameter max. 1 mm; Installation depth 22 mm Centre plate order no. 1033 .., 1034 .., 1035 .., 1040 .. Central plate order no. 1458 ..

cat.3 for connectors RJ11, RJ12 and RJ45, ISDN-compatible for 2 devices, telephones or optional features 2 x 6/6pole for 2 outside lines with screw terminals

Design to DIN 41715 for 1 telephone or 1 add-on unit 6pole for 1 outside line with screw terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

MODULE INSERTS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

RTT socket outlets

FCC socket outlet 2 x 8(4)pole white

RTT socket outlet BE RTT0 1

Can only be purchased in Belgium by Vecolux! Centre plate order no. 6710 .., 6711 ..

on page T64

for 1 telephone or 1 add-on unit 5pole for one outside line used by Belgacom

4568

FCC socket outlet 2 x 8(4)pole with switchable resistors white

Centre plate order no. 1407 .., 1408 .. Central plate order no. 1468 ..

Design to DIN EN 60603-7 and IEC 603-7 on page T64

cat.3 for connectors RJ11, RJ12 and RJ45, ISDN-compatible with 45° oblique outlet with screw terminals

4538

Design to DIN EN 60603-7 and IEC 603-7

as socket outlet for ISDN-So-Bus installations for telephone installations as single box cat.3 for connectors RJ11, RJ12 and RJ45, ISDN-compatible parallel contacted sockets with 45° oblique outlet with screw terminals

125 V=, 1 A Transmission bandwidth up to 16 MHz; Transition resistance < 20 mΩ; Conductor diameter max. 1 mm; Installation depth 22 mm Centre plate order no. 1407 .., 1408 .. Central plate order no. 1468 ..

FCC socket outlet 8/8pole

Design to DIN EN 60603-7 and IEC 603-7 cat.3 for connectors RJ11, RJ12 and RJ45, ISDN-compatible with 45° oblique outlet with screw terminals

4592

125 V=, 1 A Transmission bandwidth up to 16 MHz; Transition resistance < 20 mΩ; Resistor 100 Ω; Conductor diameter max. 1 mm; Installation depth 22 mm Centre plate order no. 1409 .., 1410 .. Central plate order no. 1469 ..

FCC socket outlet 8pole

on page T64

125 V=, 1 A Transmission bandwidth up to 16 MHz; Transition resistance < 20 mΩ; Conductor diameter max. 1 mm; Installation depth 22 mm

cat.3 for connectors RJ11, RJ12 and RJ45, ISDN-compatible parallel contacted sockets with 45° oblique outlet with screw terminals

125 V=, 1 A Transmission bandwidth up to 16 MHz; Transition resistance < 20 mΩ; Conductor diameter max. 1 mm; Installation depth 22 mm

white

Design to DIN EN 60603-7 and IEC 603-7

FCC socket outlet 8(4)pole

on page T64

4562

Centre plate order no. 1409 .., 1410 .. Central plate order no. 1469 ..

FCC socket outlets white

Packing unit

white

on page T64

4539

125 V=, 1 A Transmission bandwidth up to 16 MHz; Transition resistance < 20 mΩ; Conductor diameter max. 1 mm; Installation depth 22 mm Centre plate order no. 1409 .., 1410 .. Central plate order no. 1469 ..

Design to DIN EN 60603-7 and IEC 603-7 cat.3 for connectors RJ11, RJ12 and RJ45, ISDN-compatible with 45° oblique outlet with screw terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

MODULE INSERTS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

FCC socket outlet 8pole shielded 4554

on page T64

FCC socket outlet 8/8pole shielded 10

72 V=, 0,75 A Transmission bandwidth up to 100 MHz; Transition resistance < 20 mΩ; Conductor diameter 0,4 - 0,63 mm (AWG 26-22); Installation depth 31 mm

4555

on page T64

Cat.5 DIN EN 50173-1:2003 and ISO/IEC 11801, 2nd edition Protective screen DIN EN 55022 class B Colour code A and B EIA/TIA 568A

4586

housing out of tin diecasting cat.5e class D for connectors RJ11, RJ12 and RJ45, ISDN-compatible with 45° oblique outlet with LSA + terminals

FCC socket outlet 8/8pole shielded 10

72 V=, 0,75 A Transmission bandwidth up to 250 MHz; Transition resistance < 20 mΩ; Conductor diameter 0,4 - 0,63 mm (AWG 26-22); Installation depth 31 mm

4587

on page T64

72 V=, 0,75 A Transmission bandwidth up to 250 MHz; Transition resistance < 20 mΩ; Conductor diameter 0,4 - 0,63 mm (AWG 26-22); Installation depth 31 mm

Centre plate order no. 1407 .., 1408 .. Central plate order no. 1468 ..

Centre plate order no. 1409 .., 1410 .. Central plate order no. 1469 ..

Cat.5 DIN EN 50173-1:2003 and ISO/IEC 11801, 2nd edition real.Cat.6a E DIN IEC 60603-7-5 Protective screen DIN EN 55022 class B Colour code A and B EIA/TIA 568A

housing out of tin diecasting real.Cat.6a only suitable for RJ45 plugs with 45° oblique outlet with LSA + terminals

FCC socket outlet 8pole shielded # 4590

FCC socket outlet 8/8pole shielded 1

Transmission bandwidth up to 250 MHz; Transition resistance < 20 mΩ; Conductor diameter 0,4 - 0,65 mm (AWG 26-22); Installation depth 31,5 mm

# 4591

on page T64

Transmission bandwidth up to 250 MHz; Transition resistance < 20 mΩ; Conductor diameter 0,4 - 0,65 mm (AWG 26-22); Installation depth 31,5 mm

Centre plate order no. 1407 .., 1408 .. Central plate order no. 1468 ..

Centre plate order no. 1409 .., 1410 .. Central plate order no. 1469 ..

Cat.6 DIN EN 50173-1:2003 and ISO/IEC 11801, 2nd edition Protective screen DIN EN 55022 class B Colour code A and B EIA/TIA 568A

housing out of tin diecasting cat.6 for RJ45 plugs with 45° oblique outlet without spreader claws with LSA + terminals

72 V=, 0,75 A Transmission bandwidth up to 100 MHz; Transition resistance < 20 mΩ; Conductor diameter 0,4 - 0,63 mm (AWG 26-22); Installation depth 31 mm Centre plate order no. 1409 .., 1410 .. Central plate order no. 1469 ..

FCC socket outlet 8pole shielded

on page T64

Centre plate order no. 1407 .., 1408 .. Central plate order no. 1468 ..

housing out of tin diecasting cat.5e class D for connectors RJ11, RJ12 and RJ45, ISDN-compatible with 45° oblique outlet with LSA + terminals

on page T64

Packing unit

housing out of tin diecasting cat.6 for RJ45 plugs with 45° oblique outlet without spreader claws with LSA + terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

MODULE INSERTS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

NEW

Modular jacks Modular jack 6pole black

1829

Core diameter max. 1,2 mm; Conductor diameter 0,4 - 0,65 mm (AWG 25-22); Indexing dimension (W x H) approx. 14,9 x 19,4 mm on page T64

Mounting plates see acessories order no. 1111 16 For supporting plate 1gang order no. 4540 01 For supporting plate 2gang order no. 4541 01

Modular jacks: AMP, order no. 216000-2 RJ12, cat.3 with cutting terminals

Modular jack 8pole black

1833

Core diameter max. 1,2 mm; Conductor diameter 0,4 - 0,65 mm (AWG 25-22); Indexing dimension (W x H) approx. 14,9 x 19,4 mm on page T64

Mounting plates see acessories order no. 1111 16 For supporting plate 1gang order no. 4540 01 For supporting plate 2gang order no. 4541 01

Modular jack 8pole

on page T64

Cable external diameter 5 - 9 mm; Core diameter 0,7 - 1,6 mm; Copper conductor diameter 0,4 - 0,65 mm (AWG 26-22); Indexing dimension (W x H) approx. 14,7 x 19,3 mm Mounting plates see acessories order no. 1111 16 Central plate order no. 1464 .. Centre plate order no. 1513 1.. For supporting plate 1gang order no. 4540 01 For supporting plate 2gang order no. 4541 01

Cat.6 DIN EN 50173-1:2003 and ISO/IEC 11801, 2nd edition Protective screen DIN EN 55022 class B Colour code A EIA/TIA 568A RJ45, cat.6, shielded housing, lid, cable clamp and screened contact out of tin diecasting with screen contacting 360° and cable clamp with optional dust protection cover for RJ45 plugs cable feed from 90 to -90° with tool free cutting terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Mini jack 8pole black, RJ45, cat.3, ISDN-compatible (AWG 24-22) RJ45, cat.5e, shielded (AWG 24-22)

1980

1984

RJ45, cat.6, shielded (AWG 26)

* 1985

Central plate order no. 1427 .. Supporting plate order no. 0945 59 ..

Cat.5 DIN EN 50173-1:2003 and ISO/IEC 11801, 2nd edition Cat.6 DIN EN 50173-1:2003 and ISO/IEC 11801, 2nd edition Protective screen DIN EN 55022 class B Colour code A and B EIA/TIA 568A with cutting terminals

Supporting plates for modular jacks Supporting plate with red reception 1gang 4540 01

Indexing dimension (W x H) approx. 15,5 x 19,5 mm Centre plate order no. 1170 .. Modular jack order no. 1829, 1833, 1854 01

Modular jacks: AMP, order no. 216005-4 RJ45, cat.3, ISDN-compatible with cutting terminals

1854 01

on page T64

Packing unit

Modular jacks: AMP, order no. 216005, 216000-2; Asyco; BTR; Dätwyler; Dr. Ing. Sieger; Drivex; EFB Electronic; Erni; Hubbell; ICS; Intracom; Radiall; Rutenbeck; Setec; Telegärtner; Keystone Jack: Kerpen; LANmark 7 (only with Keystone-Clip): Nexans; ELine 600 GG45 jacks: Kerpen for centre plate with dust protector slider for AMP modular jacks cat.3 without spreader claws

MODULE INSERTS Order no.

Packing unit

Supporting plate with red reception 2gang 4541 01

Packing unit

Supporting plate with white reception 1gang 4540 02

Indexing dimension (W x H) approx. 15,5 x 19,5 mm

Indexing dimension (W x H) approx. 14,9 x 20,7 mm

Centre plate order no. 1181 .., 1182 .. Modular jack order no. 1829, 1833, 1854 01

Centre plate order no. 1170 ..

MT-RJ jack: AMP; Intracom; Telena; Modular jacks: Brand-Rex; CobiNet; EFB Electronic; Schumann; Standard 110 Connect jack: AMP; SL series toolless jack: AMP; EMT modular jack: AMP; SL series 110 Connect Jack: AMP

Modular jacks: AMP, order no. 216000-2, 216005; Asyco; BTR; Dätwyler; Dr. Ing. Sieger; Drivex; EFB Electronic; Erni; Hubbell; ICS; Intracom; Radiall; Rutenbeck; Setec; Telegärtner; Keystone Jack: Kerpen; LANmark 7 (only with Keystone-Clip): Nexans; ELine 600 GG45 jacks: Kerpen

for centre plate with dust protector slider for AMP modular jacks series 110 Connect cat.3, cat.5, cat.5e and cat.6 without spreader claws

Supporting plate with white reception 2gang

for centre plate with dust protector sliders for AMP modular jacks cat.3 without spreader claws

4541 05

# 4540 03

Centre plate order no. 1170 ..

Modular jacks: AMP, order no. 216811 for centre plate with dust protector slider for AMP modular jacks cat.3 without spreader claws

Supporting plate with grey reception 2gang # 4541 03 Centre plate order no. 1181 .., 1182 ..

Modular jacks: AMP, order no. 216811 for centre plate with dust protector sliders for AMP modular jacks cat.3 without spreader claws

Indexing dimension (W x H) approx. 14,9 x 20,7 mm

Supporting plate with grey reception 1gang

Order no.

Centre plate order no. 1181 .., 1182 ..

MT-RJ jack: AMP; Intracom; Telena; Modular jacks: Brand-Rex; CobiNet; EFB Electronic; Schumann; SL series toolless jack: AMP; SL series toolless jack with dust protection: AMP; Standard 110 Connect jack: AMP; SL series 110 Connect Jack: AMP for centre plate with dust protector sliders for AMP modular jacks series 110 Connect cat.3, cat.5, cat.5e and cat.6 without spreader claws

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

MODULE INSERTS Order no.

Packing unit

Supporting plate with green reception 1gang 4540 04

Order no.

Connector inserts Miniature connector insert

Indexing dimension (W x H) approx. 17 x 18 mm Previously AVAYA before that Lucent Technologies Centre plate order no. 1170 ..

Modular jacks: Commscope-Systimax, gigaSpeed, PowerSUM, order no. MGS300BH-..., M1BH-..., MPS100E-..., MGS500-..., MGS400-... for centre plate with dust protector slider for AVAYA modular jacks cat.5 and cat.6 without spreader claws

Supporting plate with green reception 2gang 4541 04

Indexing dimension (W x H) approx. 17 x 18 mm

4505

Centre plate order no. 1181 .., 1182 ..

for centre plate with dust protector sliders for AVAYA modular jacks cat.5 and cat.6 without spreader claws

BNC/TNC connector insert white, for shaft Ø 10 mm white, for shaft Ø 13 mm

4577 4579

10 10

For threaded shaft lengths > 8 mm

Supporting plate with brown reception 2gang 4541 07

Centre plate order no. 1184 .., 1185 .., 1186 .., 1187 .., 1196 .., 1197 .. Loudspeaker socket order no. 1800

Previously AVAYA before that Lucent Technologies

Modular jacks: Commscope-Systimax, gigaSpeed, PowerSUM, order no. MGS300BH-..., M1BH-..., MPS100E-..., MGS400-..., MGS500-...

Packing unit

Centre plate order no. 1184 .., 1185 .., 1186 .., 1187 .., 1196 .., 1197 .. BNC built-in jack order no. 1840

10 for non-rotating installation of BNC and TNC sockets

Indexing dimension (W x H) approx. 14,9 x 19,5 mm Centre plate order no. 1181 .., 1182 ..

Modular jacks: Krone; Reichle&De-Massari; Thomas & Betts; Fibre-optic couplings: 3M; Krone; mvk for centre plate with dust protector sliders for Krone modular jacks cat.5, cat.5e and cat.6 without spreader claws

Data connectors BNC panel jack with shaft Ø 10 mm

1840

50 Ω For mounting plate order no. 1112 14 For BNC/TNC connector insert order no. 4577

IEC 196-8 with solder connection

D-subminiature connector 9pole 15pole 25pole (without mounting adapter)

1839 1835 1834

1 1 1

Conductor diameter max. 0,85 mm (AWG 20) Centre plate order no. 1072 .. Mounting plates see acessories order no. 1111 01, 1111 02, 1111 03 Central plate order no. 1411 .., 1470 ..

with mounting adapter with interlock bolt for screw plug M 3 Contacts: nickel, gold-plated with solder connection

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

MODULE INSERTS Order no.

Packing unit

1841 1842

Profile half cylinder

1 1

with differing closures with same closures

1818 1818 01

on page T5

Hospital installation

With 5 tumblers to DIN 18252

Socket outlets for floating output

3 keys included

Double pole socket outlet for floating output 10

Extension claws

Conductor cross-section max. 6 mm²

Push-on extension claw

For separate earthing of medical-technical equipment and lab equipment.

Extension 15 mm

1913

Central plate order no. 1403 .. Centre plate order no. 1705 .. Right angle plug order no. 4605

Protective covers Protective cover for switches, push-buttons, push-button BCU and group push-button BCU

without spreader claws with screw terminals

grey

Built-in socket for floating output

1847

Protective cover against dirt contamination and damage of flush-mounted inserts without cover during interior decoration or renovation work.

Conductor cross-section max. 6 mm²

Protective cover for SCHUKO socket outlets

For separate earthing of medical-technical equipment and lab equipment.

grey

Centre plate order no. 1063 .., 1070 .. Central plate order no. 1431 .. Right angle plug order no. 4605

1848

Protective cover against dirt contamination and damage of flush-mounted inserts without cover during interior decoration or renovation work.

Connection pins DIN 42801

Bottom plates

for centre plate with cut-out dia. 18.8 mm with green-yellow signal ring

Self-extinguishing base plate 1gang white

Right angle plug for floating output 4605

Not for electronics inserts!

Connection pins DIN 42801

4604

1 1

Length 40 mm

Centre plate order no. 1072 .. Central plate order no. 1411 .., 1470 ..

1061

Packing unit

Profile half cylinder

Mounting adapter for D-subminiature connector for 9pole for 15pole

Order no.

Conductor cross-section max. 6 mm²

1021 12

For surface-mounted frames of design lines Modul 2, Arsys and Twinpoint. For flush-mounted frames 1gang order no. 1029 ..

For separate earthing of medical-technical equipment and lab equipment. For double pole socket outlet for floating output order no. 1061 For built-in socket for floating output order no. 4604

For connection pins according to DIN 42801

with imprint suitable for mounting on flammable base surface

Self-extinguishing base plate 2gang white

with yellow insulating cover and crimp connection for socket outlet for floating output and wall box

1021 22

For surface-mounted frames of design lines Modul 2, Arsys and Twinpoint. For flush-mounted frames 2gang order no. 1030 ..

Accessories Neon lamp units Neon lamp unit for SCHUKO socket outlet with indicator lamp polar white, 230 V~, 1.5 mA

for replacement need

1609

with imprint suitable for mounting on flammable base surface

Self-extinguishing base plate 3gang white

1021 32

For surface-mounted frames of design lines Modul 2, Arsys and Twinpoint. For flush-mounted frames 3gang order no. 1031 ..

with imprint suitable for mounting on flammable base surface

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Order no.

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Packing unit

Order no.

Packing unit

House electronics For standard and surface ranges Electronic inserts and components

Electronic technology opens up new opportunities for modern building installations. High-quality electronic devices from Berker, for example, offer a practical alternative to conventional switch elements.

■ More functions made possible by intelligent control electronics ■ More variability made possible by functional covers that can be changed as needed (controller, radio button, presence detector etc.) ■ More flexibility for modernisation, renovation and expansion

Please note: Only mount in conjunction with standard commercial flush-mounted boxes according to DIN 49073 Part 1.

HOUSE ELECTRONICS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Rotary dimmers

Rotary dimmer

2830 10 2819 01

Possible to change fuse without removing cover. Cover plate order no. 1130 .. Centre plate order no. 1134 .., 1135 .., 1137 ..

with change-over pressure switch short-circuit and overload proof (fine-wire fuse) phase cut-on with screw terminals

with rotary on/off switch bulb-preserving soft startup short-circuit and overload proof (fine-wire fuse) phase cut-on with screw terminals

Rotary dimmer 2860 10

Rotary dimmer with cover plate and setting knob S.1 white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt on page T9

2819 89 82 2819 89 89 2819 99 09

1 1 1

Possible to change fuse without removing cover. Cover plate order no. 1130 .. Centre plate order no. 1134 .., 1135 .., 1137 ..

with rotary on/off switch bulb-preserving soft startup short-circuit and overload proof (fine-wire fuse) phase cut-on with screw terminals

on page T9

2819 02 2819 09

2875

1 1

230 V~, 50 Hz 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 60 - 400 W; LV power boosters built-in max. 10; Axial dimension diameter 4 mm Cover plate order no. 1130 .. Centre plate order no. 1134 .., 1135 .., 1137 ..

Rotary dimmer with soft-lock

Rotary dimmer with cover plate and setting knob Modul 2 white, glossy polar white, glossy

with change-over pressure switch short-circuit and overload proof (fine-wire fuse) phase cut-on with screw terminals

Cover plate order no. 1130 .. Centre plate order no. 1134 .., 1135 .., 1137 ..

230/240 V~, 50/60 Hz 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 60 - 600 W; LV power boosters built-in max. 10; Axial dimension diameter 4 mm

230 V~, 50 Hz 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 60 - 400 W; LV power boosters built-in max. 10; Axial dimension diameter 4 mm

230/240 V~, 50/60 Hz 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 60 - 400 W; LV power boosters built-in max. 10; Axial dimension diameter 4 mm

230 V~, 50 Hz 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 60 - 400 W; LV power boosters built-in max. 10; Axial dimension diameter 4 mm

Packing unit

on page T9

230 V~, 50 Hz 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 60 - 600 W; Tronic or LV power boosters built-in/RMD max. 10; Axial dimension diameter 4 mm Possible to change fuse without removing cover. Cover plate order no. 1130 .. Centre plate order no. 1134 .., 1135 .., 1137 ..

with change-over pressure switch short-circuit and overload proof (fine-wire fuse) with spare fuse phase cut-on voltage test possible without dismantling with plug-in terminals

with rotary on/off switch bulb-preserving soft startup short-circuit and overload proof (fine-wire fuse) phase cut-on with screw terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

HOUSE ELECTRONICS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Rotary dimmer with soft-lock

on page T9

Tronic rotary dimmer 1

2885

2867 10

230/240 V~, 50 Hz 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 100 - 1000 W; Tronic or LV power boosters built-in/RMD max. 10; Axial dimension diameter 4 mm

230/240 V~, 50 Hz 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 20 - 360 W; Electronic transformers 20 - 360 W; Universal power boosters max. 10 á 500 W; Tronic power boosters built-in max. 10; Axial dimension diameter 4 mm

Cover plate order no. 1130 .. Centre plate order no. 1134 .., 1135 .., 1137 ..

Trouble-free operation will be obtained only with Berker Tronic transformers.

Cover plate order no. 1130 .. Centre plate order no. 1134 .., 1135 .., 1137 ..

with change-over pressure switch short-circuit and overload proof (electronic fuse) phase cut-off with screw terminals

2866 10

230/240 V~, 50/60 Hz 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 20 - 500 W; Dimmable conventional transformers 20 - 500 VA; LV power boosters built-in max. 10; Axial dimension diameter 4 mm

on page T9

with change-over pressure switch short-circuit and overload proof (fine-wire fuse) phase cut-on with screw terminals

Cover plate order no. 1130 .. Centre plate order no. 1134 .., 1135 .., 1137 ..

Rotary dimmer LV with soft-lock 1

230 V~, 50 Hz 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 20 - 500 W; Dimmable conventional transformers 20 - 500 VA; LV power boosters built-in max. 10; Axial dimension diameter 4 mm Possible to change fuse without removing cover. Cover plate order no. 1130 .. Centre plate order no. 1134 .., 1135 .., 1137 ..

230 V~, 50 Hz 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 20 - 525 W; Electronic transformers 20 - 525 W; Universal power boosters max. 10 á 500 W; Tronic power boosters built-in max. 10; Axial dimension diameter 4 mm Trouble-free operation will be obtained only with Berker Tronic transformers.

2873

2874

In case of excessive making currents use making current limiters order no. 0185.

Tronic rotary dimmer with soft-lock

Possible to change fuse without removing cover.

Cover plate order no. 1130 .. Centre plate order no. 1134 .., 1135 .., 1137 ..

with change-over pressure switch bulb-preserving soft startup very low noise short-circuit and overload proof (electronic fuse) phase cut-off expandable by universal power boosters RMD Plus with load cable switched in parallel with screw terminals

Rotary dimmer LV

on page T9

Packing unit

with change-over pressure switch bulb-preserving soft startup very low noise short-circuit and overload proof (electronic fuse) phase cut-off with terminal for base load from mains isolator voltage test possible without dismantling expandable by universal power boosters RMD Plus with load cable switched in parallel with plug-in terminals

with change-over pressure switch short-circuit and overload proof (fine-wire fuse) with spare fuse phase cut-on with terminal for base load from mains isolator voltage test possible without dismantling basic brightness programmable with plug-in terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

HOUSE ELECTRONICS Order no.

Packing unit

2861 10

NEW

on page T10

Do not connect conventional transformers together with electronic transformers to one output. Button order no. 1765 ..

Cover plate order no. 1130 .. Centre plate order no. 1134 .., 1135 .., 1137 ..

2862 10

on page T10

230 V~, 50/60 Hz Number of extension units max. 5; Axial dimension diameter 4 mm Cover plate order no. 1130 .. Centre plate order no. 1134 .., 1135 .., 1137 ..

as extension unit for universal rotary dimmer with incremental encoder voltage test possible without dismantling with plug-in terminals

Speed controllers Speed controller 2968 01

Rotary dimmer extension units Universal rotary dimmer extension unit with soft-lock

for 2 independent lighting groups an extension input for both series by means of BLC extension unit switch-on brightness retained for series on mains power failure bulb-preserving soft startup very low noise short-circuit and overload proof (electronic fuse) phase cut-on or cut-off per series according to load type, self-learning with screw terminals

with extension unit input for universal rotary dimmer extension unit with incremental encoder with brightness memory bulb-preserving soft startup very low noise short-circuit and overload proof (electronic fuse) phase cut-on or cut-off according to load type, self-learning voltage test possible without dismantling expandable by universal power boosters RMD Plus with load cable switched in parallel with plug-in terminals

230 V~, 50/60 Hz 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 50 - 260 W; Electronic transformers 50 - 260 W; Dimmable conventional transformers 50 - 260 VA; Universal power boosters max. 10 phase cut-off 1gang á 500 W; Tronic or LV power boosters built-in/RMD max. 10 for same load type Trouble-free operation will be obtained only with Berker Tronic transformers.

Do not connect conventional transformers together with electronic transformers.

Universal series touch dimmer

* 2901

Trouble-free operation will be obtained only with Berker Tronic transformers.

Packing unit

Universal series touch dimmers

Universal rotary dimmer with soft-lock

on page T10

Order no.

on page T8

230/240 V~, 50/60 Hz Rated motor current and segment current, max. 0,1 - 2,7 A; Axial dimension diameter 4 mm Possible to change fuse without removing cover. Centre plate order no. 1134 00 2.., 1135 00 2.., 1135 00 89, 1135 72 .., 1137 14 24, 1137 16 26, 1137 19 29, 1137 2.., 1137 60 79, 1137 89 2..

with rotary on/off switch for devices with motory drive additional switching contact for blade control basic speed adjustable short-circuit and overload proof (fine-wire fuse) with spare fuse phase cut-on with plug-in terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

HOUSE ELECTRONICS Order no.

Packing unit

DALI control units

Order no.

Control units 1-10 V

Rotary potentiometer DALI 2897

on page T29

Rotary potentiometer 1-10 V with soft-lock 1

DALI voltage 16 V= (9.5...22.5 V=); Current consumption < 2 mA; DALI devices max. 64; Cable length DALI at 1.5 mm² max. 200 m; Axial dimension diameter 4 mm

2891 10

on page T28

Ensure same illumination, use only electronic ballasts and fluorescent lamps from the same manufacturers.

Cover plate order no. 1130 .. Centre plate order no. 1134 .., 1135 .., 1137 ..

Possible to change fuse without removing cover.

DALI draft DIN IEC 60929 Power supply required to DALI specifications IEC 60929

When using of LV halogen lamps we recommend Berker Tronic transformer with 1-10 V interface order no. 2977.

with soft-lock with on/off pressure switch for switching and controlling electr. ballasts and Tronic transformer with DALI interface e.g. for fluorescent lamps and LV halogen lamps control is effected by central telegram (broadcast) for wiring in parallel (last potentiometer setting applicable) basic brightness programmable short-circuit and overload proof (fine-wire fuse) with spare fuse with screw terminals

Cover plate order no. 1130 .. Centre plate order no. 1134 .., 1135 .., 1137 ..

Interface to DIN EN 60928

230 V~, 50/60 Hz DALI voltage 16 V=; Output current max. 52 mA; Power consumption gr. Same ≥ 1,5 W; DALI devices max. -; with an active DALI potentiometer 26; with 2 active DALI potentiometers 104; Cable length DALI at 1.5 mm² max. 200 m; Axial dimension diameter 4 mm Not suitable for combining with other DALI sensors or centres. Cover plate order no. 1130 .. Centre plate order no. 1134 .., 1135 .., 1137 ..

DALI draft DIN IEC 60929 with soft-lock with on/off pressure switch with incremental encoder for switching and controlling electr. ballasts and Tronic transformer with DALI interface e.g. for fluorescent lamps and LV halogen lamps control is effected by central telegram (broadcast) parallel connection of up to 4 DALI potentiometers connected to mains voltage in active operation supplies the required control current for up to 25 DA without mains voltage in passive operation on DALI voltage the unit serves as an additional control start-up brightness can be stored safe after power failure basic brightness programmable short-circuit and overload proof (electronic fuse) with screw terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

with on/off pressure switch for switching and controlling electronic ballasts and Tronic transformers with 1-10 V interface e.g. for fluorescent lamps and LV halogen lamps basic brightness programmable short-circuit and overload proof (fine-wire fuse) with spare fuse with screw terminals

Rotary potentiometer DALI with integrated power supply unit

* 2898

230 V~, 50/60 Hz Switching current 6 A; Control current 50 mA; Axial dimension diameter 4 mm In case of excessive making currents use making current limiters order no. 0185.

Not suitable for combining with other DALI sensors or centres.

NEW

Packing unit

Push-button rotary potentiometer 1-10 V with soft-lock 2896 10

on page T28

230/240 V~, 50/60 Hz Momentary-contact current max. 2 A; Control current 50 mA; Axial dimension diameter 4 mm In case of excessive making currents use making current limiters order no. 0185. Ensure same illumination, use only electronic ballasts and fluorescent lamps from the same manufacturers. Possible to change fuse without removing cover. When using of LV halogen lamps we recommend Berker Tronic transformer with 1-10 V interface order no. 2977. Cover plate order no. 1130 .. Centre plate order no. 1134 .., 1135 .., 1137 ..

Interface to DIN EN 60928

with push-button (NO) for activation of pulse relays for controlling electronic ballasts and Tronic transformers with 1-10 V interface e.g. for fluorescent lamps and LV halogen lamps short-circuit and overload proof (fine-wire fuse) with spare fuse with screw terminals

HOUSE ELECTRONICS Order no.

Packing unit

on page T28

2872

Packing unit

BLC Berker Light Control

Push-button control unit 1-10 V built-in polar white

Order no.

BLC dim inserts

230 V~, 50/60 Hz Control current 200 mA; Switching current 10 A; Dimensions (L x W x H) 175 x 42 x 18 mm In case of excessive making currents use making current limiters order no. 0185.

BLC push-button control unit 1-10 V 2903

on page T12

230 V~, 50/60 Hz Control current 50 mA; Switching current 3,04 A; Operating temperature 5 - 35 °C

Ensure same illumination, use only electronic ballasts and fluorescent lamps from the same manufacturers.

Light scene function (on/off, dimming value) in conjunction with BLC radio button.

When using of LV halogen lamps we recommend Berker Tronic transformer with 1-10 V interface order no. 2977.

In case of excessive making currents use making current limiters order no. 0185.

Neutral conductor necessary! Interface to DIN EN 60928

with extension unit input for BLC extension unit and push-but.(NO) and 1 push-but. operation concept for switching and controlling electronic ballasts and Tronic transformers with 1-10 V interface e.g. for fluorescent lamps and LV halogen lamps with selectable brightness memory bulb-preserving soft startup basic brightness programmable with screw terminals

To ensure same illumination, use only electronic ballasts and fluorescent lamps from the same manufacturers. On usage of LV halogen lamps we recommend Berker Tronic transformer with 1-10 V interface order no. 2977. Neutral conductor necessary! BLC presence detector with constant light control order no. 1701 10 BLC ceiling controller order no. 1701 11 BLC radio button order no. 1760 .. BLC button order no. 1761 .. BLC controller 180 order no. 1783 .., 1786 .. BLC controller 180 IP44 order no. 1783 61 89, 1786 61 89 BLC controller comfort 180 order no. 1784 .., 1787 .. BLC controller 180 comfort IP44 order no. 1784 61 89, 1787 61 89

Interface to DIN EN 60928

with extension unit input for BLC extension unit, BLC control extension unit and push-button (NO contact) for switching and controlling electronic ballasts and Tronic transformers with 1-10 V interface e.g. for fluorescent lamps and LV halogen lamps start-up brightness can be stored safe after power failure basic brightness programmable when cover is detached, the switch status is retained (wallpaper function) with screw terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

HOUSE ELECTRONICS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

BLC touch dimmer LV

BLC universal touch dimmer 1

2904

on page T12

230 V~, 50/60 Hz 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 20 - 500 W; Dimmable conventional transformers 20 - 500 VA; LV power boosters built-in max. 10; Operating temperature -20 - +45 °C Light scene function (on/off, dimming value) in conjunction with BLC radio button. Possible to change fuse without removing cover. In case of excessive making currents (for conv. transformers) use switch-on current limiters order no. 0185. BLC presence detector with constant light control order no. 1701 10 BLC ceiling controller order no. 1701 11 BLC radio button order no. 1760 .. BLC button order no. 1761 .. BLC controller 180 order no. 1783 .., 1786 .. BLC controller 180 IP44 order no. 1783 61 89, 1786 61 89 BLC controller comfort 180 order no. 1784 .., 1787 .. BLC controller 180 comfort IP44 order no. 1784 61 89, 1787 61 89

with extension unit input for BLC extension unit, BLC control extension unit and push-button (NO contact) switch-on brightness memory function bulb-preserving soft startup when cover is detached, the switch status is retained (wallpaper function) short-circuit and overload proof (fine-wire fuse) with spare fuse phase cut-on with screw terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Packing unit

2902

on page T12

230 V~, 50/60 Hz 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 50 - 420 W; Electronic transformers 50 - 420 W; Dimmable conventional transformers 50 - 420 VA; Universal power boosters max. 10 phase cut-off á 500 W; Universal power boosters max. 5 phase cut-on á 420 VA; Tronic or LV power boosters built-in/RMD max. 10 for same load type; Operating temperature -20 - +45 °C; Installation depth 22 mm Light scene functions (on/off, dimming value) in conjunction with BLC radio button. trouble-free operation we recommend Berker Tronic transformers. Do not connect conventional transformers together with electronic transformers. BLC presence detector with constant light control order no. 1701 10 BLC ceiling controller order no. 1701 11 BLC radio button order no. 1760 .. BLC button order no. 1761 .. BLC controller 180 order no. 1783 .., 1786 .. BLC controller 180 IP44 order no. 1783 61 89, 1786 61 89 BLC controller comfort 180 order no. 1784 .., 1787 .. BLC controller 180 comfort IP44 order no. 1784 61 89, 1787 61 89

with extension unit input for BLC extension unit, BLC control extension unit and push-button (NO contact) start-up brightness can be stored safe after power failure when cover is detached, the switch status is retained (wallpaper function) bulb-preserving soft startup very low noise short-circuit and overload proof (electronic fuse) phase cut-on or cut-off according to load type, self-learning expandable by universal power boosters RMD Plus with load cable switched in parallel with screw terminals

HOUSE ELECTRONICS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

BLC switch inserts

BLC tronic switch insert

BLC triac switch insert LV 1

230 V~, 50/60 Hz 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 40 - 400 W; Dimmable conventional transformers 40 - 400 VA; Operating temperature -20 - +45 °C Light scene functions (on/off) in conjunction with BLC radio buttons. Fuse can be changed without removing cover. BLC presence detector with constant light control order no. 1701 10 BLC ceiling controller order no. 1701 11 BLC radio button order no. 1760 .. BLC button order no. 1761 .. BLC controller 180 order no. 1783 .., 1786 .. BLC controller 180 IP44 order no. 1783 61 89, 1786 61 89 BLC controller comfort 180 order no. 1784 .., 1787 .. BLC controller 180 comfort IP44 order no. 1784 61 89, 1787 61 89

with extension unit input for BLC extension unit, BLC control extension unit and push-button (NO contact) bulb-preserving soft startup when cover is detached, the switch status is retained (wallpaper function) short-circuit and overload proof (fine-wire fuse) with spare fuse with screw terminals

2916

2905

on page T12

Packing unit

on page T12

230 V~, 50/60 Hz 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 50 - 420 W; Electronic transformers 50 - 420 W; Operating temperature -20 - +45 °C Light scene function (on/off) in conjunction with BLC radio button. For trouble-free operation we recommend Berker Tronic transformers. BLC presence detector with constant light control order no. 1701 10 BLC ceiling controller order no. 1701 11 BLC radio button order no. 1760 .. BLC button order no. 1761 .. BLC controller 180 order no. 1783 .., 1786 .. BLC controller 180 IP44 order no. 1783 61 89, 1786 61 89 BLC controller comfort 180 order no. 1784 .., 1787 .. BLC controller 180 comfort IP44 order no. 1784 61 89, 1787 61 89

with extension unit input for BLC extension unit, BLC control extension unit and push-button (NO contact) bulb-preserving soft startup when cover is detached, the switch status is retained (wallpaper function) very low noise short-circuit and overload proof (electronic fuse) phase cut-off with screw terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

HOUSE ELECTRONICS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

BLC relay switch insert 2906

on page T12

Neutral conductor necessary! BLC presence detector with constant light control order no. 1701 10 BLC ceiling controller order no. 1701 11 BLC radio button order no. 1760 .. BLC button order no. 1761 .. BLC controller 180 order no. 1783 .., 1786 .. BLC controller 180 IP44 order no. 1783 61 89, 1786 61 89 BLC controller comfort 180 order no. 1784 .., 1787 .. BLC controller 180 comfort IP44 order no. 1784 61 89, 1787 61 89

with extension unit input for BLC extension unit, BLC control extension unit and push-button (NO contact) also usable as push-button relay switch when cover is detached, the switch status is retained (wallpaper function) with screw terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

2906 10

on page T12

For electronic ballasts and energy-saving lamps with excessive switch-on currents use switch-on current limiters order no. 0185. Light scene function (on/off) in conjunction with BLC radio button.

BLC relay switch insert with potential-free contact

Packing unit

230 V~, 50/60 Hz 230 V incandescent lamps 800 W; 230 V halogen lamps 750 W; Minimum load 12 V, 100 mA; Operating temperature 5 - 35 °C For electronic ballasts and energy-saving lamps with excessive switch-on currents use switch-on current limiters order no. 0185. Light scene function (on/off) in conjunction with BLC radio button. Neutral conductor necessary! BLC presence detector with constant light control order no. 1701 10 BLC ceiling controller order no. 1701 11 BLC radio button order no. 1760 .. BLC button order no. 1761 .. BLC controller 180 order no. 1783 .., 1786 .. BLC controller 180 IP44 order no. 1783 61 89, 1786 61 89 BLC controller comfort 180 order no. 1784 .., 1787 .. BLC controller 180 comfort IP44 order no. 1784 61 89, 1787 61 89

with extension unit input for BLC extension unit, BLC control extension unit and push-button (NO contact) potential-free contact for function extra-low voltage FELV (only change-over voltage) suitable also usable as push-button relay switch when cover is detached, the switch status is retained (wallpaper function) with screw terminals

HOUSE ELECTRONICS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

BLC relay switch insert HVAC (heating/ ventilation/air conditioning)

on page T12

BLC controller extension unit

230 V~, 50/60 Hz 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 1000 W; Electronic transformers 750 W; Conventional transformers 750 VA; Fluorescent lamps in duo configuration 1000 VA; Fluorescent lamps uncompensated 500 VA; 230 V incandescent lamps (HVAC-channel) 800 W; 230 V halogen lamps (HVAC-channel) 750 W; Motor switching current (HVAC-channel) 2,1 A; Switch on delay HVAC-channel 0/3 min.; Delay time heating/ventilation/air conditioning ch 2/10/30/60/120 min. For electronic ballasts and energy-saving lamps with excessive switch-on currents use switch-on current limiters order no. 0185. Light scene function (on/off) in conjunction with BLC radio button. Neutral conductor necessary!

on page T12

230 V~, 50/60 Hz Number of extension units max. 10 (5 with order no. 2902); Cable length between main device and extension uni 100 m; Installation depth 22 mm Neutral conductor necessary! BLC presence detector with constant light control order no. 1701 10 BLC ceiling controller order no. 1701 11 BLC controller 180 order no. 1783 .., 1786 .. BLC controller 180 IP44 order no. 1783 61 89, 1786 61 89 BLC controller comfort 180 order no. 1784 .., 1787 .. BLC controller 180 comfort IP44 order no. 1784 61 89, 1787 61 89

with screw terminals

Hand-held transmitters

BLC presence detector with constant light control order no. 1701 10 BLC ceiling controller order no. 1701 11 BLC radio button order no. 1760 .. BLC button order no. 1761 .. BLC controller 180 order no. 1783 .., 1786 .. BLC controller 180 IP44 order no. 1783 61 89, 1786 61 89 BLC controller comfort 180 order no. 1784 .., 1787 .. BLC controller 180 comfort IP44 order no. 1784 61 89, 1787 61 89

2908

2912

Packing unit

with extension unit input for BLC extension unit, BLC control extension unit and push-button (NO contact) potential-free HVAC contact suitable for function extra-low voltage FELV (only alternating voltage) also usable as push-button relay switch with delay time HVAC relay contact for e.g. valve drive switch on delay for HVAC channel can be activated/deactivated permanently with BLC button when cover is detached, the switch status is retained (wallpaper function) with screw terminals

IR hand-held transmitter anthracite, matt

2779

Operating voltage 6 V=; Battery life approx. 3 years; IR channels 24; IR range approx. 10 m; Dimensions (L x W x H) 192 x 53 x 23 mm The required batteries 4 x Micro, alkaline (LR 03) are not supplied. For battery-operated IR remote control of all assigned IR receivers. For IR gateway order no. 7566 03 .. For B.IQ IR push-buttons order no. 7566 36 .., 7566 46 .., 7566 56 ..

for IR gateway and BIQ IR push-button RC5 code with 8 channel buttons (on/off; dimmer) with 3 channel group buttons A, B, C with 3 channel group LEDs (also transmission and battery status LEDs) with child lock

BLC extension units BLC extension unit 2907

230 V~, 50/60 Hz ;Installation depth 22 mm on page T12

BLC button order no. 1761 ..

as extension unit for BLC inserts with screw terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

HOUSE ELECTRONICS Order no.

Packing unit

BLC stair light system

on page T19

Inserts 1

0163 01

230 V~, 50 Hz 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 2300 W; Electronic transformers 1500 W; Conventional transformers 1000 VA; Electronic ballasts (EVG) 700 W; Fluorescent lamps in duo configuration 2300 W; Fluorescent lamps uncompensated 1200 VA; Fluorescent lamps parallel compensated 920 W; Switch-on time ED 100 %; Delay time adjustable approx. 10 sec.- 15 min. ; RMD 1 modules

Controller system insert 2939

Flush-mounted controllers see Design lines. on page T20

Accessories Making current limiter black

on page T33

For BLC stair light time switching impulse insert order no. 2934 10

Radio interference suppressor for controller

with slide switch for off/automatic/automatic with switch-off pre-warning/continuous on With switch-off pre-warning, flash at 30, 20, and 10 secs before switch off NO contact with screw terminals

BLC stair light time switching impuls insert

light grey

0123

250 V~, 50/60 Hz, 100 Ω, 0,047 µF Pre-assembled cables approx. 95 mm; Dimensions (diameter x H) 18 x 37 mm on page T24

For connection of mains-parallel inductivities (e. g. conventional transformers) when they cause the Controller to reactivate.

230 V~, 50 Hz Control line length max. 100 m; ;Installation depth 22 mm on page T19

to limit switch-on currents for problem loads, e.g. energy-saving lamps, electronic ballasts, etc.

2934 10

0185

230 V~, 50/60 Hz, 200 VA Pre-assembled cable approx. 80 mm; Dimensions housing (W x H x D) approx. 51 x 25 x 13 Based on small design, suitable for installation in a 40 mm flush-mounted box, e.g. behind universal insert with relay contact, and BLC relay switching insert. Also suitable for surface-mounted movement controllers and RMD automatic stair light control.

For upgrading of stair light and pulse circuits without additional wiring.

Use only in conjunction with controller system power pack order no. 0150 29, 0155, 0159 Controller 180 system cover order no. 1715 .., 1718 ..

with screw terminals

Neutral conductor necessary!

15 V=

For electronic ballasts and energy-saving lamps with excessive switch-on currents use switch-on current limiters order no. 0185. For contact screening (arc breaking), we recommend the suppressor order no. 0123. For connection of stair light pulsed inserts and push-buttons (NO contacts). For 3-conductor circuit with neutral conductor and for 4-conductor circuit with neutral conductor or with phase.

Packing unit

Controller system

BLC Automatic stair light switch RMD Plus light grey

Order no.

RC element

For 3-conductor circuit with neutral conductor and for 4-conductor circuit with neutral conductor or phase. Only suitable for BLC monitor 180 with imprint release issue „R3“. For upgrading of stair light and pulse circuits without additional wiring. Use only in conjunction with the BLC automatic stair light switch RMD order no. 0163 01 BLC presence detector with constant light control order no. 1701 10 BLC ceiling controller order no. 1701 11 BLC button order no. 1761 .. BLC controller 180 order no. 1783 .., 1786 .. BLC controller 180 IP44 order no. 1783 61 89, 1786 61 89 BLC controller comfort 180 order no. 1784 .., 1787 .. BLC controller 180 comfort IP44 order no. 1784 61 89, 1787 61 89

with screw terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

HOUSE ELECTRONICS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Mains decouplers

Mains decoupler comfort RMD

Mains decoupler RMD

light grey

Mains decoupler standard RMD light grey

on page T10

0187 00

230 V~, 50 Hz, 16 A 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 2300 W; Electronic transformers 1000 W; Conventional transformers 800 W; Fluorescent lamps in duo configuration 1600 W; Fluorescent lamps uncompensated 1000 W; Fluorescent lamps parallel compensated 700 W; Electronic ballast switch-on current < 10 ms, max. 70 A; Energy-saving lamps max. 160 W; Motors at cos φ 0.4 max. 1400 W; Monitoring voltage 230 V=; Residual ripple typical 8 mV; Monitoring current max. 8 mA; Operating temperature 0 - +40 °C; RMD 2 modules; Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 90 x 65 mm

on page T10

Packing unit

0187 01

230 V~, 50 Hz, 16 A 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 2300 W; Electronic transformers 1000 W; Conventional transformers 800 W; Fluorescent lamps in duo configuration 1600 W; Fluorescent lamps uncompensated 1000 W; Fluorescent lamps uncompensated 700 W; Electronic ballast switch-on current < 10 ms, max. 70 A; Energy-saving lamps max. 160 W; Motors at cos φ 0.4 max. 1400 W; Monitoring voltage 230 V=; Residual ripple typical 4 mV; Monitoring current max. 8 mA; Operating temperature 0 - +40 °C; RMD 2 modules; Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 90 x 65 mm If a universal touch dimmer is to be de-coupled, the extension unit line length on extension units must be < 20 m.

If a universal touch dimmer is to be de-coupled, the extension unit line length on extension units must be < 20 m.

To prevent heat problems due to mains overvoltage, the distance to other RMD units should be 1/2 modules.

Only suitable for BLC universal touch dimmer with printing R3 and universal rotary dimmer with printing R1.

Advices for application possibilities see technical appendix.

for order no. 0167 01, 0188, 2873, 2875, 2891 10, 2896 10 Without extension unit with order no. 2834 1.., 2861 10 With control module with order no. 2874, 2907 Only with BLC button with order no. 2902

switches without loads to DC voltage without electric and electromagnetic fields for bedroom and child`s room in the home for mechanical switches, dimmer, current impulse switching, vacuum cleaners, etc. for illuminated switches/push-buttons with a neon lamp current of max. 8 mA with manual selection switch for automatic (decoupling) on/off with green operation LED with green status LED for decoupling with 2 yellow residual current indicator LED with overheating protection monitoring voltage measurable with Duspol

switches without loads to DC voltage without electric and electromagnetic fields for bedroom and child`s room in the home for mechanical switches, dimmer, current impulse switching, vacuum cleaners, etc. for illuminated switches/push-buttons with a neon lamp current of max. 8 mA with green status LED for decoupling with overheating protection monitoring voltage measurable with Duspol

Accessories Control module for mains decoupler black

0188

230 V~, 50 Hz Pre-assembled cable approx. 80 mm; Dimensions housing (W x H x D) approx. 45 x 28 x 9 mm For mains decoupler order no. 0187 ..

required for loads with small switch-on currents for connection between phase and load line from dimmer

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

HOUSE ELECTRONICS Order no.

Packing unit

Dimmers

Order no.

Built-in power boosters RMD

Built-in dimmers RMD

Universal power booster RMD Plus light grey

Universal touch dimmer RMD Plus light grey

on page T11

Packing unit

0167 01

230/240 V~, 50/60 Hz 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 50 - 500 W; Electronic transformers 50 - 500 W; Dimmable conventional transformers 50 - 500 VA; Universal power boosters max. 10 phase cut-off á 500 W; Universal power boosters max. 5 phase cut-on á 420 VA; Load cable length max. 100 m; Control line length max. 100 m; RMD 2 modules; Dimensions (W x H x D) 36 x 90 x 70 mm; Assembling height as from DIN rail 63 mm

on page T11

Trouble-free operation will be obtained only with Berker Tronic transformers. Do not connect conventional transformers together with electronic transformers.

Trouble-free operation will be obtained only with Berker Tronic transformers.

When using multiple dimmer or power boosters with a control cabinet, maintain a minimum spacing of 1 module width.

Do not connect conventional transformers together with electronic transformers.

for order no. 0128, 0167 01, 0181, 2834 .., 2861 10, 2867 10, 2874, 2885, 2902, 2943, 7531 10 07, 7531 20 07, 7531 40 17, 9455 01 00

When using multiple dimmer or power boosters with a control cabinet, maintain a minimum spacing of 1 module width.

Universal booster RMD Plus order no. 0165 01

common load switching for dimmer and booster with selectable brightness memory bulb-preserving soft startup very low noise short-circuit and overload proof (electronic fuse) phase cut-on or cut-off according to load type, self-learning with screw terminals

with 2 manual buttons (2-push-button operation concept) for ON (brighter) / OFF (darker) BLC extension push-but.(NO) on extension input with 1 push-but.operation conc. BLC extension unit on extension input with 2 push-but.operation conc. expandable by universal power boosters RMD Plus with load cable switched in parallel start-up brightness can be stored safe after power failure bulb-preserving soft startup with green indicator LED very low noise short-circuit and overload proof (electronic fuse) phase cut-on or cut-off according to load type, self-learning with screw terminals

0165 01

230/240 V~, 50/60 Hz 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 200 - 500 W; Electronic transformers 200 - 500 W; Dimmable conventional transformers 200 - 420 VA; Load cable length max. 100 m; Control line length max. 100 m; RMD 2 modules; Dimensions (W x H x D) 36 x 90 x 70 mm; Assembling height as from DIN rail 63 mm

Built-in dimmers Tronic touch dimmer built-in polar white

on page T11

2943

230 V~, 50 Hz 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 50 - 700 W; Electronic transformers 50 - 700 W; Universal power boosters max. 10 á 400 W; Power boosters built-in/RMD max. 10; Dimensions (L x W x H) 212 x 48,5 x 46 mm Trouble-free operation will be obtained only with Berker Tronic transformers.

with extension unit input for BLC extension unit and push-but.(NO) and 1 push-but. operation concept with selectable brightness memory bulb-preserving soft startup very low noise short-circuit and overload proof (electronic fuse) phase cut-off expandable by universal power boosters RMD Plus with load cable switched in parallel with screw terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

HOUSE ELECTRONICS Order no.

Packing unit

Built-in power booster polar white

Corded transformer, dimmable 20-70 W 1

2868

230 V~, 50/60 Hz 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 100 - 700 W; Electronic transformers 100 - 700 W; Dimensions (L x W x H) 212 x 48,5 x 46 mm Trouble-free operation will be obtained only with Berker Tronic transformers. Neutral conductor necessary!

2869

230 V~, 50 Hz 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 100 - 600 W; Dimmable conventional transformers 100 - 600 VA; Dimensions (L x W x H) 212 x 48,5 x 46 mm In case of excessive switch-on currents use switchon current limiters order no. 0185.

bulb-preserving soft startup short-circuit and overload proof (electronic fuse) phase cut-on with screw terminals

Corded slide dimmer LV 1 1 1

2744 09 2744 2744 18

230 V~, 50 Hz 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 20 - 500 W; Dimmable conventional transformers 20 - 500 VA; Dimensions (L x W x H) 126 x 60 x 30 mm

for table and standing lamps for hand and foot operation bulb-preserving soft startup with cable clamp short-circuit and overload proof (fine-wire fuse) with temperature protection phase cut-on with screw terminals

Tronic transformer with sliding controller for table and standing lamps for hand and foot operation input and output electrically isolated with overheating protection short-circuit and overload proof (electronic fuse) no-load proof with overvoltage protection very low noise bulb-preserving soft startup with cable clamp with screw terminals

Corded transformer, dimmable 20-105 W 2743 09 2743 2743 18

1 1 1

230 V~, 50 Hz Secondary 3,1 - 11,8 V~ eff.; Frequency secondary approx. 40 kHz; 12 V halogen lamps 20 - 105 W; Secondary cable length max. 2 m; Dimensions (L x W x H) 150 x 70 x 36 mm Safety transformer to VDE 0712-24 Spike-resistant to 1500 V according to EN 61047

Corded dimmers polar white black gold

1 1 1

polar white black gold

Neutral conductor necessary!

2742 09 2742 2742 18

230 V~, 50 Hz Secondary 3,1 - 11,8 V~ eff.; Frequency secondary approx. 40 kHz; 12 V halogen lamps 20 - 70 W; Secondary cable length max. 2 m; Dimensions (L x W x H) 150 x 70 x 36 mm

LV power booster built-in polar white

polar white black gold

Safety transformer to VDE 0712-24 Spike-resistant to 1500 V according to EN 61047

bulb-preserving soft startup very low noise short-circuit and overload proof (electronic fuse) phase cut-off with screw terminals

on page T11

Packing unit

Corded dimmer transformers

Tronic power booster built-in

on page T11

Order no.

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

HOUSE ELECTRONICS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Transformers

Tronic transformer 20-70 W

Tronic transformers

polar white

on page T30

2915

230 V~, 50/60 Hz Primary current 0,18 A; Secondary 11,7 V~ eff.; Frequency secondary approx. 40 kHz; 12 V halogen lamps 10 - 40 W; Ambient temperature max. 50 °C; Pre-assembled primary line approx. 200 mm; pre-assembled secondary line approx. 200 mm; Secondary cable length max. 2 m; Dimensions (L x W x H) 73 x 35,5 x 18 mm

Dimmable with Berker Tronic dimmer and Berker universal dimmer.

Safety transformer to VDE 0712-24 Spike-resistant to 1500 V according to EN 61047

on page T30

Berker Igel 20-105 W

Tronic transformer 20-70 W 2918

bulb-preserving soft startup very low noise input and output electrically isolated with overheating protection short-circuit and overload proof (electronic fuse) no-load proof with overvoltage protection with primary and secondary side cable clamp with screw terminals

polar white

230 V~, 50/60 Hz Primary current 0,3 A; Secondary 11,6 V~ eff.; Frequency secondary approx. 40 kHz; 12 V halogen lamps 20 - 70 W; Ambient temperature max. 45 °C; 1 primary screw terminal pair to max. 2,5 mm²; 2 secondary screw terminal pairs to max. 2,5 mm²; Secondary cable length max. 2 m; Dimensions (L x W x H) 145 x 55 x 19 mm

Tronic transformer 10-40 W polar white

2926 10

Packing unit

polar white 1

230 V~, 50/60 Hz Primary current 0,3 A; Secondary 11,7 V~ eff.; Frequency secondary approx. 40 kHz; 12 V halogen lamps 20 - 70 W; Ambient temperature max. 40 °C; Pre-assembled primary line approx. 200 mm; pre-assembled secondary line approx. 200 mm; Secondary cable length max. 2 m; Dimensions (L x W x H) 49 x 48 x 28 mm

on page T30

2921

230/240 V~, 50/60 Hz Primary current 0,45 A; Secondary 11,3/11,8 V~ eff.; Frequency secondary approx. 40 kHz; 12 V halogen lamps 20 - 105 W; Ambient temperature max. 50 °C; 1 primary screw terminal pair to max. 2,5 mm²; 1 secondary screw terminal pair to max. 2,5 mm²; Secondary cable length max. 2 m; Dimensions (L x W x H) 105 x 50 x 29 mm

Dimmable with Berker Tronic dimmer and Berker universal dimmer.

Dimmable according to the phase cut-on and phase cut-off operation with Berker Tronic dimmer, Berker LV dimmer and Berker universal dimmer.

Safety transformer to VDE 0712-24 Spike-resistant to 1500 V according to EN 61047

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

input and output electrically isolated with overheating protection short-circuit and overload proof (electronic fuse) no-load proof very low noise with overvoltage protection bulb-preserving soft startup with primary and secondary side cable clamp with screw terminals

HOUSE ELECTRONICS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Tronic transformer 35-105 W polar white

on page T30

2927

bulb-preserving soft startup very low noise input and output electrically isolated with overheating protection short-circuit and overload proof (electronic fuse) no-load proof with overvoltage protection flat shape with imprint on the backside with primary side cable clamp with primary side screw terminals

Tronic transformer 20-105 W polar white

on page T30

2974 01

2977

230 V~, 50 Hz Secondary 11,7 V~ eff.; Frequency secondary approx. 40 kHz; 12 V halogen lamps 20 - 105 W; Control current 0,8 mA; Load current primary max. 0,31 A; Ambient temperature max. 50 °C; 2 primary screw terminal pairs to max. 2,5 mm²; 3 secondary screw terminal pairs to max. 2,5 mm²; 1 screw terminal pair 1-10 V to max. 2,5 mm²; Secondary cable length max. 1 m; Dimensions (L x W x H) 216 x 42 x 32 mm Dimmable with Berker 110 V control units.

Safety transformer to VDE 0712-24 Spike-resistant to 1500 V according to EN 61047

polar white

on page T30

Dimmable with Berker Tronic dimmer and Berker universal dimmer.

Tronic transformer 20-105 W with 1-10 V interface

230 V~, 50/60 Hz Primary current 0,45 A; Secondary 11,8 V~ eff.; Frequency secondary approx. 40 kHz; 12 V halogen lamps 35 - 105 W; Ambient temperature max. 50 °C; 2 primary screw terminal pairs to max. 2,5 mm²; pre-assembled secondary line approx. 200 mm; Secondary cable length max. 2 m; Dimensions (L x W x H) 165 x 42 x 18 mm

Packing unit

Interface to DIN EN 60928 Safety transformer to VDE 0712-24 Spike-resistant to 1500 V according to EN 61047

230/240 V~, 50/60 Hz Primary current 0,45 A; Secondary 11,8 V~ eff.; Frequency secondary approx. 40 kHz; 12 V halogen lamps 20 - 105 W; Ambient temperature max. 50 °C; 2 primary screw terminal pairs to max. 2,5 mm²; 3 secondary screw terminal pairs to max. 2,5 mm²; Secondary cable length max. 1 m; Dimensions (L x W x H) 175 x 42 x 18 mm Dimmable with Berker Tronic dimmer and Berker universal dimmer. Safety transformer to VDE 0712-24 Spike-resistant to 1500 V according to EN 61047

bulb-preserving soft startup very low noise input and output electrically isolated with overheating protection short-circuit and overload proof (electronic fuse) no-load proof with overvoltage protection flat shape with primary and secondary side cable clamp with screw terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

HOUSE ELECTRONICS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Tronic transformer 20-120 W polar white polar white

2928 10 87 2928 10

Tronic transformer 50-200 W polar white

40 1

230 V~, 50/60 Hz Primary current 0,52 A; Secondary 11,6 V~ eff.; Frequency secondary approx. 40 kHz; 12 V halogen lamps 20 - 120 W; Ambient temperature max. 45 °C; 2 primary screw terminal pairs to max. 2,5 mm²; 3 secondary screw terminal pairs to max. 2,5 mm²; Secondary cable length max. 2 m; Dimensions (L x W x H) 186 x 45 x 19,5 mm

on page T30

Dimmable with Berker Tronic dimmer and Berker universal dimmer. Safety transformer to VDE 0712-24 Spike-resistant to 1500 V according to EN 61047

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Tronic dimmer transformer 35-105 W

230 V~, 50/60 Hz Primary current 0,71 A; Secondary 11,7 V~ eff.; Frequency secondary approx. 40 kHz; 12 V halogen lamps 20 - 150 W; Ambient temperature max. 50 °C; 2 primary screw terminal pairs to max. 2,5 mm²; 3 secondary screw terminal pairs to max. 2,5 mm²; Secondary cable length max. 1 m; Dimensions (L x W x H) 175 x 42 x 38 mm

Tronic dim transformers

Tronic transformer 20-150 W

on page T30

2976

230 V~, 50 Hz Primary current 0,96 A; Secondary 11,5 V~ eff.; Frequency secondary approx. 40 kHz; 12 V halogen lamps 50 - 200 W; Ambient temperature max. 50 °C; 2 primary screw terminal pairs to max. 2,5 mm²; 2 secondary screw terminal pairs to max. 2,5 mm²; Secondary cable length max. 2 m; Dimensions (L x W x H) 212 x 48,5 x 46 mm

polar white

Safety transformer to VDE 0712-24 Spike-resistant to 1500 V according to EN 61047

2972

Dimmable with Berker Tronic dimmer and Berker universal dimmer.

Packing unit

polar white

on page T32

# 2856

230 V~, 50/60 Hz Primary current 0,5 A; Secondary 11,7 V~ eff.; Frequency secondary approx. 40 kHz; 12 V halogen lamps 35 - 105 W; Ambient temperature max. 50 °C; 1 primary screw terminal pair to max. 2,5 mm²; 1 control screw terminal pair to max. 2,5 mm²; 2 secondary screw terminal pairs to max. 2,5 mm²; Secondary cable length max. 2 m; Dimensions, built-in device (L x W x H) 190 x 44 x 38 mm for order no. 2857, 2859

Safety transformer to VDE 0712-24 Spike-resistant to 1500 V according to EN 61047

with extension unit input for push-button (NO) 1-push-button operation concept expandable with Tronic dimming transformer power enhancements with brightness memory bulb-preserving soft startup very low noise input and output electrically isolated with overheating protection short-circuit and overload proof (electronic fuse) no-load proof with overvoltage protection with screw terminals

HOUSE ELECTRONICS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Tronic dimmer transformer 50-150 W polar white

on page T32

# 2858

Tronic dimmer transformer power enhancement 50-150 W

230 V~, 50/60 Hz Primary current 0,72 A; Secondary 11,7 V~ eff.; Frequency secondary approx. 40 kHz; 12 V halogen lamps 50 - 150 W; Ambient temperature max. 50 °C; 1 control screw terminal pair to max. 2,5 mm²; 3 secondary screw terminal pairs to max. 2,5 mm²; Secondary cable length max. 2 m; Dimensions, built-in device (L x W x H) 215 x 50 x 42 mm

polar white

on page T32

for order no. 2857, 2859

on page T32

Transformer accessories LV distributor 5gang for transformers polar white

Safety transformer to VDE 0712-24 Spike-resistant to 1500 V according to EN 61047

as power enhancement for Tronic dimming transformers bulb-preserving soft startup very low noise input and output electrically isolated with overheating protection short-circuit and overload proof (electronic fuse) no-load proof with overvoltage protection with screw terminals

Tronic dimmer transformer power enhancement 35-105 W # 2857

Safety transformer to VDE 0712-24 Spike-resistant to 1500 V according to EN 61047

polar white

# 2859

230 V~, 50/60 Hz Primary current 0,72 A; Secondary 11,7 V~ eff.; Frequency secondary approx. 40 kHz; 12 V halogen lamps 50 - 150 W; Ambient temperature max. 50 °C; 1 primary screw terminal pair to max. 2,5 mm²; 1 control screw terminal pair to max. 2,5 mm²; 3 secondary screw terminal pairs to max. 2,5 mm²; Secondary cable length max. 2 m; Dimensions (L x W x H) 215 x 50 x 42 mm for order no. 2856, 2858

Safety transformer to VDE 0712-24 Spike-resistant to 1500 V according to EN 61047

Packing unit

on page T30

0162

Rated voltage < 25 V; Input current max. 16 A; Branch-off current max. 16 A; Max. connected load 12 V~ 192 W; Conductor cross-section max. 2,5 mm²; Dimensions (W x H x D) 48 x 40 x 16 mm The LV distributor 5gang offers time and cost saving installation benefits when installing branched lighting systems. Connecting material to VDE 0613 for rigid and flexible conductors (without conductor sleeve) for secondary side connection of up to 5 LV halogen lamps with plug-in terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

HOUSE ELECTRONICS Order no.

Packing unit

on page T30

0140

Packing unit

RCD protection switch

LV distributor 6gang for transformers polar white

Order no.

< 42 V~ Input current max. 17 A; Branch-off current max. 8,5 A; Max. connected load 12 V~ 200 W; Ambient temperature max. 50 °C; Conductor cross-section flexible max. 1,5 mm²; Conductor cross-section rigid max. 2,5 mm²; Pre-assembled cable approx. 80 mm; Dimensions housing (W x H x D) approx. 86 x 40 x 29 mm

RCD circuit breaker RCD protection switch 1

2844

on page T60

16 A, 250 V~, 50/60 Hz Rated fault current 30 mA; Switch off time <= 30 ms; Short-circuit resistance 3 kA (by main fuse 16 AgL); Surge current firmness 250 A (8/20) µs; Operating temperature -25 - +40 °C; ;Installation depth 32 mm Central plate order no. 1493 ..

for rigid and flexible conductors (without conductor sleeve) for secondary side connection of up to 6 LV halogen lamps pre-assembled, with 2-core flexible wire with plug-in terminals

on page T30

0142

to protect downstream loads without spreader claws with plug-in terminals

Thermostats

Overvoltage protection module light grey

Tested conform VDE 0664 (EN 61008) Suitable for use according to DIN VDE 0100-410

Thermostat accessories Floor temperature sensor/remote sensor

230 V~, 50/60 Hz Leakage current IS(8/20) 4,5 KA (1x); Leakage current IS(8/20) 1 KA (100x); Residual voltage at IS 1 KA approx. 1000 V; Pre-assembled cable approx. 80 mm; Dimensions housing (W x H x D) 46 x 25 x 23 mm

0161 Sensor cable length 4 m; At 25 °C 33 Flame resistant up to 850 °C kohm on page T34

for Tronic transformers/dimmer and universal dimmer for parallel operation with inductive loads

for thermostat time-controlled for floor temperature thermostat (replacement)

Sensor insert Sensor insert 7594 10 01

Central plate order no. 7594 ..

for e.g. temperature sensor PT100 without spreader claws with plug-in terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

HOUSE ELECTRONICS Order no.

Packing unit

Valve drives

Order no.

Packing unit

Valve drive accessories Valve drive 230 V polar white

Valve adapter 7590 00 76

grey, VA10, Dumser, Simplex, Beulco (from 2005) dark grey, VA50 Cazzaniga, Honeywell & Braukmann, Landis & Gyr, Frese, Reich (distributor), KaMo light grey, VA80, Comap, Empur, Heimeier, Herb, IVAR, MNG, Onda, Oventrop, Schlösser, Strawa, TA, Thermot. polar white, VA78, flange, for Danfoss valves Type: RA

230 V~, 0-60 Hz, 230 V= Power consumption 1,8 W; Stroke 4 mm; Running time 45 s/mm; Medium temperature max. 0 - 100 °C; Operating temperature 0 - 60 °C; Pre-assembled cables approx. 1 m; Dimensions (W x H x D) 44 x 60 x 61 mm Neutral conductor necessary! Order valve adapter separately.

Room thermostat with change-over order no. 2026 .. Room thermostat with NC contact order no. 2030 .. Floor thermostat with NO contact order no. 2034 .. Thermostat time-controlled with NO contact order no. 2043 .. Heating actuator 6gang order no. 7531 60 03

7590 00 73

7590 00 75

7590 00 74

Union nut M30 x 1,5 mm

IP54

For valve drive order no. 7590 00 76, 7590 00 77

with state indication (opened or closed) with anti-dismantling protection closed in de-energized state with overheating protection thermoelectric mode of operation for plug-in cover pluggable connection cable

for valve drive 230 V or actuator drive 24 V

RolloTec RolloTec inserts RolloTec standard insert 2925

Valve drive 24 V polar white

7590 00 72

7590 00 77

Order valve adapter separately. Room thermostat with NC contact order no. 2031 .. Heating actuator 12gang order no. 7533 00 01 Heating actuator 6gang order no. 7533 60 01

IP54 with state indication (opened or closed) with anti-dismantling protection closed in de-energized state with overheating protection thermoelectric mode of operation for plug-in cover pluggable connection cable

230 V~, 50/60 Hz Switching power max. 1 motor 1000 W

24 V~, 50/60 Hz, 24 V= Power consumption 1,8 W; Stroke 4 mm; Running time 45 s/mm; Medium temperature max. 0 - 100 °C; Operating temperature 0 - 60 °C; Pre-assembled cables approx. 1 m; Max. cable length 200 m; Dimensions (W x H x D) 44 x 60 x 61 mm

on page T37

Recommendation: use deep box. Light scene function (up/down) in connection with RolloTec radio button. Neutral conductor necessary! Not suitable for wind speed and precipitation sensors. RolloTec time switch order no. 1754 .. RolloTec time switch with sensor connection order no. 1755 .. RolloTec memory button order no. 1756 .. RolloTec memory button with sensor connection order no. 1757 .. RolloTec radio button order no. 1758 .. RolloTec radio button with sensor connection order no. 1759 .. RolloTec easy time switch order no. 1762 .. RolloTec button comfort order no. 1770 .. RolloTec button comfort with sensor connection order no. 1771 .. RolloTec time switch comfort order no. 1774 .. RolloTec time switch comfort with sensor connection order no. 1775 ..

with 2 mechanically interlocked NO contacts without 230 V extension unit inputs for single and master controls with screw terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

HOUSE ELECTRONICS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

RolloTec standard insert without neutral conductor connection 2911

RolloTec comfort insert 2975

Recommendation: use deep box. Light scene function (up/down) in connection with RolloTec radio button. On motors with limit switches, perform a brief inspection of the motor as is described in the technical appendix. On drives with electrically isolated trip lines, or when activation high-resistance cutoff relay windings, the coupler capacitor set, Order No. 0118 can be used. Not suitable for wind speed and precipitation sensors. RolloTec time switch order no. 1754 .. RolloTec time switch with sensor connection order no. 1755 .. RolloTec memory button order no. 1756 .. RolloTec memory button with sensor connection order no. 1757 .. RolloTec radio button order no. 1758 .. RolloTec radio button with sensor connection order no. 1759 .. RolloTec easy time switch order no. 1762 .. RolloTec button comfort order no. 1770 .. RolloTec button comfort with sensor connection order no. 1771 .. RolloTec time switch comfort order no. 1774 .. RolloTec time switch comfort with sensor connection order no. 1775 ..

230 V~, 50/60 Hz Switching power max. 1 motor 1000 W

230 V~, 50 Hz Switching power max. 1 motor 1000 W on page T37

Packing unit

on page T37

Recommendation: use deep box. Light scene function (up/down) in connection with RolloTec radio button. Neutral conductor necessary! RolloTec wind sensor interface order no. 0173 RolloTec precipitation sensor order no. 0183 01 RolloTec time switch order no. 1754 .. RolloTec time switch with sensor connection order no. 1755 .. RolloTec memory button order no. 1756 .. RolloTec memory button with sensor connection order no. 1757 .. RolloTec radio button order no. 1758 .. RolloTec radio button with sensor connection order no. 1759 .. RolloTec easy time switch order no. 1762 .. RolloTec button comfort order no. 1770 .. RolloTec button comfort with sensor connection order no. 1771 .. RolloTec time switch comfort order no. 1774 .. RolloTec time switch comfort with sensor connection order no. 1775 ..

with 2 mechanically interlocked NO contacts with 230 V extension unit inputs for up, down and sensors for single, group and master controls suitable for multi-phase mode with screw terminals

with 2 mechanically interlocked NO contacts without 230 V extension unit inputs for single control on motor with limit switches! with screw terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

HOUSE ELECTRONICS Order no.

Packing unit

on page T37

Packing unit

RolloTec sensors

RolloTec comfort insert for direct current drives 2975 01

Order no.

RolloTec brightness sensor

polar white

24 V= Current consumption (idle) approx. 30 mA; Current consumption (operation) approx. 100 mA; Switching current at 24 V=: max. 3 A Recommendation: use deep box.

on page T37

Light scene function (up/down) in connection with RolloTec radio button.

Only suitable for covers with sensor connection.

An external power supply 24 V = with protective disconnection is necessary!

Timer with sensor connection order no. 1738 .. RolloTec time switch with sensor connection order no. 1755 .., 1775 .. RolloTec memory button with sensor connection order no. 1757 .. RolloTec radio button with sensor connection order no. 1759 .. RolloTec button comfort with sensor connection order no. 1771 ..

Recommendation of power supply units: Messrs. Elka type: SV230-24.1500DC order no.: 14001910 Messrs. Phoenix type: STEP-PS-100240AC/24DC/1.5 order no.: 2938947

for 24 V reverse polarity motors with limit switches with 2 reverse polarity change-over relays with 24 V reverse polarity extension unit inputs for up and down for single, group and master controls with screw terminals

Before mounting, clean window pane with spirit and sensor with washing up liquid, then dip sensor in clear water and stick onto window pane.

Follow the motor manufacturers` instructions!

RolloTec time switch order no. 1754 .. RolloTec time switch with sensor connection order no. 1755 .. RolloTec memory button order no. 1756 .. RolloTec memory button with sensor connection order no. 1757 .. RolloTec radio button order no. 1758 .. RolloTec radio button with sensor connection order no. 1759 .. RolloTec easy time switch order no. 1762 .. RolloTec button comfort order no. 1770 .. RolloTec button comfort with sensor connection order no. 1771 .. RolloTec time switch comfort order no. 1774 .. RolloTec time switch comfort with sensor connection order no. 1775 ..

0169

Internal resistance approx. 12 kΩ; Nominal current (light) approx. 2 mA; Nominal current (dark) approx. 0,5 mA; Cable length 2 m; Extendable cable length max. 10 m; Sensor dimensions (diameter x H) 45 x 25 mm

IP54 with photodiode for suction cover to window pane pre-assembled, with cable and plug

RolloTec brightness sensor surface-mounted polar white

on page T37

0184

Internal resistance approx. 12 kΩ; Nominal current (light) approx. 2 mA; Nominal current (dark) approx. 0,5 mA; Max. cable length 10 m; Sensor dimensions (W x H x D) 27 x 84,5 x 30 mm Only suitable for covers with sensor connection. Timer with sensor connection order no. 1738 .. RolloTec time switch with sensor connection order no. 1755 .., 1775 .. RolloTec memory button with sensor connection order no. 1757 .. RolloTec radio button with sensor connection order no. 1759 .. RolloTec button comfort with sensor connection order no. 1771 ..

IP54 with photodiode with mounting bracket with screw terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

HOUSE ELECTRONICS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Magnetic contact

RolloTec glass breakage sensor polar white, NC contact

on page T37

0170

polar white brown

Action radius 2 m; Cable length 2 m; Extendable cable length max. 10 m; Dimensions, sensor (L x W x H) 37 x 19 x 12 mm

on page T40

Breaking the window causes the shutter to move e.g. to the lower end position.

Attention! Please use the following adhesive sets only. Loctite, www.loctite.com

Switching voltage max. 40 V=; Switching current max. 500 mA; Max. switching capacity 10 W; Cable length 3 m; Dimensions, sensor (L x W x H) 44 x 15 x 15 mm

To monitor window and door opening. RolloTec time switch with sensor connection order no. 1755 .., 1775 .. RolloTec memory button with sensor connection order no. 1757 .. RolloTec radio button with sensor connection order no. 1759 .. RolloTec button comfort with sensor connection order no. 1771 .. Connection e.g. with universal interface order no. 7564 .0 01 to alarm central unit EIB order no. 7573 00 10 For alarm central unit order no. 9020

In case of glass breakage the blind is moved down and the extension unit inputs are locked. RolloTec time switch with sensor connection order no. 1755 .., 1775 .. RolloTec memory button with sensor connection order no. 1757 .. RolloTec radio button with sensor connection order no. 1759 .. RolloTec button comfort with sensor connection order no. 1771 ..

IP67 built-on/built-in pre-assembled, with cable in the isolated state the contact is open

IP67 pre-assembled, with cable and plug

RolloTec precipitation sensor

RolloTec adapter for sensors

grey

Cable length 5 m Only suitable for covers with sensor connection. on page T37

1 1

Suitable for RolloTec covers with sensor connection.

29691 Glas-Metal adhesive set consisting of: 319 adhesive and 7649 activator

0171

9251 02 9251 01

RolloTec function: When window is open, blind moves to the lower end position for example.

Only suitable for covers with sensor connection.

polar white

Packing unit

for brightness sensor and glass breakage sensor for the connection of RolloTec brightness and glass-break sensor to an cover pre-assembled, with cable, plug and 2 sockets

on page T37

0183 01

230 V~, 50/60 Hz Switching current 30 V= ohmic max. 3 A ; Switching current 250 V~ ohmic max. 6 A ; Making current 250 V~ ohmic max. 15 A ; Power consumption incl. additional heating max. 4,5 W; Pre-assembled cables approx. 2,9 m; Mast diameter max. 62 mm; Dimensions, sensor (L x W x H) 82 x 60 x 57,5 mm; Dimensions, mounting angle (W x H x D) 90 x 91 x 78 mm Neutral conductor necessary! When it begins to rain, snow etc. the contact is closed. To protect against mildew on awnings, roller shutters etc. For Rollotec comfort insert order no. 2975

8 IP65 with potential-free change-over contact heated pre-assembled, with cables with stainless steel mounting bracket approx. 70° with pipe clamp for mast fixing

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

HOUSE ELECTRONICS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

RolloTec wind sensor white

RolloTec cutoff relay RMD 0172 01

2931

Wind strength measuring range 3 - 10 Bft; Wind speed measuring range 0,5 - 40 m/s; Pre-assembled cable approx. 3 m on page T37

on page T36

To be used only in connection with wind sensor interface order no. 0173 Mast adapter order no. 7590 00 46

reed contact (frequency measurement) with fitting material confectioned with wire LIYY 2 x 0.5 mm² and conductor sleeves

on page T37

0173

NEW

When the wind speed is reached the contact is closed. To protect against excessive wind, e. g. for shutters, awnings, etc.

IP55

with separate mains power supply required for electric motor decoupling to operate 2 shutter/blind control motors with master input e.g. for RolloTec timer with 2 extension unit outgoing feeders for single operation with screw terminals

with potential-free contact 2 NO contacts, common input terminal with test mode with fitting material with screw terminals

RolloTec cutoff relay

NEW

RolloTec cutoff relay

Neutral conductor necessary!

For RolloTec wind sensor order no. 0172 01 For Rollotec comfort insert order no. 2975

230 V~, 50/60 Hz Current consumption (operation) approx. 10 mA; Switching current at cos φ 0.6 max. 3 A; Switching current at cos φ 1 max. 8 A; Switch-on time ED 100 %; Activation change-over time up/down min. 0,5 sec.; Ambient temperature 0 - 60 °C; Dimensions (W x H x D) 50 x 52 x 22 mm

with separate mains power supply to operate 2 shutter/blind control motors with master input e.g. for RolloTec timer with screw terminals

* 2969

230 V~, 50 Hz Current consumption (operation) approx. 10 mA; Switching current at cos φ 0.6 max. 4 A; Switch-on time ED 100 %; Activation change-over time up/down min. 0,5 sec.; Ambient temperature 0 - 60 °C; Dimensions (W x H x D) 53 x 50 x 25 mm

Neutral conductor necessary!

RolloTec cutoff relay with extension unit outgoing feeders grey

Also suitable for Thies heated wind speed sensor order no. 4.3515.50.000.

on page T36

230 V~, 50/60 Hz Current consumption (operation) approx. 10 mA; Switching current at cos φ 0.6 max. 3 A; Switching current at cos φ 1 max. 8 A; Switch-on time ED 100 %; Activation change-over time up/down min. 0,5 sec.; RMD 2,5 modules; Dimensions (W x H x D) 45 x 71 x 42 mm; Assembling height as from DIN rail 38 mm

with separate mains power supply to operate 2 shutter/blind control motors with master input e.g. for RolloTec timer with screw terminals

230 V~, 50/60 Hz Wind speeds adjustable 3 - 10 Bft; Switching current 2 A; Dimensions (W x H x D) 110 x 94 x 38 mm

2930

Neutral conductor necessary!

RolloTec wind sensor interface polar white

Packing unit

RolloTec cutoff relay RMD with extension unit outgoing feeders

* 2919

230 V~, 50 Hz Current consumption (operation) approx. 10 mA; Switching current at cos φ 0.6 max. 4 A; Switch-on time ED 100 %; Activation change-over time up/down min. 0,5 sec.; RMD 2,5 modules; Dimensions (W x H x D) 45 x 71 x 42 mm; Assembling height as from DIN rail 39 mm Neutral conductor necessary! CE with separate mains power supply required for electric motor decoupling to operate 2 shutter/blind control motors with master input e.g. for RolloTec timer with 2 extension unit outgoing feeders for single operation with screw terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

HOUSE ELECTRONICS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Packing unit

timers Timer switches Timer relay switch insert 1

2948 10

230/240 V~, 50/60 Hz 230 V incandescent lamps 1500 W; 230 V halogen lamps 300 W; Electronic transformers 1500 W; Conventional transformers 1000 VA; Fluorescent lamps in duo configuration 1000 VA; Fluorescent lamps uncompensated 500 VA; Fluorescent lamps parallel compensated 150 VA; Delay time adjustable approx. 1 - 60 min. ; Axial dimension diameter 4 mm For electronic ballasts and energy-saving lamps with excessive switch-on currents use making current limiters order no. 0185. Neutral conductor necessary! Centre plate order no. 1674 ..

electronic timer with on/off pressure switch if actuated in switched-on state, it is switched off with extension unit input for push-button (NO contact) with red control LED very low noise short-circuit and overload proof (fine-wire fuse) with spare fuse

Insert for timer 1

2948

on page T7

230 V~, 50/60 Hz 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 1000 W; Electronic transformers 750 W; Conventional transformers 500 VA; Fluorescent lamps in duo configuration 1000 VA; Fluorescent lamps uncompensated 500 VA; Fluorescent lamps parallel compensated 400 VA For electronic ballasts and energy-saving lamps with excessive switch-on currents use switch-on current limiters order no. 0185. Recommendation: Use a deep box! Neutral conductor necessary! Timer easy order no. 1735 .. Timer order no. 1736 .. Timer with sensor connection order no. 1738 ..

with potential-free contact with 230 V extension unit inputs for on and off with screw terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Surfaces Frames/covers/centre inserts Plastic, glossy

white

similar to RAL 1013

polar white

similar to RAL 9010

red

similar to RAL 3003

green

similar to RAL 6029

orange

similar to RAL 2003

yellow

similar to RAL 1004

black

similar to RAL 9005

Modul 2

Standard range Flush-mounted system

A standard range with clear lines meeting all your requirements for modern electrical installation.

■ Suitable for living and functional buildings ■ Frames and device covers suitable for flush-mounted module inserts ■ Combination frames allow you to combine up to 5 devices vertically or horizontally ■ Available surfaces: white and polar white

MODUL 2 Order no.

Packing unit

Frames

Packing unit

Frame Frame

on page T65

Order no.

white, glossy, 1gang white, glossy, 2gang white, glossy, 3gang white, glossy, 4gang white, glossy, 5gang

1011 02 1012 02 1013 02 1014 02 1015 02

10 10 10 2 2

polar white, glossy, 1gang

1011 29

polar white, glossy, 2gang

1012 29

polar white, glossy, 3gang

1013 29

Not suitable for surface-mounted frames. for vertical and horizontal mounting

for vertical and horizontal mounting suitable for cable ducts with lid 80

Frame

on page T65

polar white, glossy, 1gang

1011 09

Frame

polar white, glossy, 2gang

1012 09

red, glossy, 1gang red, glossy, 2gang

polar white, glossy, 3gang

1013 09

Not suitable for surface-mounted frames.

polar white, glossy, 4gang

1014 09

polar white, glossy, 5gang

1015 09

1011 72 1012 72

10 2

for vertical and horizontal mounting suitable for cable ducts with lid 80 for emphasising special switches, socket outlets, etc.

Surface-mounted frames Surface-mounted frame 1gang

for vertical and horizontal mounting

Frame

on page T65

red, glossy, 1gang red, glossy, 2gang red, glossy, 3gang red, glossy, 4gang red, glossy, 5gang

1011 62 1012 62 1013 62 1014 62 1015 62

10 10 10 2 2

for vertical and horizontal mounting for emphasising special switches, socket outlets, etc.

Contrast frame 1gang black, glossy

1011 45

white, glossy polar white, glossy red, glossy

1029 00 02 1029 00 69 1029 00 62

10 10 10

Installation depth 33,5 mm For suitable tube-entries and replacement for cable and duct entries refer to the dry surface-mounted range. Flush-mounted devices can be used with surfacemounted frames for surface-mounted installation.

Self-extinguishing base plate see module inserts / accessories order no. 1021 12

with cable and duct entry entry at top and bottom possible

Surface-mounted frame 2gang white, glossy polar white, glossy red, glossy

Barrier-free building based on DIN 18025 on page T65

for barrier-free construction

1011 22 1012 22 1013 22

Not suitable for surface-mounted frames. for vertical and horizontal mounting suitable for cable ducts with lid 80

10 10 10

Installation depth 33,5 mm

Frame white, glossy, 1gang white, glossy, 2gang white, glossy, 3gang

1030 00 02 1030 00 69 1030 00 62

10 2 2

For suitable tube-entries and replacement for cable and duct entries refer to the dry surface-mounted range. Flush-mounted devices can be used with surfacemounted frames for surface-mounted installation.

Self-extinguishing base plate see module inserts / accessories order no. 1021 22

with cable and duct entry entry at top, bottom and 2 x each side possible for vertical and horizontal mounting

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

MODUL 2 Order no.

Packing unit

NEW

Surface-mounted frame 3gang white, glossy polar white, glossy red, glossy

Order no.

1031 00 02 1031 00 69 1031 00 62

For suitable tube-entries and replacement for cable and duct entries refer to the dry surface-mounted range.

on page T6

with cable and duct entry entry at top, bottom and at each side in the middle possible for vertical and horizontal mounting

For South Tyrol only

with screw-in lift terminals

SCHUKO socket outlet with imprint

Self-extinguishing base plate see module inserts / accessories order no. 1021 32

on page T6

green, glossy, with imprint „SV“

4743 13

orange, glossy, with imprint „ZSV“

4743 14

16 A, 250 V~ Insert colour-coded.

Socket outlets SCHUKO-socket outlets

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

SCHUKO socket outlet white, glossy, without spreader claws

61 4743 02

polar white, glossy, without spreader claws

61 4743 09

white, glossy polar white, glossy red, glossy green, glossy orange, glossy white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 polar white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 green, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 orange, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

4743 02 4743 09 4743 05 4743 03 4743 04 4723 02

10 10 10 10 10 10

4723 09

4723 03

4723 04

with plug-in terminals

SCHUKO socket outlet with centre plate 50 x 50 mm white, glossy polar white, glossy

4703 4703 09

10 10

16 A, 250 V~ on page T6

Suitable for installation without frame in Ackermann and Tehalit 50 x 50 mm cable ducts. With centre plate as per DIN 49075 Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 with plug-in terminals

SCHUKO socket outlet with centre plate 50 x 50 mm white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 on page T6

16 A, 250 V~

4123

16 A, 250 V~ Suitable for installation without frame in Ackermann and Tehalit 50 x 50 mm cable ducts.

The insert of the red, green and orange socket outlets is colour-coded.

With centre plate as per DIN 49075 Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

61 4743 02 and 61 4743 09 for the Netherlands!

with screw terminals

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

SCHUKO socket outlet 45°

with plug-in terminals

white, glossy polar white, glossy

SCHUKO socket outlet 4143 02 4143 09

16 A, 250 V~ on page T6

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

Flush-mounted devices can be used with surfacemounted frames for surface-mounted installation.

white, glossy polar white, glossy

* 73 4123 09

16 A, 250 V~

Installation depth 33,5 mm

on page T6

SCHUKO socket outlet polar white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

5 5 5

Packing unit

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 with screw terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

10 10

4727 02 4727 09

10 10

16 A, 250 V~ on page T6

Specially suited for combining several socket outlets if right angle plugs are used. Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 for diagonal installation with plug-in terminals

MODUL 2 Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

SCHUKO socket outlet with labelling field

on page T6

white, glossy polar white, glossy red, glossy green, glossy orange, glossy white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 polar white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

4749 02 4749 09 4749 05 4749 03 4749 04 4756 02

10 10 10 10 10 10

4756 09

SCHUKO socket outlet indicator lamp and imprint

on page T6

orange, glossy, with imprint „ZSV“

4124 14

16 A, 250 V~ Neon lamp current 1,5 mA

Execution SV, ZSV to VDE 0100-710 Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 with neon lamp unit with screw-in lift terminals

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips.

SCHUKO socket outlet with indicator lamp and labelling field

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 with plug-in terminals

SCHUKO socket outlet with „EDV“ imprint and labelling field 4749 15

on page T6

16 A, 250 V~

white, glossy polar white, glossy red, glossy green, glossy

4159 02 4159 09 4159 62 4159 03

10 10 10 10

16 A, 250 V~ Neon lamp current 1,5 mA

Insert colour-coded.

The insert of the red and green socket outlets is colour-coded.

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips.

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

Replacement neon lamp unit see module inserts / accessories order no. 1609

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

with plug-in terminals

with neon lamp unit with screw-in lift terminals

SCHUKO socket outlet with indicator lamp green, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 on page T6

4124 13

Replacement neon lamp unit see module inserts / accessories order no. 1609

The insert of the red, green and orange socket outlets is colour-coded.

on page T6

green, glossy, with imprint „SV“

Insert colour-coded.

16 A, 250 V~

red, glossy

Packing unit

4124 03

SCHUKO-socket outlets with safety device SCHUKO socket outlet for fine-wire fuse

16 A, 250 V~ Neon lamp current 1,5 mA

white, glossy polar white, glossy

with neon lamp unit with screw-in lift terminals

10 10

16 A, 250 V~ Fine-wire fuse max. 10 A

Replacement neon lamp unit see module inserts / accessories order no. 1609

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

# 4105 02 # 4105 09

on page T6

Without fine-wire fuse. Not suitable for surface-mounted frames. Fine-wire fuses DIN 41572 Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 with fuse holder for fine-wire fuses with screw terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

MODUL 2 Order no.

Packing unit

on page T33

SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover and scannable symbol socket outlet

1 1 1

4108 02 4108 09 4108 62

polar white, glossy

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips.

on page T6

SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover and scannable symbol socket outlet polar white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

SCHUKO socket outlet with RCD protection switch 1

4708 02

on page T6

for barrier-free construction mounting orientation of insert selectable in 45° steps with plug-in terminals

SCHUKO-socket outlets SCHUKO socket outlet with cover plate

to protect connected and downstream loads with plug-in terminals on page T6

SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover 10 10

16 A, 250 V~

Barrier-free building based on DIN 18025 Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

Through-wired socket outlets are also protected.

SCHUKO-socket outlets

An optical accentuation can be achieved by using a contrast frame order no. 1011 45

16 A, 250 V~, 50/60 Hz Rated fault current 30 mA; Switch off time <= 30 ms; Short-circuit resistance 3 kA (with pre-fuse 20 AgL); Surge current firmness 250 A (8/20) µs

Suitable for use according to DIN VDE 0100-410 Tested conform VDE 0664 (EN 61008) Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

4744 49

Specially suited for combining several socket outlets if right angle plugs are used.

4708 09

4744 02 4744 09

An optical accentuation can be achieved by using a contrast frame order no. 1011 45

for barrier-free construction with plug-in terminals

with imprint with indicator LED for „on/error“ with acoustic fault signal with screw terminals

white, glossy polar white, glossy

Barrier-free building based on DIN 18025 Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

Overvoltage protection to EN 61643 and VDE 0675-6, -11 Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

on page T60

4786 49

16 A, 250 V~

16 A, 250 V~, 50/60 Hz

white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 polar white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

Packing unit

Barrier-free construction

SCHUKO socket outlet with overvoltage protection and labelling field white, glossy polar white, glossy red, glossy

Order no.

white, glossy polar white, glossy white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 polar white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

4742 02 4742 09 4722 02

10 10 10

4722 09

16 A, 250 V~

16 A, 250 V~ on page T6

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

with plug-in terminals

with imprint with plug-in terminals

SCHUKO socket outlet with change-over switch and cover plate

SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover and labelling field white, glossy polar white, glossy

4746 02 4746 09

10 10

16 A, 250 V~ on page T6

Labelling field height arranged for 9 mm P-touch strips. Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

white, glossy

4306

16 A, 250 V~ Switching current 16 A For fitting in standard wall boxes according to DIN 49073-1 Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 Change-over switch and socket outlet with common input terminal with screw terminals

with plug-in terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

MODUL 2 Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Combination switch/socket outlet

Double SCHUKO socket outlet flat with cover plate

SCHUKO socket outlet with rocker switch and cover plate white, glossy polar white, glossy

61 4356 02 61 4356 09

white, glossy polar white, glossy

10 10

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 flat design for Attema and Haf wall boxes without spreader claws with plug-in terminals

for vertical mounting with change-over switch without spreader claws with screw terminals

3gang SCHUKO socket outlet with cover plate white, glossy polar white, glossy

SCHUKO socket outlet with rockers switch and cover plate 61 4355 02 61 4355 09

10 10

5 5

For fitting in standard wall boxes according to DIN 49073-1 Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

round without spreader claws with screw terminals

for vertical mounting with series switch without spreader claws with screw terminals

SCHUKO-socket outlets for cable ducts SCHUKO socket outlet combination 2gang with frame

SCHUKO-socket outlets

white, glossy polar white, glossy

Double SCHUKO socket outlet with cover plate white, glossy polar white, glossy white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 polar white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 white, glossy, without spreader claws

4754 02 4754 09 4729 02

10 10 10

4729 09

61 4754 02

polar white, glossy, without spreader claws

61 4754 09

4720 02 4720 09

5 5

16 A, 250 V~ For installation in cable duct mounting boxes and in standard commercially available 2gang hollow wall boxes, also in 2gang flush-mounted boxes. Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 without spreader claws 2 x 1gang, wired-through with plug-in terminals

3gang SCHUKO socket outlet with cover plate white, glossy polar white, glossy

16 A, 250 V~ 61 4754 02 and 61 4754 09 for the Netherlands! For fitting in 1gang wall boxes according to DIN 49073-1 Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

61 4160 61 4160 09

16 A, 250 V~ Pre-assembled cables approx. 1 m; Conductor cross-section 2,5 mm²; Installation time approx. 2 min.

16 A, 250 V~ Switching current 10 A

with plug-in terminals

10 10

Suitable for Attema (UK40 and PVK40) and Haf (H150) wall boxes.

For fitting in standard wall boxes according to DIN 49073-1 Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

on page T6

61 4730 02 61 4730 09

16 A, 250 V~

16 A, 250 V~ Switching current 10 A

white, glossy polar white, glossy

Packing unit

on page T6

4766 02 4766 09

5 5

16 A, 250 V~ Pre-assembled cables approx. 1 m; Conductor cross-section 2,5 mm²; Installation time approx. 2 min. For installation in cable duct mounting boxes and in standard commercially available 2gang hollow wall boxes, also in 2gang flush-mounted boxes. Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 without mounting box common base, connected-through through-wiring possible without spreader claws with plug-in terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

MODUL 2 Order no.

Packing unit

Socket outlets without earth contact

Order no.

Combination switch/socket outlet

Socket outlet without earth contact white, glossy polar white, glossy

61 6103 02 61 6103 09

Socket outlet without earth contact with rocker switch and cover plate

10 10

white, glossy polar white, glossy

16 A, 250 V~ Mirror depth 7,8 mm

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

socket outlet 2pole for vertical mounting with change-over switch without spreader claws with screw terminals

Socket outlet without earth contact 61 6176 02

61 6176 09

Socket outlet without earth contact with rockers switch and cover plate white, glossy polar white, glossy

16 A, 250 V~ Mirror depth 14,5 mm

2pole without spreader claws with screw terminals

on page T6

16 A, 250 V~ Mirror depth 7,6 mm

10 10

For fitting in standard wall boxes according to DIN 49073-1 Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 socket outlet 2pole for vertical mounting with series switch without spreader claws with screw terminals

Socket outlet without earth contact with cover plate 61 6102 02 61 6102 09

61 4365 02 61 4365 09

16 A, 250 V~ Switching current 10 A; Mirror depth 6 mm

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

white, glossy polar white, glossy

10 10

For fitting in standard wall boxes according to DIN 49073-1 Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

2pole without spreader claws with screw terminals

on page T6

61 4366 02 61 4366 09

16 A, 250 V~ Switching current 10 A; Mirror depth 6 mm

on page T6

white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 polar white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

Packing unit

10 10

Socket outlets without earth contact Double socket outlet without earth contact with cover plate

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

white, glossy polar white, glossy

2pole without spreader claws with screw terminals on page T6

61 6754 02 61 6754 09

10 10

16 A, 250 V~ Mirror depth 5,7 mm

For fitting in standard wall boxes according to DIN 49073-1 Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 2pole without spreader claws with plug-in terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

MODUL 2 Order no.

on page T6

Packing unit

Order no.

3gang socket outlet without earth contact with cover plate

Socket outlet with earth pin and centre plate 50 x 50 mm

white, glossy polar white, glossy

white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

61 6160 61 6160 09

5 5

16 A, 250 V~ Mirror depth 4,7 mm

on page T6

For fitting in standard wall boxes according to DIN 49073-1 Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

NEW

67 6576 02

67 6576 09

on page T6

16 A, 250 V~

2pole + earth with plug-in terminals

British Standard socket outlets

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

NEW

2pole + earth with screw-in lift terminals

on page T6

Socket outlet with earth pin and centre plate 50 x 50 mm

With centre plate as per DIN 49075 Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

16 A, 250 V~

Socket outlet with earth pin white, glossy, enhanced * 67 6876 02 contact protection IEC 60884-1 polar white, glossy, * 67 6876 09 enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

16 A, 250 V~

white, glossy, enhanced * 67 6876 01 contact protection IEC 60884-1

Socket outlet with earth pin

NEW

2pole + earth with screw-in lift terminals

Socket outlets with earth pin white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 polar white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

67 6576 01

With centre plate as per DIN 49075 Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

2pole round with screw terminals without spreader claws

on page T6

Packing unit

on page T6

Socket outlet with earth contact, British Standard, can be switched off white, with enhanced contact protection

* 6347 02

polar white, with enhanced contact protection

* 6347 09

13 A, 250 V~ Equates to standard BS 1363: Part 2. Not suitable as terminal box.

16 A, 250 V~

Delivery including centre plate, surface-mounted frame and frame. Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

For fitting in standard wall boxes according to DIN 49073-1

2pole + earth with plug-in terminals NEW

on page T6

Socket outlet with earth pin and cover plate white, glossy, enhanced * 67 6872 02 contact protection IEC 60884-1 polar white, glossy, * 67 6872 09 enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

2pole + earth without neon lamp without spreader claws with screw terminals

16 A, 250 V~

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 2pole + earth with plug-in terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

MODUL 2 Order no.

Packing unit

Euro-American socket outlets

4171 02 4171 09

10 10

15 A, 125 V~ on page T6

2pole with screw terminals

4170

NEMA socket outlets

white, glossy polar white, glossy

1621 12 1621 19

10 10

Rocker with 5 lenses attached and labelling field

Socket outlet with earth contact, USA/CANADA, NEMA 5-15 R 4166 02 4166 09

10 10

15 A, 125 V~

white, glossy polar white, glossy

1628 02 1628 09

10 10

Not UL-certified.

Labelling field height arranged for 9 mm P-touch strips for labelling with names, notes etc.

Equates to standard NEMA 5-15 R

Lenses with symbol for light, bell, door and neutral in clear, also neutral in red transparent.

2pole + earth without spreader claws with screw terminals

for rocker switches change-over, intermediate for push-button BCU 1gang and group push-button BCU 1gang for rocker push-buttons for illumination and monitoring circuit

Socket outlet with earth contact, USA/CANADA, NEMA 5-20 R white, glossy polar white, glossy

4168 02 4168 09

10 10

20 A, 125 V~ on page T6

Labelling field height arranged for 9 mm P-touch strips for labelling with names, notes etc.

for rocker switches change-over, intermediate for rocker push-buttons for push-button BCU 1gang and group push-button BCU 1gang for illumination and monitoring circuit

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 2pole with screw terminals

on page T6

10 10

Lenses with symbol for light, bell, door and neutral in clear, also neutral in red transparent.

15 A, 125 V~

white, glossy polar white, glossy

1626 02 1626 09

Rocker with 5 lenses attached

Socket outlet without earth contact „Euro-American Standard“ with cover plate

on page T6

white, glossy polar white, glossy

for rocker switches change-over, intermediate for rocker push-buttons for push-button BCU 1gang and group push-button BCU 1gang

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

white, glossy

Packing unit

Rocker with labelling field

Socket outlet without earth contact „Euro-American Standard“ white, glossy polar white, glossy

Order no.

Rocker with imprint „0“ and „1“ white, glossy polar white, glossy

1622 02 1622 09

10 10

Not UL-certified. for multi-pole rocker switch with predefined 0 position

Equates to standard NEMA 5-20 R 2pole + earth without spreader claws with screw terminals

Rocker with red lens and „0“ and „1“ imprint white, glossy polar white, glossy

Covers for switches / push-buttons

1624 02 1624 09

10 10

Rockers Rocker white, glossy polar white, glossy

1620 02 1620 09

10 10

for multi-pole rocker switch with predefined 0 position for group push-button BCU 1gang for illumination and monitoring circuit

for rocker switches change-over, intermediate for rocker push-buttons for push-button BCU 1gang and group push-button BCU 1gang

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

MODUL 2 Order no.

Packing unit

Rotary switches

Order no.

Packing unit

Rockers screw-on

Centre plate with rotary knob for rotary switch

Rocker screw-on

white, glossy polar white, glossy

1150 02 1150 09

1 1

1570 02 1570 09

10 10

For rotary switch order no. 3862 ..

with cover plug for screw fitting for rocker switches change-over, intermediate for rocker push-buttons

with imprint „0“ and „1“

Rockers

Rocker screw-on with 5 lenses attached

Rockers white, glossy polar white, glossy

1623 02 1623 09

10 10

for rockers switches for rockers push-buttons and group rockers pushbuttons for push-button BCU 2gang and group push-button BCU 2gang

Rockers with red lens white, glossy polar white, glossy

1627 02 1627 09

10 10

for rockers switches for rockers push-buttons and group rockers pushbuttons for illumination and monitoring circuit for push-button BCU 2gang and group push-button BCU 2gang

Rockers with imprinted symbol arrow white, glossy polar white, glossy

1625 02 1625 09

10 10

For rockers switch for shutters order no. 3035 20 For rockers push-button for shutters order no. 5035 20 For push-button BCU 2gang order no. 7514 20 00

Rocker with imprinted symbol arrows white, glossy polar white, glossy

1620 22 1620 29

10 10

For group rockers push-button as 2pole rockers push-button for shutters with middle positions order no. 5034 04 For group push-button BCU 2gang order no. 7514 21 00

10 10

Lenses with symbol for light, bell, door and neutral in clear, also neutral in red transparent. with cover plug for screw fitting for rocker switches change-over, intermediate for rocker push-buttons for illumination and monitoring circuit

Rocker screw-on with imprint „0“ and „1“ white, glossy polar white, glossy

1573 02 1573 09

10 10

For rocker switch 2pole on/off order no. 3032 .. For rocker switch 3pole on/off order no. 3033 03

with cover plug for screw fitting for multi-pole rocker switch with predefined 0 position

Rocker screw-on with red lens and „0“ and „1“ imprint white, glossy polar white, glossy

1577 02 1577 09

10 10

For rocker switch 2pole on/off order no. 3032 .. For rocker switch 3pole on/off order no. 3033 03

with cover plug for screw fitting for multi-pole rocker switch with predefined 0 position for illumination and monitoring circuit

white, glossy polar white, glossy

Rockers with imprinted symbol arrows 1644 02 1644 09

1572 02 1572 09

Rockers screw-on

For group push-button BCU 1gang order no. 7514 11 00

white, glossy polar white, glossy

1571 02 1571 09

10 10

with cover plug for screw fitting for rockers switches for rockers push-buttons and group rockers pushbuttons

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

MODUL 2 Order no.

Packing unit

Barrier-free construction

Order no.

Packing unit

Hotel card switch

Rocker with 5 lenses attached and mouth-held rod

Hotel card switch cover with imprint and red lens

polar white, glossy

white, glossy polar white, glossy

1661 49

Lenses with symbol for light, bell, door and neutral in clear, also neutral in red transparent. An optical accentuation can be achieved by using a contrast frame order no. 1011 45

Barrier-free building based on DIN 18025 for barrier-free construction for rocker switches change-over, intermediate for rocker push-buttons for push-button BCU 1gang and group push-button BCU 1gang for illumination and monitoring circuit

Rocker with red lens and touchable symbol light polar white, glossy

1651 49

An optical accentuation can be achieved by using a contrast frame order no. 1011 45

Barrier-free building based on DIN 18025 for barrier-free construction for rocker switches change-over, intermediate for rocker push-buttons for illumination and monitoring circuit for push-button BCU 1gang and group push-button BCU 1gang

on page T6

1651 59

An optical accentuation can be achieved by using a contrast frame order no. 1011 45

Barrier-free building based on DIN 18025

Other imprint on request! For push-button insert for hotel card switch covers order no. 5051 02, 5051 03, 5052 01, 5056 01

Pullcord switches/pullcord push-buttons Centre plate for pullcord switch and pullcord push-button white, glossy polar white, glossy

An optical accentuation can be achieved by using a contrast frame order no. 1011 45

Barrier-free building based on DIN 18025 for barrier-free construction for illuminated rocker push-buttons for push-button BCU 1gang

10 10

For pullcord push-button order no. 3956 19 For pullcord switch order no. 3962, 3966, 6139 ..

Pullcord switch with centre plate white, glossy, changeover

61 3966 02

polar white, glossy, change-over

61 3966 09

10 AX, 250 V~ Pullcord connection 14 cm For wall and ceiling mounting. with plug-in terminals without spreader claws

Centre plate with red lens for pullcord switch and pullcord push-button white, glossy polar white, glossy

1149 02 1149 09

10 10

For pullcord push-button order no. 3956 19 For pullcord switch order no. 3962, 3966, 6139 ..

Rocker with red lens and touchable symbol door polar white, glossy

1146 02 1146 09

Can be used with incandescent lamp unit with N terminal order no. 1606 01 as pullcord push-button with quiet lamp 24 V.

for barrier-free construction for illuminated rocker push-buttons for push-button BCU 1gang

1651 69

10 10

Max. card width 54 mm; Card strength 0,5 - 1,4 mm

Rocker with red lens and touchable symbol bell polar white, glossy

1640 02 1640 09

3-step switches Centre plate with rotary knob for 3-step switch white, glossy, without 0-position

1084 02

polar white, glossy, without 0-position

1084 09

white, glossy, with neutral-position

1096 02

polar white, glossy, with neutral-position

1096 09

For 3-step switch with 0-position order no. 3861 For 3-step switch without 0-position order no. 3861 01, 6138 61 01

with imprint

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

MODUL 2 Order no.

Packing unit

Rotary switches/rotary push-buttons for shutters

1 1

1080 02 1080 09

Centre plate for key switch/key push-button white, glossy polar white, glossy

1507 12 1507 19

10 10

Profile half cylinders see module inserts.

Interlock disk for conversion to push-button see module inserts order no. 1861 Rotary switch for shutters order no. 3841, 3842

For key switch order no. 3826 10 For key push-button order no. 3856 20

for profile half cylinders for master-key systems

with imprint

Key switches/key push-buttons for shutters

Emergency heating control switches

Centre plate with lock for key switch for shutters white, glossy, key removable in mid position

1081 02

polar white, glossy, key removable in mid position white, glossy, key removable in 3 positions

1081 09

1082 02

polar white, glossy, key removable in 3 positions

1082 09

white, glossy, on/off polar white, glossy, on/off

3541 02 3541 09

10 10

white, glossy, 2pole on/off with imprint „0“

3542 02

10 A, 250 V~ Neon lamp current 1 mA

Not suitable for heating systems > 50 kW.

with imprint with push lock function with 2 keys

with imprint „Heizung Notschalter“ complete with neon lamp unit with N terminal order no. 1675, frame and rocker with plug-in terminals

Centre plate with lock for key switch for shutters white, glossy, key removable in mid position

1083 02

polar white, glossy, key removable in mid position

1083 09

For key switch for shutters order no. 3851, 3852

with imprint only push-button function with 2 keys

Emergency heating control switch with red lens and imprint white, glossy, 3pole on/off

3543 12

polar white, glossy, 3pole on/off

3543 19

16 A, 400 V~ Neon lamp current 0,5 mA Or use glass pane protected heating emergency switch from programme ranges Arsys, flush-mounted splash-protected IP44, Aquatec IP44.

Centre plate for key switch/key push-button for shutters 1506 12 1506 19

Emergency heating control switch with red lens and imprint

Or use glass pane protected heating emergency switch from programme ranges Arsys, flush-mounted splash-protected IP44, Aquatec IP44.

For key switch for shutters order no. 3851, 3852

white, glossy polar white, glossy

Packing unit

Key switches/key push-buttons

Centre plate with rotary knob for rotary switch for shutters white, glossy polar white, glossy

Order no.

10 10

Profile half cylinders see module inserts. For key switch for shutters order no. 3822 10 For key push-button for shutters order no. 3831 10, 3832 10

Not suitable for heating systems > 50 kW. with imprint „Heizung Notschalter“ and „0“ complete with neon lamp unit order no. 1600, frame and rocker with screw terminals

with imprint for profile half cylinders for master-key systems

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

MODUL 2 Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Blank plates

Packing unit

Info pilot lamp cover with 5 label sheets

white, glossy, without spreader claws

1009 02

white, glossy polar white, glossy

polar white, glossy, without spreader claws

1009 09

Current input 25 mA; LED output 800 mW

white, glossy, with base and spreader claws

67 1009 02

polar white, glossy, with base and spreader claws

67 1009 09

Blank plate with centre plate

on page T29

1345 02 1345 09

1 1

Labels supplied: „Nicht eintreten“, „Besetzt“, „Bitte eintreten“, „Bitte Ruhe“, „Bitte warten“. Coloured cover plate see module inserts order no. 1289 .. For insert info pilot lamp order no. 2949

with 4 light intensity LED very long LED lifetime with clear cover plate

on supporting plate without cut-out centre plate plug-in fixing

timers

Pilot lamps Centre plate for push-button and pilot lamp E10 white, glossy polar white, glossy

1234 02 1234 09

Timer switches Centre plate with setting knob for mechanical timer

10 10

Cut-out diameter 27,3 mm Push-buttons, LEDs, neon lamps and covers see module inserts. For push-button and pilot lamp E10 order no. 5101 ..

centre plate plug-in fixing

Centre plate with labelling field for pushbutton and pilot lamp E10 white, glossy polar white, glossy

1235 02 1235 09

white, glossy, max. 15 minutes

1632 02

polar white, glossy, max. 15 minutes

1632 09

white, glossy, max. 120 minutes

1633 02

polar white, glossy, max. 120 minutes

1633 09

Mechanical timer 15 minutes order no. 2040 Mechanical timer 120 minutes order no. 2041

10 10

with time scale imprint

Cut-out diameter 27,3 mm

Easy timer with display

Push-buttons, LEDs, neon lamps and covers see module inserts.

white, glossy polar white, glossy

Labelling field height arranged for 9 mm P-touch strips.

Per programme block 2 switching times for „on/off“; Power reserve approx. 4 hrs., maintenance-free; Operating temperature 5 - 35 °C

For push-button and pilot lamp E10 order no. 5101 ..

centre plate plug-in fixing

1198 02 1198 09

10 10

LEDs, incandescent lamps and covers see module inserts. For pilot lamp E14 order no. 5131 02

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

1 1

For manual and timer programmed switching of electrical loads. For insert for timer order no. 2948

Centre plate for pilot lamp E14 white, glossy polar white, glossy

on page T7

1735 02 1735 09

simple programming of switching times with quick programming mode can be programmed up to 4 hours after pulling from the insert 2 programme blocks Mon. - Fri. and Sat. - Sun. with automatic summer-/winter time switching (can be switched off) large-area display with symbols display of next switching time with slide switch for manual/automatic

MODUL 2 Order no.

Packing unit

on page T7

1736 02 1736 09

1 1

Centre plate with setting knob for rotary dimmer white, glossy polar white, glossy

Switching times 18 for on/off; Random generator +/- 15 min.; Astronomic time shift +/- 2 hrs.; Power reserve approx. 24 hrs.; Countdown function 0 - 23 hrs. 59 min.

Cover plate with setting knob for rotary dimmer white, glossy polar white, glossy

Timer with display and sensor connection

on page T7

10 10

For rotary dimmer order no. 2819 .., 2830 10, 2860 10, 2875, 2885 For universal rotary dimmer order no. 2861 10 For universal rotary dimmer extension unit order no. 2862 10 For rotary dimmer LV order no. 2866 10, 2873 For Tronic rotary dimmer order no. 2867 10, 2874 For rotary potentiometer 1-10 V order no. 2891 10 For push-button rotary potentiometer 1-10 V order no. 2896 10 For rotary potentiometer DALI order no. 2897 For rotary potentiometer DALI with integrated power supply unit order no. 2898

For insert for timer order no. 2948

1738 02 1738 09

1137 02 1137 09

Axial dimension diameter 4 mm

For manual and timer programmed switching of electrical loads.

white, glossy polar white, glossy

Packing unit

Rotary dimmers

Timer with display white, glossy polar white, glossy

Order no.

10 10

Axial dimension diameter 4 mm

1 1

Setting range twilight approx. 6 - 300 Lux; Switching times 18 for on/off; Random generator +/- 15 min.; Astronomic time shift +/- 2 hrs.; Power reserve approx. 24 hrs.; Countdown function 0 - 23 hrs. 59 min. For manual and timer programmed switching of electrical loads. For RolloTec brightness sensors order no. 0169, 0184 For insert for timer order no. 2948

with imprint in German with pre-set base programme 2 independent programme memories for everyday/ holidays with week and day programme with slide switch from summer to winter time astro programme for sunrise/sundown switching large-area display with symbols with slide switch for manual/automatic for sensor connection to socket contact or terminal block connected RolloTec brightness sensor can be used for twilight-controlled switching-on

1130 02 1130 09

Rotary dimmer with cover plate and setting knob Modul 2 white, glossy polar white, glossy on page T9

2819 02 2819 09

1 1

with rotary on/off switch bulb-preserving soft startup short-circuit and overload proof (fine-wire fuse) phase cut-on with screw terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

MODUL 2 Order no.

Packing unit

Speed controllers

Order no.

Radio buttons

Centre plate with setting knob for speed controller white, glossy polar white, glossy

1137 22 1137 29

BLC radio button white, glossy polar white, glossy

1 10

on page T12

For speed controller order no. 2968 01

with imprinted symbol curve

Button for universal series touch dimmer

on page T10

* 1765 02 * 1765 09

1 1

For universal series touch dimmer order no. 2901

for 2 independent lighting groups with 2-push-buttons operation concept per series

BLC Berker Light Control Buttons BLC button white, glossy polar white, glossy

on page T12

1761 02 1761 09

1 1

Extension unit operation with BLC extension unit and push-button (NO) possible as of release R2.1. For actuation via button and radio transmitter.

Universal series touch dimmers white, glossy polar white, glossy

1760 02 1760 09

Radio signal reception frequency 433,42 MHz; Learnable radio transmitters 30

Axial dimension diameter 4 mm

NEW

Packing unit

1 1

For BLC universal touch dimmer order no. 2902 For BLC touch control unit 1-10 V order no. 2903 For BLC touch dimmer LV order no. 2904 For BLC triac switch insert LV order no. 2905 for BLC relay switch insert order no. 2906 For BLC relay switch insert with potential-free contact order no. 2906 10 For BLC relay switch insert HVAC order no. 2912 For BLC Tronic switch insert order no. 2916

with 2-push-buttons operation concept with 5 light scenes for „on/off“, dimming value retrieving light scenes only by using radio transmitter radio signal of taught-in radio controllers causes switch on for 1 min. (retriggering) start-up brightness will be stored safe after power failure reset function (to factory setting)

For BLC universal touch dimmer order no. 2902 For BLC touch control unit 1-10 V order no. 2903 For BLC touch dimmer LV order no. 2904 For BLC triac switch insert LV order no. 2905 for BLC relay switch insert order no. 2906 For BLC relay switch insert with potential-free contact order no. 2906 10 For BLC extension unit order no 2907 For BLC relay switch insert HVAC order no. 2912 For BLC Tronic switch insert order no. 2916 For BLC stair light time switching impulse insert order no. 2934 10

with 2-push-buttons operation concept start-up brightness will be stored safe after power failure with BLC relay switch insert HVAC used as timer as well

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

MODUL 2 Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

BLC Controllers

BLC controller 180 comfort with slide switch for off/automatic/on

BLC controller 180 white, glossy polar white, glossy

on page T15

Packing unit

1783 02 1783 09

Nominal mounting height 1,1 m; Range frontal approx. 10 m; Range lateral each approx. 6 m; Detection field semi-oval shaped approx. 10 x 12 m; Detection angle 180 °; Detection levels 2; Switching segments 72; Response sensitivity programmable approx. 20 - 100 % ; Response brightness adjustable approx. 0 - 80 / unlimited Lux; Delay time approx. 2 min.; Operating temperature -20 - +45 °C; Dimensions assembling height 23,5 mm Direct sunlight penetration the upward-pointing detection plane results in failure of the movement controller. Only suitable for interiors! Switches on for the duration of the controller delay time in case minimum response brightness level is infringed and if movement of people is detected. In conjunction with a BLC relay switch unit HVAC, the HVAC-channel is also switched on for the duration of its delay time independent of response brightness. For BLC universal touch dimmer order no. 2902 For BLC touch control unit 1-10 V order no. 2903 For BLC touch dimmer LV order no. 2904 For BLC triac switch insert LV order no. 2905 for BLC relay switch insert order no. 2906 For BLC relay switch insert with potential-free contact order no. 2906 10 For BLC controller extension unit order no. 2908 For BLC relay switch insert HVAC order no. 2912 For BLC Tronic switch insert order no. 2916 For BLC stair light time switching impulse insert order no. 2934 10

U with cover to limit detection angle to 90°

white, glossy polar white, glossy

1 1 on page T15

1784 02 1784 09

1 1

Nominal mounting height 1,1 m; Range frontal approx. 10 m; Range lateral each approx. 6 m; Detection field semi-oval shaped approx. 10 x 12 m; Detection angle 180 °; Detection levels 2; Switching segments 72; Response sensitivity programmable approx. 20 - 100 % ; Response brightness adjustable approx. 0 - 80 / unlimited Lux; Delay time adjustable approx. 10 sec.- 30 min. ; Time to dim down 30 sec.; Step operation 0,5 sec.; Immunity time approx. 3 sec.; Operating temperature -20 - +45 °C; Dimensions assembling height 23,5 mm Direct sunlight penetration the upward-pointing detection plane results in failure of the movement controller. Only suitable for interiors! Switches on for the duration of the delay time set on the controller in case minimum response brightness level is infringed and if movement of people is detected. In conjunction with a BLC relay switch unit HVAC, the HVAC-channel is also switched on for the duration of its delay time independent of response brightness. For BLC universal touch dimmer order no. 2902 For BLC touch control unit 1-10 V order no. 2903 For BLC touch dimmer LV order no. 2904 For BLC triac switch insert LV order no. 2905 for BLC relay switch insert order no. 2906 For BLC relay switch insert with potential-free contact order no. 2906 10 For BLC controller extension unit order no. 2908 For BLC relay switch insert HVAC order no. 2912 For BLC Tronic switch insert order no. 2916 For BLC stair light time switching impulse insert order no. 2934 10

U microprocessor controlled mode of oper.(detection signal evaluation and interfering signal suppres.) glare-proof e.g. against a torch no switch-on in case of inadvertent brief shadowing with adaptive sensitivity adjustment with teach function for response brightness step operation with immunity time (e.g. for bell) switch-on brightness in conjunction with BLC dimmer inserts can only be saved via BLC extension unit with dimming function (soft-off) when using BLC dimmer inserts with cover to limit detection angle to 90°

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

MODUL 2 Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

BLC controller 180 white, glossy polar white, glossy

on page T15

1786 02 1786 09

Switches on for the duration of the controller delay time in case minimum response brightness level is infringed and if movement of people is detected. In conjunction with a BLC relay switch unit HVAC, the HVAC-channel is also switched on for the duration of its delay time independent of response brightness. For BLC universal touch dimmer order no. 2902 For BLC touch control unit 1-10 V order no. 2903 For BLC touch dimmer LV order no. 2904 For BLC triac switch insert LV order no. 2905 for BLC relay switch insert order no. 2906 For BLC relay switch insert with potential-free contact order no. 2906 10 For BLC controller extension unit order no. 2908 For BLC relay switch insert HVAC order no. 2912 For BLC Tronic switch insert order no. 2916 For BLC stair light time switching impulse insert order no. 2934 10

V with cover to limit detection angle to 90°

BLC controller 180 comfort with slide switch for off/automatic/on

1 1

Packing unit

white, glossy polar white, glossy on page T15

1787 02 1787 09

1 1

Nominal mounting height 2,2 m; Range frontal approx. 12 m; Range lateral each approx. 6 m; At assembly height 1,1 m; Range frontal approx. 6 m; Range lateral each approx. 3 m; Detection field semi-oval shaped approx. 12 x 12 m; Detection angle 180 °; Detection levels 3; Switching segments 104; Response sensitivity programmable approx. 20 - 100 % ; Response brightness adjustable approx. 0 - 80 / unlimited Lux; Delay time adjustable approx. 10 sec.- 30 min. ; Time to dim down 30 sec.; Step operation 0,5 sec.; Immunity time approx. 3 sec.; Operating temperature -20 - +45 °C; Dimensions assembling height 23,5 mm Switches on for the duration of the delay time set on the controller in case minimum response brightness level is infringed and if movement of people is detected. In conjunction with a BLC relay switch unit HVAC, the HVAC-channel is also switched on for the duration of its delay time independent of response brightness. For BLC universal touch dimmer order no. 2902 For BLC touch control unit 1-10 V order no. 2903 For BLC touch dimmer LV order no. 2904 For BLC triac switch insert LV order no. 2905 for BLC relay switch insert order no. 2906 For BLC relay switch insert with potential-free contact order no. 2906 10 For BLC controller extension unit order no. 2908 For BLC relay switch insert HVAC order no. 2912 For BLC Tronic switch insert order no. 2916 For BLC stair light time switching impulse insert order no. 2934 10

V microprocessor controlled mode of oper.(detection signal evaluation and interfering signal suppres.) glare-proof e.g. against a torch no switch-on in case of inadvertent brief shadowing with adaptive sensitivity adjustment with teach function for response brightness step operation with immunity time (e.g. for bell) switch-on brightness in conjunction with BLC dimmer inserts can only be saved via BLC extension unit with dimming function (soft-off) when using BLC dimmer inserts with cover to limit detection angle to 90°

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

MODUL 2 Order no.

Packing unit

NEW

Thermostats NEW

Room thermostat with NC contact, centre plate, rocker switch and LED white, glossy polar white, glossy

on page T34

Order no.

* 2030 02 2030 09 *

5 - 30 °C, 50/60 Hz Rated voltage 250 V~; Switching current 10 A; Inductive load at cos φ 0,6 max. 4 A; Switching temperature difference approx. 0,5 °C; Night lowering approx. 4 °C

on page T34

with imprint setting knob with temperature range limitation with on/off switch and indicator LED for „on“ with thermal return with separate connection for night lowering e.g. for valve drives closed in de-energized state without spreader claws with plug-in terminals

on page T34

with imprint setting knob with temperature range limitation for heating or cooling mode e.g. for valve drives closed in de-energized state with thermal return without spreader claws with plug-in terminals NEW

1 1

5 - 30 °C, 50/60 Hz Rated voltage 24 V~; Switching current 10 A~; Rated voltage 24 V=; Switching current 4 A=; Switching temperature difference approx. 0,5 °C; Night lowering approx. 4 °C

Floor thermostat with NO contact, centre plate, rocker switch, 2 LEDs and floor temperature sensor

white, glossy polar white, glossy

Room thermostat 24 V with NC contact, centre plate, rocker switch and LED

If the pre-set temperature is reached the contact opens.

5 - 30 °C, 50/60 Hz Rated voltage 250 V~; Switching current „heating“ 10 A (4 A at cosphi=0,6); Switching current „cooling“ 5 A (2 A at cosphi=0,6); Switching temperature difference approx. 0,5 °C

Replacement centre plate order no. 1670 02, 1670 09 Suitable valve drive order no. 7590 00 76

Replacement centre plate order no. 1671 02, 1671 09 Suitable valve drive order no. 7590 00 76

* 2031 02 * 2031 09

1 1

If the pre-set temperature is reached the contact changes.

If the pre-set temperature is reached the contact opens.

white, glossy polar white, glossy

* 2026 02 * 2026 09

Neutral conductor necessary!

NEW

Room thermostat with change-over and centre plate white, glossy polar white, glossy

1 1

Packing unit

on page T34

* 2034 02 * 2034 09

1 1

Replacement centre plate order no. 1671 02, 1671 09 Suitable valve drive order no. 7590 00 77

Replacement floor temperature sensor / remote sensor order no. 0161 Replacement centre plate order no. 1672 02, 1672 09 Suitable valve drive order no. 7590 00 76

with imprint setting knob with temperature range limitation with on/off switch and 2 LEDs with LED for heating and LED for night lowering with separate connection for night lowering e.g. for valve drives closed in de-energized state without spreader claws with plug-in terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

MODUL 2 Order no.

NEW

on page T35

Packing unit

Order no.

Packing unit

Thermostat time-controlled with NO contact and centre plate

Centre plate with setting knob, rocker and lenses for floor temperature thermostat

white, glossy polar white, glossy

* 2043 02 * 2043 09

1 1

0 - 40 °C, 50/60 Hz Rated voltage 230 V~; Switching current 8 A; Inductive load at cos φ 0,6 max. 2 A; Switching temperature difference approx. 0,5 °C; Time ranges 6 per day/week

with imprint setting knob with temperature range limitation

Centre plate for thermostat time-controlled white, glossy polar white, glossy

Suitable floor temperature sensor / remote sensor order no. 0161 Replacement centre plate order no. 1116 02, 1116 09 Suitable valve drive order no. 7590 00 76

with imprint for heating or cooling mode for room and floor heaters for floor heating, control using room and/or floor temperature possible e.g. for valve drives closed in de-energized state large-area display with symbols with thermal return via software with pre-set base programme with week and day programme with slide switch for manual/automatic with party function with valve protection function with frost protection function display of set or actual temperature with operating hours meter fuzzy logic comfort, standard and night temperature with self-teaching heating curve with integrated temperature sensor with additional connection for external floor temperature sensor/remote sensor without spreader claws with plug-in terminals

Centre plate with setting knob, rocker and lens for room thermostat with NC contact 1671 02 1671 09

1 1

Replacement demand for order no. 2030 02, 2030 09, 2031 02, 2031 09

with imprint setting knob with temperature range limitation

Centre plate with setting knob for room thermostat with change-over contact white, glossy polar white, glossy

1670 02 1670 09

1 1

Replacement demand for order no. 2034 02, 2034 09

Neutral conductor necessary!

white, glossy polar white, glossy

1672 02 1672 09

1 1

1116 02 1116 09

1 1

Replacement demand for order no. 2043 02, 2043 09

with imprint

Sensor insert Central plate for sensor insert white, glossy polar white, glossy

7594 04 02 7594 04 09

1 1

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. Labelling field not usable.

Sensor insert order no. 7594 10 01

with slots for air circulation for e.g. temperature sensor PT100

RolloTec Comfort buttons RolloTec button comfort flat design white, glossy polar white, glossy

on page T37

1770 12 1770 49

1 1

Learnable running time 0,5 sec.- 2 min.; Lamella adjustment with signal < 1 sec.; Self-sustaining for 2 min. with signal > 1 - 4 sec. For RolloTec standard insert without neutral conductor connection order no. 2911 For RolloTec standard insert order no. 2925 For Rollotec comfort insert order no. 2975 For RolloTec comfort insert for direct current drives order no. 2975 01

Replacement demand for order no. 2026 02, 2026 09

with imprint setting knob with temperature range limitation

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

MODUL 2 Order no.

Packing unit

on page T37

1771 12 1771 49

RolloTec radio button, flat design

1 1

Brightness value sun approx. 5 - 80 kLux; Learnable running time 4 sec.- 2 min.; Lamella adjustment with signal < 1 sec.; Locked for 2 min. upon actuation 1 - 4 Sec.

white, glossy polar white, glossy

on page T37

with imprinted symbol arrows with lock-out protection e.g. for shutter control terrace door activation of lock-out protection in upper end pos. via buttons in „up“ direction min. 3 secs. with indicator LED for lock-out protection brightness value for sunblind individually adjustable on brightness sensor surface-mounted, the taught-in running time for sun protection movement is used no twilight sensor function only for sensor connection to terminal block

on page T37

1 1

Radio signal reception frequency 433,42 MHz; Learnable radio transmitters 30 ; Lamella adjustment with signal < 1 sec.; Self-sustaining for 2 min. with signal > 1 sec.

For RolloTec standard insert without neutral conductor connection order no. 2911 For RolloTec standard insert order no. 2925 For Rollotec comfort insert order no. 2975 For RolloTec comfort insert for direct current drives order no. 2975 01

with imprinted symbol arrows with 5 light scenes for „open/close“ retrieving light scenes only by using radio transmitter

RolloTec radio button with sensor connection, flat design white, glossy polar white, glossy on page T37

1759 12 1759 49

1 1

RolloTec button comfort with sensor connection 1771 02 1771 09

1758 12 1758 49

For actuation via button and radio transmitter.

For RolloTec brightness sensors order no. 0169, 0184 For RolloTec glass breakage sensor order no. 0170 For RolloTec adapter for sensors order no. 0171 For RolloTec standard insert without neutral conductor connection order no. 2911 For RolloTec standard insert order no. 2925 For Rollotec comfort insert order no. 2975 For RolloTec comfort insert for direct current drives order no. 2975 01 For magnetic contact order no. 9251 ..

white, glossy polar white, glossy

Packing unit

Radio buttons

RolloTec button comfort with sensor connection, flat design white, glossy polar white, glossy

Order no.

1 1

Brightness value sun approx. 5 - 80 kLux; Learnable running time 4 sec.- 2 min.; Lamella adjustment with signal < 1 sec.; Locked for 2 min. upon actuation 1 - 4 Sec. For RolloTec brightness sensors order no. 0169, 0184 For RolloTec glass breakage sensor order no. 0170 For RolloTec adapter for sensors order no. 0171 For RolloTec standard insert without neutral conductor connection order no. 2911 For RolloTec standard insert order no. 2925 For Rollotec comfort insert order no. 2975 For RolloTec comfort insert for direct current drives order no. 2975 01 For magnetic contact order no. 9251 ..

with imprinted symbol arrows with 5 light scenes for „open/close“ retrieving light scenes only by using radio transmitter brightness value for sunblind individually adjustable no twilight sensor function only for sensor connection to terminal block

with embossed arrows with lock-out protection e.g. for shutter control terrace door activation of lock-out protection in upper end pos. via buttons in „up“ direction min. 3 secs. with indicator LED for lock-out protection brightness value for sunblind individually adjustable on brightness sensor surface-mounted, the taught-in running time for sun protection movement is used no twilight sensor function for sensor connection to socket contact or terminal block

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

MODUL 2 Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

RolloTec radio button with sensor connection white, glossy polar white, glossy

on page T37

1759 02 1759 09

RolloTec memory button, sensor connection, flat design

1 1

white, glossy polar white, glossy on page T37

For actuation via button and radio transmitter.

with imprinted symbol arrows no twilight sensor function only for sensor connection to terminal block

RolloTec memory button with sensor connection white, glossy polar white, glossy

RolloTec memory button, flat design

on page T37

Brightness value sun approx. 20 kLux; Lamella adjustment with signal < 1 sec.; Self-sustaining for 2 min. with signal > 1 sec.; Storage of „up/down“ time with signal > 3,5 sec.

Memory buttons 1 1

Lamella adjustment with signal < 1 sec.; Self-sustaining for 2 min. with signal > 1 sec.; Storage of „up/down“ time with signal > 3,5 sec.

1 1

For manual and timer programmed running of awnings, shutters and blinds.

with embossed arrows with 5 light scenes for „open/close“ retrieving light scenes only by using radio transmitter brightness value for sunblind individually adjustable no twilight sensor function for sensor connection to socket contact or terminal block

1756 12 1756 49

1757 12 1757 49

Stored „up“ and/or „down“ time is run daily in automatic operation.

white, glossy polar white, glossy

Packing unit

on page T37

1757 02 1757 09

1 1

Brightness value sun approx. 20 kLux; Lamella adjustment with signal < 1 sec.; Self-sustaining for 2 min. with signal > 1 sec.; Storage of „up/down“ time with signal > 3,5 sec.

Stored „up“ and/or „down“ time is run daily in automatic operation.

For manual and timer programmed running of awnings, shutters and blinds.

with imprinted symbol arrows

with embossed arrows no twilight sensor function for sensor connection to socket contact or terminal block

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

MODUL 2 Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Timer switches

RolloTec timer comfort with display and sensor connection

RolloTec easy timer with display white, glossy polar white, glossy

on page T37

1762 02 1762 09

on page T37

No extension units and sensor signals or central commands will be processed. For manual and timer programmed running of awnings, shutters and blinds. For RolloTec standard insert without neutral conductor connection order no. 2911 For RolloTec standard insert order no. 2925 For Rollotec comfort insert order no. 2975 For RolloTec comfort insert for direct current drives order no. 2975 01

with imprint in German with pre-set base programme simple programming of operation times with quick programming mode programming possible up to 6 hours after pulling from the insert 2 programme blocks Mon. - Fri. and Sat. - Sun. large-area display with slide switch for manual/automatic

RolloTec timer comfort with display

on page T37

1774 02 1774 09

white, glossy polar white, glossy

1 1

Operation times 2 up/down; Power reserve approx. 6 hrs., maintenance-free; Lamella adjustment with signal < 1 sec.; Self-sustaining for 2 min. with signal > 1 sec.

white, glossy polar white, glossy

Packing unit

1 1

Operation times 18 up/down; Random generator +/- 15 min.; Power reserve approx. 3 hrs., maintenance-free; Astronomic time shift +/- 2 hrs.; Learnable down time 1 sec.- 6 min.; Lamella adjusting time 0 - 5 sec.; Lamella adjustment with signal < 1 sec.; Lock at touching > 1 sec. For manual and timer programmed running of awnings, shutters and blinds. For RolloTec standard insert without neutral conductor connection order no. 2911 For RolloTec standard insert order no. 2925 For Rollotec comfort insert order no. 2975 For RolloTec comfort insert for direct current drives order no. 2975 01

1 1

1775 02 1775 09

Setting range sun approx. 1 - 76 kLux; Setting range twilight approx. 6 - 300 Lux; Operation times 18 up/down; Random generator +/- 15 min.; Power reserve approx. 3 hrs., maintenance-free; Astronomic time shift +/- 2 hrs.; Learnable down time 1 sec.- 6 min.; Lamella adjusting time 0 - 5 sec.; Lamella adjustment with signal < 1 sec.; Lock at touching > 1 sec. For manual and timer programmed running of awnings, shutters and blinds. For RolloTec brightness sensors order no. 0169, 0184 For RolloTec glass breakage sensor order no. 0170 For RolloTec adapter for sensors order no. 0171 For RolloTec standard insert without neutral conductor connection order no. 2911 For RolloTec standard insert order no. 2925 For Rollotec comfort insert order no. 2975 For RolloTec comfort insert for direct current drives order no. 2975 01 For magnetic contact order no. 9251 ..

with German display text with totally 3 independent programme memories 2 programme memories pre-set programming according to week and days possible programme memory network failure proved with automatic summer-/winter time switching (can be switched off) astro programme for sunrise/sundown running large-area display with symbols indication of the next operation schedule under consideration of astro and coincidence function with slide switch for manual/automatic lock out protection because evaluation of the centre or extension unit commands can be switched off lamella position programmable at down operation times with surface-mounted RolloTec brightness sensor additionally settable with shutter and lamella pos. connected RolloTec brightness sensor can be used for twilight-controlled lowering con.surface-mounted RolloTec brightness sensor suitable for twilight-controlled raising and lowering for the sensor connection on the clamping block in the insert

Intermediate rings with German display text with totally 3 independent programme memories 2 programme memories pre-set programming according to week and days possible programme memory network failure proved with automatic summer-/winter time switching (can be switched off) astro programme for sunrise/sundown running large-area display with symbols indication of the next operation schedule under consideration of astro and coincidence function with slide switch for manual/automatic lock out protection because evaluation of the centre or extension unit commands can be switched off lamella position programmable at down operation times

Adapter ring for centre plate 50 x 50 mm white, glossy polar white, glossy

1143 02 1143 09

10 10

Attention! Not suitable for Berker central plates. For centre plate as per DIN 49075 for other centre plates with external size 50 x 50 mm and SCHUKO socket outlet

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

MODUL 2 Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Packing unit

Frame 1gang with hinged cover for centre plate 50 x 50 mm

Central plate for signalling and control device Ø 22.5 mm

white, glossy polar white, glossy

white, glossy polar white, glossy yellow, glossy

1022 1022 09

10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

Intermediate ring for central plate 1109 02 1109 09

10 10

Signalling and command units: Kraus-Naimer; Lumitas; Schlegel; Overvoltage protection devices: Dehn, order no. NM DK 280; OBO-Bettermann, order no. KNS/IS-D with supporting plate with cut-out dia. 22.5 mm without spreader claws

labelling field latchable also suitable for 50 x 50 mm centre plate with square cut-out

Labelling fields Labelling field for flush installation in intermediate ring for central plate white, glossy polar white, glossy

1905 02 1905 69

10 10

Labelling field height arranged for 9 mm P-touch strips.

Signalling and command units Central plate for transmitting and control device Ø 18.8 mm white, glossy polar white, glossy

1431 02 1431 09

10 10

Screw distance 36 mm Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. Suitable for installation of equipotential bonding built-in socket order no. 4604

Circular plug-in connector: Amphenol-Tuchel; Binder; Cannon; Farnell; Hirose; Hirschmann; Lumberg; Monacor; RS Components; Extra low voltage jack: PRO-CAR with supporting plate with cut-out dia. 18.8 mm without spreader claws

10 10 10

Screw distance 36 mm

For centre plate as per DIN 49075 white, glossy polar white, glossy

1432 02 1432 09 1432 07

TV/audio Central plate for XLR round connectors D series white, glossy polar white, glossy

1412 02 1412 09

10 10

Cut-out diameter 23,6 mm; Distance between screws (horizontal/vertical) 19 / 24 mm Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. Circular plug-in connector: Cannon; Deltron; Farnell; Hirose; Monacor; Neutrik; RS Components with supporting plate speakon and jack connector without spreader claws

Centre plate for loudspeaker socket outlet and miniature connector insert white, glossy, 1gang, 1 knock out opening

1196 02

polar white, glossy, 1gang, 1 knock out opening white, glossy, 2gang polar white, glossy, 2gang

1196 09

# 1197 02 # 1197 09

10 10

For miniature connector insert order no. 4505 For stereo loudspeaker socket outlet order no. 4505 01 For loudspeaker socket outlet High End order no. 4505 02 For BNC/TNC connector insert order no. 4577, 4579

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

MODUL 2 Order no.

Packing unit

1499 42 1499 49

10 10

1200 02 1200 09

10 10

For aerial socket 2-hole single box order no. 4502, HIFS 1B For aerial socket 2-hole throughpass socket order no. 4515 For aerial socket 3-hole single box order no. 4522 For aerial socket 3-hole throughpass socket order no. 4523, 4593

with knock out SAT input

Central plate for aerial socket 4-hole white, glossy polar white, glossy

1483 02 1483 09

10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. Aerial sockets: Hirschmann with 2 additional SAT outputs (F-sockets)

Central plate for aerial socket 4-hole white, glossy polar white, glossy

Centre plate for cable outlet and VDo connection box white, glossy polar white, glossy

Centre plate for aerial socket 2- and 3-hole white, glossy polar white, glossy

1484 02 1484 09

Packing unit

Data-/telecommunications

Centre plate for aerial socket 1-hole white, glossy polar white, glossy

Order no.

10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. For aerial socket 4-hole single box order no. 4594

1019 02 1019 09

10 10

For cable outlet order no. 4468, 4470

VDo connection boxes: Rutenbeck with outlet

Centre plate for TAE socket outlet and loudspeaker connection box white, glossy polar white, glossy

1033 02 1033 09

10 10

For TAE socket outlet order no. 4487 .., 4500 .., 4544 .. For loudspeaker connection box order no. 4572 .., 4573 .. For FCC/TAE socket outlet order no. 4588 .. For USB data interface flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 04

EAD socket outlets: Drivex; Fröhlich + Walter; Intracom; TAE and FCC overvoltage protection sockets: Dehn; FCC socket outlets: Dätwyler; Rutenbeck

Central plate for TAE socket outlet 6F+N white, glossy polar white, glossy

# 1457 02 # 1457 09

10 10

Not suitable for combining with other DALI sensors or centres. Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

Aerial sockets: Ankaro; Astro; Axing; Delta; Schwaiger with 2 additional SAT outputs (F-sockets)

For TAE socket outlet order no. 4487 ..

Central plate for broadband modem box white, glossy polar white, glossy

1439 02 1439 09

10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. Broadband modem socket: Wisi with additional multimedia output

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

MODUL 2 Order no.

Packing unit

Central plate for TAE socket outlet 6/6FF and 6/6NF and loudspeaker connection box white, glossy polar white, glossy

1458 02 1458 09

10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. For TAE socket outlet order no. 4487 .., 4500 .., 4544 .. For loudspeaker connection box order no. 4572 .., 4573 .. For FCC/TAE socket outlet order no. 4588 .. For USB data interface flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 04

EAD socket outlets: Drivex; Fröhlich + Walter; Intracom; TAE and FCC overvoltage protection sockets: Dehn; FCC socket outlets: Dätwyler; Rutenbeck

10 10

universal for standard commercially available PTT socket outlets

Centre plate for RTT socket outlet „Belgium“ white, glossy polar white, glossy

67 1103 02 67 1103 09

For RTT socket outlet order no. BERT T0 1

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Central plate for FCC socket outlet white, glossy polar white, glossy

1468 02 1468 09

10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

For FCC socket outlet order no. 4538, 4568 For FCC socket outlet shielded order no. 4554, 4586, 4590

FCC socket outlets: Ackermann; AMP; BTR; Crack-IT; Rutenbeck; Telegärtner; Telena with 45° oblique outlet for 1gang socket outlet cat.3, cat.5e and cat.6

white, glossy polar white, glossy

Centre plate for PTT socket outlet „Netherlands“ 61 1036 02 61 1036 09

Packing unit

Central plate FCC/E-DAT design/Telekom ISDN socket outlet

for USB data interface flush-mounted 1 knock out opening

white, glossy polar white, glossy

Order no.

10 10

1469 02 1469 09

10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

For FCC socket outlet order no. 4539, 4562, 4592 For FCC socket outlet shielded order no. 4555, 4587, 4591

ISDN socket outlets (Rutenbeck): Telekom; FCC socket outlets: Ackermann; AMP; BTR; CobiNet; Corning; Crack-IT; CTI Netzwerksysteme; Dätwyler; EFB Electronic; eku Kabel & Systeme; Elmat; Rutenbeck; Setec; Süveg; Telegärtner; Telena with 45° oblique outlet for 2gang socket outlet cat.3, cat.5e and cat.6

MODUL 2 Order no.

Packing unit

Central plate for FCC and Telekom ISDN socket outlet (IAE) white, glossy polar white, glossy

# 1429 02 # 1429 09

Order no.

Packing unit

Central plate for FCC/IAE/Telekom ISDN socket outlet 10 10

white, glossy polar white, glossy

# 1467 02 # 1467 09

10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

ISDN socket outlets (ZE Kommunikationstechnik): Telekom; FCC socket outlets: Telena; ZE Kommunikationstechnik with 25° oblique outlet for 2gang socket outlet cat.3

ISDN socket outlets (BTR): Telekom; FCC socket outlets: BTR; EFB Electronic; Farnell; Fröhlich + Walter; Krone; Monacor; Telena with 45° oblique outlet for 2gang socket outlet cat.3

Central plate for FCC and Telekom ISDN socket outlet (IAE) white, glossy polar white, glossy

# 1430 02 # 1430 09

10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. ISDN socket outlets (Kräcker): Telekom; FCC socket outlets: Farnell; Kräcker with 45° oblique outlet for 2gang socket outlet cat.3

# 1446 02 # 1446 09

10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. FCC socket outlets: BTR; Farnell; Fröhlich + Walter; Krone; Schumann; Telena with 45° oblique outlet for 1gang socket outlet cat.3 and cat.6

white, glossy polar white, glossy

# 1478 02 # 1478 09

10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

Central plate for FCC/IAE/FCC-DAT 300E socket outlet white, glossy polar white, glossy

Central plate for FCC-DAT 300E socket outlet

FCC socket outlets: BTR; Farnell; Fröhlich + Walter; Krone; Schumann; Telena with 45° oblique outlet for 2gang socket outlet cat.6

Central plate for E-DAT plus socket outlet with labelling field white, glossy polar white, glossy

# 1413 02 # 1413 09

10 10

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips. Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. FCC socket outlets: BTR; Fröhlich + Walter; Telena with 45° oblique outlet with dust protection cover for 1gang or 2gang socket outlet cat.6

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

MODUL 2 Order no.

Packing unit

Central plate for FCC socket outlet white, glossy polar white, glossy

# 1420 02 # 1420 09

Order no.

Packing unit

Central plate for FCC socket outlet 10 10

white, glossy polar white, glossy

# 1419 02 # 1419 09

10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

FCC socket outlets: Ackermann; CobiNet; Quante; Telena with 45° oblique outlet 1 knock out opening for 1gang or 2gang socket outlet cat.3

FCC socket outlets: Brand-Rex; CobiNet; Drivex; EFB Electronic; Fröhlich + Walter; Fröschel; Intracom; OTRA; Schumann; Setec; Sevex; Siemens; Sonepar; ZE Kommunikationstechnik with 40° oblique outlet for 1gang or 2gang socket outlet cat.5, cat.5e and cat.6

Central plate for EMJ45 socket outlet white, glossy polar white, glossy

# 1422 02 # 1422 09

10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. FCC socket outlets: Telegärtner; Telena with 45° oblique outlet for 1gang or 2gang socket outlet cat.5e

Central plate for VAD socket outlet with labelling field white, glossy polar white, glossy

# 1423 02 # 1423 09

10 10

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips. Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. FCC socket outlets: Lanconnect; Schumann; Telegärtner; Telena with 45° oblique outlet with dust protection cover for 1gang or 2gang socket outlet cat.6

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

MODUL 2 Order no.

Packing unit

Central plate for 3 MINI-COM modules white, glossy polar white, glossy

1427 02 1427 09

For mini jack order no. 1980, 1984, 1985 For cinch module set order no. 1989 For blank module order no. 1990 For video cinch module order no. 1992 For S-Video module order no. 1993 For VGA module order no. 1994

Modules: Panduit with supporting plate for Mini-Com jacks cat.3, cat.5e, cat.6, cat.6 10Gig for Mini-Com fibre-optic modules for Mini-Com BNC connector modules for Mini-Com 3.5 mm stereo connection/coupling modules for Mini-Com loudspeaker cables / banana plug modules for Mini-Com F-plug coupling modules for Mini-Com Cinch connection/coupling modules for Mini-Com S-Video connection/coupling modules for Mini-Com D-Subminiature connectors 15pole for Mini-Com dummy modules 1gang with 30° oblique outlet without spreader claws

Central plate for 1 or 2 single modules Reichle&De-Massari 1472 02 1472 09

Packing unit

Central plate for AMP modular jacks 10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

white, glossy polar white, glossy

Order no.

white, glossy polar white, glossy

1463 02 1463 09

10 10

Indexing dimension (W x H) approx. 14,7 x 20,7 mm Shielded versions touch each other. Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. MT-RJ jack: AMP; Intracom; Telena; Modular jacks: CobiNet; EFB Electronic; Schumann; Standard 110 Connect jack: AMP; SL series toolless jack: AMP; SL series 110 Connect Jack: AMP; SL series toolless jack with dust protection: AMP with supporting plate for AMP modular jacks series 110 Connect cat.3, cat.5, cat.5e and cat.6 for AMP fibre-optic couplings MT-RJ jacks 2gang, with 30° oblique outlet without spreader claws

10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. Modules: Reichle&De-Massari with supporting plate for connecting modules RJ45 cat.5e and cat.6 for fibre-optic modules with 30° oblique outlet without spreader claws

Central plate for double modules Reichle&DeMassari white, glossy polar white, glossy

1461 02 1461 09

10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. Modules: Diamond; Reichle&De-Massari with supporting plate for connecting modules RJ45 cat.5e and cat.6 for fibre-optic modules with 30° oblique outlet without spreader claws

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

MODUL 2 Order no.

Packing unit

Central plate for Krone modular jacks white, glossy polar white, glossy

1464 02 1464 09

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. For modular jack order no. 1854 01

Modular jacks: 3M; Asyco; BTR; Dätwyler; EFB Electronic; Erni; Hubbell; ICS; Krone; Setec; Telegärtner; Thomas & Betts; LANmark 5, 6 and 7 (only with with Keystone-Clip): Nexans; Keystone Jack: Kerpen; ELine 600 GG45 jacks: Kerpen; Fibre-optic couplings: 3M; Krone; mvk with supporting plate for Krone modular jacks cat.5, cat.5e and cat.6 for Krone fibre-optic couplings MT-RJ jacks for 3M fibre-optic couplings Volition 2gang, with 30° oblique outlet without spreader claws

Central plate for Drahtex modular jacks # 1462 02 # 1462 09

10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. Installation only possible with Drahtex mounting or coding frame. Modular jacks: CobiNet; Drahtex with supporting plate for Drahtex modular jacks cat.5, cat.5e, cat.6 and cat.7 for fibre-optic modules 2gang, with 30° oblique outlet without spreader claws

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Packing unit

Central plate for LEXCOM HOME modules 10 10

Indexing dimension (W x H) approx. 14,7 x 19,4 mm

white, glossy polar white, glossy

Order no.

white, glossy polar white, glossy

1441 02 1441 09

10 10

Attention! Can only be used with intermediate ring and central plate of the corresponding range. Installation is only possible in connection with the assembly frame of Messrs. Lexel. with supporting plate 2gang, with 30° oblique outlet without spreader claws LEXCOM HOME® Registered trademark of Messrs. Lexel A/S.

Central plate for Eline and GiCon4 jacks white, glossy polar white, glossy

# 1498 02 # 1498 09

10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range! Installation only in conjunction with BTR and Kerpen clips. GiCon4 jacks: BTR; ELine 1200- and 250 jacks: Kerpen with supporting plate for ELine and GiCon4 sockets cat.5e, cat.6, cat.7 2gang, with 30° oblique outlet without spreader claws

Centre plate with dust protection slider and labelling field white, glossy polar white, glossy

1170 02 1170 09

10 10

Labelling field height arranged for 9 mm P-touch strips. For supporting plate 1gang order no. 4540 ..

for supporting plates with coloured mount 1gang

Centre plate with dust protection sliders and labelling field white, glossy polar white, glossy

1181 02 1181 09

10 10

Labelling field height arranged for 9 mm P-touch strips. For supporting plate 2gang order no. 4541 ..

for supporting plates with coloured mounts 2gang

MODUL 2 Order no.

Packing unit

Centre plate for AMP-ACO with labelling field white, glossy polar white, glossy

1180 02 1180 09

10 10

Labelling field height arranged for 9 mm P-touch strips. ACO and CO Plus inserts: AMP, order no. 0-1394581-1, 2-1394581-1; Anixter; Dr. Ing. Sieger; Schumann; Telena cat.5, cat.6 and cat.7 centre plate plug-in fixing

Central plate for AMP-ACO white, glossy polar white, glossy

1494 02 1494 09

10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. Labelling field not usable.

10 10

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips. Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. ACO and CO Plus inserts: AMP, order no. 0-0336627-1, 2-0336627-1, 0-0336627-3 cat.5, cat.6 and cat.7

Central plate for fibre-optic couplings Simplex ST white, glossy polar white, glossy

1492 02 1492 09

10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. Fibre-optic couplings: Ackermann; AMP; Brand-Rex; BTR; CobiNet; Corning; Diamond; Drahtex; Huber+Suhner; Quante; Telegärtner with supporting plate with 30° oblique outlet for 2 fibre-optic couplings without spreader claws

white, glossy polar white, glossy

Central plate for AMP-ACO with labelling field 1495 02 1495 09

Packing unit

Central plate for fibre-optic couplings Duplex SC

ACO and CO Plus inserts: AMP, order no. 0-1394580-1, 2-1394580-1, 0-0336627-3, 0-0336627-1, 2-0336627-1 cat.5, cat.6 and cat.7 central plates plug-in fixing

white, glossy polar white, glossy

Order no.

1480 02 1480 09

10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. Fibre-optic couplings: Ackermann; AMP; Brand-Rex; BTR; CobiNet; Corning; Diamond; Drahtex; FiberCraft; Huber+Suhner; Krone; Quante; Telegärtner with supporting plate with 30° oblique outlet 1 knock out opening for 1 or 2 fibre-optic couplings without spreader claws

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

MODUL 2 Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Central plate for 1 D-subminiature connector

Communication technics

white, glossy polar white, glossy

Data connector housings

1411 02 1411 09

10 10

Packing unit

Data connector housing with labelling field

D-subminiature connectors see module inserts.

white, glossy polar white, glossy

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

Labelling field height arranged for 9 mm P-touch strips.

For D-subminiature connector order no. 1834, 1835, 1839 For mounting adapter order no. 1841, 1842

Central plate for 2 D-subminiature connector 1470 02 1470 09

10 10

Mounting plates see acessories order no. 1111 .., 1112 ..

with supporting plate for mounting plates without spreader claws

with supporting plate without spreader claws

white, glossy polar white, glossy

1119 02 1119 09

10 10

Hospital installation Central plate for double pole socket outlet for floating output

D-subminiature connectors see module inserts.

white, glossy polar white, glossy

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

Labelling field not usable. For D-subminiature connector order no. 1834, 1835, 1839 For mounting adapter order no. 1841, 1842

with supporting plate without spreader claws

1403 02 1403 09

10 10

For double pole socket outlet for floating output order no. 1061

For double pole socket outlet according to DIN 42801 with imprint

Central plate for 6pole socket outlet white, glossy polar white, glossy

1474 02 1474 09

10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 71008C3; Nurse call systems: Ackermann, clino opt 90, clino phon 95, order no. 71008C; Siedle, order no. AD 306-0; 6pole socket outlets: Hirschmann, Medu 600, Medu 600 GSK

Messrs. Ackermann Centre plate for databus termination splitter/ empty unit polar white, glossy

1204 49

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 90, 99 / clino phon 95, order no. 72642B; Nurse call systems: Ackermann, clino opt 90, 99 / clino phon 95, order no. 71197A, 72639A, 72642C centre plate plug-in fixing

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

MODUL 2 Order no.

Packing unit

Centre plate for databus connection unit with plug-in opening polar white, glossy

1298 49

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73070A centre plate plug-in fixing

Centre plate for plug-and-socket connector polar white, glossy

1305 49

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 74189A a-coded for dropping plug-and-socket connector centre plate plug-in fixing

Centre plate with 2 plug-in openings and imprint polar white, glossy

1244 49

Order no.

Packing unit

Centre plate with red call push-button at top polar white, glossy

1216 49

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73071F, 73071F2, 73073F for call module with call push-button button with lens centre plate plug-in fixing

Centre plate with red call push-button at bottom polar white, glossy

1219 49

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73022A, 73022A2 for call push-button button with lens centre plate plug-in fixing

Centre plate with green shut-off button Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73020G, 73021G, 73075C, 73075D for call unit with 2 diagnostic plug-in contacts centre plate plug-in fixing

Centre plate with red call push-button at top and a plug-in opening polar white, glossy

1217 49

polar white, glossy

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73642C for shut-off push-button button with lens centre plate plug-in fixing

Centre plate with yellow shut-off button polar white, glossy

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73071E, 73071E2, 73075A, 73073E for call push-button with plug-in contact for call module with call push-button and monitored auxiliary plug-in contact button with lens centre plate plug-in fixing

1251 49

1252 49

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73642D for shut-off push-button button with lens centre plate plug-in fixing

Centre plate with red call button and 2 plug-in openings polar white, glossy

1218 49

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73071D, 73071D2, 73075B, 73073D for call push-button with diagnostic and auxiliary plug-in contact for call module with call push-button and plug-in contacts button with lens with imprint centre plate plug-in fixing

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

MODUL 2 Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Packing unit

Centre plate for call unit with blue doctor call button

Centre plate for pneumatic call switch with lens

polar white, glossy

1223 49

1236 49

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73022A, 73022A2 for call push-button button with lens with imprint centre plate plug-in fixing

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 70006C; Nurse call systems: Ackermann, clino opt 90, 99 / clino phon 95, order no. 70006A, 70006B centre plate plug-in fixing

Centre plate with acknowledge button white

Centre plate with red lens for pullcord switch and pullcord push-button

polar white, glossy

1308 49

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73640J for office unit button with lens with imprint „SU-AUS WARTEN“ centre plate plug-in fixing

1249 49

Centre plate for pullcord push-button with lens

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73642B for office unit buttons with lens with imprint „SU-AUS WARTEN“ centre plate plug-in fixing

Centre plate for radio programme system with small sound system polar white, glossy

1300 49

10 Nurse call systems: Ackermann, clino opt 90, 99 / clino phon 95, order no. 73120C, 73120H for earpiece and volume control with imprinted symbol curve centre plate plug-in fixing

Centre plate with green presence button/white acknowledge button 1299 49

1233 49

Nurse call systems: Ackermann, clino opt 90, 99 / clino phon 95, order no. 70045A3, 70046A, 70046A3 for pullcord push-button with pullcord and knob centre plate plug-in fixing

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73642E for shut-off push-button buttons with lens centre plate plug-in fixing

polar white, glossy

Centre plate with green and yellow shut-off button 1253 49

10 10

For pullcord push-button order no. 3956 19 For pullcord switch order no. 3962, 3966, 6139 ..

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73642B2 for call push-button and shut-off push-button buttons with lens centre plate plug-in fixing

polar white, glossy

1149 02 1149 09

Can be used with incandescent lamp unit with N terminal order no. 1606 01 as pullcord push-button with quiet lamp 24 V.

Centre plate with red call button and green shut-off button polar white, glossy

white, glossy polar white, glossy

Centre plate for radio programme selector switch polar white, glossy

1301 49

10 Nurse call systems: Ackermann, clino opt 90, 99 / clino phon 95, order no. 73120A with imprint „0-1-2-3-4-5“ centre plate plug-in fixing

Messrs. Total Walther (Zettler) Centre plate for 15pole socket outlet white, glossy polar white, glossy

1288 22 1288 29

10 10

Nurse call systems: Total Walther, Zettler Medicall 800, order no. 125.891xS, 125.850xS for pear push-button, diagnostic units etc. centre plate plug-in fixing "#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

MODUL 2 Order no.

Packing unit

Centre plate for call push-button/shut-off push-button with 15pole socket outlet white, glossy polar white, glossy

1288 32 1288 39

Order no.

Packing unit

Centre plate for buzzer 10 10

white, glossy polar white, glossy

1288 62 1288 69

10 10

Nurse call systems: Total Walther, Zettler Medicall 800, order no. 125.800xS centre plate plug-in fixing

Nurse call systems: Total Walther, Zettler Medicall 800, order no. 125.840xS, 125.841xS, 125.842xS, 125.843xS for pear push-button, diagnostic units etc. centre plate plug-in fixing

Centre plate for call/service/cancel/doctor call push-button with 15pole socket outlet white, glossy polar white, glossy

1288 42 1288 49

10 10

Nurse call systems: Total Walther, Zettler Medicall 800, order no. 125.830xS, 125.831xS, 125.832xS for pear push-button, diagnostic units etc. centre plate plug-in fixing

Centre plate for presence push-butto/cancel push-button/personnel call push-button call/ service call and doctor call push-button

white, glossy polar white, glossy

1288 02 1288 09

10 10

Nurse call systems: Total Walther, Zettler Medicall 800, order no. 125.893xS, 125.814xS, 125.815xS, 125.816xS, 125.892xS, 125.810xS, 125.811xS, 125.812xS, 125.813xS centre plate plug-in fixing

Centre plate for presence push-button, call/ presence push-button call shut-off pushbutton etc.

white, glossy polar white, glossy

1288 12 1288 19

10 10

Nurse call systems: Total Walther, Zettler Medicall 800, order no. 125.892xS, 125.893xS, 125.820xS, 125.821xS, 125.822xS, 125.823xS, 125.824xS, 125.825xS, 125.826xS, 125.827xS, 125.891xS centre plate plug-in fixing

Centre plate for pneumatic call switch with quiet lamp white, glossy polar white, glossy

1288 52 1288 59

10 10

Nurse call systems: Total Walther, Zettler Medicall 800, order no. 125.860xS, 125.861xS centre plate plug-in fixing

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Order no.

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Packing unit

Order no.

Packing unit

Surfaces Frames/covers/centre inserts Plastic, matt polar white

similar to RAL 9010

Plastic, glossy white

similar to RAL 1013

polar white

similar to RAL 9010

red

similar to RAL 3003

anthracite

similar to RAL 7021

Centre plates Plastic, matt lacquered polar white

similar to RAL 9010

Plastic, glossy

white

similar to RAL 1013

polar white

similar to RAL 9010

Berker S.1 Rockers and centre iserts

Berker S.1

116-155

Standard range Flush-mounted system

Pure, timeless, functional – the simple form of the Berker S.1 is what makes the standard range a modern classic. Winner of the iF-Award 2000 and the Good Design Award 2001, the Berker S.1 continues to impress with superior design.

■ Modular concept, ergonomic design and square shape guarantee ease of handling ■ Clean form harmonises with the most diverse surroundings and is suitable for many applications ■ Available surfaces: matt in polar white, glossy in white and polar white

BERKER S.1 Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Frames

Frame with labelling field Frame

on page T65

white, glossy, 1gang white, glossy, 2gang white, glossy, 3gang white, glossy, 4gang white, glossy, 5gang

1011 89 82 1012 89 82 1013 89 82 1014 89 82 1015 89 82

10 10 10 2 2

for vertical and horizontal mounting

10 10

white, glossy, 3gang vertical

1013 89 12

white, glossy, 2gang horizontal

1022 89 12

white, glossy, 3gang horizontal

1023 89 12

polar white, glossy, 1gang

1011 89 89

1012 89 89

polar white, glossy, 2gang vertical

1012 89 19

polar white, glossy, 2gang

1013 89 89

polar white, glossy, 3gang vertical

1013 89 19

polar white, glossy, 3gang

1014 89 89

polar white, glossy, 2gang horizontal

1022 89 19

polar white, glossy, 4gang

1015 89 89

polar white, glossy, 3gang horizontal

1023 89 19

polar white, glossy, 5gang polar white, matt, 1gang polar white, matt, 2gang polar white, matt, 3gang polar white, matt, 4gang polar white, matt, 5gang

1011 99 09 1012 99 09 1013 99 09 1014 99 09 1015 99 09

10 10 10 10 2

polar white, matt, 1gang polar white, matt, 2gang vertical

1011 99 19 1012 99 19

10 10

polar white, matt, 3gang vertical

1013 99 19

polar white, matt, 2gang horizontal

1022 99 19

polar white, matt, 3gang horizontal

1023 99 19

red, glossy, 1gang red, glossy, 2gang red, glossy, 3gang red, glossy, 4gang red, glossy, 5gang

1011 89 62 1012 89 62 1013 89 62 1014 89 62 1015 89 62

10 2 2 2 2

Frame with large cut-out Frame with large cut-out white, glossy

1309 89 82

Not suitable for surface-mounted housing.

for vertical and horizontal mounting for emphasising special switches, socket outlets, etc.

Contrast frame 1gang anthracite, matt

1011 89 19

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips.

Frame

1011 99 45

More versions available upon request! on page T65

1011 89 12 1012 89 12

polar white, glossy, 1gang

for vertical and horizontal mounting

on page T65

white, glossy, 1gang white, glossy, 2gang vertical

Frame with labelling field

Frame

on page T65

Packing unit

on page T65

For push-button 4gang order no. 7516 43 80 For push-button 4gang comfort order no. 7516 47 80 For light scene push-button 8gang order no. 7516 88 80 For push-button 3gang with RTR order no. 7566 37 80 For push-button 5gang with RTR order no. 7566 57 80

for vertical mounting

Barrier-free building based on DIN 18025 for barrier-free construction

100

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER S.1 Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Frame with large cut-out polar white, glossy polar white, matt

1309 89 89 1309 99 09

Surface-mounted housing 3gang white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt

10 10

Not suitable for surface-mounted housing. on page T65

5 5 5

For suitable tube-entries and replacement for cable and duct entries refer to the dry surface-mounted range. Flush-mounted devices can be used with the surfacemounted housings for surface-mounted installation. with cable and duct entry entry at top, bottom and at each side in the middle possible for vertical and horizontal mounting suitable for mounting on flammable base surface

for vertical mounting

Surface-mounted housings Built-on installation housings

Socket outlets

Surface-mounted housing 1gang 1041 89 82 1041 89 89 1041 99 09

1043 89 82 1043 89 89 1043 99 09

Installation depth 37 mm

white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt

Packing unit

10 10 10

SCHUKO-socket outlets SCHUKO socket outlet with cover plate

Installation depth 37 mm For suitable tube-entries and replacement for cable and duct entries refer to the dry surface-mounted range. Flush-mounted devices can be used with the surfacemounted housings for surface-mounted installation. with cable and duct entry entry at top and bottom possible suitable for mounting on flammable base surface

on page T6

white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 polar white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 polar white, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

4742 89 82 4742 89 89 4742 99 09 4722 89 82

10 10 10 10

4722 89 89

4722 99 09

16 A, 250 V~

Surface-mounted housing 2gang white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt

1042 89 82 1042 89 89 1042 99 09

5 5 5

Installation depth 37 mm For suitable tube-entries and replacement for cable and duct entries refer to the dry surface-mounted range. Flush-mounted devices can be used with the surfacemounted housings for surface-mounted installation. with cable and duct entry entry at top, bottom and at each side in the middle possible for vertical and horizontal mounting suitable for mounting on flammable base surface

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 with plug-in terminals

Combination switch/socket outlet SCHUKO socket outlet with rocker switch and cover plate white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt

61 4356 89 42 61 4356 89 49 61 4356 19 49

10 10 10

16 A, 250 V~ Switching current 10 A For fitting in standard wall boxes according to DIN 49073-1 Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 for vertical mounting with change-over switch without spreader claws with screw terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

101

BERKER S.1 Order no.

Packing unit

SCHUKO socket outlet with rockers switch and cover plate white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt

61 4355 89 42 61 4355 89 49 61 4355 19 49

Order no.

SCHUKO-socket outlets for cable ducts SCHUKO socket outlet combination 2gang with frame

10 10 10

white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt

16 A, 250 V~ Switching current 10 A on page T6

for vertical mounting with series switch without spreader claws with screw terminals

5 5 5

16 A, 250 V~

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 without spreader claws 2 x 1gang, wired-through with plug-in terminals

SCHUKO-socket outlets

3gang SCHUKO socket outlet with cover plate

Double SCHUKO socket outlet with cover plate

polar white, matt

white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt white, glossy, without spreader claws

4754 89 82 4754 89 89 4754 99 09 61 4754 89 82

10 10 10 10

polar white, glossy, without spreader claws

61 4754 89 89

polar white, matt, without spreader claws

61 4754 99 09

white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 polar white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 polar white, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

4729 89 82

4729 89 89

4729 99 09

4766 19 09

Combination switch/socket outlet Socket outlet without earth contact with rocker switch and cover plate

16 A, 250 V~ 61 4754 89 82, 61 4754 89 89 and 61 4754 99 09 for the Netherlands! For fitting in 1gang wall boxes according to DIN 49073-1 Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

Double SCHUKO socket outlet flat with cover plate 61 4730 89 82 61 4730 89 89 61 4730 99 09

white, glossy polar white, glossy

61 4366 89 82 61 4366 89 89

10 10

16 A, 250 V~ Switching current 10 A; Mirror depth 6 mm For fitting in standard wall boxes according to DIN 49073-1 Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

with plug-in terminals

white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt

4720 89 82 4720 89 89 4720 99 09

For installation in cable duct mounting boxes and in standard commercially available 2gang hollow wall boxes, also in 2gang flush-mounted boxes.

For fitting in standard wall boxes according to DIN 49073-1 Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

on page T6

Packing unit

10 10 10

socket outlet 2pole for vertical mounting with change-over switch without spreader claws with screw terminals

16 A, 250 V~ Suitable for Attema (UK40 and PVK40) and Haf (H150) wall boxes. Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 flat design for Attema and Haf wall boxes without spreader claws with plug-in terminals

102

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER S.1 Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Socket outlet without earth contact with rockers switch and cover plate white, glossy polar white, glossy

61 4365 89 82 61 4365 89 89

2gang socket outlet with earth contact, British Standard 2pole switchable with cover plate polar white, matt, with enhanced contact protection

10 10

16 A, 250 V~ Switching current 10 A; Mirror depth 6 mm

Equates to standard BS 1363: Part 2. For Asia! For installation into wall boxes according to BS 4662

socket outlet 2pole for vertical mounting with series switch without spreader claws with screw terminals

2pole + earth rockers with switch position indicator hidden screw fastening via supporting plate in flush-mounted box 2gang with screw terminals

Socket outlets without earth contact Double socket outlet without earth contact with cover plate 61 6754 89 82 61 6754 89 89 61 6754 99 09

Rotary dimmers Cover plate with setting knob for rotary dimmer

10 10 10

white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt

16 A, 250 V~ Mirror depth 5,8 mm

1130 89 82 1130 89 89 1130 99 09

10 10 10

Axial dimension diameter 4 mm

For fitting in standard wall boxes according to DIN 49073-1 Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

2pole without spreader claws with plug-in terminals

British Standard socket outlets Socket outlet with earth contact, British Standard 2pole switchable with cover plate polar white, matt, with enhanced contact protection

6392 99 09

13 A, 250 V~ Bolt spacing 120,6 mm; Dimensions (L x W) 87 x 147 mm

For fitting in standard wall boxes according to DIN 49073-1 Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt

Packing unit

6391 99 09

13 A, 250 V~ Bolt spacing 60,3 mm; Dimensions (L x W) 87 x 87 mm Equates to standard BS 1363: Part 2. For Asia! For installation into wall boxes according to BS 4662 2pole + earth rocker with switch position indicator hidden screw fastening via supporting plate in flush-mounted box 1gang with screw terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Rotary dimmer with cover plate and setting knob S.1

white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt on page T9

2819 89 82 2819 89 89 2819 99 09

1 1 1

with rotary on/off switch bulb-preserving soft startup short-circuit and overload proof (fine-wire fuse) phase cut-on with screw terminals

103

Surfaces Centre plates

Frames

Plastic, matt lacquered

Plastic, matt similar to RAL 9010

polar white

similar to RAL 9010

lacquered aluminium

similar to RAL 9006

aluminium

similar to RAL 9006

anthracite

similar to RAL 7021

anthracite

similar to RAL 7021

polar white

Frame decoration Plastic, matt polar white

similar to RAL 9010

anthracite

similar to RAL 7021

lacquered aluminium

similar to RAL 9006

Covers/centre inserts Plastic, matt

104

polar white

similar to RAL 9010

lacquered aluminium

similar to RAL 9006

anthracite

similar to RAL 7021

Berker B.1 Rockers and centre iserts

Berker B.1

116-155

Surface range Flush-mounted system

The inspired symbiosis of form and colour of the Berker B.1 allows you to create the perfect atmosphere in your rooms. The soft colours and first-rate technology are everything you could wish for.

■ The successful symbiosis of form and colour. ■ Reduced stockholding due to use of matt rockers and centre inserts from the S.1, B.1, B.3, B.7 GLAS ranges.

105

BERKER B.1 Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Frame with large cut-out

Frames Frame

on page T65

Frame with large cut-out

polar white, matt, 1gang polar white, matt, 2gang vertical

1011 19 09 1012 19 09

10 10

polar white, matt

polar white, matt, 3gang vertical

1013 19 09

polar white, matt, 4gang vertical

1014 19 09

polar white, matt, 5gang vertical

1015 19 09

polar white, matt, 2gang horizontal

1022 19 09

polar white, matt, 3gang horizontal

1023 19 09

polar white, matt, 4gang horizontal

1024 19 09

polar white, matt, 5gang horizontal

1025 19 09

anthracite, matt, 1gang anthracite, matt, 2gang vertical

1011 16 06 1012 16 06

10 10

anthracite, matt, 3gang vertical

1013 16 06

anthracite, matt, 4gang vertical

1014 16 06

anthracite, matt, 5gang vertical

1015 16 06

anthracite, matt, 2gang horizontal

1022 16 06

anthracite, matt, 3gang horizontal

1023 16 06

anthracite, matt, 4gang horizontal

1024 16 06

anthracite, matt, 5gang horizontal

1025 16 06

106

on page T65

for vertical mounting

Frame with large cut-out anthracite, matt

1309 16 06

Not suitable for surface-mounted housing. For push-button 4gang order no. 7516 43 85 For push-button 4gang comfort order no. 7516 47 85 For light scene push-button 8gang order no. 7516 88 85 For push-button 3gang with RTR order no. 7566 37 85 For push-button 5gang with RTR order no. 7566 57 85

for vertical mounting

Frame with large cut-out aluminium, matt

1309 14 04

Not suitable for surface-mounted housing.

on page T65

For push-button 4gang order no. 7516 43 85 For push-button 4gang comfort order no. 7516 47 85 For light scene push-button 8gang order no. 7516 88 85 For push-button 3gang with RTR order no. 7566 37 85 For push-button 5gang with RTR order no. 7566 57 85

for vertical mounting

Surface-mounted housings

Frame

on page T65

1309 19 09

Not suitable for surface-mounted housing.

on page T65

Frame

on page T65

Packing unit

aluminium, matt, 1gang aluminium, matt, 2gang vertical

1011 14 04 1012 14 04

10 10

aluminium, matt, 3gang vertical

1013 14 04

aluminium, matt, 4gang vertical

1014 14 04

aluminium, matt, 5gang vertical

1015 14 04

aluminium, matt, 2gang horizontal

1022 14 04

aluminium, matt, 3gang horizontal

1023 14 04

aluminium, matt, 4gang horizontal

1024 14 04

aluminium, matt, 5gang horizontal

1025 14 04

Built-on installation housings Surface-mounted housing 1gang polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1041 19 09 1041 16 06 1041 14 04

10 10 10

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER B.1 Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Surface-mounted housing 2gang polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1042 19 09 1042 16 06 1042 14 04

Packing unit

Surface-mounted housing 3gang polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

5 5 5

1053 19 09 1053 16 06 1053 14 04

Installation depth 37 mm

For suitable tube-entries and replacement for cable and duct entries refer to the dry surface-mounted range.

With B.3 also suitable for horizontal mounting!

Not suitable for B.3!

Flush-mounted devices can be used with the surfacemounted housings for surface-mounted installation.

with cable and duct entry entry at top, bottom and at each side in the middle possible for vertical mounting suitable for mounting on flammable base surface

Surface-mounted housing 3gang polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1043 19 09 1043 16 06 1043 14 04

5 5 5

with cable and duct entry entry at top, bottom and at each side in the middle possible for horizontal mounting suitable for mounting on flammable base surface

Socket outlets SCHUKO-socket outlets Double SCHUKO socket outlet with frame

Installation depth 37 mm For suitable tube-entries and replacement for cable and duct entries refer to the dry surface-mounted range.

on page T6

With B.3 also suitable for horizontal mounting! Flush-mounted devices can be used with the surfacemounted housings for surface-mounted installation. with cable and duct entry entry at top, bottom and at each side in the middle possible for vertical mounting suitable for mounting on flammable base surface

Surface-mounted housing 2gang polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1052 19 09 1052 16 06 1052 14 04

5 5 5

Installation depth 37 mm

polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

Not suitable for B.3!

with cable and duct entry entry at top, bottom and at each side in the middle possible for horizontal mounting suitable for mounting on flammable base surface

4150 19 09 4150 16 06 4150 14 04

10 10 10

16 A, 250 V~ on page T6

For fitting in 1gang wall boxes according to DIN 49073-1 Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 with screw terminals

Socket outlets without earth contact Double socket outlet without earth contact with frame 61 6754 19 09 polar white, matt 61 6754 16 06 anthracite, matt 61 6754 14 04 aluminium, matt 16 A, 250 V~ Mirror depth 5,8 mm For fitting in standard wall boxes according to DIN 49073-1 Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 2pole without spreader claws with plug-in terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

10 10 10 10

Double SCHUKO socket outlet with frame

4754 19 09 polar white, matt 4754 16 06 anthracite, matt 4754 14 04 aluminium, matt 4729 19 09 polar white, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 4729 16 06 anthracite, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 4729 14 04 aluminium, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 4729 16 04 aluminium/anthracite, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 (design similar to B.3) 16 A, 250 V~ For fitting in 1gang wall boxes according to DIN 49073-1 Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 with plug-in terminals

10 10 10

107

Surfaces Centre plates

Frames Metal, aluminium, natural anodised gold, anodised Plastic, matt aluminium/anthracite anthracite

polar white

similar to RAL 9010

gold/polar white polarwhite

similar to RAL 9010

Covers/centre inserts Plastic, matt anthracite

similar to RAL 7021

polar white

similar to RAL 9010

Plastic, glossy

108

anthracite

similar to RAL 7021

polar white

similar to RAL 9010

similar to RAL 7021

aluminium/polar white

polar white

Plastic, matt lacquered

similar to RAL 9010

Plastic, glossy polar white

similar to RAL 9010

Berker B.3 Rockers and centre iserts

Berker B.3

116-155

Surface range Flush-mounted system

The gentle gleam of the metal and the clear lines of the Berker B.3 in real aluminium are truly impressive. The pure brilliance of the design lends your room a timeless elegance.

■ Incisive design with high-quality aluminium frame. ■ Integrates perfectly into any modern interior design style – whether in the home or office ■ Available surface combinations: aluminium/anthracite,

aluminium/polar white and gold/polar white

109

BERKER B.3 Order no.

Packing unit

Frames

Order no.

Frame with large cut-out Frame

on page T65

Packing unit

Frame with large cut-out

aluminium/polar white, 1gang

1011 39 04

aluminium/polar white

aluminium/polar white, 2gang

1012 39 04

Not suitable for surface-mounted housing.

aluminium/polar white, 3gang

1013 39 04

aluminium/polar white, 4gang

1014 39 04

aluminium/polar white, 5gang

1015 39 04

on page T65

1309 39 04

for vertical mounting for vertical and horizontal mounting metal, aluminum profile

Frame with large cut-out aluminium/anthracite

Frame

on page T65

aluminium/anthracite, 1gang

1011 30 04

aluminium/anthracite, 2gang

1012 30 04

aluminium/anthracite, 3gang

1013 30 04

aluminium/anthracite, 4gang

1014 30 04

aluminium/anthracite, 5gang

1015 30 04

1309 30 04

Not suitable for surface-mounted housing. on page T65

for vertical mounting

Frame with large cut-out gold, metal/polar white

for vertical and horizontal mounting metal, aluminum profile

Not suitable for surface-mounted housing.

Frame

on page T66

1309 30 46

gold, metal/polar white, 1gang

1011 30 46

gold, metal/polar white, 2gang

1012 30 46

gold, metal/polar white, 3gang

1013 30 46

gold, metal/polar white, 4gang

1014 30 46

gold, metal/polar white, 5gang

1015 30 46

on page T66

for vertical mounting

Surface-mounted housings Built-on installation housings Surface-mounted housing 1gang

for vertical and horizontal mounting metal, aluminum profile anodized

polar white, matt anthracite, matt

1041 19 09 1041 16 06

10 10

110

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER B.3 Order no.

Packing unit

Surface-mounted housing 2gang polar white, matt anthracite, matt

5 5

1042 19 09 1042 16 06

Installation depth 37 mm

Order no.

2gang socket outlet with earth contact, British Standard 2pole switchable with cover plate aluminium/anthracite, with enhanced contact protection

6392 24 04

For suitable tube-entries and replacement for cable and duct entries refer to the dry surface-mounted range.

13 A, 250 V~ Bolt spacing 120,6 mm; Dimensions (L x W) 87 x 147 mm

With B.3 also suitable for horizontal mounting!

Equates to standard BS 1363: Part 2.

Flush-mounted devices can be used with the surfacemounted housings for surface-mounted installation.

For Asia!

with cable and duct entry entry at top, bottom and at each side in the middle possible for vertical mounting suitable for mounting on flammable base surface

Packing unit

For installation into wall boxes according to BS 4662 2pole + earth rockers with switch position indicator hidden screw fastening via supporting plate in flush-mounted box 2gang with screw terminals

Surface-mounted housing 3gang polar white, matt anthracite, matt

5 5

1043 19 09 1043 16 06

Installation depth 37 mm For suitable tube-entries and replacement for cable and duct entries refer to the dry surface-mounted range. With B.3 also suitable for horizontal mounting! Flush-mounted devices can be used with the surfacemounted housings for surface-mounted installation. with cable and duct entry entry at top, bottom and at each side in the middle possible for vertical mounting suitable for mounting on flammable base surface

Socket outlets British Standard socket outlets Socket outlet with earth contact, British Standard 2pole switchable with cover plate aluminium/anthracite, with enhanced contact protection

6391 24 04

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

111

Surfaces Centre plates

Frames Glass, glossy, imprint on backside

Plastic, matt lacquered polar white

similar to RAL 9010

black

similar to RAL 9005

aluminium

similar to RAL 9006

Plastic, matt

similar to RAL 7021

aluminium

similar to RAL 9006

polar white

similar to RAL 9010

anthracite

similar to RAL 7021

aluminium, lacquered

similar to RAL 9006

Plastic, glossy

112

similar to RAL 9010

anthracite

Plastic, glossy

Covers/centre inserts

polar white

similar to RAL 9010

Berker B.3 Rockers and centre iserts

Berker B.7 GLAS

116-155

Surface range Flush-mounted system

The classic form of the B. series, combined with the elegant glass of Berker B.7 Glas, imbues your living spaces with a very special appeal, with a clean design that fits perfectly into the most diverse interior styles. Take a clear view.

■ Appealing design with high-quality glass frame ■ Timeless classic form ■ Glass is a matterial that creates an exclusive look in interior design

113

BERKER B.7 GLAS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

NEW

Frames

on page T65

polar white, 1gang polar white, 2gang polar white, 3gang polar white, 4gang polar white, 5gang

1011 69 09 1012 69 09 1013 69 09 1014 69 09 1015 69 09

10 5 5 1 1

aluminium, 3gang aluminium, 4gang on page T65

Not suitable for surface-mounted housing.

for vertical and horizontal mounting toughened glass

polar white/anthracite, 1gang

# 1011 66 06

polar white/anthracite, 2gang

# 1012 66 06

polar white/anthracite, 3gang

# 1013 66 06

polar white/anthracite, 4gang

# 1014 66 06

polar white/anthracite, 5gang

# 1015 66 06

polar white

on page T65

NEW

polar white/aluminium, 2gang

# 1012 64 04

polar white/aluminium, 3gang

# 1013 64 04

polar white/aluminium, 4gang

# 1014 64 04

polar white/aluminium, 5gang

# 1015 64 04

on page T65

Glass frame with large cut-out

* 1309 66 16

for vertical mounting toughened glass NEW

for vertical and horizontal mounting toughened glass

Glass frame with large cut-out aluminium

* 1309 64 14

Not suitable for surface-mounted housing.

Glass frame

black, 5gang

Not suitable for surface-mounted housing.

on page T65

1309 69 09

For push-button 4gang comfort order no. 7516 43 80, 7516 47 80 For light scene push-button 8gang order no. 7516 88 80 For push-button 3gang with RTR order no. 7566 37 80 For push-button 5gang with RTR order no. 7566 57 80

black # 1011 64 04

black, 4gang

for vertical mounting toughened glass

polar white/aluminium, 1gang

black, 3gang

Glass frame with large cut-out

Glass frame

black, 1gang black, 2gang

Not suitable for surface-mounted housing.

for vertical and horizontal mounting toughened glass

NEW

10 5

Glass frame with large cut-out

Not suitable for surface-mounted housing.

on page T66

aluminium, 5gang

* 1011 64 14 * 1012 64 14 * 1013 64 14 * 1014 64 14 * 1015 64 14

Not suitable for surface-mounted housing.

Glass frame

on page T66

Glass frame aluminium, 1gang aluminium, 2gang

Glass frame

Packing unit

* 1011 66 16 * 1012 66 16 * 1013 66 16 * 1014 66 16 * 1015 66 16

Not suitable for surface-mounted housing.

10 5 5 1 1

on page T65

for vertical mounting toughened glass

for vertical and horizontal mounting toughened glass

114

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER B.7 GLAS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Packing unit

Frame with large cut-out Glass frame with large cut-out polar white/anthracite

# 1309 66 06

Not suitable for surface-mounted housing. on page T66

for vertical mounting toughened glass

Glass frame with large cut-out polar white/aluminium

# 1309 64 04

Not suitable for surface-mounted housing. on page T66

for vertical mounting toughened glass

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

115

Surfaces Covers/centre inserts Plastic, matt polar white

similar to RAL 9010

anthracite

similar to RAL 7021

aluminium, lacquered

similar to RAL 9006

red

similar to RAL 3003

green

similar to RAL 6029

orange

similar to RAL 2003

yellow

similar to RAL 1004

Plastic, glossy

116

white

similar to RAL 1013

polar white

similar to RAL 9010

red

similar to RAL 3003

green

similar to RAL 6029

orange

similar to RAL 2003

yellow

similar to RAL 1004

Berker S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 glas

Rockers and

centre inserts

The square design conceals a modular system structure. That means: All rockers and centre inserts shown on the following pages are colour-matched and compatible with the frames of the Berker S.1, B.1, B.3 and B.7 Glas switch ranges. For you the advantages are twofold: a wide product range with minimal stockholding.

We recommend the following colour combinations:

Standard range S.1

Rockers and centre inserts:

white, glossy

polar white, matt/glossy

Frames and other devices: from page 98

Rockers and centre inserts:

Surface range B.1

polar white matt, anthracite, matt, aluminium,

matt lacquered

Frames and other devices: from page 104

Rockers and centre inserts:

Surface range B.3

for aluminium/anthracite – anthracite, matt for aluminium/polar white – polar white, matt/ glossy

glossy

for gold/polar white - polar white, matt/glossy

Frames and other devices: from page 108

Surface range B.7

Rockers and centre inserts:

for glass/polar white – polar white, matt/glossy

for glass/black - anthracite, matt

for glass/aluminium - aluminium, matt

Frames and other devices: from page 112 117

BERKER S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 GLAS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Socket outlets

SCHUKO socket outlet for installation in hollow walls

SCHUKO-socket outlets SCHUKO socket outlet

on page T6

white, glossy polar white, glossy red, glossy green, glossy orange, glossy white, glossy, without spreader claws

4743 89 82 4743 89 89 4743 89 12 4743 89 13 4743 89 14 61 4743 89 82

10 10 10 10 10 10

polar white, glossy, without spreader claws

61 4743 89 89

polar white, matt, without spreader claws

61 4743 19 09

polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt red, matt green, matt orange, matt white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 polar white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 orange, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 polar white, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 anthracite, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 aluminium, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 orange, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

4743 19 09 4743 16 06 4743 14 04 4743 19 12 4743 19 13 4743 19 14 4723 89 82

10 10 10 10 10 10 10

4723 89 89

4723 89 14

4723 19 09

4723 16 06

4723 14 04

on page T6

4743 89 52 4743 89 59 4743 19 59 4723 89 52

10 10 10 10

4723 89 59

4723 19 59

16 A, 250 V~

4723 19 14

16 A, 250 V~ The insert of the red, green and orange socket outlets is colour-coded. 61 4743 19 09, 61 4743 89 82 and 61 4743 89 89 for the Netherlands! Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 with plug-in terminals

Packing unit

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 without spreader claws with plug-in terminals

SCHUKO socket outlet

on page T6

white, glossy polar white, glossy red, glossy green, glossy orange, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt red, matt green, matt orange, matt white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 polar white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 polar white, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 anthracite, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 aluminium, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

4143 89 82 4143 89 89 4143 89 12 4143 89 13 4143 89 14 4143 19 09 4143 16 06 4143 14 04 4143 19 12 4143 19 13 4143 19 14 4123 89 82

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

4123 89 89

4123 19 09

4123 16 06

4123 14 04

16 A, 250 V~ The insert of the red, green and orange socket outlets is colour-coded. Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 with screw terminals

118

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 GLAS Order no.

NEW

on page T6

Packing unit

Order no.

SCHUKO socket outlet white, glossy, enhanced * 73 4123 89 82 contact protection IEC 60884-1 polar white, glossy, * 73 4123 89 89 enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

SCHUKO socket outlet with labelling field 10

10 on page T6

polar white, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

* 73 4123 19 09

anthracite, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

* 73 4123 16 06

aluminium, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

* 73 4123 14 04

orange, matt, enhanced 73 4123 19 14 * contact protection IEC 60884-1

16 A, 250 V~ For South Tyrol only. Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 with screw-in lift terminals

4750 89 82 4750 89 89 4750 89 02 4750 89 03 4750 89 07 4750 19 09 4750 16 06 4750 14 04 4750 19 02 4750 19 03 4750 19 07 4749 89 82

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

4749 89 89

4749 19 09

4749 16 06

4749 14 04

red, glossy, with imprint „EDV“

4743 89 22

The insert of the red, green and orange socket outlets is colour-coded.

green, glossy, with imprint „SV“

4743 89 03

orange, glossy, with imprint „ZSV“

4743 89 07

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips.

red, matt, with imprint „EDV“

4743 19 22

green, matt, with imprint „SV“

4743 19 03

4743 19 07

orange, matt, with imprint „ZSV“

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 with plug-in terminals

SCHUKO socket outlet with labelling field

16 A, 250 V~ Insert colour-coded.

on page T6

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 with plug-in terminals

SCHUKO socket outlet 45°

on page T6

SCHUKO socket outlet with imprint

on page T6

Packing unit

white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

4727 89 82 4727 89 89 4727 19 09 4727 16 06 4727 14 04

10 10 10 10 10

16 A, 250 V~ Specially suited for combining several socket outlets if right angle plugs are used. Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 polar white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 polar white, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 anthracite, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 aluminium, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

4149 89 82

4149 89 89

4149 19 09

4149 16 06

4149 14 04

16 A, 250 V~ Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips. Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 with screw terminals

for diagonal installation with plug-in terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

119

BERKER S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 GLAS Order no.

on page T6

Packing unit

Order no.

SCHUKO socket outlet with labelling field and imprint

SCHUKO socket outlet with indicator lamp, labelling field and imprint

red, glossy, with imprint „EDV“

4750 89 15

green, glossy, with imprint „SV“

4159 89 13

green, glossy, with imprint „SV“

4750 89 13

orange, glossy, with imprint „ZSV“

4159 89 14

orange, glossy, with imprint „ZSV“

4750 89 14

green, matt, with imprint „SV“

4159 19 13

red, matt, with imprint „EDV“

4750 19 15

orange, matt, with imprint „ZSV“

4159 19 14

green, matt, with imprint „SV“

4750 19 13

orange, matt, with imprint „ZSV“

4750 19 14

16 A, 250 V~ Neon lamp current 1,5 mA

on page T6

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips.

16 A, 250 V~

Insert is colour-coded.

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips.

Replacement neon lamp unit see module inserts / accessories order no. 1609

Insert is colour-coded.

Execution SV, ZSV to VDE 0100-710 Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

with neon lamp unit with screw-in lift terminals

with plug-in terminals

SCHUKO socket outlet indicator lamp and imprint

on page T6

green, glossy, with imprint „SV“

4124 89 03

orange, glossy, with imprint „ZSV“

4124 89 07

green, matt, with imprint „SV“

4124 19 03

orange, matt, with imprint „ZSV“

4124 19 07

SCHUKO socket outlet with overvoltage protection and labelling field 4108 89 82 4108 89 89 4108 89 62 4108 19 09 4108 16 06 4108 14 04 4108 19 62

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips.

Replacement neon lamp unit see module inserts / accessories order no. 1609

Execution SV, ZSV to VDE 0100-710 Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 with neon lamp unit with screw-in lift terminals

SCHUKO socket outlet with indicator lamp and labelling field 4159 89 82 4159 89 89 4159 19 09 4159 16 06 4159 14 04

white, glossy polar white, glossy red, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt red, matt 16 A, 250 V~, 50/60 Hz

Insert colour-coded.

white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

SCHUKO-socket outlets with safety device

on page T33

16 A, 250 V~ Neon lamp current 1,5 mA

on page T6

Packing unit

Overvoltage protection to EN 61643 and VDE 0675-6, -11 Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 with imprint with indicator LED for „on/error“ with acoustic fault signal with screw terminals

10 10 10 10 10

16 A, 250 V~ Neon lamp current 1,5 mA Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips. Replacement neon lamp unit see module inserts / accessories order no. 1609

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 with neon lamp unit with screw-in lift terminals 120

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 GLAS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

SCHUKO socket outlet with RCD protection switch

on page T60

white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 polar white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 polar white, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

4708 89 82

4708 89 89

SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover

on page T6

with imprint mounting orientation of insert selectable in 45° steps when opening hinged cover, it can be arrested in end position with screw terminals

Suitable for use according to DIN VDE 0100-410 Tested conform VDE 0664 (EN 61008) Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover and labelling field

to protect connected and downstream loads with plug-in terminals

SCHUKO-socket outlets 4751 89 82 4751 89 89 4751 19 09

on page T6

10 10 10

16 A, 250 V~ on page T6

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 with imprint with plug-in terminals

on page T6

4746 89 82

4746 89 89

4746 19 09

4746 16 06

4746 14 04

16 A, 250 V~

SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 polar white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 polar white, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 anthracite, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 aluminium, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

Through-wired socket outlets are also protected.

white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt

Specially suited for combining several socket outlets if right angle plugs are used.

16 A, 250 V~, 50/60 Hz Rated fault current 30 mA; Switch off time <= 30 ms; Short-circuit resistance 3 kA (with pre-fuse 20 AgL); Surge current firmness 250 A (8/20) µs

SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover

white, glossy, enhanced # 4144 89 82 contact protection IEC 60884-1 # 4144 89 89 polar white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 16 A, 250 V~

4708 19 09

Packing unit

4744 89 82

Specially suited for combining several socket outlets if right angle plugs are used.

4744 89 89

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips.

4744 19 09

4744 16 06

4744 14 04

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 with imprint mounting orientation of insert selectable in 45° steps when opening hinged cover, it can be arrested in end position with plug-in terminals

Barrier-free construction

16 A, 250 V~

SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover and scannable symbol socket outlet

Specially suited for combining several socket outlets if right angle plugs are used.

polar white, matt

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 with imprint mounting orientation of insert selectable in 45° steps when opening hinged cover, it can be arrested in end position with plug-in terminals "#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

4786 19 49

16 A, 250 V~ on page T6

An optical accentuation can be achieved by using a contrast frame order no. 1011 99 45

Barrier-free building based on DIN 18025 Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 for barrier-free construction with plug-in terminals 121

BERKER S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 GLAS Order no.

Packing unit

SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover and scannable symbol socket outlet polar white, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 on page T6

4744 19 49

Socket outlet with earth pin

16 A, 250 V~

An optical accentuation can be achieved by using a contrast frame order no. 1011 99 45

Barrier-free building based on DIN 18025 Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 for barrier-free construction mounting orientation of insert selectable in 45° steps when opening hinged cover, it can be arrested in end position with plug-in terminals

Socket outlets without earth contact Socket outlet without earth contact white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt polar white, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 anthracite, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 aluminium, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

on page T6

white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 polar white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 red, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 green, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 polar white, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 anthracite, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 aluminium, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 red, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 green, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

67 6576 89 82

67 6576 89 89

67 6576 89 62

67 6576 89 63

67 6576 19 09

67 6576 16 06

67 6576 14 04

67 6576 00 62

67 6576 00 63

61 6703 89 82 61 6703 89 89 61 6703 19 09 61 6733 19 09

10 10 10 10

61 6733 16 06

16 A, 250 V~

61 6733 14 04

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

16 A, 250 V~ Mirror depth 8 mm

Packing unit

Socket outlets with earth pin

Specially suited for combining several socket outlets if right angle plugs are used.

on page T6

Order no.

2pole + earth with screw-in lift terminals

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 2pole without spreader claws with plug-in terminals

122

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 GLAS Order no.

NEW

on page T6

Packing unit

red, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

NEW

Socket outlet with earth contact, USA/CANADA, NEMA 5-15 R white, glossy polar white, glossy

polar white, matt

* 67 6876 89 62

green, glossy, enhanced 67 6876 89 63 * contact protection IEC 60884-1

polar white, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

* 67 6876 19 09

anthracite, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

67 6876 16 06

aluminium, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

* 67 6876 14 04

red, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

* 67 6876 00 62

green, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

* 67 6876 00 63

15 A, 125 V~

* 4166 89 82 * 4166 89 89 * 4166 19 09

10 10 10

Not UL-certified. Equates to standard NEMA 5-15 R 2pole + earth without spreader claws with screw terminals NEW

Socket outlet with earth contact, USA/CANADA, NEMA 5-20 R white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white matt, lacquered

* 4168 89 82 * 4168 89 89 * 4168 19 09

10 10 10

20 A, 125 V~ Not UL-certified. Equates to standard NEMA 5-20 R 2pole + earth without spreader claws with screw terminals

16 A, 250 V~

Euro-American socket outlets

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

NEW

2pole + earth with plug-in terminals

British Standard socket outlets NEW

Packing unit

NEMA socket outlets

Socket outlet with earth pin white, glossy, enhanced * 67 6876 89 82 contact protection IEC 60884-1 polar white, glossy, * 67 6876 89 89 enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

Order no.

Socket outlet with earth contact, British Standard, can be switched off polar white, matt, with enhanced contact protection anthracite, matt, with enhanced contact protection

* 6347 19 09

* 6347 16 06

aluminium, matt, with enhanced contact protection

* 6347 14 04

Socket outlet without earth contact „Euro-American Standard“ polar white, matt, enhanced contact protection anthracite, matt, enhanced contact protection

* 33 4171 19 09

* 33 4171 16 06

aluminium, matt, enhanced contact protection

* 33 4171 14 04

10 A, 250 V~

13 A, 250 V~ Equates to standard BS 1363: Part 2.

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 2pole centre plate plug-in fixing without spreader claws with screw terminals

Not suitable as terminal box. Delivery including centre plate, surface-mounted frame and frame. For fitting in standard wall boxes according to DIN 49073-1 2pole + earth without neon lamp without spreader claws with screw terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

123

BERKER S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 GLAS Order no.

Packing unit

NEW

Chinese socket outlets NEW

Order no.

Socket outlet with earth contact, China polar white, matt, enhanced contact protection anthracite, matt, enhanced contact protection

* 33 4213 19 09

* 33 4213 16 06

aluminium, matt, enhanced contact protection

* 33 4213 14 04

* 51 6002 19 09

* 51 6002 16 06

aluminium, matt, with enhanced contact protection

* 51 6002 14 04

Covers for switches / push-buttons

Socket outlet with earth contact, China polar white, matt, enhanced contact protection anthracite, matt, enhanced contact protection

* 33 4214 19 09 33 4214 16 06

aluminium, matt, enhanced contact protection

* 33 4214 14 04

16 A, 250 V~

Rockers Rocker white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1620 89 82 1620 89 89 1620 19 09 1620 16 06 1620 14 04

10 10 10 10 10

for rocker switches change-over, intermediate for rocker push-buttons for push-button BCU 1gang and group push-button BCU 1gang

2pole + earth centre plate plug-in fixing without spreader claws with screw terminals

Rocker with labelling field

* 51 6001 19 09

white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

* 51 6001 16 06

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips for labelling with names, notes etc.

* 51 6001 14 04

Socket outlet with earth contact, „Indian Standard“ 10 A polar white, matt, with enhanced contact protection anthracite, matt, with enhanced contact protection aluminium, matt, with enhanced contact protection

polar white, matt, with enhanced contact protection anthracite, matt, with enhanced contact protection

2pole + earth centre plate plug-in fixing without spreader claws with screw-in lift terminals

2pole + earth centre plate plug-in fixing without spreader claws with screw terminals

NEW

Socket outlet with earth contact, „Indian Standard“ 16 A

16 A, 250 V~

10 A, 250 V~

NEW

Packing unit

10 A, 250 V~

2pole + earth centre plate plug-in fixing without spreader claws with screw-in lift terminals

1626 89 82 1626 89 89 1626 19 09 1626 16 06 1626 14 04

10 10 10 10 10

for rocker switches change-over, intermediate for rocker push-buttons for push-button BCU 1gang and group push-button BCU 1gang

Rocker with 5 lenses attached white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1621 89 82 1621 89 89 1621 19 09 1621 16 06 1621 14 04

10 10 10 10 10

Lenses with symbol for light, bell, door and neutral in clear, also neutral in red transparent. for rocker switches change-over, intermediate for rocker push-buttons for push-button BCU 1gang and group push-button BCU 1gang for illumination and monitoring circuit

124

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 GLAS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Rocker with red lens and „Heizung Notschalter“ imprint red, glossy red, matt

1621 89 02 1621 19 02

Rocker with imprint „0“ white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

10 10

Or use glass pane protected heating emergency switch from programme ranges Arsys, flush-mounted splash-protected IP44, Aquatec IP44.

Rocker with red lens and imprint „0“ white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

Rocker with 5 lenses attached and labelling field 10 10 10 10 10

Rotary switches Centre plate with rotary knob for rotary switch white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

Rocker with 5 lenses attached and large labelling field 1696 89 82 1696 89 89 1696 19 09 1696 16 06 1696 14 04

1150 89 82 1150 89 89 1150 19 09 1150 16 06 1150 14 04

1 1 1 1 1

For rotary switch order no. 3862 ..

10 10 10 10 10

Labelling field (w x h) approx. 50,8 x 25,5 mm Labelling field height arranged for 12 mm P-touch strips for labelling with names, notes etc. Lenses with symbol for light, bell, door and neutral in clear, also neutral in red transparent. for rocker switches change-over, intermediate for rocker push-buttons for push-button BCU 1gang and group push-button BCU 1gang for illumination and monitoring circuit

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

10 10 10 10 10

for multi-pole rocker switch with predefined 0 position for group push-button BCU 1gang for illumination and monitoring circuit

for rocker switches change-over, intermediate for rocker push-buttons for push-button BCU 1gang and group push-button BCU 1gang for illumination and monitoring circuit

white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1624 89 82 1624 89 89 1624 19 09 1624 16 06 1624 14 04

For rocker switch 2pole on/off order no. 3032 .. For rocker switch 3pole on/off order no. 3033 03

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips for labelling with names, notes etc. Lenses with symbol for light, bell, door and neutral in clear, also neutral in red transparent.

10 10 10 10 10

for multi-pole rocker switch with predefined 0 position

for rocker switches change-over, intermediate for rocker push-buttons for push-button BCU 1gang and group push-button BCU 1gang for monitoring circuit

1628 89 82 1628 89 89 1628 19 09 1628 16 06 1628 14 04

1622 89 82 1622 89 89 1622 19 09 1622 16 06 1622 14 04

For rocker switch 2pole on/off order no. 3032 .. For rocker switch 3pole on/off order no. 3033 03

Not suitable for heating systems > 50 kW.

white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

Packing unit

with imprint „0“ and „1“

Rockers Rockers white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1623 89 82 1623 89 89 1623 19 09 1623 16 06 1623 14 04

10 10 10 10 10

for rockers switches for rockers push-buttons and group rockers pushbuttons for push-button BCU 2gang and group push-button BCU 2gang

125

BERKER S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 GLAS Order no.

Packing unit

1627 89 82 1627 89 89 1627 19 09 1627 16 06 1627 14 04

10 10 10 10 10

for rockers switches for rockers push-buttons and group rockers pushbuttons for illumination and monitoring circuit for push-button BCU 2gang and group push-button BCU 2gang

Rockers for rockers switch 3gang on/off white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1665 89 82 1665 89 89 1665 19 09 1665 16 06 1665 14 04

10 10 10 10 10

For rockers switch 3gang on/off order no. 6330 23

Rockers with imprinted symbol arrow white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1625 89 82 1625 89 89 1625 19 09 1625 16 06 1625 14 04

10 10 10 10 10

For rockers switch for shutters order no. 3035 20 For rockers push-button for shutters order no. 5035 20 For push-button BCU 2gang order no. 7514 20 00

Rocker with imprinted symbol arrows white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1620 89 12 1620 89 19 1620 19 19 1620 16 16 1620 14 14

10 10 10 10 10

Rockers with imprinted symbol arrows 1644 89 82 1644 89 89 1644 19 09 1644 16 06 1644 14 04

10 10 10 10 10

For group rockers push-button as 2pole rockers push-button for shutters with middle positions order no. 5034 04 For group push-button BCU 2gang order no. 7514 21 00

126

Rocker screw-on polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1570 19 09 1570 16 06 1570 14 04

10 10 10

with cover plug for screw fitting for rocker switches change-over, intermediate for rocker push-buttons

Rocker screw-on with 5 lenses attached polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1572 19 09 1572 16 06 1572 14 04

10 10 10

Rocker screw-on with imprint „0“ polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1573 19 09 1573 16 06 1573 14 04

10 10 10

For rocker switch 2pole on/off order no. 3032 .. For rocker switch 3pole on/off order no. 3033 03

with cover plug for screw fitting for multi-pole rocker switch with predefined 0 position

Rocker screw-on with red lens and imprint „0“ polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1577 19 09 1577 16 06 1577 14 04

10 10 10

For rocker switch 2pole on/off order no. 3032 .. For rocker switch 3pole on/off order no. 3033 03

For group push-button BCU 1gang order no. 7514 11 00

white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

Packing unit

Rockers screw-on

Rockers with red lens white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

Order no.

with cover plug for screw fitting for multi-pole rocker switch with predefined 0 position for illumination and monitoring circuit

Rockers screw-on polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1571 19 09 1571 16 06 1571 14 04

10 10 10

with cover plug for screw fitting for rockers switches for rockers push-buttons and group rockers pushbuttons

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 GLAS Order no.

Packing unit

Barrier-free construction

Order no.

Packing unit

Hotel card switch

Rocker with 5 lenses attached and mouth-held rod

Hotel card switch cover with imprint and red lens

polar white, matt

white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1661 19 49

Lenses with symbol for light, bell, door and neutral in clear, also neutral in red transparent. An optical accentuation can be achieved by using a contrast frame order no. 1011 99 45

Rocker with red lens and touchable symbol light polar white, matt

1651 19 49

An optical accentuation can be achieved by using a contrast frame order no. 1011 99 45

on page T6

1640 89 82 1640 89 89 1640 19 09 1640 16 06 1640 14 04

10 10 10 10 10

Max. card width 54 mm; Card strength 0,5 - 1,4 mm Other imprint on request! For push-button insert for hotel card switch covers order no. 5051 02, 5051 03, 5052 01, 5056 01

Pullcord switches/pullcord push-buttons Centre plate for pullcord switch and pullcord push-button white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1146 89 82 1146 89 89 1146 19 09 1146 16 06 1146 14 04

10 10 10 10 10

For pullcord push-button order no. 3956 19 For pullcord switch order no. 3962, 3966, 6139 ..

3-step switches Centre plate with rotary knob for 3-step switch white, glossy, without 0-position

1084 89 82

polar white, glossy, without 0-position

1084 89 89

polar white, matt, without 0-position

1084 19 09

anthracite, matt, without 0-position

1084 16 06

aluminium, matt, without 0-position

1084 14 04

white, glossy, with neutral-position

1096 89 82

polar white, glossy, with neutral-position

1096 89 89

Rocker with red lens and touchable symbol door

polar white, matt, with neutral-position

1096 19 09

polar white, matt

anthracite, matt, with neutral-position

1096 16 06

aluminium, matt, with neutral-position

1096 14 04

Rocker with red lens and touchable symbol bell polar white, matt

1651 19 59

An optical accentuation can be achieved by using a contrast frame order no. 1011 99 45

Barrier-free building based on DIN 18025 for barrier-free construction for illuminated rocker push-buttons for push-button BCU 1gang

1651 19 69

An optical accentuation can be achieved by using a contrast frame order no. 1011 99 45

Barrier-free building based on DIN 18025 for barrier-free construction for illuminated rocker push-buttons for push-button BCU 1gang

For 3-step switch with 0-position order no. 3861 For 3-step switch without 0-position order no. 3861 01, 6138 61 01

with imprint

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

127

BERKER S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 GLAS Order no.

Packing unit

Rotary switches/rotary push-buttons for shutters Centre plate with rotary knob for rotary switch for shutters white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1080 89 82 1080 89 89 1080 19 09 1080 16 06 1080 14 04

1 1 1 1 1

Packing unit

Centre plate for key switch/key push-button for shutters white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1506 89 82 1506 89 89 1506 19 09 1506 16 06 1506 14 04

10 10 10 10 10

Profile half cylinders see module inserts. For key switch for shutters order no. 3822 10 For key push-button for shutters order no. 3831 10, 3832 10

Interlock disk for conversion to push-button see module inserts order no. 1861 Rotary switch for shutters order no. 3841, 3842

with imprint for profile half cylinders for master-key systems

with imprint

Key switches/key push-buttons for shutters Centre plate with lock for key switch for shutters white, glossy, key removable in mid position

Order no.

Key switches/key push-buttons

1081 89 82

polar white, glossy, key removable in mid position polar white, matt, key removable in mid position anthracite, matt, key removable in mid position aluminium, matt, key removable in mid position white, glossy, key removable in 3 positions

1081 89 89

1081 19 09

1081 16 06

1081 14 04

1082 89 82

polar white, glossy, key removable in 3 positions

1082 89 89

polar white, matt, key removable in 3 positions

1082 19 09

For key switch for shutters order no. 3851, 3852

with imprint with push lock function with 2 keys

Centre plate for key switch/key push-button white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1507 89 82 1507 89 89 1507 19 09 1507 16 06 1507 14 04

10 10 10 10 10

Profile half cylinders see module inserts. For key switch order no. 3826 10 For key push-button order no. 3856 20

for profile half cylinders for master-key systems

RCD protection switch RCD circuit breaker 50 x 50 mm centre plate for RCD protection switch white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt/velvety anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1493 02 1493 09 1493 19 09 1493 16 06 1493 14 04

1 1 1 1 1

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for 50 x 50 mm centre plate of the corresponding range.

Centre plate with lock for key switch for shutters

For RCD protection switch order no. 2844

white, glossy, key removable in mid position

1083 89 82

polar white, glossy, key removable in mid position polar white, matt, key removable in mid position

1083 89 89

1083 19 09

For key switch for shutters order no. 3851, 3852

with imprint only push-button function with 2 keys

128

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 GLAS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Blank plates

Packing unit

Centre plate for pilot lamp E14 white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

Blank plate with centre plate

1198 89 82 1198 89 89 1198 19 09 1198 16 06 1198 14 04

white, glossy, without spreader claws

1009 89 82

polar white, glossy, without spreader claws

1009 89 89

polar white, matt, without spreader claws

1009 19 09

anthracite, matt, without spreader claws

1009 16 06

aluminium, matt, without spreader claws

1009 14 04

white, glossy, with base and spreader claws

67 1009 89 82

transparent

polar white, glossy, with base and spreader claws polar white, matt, with base and spreader claws anthracite, matt, with base and spreader claws aluminium, matt, with base and spreader claws

67 1009 89 89

For LED orientation light order no. 2951 For LED signal light order no. 2952

67 1009 19 09

67 1009 16 06

LEDs, incandescent lamps and covers see module inserts. For pilot lamp E14 order no. 5131 02 NEW

* 1248 19 00

with printed labels „Bitte warten / Bitte eintreten“ and „Do not disturb / make up room“ with milky foil, for individual labelling

67 1009 14 04

on page T29

Blank plate with centre plate and screw-fixing 1009 89 12 1009 89 19 1009 19 19 1009 16 16 1009 14 14

20 20 10 10 10

on supporting plate with large cut-out for customised cut-outs or holes when installing special solutions space-saving for relays, etc. with cover plug for screw fitting without spreader claws

Pilot lamps Centre plate for push-button and pilot lamp E10 white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

Cover for LED orientation light and LED signal light

Info pilot lamp cover with 5 label sheets

on supporting plate without cut-out centre plate plug-in fixing

white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

10 10 10 10 10

1124 89 82 1124 89 89 1124 19 09 1124 16 06 1124 14 04

10 10 10 10 10

Cut-out diameter 27,2 mm Push-buttons, LEDs, neon lamps and covers see module inserts. For push-button and pilot lamp E10 order no. 5101 ..

white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1345 89 82 1345 89 89 1345 19 09 1345 16 06 1345 14 04

1 1 1 1 1

Current input 25 mA; LED output 800 mW Labels supplied: „Nicht eintreten“, „Besetzt“, „Bitte eintreten“, „Bitte Ruhe“, „Bitte warten“. Coloured cover plate see module inserts order no. 1289 .. For insert info pilot lamp order no. 2949

with 4 light intensity LED very long LED lifetime with clear cover plate

Intercom device Centre plate for voice section insert polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1733 19 09 1733 16 06 1733 14 04

1 1 1

The Ritto flush-mounted intercom insert and control insert are installed in 2 wall boxes. The control insert with integral TwinBus coupling unit is covered with a 2gang push-button. Operation at the push-button: talk, mute, switch light, open door. For double combinations an additional 2gang pushbutton is required, order no. 7516 ..

Flush-mounting inserts for intercom points for switch systems: Ritto, TwinBus, order no. 17133/00 with microphone and loudspeaker with labelling field insert for push-button 2gang printed with symbols for talk and open door

centre plate plug-in fixing

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

129

BERKER S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 GLAS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

timers

Easy timer with display

Timer switches

white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

Centre plate with setting knob for mechanical timer

1735 89 82 1735 89 89 1735 19 09 1735 16 06 1735 14 04

1 1 1 1 1

white, glossy, max. 15 minutes

1632 89 82

polar white, glossy, max. 15 minutes

1632 89 89

polar white, matt, max. 15 minutes

1632 19 09

Per programme block 2 switching times for „on/off“; Power reserve approx. 4 hrs., maintenance-free; Operating temperature 5 - 35 °C

anthracite, matt, max. 15 minutes

1632 16 06

For manual and timer programmed switching of electrical loads.

aluminium, matt, max. 15 minutes

1632 14 04

white, glossy, max. 120 minutes

1633 89 82

polar white, glossy, max. 120 minutes

1633 89 89

polar white, matt, max. 120 minutes

1633 19 09

anthracite, matt, max. 120 minutes

1633 16 06

aluminium, matt, max. 120 minutes

1633 14 04

on page T7

For insert for timer order no. 2948

Timer with display

Mechanical timer 15 minutes order no. 2040 Mechanical timer 120 minutes order no. 2041

with time scale imprint

Centre plate with push-button for timer relay switch insert white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1674 89 82 1674 89 89 1674 19 09 1674 16 06 1674 14 04

Axial dimension diameter 4 mm For timer relay switch insert order no. 2948 10

with imprint with clear lens

130

Packing unit

10 10 10 10 10

on page T7

white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1736 89 82 1736 89 89 1736 19 09 1736 16 06 1736 14 04

1 1 1 1 1

Switching times 18 for on/off; Random generator +/- 15 min.; Astronomic time shift +/- 2 hrs.; Power reserve approx. 24 hrs.; Countdown function 0 - 23 hrs. 59 min. For manual and timer programmed switching of electrical loads. For insert for timer order no. 2948

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 GLAS Order no.

Packing unit

on page T7

1738 89 82 1738 89 89 1738 19 09 1738 16 06 1738 14 04

1 1 1 1 1

Centre plate with setting knob for speed controller white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1137 89 22 1137 89 29 1137 19 29 1137 16 26 1137 14 24

10 10 10 10 10

Axial dimension diameter 4 mm For speed controller order no. 2968 01

For manual and timer programmed switching of electrical loads.

with imprinted symbol curve

For RolloTec brightness sensors order no. 0169, 0184 For insert for timer order no. 2948

Rotary dimmers

Universal series touch dimmers NEW

Button for universal series touch dimmer white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt

on page T10

aluminium, matt

* 1765 89 82 * 1765 89 89 * 1765 19 09 * 1765 16 06 * 1765 14 04

1 1 1 1 1

For universal series touch dimmer order no. 2901

for 2 independent lighting groups with 2-push-buttons operation concept per series

BLC Berker Light Control Buttons

Centre plate with setting knob for rotary dimmer white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

Packing unit

Speed controllers

Timer with display and sensor connection white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

Order no.

1137 89 82 1137 89 89 1137 19 09 1137 16 06 1137 14 04

BLC button 10 10 10 10 10

Axial dimension diameter 4 mm For rotary dimmer order no. 2819 .., 2830 10, 2860 10, 2875, 2885 For universal rotary dimmer order no. 2861 10 For universal rotary dimmer extension unit order no. 2862 10 For rotary dimmer LV order no. 2866 10, 2873 For Tronic rotary dimmer order no. 2867 10, 2874 For rotary potentiometer 1-10 V order no. 2891 10 For push-button rotary potentiometer 1-10 V order no. 2896 10 For rotary potentiometer DALI order no. 2897 For rotary potentiometer DALI with integrated power supply unit order no. 2898

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

on page T12

white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1761 89 82 1761 89 89 1761 19 09 1761 16 06 1761 14 04

1 1 1 1 1

For BLC universal touch dimmer order no. 2902 For BLC touch control unit 1-10 V order no. 2903 For BLC touch dimmer LV order no. 2904 For BLC triac switch insert LV order no. 2905 for BLC relay switch insert order no. 2906 For BLC relay switch insert with potential-free contact order no. 2906 10 For BLC extension unit order no 2907 For BLC relay switch insert HVAC order no. 2912 For magnetic contact order no. 2916, 2934 10

with 2-push-buttons operation concept start-up brightness will be stored safe after power failure with BLC relay switch insert HVAC used as timer as well

131

BERKER S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 GLAS Order no.

Packing unit

Radio buttons

Order no.

BLC Controllers BLC radio button

on page T12

Packing unit

white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

BLC controller 180 1760 89 82 1760 89 89 1760 19 09 1760 16 06 1760 14 04

1 1 1 1 1

Radio signal reception frequency 433,42 MHz; Learnable radio transmitters 30 Extension unit operation with BLC extension unit and push-button (NO) possible as of release R2.1. For actuation via button and radio transmitter. For BLC universal touch dimmer order no. 2902 For BLC touch control unit 1-10 V order no. 2903 For BLC touch dimmer LV order no. 2904 For BLC triac switch insert LV order no. 2905 for BLC relay switch insert order no. 2906 For BLC relay switch insert with potential-free contact order no. 2906 10 For BLC relay switch insert HVAC order no. 2912 For BLC Tronic switch insert order no. 2916

on page T15

white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1783 89 82 1783 89 89 1783 19 09 1783 16 06 1783 14 04

1 1 1 1 1

U with cover to limit detection angle to 90°

132

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 GLAS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

BLC controller 180 comfort with slide switch for off/automatic/on

on page T15

white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1784 89 82 1784 89 89 1784 19 09 1784 16 06 1784 14 04

1 1 1 1 1

Nominal mounting height 1,1 m; Range frontal approx. 10 m; Range lateral each approx. 6 m; Detection field semi-oval shaped approx. 10 x 12 m; Detection angle 180 °; Detection levels 2; Switching segments 72; Response sensitivity programmable approx. 20 - 100 % ; Response brightness adjustable approx. 0 - 80 / unlimited Lux; Delay time adjustable approx. 10 sec.- 30 min. ; Time to dim down 30 sec.; Step operation 0,5 sec.; Immunity time approx. 3 sec.; Operating temperature -20 - +45 °C; Dimensions assembling height 23,5 mm Direct sunlight penetration the upward-pointing detection plane results in failure of the movement controller. Only suitable for interiors! Switches on for the duration of the delay time set on the controller in case minimum response brightness level is infringed and if movement of people is detected. In conjunction with a BLC relay switch unit HVAC, the HVAC-channel is also switched on for the duration of its delay time independent of response brightness. For BLC universal touch dimmer order no. 2902 For BLC touch control unit 1-10 V order no. 2903 For BLC touch dimmer LV order no. 2904 For BLC triac switch insert LV order no. 2905 for BLC relay switch insert order no. 2906 For BLC relay switch insert with potential-free contact order no. 2906 10 For BLC controller extension unit order no. 2908 For BLC relay switch insert HVAC order no. 2912 For BLC Tronic switch insert order no. 2916 For BLC stair light time switching impulse insert order no. 2934 10

Packing unit

BLC controller 180

on page T15

white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1786 89 82 1786 89 89 1786 19 09 1786 16 06 1786 14 04

1 1 1 1 1

Nominal mounting height 2,2 m; Range frontal approx. 12 m; Range lateral each approx. 6 m; At assembly height 1,1 m; Range frontal approx. 6 m; Range lateral each approx. 3 m; Detection field semi-oval shaped approx. 12 x 12 m; Detection angle 180 °; Detection levels 3; Switching segments 104; Response sensitivity programmable approx. 20 - 100 % ; Response brightness adjustable approx. 0 - 80 / unlimited Lux; Delay time approx. 2 min.; Operating temperature -20 - +45 °C; Dimensions assembling height 23,5 mm Switches on for the duration of the controller delay time in case minimum response brightness level is infringed and if movement of people is detected. In conjunction with a BLC relay switch unit HVAC, the HVAC-channel is also switched on for the duration of its delay time independent of response brightness. For BLC universal touch dimmer order no. 2902 For BLC touch control unit 1-10 V order no. 2903 For BLC touch dimmer LV order no. 2904 For BLC triac switch insert LV order no. 2905 for BLC relay switch insert order no. 2906 For BLC relay switch insert with potential-free contact order no. 2906 10 For BLC controller extension unit order no. 2908 For BLC relay switch insert HVAC order no. 2912 For BLC Tronic switch insert order no. 2916 For BLC stair light time switching impulse insert order no. 2934 10

V with cover to limit detection angle to 90°

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

133

BERKER S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 GLAS Order no.

Packing unit

BLC controller 180 comfort with slide switch for off/automatic/on

on page T15

white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1787 89 82 1787 89 89 1787 19 09 1787 16 06 1787 14 04

Switches on for the duration of the delay time set on the controller in case minimum response brightness level is infringed and if movement of people is detected. In conjunction with a BLC relay switch unit HVAC, the HVAC-channel is also switched on for the duration of its delay time independent of response brightness. For BLC universal touch dimmer order no. 2902 For BLC touch control unit 1-10 V order no. 2903 For BLC touch dimmer LV order no. 2904 For BLC triac switch insert LV order no. 2905 for BLC relay switch insert order no. 2906 For BLC relay switch insert with potential-free contact order no. 2906 10 For BLC controller extension unit order no. 2908 For BLC relay switch insert HVAC order no. 2912 For BLC Tronic switch insert order no. 2916 For BLC stair light time switching impulse insert order no. 2934 10

Packing unit

Thermostats NEW

1 1 1 1 1

134

Order no.

Room thermostat with NC contact, centre plate, rocker switch and LED white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt

on page T34

anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

* 2030 89 82 * 2030 89 89 * 2030 19 09 * 2030 16 06 * 2030 14 04

1 1 1 1 1

5 - 30 °C, 50/60 Hz Rated voltage 250 V~; Switching current 10 A; Inductive load at cos φ 0,6 max. 4 A; Switching temperature difference approx. 0,5 °C; Night lowering approx. 4 °C Neutral conductor necessary! If the pre-set temperature is reached the contact opens. Replacement centre plate order no. 1671 1.., 1671 89 .. Suitable valve drive order no. 7590 00 76

Room thermostat 24 V with NC contact, centre plate, rocker switch and LED white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt

on page T34

anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

* 2031 89 82 * 2031 89 89 * 2031 19 09 * 2031 16 06 * 2031 14 04

1 1 1 1 1

5 - 30 °C, 50/60 Hz Rated voltage 24 V~; Switching current 10 A~; Rated voltage 24 V=; Switching current 4 A=; Switching temperature difference approx. 0,5 °C; Night lowering approx. 4 °C If the pre-set temperature is reached the contact opens. Replacement centre plate order no. 1671 1.., 1671 89 .. Suitable valve drive order no. 7590 00 77

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 GLAS Order no.

NEW

Room thermostat with change-over and centre plate white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt

on page T34

Packing unit

anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

* 2026 89 82 * 2026 89 89 * 2026 19 09 * 2026 16 06 * 2026 14 04

polar white, matt

anthracite, matt

on page T34

polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1 1 1 1 1

10 - 50 °C, 50/60 Hz Rated voltage 250 V~; Switching current 10 A; Switching temperature difference approx. 1 °C; Night lowering approx. 5 °C; Sensor cable length 4 m Neutral conductor necessary! If the pre-set temperature is reached the contact closes. Replacement floor temperature sensor / remote sensor order no. 0161 Replacement centre plate order no. 1672 1.., 1672 89 .. Suitable valve drive order no. 7590 00 76

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

1 1 1 1 1

0 - 40 °C, 50/60 Hz Rated voltage 230 V~; Switching current 8 A; Inductive load at cos φ 0,6 max. 2 A; Switching temperature difference approx. 0,5 °C; Time ranges 6 per day/week

Suitable floor temperature sensor / remote sensor order no. 0161 Replacement centre plate order no. 1116 1.., 1116 89 .. Suitable valve drive order no. 7590 00 76

Replacement centre plate order no. 1670 1.., 1670 89 .. Suitable valve drive order no. 7590 00 76

* 2034 89 82 * 2034 89 89 * 2034 19 09 * 2034 16 06 * 2034 14 04

aluminium, matt

* 2043 89 82 * 2043 89 89 * 2043 19 09 * 2043 16 06 * 2043 14 04

Neutral conductor necessary!

If the pre-set temperature is reached the contact changes.

white, glossy polar white, glossy

on page T35

Packing unit

Thermostat time-controlled with NO contact and centre plate white, glossy polar white, glossy

Neutral conductor necessary!

Floor thermostat with NO contact, centre plate, rocker switch, 2 LEDs and floor temperature sensor

NEW

1 1

NEW

Order no.

Centre plate with setting knob, rocker and lens for room thermostat with NC contact white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1671 89 82 1671 89 89 1671 19 09 1671 16 06 1671 14 04

1 1 1 1 1

Replacement demand for order no. 2030 1.., 2030 89 8.., 2031 1.., 2031 89 8..

with imprint setting knob with temperature range limitation

135

BERKER S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 GLAS Order no.

Packing unit

1670 89 82 1670 89 89 1670 19 09 1670 16 06 1670 14 04

1 1 1 1 1

Replacement demand for order no. 2026 1.., 2026 89 8..

Comfort buttons RolloTec button comfort

on page T37

with imprint setting knob with temperature range limitation

1672 89 82 1672 89 89 1672 19 09 1672 16 06 1672 14 04

1 1 1 1 1

Centre plate for thermostat time-controlled 1 1 1 1 1

Replacement demand for order no. 2043 1.., 2043 89 8..

with imprint

Sensor insert Central plate for sensor insert white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt/velvety anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

7594 04 02 7594 04 09 7594 04 89 7594 04 85 7594 04 83

1 1 1 1 1

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. Labelling field not usable.

Sensor insert order no. 7594 10 01

with slots for air circulation for e.g. temperature sensor PT100

136

1 1 1 1 1

Learnable running time 0,5 sec.- 2 min.; Lamella adjustment with signal < 1 sec.; Self-sustaining for 2 min. with signal > 1 - 4 sec.

RolloTec button comfort with sensor connection

with imprint setting knob with temperature range limitation

1116 89 82 1116 89 89 1116 19 09 1116 16 06 1116 14 04

1770 89 82 1770 89 89 1770 19 09 1770 16 06 1770 14 04

Replacement demand for order no. 2034 1.., 2034 89 8..

white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

Centre plate with setting knob, rocker and lenses for floor temperature thermostat white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

Packing unit

RolloTec

Centre plate with setting knob for room thermostat with change-over contact white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

Order no.

on page T37

white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1771 89 82 1771 89 89 1771 19 09 1771 16 06 1771 14 04

1 1 1 1 1

with lock-out protection e.g. for shutter control terrace door activation of lock-out protection in upper end pos. via buttons in „up“ direction min. 3 secs. with indicator LED for lock-out protection brightnesses individually adjustable on brightness sensor surface-mounted, the taught-in running time for sun protection movement is used no twilight sensor function for sensor connection to socket contact or terminal block

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 GLAS Order no.

Packing unit

Radio buttons

Order no.

Memory buttons RolloTec radio button

on page T37

white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

RolloTec memory button 1758 89 82 1758 89 89 1758 19 09 1758 16 06 1758 14 04

1 1 1 1 1

Radio signal reception frequency 433,42 MHz; Learnable radio transmitters 30 ; Lamella adjustment with signal < 1 sec.; Self-sustaining for 2 min. with signal > 1 sec.

on page T37

Lamella adjustment with signal < 1 sec.; Self-sustaining for 2 min. with signal > 1 sec.; Storage of „up/down“ time with signal > 3,5 sec.

RolloTec memory button with sensor connection

RolloTec radio button with sensor connection 1 1 1 1 1

Radio signal reception frequency 433,42 MHz; Learnable radio transmitters 30; Brightness value sun approx. 5 - 80 kLux; Lamella adjustment with signal < 1 sec.; Self-sustaining for 2 min. with signal > 1 sec. For actuation via button and radio transmitter. For RolloTec brightness sensors order no. 0169, 0184 For RolloTec glass breakage sensor order no. 0170 For RolloTec adapter for sensors order no. 0171 For RolloTec standard insert without neutral conductor connection order no. 2911 For RolloTec standard insert order no. 2925 For Rollotec comfort insert order no. 2975 For RolloTec comfort insert for direct current drives order no. 2975 01 For magnetic contact order no. 9251 ..

with 5 light scenes for „open/close“ retrieving light scenes only by using radio transmitter brightness value for sunblind individually adjustable no twilight sensor function for sensor connection to socket contact or terminal block

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

1 1 1 1 1

with 5 light scenes for „open/close“ retrieving light scenes only by using radio transmitter

1759 89 82 1759 89 89 1759 19 09 1759 16 06 1759 14 04

1756 89 82 1756 89 89 1756 19 09 1756 16 06 1756 14 04

For manual and timer programmed running of awnings, shutters and blinds.

white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

Stored „up“ and/or „down“ time is run daily in automatic operation.

For actuation via button and radio transmitter.

on page T37

Packing unit

on page T37

white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1757 89 82 1757 89 89 1757 19 09 1757 16 06 1757 14 04

1 1 1 1 1

Brightness value sun approx. 20 kLux; Lamella adjustment with signal < 1 sec.; Self-sustaining for 2 min. with signal > 1 sec.; Storage of „up/down“ time with signal > 3,5 sec. Stored „up“ and/or „down“ time is run daily in automatic operation. For manual and timer programmed running of awnings, shutters and blinds. For RolloTec brightness sensors order no. 0169, 0184 For RolloTec glass breakage sensor order no. 0170 For RolloTec adapter for sensors order no. 0171 For RolloTec standard insert without neutral conductor connection order no. 2911 For RolloTec standard insert order no. 2925 For Rollotec comfort insert order no. 2975 For RolloTec comfort insert for direct current drives order no. 2975 01 For magnetic contact order no. 9251 ..

no twilight sensor function for sensor connection to socket contact or terminal block

137

BERKER S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 GLAS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Timer switches

RolloTec timer comfort with display RolloTec easy timer with display

on page T37

white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1762 89 82 1762 89 89 1762 19 09 1762 16 06 1762 14 04

1 1 1 1 1

Operation times 2 up/down; Power reserve approx. 6 hrs., maintenance-free; Lamella adjustment with signal < 1 sec.; Self-sustaining for 2 min. with signal > 1 sec. No extension units and sensor signals or central commands will be processed. For manual and timer programmed running of awnings, shutters and blinds. For RolloTec standard insert without neutral conductor connection order no. 2911 For RolloTec standard insert order no. 2925 For Rollotec comfort insert order no. 2975 For RolloTec comfort insert for direct current drives order no. 2975 01

138

Packing unit

on page T37

white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1774 89 82 1774 89 89 1774 19 09 1774 16 06 1774 14 04

1 1 1 1 1

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 GLAS Order no.

Packing unit

on page T37

1775 89 82 1775 89 89 1775 19 09 1775 16 06 1775 14 04

Packing unit

Intermediate rings

RolloTec timer comfort with display and sensor connection white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

Order no.

NEW

1 1 1 1 1

white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

* 1109 90 82 * 1109 90 89 1109 19 19 1109 16 16 1109 14 14

10 10 10 10 10

Attention! Not suitable for Berker central plates. For centre plate as per DIN 49075 for other centre plates with external size 50 x 50 mm and SCHUKO socket outlet

Intermediate ring for central plate white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

For manual and timer programmed running of awnings, shutters and blinds. For RolloTec brightness sensors order no. 0169, 0184 For RolloTec glass breakage sensor order no. 0170 For RolloTec adapter for sensors order no. 0171 For RolloTec standard insert without neutral conductor connection order no. 2911 For RolloTec standard insert order no. 2925 For Rollotec comfort insert order no. 2975 For RolloTec comfort insert for direct current drives order no. 2975 01 For magnetic contact order no. 9251 ..

Adapter ring for centre plate 50 x 50 mm

1109 89 82 1109 89 89 1109 19 09 1109 16 06 1109 14 04

10 10 10 10 10

labelling field latchable

Labelling fields Labelling field for flush installation in intermediate ring for central plate white, glossy polar white, glossy

1905 00 02 1905 00 69

10 10

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips.

Signalling and command units NEW

Central plate for transmitting and control device Ø 18.8 mm white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt/velvety anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1431 02 1431 09 1431 19 09

10 10 10

1431 16 06 1431 14 04

10 10

Screw distance 36 mm Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. Suitable for installation of equipotential bonding built-in socket order no. 4604

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

139

BERKER S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 GLAS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Centre plate for signalling and control device Ø 18.8 mm

Centre plate for signalling and control device Ø 22.5 mm

polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt yellow, matt

1063 19 09 1063 16 06 1063 14 04

10 10 10

Screw distance 36 mm

TV/audio Central plate for XLR round connectors D series

with supporting plate with cut-out dia. 18.8 mm without spreader claws

Central plate for signalling and control device Ø 22.5 mm

anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1432 02 1432 09 1432 07 1432 19 09

10 10 10 10

1432 16 06 1432 14 04

10 10

Screw distance 36 mm Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. Signalling and command units: Kraus-Naimer; Lumitas; Schlegel; Overvoltage protection devices: Dehn, order no. NM DK 280; OBO-Bettermann, order no. KNS/IS-D with supporting plate with cut-out dia. 22.5 mm without spreader claws

140

10 10 10 10

Circular plug-in connector: Amphenol-Tuchel; Binder; Cannon; Farnell; Hirose; Hirschmann; Lumberg; Monacor; RS Components; Extra low voltage jack: PRO-CAR

white, glossy polar white, glossy yellow, glossy polar white, matt/velvety

1062 19 09 1062 16 06 1062 14 04 1062 19 07

Screw distance 36 mm

Suitable for installation of equipotential bonding built-in socket order no. 4604

NEW

Packing unit

white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt/velvety anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1412 02 1412 09 1412 19 09 1412 16 06 1412 14 04

10 10 10 10 10

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 GLAS Order no.

Packing unit

Centre plate for loudspeaker socket outlet and miniature connector insert white, glossy, 1gang, 1 knock out opening

1196 89 82

polar white, glossy, 1gang, 1 knock out opening polar white, matt, 1gang, 1 knock out opening

1196 89 89

1196 19 09

anthracite, matt, 1gang, 1 knock out opening

1196 16 06

aluminium, matt, 1gang, 1 knock out opening

1196 14 04

# 1197 89 82 # 1197 89 89

10 10

polar white, matt, 2gang # 1197 19 09 anthracite, matt, 2gang # 1197 16 06 aluminium, matt, 2gang # 1197 14 04

10 10 10

white, glossy, 2gang polar white, glossy, 2gang

Order no.

Packing unit

Central plate for aerial socket 4-hole white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt/velvety anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1484 02 1484 09 1484 19 09 1484 16 06 1484 14 04

10 10 10 10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. For aerial socket 4-hole single box order no. 4594

Aerial sockets: Ankaro; Astro; Axing; Delta; Schwaiger with 2 additional SAT outputs (F-sockets)

Central plate for broadband modem box For miniature connector insert order no. 4505 For stereo loudspeaker socket outlet order no. 4505 01 For loudspeaker socket outlet High End order no. 4505 02 For BNC/TNC connector insert order no. 4577, 4579

white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt/velvety anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

Centre plate for aerial socket 1-hole

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1499 89 82 1499 89 89 1499 19 09 1499 16 06 1499 14 04

10 10 10 10 10

Centre plate for aerial socket 2- and 3-hole white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1203 89 82 1203 89 89 1203 19 09 1203 16 06 1203 14 04

10 10 10 10 10

with knock out SAT input

1439 02 1439 09 1439 19 09 1439 16 06 1439 14 04

10 10 10 10 10

Broadband modem socket: Wisi with additional multimedia output

Data-/telecommunications Centre plate for cable outlet and VDo connection box white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1019 89 82 1019 89 89 1019 19 09 1019 16 06 1019 14 04

10 10 10 10 10

For cable outlet order no. 4468, 4470

VDo connection boxes: Rutenbeck with outlet

Central plate for aerial socket 4-hole white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt/velvety anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1483 02 1483 09 1483 19 09 1483 16 06 1483 14 04

10 10 10 10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. Aerial sockets: Hirschmann with 2 additional SAT outputs (F-sockets)

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

141

BERKER S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 GLAS Order no.

Packing unit

Centre plate for TAE socket outlet and loudspeaker connection box polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1033 19 09 1033 16 06 1033 14 04

10 10 10

EAD socket outlets: Drivex; Fröhlich + Walter; Intracom; TAE and FCC overvoltage protection sockets: Dehn; FCC socket outlets: Dätwyler; Rutenbeck 2 knock out openings

Centre plate for TAE socket outlet and loudspeaker connection box 1033 89 12 1033 89 19

Packing unit

Central plate for TAE socket outlet 6/6FF and 6/6NF and loudspeaker connection box

white, glossy polar white, glossy

Order no.

10 10

EAD socket outlets: Drivex; Fröhlich + Walter; Intracom; TAE and FCC overvoltage protection sockets: Dehn; FCC socket outlets: Dätwyler; Rutenbeck

1458 02 white, glossy 1458 09 polar white, glossy polar white, matt/velvety # 1458 19 09 # 1458 16 06 anthracite, matt # 1458 14 04 aluminium, matt

10 10 10 10 10

EAD socket outlets: Drivex; Fröhlich + Walter; Intracom; TAE and FCC overvoltage protection sockets: Dehn; FCC socket outlets: Dätwyler; Rutenbeck for USB data interface flush-mounted 1 knock out opening

Centre plate for PTT socket outlet „Netherlands“ white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

61 1036 89 82 61 1036 89 89 61 1036 19 09 61 1036 16 06 61 1036 14 04

10 10 10 10 10

universal for standard commercially available PTT socket outlets

Central plate for TAE socket outlet 6F+N # 1457 02 white, glossy # 1457 09 polar white, glossy polar white, matt/velvety # 1457 19 09 # 1457 16 06 anthracite, matt

10 10 10 10

aluminium, matt

1457 16 06 §10§ 10

1457 14 04 §10§ 10

# 1457 14 04

Not suitable for combining with other DALI sensors or centres. Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. For TAE socket outlet order no. 4487 ..

142

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 GLAS Order no.

Packing unit

Centre plate for RTT socket outlet „Belgium“ white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

67 1103 89 82 67 1103 89 89 67 1103 19 09 67 1103 16 06 67 1103 14 04

10 10 10 10 10

For RTT socket outlet order no. BERT T0 1

Centre plate for FCC socket outlet white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1407 89 82 1407 89 89 1407 19 09 1407 16 06 1407 14 04

10 10 10 10 10

For FCC socket outlet order no. 4538, 4568 For FCC socket outlet shielded order no. 4554, 4586, 4590

FCC socket outlets: Ackermann; AMP; BTR; Crack-IT; Rutenbeck; Telegärtner; Telena with 45° oblique outlet for 1gang socket outlet cat.3, cat.5e and cat.6

Central plate for FCC socket outlet 1468 02 white, glossy 1468 09 polar white, glossy polar white, matt/velvety # 1468 19 09 # 1468 16 06 anthracite, matt # 1468 14 04 aluminium, matt

10 10 10 10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

For FCC socket outlet order no. 4538, 4568 For FCC socket outlet shielded order no. 4554, 4586, 4590

FCC socket outlets: Ackermann; AMP; BTR; Crack-IT; Rutenbeck; Telegärtner; Telena with 45° oblique outlet for 1gang socket outlet cat.3, cat.5e and cat.6

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Order no.

Packing unit

Centre plate for FCC/E-DAT design/Telekom ISDN socket outlet white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1409 89 82 1409 89 89 1409 19 09 1409 16 06 1409 14 04

10 10 10 10 10

For FCC socket outlet order no. 4539, 4562, 4592 For FCC socket outlet shielded order no. 4555, 4587, 4591

Central plate FCC/E-DAT design/Telekom ISDN socket outlet 1469 02 white, glossy 1469 09 polar white, glossy polar white, matt/velvety # 1469 19 09 # 1469 16 06 anthracite, matt # 1469 14 04 aluminium, matt

10 10 10 10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

For FCC socket outlet order no. 4539, 4562, 4592 For FCC socket outlet shielded order no. 4555, 4587, 4591

143

BERKER S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 GLAS Order no.

Packing unit

Central plate for FCC and Telekom ISDN socket outlet (IAE) # 1429 02 white, glossy # 1429 09 polar white, glossy polar white, matt/velvety # 1429 19 09 # 1429 16 06 anthracite, matt # 1429 14 04 aluminium, matt

Order no.

Packing unit

Central plate for FCC/IAE/Telekom ISDN socket outlet 10 10 10 10 10

# 1467 02 white, glossy # 1467 09 polar white, glossy polar white, matt/velvety # 1467 19 09 # 1467 16 06 anthracite, matt # 1467 14 04 aluminium, matt

10 10 10 10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

ISDN socket outlets (ZE Kommunikationstechnik): Telekom; FCC socket outlets: Telena; ZE Kommunikationstechnik with 25° oblique outlet for 2gang socket outlet cat.3

ISDN socket outlets (BTR): Telekom; FCC socket outlets: BTR; EFB Electronic; Farnell; Fröhlich + Walter; Krone; Monacor; Telena with 45° oblique outlet for 2gang socket outlet cat.3

Central plate for FCC and Telekom ISDN socket outlet (IAE) # 1430 02 white, glossy # 1430 09 polar white, glossy polar white, matt/velvety # 1430 19 09 # 1430 16 06 anthracite, matt # 1430 14 04 aluminium, matt

10 10 10 10 10

# 1478 02 white, glossy # 1478 09 polar white, glossy polar white, matt/velvety # 1478 19 09 # 1478 16 06 anthracite, matt # 1478 14 04 aluminium, matt

10 10 10 10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

Central plate for FCC/IAE/FCC-DAT 300E socket outlet # 1446 02 white, glossy # 1446 09 polar white, glossy polar white, matt/velvety # 1446 19 09 # 1446 16 06 anthracite, matt # 1446 14 04 aluminium, matt

Central plate for FCC-DAT 300E socket outlet

FCC socket outlets: BTR; Farnell; Fröhlich + Walter; Krone; Schumann; Telena with 45° oblique outlet for 2gang socket outlet cat.6

Central plate for E-DAT plus socket outlet with labelling field # 1413 02 white, glossy # 1413 09 polar white, glossy polar white, matt/velvety # 1413 19 09 # 1413 16 06 anthracite, matt # 1413 14 04 aluminium, matt

10 10 10 10 10

144

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 GLAS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Packing unit

Central plate for FCC socket outlet # 1420 02 white, glossy # 1420 09 polar white, glossy polar white, matt/velvety # 1420 19 09 # 1420 16 06 anthracite, matt # 1420 14 04 aluminium, matt

10 10 10 10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. FCC socket outlets: Ackermann; CobiNet; Quante; Telena with 45° oblique outlet 1 knock out opening for 1gang or 2gang socket outlet cat.3

Central plate for EMJ45 socket outlet # 1422 02 white, glossy # 1422 09 polar white, glossy polar white, matt/velvety # 1422 19 09 # 1422 16 06 anthracite, matt # 1422 14 04 aluminium, matt

10 10 10 10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. FCC socket outlets: Telegärtner; Telena with 45° oblique outlet for 1gang or 2gang socket outlet cat.5e

Central plate for VAD socket outlet with labelling field # 1423 02 white, glossy # 1423 09 polar white, glossy polar white, matt/velvety # 1423 19 09 # 1423 16 06 anthracite, matt # 1423 14 04 aluminium, matt

10 10 10 10 10

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

145

BERKER S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 GLAS Order no.

Packing unit

NEW

Central plate for FCC socket outlet # 1419 02 white, glossy # 1419 09 polar white, glossy polar white, matt/velvety # 1419 19 09 # 1419 16 06 anthracite, matt # 1419 14 04 aluminium, matt

Order no.

10 10 10 10 10

anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

146

1472 16 06 1472 14 04

10 10

Centre plate for 1 or 2 single modules Reichle&De-Massari with labelling field polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

# 1533 19 09 # 1533 16 06 # 1533 14 04

10 10 10

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips. Modules: Reichle&De-Massari with supporting plate for connecting modules RJ45 cat.5e and cat.6 for fibre-optic modules with 30° oblique outlet without spreader claws

10 10 10 10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

10 10 10

Modules: Reichle&De-Massari with supporting plate for connecting modules RJ45 cat.5e and cat.6 for fibre-optic modules with 30° oblique outlet without spreader claws

Central plate for 3 MINI-COM modules 1427 02 1427 09 1427 19 09 1427 16 06 1427 14 04

1472 02 1472 09 1472 19 09

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt/velvety anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

Central plate for 1 or 2 single modules Reichle&De-Massari white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt/velvety

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

Packing unit

NEW

Central plate for double modules Reichle&De-Massari white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt/velvety anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1461 02 1461 09 1461 19 09

10 10 10

# 1461 16 06 # 1461 14 04

10 10

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 GLAS Order no.

Packing unit

Centre plate for double module Reichle&De-Massari with labelling field polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

# 1511 19 09 # 1511 16 06 # 1511 14 04

10 10 10

Modules: Diamond; Reichle&De-Massari with supporting plate for connecting modules RJ45 cat.5e and cat.6 for fibre-optic modules with 30° oblique outlet without spreader claws

Central plate for AMP modular jacks white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt/velvety anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1463 02 1463 09 1463 19 09

10 10 10

1463 16 06 1463 14 04

10 10

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Packing unit

Centre plate for AMP modular jacks with labelling field

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips.

NEW

Order no.

polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

# 1512 19 09 # 1512 16 06 # 1512 14 04

10 10 10

Indexing dimension (W x H) approx. 14,7 x 20,7 mm Shielded versions touch each other. Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips. MT-RJ jack: AMP; Intracom; Telena; Modular jacks: CobiNet; EFB Electronic; Schumann; Standard 110 Connect jack: AMP; SL series toolless jack: AMP; SL series 110 Connect Jack: AMP; SL series toolless jack with dust protection: AMP with supporting plate for AMP modular jacks series 110 Connect cat.3, cat.5, cat.5e and cat.6 for AMP fibre-optic couplings MT-RJ jacks 2gang, with 30° oblique outlet without spreader claws

147

BERKER S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 GLAS Order no.

NEW

Packing unit

Central plate for Krone modular jacks white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt/velvety anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1464 02 1464 09 1464 19 09

10 10 10

1464 16 06 1464 14 04

10 10

Indexing dimension (W x H) approx. 14,7 x 19,4 mm Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. For modular jack order no. 1854 01

Order no.

Packing unit

Centre plate for Krone modular jacks with labelling field polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

# 1513 19 09 # 1513 16 06 # 1513 14 04

10 10 10

Indexing dimension (W x H) approx. 14,7 x 19,4 mm Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips. For modular jack order no. 1854 01

Central plate for Drahtex modular jacks # 1462 02 white, glossy # 1462 09 polar white, glossy polar white, matt/velvety # 1462 19 09 # 1462 16 06 anthracite, matt # 1462 14 04 aluminium, matt

10 10 10 10 10

148

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 GLAS Order no.

Packing unit

Centre plate for Drahtex modular jacks with labelling field polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

# 1516 19 09 # 1516 16 06 # 1516 14 04

10 10 10

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips. Installation only possible with Drahtex mounting or coding frame. Modular jacks: CobiNet; Drahtex with supporting plate for Drahtex modular jacks cat.5, cat.5e, cat.6 and cat.7 for fibre-optic modules 2gang, with 30° oblique outlet without spreader claws

Central plate for LEXCOM HOME modules 1441 02 white, glossy 1441 09 polar white, glossy polar white, matt/velvety 1441 19 09 # 1441 16 06 anthracite, matt # 1441 14 04 aluminium, matt

10 10 10 10 10

Attention! Can only be used with intermediate ring and central plate of the corresponding range. Installation is only possible in connection with the assembly frame of Messrs. Lexel.

LEXCOM HOME® Registered trademark of Messrs. Lexel A/S.

Centre plate for LEXCOM HOME module with labelling field # 1538 89 82 # 1538 89 89 # 1538 19 09 # 1538 16 06 # 1538 14 04

Packing unit

Central plate for Eline and GiCon4 jacks # 1498 02 white, glossy # 1498 09 polar white, glossy polar white, matt/velvety # 1498 19 09 # 1498 16 06 anthracite, matt # 1498 14 04 aluminium, matt

10 10 10 10 10

Centre plate for ELine and GiCon4 jacks with labelling field polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

# 1522 19 09 # 1522 16 06 # 1522 14 04

10 10 10

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips. Installation only in conjunction with BTR and Kerpen clips. GiCon4 jacks: BTR; ELine 1200- and 250 jacks: Kerpen

with supporting plate 2gang, with 30° oblique outlet without spreader claws

white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

Order no.

10 10 10 10 10

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips. Installation only possible in conjunction with mounting frame from Lexel.

with supporting plate for ELine and GiCon4 sockets cat.5e, cat.6, cat.7 2gang, with 30° oblique outlet without spreader claws

Centre plate with dust protection slider and labelling field polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1170 19 09 1170 16 06 1170 14 04

10 10 10

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips. For supporting plate 1gang order no. 4540 ..

for supporting plates with coloured mount 1gang

Modular jacks: Lexel Electric with supporting plate 2gang, with 30° oblique outlet without spreader claws LEXCOM HOME® Registered trademark of Messrs. Lexel A/S.

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

149

BERKER S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 GLAS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Centre plate with dust protection sliders and labelling field

Centre plate for AMP-ACO and Siemens SML cabling system with labelling field

white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1181 89 82 1181 89 89 1181 19 09 1181 16 06 1181 14 04

10 10 10 10 10

for supporting plates with coloured mounts 2gang

Central plate for AMP-ACO 1494 02 1494 09 1494 19 09 1494 16 06 1494 14 04

10 10 10 10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. Labelling field not usable.

1495 02 1495 09 1495 19 09 1495 16 06 1495 14 04

10 10 10 10 10

Central plate for fibre-optic couplings Simplex ST white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt/velvety

1492 02 1492 09 1492 19 09

10 10 10

# 1492 16 06 # 1492 14 04

10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

Central plate for AMP-ACO with labelling field white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt/velvety anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

NEW

anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

ACO and CO Plus inserts: AMP, order no. 0-1394580-1, 2-1394580-1, 0-0336627-3, 0-0336627-1, 2-0336627-1 cat.5, cat.6 and cat.7 central plates plug-in fixing

10 10 10

ACO and CO Plus inserts: AMP, order no. 0-1394582-1, 0-1394763-1, 2-1394582-1; Schumann; Telena; SML inserts: Siemens with supporting plate cat.5, cat.6 and cat.7 with 30° oblique outlet for screw cover without spreader claws

For supporting plate 2gang order no. 4541 ..

white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt/velvety anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1153 19 09 1153 16 06 1153 14 04

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips.

150

Packing unit

Fibre-optic couplings: Ackermann; AMP; Brand-Rex; BTR; CobiNet; Corning; Diamond; Drahtex; Huber+Suhner; Quante; Telegärtner with supporting plate with 30° oblique outlet for 2 fibre-optic couplings without spreader claws

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 GLAS Order no.

Packing unit

Centre plate for fibre-optic couplings Simplex ST with labelling field polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

# 1521 19 09 # 1521 16 06 # 1521 14 04

Packing unit

Centre plate for fibre-optic couplings Duplex SC with labelling field 10 10 10

polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

# 1523 19 09 # 1523 16 06 # 1523 14 04

10 10 10

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips.

Fibre-optic couplings: Ackermann; AMP; Brand-Rex; BTR; CobiNet; Corning; Diamond; Drahtex; Huber+Suhner; Quante; Telegärtner

Fibre-optic couplings: Ackermann; AMP; Brand-Rex; BTR; CobiNet; Corning; Diamond; Drahtex; Huber+Suhner; Krone; Quante; Telegärtner with supporting plate with 30° oblique outlet 1 knock out opening for 1 or 2 fibre-optic couplings without spreader claws

with supporting plate with 30° oblique outlet for 2 fibre-optic couplings without spreader claws NEW

Order no.

Central plate for fibre-optic couplings Duplex SC white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt/velvety anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1480 02 1480 09 1480 19 09

10 10 10

# 1480 16 06 # 1480 14 04

10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. Fibre-optic couplings: Ackermann; AMP; Brand-Rex; BTR; CobiNet; Corning; Diamond; Drahtex; FiberCraft; Huber+Suhner; Krone; Quante; Telegärtner with supporting plate with 30° oblique outlet 1 knock out opening for 1 or 2 fibre-optic couplings without spreader claws

Central plate for round connector Ø 30 mm polar white, matt/velvety # 1433 19 09

Cut-out diameter 30 mm; Screw distance 36 mm Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. Signalling and command units: Kraus-Naimer; Lumitas; Schlegel; Overvoltage protection devices: Dehn, order no. NM DK 280; OBO-Bettermann, order no. KNS/IS-D with supporting plate without spreader claws

Centre plate for round connector Ø 30 mm polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

# 1066 19 09 # 1066 16 06 # 1066 14 04

10 10 10

Cut-out diameter 30 mm; Screw distance 36 mm Circular plug-in connector: Amphenol-Tuchel; Binder; Cannon; Conrad Electronic; Farnell; Monacor; RS Components with supporting plate without spreader claws

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

151

BERKER S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 GLAS Order no.

Packing unit

Central plate for 1 D-subminiature connector 1411 02 white, glossy 1411 09 polar white, glossy polar white, matt/velvety 1411 19 09 # 1411 16 06 anthracite, matt # 1411 14 04 aluminium, matt

10 10 10 10 10

Order no.

Packing unit

Hospital installation Central plate for double pole socket outlet for floating output

D-subminiature connectors see module inserts.

white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt/velvety anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

For D-subminiature connector order no. 1834, 1835, 1839 For mounting adapter order no. 1841, 1842

with supporting plate without spreader claws

10 10 10 10 10

D-subminiature connectors see module inserts. Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. Labelling field not usable. For D-subminiature connector order no. 1834, 1835, 1839 For mounting adapter order no. 1841, 1842

with supporting plate without spreader claws

For double pole socket outlet for floating output order no. 1061

For double pole socket outlet according to DIN 42801

Central plate for 6pole socket outlet white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt/velvety anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1474 02 1474 09 1474 19 09 1474 16 06 1474 14 04

10 10 10 10 10

Messrs. Ackermann Centre plate for databus termination splitter/ empty unit

Communication technics Data connector housings Data connector housing with labelling field white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

10 10 10 10 10

with imprint

Central plate for 2 D-subminiature connector 1470 02 white, glossy 1470 09 polar white, glossy polar white, matt/velvety 1470 19 09 # 1470 16 06 anthracite, matt # 1470 14 04 aluminium, matt

1403 02 1403 09 1403 19 09 1403 16 06 1403 14 04

1110 89 82 1110 89 89 1110 19 09 1110 16 06 1110 14 04

10 10 10 10 10

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips. Mounting plates see acessories order no. 1111 .., 1112 ..

with supporting plate for mounting plates without spreader claws

white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt

1204 89 82 1204 89 89 1204 99 09

10 10 10

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 90, 99 / clino phon 95, order no. 72642B; Nurse call systems: Ackermann, clino opt 90, 99 / clino phon 95, order no. 72642C, 72639A, 71197A centre plate plug-in fixing

Centre plate for databus connection unit with plug-in opening white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt

1298 89 82 1298 89 89 1298 99 09

10 10 10

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73070A centre plate plug-in fixing

152

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 GLAS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Packing unit

Centre plate for plug-and-socket connector

Centre plate with red call push-button at top

white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt

1305 89 82 1305 89 89 1305 99 09

10 10 10

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 74189A a-coded for dropping plug-and-socket connector centre plate plug-in fixing

Centre plate with 2 plug-in openings and imprint white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt

1244 89 82 1244 89 89 1244 99 09

10 10 10

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73075C, 73020G, 73021G, 73075D for call unit with 2 diagnostic plug-in contacts centre plate plug-in fixing

Centre plate with red call push-button at top and a plug-in opening white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt

1217 89 82 1217 89 89 1217 99 09

10 10 10

1216 89 82 1216 89 89 1216 99 09

10 10 10

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73071F, 73071F2, 73073F for call module with call push-button button with lens centre plate plug-in fixing

Centre plate with red call push-button at bottom white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt

1219 89 82 1219 89 89 1219 99 09

10 10 10

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73022A, 73022A2 for call push-button button with lens centre plate plug-in fixing

Centre plate with green shut-off button white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt

1251 89 82 1251 89 89 1251 99 09

10 10 10

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73642C for shut-off push-button button with lens centre plate plug-in fixing

Centre plate with red call button and 2 plug-in openings white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt

1218 89 82 1218 89 89 1218 99 09

10 10 10

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

153

BERKER S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 GLAS Order no.

Packing unit

Centre plate with yellow shut-off button white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt

1252 89 82 1252 89 89 1252 99 09

10 10 10

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73642D for shut-off push-button button with lens centre plate plug-in fixing

Centre plate for call unit with blue doctor call button white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt

1223 89 82 1223 89 89 1223 99 09

10 10 10

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73022A, 73022A2 for call push-button button with lens with imprint centre plate plug-in fixing

Centre plate with acknowledge button white white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt

1308 89 82 1308 89 89 1308 99 09

10 10 10

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73640J, 73640J2 for office unit button with lens with imprint „SU-AUS WARTEN“ centre plate plug-in fixing

Centre plate with red call button and green shut-off button white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt

1249 89 82 1249 89 89 1249 99 09

10 10 10

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73642B2 for call push-button and shut-off push-button buttons with lens centre plate plug-in fixing

Centre plate with green and yellow shut-off button white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt

1253 89 82 1253 89 89 1253 99 09

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73642E for shut-off push-button buttons with lens centre plate plug-in fixing

154

10 10 10

Order no.

Packing unit

Centre plate with green presence button/white acknowledge button white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt

1299 89 82 1299 89 89 1299 99 09

10 10 10

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73642B for office unit buttons with lens with imprint „SU-AUS WARTEN“ centre plate plug-in fixing

Centre plate for pneumatic call switch with lens white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt

1236 89 82 1236 89 89 1236 99 09

10 10 10

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 70006C; Nurse call systems: Ackermann, clino opt 90, 99 / clino phon 95, order no. 70006A, 70006B centre plate plug-in fixing

Centre plate for pullcord push-button with lens white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt

1233 89 82 1233 89 89 1233 99 09

10 10 10

Nurse call systems: Ackermann, clino opt 90, 99 / clino phon 95, order no. 70045A3, 70046A3, 70046A for pullcord push-button with pullcord and knob centre plate plug-in fixing

Centre plate for radio programme system with small sound system white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt

1300 89 82 1300 89 89 1300 99 09

10 10 10

Nurse call systems: Ackermann, clino opt 90, 99 / clino phon 95, order no. 73120C, 73120H for earpiece and volume control with imprinted symbol curve centre plate plug-in fixing

Centre plate for radio programme selector switch white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt

1301 89 82 1301 89 89 1301 99 09

10 10 10

Nurse call systems: Ackermann, clino opt 90, 99 / clino phon 95, order no. 73120A with imprint „0-1-2-3-4-5“ centre plate plug-in fixing "#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 GLAS Order no.

Packing unit

Messrs. Total Walther (Zettler) Centre plate for 15pole socket outlet white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt

1288 89 22 1288 89 29 1288 19 29

10 10 10

Nurse call systems: Total Walther, Zettler Medicall 800, order no. 125.891xS, 125.850xS for pear push-button, diagnostic units etc. centre plate plug-in fixing

1288 89 32 1288 89 39 1288 19 39

10 10 10

Nurse call systems: Total Walther, Zettler Medicall 800, order no. 125.840xS, 125.841xS, 125.842xS, 125.843xS for pear push-button, diagnostic units etc. centre plate plug-in fixing

1288 89 42 1288 89 49 1288 19 49

Centre plate for presence push-button, call/ presence push-button call shut-off pushbutton etc.

white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt

1288 89 12 1288 89 19 1288 19 19

10 10 10

Centre plate for pneumatic call switch with quiet lamp white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt

1288 89 52 1288 89 59 1288 19 59

10 10 10

Nurse call systems: Total Walther, Zettler Medicall 800, order no. 125.860xS, 125.861xS centre plate plug-in fixing

Centre plate for call/service/cancel/doctor call push-button with 15pole socket outlet white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt

Packing unit

Centre plate for call push-button/shut-off push-button with 15pole socket outlet white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt

Order no.

10 10 10

Nurse call systems: Total Walther, Zettler Medicall 800, order no. 125.830xS, 125.831xS, 125.832xS for pear push-button, diagnostic units etc. centre plate plug-in fixing

Centre plate for buzzer polar white, matt

1288 19 69

Nurse call systems: Total Walther, Zettler Medicall 800, order no. 125.800xS centre plate plug-in fixing

Centre plate for presence push-butto/cancel push-button/personnel call push-button call/ service call and doctor call push-button

white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt

1288 89 82 1288 89 89 1288 19 09

10 10 10

Nurse call systems: Total Walther, Zettler Medicall 800, order no. 125.810xS, 125.811xS, 125.812xS, 125.813xS, 125.814xS, 125.815xS, 125.816xS, 125.892xS, 125.893xS centre plate plug-in fixing

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

155

Surfaces Frames/covers/centre inserts Plastic, velvety polar white

156

similar to RAL 9010

BERKER Q.1

Surface range Flush-mounted system

With its unmistakeable features, the new Berker Q.1 will inspire and excite all those who are searching for switches with a wide range of applications. It features a unique velvety surface made of polar white plastic. Its pleasing shape and soft, rounded contours are like love at first sight.

■ Suitable for residential and functional buildings ■ Available surface: polar white, velvety

Marked items are suitable for installation in splash-protected flush-mounted IP44 when used in connection with the corresponding sealing set.

157

CONVENIENCE IN FUNCTION AND LABELLING BERKER Q.1

Berker Q.1 is integrated seamlessly into the modular concept of Berker‘s products. With its wide range of functions and design elements, Berker Q.1 offers an impressive depth of product variety. The design components with large 58 mm centre plate dimension are fitting on the various module inserts of the Berker standard range. Furthermore innovative product solutions had been realised, which feature flexible labelling options and unobtrusive symbols, quicker the installation and surpass the depth of variety of the Q.1 product line.

 f rame with labelling field in the variants 1gang to 5gang in vertical or horizontal design

 r ocker with imprinted "Light", "Bell" or "Door" symbol

 r ocker with lens and imprinted "Light" symbol  r ocker with lens and labelling field with "Bell" symbol

 s pecial socket outlets in white with coloured stripe and imprint "EDV" (red), "SV" (green) or "ZSV" (orange)

 B LC controller with included sealing set for degree of protection IP44

 S ealing sets for implementation of degree of protection IP 44 for - socket outlets and centre plates - rocker switches/rocker push-buttons - key switches/key push-buttons The sealing sets can be used for Berker Q.1 and Berker K.1/K.5, and allow implementation of degree of protection IP 44 for the indicated items.

158

BERKER Q.1 Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Frames

Frame with large cut-out

NEW

on page T67

Frame

* 1011 60 89

polar white, velvety

polar white, velvety, 2gang

* 1012 60 89

polar white, velvety, 3gang

* 1013 60 89

For push-button 3gang with RTR order no. 7566 37 29 For push-button 5gang with RTR order no. 7566 57 29

polar white, velvety, 4gang

* 1014 60 89

polar white, velvety, 5gang

* 1015 60 89

Frame

red, velvety, 3gang red, velvety, 4gang on page T67

red, velvety, 5gang

* 1011 60 62 * 1012 60 62 * 1013 60 62 * 1014 60 62 * 1015 60 62

10 10 2 2 2

for vertical and horizontal mounting for emphasising special switches, socket outlets, etc.

Contrast frame 1gang anthracite, velvety

* 1011 60 45

More versions available upon request! IP44 protection when using a sealing set order no. 1010 7.. on page T67

Barrier-free building based on DIN 18025

Surface-mounted frame 1gang 1029 00 62 1029 00 65

10 10

Surface-mounted frame 2gang red, glossy

1030 00 62

Self-extinguishing base plate see module inserts / accessories order no. 1021 22

for barrier-free construction NEW

Surface-mounted frames

with cable and duct entry entry at top and bottom possible

IP44 protection when using a sealing set order no. 1010 7..

NEW

Installation depth 33,5 mm

for vertical and horizontal mounting red, velvety, 1gang red, velvety, 2gang

* 1309 60 89

for vertical mounting

red, glossy black, glossy

IP44 protection when using a sealing set order no. 1010 7..

NEW

Frame with large cut-out

polar white, velvety, 1gang

on page T67

Packing unit

Frame with labelling field polar white, velvety, 1gang

* 1011 60 19

polar white, velvety, 2gang vertical

* 1012 60 19

polar white, velvety, 3gang vertical

* 1013 60 19

polar white, velvety, 4gang vertical

* 1014 60 19

polar white, velvety, 5gang vertical

* 1015 60 19

polar white, velvety, 2gang horizontal

* 1022 60 19

polar white, velvety, 3gang horizontal

* 1023 60 19

polar white, velvety, 4gang horizontal

* 1024 60 19

polar white, velvety, 5gang horizontal

* 1025 60 19

with cable and duct entry entry at top, bottom and 2 x each side possible for vertical and horizontal mounting

Surface-mounted frame 3gang red, glossy

1031 00 62

Self-extinguishing base plate see module inserts / accessories order no. 1021 32

with cable and duct entry entry at top, bottom and at each side in the middle possible for vertical and horizontal mounting

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips. IP44 protection when using a sealing set order no. 1010 7..

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

159

BERKER Q.1 Order no.

BERKER Q.1 Packing

Order no.

Packing unit

TOP

unit

Flush-mounted wall box according to DIN 49073 part 1

SCHUKOsocket insert SCHUKO-centre plate with self-closing hinged cover

Sealing set K.1/K.5/Q.1 for socket outlets and centre plates (packing unit)

Frame

TOP Rocker switch/ push-button

Flush-mounted wall box according to DIN 49073 part 1

Rocker

Frame Sealing set K.1/K.5/Q.1 for rocker switch/push-button (packing unit)

Flush-mounted wall box according to DIN 49073 part 1

OBEN/TOP Key switch/ key pushbutton Centre plate for key switch/ key push-button

Profile half cylinder

TOP/OB EN

Frame Sealing set K.1/K.5/Q.1 for key switches/ key push-button (packing unit)

Application IP44 protection is reached by using the sealing set and installing in flush-mounted wall box according to DIN 49073 part 1 on smooth, even, vertically walls in finery-concisely inserted flush mounted wall boxes IP44 protection is not guaranteed for floor assembly, ceiling mounting and assembly in hollow wall boxes.

160

Attention IP44 protection is reached only if all installed articles are IP44 suitable (check markings) and the installation instruction is observed. "#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER Q.1 Order no.

Packing unit

Sealings IP44

Order no.

Packing unit

Sealing set K. 1/K. 5/Q. 1 for rocker switch/ rocker push-button

Sealings Sealing set K. 1/K. 5/Q. 1 for socket outlets and centre plates transparent

1010 72 00

For blind plug with centre plate and screw fixing order no. 1009 60 79, 1045 7.. For blind plug with centre plate order no. 1009 60 89, 1045 7.., 6710 45 70 .., 6710 09 60 89 For centre plate with rotary knob for rotary switch for shutters order no. 1077 71 .., 1080 60 89 For centre plate with rotary knob for 3-step switch order no. 1084 60 89, 1087 7.., 1088 7.., 1096 60 89 For centre plate with setting knob for rotary dimmer order no. 1135 7.., 1137 60 89 For centre plate with setting knob for speed controller order no. 1135 7.., 1137 60 79 For centre plate for pilot lamp E14 order no. 1167 7.., 1198 60 89 For SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover order no. 4751 72 .. For SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover and labelling field order no. 4752 72 ..

for socket outlets with self-closing hinged covers for 3-step switches for rotary switch for shutters for pilot lamp E14 for rotary dimmer, rotary dimmer LV and Tronic rotary dimmer for universal rotary dimmer and universal rotary dimmer extension unit for speed controllers

transparent

1010 71 00

For rocker order no. 1405 7.., 1620 60 89 For rocker with imprinted symbol arrows order no. 1405 7.., 1620 60 79 For rocker with 5 lenses attached order no. 1415 70 .. For rocker with 5 lenses attached and labelling field order no. 1415 71 .. For rocker with red lens and imprint „0“ order no. 1417 7.. For rocker with imprint „0“ order no. 1425 7.., 1622 60 89 For rocker with red lens and imprint „Heizung Notschalter“ order no. 1488 71 15 For rocker with 5 lenses attached and large labelling field order no. 1496 .. For rocker with imprinted symbol light order no. 1620 60 49 For rocker with imprinted symbol bell order no. 1620 60 59 For rocker with imprinted symbol door order no. 1620 60 69 For rocker with orange lens and imprint „Heizung Notschalter“ order no. 1621 60 69 For rocker with 2 lenses attached and imprinted symbol light order no. 1621 60 79 For rocker with 2 lenses attached order no. 1621 60 89 For rocker with orange lens and imprint „0“ order no. 1624 60 89 For rocker with labelling field order no. 1626 60 89 For rocker with 2 lenses attached and labelling field order no. 1628 60 .. For rocker with orange lens and touchable symbol light order no. 1651 60 49 For rocker with orange lens and touchable symbol bell order no. 1651 60 59 For rocker with orange lens and touchable symbol door order no. 1651 60 69 For rocker with 2 lenses attached and guide for mouth-held rod order no. 1661 60 49 For rocker with 2 lenses attached and large labelling field order no. 1696 ..

with IP44 fixing piece to screw on for rocker switches change-over, intermediate, 2pole on/off 10 AX for rocker push-buttons for push-button BCU 1gang and group push-button BCU 1gang

Sealing set K. 1/K. 5/Q. 1 for key switch/key push-button transparent

1010 70 00

For centre plate for key switch/push-button for shutters order no. 1504 7.., 1506 60 89 For centre plate for key switch/push-button order no. 1505 7.., 1507 60 89

for key switches/key push-buttons for profile half cylinders with additional earth contact for key switches/key push-buttons for shutters for profile half cylind. with additional earth cont.

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

161

BERKER Q.1 Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

NEW

Socket outlets SCHUKO-socket outlets NEW

on page T6

polar white, velvety, with 4743 60 79 * imprint „EDV“ in red

polar white, velvety, with * 4743 60 39 imprint „SV“ in green

polar white, velvety, with 4743 60 49 * imprint „ZSV“ in orange

16 A, 250 V~

red, velvety, with imprint „EDV“

* 4743 60 22

The insert of the red, green and orange socket outlets is colour-coded.

green, velvety, with imprint „SV“

* 4743 60 03

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

orange, velvety, with imprint „ZSV“

* 4743 60 07

SCHUKO socket outlet polar white, velvety red, velvety green, velvety orange, velvety polar white, velvety, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

* 4743 60 89 * 4743 60 12 * 4743 60 13 * 4743 60 14 * 4723 60 89

10 10 10 10 10

on page T6

16 A, 250 V~ Insert colour-coded.

SCHUKO socket outlet for installation in hollow walls polar white, velvety polar white, velvety, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

on page T6

SCHUKO socket outlet with imprint polar white, velvety, with * 4743 60 09 imprint „EDV“ in black

with plug-in terminals NEW

* 4743 60 59 * 4723 60 59

10 10

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 with plug-in terminals NEW

16 A, 250 V~

SCHUKO socket outlet 45° polar white, velvety 16 A, 250 V~

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 without spreader claws with plug-in terminals NEW

on page T6

green, velvety orange, velvety polar white, velvety, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

* 4143 60 89 * 4143 60 12 * 4143 60 13 * 4143 60 14 * 4123 60 89

Specially suited for combining several socket outlets if right angle plugs are used.

SCHUKO socket outlet with labelling field polar white, velvety red, velvety

green, velvety orange, velvety on page T6

10 10 10 10 10

The insert of the red, green and orange socket outlets is colour-coded.

with screw terminals

SCHUKO socket outlet

* 73 4123 60 89

polar white, velvety, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

* 4750 60 89 * 4750 60 02 * 4750 60 03 * 4750 60 07 * 4749 60 89

16 A, 250 V~

Connection terminals according to IEC 60884-1

on page T6

NEW

The insert of the red, green and orange socket outlets is colour-coded.

polar white, velvety, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 orange, velvety, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

for diagonal installation with plug-in terminals

10 10

16 A, 250 V~

NEW

* 4727 60 89

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

SCHUKO socket outlet polar white, velvety red, velvety

on page T6

Packing unit

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips. Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

* 73 4123 60 14

with plug-in terminals

16 A, 250 V~ For South Tyrol only. Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 with screw-in lift terminals

162

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER Q.1 Order no.

NEW

Packing unit

NEW

SCHUKO socket outlet with labelling field polar white, velvety, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

* 4149 60 89

Order no.

16 A, 250 V~ on page T6

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips.

on page T6

with screw terminals

on page T6

orange, velvety, with imprint „ZSV“

* 4159 60 14

16 A, 250 V~ Neon lamp current 1,5 mA

red, velvety, with imprint „EDV“

Replacement neon lamp unit see module inserts / accessories order no. 1609

green, velvety, with imprint „SV“

* 4750 60 13

Execution SV, ZSV to VDE 0100-710 Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

orange, velvety, with imprint „ZSV“

4750 60 14

with neon lamp unit with screw-in lift terminals

SCHUKO-socket outlets with safety device NEW

SCHUKO socket outlet with overvoltage protection and labelling field polar white, velvety red, velvety

* 4108 60 89 * 4108 60 62

1 1

16 A, 250 V~, 50/60 Hz on page T33

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 with plug-in terminals

green, velvety, with imprint „SV“

* 4124 60 03

orange, velvety, with imprint „ZSV“

4124 60 07

16 A, 250 V~ Neon lamp current 1,5 mA

with imprint with indicator LED for „on/error“ with acoustic fault signal with screw terminals NEW

on page T6

with neon lamp unit with screw-in lift terminals

SCHUKO socket outlet with RCD protection switch polar white, velvety, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

Replacement neon lamp unit see module inserts / accessories order no. 1609

Execution SV, ZSV to VDE 0100-710 Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips. Overvoltage protection to EN 61643 and VDE 0675-6, -11 Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

SCHUKO socket outlet indicator lamp and imprint

Insert colour-coded.

* 4708 60 89

Through-wired socket outlets are also protected.

polar white, velvety

Suitable for use according to DIN VDE 0100-410 Tested conform VDE 0664 (EN 61008) Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

* 4159 60 89

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips.

16 A, 250 V~, 50/60 Hz Rated fault current 30 mA; Switch off time <= 30 ms; Short-circuit resistance 3 kA (with pre-fuse 20 AgL); Surge current firmness 250 A (8/20) µs

SCHUKO socket outlet with indicator lamp and labelling field 16 A, 250 V~ Neon lamp current 1,5 mA

on page T6

Insert is colour-coded.

NEW

* 4159 60 13

* 4750 60 15

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips.

on page T6

green, velvety, with imprint „SV“

Insert is colour-coded.

SCHUKO socket outlet with labelling field and imprint

16 A, 250 V~

NEW

SCHUKO socket outlet with indicator lamp, labelling field and imprint

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips.

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

NEW

Packing unit

to protect connected and downstream loads with plug-in terminals

Replacement neon lamp unit see module inserts / accessories order no. 1609

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 with neon lamp unit with screw-in lift terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

163

BERKER Q.1 Order no.

Packing unit

NEW

SCHUKO-socket outlets NEW

SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover polar white, velvety, with imprint

on page T6

Order no.

polar white, velvety, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

polar white, velvety, with 4751 60 39 * imprint „SV“ in green

Specially suited for combining several socket outlets if right angle plugs are used.

polar white, velvety, with 4751 60 49 * imprint „ZSV“ in orange

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips.

on page T6

with imprint mounting orientation of insert selectable in 45° steps with hinged cover that falls back with plug-in terminals

* 4751 60 79

NEW

on page T6

with imprint with hinged cover that falls back with plug-in terminals

SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover

* 4751 60 89

polar white, velvety, * 4752 60 59 with imprint „EDV“ in red

polar white, velvety, with 4752 60 39 * imprint „SV“ in green

polar white, velvety, with 4752 60 49 * imprint „ZSV“ in orange

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips. IP44 protection when using sealing set order no. 1010 72 00

on page T6 IP44 protection when using sealing set order no. 1010 72 00

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 with self-closing hinged covers with plug-in terminals

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 with imprint with self-closing hinged covers with plug-in terminals

Barrier-free construction NEW

SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover

* 4744 60 89

Specially suited for combining several socket outlets if right angle plugs are used. Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 with imprint mounting orientation of insert selectable in 45° steps with hinged cover that falls back with plug-in terminals

SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover and scannable symbol socket outlet polar white, velvety, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

16 A, 250 V~

164

* 4752 60 89

16 A, 250 V~

polar white, velvety, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover and labelling field and enhanced contact protection polar white, velvety, with imprint

16 A, 250 V~

polar white, velvety, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

16 A, 250 V~

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover polar white, velvety, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

on page T6

polar white, velvety, * 4751 60 59 with imprint „EDV“ in red

with hinged cover that falls back with plug-in terminals

NEW

* 4746 60 89

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

NEW

SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover and labelling field

* 4751 60 69

16 A, 250 V~

NEW

Packing unit

on page T6

* 4744 60 49

16 A, 250 V~ Specially suited for combining several socket outlets if right angle plugs are used. An optical accentuation can be achieved by using a contrast frame order no. 1011 60 45

Barrier-free building based on DIN 18025 Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 for barrier-free construction mounting orientation of insert selectable in 45° steps with hinged cover that falls back with plug-in terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER Q.1 Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

SCHUKO-socket outlets

Socket outlets with earth pin

NEW

Double SCHUKO socket outlet with cover plate polar white, velvety, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

on page T6

* 4729 60 89

16 A, 250 V~

on page T6

For fitting in 1gang wall boxes according to DIN 49073-1 Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 with plug-in terminals

SCHUKO-socket outlets for cable ducts NEW

16 A, 250 V~

* 4720 60 89

* 67 6876 60 89

* 67 6876 60 12

green, velvety, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

* 67 6876 60 13

orange, velvety, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

* 67 6876 60 14

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

For installation in cable duct mounting boxes and in standard commercially available 2gang hollow wall boxes, also in 2gang flush-mounted boxes.

without spreader claws 2 x 1gang, wired-through with plug-in terminals

2pole + earth with plug-in terminals NEW

on page T6

Socket outlets without earth contact Socket outlet without earth contact polar white, velvety polar white, velvety, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 on page T6

polar white, velvety, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 red, velvety, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

16 A, 250 V~

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

NEW

Socket outlet with earth pin

SCHUKO socket outlet combination 2gang with frame polar white, velvety

on page T6

Packing unit

* 61 6703 60 89 * 61 6733 60 89

10 10

Socket outlet with earth pin polar white, velvety, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 red, velvety, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

* 67 6576 60 89

* 67 6576 60 12

green, velvety, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

* 67 6576 60 13

orange, velvety, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

* 67 6576 60 14

16 A, 250 V~

16 A, 250 V~ Mirror depth 8 mm

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 2pole + earth with screw-in lift terminals

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 2pole without spreader claws with plug-in terminals NEW

Socket outlet without earth contact polar white, velvety 16 A, 250 V~ Mirror depth 8 mm

on page T6

NEW

* 61 6103 60 89

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 2pole with screw terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Socket outlet with earth pin and hinged cover polar white, velvety, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

* 67 6583 60 89

16 A, 250 V~

with imprint 2pole + earth with hinged cover that falls back with screw-in lift terminals

165

BERKER Q.1 Order no.

NEW

Packing unit

Socket outlet with earth pin and hinged cover polar white, velvety, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

* 67 6877 60 89

Order no.

NEW

on page T6

with imprint 2pole + earth with hinged cover that falls back with plug-in terminals

NEW

Equates to standard NEMA 5-15 R

NEW

* 4168 60 89

Equates to standard NEMA 5-20 R

for rocker switches change-over, intermediate for rocker push-buttons for push-button BCU 1gang and group push-button BCU 1gang NEW

2pole + earth without spreader claws with screw terminals

Rocker

for rocker switches change-over, intermediate for rocker push-buttons for illumination and monitoring circuit for push-button BCU 1gang and group push-button BCU 1gang

for rocker switches change-over, intermediate for rocker push-buttons for push-button BCU 1gang and group push-button BCU 1gang

Rocker with imprinted symbol light polar white, velvety

* 1620 60 49

IP44 protection when using sealing set order no. 1010 71 00

for rocker switches change-over, intermediate for rocker push-buttons for push-button BCU 1gang and group push-button BCU 1gang

166

IP44 protection when using neon lamp unit order no. 1675 .. and sealing set order no. 1010 71 00

IP44 protection when using sealing set order no. 1010 71 00

NEW

* 1621 60 89

Lenses in orange and clear attached.

Rockers

* 1620 60 89

Rocker with 2 lenses attached polar white, velvety

Covers for switches / push-buttons

polar white, velvety

IP44 protection when using sealing set order no. 1010 71 00

Not UL-certified.

NEW

* 1626 60 89

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips for labelling with names, notes etc.

Socket outlet with earth contact, USA/CANADA, NEMA 5-20 R 20 A, 125 V~

Rocker with labelling field polar white, velvety

2pole + earth without spreader claws with screw terminals

polar white, velvety

for rocker switches change-over, intermediate for rocker push-buttons for push-button BCU 1gang and group push-button BCU 1gang

Not UL-certified.

NEW

* 1620 60 69

IP44 protection when using sealing set order no. 1010 71 00

Socket outlet with earth contact, USA/CANADA, NEMA 5-15 R

* 4166 60 89

Rocker with imprinted symbol door polar white, velvety

NEMA socket outlets

15 A, 125 V~

for rocker switches change-over, intermediate for rocker push-buttons for push-button BCU 1gang and group push-button BCU 1gang

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

polar white, velvety

* 1620 60 59

IP44 protection when using sealing set order no. 1010 71 00

16 A, 250 V~

NEW

Rocker with imprinted symbol bell polar white, velvety

Packing unit

NEW

Rocker with 2 lenses attached and imprinted symbol light polar white, velvety

* 1621 60 79

Lenses in orange and clear attached. IP44 protection when using neon lamp unit order no. 1675 .. and sealing set order no. 1010 71 00

for rocker switches change-over, intermediate for rocker push-buttons for illumination and monitoring circuit for push-button BCU 1gang and group push-button BCU 1gang

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER Q.1 Order no.

NEW

Packing unit

NEW

Rocker with orange lens and „Heizung Notschalter“ imprint polar white, velvety

* 1621 60 69

Order no.

Labelling field height arranged for two 18 mm P-touch strips.

IP44 protection when using neon lamp unit order no. 1675 .. and sealing set order no. 1010 71 00

Lenses in orange and clear attached.

IP44 protection when using neon lamp unit order no. 1675 .. and sealing set order no. 1010 71 00

for rocker switches change-over, intermediate for rocker push-buttons for push-button BCU 1gang and group push-button BCU 1gang for monitoring circuit

polar white, velvety

* 1628 60 89

for rocker switches change-over, intermediate for rocker push-buttons for push-button BCU 1gang and group push-button BCU 1gang for illumination and monitoring circuit NEW

Rocker with 2 lenses attached and large labelling field with imprinted symbol bell

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips for labelling with names, notes etc.

polar white, velvety

Lenses in orange and clear attached.

For labelling with names, notes etc.

Lenses in orange and clear attached.

IP44 protection when using neon lamp unit order no. 1675 .. and sealing set order no. 1010 71 00

for rocker switches change-over, intermediate for rocker push-buttons for push-button BCU 1gang and group push-button BCU 1gang for illumination and monitoring circuit

Rocker with 2 lenses attached and labelling field with imprinted symbol bell

* 1628 60 79

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips for labelling with names, notes etc.

NEW

Rocker with imprint „0“ polar white, velvety

Lenses in orange and clear attached.

* 1622 60 89

IP44 protection when using rocker switch order no. 3032 and sealing set order no. 1010 71 00 For rocker switch 2pole on/off order no. 3032 .. For rocker switch 3pole on/off order no. 3033 03

IP44 protection when using neon lamp unit order no. 1675 .. and sealing set order no. 1010 71 00

for rocker switches change-over, intermediate for rocker push-buttons for push-button BCU 1gang and group push-button BCU 1gang for illumination and monitoring circuit

Labelling field height arranged for two 18 mm P-touch strips.

for rocker switches change-over, intermediate for rocker push-buttons for push-button BCU 1gang and group push-button BCU 1gang for illumination and monitoring circuit

polar white, velvety

* 1696 60 79

Labelling field (w x h) approx. 54,8 x 42,8 mm

IP44 protection when using neon lamp unit order no. 1675 .. and sealing set order no. 1010 71 00

NEW

For labelling with names, notes etc.

Not suitable for heating systems > 50 kW.

Rocker with 2 lenses attached and labelling field

* 1696 60 89

Labelling field (w x h) approx. 54,8 x 42,8 mm

Or use glass pane protected heating emergency switch from programme ranges Arsys, flush-mounted splash-protected IP44, Aquatec IP44.

NEW

Rocker with 2 lenses attached and large labelling field polar white, velvety

Packing unit

for multi-pole rocker switch with predefined 0 position NEW

Rocker with orange lens and imprint „0“ polar white, velvety

* 1624 60 89

IP44 protection when using rocker switch order no. 3032, neon lamp unit order no. 1675 .. and sealing set order no. 1010 71 00 For rocker switch 2pole on/off order no. 3032 .. For rocker switch 3pole on/off order no. 3033 03

for multi-pole rocker switch with predefined 0 position for group push-button BCU 1gang for illumination and monitoring circuit

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

167

BERKER Q.1 Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Rotary switches

Barrier-free construction

NEW

Centre plate with rotary knob for rotary switch polar white, velvety

* 1150 60 89

Rockers

* 1623 60 89

Barrier-free building based on DIN 18025

for rockers switches for rockers push-buttons and group rockers pushbuttons for push-button BCU 2gang and group push-button BCU 2gang NEW

for barrier-free construction for rocker switches change-over, intermediate for rocker push-buttons for push-button BCU 1gang and group push-button BCU 1gang for illumination and monitoring circuit NEW

Rockers with lens polar white, velvety

* 1627 60 89

NEW

for barrier-free construction for rocker switches change-over, intermediate for rocker push-buttons for illumination and monitoring circuit for push-button BCU 1gang and group push-button BCU 1gang

Rockers for rockers switch 3gang on/off 10

NEW

polar white, velvety

Rockers with imprinted symbol arrow

IP44 protection when using neon lamp unit order no. 1675 .. and sealing set order no. 1010 71 00 An optical accentuation can be achieved by using a contrast frame order no. 1011 60 45

* 1625 60 89

Rocker with imprinted symbol arrows polar white, velvety

* 1620 60 79

* 1644 60 89

For group rockers push-button as 2pole rockers push-button for shutters with middle positions order no. 5034 04 For group push-button BCU 2gang order no. 7514 21 00

168

NEW

Rocker with orange lens and touchable symbol door

* 1651 60 69

IP44 protection when using neon lamp unit order no. 1675 .. and sealing set order no. 1010 71 00 An optical accentuation can be achieved by using a contrast frame order no. 1011 60 45

Rockers with imprinted symbol arrows polar white, velvety

for barrier-free construction for illuminated rocker push-buttons for push-button BCU 1gang

polar white, velvety

IP44 protection when using sealing set order no. 1010 71 00 For group push-button BCU 1gang order no. 7514 11 00

* 1651 60 59

Barrier-free building based on DIN 18025

For rockers switch for shutters order no. 3035 20 For rockers push-button for shutters order no. 5035 20 For push-button BCU 2gang order no. 7514 20 00

NEW

Rocker with orange lens and touchable symbol bell

For rockers switch 3gang on/off order no. 6330 23

polar white, velvety

NEW

Barrier-free building based on DIN 18025

for rockers switches for rockers push-buttons and group rockers pushbuttons for illumination and monitoring circuit for push-button BCU 2gang and group push-button BCU 2gang

* 1665 60 89

* 1651 60 49

IP44 protection when using neon lamp unit order no. 1675 .. and sealing set order no. 1010 71 00 An optical accentuation can be achieved by using a contrast frame order no. 1011 60 45

Lenses available in orange and clear.

polar white, velvety

Rocker with orange lens and touchable symbol light polar white, velvety

Illumination possible only by 1 neon lamp unit.

NEW

IP44 protection when using neon lamp unit order no. 1675 .. and sealing set order no. 1010 71 00 An optical accentuation can be achieved by using a contrast frame order no. 1011 60 45

Rockers polar white, velvety

* 1661 60 49

Lenses in orange and clear attached.

with imprint „0“ and „1“

NEW

Rocker with 2 lenses attached and mouth-held rod polar white, velvety

For rotary switch order no. 3862 ..

Packing unit

Barrier-free building based on DIN 18025 for barrier-free construction for illuminated rocker push-buttons for push-button BCU 1gang

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER Q.1 Order no.

Packing unit

NEW

Hotel card switch NEW

Order no.

Hotel card switch cover with imprint and orange lens polar white, velvety

* 1640 60 89

Max. card width 54 mm; Card strength 0,5 - 1,4 mm on page T6

For key switch for shutters order no. 3851, 3852

Pullcord switches/pullcord push-buttons Centre plate for pullcord switch and pullcord push-button polar white, velvety

with imprint only push-button function with 2 keys

* 1146 60 89

NEW

* 1084 60 89

polar white, velvety, with 1096 60 89 * neutral-position

Key switches/key push-buttons Centre plate for key switch/key push-button polar white, velvety

* 1507 60 89

Profile half cylinders see module inserts.

Rotary switches/rotary push-buttons for shutters Centre plate with rotary knob for rotary switch for shutters

* 1080 60 89

IP44 protection when using sealing set order no. 1010 72 00 Interlock disk for conversion to push-button see module inserts order no. 1861 Rotary switch for shutters order no. 3841, 3842

RCD protection switch RCD circuit breaker 50 x 50 mm centre plate for RCD protection switch

Key switches/key push-buttons for shutters

polar white, matt/velvety

Centre plate with lock for key switch for shutters polar white, velvety, * 1081 60 89 key removable in mid position polar white, velvety, key * 1082 60 89 removable in 3 positions

IP44 protection when using sealing set order no. 1010 70 00 For key switch order no. 3826 10 For key switch for protection class IP44 order no. 3836 20 For key push-button for protection class IP44 order no. 3856 20

for profile half cylinders for master-key systems

with imprint

NEW

with imprint for profile half cylinders for master-key systems

NEW

with imprint

polar white, velvety

IP44 protection when using sealing set order no. 1010 70 00 For key switch for shutters order no. 3822 10 For key push-button for shutters order no. 3831 10, 3832 10 For key switch for shutters for protection class IP44 order no. 3831 20

Centre plate with rotary knob for 3-step switch

IP44 protection when using sealing set order no. 1010 72 00 For 3-step switch with 0-position order no. 3861 For 3-step switch without 0-position order no. 3861 01, 6138 61 01

NEW

* 1506 60 89

Profile half cylinders see module inserts.

3-step switches polar white, velvety, without 0-position

Centre plate for key switch/key push-button for shutters polar white, velvety

For pullcord push-button order no. 3956 19 For pullcord switch order no. 3962, 3966, 6139 ..

NEW

* 1083 60 89

Other imprint on request! For push-button insert for hotel card switch covers order no. 5051 02, 5051 03, 5052 01, 5056 01

NEW

Centre plate with lock for key switch for shutters polar white, velvety, key removable in mid position

Packing unit

1493 19 09

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for 50 x 50 mm centre plate of the corresponding range. For RCD protection switch order no. 2844

For key switch for shutters order no. 3851, 3852

with imprint with push lock function with 2 keys

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

169

BERKER Q.1 Order no.

Packing unit

NEW

Blank plates NEW

Order no.

polar white, velvety, without spreader claws

* 1009 60 89

polar white, velvety, with base and spreader claws

* 67 1009 60 89

Current input 25 mA; LED output 800 mW on page T29

Blank plate with centre plate and screw-fixing

* 1009 60 79

Timer switches

on supporting plate with large cut-out for customised cut-outs or holes when installing special solutions space-saving for relays, etc. with cover plug for screw fitting without spreader claws

Centre plate for push-button and pilot lamp E10

* 1124 60 89

NEW

IP44 protection when using sealing set order no. 1010 72 00 For pilot lamp E14 order no. 5131 02

Centre plate with push-button for timer relay switch insert

* 1674 60 89

Cover for LED orientation light and LED signal light 1

with printed labels „Bitte warten / Bitte eintreten“ and „Do not disturb / make up room“ with milky foil, for individual labelling

Easy timer with display

* 1735 60 89

Per programme block 2 switching times for „on/off“; Power reserve approx. 4 hrs., maintenance-free; Operating temperature 5 - 35 °C on page T7

For LED orientation light order no. 2951 For LED signal light order no. 2952

170

polar white, velvety

LEDs, incandescent lamps and covers see module inserts.

* 1248 60 89

* 1633 60 89

with imprint with clear lens

Centre plate for pilot lamp E14

polar white, velvety

polar white, velvety, max. 120 minutes

For timer relay switch insert order no. 2948 10

centre plate plug-in fixing

NEW

Axial dimension diameter 4 mm

For push-button and pilot lamp E10 order no. 5101 ..

* 1198 60 89

* 1632 60 89

polar white, velvety

Push-buttons, LEDs, neon lamps and covers see module inserts.

polar white, velvety

polar white, velvety, max. 15 minutes

with time scale imprint

Cut-out diameter 27,2 mm

NEW

Centre plate with setting knob for mechanical timer

Mechanical timer 15 minutes order no. 2040 Mechanical timer 120 minutes order no. 2041

Pilot lamps

polar white, velvety

Labels supplied: „Nicht eintreten“, „Besetzt“, „Bitte eintreten“, „Bitte Ruhe“, „Bitte warten“.

timers NEW

IP44 protection when using sealing set order no. 1010 72 00

NEW

with 4 light intensity LED very long LED lifetime with clear cover plate

on supporting plate without cut-out centre plate plug-in fixing

polar white, velvety

* 1345 60 89

Coloured cover plate see module inserts order no. 1289 .. For insert info pilot lamp order no. 2949

IP44 protection when using sealing set order no. 1010 72 00

NEW

Info pilot lamp cover with 5 label sheets polar white, velvety

Blank plate with centre plate

Packing unit

For manual and timer programmed switching of electrical loads. For insert for timer order no. 2948

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER Q.1 Order no.

NEW

Order no.

* 1736 60 89

NEW

Switching times 18 for on/off; Random generator +/- 15 min.; Astronomic time shift +/- 2 hrs.; Power reserve approx. 24 hrs.; Countdown function 0 - 23 hrs. 59 min.

on page T7

IP44 protection when using a sealing set order no. 1010 72 00 For rotary dimmer order no. 2819 .., 2875, 2885 For universal rotary dimmer order no. 2861 10 For universal rotary dimmer extension unit order no. 2862 10 For rotary dimmer LV order no. 2866 10, 2873 For Tronic rotary dimmer order no. 2867 10, 2874 For rotary potentiometer 1-10 V order no. 2891 10 For push-button rotary potentiometer 1-10 V order no. 2896 10 For rotary potentiometer DALI order no. 2897 For rotary potentiometer DALI with integrated power supply unit order no. 2898

Speed controllers NEW

Timer with display and sensor connection

* 1738 60 89

* 1137 60 89

Axial dimension diameter 4 mm

For insert for timer order no. 2948

polar white, velvety

Centre plate with setting knob for rotary dimmer polar white, velvety

For manual and timer programmed switching of electrical loads.

NEW

Packing unit

Rotary dimmers

Timer with display polar white, velvety

on page T7

Packing unit

polar white, velvety

For RolloTec brightness sensors order no. 0169, 0184 For insert for timer order no. 2948

* 1137 60 79

Axial dimension diameter 4 mm

Centre plate with setting knob for speed controller

IP44 protection when using sealing set order no. 1010 72 00 For speed controller order no. 2968 01

with imprinted symbol curve

Universal series touch dimmers NEW

Button for universal series touch dimmer polar white, velvety

* 1765 60 89

For universal series touch dimmer order no. 2901 on page T10

for 2 independent lighting groups with 2-push-buttons operation concept per series

BLC Berker Light Control Buttons NEW

BLC button polar white, velvety

on page T12

* 1761 60 89

For BLC universal touch dimmer order no. 2902 For BLC touch control unit 1-10 V order no. 2903 For BLC touch dimmer LV order no. 2904 For BLC triac switch insert LV order no. 2905 for BLC relay switch insert order no. 2906 For BLC relay switch insert with potential-free contact order no. 2906 10 For BLC extension unit order no 2907 For BLC relay switch insert HVAC order no. 2912 For BLC Tronic switch insert order no. 2916 For BLC stair light time switching impulse insert order no. 2934 10

with 2-push-buttons operation concept start-up brightness will be stored safe after power failure with BLC relay switch insert HVAC used as timer as well

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

171

BERKER Q.1 Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Radio buttons

BLC Controllers

NEW

BLC radio button polar white, velvety

* 1760 60 89

Radio signal reception frequency 433,42 MHz; Learnable radio transmitters 30 on page T12

Extension unit operation with BLC extension unit and push-button (NO) possible as of release R2.1. For actuation via button and radio transmitter. For BLC universal touch dimmer order no. 2902 For BLC touch control unit 1-10 V order no. 2903 For BLC touch dimmer LV order no. 2904 For BLC triac switch insert LV order no. 2905 for BLC relay switch insert order no. 2906 For BLC relay switch insert with potential-free contact order no. 2906 10 For BLC relay switch insert HVAC order no. 2912 For BLC Tronic switch insert order no. 2916

BLC controller 180 polar white, velvety

on page T15

Packing unit

* 1783 60 89

U with cover to limit detection angle to 90°

172

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER Q.1 Order no.

NEW

Order no.

NEW

BLC controller 180 polar white, velvety

on page T15

Packing unit

* 1786 60 89

Nominal mounting height 2,2 m; Range frontal approx. 12 m; Range lateral each approx. 6 m; At assembly height 1,1 m; Range frontal approx. 6 m; Range lateral each approx. 3 m; Detection field semi-oval shaped approx. 12 x 12 m; Detection angle 180 °; Detection levels 3; Switching segments 104; Response sensitivity programmable approx. 20 - 100 % ; Response brightness adjustable approx. 0 - 80 / unlimited Lux; Delay time approx. 2 min.; Operating temperature -20 - +45 °C; Dimensions assembling height 23,5 mm Switches on for the duration of the controller delay time in case minimum response brightness level is infringed and if movement of people is detected. In conjunction with a BLC relay switch unit HVAC, the HVAC-channel is also switched on for the duration of its delay time independent of response brightness. For BLC universal touch dimmer order no. 2902 For BLC touch control unit 1-10 V order no. 2903 For BLC touch dimmer LV order no. 2904 For BLC triac switch insert LV order no. 2905 for BLC relay switch insert order no. 2906 For BLC relay switch insert with potential-free contact order no. 2906 10 For BLC controller extension unit order no. 2908 For BLC relay switch insert HVAC order no. 2912 For BLC Tronic switch insert order no. 2916 For BLC stair light time switching impulse insert order no. 2934 10

V with cover to limit detection angle to 90°

BLC controller 180 comfort with slide switch for off/automatic/on polar white, velvety

on page T15

Packing unit

* 1784 60 89

Nominal mounting height 1,1 m; Range frontal approx. 10 m; Range lateral each approx. 6 m; Detection field semi-oval shaped approx. 10 x 12 m; Detection angle 180 °; Detection levels 2; Switching segments 72; Response sensitivity programmable approx. 20 - 100 % ; Response brightness adjustable approx. 0 - 80 / unlimited Lux; Delay time adjustable approx. 10 sec.- 30 min. ; Time to dim down 30 sec.; Step operation 0,5 sec.; Immunity time approx. 3 sec.; Operating temperature -20 - +45 °C; Dimensions assembling height 23,5 mm Direct sunlight penetration the upward-pointing detection plane results in failure of the movement controller. Only suitable for interiors! Switches on for the duration of the delay time set on the controller in case minimum response brightness level is infringed and if movement of people is detected. In conjunction with a BLC relay switch unit HVAC, the HVAC-channel is also switched on for the duration of its delay time independent of response brightness. For BLC universal touch dimmer order no. 2902 For BLC touch control unit 1-10 V order no. 2903 For BLC touch dimmer LV order no. 2904 For BLC triac switch insert LV order no. 2905 for BLC relay switch insert order no. 2906 For BLC relay switch insert with potential-free contact order no. 2906 10 For BLC controller extension unit order no. 2908 For BLC relay switch insert HVAC order no. 2912 For BLC Tronic switch insert order no. 2916 For BLC stair light time switching impulse insert order no. 2934 10

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

173

BERKER Q.1 Order no.

NEW

BLC controller 180 comfort with slide switch for off/automatic/on polar white, velvety

on page T15

Packing unit

* 1787 60 89

NEW

on page T15

Packing unit

BLC controller 180 IP44 polar white, velvety

* 1783 61 89

For BLC universal touch dimmer order no. 2902 For BLC touch control unit 1-10 V order no. 2903 For BLC touch dimmer LV order no. 2904 For BLC triac switch insert LV order no. 2905 for BLC relay switch insert order no. 2906 For BLC relay switch insert with potential-free contact order no. 2906 10 For BLC controller extension unit order no. 2908 For BLC relay switch insert HVAC order no. 2912 For BLC Tronic switch insert order no. 2916 For BLC stair light time switching impulse insert order no. 2934 10

microprocessor controlled mode of oper.(detection signal evaluation and interfering signal suppres.) glare-proof e.g. against a torch no switch-on in case of inadvertent brief shadowing with adaptive sensitivity adjustment with teach function for response brightness step operation with immunity time (e.g. for bell) switch-on brightness in conjunction with BLC dimmer inserts can only be saved via BLC extension unit with dimming function (soft-off) when using BLC dimmer inserts with cover to limit detection angle to 90°

174

Order no.

IP44 with cover to limit detection angle to 90°

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER Q.1 Order no.

NEW

* 1786 61 89

Order no.

NEW

BLC controller 180 IP44 polar white, velvety

on page T15

Packing unit

BLC controller 180 comfort IP44 polar white, velvety

on page T15

Packing unit

* 1784 61 89

Attention! Sealing set attached.

Direct sunlight penetration the upward-pointing detection plane results in failure of the movement controller. Only suitable for interiors!

For BLC universal touch dimmer order no. 2902 For BLC touch control unit 1-10 V order no. 2903 For BLC touch dimmer LV order no. 2904 For BLC triac switch insert LV order no. 2905 for BLC relay switch insert order no. 2906 For BLC relay switch insert with potential-free contact order no. 2906 10 For BLC controller extension unit order no. 2908 For BLC relay switch insert HVAC order no. 2912 For BLC Tronic switch insert order no. 2916 For BLC stair light time switching impulse insert order no. 2934 10

V IP44 with cover to limit detection angle to 90°

Switches on for the duration of the motion detector delay time in case minimum response brightness level is infringed and if movement of people is detected. In conjunction with a BLC relay switch unit HVAC, the HVAC-channel is also switched on for the duration of its delay time independent of response brightness. For BLC universal touch dimmer order no. 2902 For BLC touch control unit 1-10 V order no. 2903 For BLC touch dimmer LV order no. 2904 For BLC triac switch insert LV order no. 2905 for BLC relay switch insert order no. 2906 For BLC relay switch insert with potential-free contact order no. 2906 10 For BLC controller extension unit order no. 2908 For BLC relay switch insert HVAC order no. 2912 For BLC Tronic switch insert order no. 2916 For BLC stair light time switching impulse insert order no. 2934 10

U IP44 microprocessor controlled mode of oper.(detection signal evaluation and interfering signal suppres.) glare-proof e.g. against a torch no switch-on in case of inadvertent brief shadowing with adaptive sensitivity adjustment with teach function for response brightness step operation with immunity time (e.g. for bell) switch-on brightness in conjunction with BLC dimmer inserts can only be saved via BLC extension unit with dimming function (soft-off) when using BLC dimmer inserts with cover to limit detection angle to 90°

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

175

BERKER Q.1 Order no.

NEW

* 1787 61 89

Order no.

Packing unit

Thermostats

BLC controller 180 comfort IP44 polar white, velvety

on page T15

Packing unit

NEW

polar white, velvety

on page T34

For BLC universal touch dimmer order no. 2902 For BLC touch control unit 1-10 V order no. 2903 For BLC touch dimmer LV order no. 2904 For BLC triac switch insert LV order no. 2905 for BLC relay switch insert order no. 2906 For BLC relay switch insert with potential-free contact order no. 2906 10 For BLC controller extension unit order no. 2908 For BLC relay switch insert HVAC order no. 2912 For BLC Tronic switch insert order no. 2916 For BLC stair light time switching impulse insert order no. 2934 10

If the pre-set temperature is reached the contact opens. Replacement centre plate order no. 1671 60 89 Suitable valve drive order no. 7590 00 76

Room thermostat 24 V with NC contact, centre plate, rocker switch and LED polar white, velvety

on page T34

* 2031 60 89

IP44 microprocessor controlled mode of oper.(detection signal evaluation and interfering signal suppres.) glare-proof e.g. against a torch no switch-on in case of inadvertent brief shadowing with adaptive sensitivity adjustment with teach function for response brightness step operation with immunity time (e.g. for bell) switch-on brightness in conjunction with BLC dimmer inserts can only be saved via BLC extension unit with dimming function (soft-off) when using BLC dimmer inserts with cover to limit detection angle to 90°

* 2030 60 89

Attention! included. Switches on for the duration of the motion detector delay time in case minimum response brightness level is infringed and if movement of people is detected. In conjunction with a BLC relay switch unit HVAC, the HVAC-channel is also switched on for the duration of its delay time independent of response brightness.

Room thermostat with NC contact, centre plate, rocker switch and LED

NEW

Centre plate with setting knob, rocker and lens for room thermostat with NC contact polar white, velvety

* 1671 60 89

Replacement demand for order no. 2030 60 89, 2031 60 89

with imprint setting knob with temperature range limitation

176

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER Q.1 Order no.

NEW

Room thermostat with change-over and centre plate polar white, velvety

on page T34

Packing unit

* 2026 60 89

Order no.

NEW

Neutral conductor necessary!

Thermostat time-controlled with NO contact and centre plate polar white, velvety

Replacement centre plate order no. 1670 60 89 Suitable valve drive order no. 7590 00 76 on page T35

* 1670 60 89

Suitable floor temperature sensor / remote sensor order no. 0161 Suitable valve drive order no. 7590 00 76

with imprint setting knob with temperature range limitation

Floor thermostat with NO contact, centre plate, rocker switch, 2 LEDs and floor temperature sensor polar white, velvety

on page T34

* 2034 60 89

Neutral conductor necessary!

Replacement demand for order no. 2026 60 89

NEW

* 2043 60 89

0 - 40 °C, 50/60 Hz Rated voltage 230 V~; Switching current 8 A; Inductive load at cos φ 0,6 max. 2 A; Switching temperature difference approx. 0,5 °C; Time ranges 6 per day/week

Centre plate with setting knob for room thermostat with change-over contact polar white, velvety

with imprint setting knob with temperature range limitation NEW

* 1672 60 89

Replacement demand for order no. 2034 60 89

If the pre-set temperature is reached the contact changes.

NEW

Centre plate with setting knob, rocker and lenses for floor temperature thermostat polar white, velvety

Packing unit

Thermostats Sensor insert Central plate for sensor insert polar white, matt/velvety

7594 04 89

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. Labelling field not usable.

Sensor insert order no. 7594 10 01

with slots for air circulation for e.g. temperature sensor PT100

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

177

BERKER Q.1 Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

RolloTec

Radio buttons

Comfort buttons

NEW

polar white, velvety

* 1770 60 89

Learnable running time 0,5 sec.- 2 min.; Lamella adjustment with signal < 1 sec.; Self-sustaining for 2 min. with signal > 1 - 4 sec. on page T37

on page T37

* 1771 60 89

with 5 light scenes for „open/close“ retrieving light scenes only by using radio transmitter NEW

RolloTec radio button with sensor connection polar white, velvety

Brightness value sun approx. 5 - 80 kLux; Learnable running time 4 sec.- 2 min.; Lamella adjustment with signal < 1 sec.; Locked for 2 min. upon actuation 1 - 4 Sec.

RolloTec button comfort with sensor connection polar white, velvety

* 1758 60 89

RolloTec radio button polar white, velvety

RolloTec button comfort

Packing unit

on page T37

* 1759 60 89

Memory buttons NEW

RolloTec memory button polar white, velvety

* 1756 60 89

Lamella adjustment with signal < 1 sec.; Self-sustaining for 2 min. with signal > 1 sec.; Storage of „up/down“ time with signal > 3,5 sec. on page T37

Stored „up“ and/or „down“ time is run daily in automatic operation. For manual and timer programmed running of awnings, shutters and blinds. For RolloTec standard insert without neutral conductor connection order no. 2911 For RolloTec standard insert order no. 2925 For Rollotec comfort insert order no. 2975 For RolloTec comfort insert for direct current drives order no. 2975 01

178

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER Q.1 Order no.

NEW

* 1757 60 89

* 1774 60 89

Stored „up“ and/or „down“ time is run daily in automatic operation.

For manual and timer programmed running of awnings, shutters and blinds.

Brightness value sun approx. 20 kLux; Lamella adjustment with signal < 1 sec.; Self-sustaining for 2 min. with signal > 1 sec.; Storage of „up/down“ time with signal > 3,5 sec.

on page T37

Timer switches RolloTec easy timer with display polar white, velvety

on page T37

Packing unit

RolloTec timer comfort with display polar white, velvety

no twilight sensor function only for sensor connection to terminal block

NEW

Order no.

NEW

RolloTec memory button with sensor connection polar white, velvety

on page T37

Packing unit

* 1762 60 89

For manual and timer programmed running of awnings, shutters and blinds. For RolloTec standard insert without neutral conductor connection order no. 2911 For RolloTec standard insert order no. 2925 For Rollotec comfort insert order no. 2975 For RolloTec comfort insert for direct current drives order no. 2975 01

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

179

BERKER Q.1 Order no.

NEW

* 1775 60 89

Order no.

Labelling field for flush installation in intermediate ring for central plate

polar white, glossy

Intermediate rings Adapter ring for centre plate 50 x 50 mm polar white, velvety

* 1109 60 79

Attention! Not suitable for Berker central plates.

Signalling and command units NEW

Central plate for transmitting and control device Ø 18.8 mm polar white, matt/velvety * 1431 19 09

Screw distance 36 mm

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

1905 00 69

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips.

For manual and timer programmed running of awnings, shutters and blinds.

NEW

Packing unit

Labelling fields

RolloTec timer comfort with display and sensor connection polar white, velvety

on page T37

Packing unit

Suitable for installation of equipotential bonding built-in socket order no. 4604

Central plate for signalling and control device Ø 22.5 mm polar white, matt/velvety * 1432 19 09 1432 07 yellow, glossy

10 10

For centre plate as per DIN 49075 for other centre plates with external size 50 x 50 mm and SCHUKO socket outlet NEW

Intermediate ring for central plate polar white, velvety

* 1109 60 89

labelling field latchable

180

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER Q.1 Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

TV/audio

Central plate for aerial socket 4-hole polar white, matt/velvety

Central plate for XLR round connectors D series polar white, matt/velvety

1412 19 09

For aerial socket 4-hole single box order no. 4594

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

Aerial sockets: Ankaro; Astro; Axing; Delta; Schwaiger with 2 additional SAT outputs (F-sockets)

Circular plug-in connector: Cannon; Deltron; Farnell; Hirose; Monacor; Neutrik; RS Components with supporting plate speakon and jack connector without spreader claws

Central plate for broadband modem box polar white, matt/velvety

1439 19 09

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. Broadband modem socket: Wisi with additional multimedia output

Centre plate for loudspeaker socket outlet and miniature connector insert polar white, velvety, 1gang, 1 knock out opening polar white, velvety, 2gang

1484 19 09

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

Cut-out diameter 23,6 mm; Distance between screws (horizontal/vertical) 19 / 24 mm

* 1196 60 89

# 1197 60 89

Data-/telecommunications 1197 60 89 §10§ 10

NEW

Centre plate for aerial socket 2- and 3-hole polar white, velvety

* 1203 60 89

with knock out SAT input

Central plate for aerial socket 4-hole polar white, matt/velvety

Centre plate for cable outlet and VDo connection box polar white, velvety

Packing unit

1483 19 09

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. Aerial sockets: Hirschmann with 2 additional SAT outputs (F-sockets)

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

* 1019 60 89

For cable outlet order no. 4468, 4470

VDo connection boxes: Rutenbeck with outlet NEW

Centre plate for TAE socket outlet and loudspeaker connection box polar white, velvety

* 1033 60 89

EAD socket outlets: Drivex; Fröhlich + Walter; Intracom; TAE and FCC overvoltage protection sockets: Dehn; FCC socket outlets: Dätwyler; Rutenbeck

181

BERKER Q.1 Order no.

Packing unit

NEW

Central plate for TAE socket outlet 6F+N polar white, matt/velvety # 1457 19 09

Order no.

Not suitable for combining with other DALI sensors or centres.

Central plate for TAE socket outlet 6/6FF and 6/6NF and loudspeaker connection box 10

Central plate for FCC socket outlet polar white, matt/velvety # 1468 19 09

For FCC socket outlet order no. 4538, 4568 For FCC socket outlet shielded order no. 4554, 4586, 4590

FCC socket outlets: Ackermann; AMP; BTR; Crack-IT; Rutenbeck; Telegärtner; Telena with 45° oblique outlet for 1gang socket outlet cat.3, cat.5e and cat.6

for USB data interface flush-mounted 1 knock out opening

Central plate for 1st TAE socket outlet (Telekom) 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. with imprint 2 knock out openings

Centre plate for PTT socket outlet „Netherlands“

* 61 1036 60 89

universal for standard commercially available PTT socket outlets NEW

Centre plate for RTT socket outlet „Belgium“ polar white, velvety

* 67 1103 60 89

For RTT socket outlet order no. BERT T0 1

182

NEW

Centre plate for FCC/E-DAT design/Telekom ISDN socket outlet polar white, velvety

Identifies the 1st TAE socket outlet inside an apartment/property.

polar white, velvety

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

EAD socket outlets: Drivex; Fröhlich + Walter; Intracom; TAE and FCC overvoltage protection sockets: Dehn; FCC socket outlets: Dätwyler; Rutenbeck

NEW

FCC socket outlets: Ackermann; AMP; BTR; Crack-IT; Rutenbeck; Telegärtner; Telena with 45° oblique outlet for 1gang socket outlet cat.3, cat.5e and cat.6

For TAE socket outlet order no. 4487 ..

polar white, matt/velvety # 1477 19 09

* 1407 60 89

For FCC socket outlet order no. 4538, 4568 For FCC socket outlet shielded order no. 4554, 4586, 4590

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

polar white, matt/velvety # 1458 19 09

Centre plate for FCC socket outlet polar white, velvety

Packing unit

* 1409 60 89

For FCC socket outlet order no. 4539, 4562, 4592 For FCC socket outlet shielded order no. 4555, 4587, 4591

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER Q.1 Order no.

Packing unit

Central plate FCC/E-DAT design/Telekom ISDN socket outlet polar white, matt/velvety # 1469 19 09

For FCC socket outlet order no. 4539, 4562, 4592 For FCC socket outlet shielded order no. 4555, 4587, 4591

Central plate for FCC and Telekom ISDN socket outlet (IAE) 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. ISDN socket outlets (ZE Kommunikationstechnik): Telekom; FCC socket outlets: Telena; ZE Kommunikationstechnik with 25° oblique outlet for 2gang socket outlet cat.3

Central plate for FCC and Telekom ISDN socket outlet (IAE) polar white, matt/velvety # 1430 19 09

Packing unit

Central plate for FCC/IAE/FCC-DAT 300E socket outlet

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

polar white, matt/velvety # 1429 19 09

Order no.

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

polar white, matt/velvety # 1446 19 09

Central plate for FCC/IAE/Telekom ISDN socket outlet polar white, matt/velvety # 1467 19 09

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. ISDN socket outlets (BTR): Telekom; FCC socket outlets: BTR; EFB Electronic; Farnell; Fröhlich + Walter; Krone; Monacor; Telena with 45° oblique outlet for 2gang socket outlet cat.3

Central plate for FCC-DAT 300E socket outlet polar white, matt/velvety # 1478 19 09

ISDN socket outlets (Kräcker): Telekom; FCC socket outlets: Farnell; Kräcker with 45° oblique outlet for 2gang socket outlet cat.3

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

183

BERKER Q.1 Order no.

Packing unit

Central plate for E-DAT plus socket outlet with labelling field

Central plate for VAD socket outlet with labelling field

polar white, matt/velvety # 1413 19 09

polar white, matt/velvety # 1423 19 09

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips.

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

FCC socket outlets: BTR; Fröhlich + Walter; Telena

FCC socket outlets: Lanconnect; Schumann; Telegärtner; Telena with 45° oblique outlet with dust protection cover for 1gang or 2gang socket outlet cat.6

with 45° oblique outlet with dust protection cover for 1gang or 2gang socket outlet cat.6

Central plate for FCC socket outlet polar white, matt/velvety # 1420 19 09

Central plate for EMJ45 socket outlet polar white, matt/velvety # 1422 19 09

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. FCC socket outlets: Telegärtner; Telena with 45° oblique outlet for 1gang or 2gang socket outlet cat.5e

184

Order no.

Central plate for FCC socket outlet polar white, matt/velvety # 1419 19 09

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. FCC socket outlets: Brand-Rex; CobiNet; Drivex; EFB Electronic; Fröhlich + Walter; Fröschel; Intracom; OTRA; Schumann; Setec; Sevex; Siemens; Sonepar; ZE Kommunikationstechnik with 40° oblique outlet for 1gang or 2gang socket outlet cat.5, cat.5e and cat.6

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER Q.1 Order no.

Packing unit

NEW

Central plate for 3 MINI-COM modules polar white, matt/velvety

1427 19 09

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. For mini jack order no. 1980, 1984, 1985 For cinch module set order no. 1989 For blank module order no. 1990 For video cinch module order no. 1992 For S-Video module order no. 1993 For VGA module order no. 1994

Central plate for 1 or 2 single modules Reichle&De-Massari polar white, matt/velvety * 1472 19 09

Order no.

Packing unit

Central plate for AMP modular jacks polar white, matt/velvety * 1463 19 09

Central plate for double modules Reichle&De-Massari polar white, matt/velvety * 1461 19 09

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

185

BERKER Q.1 Order no.

NEW

Packing unit

Order no.

Central plate for Krone modular jacks polar white, matt/velvety * 1464 19 09

Central plate for LEXCOM HOME modules polar white, matt/velvety

Indexing dimension (W x H) approx. 14,7 x 19,4 mm

with supporting plate 2gang, with 30° oblique outlet without spreader claws LEXCOM HOME® Registered trademark of Messrs. Lexel A/S.

Central plate for Eline and GiCon4 jacks polar white, matt/velvety # 1498 19 09

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range! Installation only in conjunction with BTR and Kerpen clips. GiCon4 jacks: BTR; ELine 1200- and 250 jacks: Kerpen with supporting plate for LANmark-6 and LANmark-7 jacks Eline 600 GG45 jacks for ELine and GiCon4 sockets cat.5e, cat.6, cat.7 2gang, with 30° oblique outlet without spreader claws NEW

Central plate for Drahtex modular jacks 10

Centre plate with dust protection slider and labelling field polar white, velvety

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

* 1170 60 89

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips. For supporting plate 1gang order no. 4540 ..

Installation only possible with Drahtex mounting or coding frame.

186

Installation is only possible in connection with the assembly frame of Messrs. Lexel.

For modular jack order no. 1854 01

Modular jacks: CobiNet; Drahtex with supporting plate for Drahtex modular jacks cat.5, cat.5e, cat.6 and cat.7 for fibre-optic modules 2gang, with 30° oblique outlet without spreader claws

1441 19 09

Attention! Can only be used with intermediate ring and central plate of the corresponding range.

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

polar white, matt/velvety # 1462 19 09

Packing unit

for supporting plates with coloured mount 1gang NEW

Centre plate with dust protection sliders and labelling field polar white, velvety

* 1181 60 89

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips. For supporting plate 2gang order no. 4541 ..

for supporting plates with coloured mounts 2gang

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER Q.1 Order no.

Packing unit

NEW

Central plate for AMP-ACO polar white, matt/velvety

1494 19 09

Order no.

Fibre-optic couplings: Ackermann; AMP; Brand-Rex; BTR; CobiNet; Corning; Diamond; Drahtex; Huber+Suhner; Quante; Telegärtner

ACO and CO Plus inserts: AMP, order no. 0-0336627-1, 2-0336627-1, 0-0336627-3, 0-1394580-1, 2-1394580-1 cat.5, cat.6 and cat.7 central plates plug-in fixing

Central plate for AMP-ACO with labelling field 1495 19 09

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips.

with supporting plate with 30° oblique outlet for 2 fibre-optic couplings without spreader claws

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. NEW

ACO and CO Plus inserts: AMP, order no. 0-0336627-1, 2-0336627-1, 0-0336627-3 cat.5, cat.6 and cat.7 NEW

polar white, velvety

* 1153 60 89

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips. ACO and CO Plus inserts: AMP, order no. 0-1394582-1, 0-1394763-1, 2-1394582-1; Schumann; Telena; SML inserts: Siemens with supporting plate cat.5, cat.6 and cat.7 with 30° oblique outlet for screw cover without spreader claws

# 1138 60 89

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. Fibre-optic couplings: Ackermann; AMP; Brand-Rex; BTR; CobiNet; Corning; Diamond; Drahtex; FiberCraft; Huber+Suhner; Krone; Quante; Telegärtner with supporting plate with 30° oblique outlet 1 knock out opening for 1 or 2 fibre-optic couplings without spreader claws

Centre plate for Telegärtner OCS cabling system with labelling field polar white, velvety

Central plate for fibre-optic couplings Duplex SC polar white, matt/velvety * 1480 19 09

Centre plate for AMP-ACO and Siemens SML cabling system with labelling field

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

Labelling field not usable.

polar white, matt/velvety

Central plate for fibre-optic couplings Simplex ST polar white, matt/velvety * 1492 19 09

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

Packing unit

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips. OCS modules: Telegärtner; Telena with supporting plate for 1 or 2 individual modules or 1 double module cat.5, cat.5e and cat.6 with 30° oblique outlet without spreader claws

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

187

BERKER Q.1 Order no.

Packing unit

Central plate for round connector Ø 30 mm polar white, matt/velvety # 1433 19 09

Order no.

Hospital installation

Central plate for double pole socket outlet for floating output

Cut-out diameter 30 mm; Screw distance 36 mm

polar white, matt/velvety

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

For double pole socket outlet for floating output order no. 1061

For double pole socket outlet according to DIN 42801 with imprint

Central plate for 6pole socket outlet polar white, matt/velvety

1474 19 09

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

Central plate for 1 D-subminiature connector 1411 19 09

1403 19 09

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

polar white, matt/velvety

Packing unit

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 71008C3; Nurse call systems: Ackermann, clino opt 90, clino phon 95, order no. 71008C; Siedle, order no. AD 306-0; 6pole socket outlets: Hirschmann, Medu 600, Medu 600 GSK

D-subminiature connectors see module inserts. Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. For D-subminiature connector order no. 1834, 1835, 1839 For mounting adapter order no. 1841, 1842

Messrs. Ackermann with supporting plate without spreader claws

NEW

polar white, velvety

Central plate for 2 D-subminiature connector polar white, matt/velvety

1470 19 09

Labelling field not usable. For D-subminiature connector order no. 1834, 1835, 1839 For mounting adapter order no. 1841, 1842

NEW

Data connector housings Data connector housing with labelling field 10

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips. Mounting plates see acessories order no. 1111 .., 1112 ..

188

* 1298 60 89

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73070A centre plate plug-in fixing

Communication technics

with supporting plate for mounting plates without spreader claws

Centre plate for databus connection unit with plug-in opening polar white, velvety

with supporting plate without spreader claws

* 1110 60 89

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

polar white, velvety

* 1204 60 89

D-subminiature connectors see module inserts.

NEW

Centre plate for databus termination splitter/ empty unit

NEW

Centre plate for plug-and-socket connector polar white, velvety

* 1305 60 89

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 74189A a-coded for dropping plug-and-socket connector centre plate plug-in fixing

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER Q.1 Order no.

NEW

Packing unit

NEW

Centre plate with 2 plug-in openings and imprint polar white, velvety

* 1244 60 89

Order no.

Centre plate with red call push-button at top and a plug-in opening polar white, velvety

* 1217 60 89

* 1218 60 89

* 1216 60 89

NEW

* 1219 60 89

NEW

* 1308 60 89

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73640J, 73640J2 for office unit button with lens with imprint „SU-AUS WARTEN“ centre plate plug-in fixing NEW

Centre plate with red call button and green shut-off button polar white, velvety

* 1249 60 89

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73642B2 for call push-button and shut-off push-button buttons with lens centre plate plug-in fixing NEW

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Centre plate with acknowledge button white polar white, velvety

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73022A, 73022A2 for call push-button button with lens centre plate plug-in fixing

* 1223 60 89

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73022A, 73022A2 for call push-button button with lens with imprint centre plate plug-in fixing

Centre plate with red call push-button at bottom polar white, velvety

Centre plate for call unit with blue doctor call button polar white, velvety

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73071F, 73071F2, 73073F for call module with call push-button button with lens centre plate plug-in fixing NEW

* 1252 60 89

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73642D for shut-off push-button button with lens centre plate plug-in fixing

Centre plate with red call push-button at top polar white, velvety

Centre plate with yellow shut-off button polar white, velvety

NEW

Centre plate with red call button and 2 plug-in openings polar white, velvety

* 1251 60 89

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73642C for shut-off push-button button with lens centre plate plug-in fixing

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73075C, 73020G, 73021G, 73075D for call unit with 2 diagnostic plug-in contacts centre plate plug-in fixing NEW

Centre plate with green shut-off button polar white, velvety

Packing unit

Centre plate with green and yellow shut-off button polar white, velvety

* 1253 60 89

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73642E for shut-off push-button buttons with lens centre plate plug-in fixing

189

BERKER Q.1 Order no.

NEW

Packing unit

Order no.

Packing unit

Centre plate with green presence button/white acknowledge button polar white, velvety

* 1299 60 89

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73642B for office unit buttons with lens with imprint „SU-AUS WARTEN“ centre plate plug-in fixing NEW

Centre plate for pneumatic call switch with lens polar white, velvety

* 1236 60 89

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 70006C; Nurse call systems: Ackermann, clino opt 90, 99 / clino phon 95, order no. 70006A, 70006B centre plate plug-in fixing NEW

Centre plate for pullcord push-button with lens polar white, velvety

* 1233 60 89

Nurse call systems: Ackermann, clino opt 90, 99 / clino phon 95, order no. 70045A3, 70046A3, 70046A for pullcord push-button with pullcord and knob centre plate plug-in fixing NEW

Centre plate for radio programme system with small sound system polar white, velvety

* 1300 60 89

Nurse call systems: Ackermann, clino opt 90, 99 / clino phon 95, order no. 73120C, 73120H for earpiece and volume control with imprinted symbol curve centre plate plug-in fixing NEW

Centre plate for radio programme selector switch polar white, velvety

* 1301 60 89

Nurse call systems: Ackermann, clino opt 90, 99 / clino phon 95, order no. 73120A with imprint „0-1-2-3-4-5“ centre plate plug-in fixing

190

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Order no.

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Packing unit

Order no.

Packing unit

191

Surfaces Frames /covers/centre inserts Plastic, glossy white

similar to RAL 1013

polar white similar to RAL 9010

Plastic, matt lacquered

192

anthracite

similar to RAL 7021

aluminium

similar to RAL 9006

Berker K.5

196-199

Berker K.1 Rockers and centre inserts

200-241

Berker K.1

Surface range Flush-mounted system

Sharp edges, square corners and straight-lined balance with deliberate renunciation of all other design attributes: these are the prominent design characteristics of the Berker K.1 surface range.

Berker‘s new interpretation of a timeless design responds to the desire of many builders and architects for rooms with a clear and straight forward character – the hallmark of timeless design.

■ Flat, glossy / matt surfaces ■ High breaking resistance and long life ■ Available surfaces: polar white, white, anthracite and aluminium ■ Available in splash-protected IP 44 version

Marked items are suitable for installation of splash-protected flush-mounted IP 44 when used in conjunction with corresponding sealing set. 193

BERKER K.1 Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

NEW

Frames white, glossy, 1gang white, glossy, 2gang vertical

1313 70 02 1323 70 02

10 2

1333 70 02

aluminium, matt, 3gang vertical

* 1333 70 24

white, glossy, 3gang vertical white, glossy, 4gang vertical

1343 70 02

aluminium, matt, 4gang vertical

* 1343 70 24

white, glossy, 5gang vertical

1353 70 02

aluminium, matt, 5gang vertical

* 1353 70 24

white, glossy, 2gang horizontal

1363 70 02

aluminium, matt, 2gang horizontal

* 1363 70 24

white, glossy, 3gang horizontal

1373 70 02

* 1373 70 24

white, glossy, 4gang horizontal

aluminium, matt, 3gang horizontal

1383 70 02

* 1383 70 24

white, glossy, 5gang horizontal

1393 70 02

aluminium, matt, 4gang horizontal aluminium, matt, 5gang horizontal

* 1393 70 24

on page T67

IP44 protection when using a sealing set order no. 1010 7..

polar white, glossy, 1gang

1313 70 09

polar white, glossy, 2gang vertical

1323 70 09

polar white, glossy, 3gang vertical

1333 70 09

polar white, glossy, 4gang vertical

1343 70 09

polar white, glossy, 5gang vertical

1353 70 09

polar white, glossy, 2gang horizontal

1363 70 09

polar white, glossy, 3gang horizontal

1373 70 09

polar white, glossy, 4gang horizontal

1383 70 09

polar white, glossy, 5gang horizontal

1393 70 09

IP44 protection when using a sealing set order no. 1010 7.. NEW

on page T67

* 1313 70 24 * 1323 70 24

10 2

IP44 protection when using a sealing set order no. 1010 7..

Frame

on page T67

Frame aluminium, matt, 1gang aluminium, matt, 2gang vertical

Frame

on page T67

Packing unit

Frame with large cut-out Frame with large cut-out white, glossy

anthracite, matt, 1gang anthracite, matt, 2gang vertical

* 1313 70 06 * 1323 70 06

10 2

anthracite, matt, 3gang vertical

* 1333 70 06

anthracite, matt, 4gang vertical

* 1343 70 06

anthracite, matt, 5gang vertical

* 1353 70 06

anthracite, matt, 2gang horizontal

* 1363 70 06

anthracite, matt, 3gang horizontal

* 1373 70 06

anthracite, matt, 4gang horizontal

* 1383 70 06

anthracite, matt, 5gang horizontal

* 1393 70 06

Not suitable for surface-mounted housing.

on page T67

For push-button 4gang order no. 7516 43 70 For push-button 4gang comfort order no. 7516 47 70 For light scene push-button 8gang order no. 7516 88 70 For push-button 3gang with RTR order no. 7566 37 70 For push-button 5gang with RTR order no. 7566 57 70

for vertical mounting

Frame with large cut-out polar white, glossy

1309 70 09

Not suitable for surface-mounted housing.

on page T67

Frame

1309 70 02

for vertical mounting NEW

Frame with large cut-out anthracite, matt

* 1309 70 06

Not suitable for surface-mounted housing.

on page T67

For push-button 4gang order no. 7516 43 75 For push-button 4gang comfort order no. 7516 47 75 For light scene push-button 8gang order no. 7516 88 75 For push-button 3gang with RTR order no. 7566 37 75 For push-button 5gang with RTR order no. 7566 57 75

for vertical mounting

IP44 protection when using a sealing set order no. 1010 7..

194

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER K.1 Order no.

NEW

Packing unit

NEW

Frame with large cut-out aluminium, matt

* 1309 70 24

Order no.

Not suitable for surface-mounted housing. on page T67

aluminium, matt

For push-button 4gang order no. 7516 43 74 For push-button 4gang comfort order no. 7516 47 74 For light scene push-button 8gang order no. 7516 88 74 For push-button 3gang with RTR order no. 7566 37 74 For push-button 5gang with RTR order no. 7566 57 74

with cable and duct entry entry at top, bottom and at each side in the middle possible for vertical mounting suitable for mounting on flammable base surface

Surface-mounted housing 1gang 10 10 10 10

NEW

aluminium, matt

For suitable tube-entries and replacement for cable and duct entries refer to the dry surface-mounted range.

* * 1042 70 24

with cable and duct entry entry at top, bottom and at each side in the middle possible for horizontal mounting suitable for mounting on flammable base surface

5 5 5 5

Installation depth 36 mm

For suitable tube-entries and replacement for cable and duct entries refer to the dry surface-mounted range. Flush-mounted devices can be used with the surfacemounted housings for surface-mounted installation. with cable and duct entry entry at top, bottom and at each side in the middle possible for vertical mounting suitable for mounting on flammable base surface

Flush-mounted devices can be used with the surfacemounted housings for surface-mounted installation.

Surface-mounted housing 2gang

aluminium, matt

* * 1052 70 24

5 5 5

For suitable tube-entries and replacement for cable and duct entries refer to the dry surface-mounted range.

with cable and duct entry entry at top and bottom possible suitable for mounting on flammable base surface

1042 70 02 1042 70 09 1042 70 06

1052 70 02 1052 70 09 1052 70 06

Installation depth 36 mm

Flush-mounted devices can be used with the surfacemounted housings for surface-mounted installation.

white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt

Surface-mounted housing 2gang white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt

Installation depth 36 mm

NEW

Flush-mounted devices can be used with the surfacemounted housings for surface-mounted installation.

Built-on installation housings 1041 70 02 1041 70 09 * 1041 70 06 * 1041 70 24

* * 1043 70 24

5 5 5

For suitable tube-entries and replacement for cable and duct entries refer to the dry surface-mounted range.

Surface-mounted housings

white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1043 70 02 1043 70 09 1043 70 06

Installation depth 36 mm

for vertical mounting

NEW

Surface-mounted housing 3gang white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt

Packing unit

NEW

Surface-mounted housing 3gang white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1053 70 02 1053 70 09 1053 70 06

* * 1053 70 24

5 5 5 5

Installation depth 36 mm

For suitable tube-entries and replacement for cable and duct entries refer to the dry surface-mounted range. Flush-mounted devices can be used with the surfacemounted housings for surface-mounted installation. with cable and duct entry entry at top, bottom and at each side in the middle possible for horizontal mounting suitable for mounting on flammable base surface

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

195

Surfaces Frames/covers/centre inserts Stainless steel, matt finish Individual items that cannot be coated for technical reasons are lacquered.

196

Berker K.5 Rockers and centre inserts

Berker K.5

200-241

Surface range Flush-mounted system

Clear contours. Consistent design. Cultivated appearance. The Berker K.5 is perfect for all those who value both fine forms and superior matterial quality

■ Stainless steel version of the classic Berker K.1 design ■ Unique combination of sharp-edged contours and matt-shiny surface ■ Available in splash-protected IP 44 version

Marked items are suitable for installation of splash-protected flush-mounted IP 44 when used in conjunction with corresponding sealing set.

197

BERKER K.5 Order no.

Packing unit

Frames stainless steel, 1gang stainless steel, 2gang vertical

1313 70 04 1323 70 04

10 2

stainless steel, 3gang vertical

1333 70 04

stainless steel, 4gang vertical

1343 70 04

stainless steel, 5gang vertical

1353 70 04

stainless steel, 2gang horizontal

1363 70 04

stainless steel, 3gang horizontal

1373 70 04

stainless steel, 4gang horizontal

1383 70 04

stainless steel, 5gang horizontal

1393 70 04

Frame with large cut-out 1309 70 04

Not suitable for surface-mounted housing. For push-button 4gang order no. 7516 43 73 For push-button 4gang comfort order no. 7516 47 73 For light scene push-button 8gang order no. 7516 88 73 For push-button 3gang with RTR order no. 7566 37 73 For push-button 5gang with RTR order no. 7566 57 73

Installation depth 36 mm For suitable tube-entries and replacement for cable and duct entries refer to the dry surface-mounted range. Flush-mounted devices can be used with the surfacemounted housings for surface-mounted installation. with cable and duct entry entry at top, bottom and at each side in the middle possible for vertical mounting suitable for mounting on flammable base surface

Surface-mounted housing 3gang stainless steel, lacquered

1043 70 04

Flush-mounted devices can be used with the surfacemounted housings for surface-mounted installation. with cable and duct entry entry at top, bottom and at each side in the middle possible for vertical mounting suitable for mounting on flammable base surface

Surface-mounted housing 2gang stainless steel, lacquered

1052 70 04

Installation depth 36 mm

for vertical mounting

For suitable tube-entries and replacement for cable and duct entries refer to the dry surface-mounted range.

Surface-mounted housings Built-on installation housings Surface-mounted housing 1gang stainless steel, lacquered

1042 70 04

For suitable tube-entries and replacement for cable and duct entries refer to the dry surface-mounted range.

Frame with large cut-out stainless steel

stainless steel, lacquered

Installation depth 36 mm

IP44 protection when using a sealing set order no. 1010 ..

on page T67

Packing unit

Surface-mounted housing 2gang Frame

on page T67

Order no.

1041 70 04

Installation depth 36 mm For suitable tube-entries and replacement for cable and duct entries refer to the dry surface-mounted range.

Flush-mounted devices can be used with the surfacemounted housings for surface-mounted installation. with cable and duct entry entry at top, bottom and at each side in the middle possible for horizontal mounting suitable for mounting on flammable base surface

Flush-mounted devices can be used with the surfacemounted housings for surface-mounted installation. with cable and duct entry entry at top and bottom possible suitable for mounting on flammable base surface

198

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER K.5 Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Packing unit

Surface-mounted housing 3gang stainless steel, lacquered

1053 70 04

Installation depth 36 mm For suitable tube-entries and replacement for cable and duct entries refer to the dry surface-mounted range. Flush-mounted devices can be used with the surfacemounted housings for surface-mounted installation. with cable and duct entry entry at top, bottom and at each side in the middle possible for horizontal mounting suitable for mounting on flammable base surface

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

199

Surfaces Covers/centre inserts Plastic, glossy white

similar to RAL 1013

polar white

similar to RAL 9010

red

similar to RAL 3003

green

similar to RAL 6029

orange

similar to RAL 2003

yellow

similar to RAL 1004

Plastic, matt lacquered anthracite

similar to RAL 7021

aluminium similar to RAL 9006

Stainless steel, matt finish

200

Berker K.1/K.5

Rockers and

centre inserts

Surface range K.1

Rockers and centre inserts:

white and polar white, glossy,

anthracite and aluminium, matt lacquered.

Frames and other devices: from page 188

Surface range K.5

Rockers and centre inserts:

stainless steel, matt finish

Frames and other devices: from page 192

Marked items are suitable for installation of

splash-protected flush-mounted IP 44 when used

in conjunction with corresponding sealing set.

201

BERKER K.1/K.5 Order no.

Packing BERKER K.1/K.5

Order no.

Packing unit

TOP

unit

Flush-mounted wall box according to DIN 49073 part 1

SCHUKOsocket insert SCHUKO-centre plate with self-closing hinged cover

Sealing set K.1/K.5/Q.1 for socket outlets and centre plates (packing unit)

Frame

TOP

Flush-mounted wall box according to DIN 49073 part 1

Rocker switch/ push-button

Rocker

Frame Sealing set K.1/K.5/Q.1 for rocker switch/push-button (packing unit)

Flush-mounted wall box according to DIN 49073 part 1

TOP Key switch/ key pushbutton Centre plate for key switch/ key push-button

Profile half cylinder

TOP/OB EN

Frame Sealing set K.1/K.5/Q.1 for key switches/ key push-button (packing unit)

202

BERKER K.1/K.5 Order no.

Packing unit

Sealings IP44

Order no.

Packing unit

Sealing set K. 1/K. 5/Q. 1 for rocker switch/ rocker push-button

Sealings Sealing set K. 1/K. 5/Q. 1 for socket outlets and centre plates transparent

1010 72 00

transparent

1010 71 00

with IP44 fixing piece to screw on for rocker switches change-over, intermediate, 2pole on/off 10 AX for rocker push-buttons for push-button BCU 1gang and group push-button BCU 1gang

Sealing set K. 1/K. 5/Q. 1 for key switch/key push-button transparent

1010 70 00

For centre plate for key switch/push-button for shutters order no. 1504 7.., 1506 60 89 For centre plate for key switch/push-button order no. 1505 7.., 1507 60 89

for key switches/key push-buttons for profile half cylinders with additional earth contact for key switches/key push-buttons for shutters for profile half cylind. with additional earth cont.

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

203

BERKER K.1/K.5 Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

NEW

Socket outlets SCHUKO-socket outlets NEW

on page T6

SCHUKO socket outlet 4715 70 02 white, glossy 4715 70 09 polar white, glossy anthracite, matt * 4715 70 06 aluminium, matt * 4715 70 24 4715 70 04 stainless steel 4715 70 15 red, glossy 4715 70 13 green, glossy 4715 70 14 orange, glossy white, glossy, enhanced 4735 70 02 contact protection IEC 60884-1 4735 70 09 polar white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 anthracite, matt, * 4735 70 06 enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

aluminium, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

* 4735 70 24

stainless steel, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

4735 70 04

on page T6

aluminium, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

* 73 4135 70 24

stainless steel, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

* 73 4135 70 04

orange, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

* 73 4135 70 14

16 A, 250 V~ For South Tyrol only. Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 with screw-in lift terminals

SCHUKO socket outlet with imprint

with plug-in terminals

on page T6

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 on page T6

4115 70 02 4115 70 09 4115 70 06

* * 4115 70 24

red, glossy, with imprint „EDV“

4715 71 15

green, glossy, with imprint „SV“

4715 71 13

orange, glossy, with imprint „ZSV“

4715 71 14

16 A, 250 V~

SCHUKO socket outlet

aluminium, matt

white, glossy, enhanced * 73 4135 70 02 contact protection IEC 60884-1 polar white, glossy, * 73 4135 70 09 enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

* 73 4135 70 06

The insert of the red, green and orange socket outlets is colour-coded.

white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt

SCHUKO socket outlet

anthracite, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

16 A, 250 V~

NEW

Packing unit

10 10 10 10

4115 70 04 stainless steel white, glossy, enhanced 4135 70 02 contact protection IEC 60884-1 4135 70 09 polar white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 anthracite, matt, * 4135 70 06 enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

10 10

aluminium, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

* 4135 70 24

stainless steel, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

4135 70 04

Insert colour-coded. Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 with plug-in terminals

16 A, 250 V~

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 with screw terminals

204

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER K.1/K.5 Order no.

NEW

aluminium, matt stainless steel, lacquered

4739 70 02 4739 70 09 4739 70 06

* * 4739 70 24

Order no.

NEW

SCHUKO socket outlet with labelling field white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt

on page T6

Packing unit

white, glossy polar white, glossy

aluminium, matt

4739 70 15 red, glossy 4739 70 13 green, glossy 4739 70 14 orange, glossy white, glossy, enhanced 4738 70 02 contact protection IEC 60884-1 4738 70 09 polar white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 anthracite, matt, * 4738 70 06 enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

10 10 10 10

aluminium, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

* 4738 70 24

stainless steel, lacquered, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 16 A, 250 V~

4738 70 04

anthracite, matt stainless steel, lacquered

* 4728 71 02 * 4728 71 09 * 4728 71 06 * 4728 71 24 * 4728 71 04

10 10 10 10 10

16 A, 250 V~ Specially suited for combining several socket outlets if right angle plugs are used. Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips.

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 10

for diagonal installation with plug-in terminals

SCHUKO socket outlet indicator lamp and imprint

on page T6

The insert of the red, green and orange socket outlets is colour-coded.

green, glossy, with imprint „SV“

4126 71 13

orange, glossy, with imprint „ZSV“

4126 71 14

16 A, 250 V~ Neon lamp current 1,5 mA Insert colour-coded. Replacement neon lamp unit see module inserts / accessories order no. 1609

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips.

Execution SV, ZSV to VDE 0100-710 Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

with neon lamp unit with screw-in lift terminals

with plug-in terminals

SCHUKO socket outlet with labelling field and imprint

on page T6

SCHUKO socket outlet 45° with labelling field

10 10 10

4739 70 04

Packing unit

red, glossy, with imprint „EDV“

4739 71 15

green, glossy, with imprint „SV“

4739 71 13

orange, glossy, with imprint „ZSV“

4739 71 14

16 A, 250 V~

NEW

SCHUKO socket outlet with indicator lamp and labelling field white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt

on page T6

aluminium, matt stainless steel, lacquered

4161 70 02 4161 70 09 4161 70 06

* * 4161 70 24 * 4161 70 04

10 10 10 10 10

Insert colour-coded.

16 A, 250 V~ Neon lamp current 1,5 mA

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips.

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

Replacement neon lamp unit see module inserts / accessories order no. 1609

with plug-in terminals

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 with neon lamp unit with screw-in lift terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

205

BERKER K.1/K.5 Order no.

Packing unit

SCHUKO socket outlet with indicator lamp, labelling field and imprint

on page T6

green, glossy, with imprint „SV“

4161 71 13

orange, glossy, with imprint „ZSV“

4161 71 14

Order no.

NEW

on page T60

16 A, 250 V~ Neon lamp current 1,5 mA Insert colour-coded. Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips. Replacement neon lamp unit see module inserts / accessories order no. 1609

Execution SV, ZSV to VDE 0100-710 Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 with neon lamp unit with screw-in lift terminals

SCHUKO socket outlet with overvoltage protection and labelling field white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt

on page T33

aluminium, matt stainless steel, lacquered

4152 71 02 4152 71 09 4152 71 06

* * 4152 71 24

red, glossy

aluminium, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

* 4708 70 24

stainless steel, lacquered, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

* 4708 70 04

Suitable for use according to DIN VDE 0100-410 Tested conform VDE 0664 (EN 61008) Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

1 1

4152 71 15

16 A, 250 V~, 50/60 Hz The insert of the red socket outlet is colour-coded.

to protect connected and downstream loads with plug-in terminals

SCHUKO-socket outlets NEW

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips.

with imprint with indicator LED for „on/error“ with acoustic fault signal with screw terminals

white, glossy, enhanced 4708 70 02 contact protection IEC 60884-1 4708 70 09 polar white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 anthracite, matt, * 4708 70 06 enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

Through-wired socket outlets are also protected.

1 1 1

4152 71 04

Overvoltage protection to EN 61643 and VDE 0675-6, -11 Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

SCHUKO socket outlet with RCD protection switch

16 A, 250 V~, 50/60 Hz Rated fault current 30 mA; Switch off time <= 30 ms; Short-circuit resistance 3 kA (with pre-fuse 20 AgL); Surge current firmness 250 A (8/20) µs

SCHUKO-socket outlets with safety device NEW

Packing unit

on page T6

SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover white, glossy, enhanced 4751 71 02 contact protection IEC 60884-1 4751 71 09 polar white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 anthracite, matt, * 4751 71 06 enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

aluminium, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

* 4751 71 24

stainless steel, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

4751 71 04

16 A, 250 V~

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 with imprint when opening hinged cover, it can be arrested in end position with plug-in terminals

206

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER K.1/K.5 Order no.

NEW

on page T6

Packing unit

NEW

SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover white, glossy, enhanced 4751 72 02 contact protection IEC 60884-1 4751 72 09 polar white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 anthracite, matt, * 4751 72 06 enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

Order no.

10 on page T6

aluminium, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

* 4751 72 24

stainless steel, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

4751 72 04

16 A, 250 V~

white, glossy, enhanced 4752 71 02 contact protection IEC 60884-1 4752 71 09 polar white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 anthracite, matt, * 4752 71 06 enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

aluminium, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

* 4752 71 24

stainless steel, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

4752 71 04

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips.

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

with imprint with self-closing hinged covers with plug-in terminals

on page T6

SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover and labelling field

16 A, 250 V~

IP44 protection when using sealing set order no. 1010 72 00

NEW

Packing unit

with imprint when opening hinged cover, it can be arrested in end position with plug-in terminals

SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover white, glossy, enhanced 4747 71 02 contact protection IEC 60884-1 4747 71 09 polar white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 anthracite, matt, * 4747 71 06 enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

aluminium, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

* 4747 71 24

stainless steel, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

4747 71 04

16 A, 250 V~ Specially suited for combining several socket outlets if right angle plugs are used. Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 with imprint mounting orientation of insert selectable in 45° steps when opening hinged cover, it can be arrested in end position with plug-in terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

NEW

on page T6

SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover and labelling field white, glossy, enhanced 4752 72 02 contact protection IEC 60884-1 4752 72 09 polar white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 anthracite, matt, * 4752 72 06 enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

aluminium, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

* 4752 72 24

stainless steel, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

4752 72 04

16 A, 250 V~ Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips. IP44 protection when using sealing set order no. 1010 72 00

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 with imprint with self-closing hinged covers with plug-in terminals

207

BERKER K.1/K.5 Order no.

NEW

on page T6

Packing unit

SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover and labelling field white, glossy, enhanced 4748 71 02 contact protection IEC 60884-1 4748 71 09 polar white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 anthracite, matt, * 4748 71 06 enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 aluminium, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 stainless steel, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

4748 71 24

4748 71 04

Order no.

SCHUKO-socket outlets NEW

on page T6

16 A, 250 V~ Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips. Suited for combining several socket outlets if right angle plugs are used. Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 with imprint mounting orientation of insert selectable in 45° steps when opening hinged cover, it can be arrested in end position with plug-in terminals

4786 71 02

4786 71 09

16 A, 250 V~

Barrier-free building based on DIN 18025 Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 for barrier-free construction when opening hinged cover, it can be arrested in end position with plug-in terminals

208

stainless steel, lacquered

* * 4753 70 24

10 10 10 10

4753 70 04

white, glossy, enhanced 4729 70 02 contact protection IEC 60884-1 4729 70 09 polar white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 anthracite, matt, * 4729 70 06 enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

aluminium, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

* 4729 70 24

stainless steel, lacquered, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 16 A, 250 V~

4729 70 04

with plug-in terminals

SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover and scannable symbol socket outlet

on page T6

aluminium, matt

4753 70 02 4753 70 09 4753 70 06

For fitting in 1gang wall boxes according to DIN 49073-1 Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

Barrier-free construction

white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 polar white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

Double SCHUKO socket outlet with cover plate white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt

Packing unit

Socket outlets without earth contact NEW

Socket outlet without earth contact white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

on page T6

stainless steel, lacquered

61 6715 70 02 61 6715 70 09 61 6715 70 06

* * 61 6715 70 24 61 6715 70 04

10 10 10 10 10

16 A, 250 V~ Mirror depth 8 mm

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 2pole without spreader claws with plug-in terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER K.1/K.5 Order no.

Packing unit

NEW

Socket outlets with earth pin NEW

on page T6

Order no.

Socket outlet with earth pin white, glossy, enhanced 67 6575 70 02 contact protection IEC 60884-1 67 6575 70 09 polar white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 anthracite, matt, * 67 6575 70 06 enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 aluminium, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

stainless steel, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

67 6575 70 24

67 6575 70 04

on page T6

Packing unit

Socket outlet with earth pin and hinged cover white, glossy, enhanced 67 6577 71 02 contact protection IEC 60884-1 67 6577 71 09 polar white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 anthracite, matt, * 67 6577 71 06 enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

aluminium, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

* 67 6577 71 24

67 6577 71 04

stainless steel, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 16 A, 250 V~

16 A, 250 V~ Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

with imprint 2pole + earth when opening hinged cover, it can be arrested in end position with screw-in lift terminals

2pole + earth with screw-in lift terminals NEW

on page T6

Socket outlet with earth pin white, glossy, enhanced * 67 6875 70 02 contact protection IEC 60884-1 polar white, glossy, * 67 6875 70 09 enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 anthracite, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

* 67 6875 70 06

aluminium, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

* 67 6875 70 24

stainless steel, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

* 67 6875 70 04

16 A, 250 V~

NEW

on page T6

Socket outlet with earth pin and hinged cover white, glossy, enhanced * 67 6877 71 02 contact protection IEC 60884-1 polar white, glossy, * 67 6877 71 09 enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

* 67 6877 71 06

anthracite, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

* 67 6877 71 24

aluminium, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 stainless steel, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

* 67 6877 71 04

16 A, 250 V~ Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 2pole + earth with plug-in terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 with imprint 2pole + earth when opening hinged cover, it can be arrested in end position with plug-in terminals

209

BERKER K.1/K.5 Order no.

Packing unit

NEW

British Standard socket outlets NEW

on page T6

Order no.

white, glossy, with enhanced contact protection polar white, glossy, with enhanced contact protection

* 6347 70 02

* 6347 70 09

anthracite, matt, with enhanced contact protection

* 6347 70 06

aluminium, matt, with enhanced contact protection

* 6347 70 24

stainless steel, lacquered, with enhanced contact protection

6347 70 04

2pole + earth centre plate plug-in fixing without spreader claws with screw terminals

Covers for switches / push-buttons Rockers

Rocker white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt stainless steel

13 A, 250 V~ Equates to standard BS 1363: Part 2.

10 10 10 10 10

IP44 protection when using sealing set order no. 1010 71 00

Delivery including centre plate, surface-mounted frame and frame.

for rocker switches change-over, intermediate for rocker push-buttons for push-button BCU 1gang and group push-button BCU 1gang

For fitting in standard wall boxes according to DIN 49073-1 2pole + earth without neon lamp without spreader claws with screw terminals

NEW

Rocker with labelling field white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt

Euro-American socket outlets

aluminium, matt

NEW

stainless steel

Socket outlet without earth contact „Euro-American Standard“

* 33 4207 80 09

1405 70 02 1405 70 09 * 1405 70 06 * 1405 70 24 1405 70 04

Not suitable for rocker push-button switches.

Not suitable as terminal box.

polar white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

* 33 4209 80 09

16 A, 250 V~

NEW

Socket outlet with earth contact, China polar white, glossy, enhanced contact protection

Socket outlet with earth contact, British Standard, can be switched off

Packing unit

1426 70 02 1426 70 09 1426 70 06

* * 1426 70 24 1426 70 04

10 10 10 10 10

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips for labelling with names, notes etc. Not suitable for rocker push-button switches.

10 A, 250 V~

IP44 protection when using sealing set order no. 1010 71 00

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 for rocker switches change-over, intermediate for rocker push-buttons for push-button BCU 1gang and group push-button BCU 1gang

2pole centre plate plug-in fixing without spreader claws with screw terminals

Chinese socket outlets NEW

Socket outlet with earth contact, China polar white, glossy, enhanced contact protection

* 33 4208 80 09

10 A, 250 V~

2pole + earth centre plate plug-in fixing without spreader claws with screw terminals

210

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER K.1/K.5 Order no.

NEW

Packing unit

NEW

Rocker with 5 lenses attached white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt stainless steel

1415 70 02 1415 70 09 1415 70 06

* * 1415 70 24 1415 70 04

Order no.

10 10 10

aluminium, matt

stainless steel, lacquered

Lenses with symbol for light, bell, door and neutral in clear, also neutral in red transparent.

IP44 protection when using neon lamp unit order no. 1675 .. and sealing set order no. 1010 71 00

for rocker switches change-over, intermediate for rocker push-buttons for push-button BCU 1gang and group push-button BCU 1gang for illumination and monitoring circuit

NEW

Not suitable for rocker push-button switches.

aluminium, matt

IP44 protection when using neon lamp unit order no. 1675 .. and sealing set order no. 1010 71 00

stainless steel

aluminium, matt stainless steel

* * 1415 71 24 1415 71 04

10 10

* * 1425 71 24 1425 71 04

10 10 10 10 10

IP44 protection when using rocker switch order no. 3032 and sealing set order no. 1010 71 00 For rocker switch 2pole on/off order no. 3032 .. For rocker switch 3pole on/off order no. 3033 03

for multi-pole rocker switch with predefined 0 position

Rocker with 5 lenses attached and labelling field 10 10 10

1425 71 02 1425 71 09 1425 71 06

Not suitable for rocker push-button switches.

for rocker switches change-over, intermediate for rocker push-buttons for push-button BCU 1gang and group push-button BCU 1gang for monitoring circuit

1415 71 02 1415 71 09 1415 71 06

Rocker with imprint „0“ white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt

Not suitable for heating systems > 50 kW.

white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt

Not suitable for rocker push-button switches.

Rocker with red lens and „Heizung Notschalter“ imprint

NEW

1496 70 04

Lenses with symbol for light, bell, door and neutral in clear, also neutral in red transparent.

for rocker switches change-over, intermediate for rocker push-buttons for push-button BCU 1gang and group push-button BCU 1gang for illumination and monitoring circuit

Or use glass pane protected heating emergency switch from programme ranges Arsys, flush-mounted splash-protected IP44, Aquatec IP44.

* * 1496 70 24

10 10 10

Labelling field height arranged for 2 9 mm P-touch strips.

IP44 protection when using neon lamp unit order no. 1675 .. and sealing set order no. 1010 71 00

1488 71 15

1496 70 02 1496 70 09 1496 70 06

Labelling field (w x h) approx. 49,5 x 20,3 mm

Not suitable for rocker push-button switches.

red, glossy

Rocker with 5 lenses attached and large labelling field white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt

Packing unit

NEW

Rocker with red lens and imprint „0“ white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1417 71 02 1417 71 09 1417 71 06

* * 1417 71 24

10 10 10 10

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips for labelling with names, notes etc.

stainless steel

Lenses with symbol for light, bell, door and neutral in clear, also neutral in red transparent.

Not suitable for rocker push-button switches. IP44 protection when using neon lamp unit order no. 1675 .. and sealing set order no. 1010 71 00

for rocker switches change-over, intermediate for rocker push-buttons for push-button BCU 1gang and group push-button BCU 1gang for illumination and monitoring circuit

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

1417 71 04

Not suitable for rocker push-button switches.

for multi-pole rocker switch with predefined 0 position for group push-button BCU 1gang for illumination and monitoring circuit

211

BERKER K.1/K.5 Order no.

Packing unit

NEW

Rotary switches NEW

Order no.

white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt stainless steel

1150 71 02 1150 71 09 1150 71 06

* * 1150 71 24 1150 71 04

1 1 1

aluminium, matt

stainless steel

NEW

Rockers

aluminium, matt stainless steel

* * 1435 70 24 1435 70 04

10 10 10

aluminium, matt stainless steel

aluminium, matt stainless steel, lacquered

* * 1437 70 24 * 1437 70 04

10 10 10 10 10

aluminium, matt stainless steel, lacquered

* * 1465 70 24 1465 70 04

Rockers with imprinted symbol arrows white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1435 72 02 1435 72 09 1435 72 06

* * 1435 72 24 1435 72 04

10 10 10 10 10

For group rockers push-button as 2pole rockers push-button for shutters with middle positions order no. 5034 04 For group push-button BCU 2gang order no. 7514 21 00

white, glossy polar white, glossy

1661 71 02 1661 71 09

10 10

Lenses with symbol for light, bell, door and neutral in clear, also neutral in red transparent. Not suitable for rocker push-button switches. IP44 protection when using sealing set order no. 1010 71 00

Rockers for rockers switch 3gang on/off 1465 70 02 1465 70 09 1465 70 06

1405 71 04

Rocker with 5 lenses attached and mouth-held rod

for rockers switches for rockers push-buttons and group rockers pushbuttons for illumination and monitoring circuit for push-button BCU 2gang and group push-button BCU 2gang

white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt

* * 1405 71 24

10 10 10

Barrier-free construction

Not suitable for rockers push-button switches.

NEW

stainless steel

Rockers with red lens 1437 70 02 1437 70 09 1437 70 06

1405 71 02 1405 71 09 1405 71 06

IP44 protection when using sealing set order no. 1010 71 00 For group push-button BCU 1gang order no. 7514 11 00

for rockers switches for rockers push-buttons and group rockers pushbuttons for push-button BCU 2gang and group push-button BCU 2gang

white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt

Not suitable for rockers push-button switches.

NEW

1435 71 04

Rocker with imprinted symbol arrows white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt

Rockers 1435 70 02 1435 70 09 1435 70 06

* * 1435 71 24

10 10 10

For rockers switch for shutters order no. 3035 20 For rockers push-button for shutters order no. 5035 20 For push-button BCU 2gang order no. 7514 20 00

with imprint „0“ and „1“

white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt

1435 71 02 1435 71 09 1435 71 06

For rotary switch order no. 3862 ..

NEW

Rockers with imprinted symbol arrow white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt

Centre plate with rotary knob for rotary switch

Packing unit

10 10 10 10 10

For rockers switch 3gang on/off order no. 6330 23

212

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER K.1/K.5 Order no.

Packing unit

Rocker with red lens and touchable symbol light white, glossy polar white, glossy

1651 71 02 1651 71 09

Order no.

Pullcord switches/pullcord push-buttons NEW

10 10

IP44 protection when using sealing set order no. 1010 71 00

aluminium, matt

Barrier-free building based on DIN 18025

1651 72 02 1651 72 09

10 10

Barrier-free building based on DIN 18025 for barrier-free construction for illuminated rocker push-buttons for push-button BCU 1gang

Rocker with red lens and touchable symbol door 1651 73 02 1651 73 09

10 10

IP44 protection when using sealing set order no. 1010 71 00

for barrier-free construction for illuminated rocker push-buttons for push-button BCU 1gang

on page T6

Hotel card switch cover with imprint and red lens

aluminium, matt stainless steel, lacquered

Centre plate with rotary knob for 3-step switch white, glossy, without 0-position

1088 71 02

polar white, glossy, without 0-position

1088 71 09

anthracite, matt, without 0-position

* 1088 71 06

aluminium, matt, without 0-position

* 1088 71 24

stainless steel, without 0-position

1088 71 04

white, glossy, with neutral-position

1087 71 02

polar white, glossy, with neutral-position

1087 71 09

anthracite, matt, with neutral-position

* 1087 71 06

aluminium, matt, with neutral-position

* 1087 71 24

stainless steel, with neutral-position

1087 71 04

with imprint

Hotel card switch

white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt

IP44 protection when using sealing set order no. 1010 72 00 For 3-step switch with 0-position order no. 3861 For 3-step switch without 0-position order no. 3861 01, 6138 61 01

Barrier-free building based on DIN 18025

NEW

* * 1147 70 24

10 10 10

3-step switches NEW

IP44 protection when using sealing set order no. 1010 71 00

white, glossy polar white, glossy

1147 70 02 1147 70 09 1147 70 06

For pullcord push-button order no. 3956 19 For pullcord switch order no. 3962, 3966, 6139 ..

Rocker with red lens and touchable symbol bell white, glossy polar white, glossy

Centre plate for pullcord switch and pullcord push-button white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt

Not suitable for rocker push-button switches.

for barrier-free construction for rocker switches change-over, intermediate for rocker push-buttons for illumination and monitoring circuit for push-button BCU 1gang and group push-button BCU 1gang

Packing unit

1641 71 02 1641 71 09 1641 71 06

* * 1641 71 24 1641 71 04

10 10 10 10 10

Max. card width 54 mm; Card strength 0,5 - 1,4 mm Other imprint on request! For push-button insert for hotel card switch covers order no. 5051 02, 5051 03, 5052 01, 5056 01

Rotary switches/rotary push-buttons for shutters NEW

Centre plate with rotary knob for rotary switch for shutters white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt stainless steel

1077 71 02 1077 71 09 1077 71 06

* * 1077 71 24 1077 71 04

1 1 1 1 1

IP44 protection when using sealing set order no. 1010 72 00 Interlock disk for conversion to push-button see module inserts order no. 1861 Rotary switch for shutters order no. 3841, 3842

with imprint

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

213

BERKER K.1/K.5 Order no.

Packing unit

NEW

Key switches/key push-buttons for shutters NEW

Centre plate with lock for key switch for shutters 1079 71 02

white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt

polar white, glossy, key removable in mid position anthracite, matt, key removable in mid position

1079 71 09

aluminium, matt

* 1079 71 06

aluminium, matt, key removable in mid position

* 1079 71 24

stainless steel, key removable in mid position white, glossy, key removable in 3 positions

1079 71 04

1079 72 02

polar white, glossy, key removable in 3 positions

1079 72 09

anthracite, matt, key * 1079 72 06 removable in 3 positions

aluminium, matt, key * 1079 72 24 removable in 3 positions

stainless steel, key removable in 3 positions

1079 72 04

* * 1504 71 24 1504 71 04

10 10 10 10 10

IP44 protection when using sealing set order no. 1010 70 00 For key switch for shutters for protection class IP44 order no. 3821 20 For key switch for shutters order no. 3822 10 For key push-button for shutters order no. 3831 10, 3832 10 For key push-button for shutters for protection class IP44 order no. 3831 20

with imprint for profile half cylinders for master-key systems

Key switches/key push-buttons NEW

Centre plate for key switch/key push-button white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt stainless steel, lacquered

1505 70 02 1505 70 09 1505 70 06

* * 1505 70 24 1505 70 04

10 10 10 10 10

Profile half cylinders see module inserts.

Centre plate with lock for key switch for shutters white, glossy, key removable in mid position

1079 73 02

polar white, glossy, key removable in mid position anthracite, matt, key removable in mid position

1079 73 09

* 1079 73 06

1079 73 24

stainless steel, key removable in mid position

stainless steel, lacquered

1504 71 02 1504 71 09 1504 71 06

Profile half cylinders see module inserts.

with imprint with push lock function with 2 keys

aluminium, matt, key removable in mid position

Packing unit

Centre plate for key switch/key push-button for shutters

white, glossy, key removable in mid position

For key switch for shutters order no. 3851, 3852

NEW

Order no.

for profile half cylinders for master-key systems

RCD protection switch

1079 73 04

For key switch for shutters order no. 3851, 3852

with imprint only push-button function with 2 keys

RCD circuit breaker 50 x 50 mm centre plate for RCD protection switch white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt stainless steel, lacquered

1493 02 1493 09 1493 16 06 1493 14 04 1493 04

1 1 1 1 1

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for 50 x 50 mm centre plate of the corresponding range. For RCD protection switch order no. 2844

214

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER K.1/K.5 Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Blank plates

Pilot lamps

NEW

Blank plate with centre plate 1045 70 02

polar white, glossy, without spreader claws

1045 70 09

white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt

anthracite, matt, without spreader claws

1045 70 06

aluminium, matt

aluminium, matt, without 1045 70 24 * spreader claws

stainless steel, lacquered

stainless steel, without spreader claws

1045 70 04

white, glossy, with base and spreader claws

67 1045 70 02

polar white, glossy, with base and spreader claws anthracite, matt, with base and spreader claws

67 1045 70 09

* 67 1045 70 06

* 67 1045 70 24

aluminium, matt, with base and spreader claws stainless steel, with base and spreader claws

67 1045 70 04

aluminium, matt

* * 1045 71 24

10 10

centre plate plug-in fixing NEW

Centre plate for pilot lamp E14 white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt stainless steel, lacquered

1167 70 02 1167 70 09 1167 70 06

* * 1167 70 24 1167 70 04

10 10 10 10 10

LEDs, incandescent lamps and covers see module inserts. IP44 protection when using sealing set order no. 1010 72 00 For pilot lamp E14 order no. 5131 02 NEW

10 10 10 10

IP44 protection when using sealing set order no. 1010 72 00

on supporting plate with large cut-out for customised cut-outs or holes when installing special solutions space-saving for relays, etc. with cover plug for screw fitting without spreader claws

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

1165 70 04

For push-button and pilot lamp E10 order no. 5101 ..

Blank plate with centre plate and screw-fixing 1045 71 02 1045 71 09 1045 71 06

* * 1165 70 24

10 10 10

Push-buttons, LEDs, neon lamps and covers see module inserts.

aluminium, matt

on supporting plate without cut-out centre plate plug-in fixing

white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt

1165 70 02 1165 70 09 1165 70 06

Cut-out diameter 27,2 mm

IP44 protection when using sealing set order no. 1010 72 00

NEW

Centre plate for push-button and pilot lamp E10

white, glossy, without spreader claws

Packing unit

Cover for LED orientation light and LED signal light white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt stainless steel, lacquered

* 1248 70 02 * 1248 70 09 * 1248 70 06 * 1248 70 24 * 1248 70 04

1 1 1 1 1

For LED orientation light order no. 2951 For LED signal light order no. 2952

with printed labels „Bitte warten / Bitte eintreten“ and „Do not disturb / make up room“ with milky foil, for individual labelling

215

BERKER K.1/K.5 Order no.

NEW

aluminium, matt stainless steel, lacquered

1345 70 02 1345 70 09 1345 70 06

* * 1345 70 24 1345 70 04

Order no.

NEW

Info pilot lamp cover with 5 label sheets white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt

on page T29

Packing unit

white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt

aluminium, matt on page T7

Labels supplied: „Nicht eintreten“, „Besetzt“, „Bitte eintreten“, „Bitte Ruhe“, „Bitte warten“.

Timer switches

216

timers Centre plate with setting knob for mechanical timer white, glossy, max. 15 minutes

1634 71 02

polar white, glossy, max. 15 minutes

1634 71 09

anthracite, matt, max. 15 minutes

* 1634 71 06

aluminium, matt, max. 15 minutes

1634 71 24

stainless steel, max. 15 minutes

1634 71 04

white, glossy, max. 120 minutes

1635 71 02

polar white, glossy, max. 120 minutes

1635 71 09

anthracite, matt, max. 120 minutes

* 1635 71 06

aluminium, matt, max. 120 minutes

* 1635 71 24

stainless steel, max. 120 minutes

1635 71 04

NEW

with time scale imprint

1735 70 04

For insert for timer order no. 2948

with 4 light intensity LED very long LED lifetime with clear cover plate

Mechanical timer 15 minutes order no. 2040 Mechanical timer 120 minutes order no. 2041

* * 1735 70 24

1 1 1

For manual and timer programmed switching of electrical loads.

Coloured cover plate see module inserts order no. 1289 .. For insert info pilot lamp order no. 2949

stainless steel, lacquered

1735 70 02 1735 70 09 1735 70 06

Per programme block 2 switching times for „on/off“; Power reserve approx. 4 hrs., maintenance-free; Operating temperature 5 - 35 °C

Current input 25 mA; LED output 800 mW

NEW

Easy timer with display

1 1 1 1

Packing unit

Timer with display white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

on page T7

stainless steel, lacquered

1736 71 02 1736 71 09 1736 71 06

* * 1736 71 24 1736 71 04

1 1 1 1 1

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER K.1/K.5 Order no.

NEW

aluminium, matt stainless steel, lacquered

1738 71 02 1738 71 09 1738 71 06

* * 1738 71 24 1738 71 04

Order no.

1 1 1

NEW

aluminium, matt stainless steel

1135 72 04

10 10

with imprinted symbol curve

Universal series touch dimmers NEW

Button for universal series touch dimmer white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

on page T10

stainless steel

* 1765 70 02 * 1765 70 09 * 1765 70 06 * 1765 70 24 * 1765 70 04

1 1 1 1 1

For universal series touch dimmer order no. 2901

for 2 independent lighting groups with 2-push-buttons operation concept per series

BLC Berker Light Control

Rotary dimmers

Buttons

Centre plate with setting knob for rotary dimmer

stainless steel

* * 1135 72 24

10 10 10

IP44 protection when using sealing set order no. 1010 72 00 For speed controller order no. 2968 01

For RolloTec brightness sensors order no. 0169, 0184 For insert for timer order no. 2948

aluminium, matt

1135 72 02 1135 72 09 1135 72 06

Axial dimension diameter 4 mm

For manual and timer programmed switching of electrical loads.

white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt

Centre plate with setting knob for speed controller white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt

NEW

Packing unit

Speed controllers

Timer with display and sensor connection white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt

on page T7

Packing unit

1135 70 02 1135 70 09 1135 70 06

* * 1135 70 24 1135 70 04

NEW

10 10 10 10 10

Axial dimension diameter 4 mm IP44 protection when using sealing set order no. 1010 72 00 For rotary dimmer order no. 2819 .., 2830 10, 2860 10, 2875, 2885 For universal rotary dimmer order no. 2861 10 For universal rotary dimmer extension unit order no. 2862 10 For rotary dimmer LV order no. 2866 10, 2873 For Tronic rotary dimmer order no. 2867 10, 2874 For rotary potentiometer 1-10 V order no. 2891 10 For push-button rotary potentiometer 1-10 V order no. 2896 10 For rotary potentiometer DALI order no. 2897 For rotary potentiometer DALI with integrated power supply unit order no. 2898

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

on page T12

BLC button white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt stainless steel

1761 70 02 1761 70 09 * 1761 70 06 * 1761 70 24 1761 70 04

1 1 1 1 1

For BLC universal touch dimmer order no. 2902 For BLC touch control unit 1-10 V order no. 2903 For BLC touch dimmer LV order no. 2904 For BLC triac switch insert LV order no. 2905 for BLC relay switch insert order no. 2906 For BLC relay switch insert with potential-free contact order no. 2906 10 For BLC extension unit order no 2907 For BLC relay switch insert HVAC order no. 2912 For BLC Tronic switch insert order no. 2916 For BLC stair light time switching impulse insert order no. 2934 10

with 2-push-buttons operation concept start-up brightness will be stored safe after power failure with BLC relay switch insert HVAC used as timer as well

217

BERKER K.1/K.5 Order no.

Packing unit

Radio buttons

Packing unit

BLC Controllers NEW

BLC radio button

on page T12

Order no.

white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt stainless steel

1760 70 02 1760 70 09 1760 70 06 1760 70 24 1760 70 04

1 1 1 1 1

BLC controller 180 white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

on page T15

stainless steel, lacquered

1783 70 02 1783 70 09 1783 70 06

* * 1783 70 24 1783 70 04

1 1 1 1 1

U with cover to limit detection angle to 90°

218

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER K.1/K.5 Order no.

NEW

BLC controller 180 comfort with slide switch for off/automatic/on white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt

on page T15

Packing unit

aluminium, matt stainless steel, lacquered

1784 70 02 1784 70 09 1784 70 06

* * 1784 70 24 1784 70 04

Order no.

NEW

1 1

Nominal mounting height 1,1 m; Range frontal approx. 10 m; Range lateral each approx. 6 m; Detection field semi-oval shaped approx. 10 x 12 m; Detection angle 180 °; Detection levels 2; Switching segments 72; Response sensitivity programmable approx. 20 - 100 % ; Response brightness adjustable approx. 0 - 80 / unlimited Lux; Delay time adjustable approx. 10 sec.- 30 min. ; Time to dim down 30 sec.; Step operation 0,5 sec.; Immunity time approx. 3 sec.; Operating temperature -20 - +45 °C; Dimensions assembling height 23,5 mm Direct sunlight penetration the upward-pointing detection plane results in failure of the movement controller. Only suitable for interiors! Switches on for the duration of the delay time set on the controller in case minimum response brightness level is infringed and if movement of people is detected. In conjunction with a BLC relay switch unit HVAC, the HVAC-channel is also switched on for the duration of its delay time independent of response brightness. For BLC universal touch dimmer order no. 2902 For BLC touch control unit 1-10 V order no. 2903 For BLC touch dimmer LV order no. 2904 For BLC triac switch insert LV order no. 2905 for BLC relay switch insert order no. 2906 For BLC relay switch insert with potential-free contact order no. 2906 10 For BLC controller extension unit order no. 2908 For BLC relay switch insert HVAC order no. 2912 For BLC Tronic switch insert order no. 2916 For BLC stair light time switching impulse insert order no. 2934 10

BLC controller 180 white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt

1 1 1

aluminium, matt on page T15

Packing unit

stainless steel, lacquered

1786 70 02 1786 70 09 1786 70 06

* * 1786 70 24 1786 70 04

1 1 1 1 1

Nominal mounting height 2,2 m; Range frontal approx. 12 m; Range lateral each approx. 6 m; At assembly height 1,1 m; Range frontal approx. 6 m; Range lateral each approx. 3 m; Detection field semi-oval shaped approx. 12 x 12 m; Detection angle 180 °; Detection levels 3; Switching segments 104; Response sensitivity programmable approx. 20 - 100 % ; Response brightness adjustable approx. 0 - 80 / unlimited Lux; Delay time approx. 2 min.; Operating temperature -20 - +45 °C; Dimensions assembling height 23,5 mm Switches on for the duration of the controller delay time in case minimum response brightness level is infringed and if movement of people is detected. In conjunction with a BLC relay switch unit HVAC, the HVAC-channel is also switched on for the duration of its delay time independent of response brightness. For BLC universal touch dimmer order no. 2902 For BLC touch control unit 1-10 V order no. 2903 For BLC touch dimmer LV order no. 2904 For BLC triac switch insert LV order no. 2905 for BLC relay switch insert order no. 2906 For BLC relay switch insert with potential-free contact order no. 2906 10 For BLC controller extension unit order no. 2908 For BLC relay switch insert HVAC order no. 2912 For BLC Tronic switch insert order no. 2916 For BLC stair light time switching impulse insert order no. 2934 10

V with cover to limit detection angle to 90°

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

219

BERKER K.1 Order no.

NEW

BLC controller 180 comfort with slide switch for off/automatic/on white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt

on page T15

Packing unit

aluminium, matt stainless steel, lacquered

1787 70 02 1787 70 09 1787 70 06

* * 1787 70 24 1787 70 04

BLC controller 180 IP44 white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1 1

Packing unit

BLC Controllers IP44 NEW

1 1 1

220

Order no.

on page T15

* 1783 71 02 * 1783 71 09 * 1783 71 06 * 1783 71 24

1 1 1 1

Nominal mounting height 1,1 m; Range frontal approx. 10 m; Range lateral each approx. 6 m; Detection field semi-oval shaped approx. 10 x 12 m; Detection angle 180 °; Detection levels 2; Switching segments 72; Response sensitivity programmable approx. 20 - 100 % ; Response brightness adjustable approx. 0 - 80 / unlimited Lux; Delay time approx. 2 min.; Operating temperature -20 - +45 °C; Dimensions assembling height 23,5 mm Attention! Sealing set attached. Direct sunlight penetration the upward-pointing detection plane results in failure of the movement controller. Only suitable for interiors! Switches on for the duration of the motion detector delay time in case minimum response brightness level is infringed and if movement of people is detected. In conjunction with a BLC relay switch unit HVAC, the HVAC-channel is also switched on for the duration of its delay time independent of response brightness. For BLC universal touch dimmer order no. 2902 For BLC touch control unit 1-10 V order no. 2903 For BLC touch dimmer LV order no. 2904 For BLC triac switch insert LV order no. 2905 for BLC relay switch insert order no. 2906 For BLC relay switch insert with potential-free contact order no. 2906 10 For BLC controller extension unit order no. 2908, 2934 10 For BLC relay switch insert HVAC order no. 2912 For BLC Tronic switch insert order no. 2916

U with cover to limit detection angle to 90°

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER K.1/K.5 Order no.

NEW

Packing unit

NEW

BLC controller 180 comfort IP44 white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

on page T15

* 1784 71 02 * 1784 71 09 * 1784 71 06 * 1784 71 24

Order no.

Packing unit

BLC controller 180 IP44

1 1

white, glossy polar white, glossy

anthracite, matt

aluminium, matt on page T15

* 1786 71 02 * 1786 71 09 * 1786 71 06 * 1786 71 24

1 1 1 1

Attention! Sealing set attached.

Direct sunlight penetration the upward-pointing detection plane results in failure of the movement controller. Only suitable for interiors!

For BLC universal touch dimmer order no. 2902 For BLC touch control unit 1-10 V order no. 2903 For BLC touch dimmer LV order no. 2904 For BLC triac switch insert LV order no. 2905 for BLC relay switch insert order no. 2906 For BLC relay switch insert with potential-free contact order no. 2906 10 For BLC controller extension unit order no. 2908 For BLC relay switch insert HVAC order no. 2912 For BLC Tronic switch insert order no. 2916 For BLC stair light time switching impulse insert order no. 2934 10

V with cover to limit detection angle to 90°

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

221

BERKER K.1/K.5 Order no.

NEW

Packing unit

anthracite, matt aluminium, matt on page T15

* 1787 71 02 * 1787 71 09 * 1787 71 06 * 1787 71 24

1 1

NEW

anthracite, matt on page T34

For BLC universal touch dimmer order no. 2902 For BLC touch control unit 1-10 V order no. 2903 For BLC touch dimmer LV order no. 2904 For BLC triac switch insert LV order no. 2905 for BLC relay switch insert order no. 2906 For BLC relay switch insert with potential-free contact order no. 2906 10 For BLC controller extension unit order no. 2908 For BLC relay switch insert HVAC order no. 2912 For BLC Tronic switch insert order no. 2916 For BLC stair light time switching impulse insert order no. 2934 10

aluminium, matt stainless steel, lacquered

* 2030 71 02 * 2030 71 09 * 2030 71 06 * 2030 71 24 * 2030 71 04

1 1 1 1 1

Attention! Sealing set attached. Switches on for the duration of the motion detector delay time in case minimum response brightness level is infringed and if movement of people is detected. In conjunction with a BLC relay switch unit HVAC, the HVAC-channel is also switched on for the duration of its delay time independent of response brightness.

Room thermostat with NC contact, centre plate, rocker switch and LED white, glossy polar white, glossy

222

Packing unit

Thermostats

BLC controller 180 comfort IP44 white, glossy polar white, glossy

Order no.

NEW

Room thermostat 24 V with NC contact, centre plate, rocker switch and LED white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt

on page T34

aluminium, matt stainless steel, lacquered

* 2031 71 02 * 2031 71 09 * 2031 71 06 * 2031 71 24 * 2031 71 04

1 1 1 1 1

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER K.1/K.5 Order no.

NEW

Room thermostat with change-over and centre plate white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt

on page T34

Packing unit

aluminium, matt stainless steel, lacquered

* 2026 71 02 * 2026 71 09 * 2026 71 06 * 2026 71 24 * 2026 71 04

anthracite, matt

aluminium, matt

on page T34

anthracite, matt aluminium, matt stainless steel, lacquered

1 1 1 1 1

0 - 40 °C, 50/60 Hz Rated voltage 230 V~; Switching current 8 A; Inductive load at cos φ 0,6 max. 2 A; Switching temperature difference approx. 0,5 °C; Time ranges 6 per day/week

Suitable floor temperature sensor / remote sensor order no. 0161 Replacement centre plate order no. 1116 71 .. Suitable valve drive order no. 7590 00 76

Replacement centre plate order no. 1670 71 .. Suitable valve drive order no. 7590 00 76

* 2034 71 02 * 2034 71 09 * 2034 71 06 * 2034 71 24 * 2034 71 04

stainless steel, lacquered

* 2043 71 02 * 2043 71 09 * 2043 71 06 * 2043 71 24 * 2043 71 04

Neutral conductor necessary!

If the pre-set temperature is reached the contact changes.

white, glossy polar white, glossy

on page T35

Packing unit

Thermostat time-controlled with NO contact and centre plate white, glossy polar white, glossy

Neutral conductor necessary!

Floor thermostat with NO contact, centre plate, rocker switch, 2 LEDs and floor temperature sensor

NEW

1 1

NEW

Order no.

1 1 1 1 1

10 - 50 °C, 50/60 Hz Rated voltage 250 V~; Switching current 10 A; Switching temperature difference approx. 1 °C; Night lowering approx. 5 °C; Sensor cable length 4 m

Neutral conductor necessary!

Centre plate with setting knob, rocker and lens for room thermostat with NC contact

If the pre-set temperature is reached the contact closes.

white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt stainless steel, lacquered

Replacement floor temperature sensor / remote sensor order no. 0161 Replacement centre plate order no. 1672 71 .. Suitable valve drive order no. 7590 00 76

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

1671 71 02 1671 71 09 1671 71 06 1671 71 24 1671 71 04

1 1 1 1 1

Replacement demand for order no. 2030 71 .., 2031 71 ..

with imprint setting knob with temperature range limitation

223

BERKER K.1/K.5 Order no.

Packing unit

1670 71 02 1670 71 09 1670 71 06 1670 71 24 1670 71 04

1 1 1 1 1

Comfort buttons NEW

on page T37 Replacement demand for order no. 2026 71 ..

with imprint setting knob with temperature range limitation

1672 71 02 1672 71 09 1672 71 06 1672 71 24 1672 71 04

1 1 1 1 1

NEW

with imprint setting knob with temperature range limitation

1 1 1 1 1

Replacement demand for order no. 2043 71 ..

with imprint

Sensor insert Central plate for sensor insert white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt stainless steel, lacquered

7594 04 02 7594 04 09 7594 04 85 7594 04 83 7594 04 03

1 1 1 1 1

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. Labelling field not usable.

Sensor insert order no. 7594 10 01

with slots for air circulation for e.g. temperature sensor PT100

224

1770 70 02 1770 70 09 * 1770 70 06 * 1770 70 24 1770 70 04

1 1 1 1 1

Learnable running time 0,5 sec.- 2 min.; Lamella adjustment with signal < 1 sec.; Self-sustaining for 2 min. with signal > 1 - 4 sec.

RolloTec button comfort with sensor connection white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt

Centre plate for thermostat time-controlled 1116 71 02 1116 71 09 1116 71 06 1116 71 24 1116 71 04

white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt stainless steel

Replacement demand for order no. 2034 71 ..

white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt stainless steel, lacquered

RolloTec button comfort

Centre plate with setting knob, rocker and lenses for floor temperature thermostat white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt stainless steel, lacquered

Packing unit

RolloTec

Centre plate with setting knob for room thermostat with change-over contact white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt stainless steel, lacquered

Order no.

on page T37

aluminium, matt stainless steel

1771 70 02 1771 70 09 1771 70 06

* * 1771 70 24 1771 70 04

1 1 1 1 1

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER K.1/K.5 Order no.

Packing unit

Radio buttons white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt stainless steel

1758 70 02 1758 70 09 1758 70 06 1758 70 24 1758 70 04

1 1 1 1 1

Radio signal reception frequency 433,42 MHz; Learnable radio transmitters 30 ; Lamella adjustment with signal < 1 sec.; Self-sustaining for 2 min. with signal > 1 sec.

aluminium, matt on page T37

1756 70 04

1 1

RolloTec radio button with sensor connection 1 1 1 1 1

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

* * 1756 70 24

1 1 1

Stored „up“ and/or „down“ time is run daily in automatic operation.

with 5 light scenes for „open/close“ retrieving light scenes only by using radio transmitter

1759 70 02 1759 70 09 1759 70 06 1759 70 24 1759 70 04

stainless steel

1756 70 02 1756 70 09 1756 70 06

Lamella adjustment with signal < 1 sec.; Self-sustaining for 2 min. with signal > 1 sec.; Storage of „up/down“ time with signal > 3,5 sec.

white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt stainless steel

RolloTec memory button white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt

For actuation via button and radio transmitter.

on page T37

Packing unit

Memory buttons NEW

RolloTec radio button

on page T37

Order no.

RolloTec memory button with sensor connection white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt

on page T37

aluminium, matt stainless steel

1757 70 02 1757 70 09 1757 70 06

* * 1757 70 24 1757 70 04

1 1 1 1 1

no twilight sensor function only for sensor connection to terminal block

225

BERKER K.1/K.5 Order no.

Packing unit

NEW

Timer switches NEW

aluminium, matt stainless steel, lacquered

1762 71 02 1762 71 09 1762 71 06

* * 1762 71 24 1762 71 04

1 1 1 1 1

226

aluminium, matt on page T37

Packing unit

RolloTec timer comfort with display white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt

RolloTec easy timer with display white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt

on page T37

Order no.

stainless steel, lacquered

1774 70 02 1774 70 09 1774 70 06

* * 1774 70 24 1774 70 04

1 1 1 1 1

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER K.1/K.5 Order no.

NEW

aluminium, matt stainless steel, lacquered

1775 70 02 1775 70 09 1775 70 06

* * 1775 70 24 1775 70 04

Order no.

Packing unit

Intermediate rings

RolloTec timer comfort with display and sensor connection white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt

on page T37

Packing unit

NEW

1 1 1

white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt

aluminium, matt

stainless steel, lacquered

1108 71 02 1108 71 09 1108 71 06

* * 1108 71 24 1108 71 04

10 10 10 10 10

Attention! Not suitable for Berker central plates. For centre plate as per DIN 49075 for other centre plates with external size 50 x 50 mm and SCHUKO socket outlet NEW

Intermediate ring for central plate white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt

Adapter ring for centre plate 50 x 50 mm

aluminium, matt stainless steel, lacquered

1108 70 02 1108 70 09 1108 70 06

* * 1108 70 24 1108 70 04

10 10 10 10 10

labelling field latchable

Labelling fields Labelling field for flush installation in intermediate ring for central plate white, glossy polar white, glossy stainless steel, lacquered

1905 00 02 1905 00 69 1905 70 04

10 10 10

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips.

Intermediate rings NEW

Intermediate ring with hinged cover and labelling field for central plate and centre plate 50 x 50 mm

white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt stainless steel

1154 71 02 1154 71 09 1154 71 06

* * 1154 71 24 1154 71 04

10 10 10 10 10

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips. with imprint when opening hinged cover, it can be arrested in end position

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

227

BERKER K.1/K.5 Order no.

Packing unit

Signalling and command units

Order no.

TV/audio

Central plate for transmitting and control device Ø 18.8 mm white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt stainless steel, lacquered

1431 02 1431 09 1431 16 06 1431 14 04 1431 04

Central plate for XLR round connectors D series white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

10 10 10 10 10

10 10 10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. Suitable for installation of equipotential bonding built-in socket order no. 4604

Circular plug-in connector: Amphenol-Tuchel; Binder; Cannon; Farnell; Hirose; Hirschmann; Lumberg; Monacor; RS Components; Extra low voltage jack: PRO-CAR

1412 02 1412 09 1412 16 06 1412 14 04

Cut-out diameter 23,6 mm; Distance between screws (horizontal/vertical) 19 / 24 mm

Screw distance 36 mm

Circular plug-in connector: Cannon; Deltron; Farnell; Hirose; Monacor; Neutrik; RS Components with supporting plate speakon and jack connector without spreader claws NEW

Centre plate for loudspeaker socket outlet and miniature connector insert white, glossy, 1gang, 1 knock out opening

1184 70 02

polar white, glossy, 1gang, 1 knock out opening anthracite, matt, 1gang, 1 knock out opening

1184 70 09

* 1184 70 06

aluminium, matt, 1gang, 1184 70 24 * 1 knock out opening

stainless steel, 1gang, 1 knock out opening

1184 70 04

# 1186 70 02 # 1186 70 09

10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

anthracite, matt, 2gang # 1186 70 06 aluminium, matt, 2gang # 1186 70 24 # 1186 70 04 stainless steel, 2gang

10 10 10

with supporting plate with cut-out dia. 18.8 mm without spreader claws

Central plate for signalling and control device Ø 22.5 mm white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt stainless steel, lacquered

1432 02 1432 09 1432 16 06 1432 14 04 1432 04

10 10 10 10 10

yellow, glossy

1432 07

Screw distance 36 mm

228

Packing unit

white, glossy, 2gang polar white, glossy, 2gang

centre plate plug-in fixing

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER K.1/K.5 Order no.

NEW

Packing unit

Order no.

Centre plate for aerial socket 2- and 3-hole

Data-/telecommunications

white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt

NEW

aluminium, matt stainless steel

1201 70 02 1201 70 09 1201 70 06

* * 1201 70 24 1201 70 04

10 10 10 10

1483 02 1483 09 1483 16 06 1483 14 04 1483 04

Aerial sockets: Hirschmann with 2 additional SAT outputs (F-sockets)

Central plate for aerial socket 4-hole 1484 02 1484 09 1484 16 06 1484 14 04 1484 04

10 10 10 10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. For aerial socket 4-hole single box order no. 4594

10 10

VDo connection boxes: Rutenbeck with outlet

Centre plate for TAE socket outlet and loudspeaker connection box white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt

1035 70 02 1035 70 09 1035 70 06

* * 1035 70 24

aluminium, matt stainless steel

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt stainless steel, lacquered

1005 70 04

10 10 10

For cable outlet order no. 4468, 4470

NEW

10 10 10 10 10

* * 1005 70 24

stainless steel, lacquered

with knock out SAT input

white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt stainless steel, lacquered

1005 70 02 1005 70 09 1005 70 06

aluminium, matt

Central plate for aerial socket 4-hole

Centre plate for cable outlet and VDo connection box white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt

Packing unit

1035 70 04

10 10 10 10 10

EAD socket outlets: Drivex; Fröhlich + Walter; Intracom; TAE and FCC overvoltage protection sockets: Dehn; FCC socket outlets: Dätwyler; Rutenbeck

Central plate for TAE socket outlet 6F+N white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt

1457 16 06 §10§ 10

# 1457 02 # 1457 09 # 1457 16 06

10 10 10

# 1457 14 04

# 1457 04

Aerial sockets: Ankaro; Astro; Axing; Delta; Schwaiger with 2 additional SAT outputs (F-sockets)

aluminium, matt

Central plate for broadband modem box

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1439 02 1439 09 1439 16 06 1439 14 04

stainless steel, lacquered

1457 14 04 §10§ 10

Not suitable for combining with other DALI sensors or centres.

10 10 10 10

For TAE socket outlet order no. 4487 ..

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. Broadband modem socket: Wisi with additional multimedia output "#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

229

BERKER K.1/K.5 Order no.

Packing unit

Central plate for TAE socket outlet 6/6FF and 6/6NF and loudspeaker connection box white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt stainless steel, lacquered

1458 02 1458 09 # 1458 16 06 # 1458 14 04 # 1458 04

10 10 10 10 10

EAD socket outlets: Drivex; Fröhlich + Walter; Intracom; TAE and FCC overvoltage protection sockets: Dehn; FCC socket outlets: Dätwyler; Rutenbeck

aluminium, matt

61 1026 70 02 61 1026 70 09 * 61 1026 70 06

* 61 1026 70 24

10 10 10 10

universal for standard commercially available PTT socket outlets NEW

Centre plate for RTT socket outlet „Belgium“ white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt stainless steel

67 1025 70 02 67 1025 70 09 * 67 1025 70 06

10 10 10

67 1025 70 04

* 67 1025 70 24

Centre plate for FCC socket outlet white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt stainless steel

1407 70 02 1407 70 09 1407 70 06

* * 1407 70 24 1407 70 04

10 10 10 10 10

For FCC socket outlet order no. 4538, 4568 For FCC socket outlet shielded order no. 4554, 4586, 4590

FCC socket outlets: Ackermann; AMP; BTR; Crack-IT; Rutenbeck; Telegärtner; Telena with 45° oblique outlet for 1gang socket outlet cat.3, cat.5e and cat.6

white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt stainless steel, lacquered

Centre plate for PTT socket outlet „Netherlands“ white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt

NEW

Packing unit

Central plate for FCC socket outlet

for USB data interface flush-mounted 1 knock out opening NEW

Order no.

1468 02 1468 09 # 1468 16 06 # 1468 14 04 # 1468 04

10 10 10 10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

For FCC socket outlet order no. 4538, 4568 For FCC socket outlet shielded order no. 4554, 4586, 4590

FCC socket outlets: Ackermann; AMP; BTR; Crack-IT; Rutenbeck; Telegärtner; Telena with 45° oblique outlet for 1gang socket outlet cat.3, cat.5e and cat.6

For RTT socket outlet order no. BERT T0 1

230

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER K.1/K.5 Order no.

NEW

Packing unit

Order no.

Packing unit

Centre plate for FCC/E-DAT design/Telekom ISDN socket outlet

Central plate FCC/E-DAT design/Telekom ISDN socket outlet

white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt

white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt stainless steel, lacquered

aluminium, matt stainless steel

1409 70 02 1409 70 09 1409 70 06

* * 1409 70 24 1409 70 04

10 10 10 10 10

For FCC socket outlet order no. 4539, 4562, 4592 For FCC socket outlet shielded order no. 4555, 4587, 4591

1469 02 1469 09 # 1469 16 06 # 1469 14 04 # 1469 04

10 10 10 10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

For FCC socket outlet order no. 4539, 4562, 4592 For FCC socket outlet shielded order no. 4555, 4587, 4591

Central plate for FCC and Telekom ISDN socket outlet (IAE) white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

# 1429 02 # 1429 09 # 1429 16 06 # 1429 14 04

10 10 10 10

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

231

BERKER K.1/K.5 Order no.

Packing unit

Central plate for FCC and Telekom ISDN socket outlet (IAE) white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

# 1430 02 # 1430 09 # 1430 16 06 # 1430 14 04

10 10 10 10

ISDN socket outlets (Kräcker): Telekom; FCC socket outlets: Farnell; Kräcker with 45° oblique outlet for 2gang socket outlet cat.3

Central plate for FCC/IAE/FCC-DAT 300E socket outlet # 1446 02 # 1446 09 # 1446 16 06 # 1446 14 04 # 1446 04

10 10 10 10 10

# 1467 02 # 1467 09 # 1467 16 06 # 1467 14 04 # 1467 04

232

# 1478 02 # 1478 09 # 1478 16 06 # 1478 14 04 # 1478 04

10 10 10 10 10

Central plate for E-DAT plus socket outlet with labelling field white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

# 1413 02 # 1413 09 # 1413 16 06 # 1413 14 04

10 10 10 10

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips.

FCC socket outlets: BTR; Fröhlich + Walter; Telena with 45° oblique outlet with dust protection cover for 1gang or 2gang socket outlet cat.6 10 10 10 10 10

white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt stainless steel, lacquered

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

Central plate for FCC/IAE/Telekom ISDN socket outlet white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt stainless steel, lacquered

Packing unit

Central plate for FCC-DAT 300E socket outlet

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt stainless steel, lacquered

Order no.

Central plate for FCC socket outlet white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

# 1420 02 # 1420 09 # 1420 16 06 # 1420 14 04

10 10 10 10

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER K.1/K.5 Order no.

Packing unit

Central plate for EMJ45 socket outlet white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

# 1422 02 # 1422 09 # 1422 16 06 # 1422 14 04

Order no.

Packing unit

Central plate for FCC socket outlet 10 10 10 10

white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

# 1419 02 # 1419 09 # 1419 16 06 # 1419 14 04

10 10 10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

FCC socket outlets: Telegärtner; Telena with 45° oblique outlet for 1gang or 2gang socket outlet cat.5e

Central plate for VAD socket outlet with labelling field white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

# 1423 02 # 1423 09 # 1423 16 06 # 1423 14 04

10 10 10 10

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

233

BERKER K.1/K.5 Order no.

Packing unit

Central plate for 3 MINI-COM modules white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1427 02 1427 09 1427 16 06 1427 14 04

10 10 10 10

Central plate for 1 or 2 single modules Reichle&De-Massari 1472 02 1472 09 1472 16 06 1472 14 04

10 10 10 10

234

Packing unit

Central plate for double modules Reichle&De-Massari white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt stainless steel, lacquered

1461 02 1461 09 # 1461 16 06 # 1461 14 04 # 1461 04

10 10 10 10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

Order no.

Modules: Diamond; Reichle&De-Massari with supporting plate for connecting modules RJ45 cat.5e and cat.6 for fibre-optic modules with 30° oblique outlet without spreader claws

Central plate for AMP modular jacks white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt stainless steel, lacquered

1463 02 1463 09 1463 16 06 1463 14 04 # 1463 04

10 10 10 10 10

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER K.1/K.5 Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Central plate for Krone modular jacks white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1464 02 1464 09 1464 16 06 1464 14 04

Central plate for LEXCOM HOME modules white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt stainless steel, lacquered

10 10 10 10

Indexing dimension (W x H) approx. 14,7 x 19,4 mm Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. Modular jacks: 3M; Asyco; BTR; Dätwyler; EFB Electronic; Erni; Hubbell; ICS; Krone; Setec; Telegärtner; Thomas & Betts; LANmark 5, 6 and 7 (only with with Keystone-Clip): Nexans; Keystone Jack: Kerpen; ELine 600 GG45 jacks: Kerpen; Fibre-optic couplings: 3M; Krone; mvk with supporting plate for Krone modular jacks cat.5, cat.5e and cat.6 for Krone fibre-optic couplings MT-RJ jacks for 3M fibre-optic couplings Volition 2gang, with 30° oblique outlet without spreader claws

10 10 10 10

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

10 10 10 10 10

Installation is only possible in connection with the assembly frame of Messrs. Lexel. with supporting plate 2gang, with 30° oblique outlet without spreader claws LEXCOM HOME® Registered trademark of Messrs. Lexel A/S.

Central plate for Eline and GiCon4 jacks white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

# 1498 02 # 1498 09 # 1498 16 06 # 1498 14 04

10 10 10 10

Central plate for Drahtex modular jacks # 1462 02 # 1462 09 # 1462 16 06 # 1462 14 04

1441 02 1441 09 # 1441 16 06 # 1441 14 04 # 1441 04

Attention! Can only be used with intermediate ring and central plate of the corresponding range.

For modular jack order no. 1854 01

white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

Packing unit

NEW

Centre plate with dust protection slider and labelling field white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt stainless steel, lacquered

1170 70 02 1170 70 09 1170 70 06

* * 1170 70 24 1170 70 04

10 10 10 10 10

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips. For supporting plate 1gang order no. 4540 ..

for supporting plates with coloured mount 1gang

235

BERKER K.1/K.5 Order no.

NEW

Packing unit

Centre plate with dust protection sliders and labelling field white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt stainless steel, lacquered

1182 70 02 1182 70 09 1182 70 06

* * 1182 70 24 1182 70 04

Order no.

NEW

Centre plate for AMP-ACO and Siemens SML cabling system with labelling field

10 10 10

white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt

aluminium, matt

stainless steel, lacquered

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips.

Packing unit

1153 70 02 1153 70 09 1153 70 06

* * 1153 70 24 1153 70 04

10 10 10 10 10

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips.

For supporting plate 2gang order no. 4541 ..

for supporting plates with coloured mounts 2gang

Central plate for AMP-ACO white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1494 02 1494 09 1494 16 06 1494 14 04

10 10 10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

Central plate for fibre-optic couplings Simplex ST

Labelling field not usable.

white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

ACO and CO Plus inserts: AMP, order no. 0-1394580-1, 2-1394580-1, 0-0336627-3, 0-0336627-1, 2-0336627-1 cat.5, cat.6 and cat.7 central plates plug-in fixing

Central plate for AMP-ACO with labelling field white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1495 02 1495 09 1495 16 06 1495 14 04

10 10 10 10

236

1492 02 1492 09 # 1492 16 06 # 1492 14 04

10 10 10 10

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER K.1/K.5 Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Central plate for fibre-optic couplings Duplex SC white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt stainless steel, lacquered

1480 02 1480 09 # 1480 16 06 # 1480 14 04 # 1480 04

Central plate for 2 D-subminiature connector white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt stainless steel, lacquered

10 10 10 10 10

Fibre-optic couplings: Ackermann; AMP; Brand-Rex; BTR; CobiNet; Corning; Diamond; Drahtex; FiberCraft; Huber+Suhner; Krone; Quante; Telegärtner

1470 02 1470 09 # 1470 16 06 # 1470 14 04 # 1470 04

10 10 10 10 10

D-subminiature connectors see module inserts.

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. Labelling field not usable. For D-subminiature connector order no. 1834, 1835, 1839 For mounting adapter order no. 1841, 1842

with supporting plate without spreader claws

Communication technics Data connector housings NEW

Central plate for 1 D-subminiature connector 1411 02 1411 09 # 1411 16 06 # 1411 14 04

Data connector housing with labelling field white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt stainless steel, lacquered

with supporting plate with 30° oblique outlet 1 knock out opening for 1 or 2 fibre-optic couplings without spreader claws

white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

Packing unit

10 10 10 10

D-subminiature connectors see module inserts. Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

1126 70 02 1126 70 09 * 1126 70 06 * 1126 70 24 1126 70 04

10 10 10 10 10

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips. Mounting plates see acessories order no. 1111 .., 1112 ..

with supporting plate for mounting plates without spreader claws

For D-subminiature connector order no. 1834, 1835, 1839 For mounting adapter order no. 1841, 1842

with supporting plate without spreader claws

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

237

BERKER K.1/K.5 Order no.

Packing unit

Hospital installation Central plate for double pole socket outlet for floating output white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt/velvety anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1403 02 1403 09 1403 19 09 1403 16 06 1403 14 04

10 10 10 10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. For double pole socket outlet for floating output order no. 1061

Order no.

Packing unit

Centre plate for databus connection unit with plug-in opening white, glossy polar white, glossy

1298 70 02 1298 70 09

10 10

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73070A centre plate plug-in fixing

Centre plate for plug-and-socket connector white, glossy polar white, glossy

1305 70 02 1305 70 09

10 10

For double pole socket outlet according to DIN 42801 with imprint

Central plate for 6pole socket outlet white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt stainless steel, lacquered

1474 02 1474 09 1474 16 06 1474 14 04 1474 04

10 10 10 10 10

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 90, 99 / clino phon 95, order no. 72642B; Nurse call systems: Ackermann, clino opt 90, 99 / clino phon 95, order no. 71197A, 72642C, 72639A centre plate plug-in fixing

white, glossy polar white, glossy

1244 71 02 1244 71 09

10 10

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73075D, 73075C, 73020G, 73021G for call unit with 2 diagnostic plug-in contacts centre plate plug-in fixing

white, glossy polar white, glossy

Centre plate for databus termination splitter/ empty unit 1204 70 02 1204 70 09

Centre plate with 2 plug-in openings and imprint

Centre plate with red call push-button at top and a plug-in opening

Messrs. Ackermann

white, glossy polar white, glossy

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 74189A a-coded for dropping plug-and-socket connector centre plate plug-in fixing

10 10

1217 70 02 1217 70 09

10 10

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73073E, 73071E, 73071E2, 73075A for call push-button with plug-in contact for call module with call push-button and monitored auxiliary plug-in contact button with lens centre plate plug-in fixing

Centre plate with red call button and 2 plug-in openings white, glossy polar white, glossy

1218 71 02 1218 71 09

10 10

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73073D, 73071D, 73071D2, 73075B for call push-button with diagnostic and auxiliary plug-in contact for call module with call push-button and plug-in contacts button with lens with imprint centre plate plug-in fixing

238

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER K.1/K.5 Order no.

Packing unit

Centre plate with red call push-button at top white, glossy polar white, glossy

1216 70 02 1216 70 09

10 10

Order no.

Packing unit

Centre plate with red call button and green shut-off button white, glossy polar white, glossy

1249 70 02 1249 70 09

10 10

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73071F, 73071F2, 73073F for call module with call push-button button with lens centre plate plug-in fixing

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73642B2 for call push-button and shut-off push-button buttons with lens centre plate plug-in fixing

Centre plate with red call push-button at bottom

Centre plate with green and yellow shut-off button

white, glossy polar white, glossy

1219 70 02 1219 70 09

10 10

white, glossy polar white, glossy

1253 70 02 1253 70 09

10 10

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73022A, 73022A2 for call push-button button with lens centre plate plug-in fixing

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73642E for shut-off push-button buttons with lens centre plate plug-in fixing

Centre plate with green shut-off button

Centre plate with green presence button/white acknowledge button

white, glossy polar white, glossy

1251 70 02 1251 70 09

10 10

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73642C for shut-off push-button button with lens centre plate plug-in fixing

1252 70 02 1252 70 09

10 10

Centre plate for call unit with blue doctor call button 1223 71 02 1223 71 09

10 10

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73022A, 73022A2 for call push-button button with lens with imprint centre plate plug-in fixing

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

10 10

Centre plate for pneumatic call switch with lens white, glossy polar white, glossy

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73642D for shut-off push-button button with lens centre plate plug-in fixing

white, glossy polar white, glossy

1299 71 02 1299 71 09

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73642B for office unit buttons with lens with imprint „SU-AUS WARTEN“ centre plate plug-in fixing

Centre plate with yellow shut-off button white, glossy polar white, glossy

white, glossy polar white, glossy

1236 70 02 1236 70 09

10 10

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 70006C; Nurse call systems: Ackermann, clino opt 90, 99 / clino phon 95, order no. 70006A, 70006B centre plate plug-in fixing

Centre plate for pullcord push-button with lens white, glossy polar white, glossy

1233 70 02 1233 70 09

10 10

Nurse call systems: Ackermann, clino opt 90, 99 / clino phon 95, order no. 70045A3, 70046A3, 70046A for pullcord push-button with pullcord and knob centre plate plug-in fixing

239

BERKER K.1/K.5 Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Packing unit

Centre plate for radio programme system with small sound system white, glossy polar white, glossy

1300 71 02 1300 71 09

10 10

Nurse call systems: Ackermann, clino opt 90, 99 / clino phon 95, order no. 73120C, 73120H for earpiece and volume control with imprinted symbol curve centre plate plug-in fixing

Centre plate for radio programme selector switch white, glossy polar white, glossy

1301 71 02 1301 71 09

10 10

Nurse call systems: Ackermann, clino opt 90, 99 / clino phon 95, order no. 73120A with imprint „0-1-2-3-4-5“ centre plate plug-in fixing

240

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Order no.

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Packing unit

Order no.

Packing unit

241

Surfaces Frames/covers/ centre inserts Plastic, glossy white

similar to RAL 1013

polar white

similar to RAL 9010

brown

similar to RAL 8011

red

similar to RAL 3003

green

similar to RAL 6029

orange

similar to RAL 2003

yellow

similar to RAL 1004

metal, matt finish aluminium light bronze lacquered aluminium gold anodised stainless steel Individual items that cannot be cladded for technical reasons are lacquered.

242

Berker Arsys IP44

Berker Arsys

281

Surface range Flush-mounted system

The elegant design, timelessly appealing colours and matterials such as stainless steel offer you a wide variety of products to suit the most diverse interior styles. ■ Available surfaces: white, polar white, brown, metal gold, stainless steel, metal light bronze Berker ARSYS GOLD ■ T he metallic version for customers who wish to add a touch of luxury to their interior design, right down to the last detail Berker Arsys IP44 The splash-protected flush-mounted range has been developed for installation on smooth continuous surfaces. Areas of application include tiled rooms with special requirements with respect to cleaning or hygiene. ■ Use of module inserts

■ Easy hygienic cleaning of the stainless steel surface

■ Available surface: stainless steel

It must be ensured that the sealing lies flush.

Installation spanning irregularities such as joints between

tiles should be avoided. 243

BERKER ARSYS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Frames

Frame Frame

on page T67

244

1314 00 01

light bronze, metal, 2gang vertical

1324 00 01

light bronze, metal, 3gang vertical

1334 00 01

1313 00 02 1323 00 02

10 2

white, glossy, 3gang vertical

1333 00 02

white, glossy, 4gang vertical

1343 00 02

light bronze, metal, 4gang vertical

1344 00 01

white, glossy, 5gang vertical

1353 00 02

light bronze, metal, 5gang vertical

1354 00 01

white, glossy, 2gang horizontal

1363 00 02

light bronze, metal, 2gang horizontal

1364 00 01

white, glossy, 3gang horizontal

1373 00 02

light bronze, metal, 3gang horizontal

1374 00 01

white, glossy, 4gang horizontal

1383 00 02

light bronze, metal, 4gang horizontal

1384 00 01

white, glossy, 5gang horizontal

1393 00 02

light bronze, metal, 5gang horizontal

1394 00 01

polar white, glossy, 1gang

1313 00 69

1314 00 04 1324 00 04

10 2

polar white, glossy, 2gang vertical

1323 00 69

stainless steel, 1gang stainless steel, 2gang vertical

1333 00 69

stainless steel, 3gang vertical

1334 00 04

polar white, glossy, 3gang vertical

1344 00 04

polar white, glossy, 4gang vertical

1343 00 69

stainless steel, 4gang vertical

1353 00 69

stainless steel, 5gang vertical

1354 00 04

polar white, glossy, 5gang vertical

1364 00 04

polar white, glossy, 2gang horizontal

1363 00 69

stainless steel, 2gang horizontal

1373 00 69

stainless steel, 3gang horizontal

1374 00 04

polar white, glossy, 3gang horizontal

1384 00 04

polar white, glossy, 4gang horizontal

1383 00 69

stainless steel, 4gang horizontal

1393 00 69

stainless steel, 5gang horizontal

1394 00 04

polar white, glossy, 5gang horizontal

gold, metal, 1gang gold, metal, 2gang vertical

1314 00 02 1324 00 02

10 2

gold, metal, 3gang vertical

1334 00 02

gold, metal, 4gang vertical

1344 00 02

gold, metal, 5gang vertical

1354 00 02

gold, metal, 2gang horizontal

1364 00 02

gold, metal, 3gang horizontal

1374 00 02

gold, metal, 4gang horizontal

1384 00 02

gold, metal, 5gang horizontal

1394 00 02

on page T67

Frame

on page T67

Frame

on page T67

light bronze, metal, 1gang

white, glossy, 1gang white, glossy, 2gang vertical

Frame

on page T67

Packing unit

brown, glossy, 1gang brown, glossy, 2gang vertical

1313 00 01 1323 00 01

10 2

brown, glossy, 3gang vertical

1333 00 01

brown, glossy, 4gang vertical

1343 00 01

brown, glossy, 5gang vertical

1353 00 01

brown, glossy, 2gang horizontal

1363 00 01

brown, glossy, 3gang horizontal

1373 00 01

brown, glossy, 4gang horizontal

1383 00 01

brown, glossy, 5gang horizontal

1393 00 01

on page T67

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER ARSYS Order no.

Packing unit

Frame

on page T67

Packing unit

Surface-mounted frame 2gang

red, glossy, 1gang red, glossy, 2gang vertical

1313 00 62 1323 00 62

10 2

red, glossy, 2gang horizontal

1363 00 62

for emphasising special switches, socket outlets, etc.

Sealing ring for wall-tight mounting of flushmounted devices black, for 1gang frame black, for 2gang frame black, for 3gang frame

Order no.

1056 00 1057 00 1058 00

10 2 2

When disinfecting smooth walls, the rubber rings prevent detergent from penetrating the installation. for vertical and horizontal mounting

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

1030 00 02 1030 00 69 1030 00 01 1030 90 11 1030 90 04

10 10 10 10 10

red, glossy

1030 00 62

Self-extinguishing base plate see module inserts / accessories order no. 1021 22

with cable and duct entry entry at top, bottom and 2 x each side possible for vertical and horizontal mounting

Surface-mounted frame 3gang

Surface-mounted frames Surface-mounted frame 1gang white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

1029 00 02 1029 00 69 1029 00 01 1029 90 11 1029 90 04

red, glossy

1029 00 62

10 10 10 10 10 10

Self-extinguishing base plate see module inserts / accessories order no. 1021 12

with cable and duct entry entry at top and bottom possible

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

1031 00 02 1031 00 69 1031 00 01 1031 90 11 1031 90 04

5 5 5 5 5

red, glossy

1031 00 62

Self-extinguishing base plate see module inserts / accessories order no. 1021 32

with cable and duct entry entry at top, bottom and at each side in the middle possible for vertical and horizontal mounting

245

BERKER ARSYS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

NEW

Socket outlets SCHUKO-socket outlets SCHUKO socket outlet

on page T6

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, metal stainless steel gold, metal red, glossy white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 polar white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 brown, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 light bronze, metal, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 stainless steel, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 gold, metal, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

4715 00 02 4715 00 69 4715 00 01 4714 00 01 4714 00 04 4714 00 02 4715 00 62 4735 00 02

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

4735 00 69

on page T6

white, glossy, enhanced * 73 4135 00 02 contact protection IEC 60884-1 polar white, glossy, * 73 4135 00 69 enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

* 73 4134 00 01

stainless steel, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

* 73 4134 00 04

orange, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

* 73 4135 00 77

4735 00 01

16 A, 250 V~

4734 00 01

4734 00 04

4734 00 02

For South Tyrol only. Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

The insert of the red socket outlet is colour-coded.

with screw-in lift terminals

SCHUKO socket outlet with imprint

on page T6

red, glossy, with imprint „EDV“

4715 00 82

green, glossy, with imprint „SV“

4715 00 73

orange, glossy, with imprint „ZSV“

4715 00 77

16 A, 250 V~

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 with plug-in terminals

Insert colour-coded.

SCHUKO socket outlet

on page T6

SCHUKO socket outlet

light bronze, metal, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

16 A, 250 V~

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, metal stainless steel white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 polar white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 brown, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 light bronze, metal, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 stainless steel, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 gold, metal, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

Packing unit

4115 00 02 4115 00 69 4115 00 01 4114 00 01 4114 00 04 4135 00 02

10 10 10 10 10 10

4135 00 69

4135 00 01

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 with plug-in terminals

SCHUKO socket outlet 45° white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy

4728 00 02 4728 00 69 4728 00 01

10 10 10

16 A, 250 V~ on page T6

Specially suited for combining several socket outlets if right angle plugs are used. Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

4134 00 01

4134 00 04

4134 00 02

for diagonal installation with plug-in terminals

16 A, 250 V~

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 with screw terminals

246

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER ARSYS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

SCHUKO socket outlet with labelling field

on page T6

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy stainless steel, lacquered

4739 00 02 4739 00 69 4739 00 01 4739 90 04

10 10 10 10

red, glossy green, glossy white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 polar white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 brown, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

4739 00 62 4739 00 63 4738 00 02

10 10 10

4738 00 69

SCHUKO socket outlet with indicator lamp and labelling field white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy on page T6

4161 00 02 4161 00 69 4161 00 01

10 10 10

16 A, 250 V~ Neon lamp current 1,5 mA Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips. Replacement neon lamp unit see module inserts / accessories order no. 1609

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 4738 00 01

16 A, 250 V~

with neon lamp unit with screw-in lift terminals

SCHUKO-socket outlets with safety device SCHUKO socket outlet with overvoltage protection and labelling field

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips. Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 with plug-in terminals

on page T33

SCHUKO socket outlet with indicator lamp light bronze, metal stainless steel

Packing unit

4162 00 01 4162 00 04

10 10

16 A, 250 V~ Neon lamp current 1,5 mA on page T6 Replacement neon lamp unit see module inserts / accessories order no. 1609

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 with neon lamp unit with screw-in lift terminals

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy stainless steel, lacquered

4152 00 02 4152 00 69 4152 00 01 4152 90 04

1 1 1 1

16 A, 250 V~, 50/60 Hz Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips. Overvoltage protection to EN 61643 and VDE 0675-6, -11 Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 with imprint with indicator LED for „on/error“ with acoustic fault signal with screw terminals

SCHUKO socket outlet indicator lamp and imprint

on page T6

red, glossy, with white imprint „EDV“

4161 01 82

green, glossy, with imprint „SV“

4126 00 73

orange, glossy, with imprint „ZSV“

4126 00 77

16 A, 250 V~ Neon lamp current 1,5 mA Insert colour-coded. Replacement neon lamp unit see module inserts / accessories order no. 1609

Execution SV, ZSV to VDE 0100-710 Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 with neon lamp unit with screw-in lift terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

247

BERKER ARSYS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

SCHUKO-socket outlets

SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover and labelling field

SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover

on page T6

white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 polar white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 brown, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 light bronze, metal, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 stainless steel, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 gold, metal, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

4747 00 02

4747 00 69

4747 00 01

4757 00 01

4757 00 04

4757 00 02

on page T6

4748 00 69

4748 00 01

4758 00 01

4758 00 04

4758 00 02

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips.

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 with imprint mounting orientation of insert selectable in 45° steps when opening hinged cover, it can be arrested in end position with plug-in terminals

SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover 4147 00 02

Double SCHUKO socket outlet with frame 4147 00 69

4147 00 01

16 A, 250 V~ Specially suited for combining several socket outlets if right angle plugs are used. Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 with imprint with screw terminals

4748 00 02

Specially suited for combining several socket outlets if right angle plugs are used.

on page T6

16 A, 250 V~

white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 polar white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 brown, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

Packing unit

on page T6

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 polar white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 brown, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 light bronze, lacquered, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 stainless steel, lacquered, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 16 A, 250 V~

4753 00 02 4753 00 69 4753 00 01 4729 00 02

10 10 10 10

4729 00 69

4729 00 01

4729 90 11

4729 90 04

For fitting in 1gang wall boxes according to DIN 49073-1 Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 with plug-in terminals

248

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER ARSYS Order no.

Packing unit

Socket outlets without earth contact

Order no.

Socket outlets with earth pin

Socket outlet without earth contact

on page T6

Socket outlet with earth pin

61 6115 00 02 61 6115 00 69 61 6115 00 01 61 6114 00 01 61 6114 00 04 61 6115 01 02

10 10 10 10 10 10

61 6115 01 69

61 6115 01 01

61 6114 01 01

61 6114 01 04

on page T6

16 A, 250 V~ Mirror depth 8 mm

white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 polar white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 brown, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 light bronze, metal, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 stainless steel, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 red, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 green, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

67 6575 00 02

67 6575 00 69

67 6575 00 01

67 6574 00 01

67 6574 00 04

67 6575 00 62

67 6575 00 63

16 A, 250 V~ The insert of the red and green socket outlets is colour-coded.

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 2pole without spreader claws with screw terminals

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 2pole + earth with screw-in lift terminals

Double socket outlet without earth contact with frame white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy

Packing unit

61 6155 00 02 61 6155 00 69 61 6155 00 01

16 A, 250 V~ Mirror depth 6 mm For fitting in standard wall boxes according to DIN 49073-1 Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 2pole without spreader claws with screw terminals

NEW

10 10 10 on page T6

Socket outlet with earth pin white, glossy, enhanced * 67 6875 00 02 contact protection IEC 60884-1 polar white, glossy, * 67 6875 00 69 enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

brown, glossy, enhanced 67 6875 00 01 * contact protection IEC 60884-1

light bronze, metal, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

* 67 6874 00 01

stainless steel, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

* 67 6874 00 04

red, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

* 67 6875 00 62

green, glossy, enhanced 67 6875 00 63 * contact protection IEC 60884-1

16 A, 250 V~ The insert of the red and green socket outlets is colour-coded. Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 2pole + earth with plug-in terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

249

BERKER ARSYS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

British Standard socket outlets NEW

on page T6

Socket outlet with earth contact, USA/CANADA, NEMA 5-20 R

Socket outlet with earth contact, British Standard, can be switched off white, glossy, with enhanced contact protection polar white, glossy, with enhanced contact protection

* 6347 00 02

* 6347 00 69

brown, glossy, with enhanced contact protection

* 6347 00 01

light bronze, lacquered, with enhanced contact protection

* 6347 90 11

stainless steel, lacquered, with enhanced contact protection

* 6347 90 04

on page T6

4169 00 02 4169 00 69 4169 90 11 4169 90 04

10 10 10 10

Not UL-certified. Equates to standard NEMA 5-20 R 2pole + earth without spreader claws with screw terminals

Euro-American socket outlets Socket outlet without earth contact „Euro-American Standard“

Equates to standard BS 1363: Part 2. Not suitable as terminal box.

on page T6

Delivery including centre plate, surface-mounted frame and frame.

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, metal stainless steel

4170 00 02 4170 00 69 4170 00 01 4174 00 01 4174 00 04

10 10 10 10 10

15 A, 125 V~

For fitting in standard wall boxes according to DIN 49073-1

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 2pole with screw terminals

2pole + earth without neon lamp without spreader claws with screw terminals

Covers for switches / push-buttons Rocker adapters/rockers adapters

NEMA socket outlets

Rocker adapter

Socket outlet with earth contact, USA/CANADA, NEMA 5-15 R

on page T6

white, glossy polar white, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered 20 A, 125 V~

13 A, 250 V~

white, glossy polar white, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

Packing unit

4167 00 02 4167 00 69 4167 90 11 4167 90 04

10 10 10 10

1866 00 01

white, for rocker switch 2- and 3pole on/off

1867 00 01

For area rockers with „pin“ (from 1967) on module switch inserts with „small rocker“ (1963-1983).

15 A, 125 V~

Rockers adapter

Not UL-certified.

for rockers switches and rockers push-buttons

Equates to standard NEMA 5-15 R 2pole + earth without spreader claws with screw terminals

black, for rocker switch and rocker push-button

1868 00 01

For area rockers with „pin“ (from 1967) on module switch inserts with „small rocker“ (1963-1983).

Rockers Rocker white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, metal stainless steel gold, metal

1405 00 02 1405 00 69 1405 00 01 1404 00 01 1404 00 04 1404 00 02

10 10 10 10 10 10

for rocker switches change-over, intermediate for rocker push-buttons for push-button BCU 1gang and group push-button BCU 1gang 250

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER ARSYS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Rocker with labelling field white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, metal stainless steel gold, metal

1426 00 02 1426 00 69 1426 00 01 1436 00 01 1436 00 04 1436 00 02

Rocker with 5 lenses attached and labelling field

10 10 10 10 10 10

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, metal stainless steel

for rocker switches change-over, intermediate for rocker push-buttons for push-button BCU 1gang and group push-button BCU 1gang for illumination and monitoring circuit

Rocker with large labelling field 10

Labelling field height arranged for two 24-mm P-touch strips for labelling with names, notes etc.

Emergency switch covers Centre plate with glass screen, rocker and adhesive label sheets

for rocker switches change-over, intermediate for rocker push-buttons for push-button BCU 1gang and group push-button BCU 1gang

red, glossy

1415 00 02 1415 00 69 1415 00 01 1416 00 01 1416 00 04 1416 00 02

10 10 10 10 10 10

Rocker with red lens and „Heizung Notschalter“ imprint red, glossy

1488 00 62

Or use glass pane protected heating emergency switch. Not suitable for heating systems > 50 kW.

Not suitable for heating systems > 50 kW. In case of danger break glass and press rocker! for rocker switches change-over, intermediate for rocker push-buttons for push-button BCU 1gang and group push-button BCU 1gang

1297 00 00

Adhesive label sheets, text white: „Notschalter“, „Rauchabzug“, „Feuerschutztür schließen“, „Feuerabschluss schließen“, „Heizung“, „Lichtkuppel“, „Hausalarm“ und „Öffnen“ supplied.

Rocker with 5 lenses attached white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, metal stainless steel gold, metal

10 10 10 10 10

Lenses with symbol for light, bell, door and neutral in clear, also neutral in red transparent.

for rocker switches change-over, intermediate for rocker push-buttons for push-button BCU 1gang and group push-button BCU 1gang

1487 00

1415 02 02 1415 02 69 1415 02 01 1416 02 01 1416 02 04

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips for labelling with names, notes etc.

clear

Packing unit

Rockers Rocker with imprint „0“ white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, metal stainless steel gold, metal

1425 00 02 1425 00 69 1425 00 01 1424 00 01 1424 00 04 1424 00 02

10 10 10 10 10 10

For rocker switch 2pole on/off order no. 3032 .. For rocker switch 3pole on/off order no. 3033 03

for multi-pole rocker switch with predefined 0 position

for rocker switches change-over, intermediate for rocker push-buttons for push-button BCU 1gang and group push-button BCU 1gang for monitoring circuit

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

251

BERKER ARSYS Order no.

Packing unit

Rocker with red lens and imprint „0“ white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, metal stainless steel gold, metal

1417 00 02 1417 00 69 1417 00 01 1418 00 01 1418 00 04 1418 00 02

Order no.

Packing unit

Rockers for rockers switch 3gang on/off 10 10 10 10 10 10

For rocker switch 2pole on/off order no. 3032 .. For rocker switch 3pole on/off order no. 3033 03

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

1465 00 02 1465 00 69 1465 00 01 1465 90 11 1465 90 04

10 10 10 10 10

For rockers switch 3gang on/off order no. 6330 23

Rockers with imprinted symbol arrow for multi-pole rocker switch with predefined 0 position for group push-button BCU 1gang for illumination and monitoring circuit

Rotary switches Centre plate with rotary knob for rotary switch white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, metal stainless steel gold, metal/polar white

1150 00 02 1150 00 69 1150 00 01 1150 10 01 1150 10 04 1150 10 02

1 1 1 1 1 1

for order no. 3862 ..

with imprint „0“ and „1“

Rockers Rockers white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, metal stainless steel gold, metal

1435 00 02 1435 00 69 1435 00 01 1434 00 01 1434 00 04 1434 00 02

10 10 10 10 10 10

for rockers switches for rockers push-buttons and group rockers pushbuttons for push-button BCU 2gang and group push-button BCU 2gang

Rockers with red lens white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy

1437 00 02 1437 00 69 1437 00 01

10 10 10

for rockers switches for rockers push-buttons and group rockers pushbuttons for illumination and monitoring circuit for push-button BCU 2gang and group push-button BCU 2gang

252

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, metal stainless steel gold, metal

1435 01 02 1435 01 69 1435 01 01 1434 01 01 1434 01 04 1434 01 02

10 10 10 10 10 10

For rockers switch for shutters order no. 3035 20 For rockers push-button for shutters order no. 5035 20 For push-button BCU 2gang order no. 7514 20 00

Rocker with imprinted symbol arrows white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, metal stainless steel gold, metal

1405 03 02 1405 03 69 1405 03 01 1404 03 01 1404 03 04 1404 03 02

10 10 10 10 10 10

For group push-button BCU 1gang order no. 7514 11 00

Rockers with imprinted symbol arrows white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, metal stainless steel gold, metal

1435 03 02 1435 03 69 1435 03 01 1434 03 01 1434 03 04 1434 03 02

10 10 10 10 10 10

For group rockers push-button as 2pole rockers push-button for shutters with middle positions order no. 5034 04 For group push-button BCU 2gang order no. 7514 21 00

Rockers screw-on Rocker screw-on stainless steel

1404 00 10

with cover plug for screw fitting for rocker switches change-over, intermediate for rocker push-buttons

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER ARSYS Order no.

Packing unit

1414 00 10

Rockers screw-on stainless steel

1434 00 10

with cover plug for screw fitting for rockers switches for rockers push-buttons and group rockers pushbuttons

Hotel card switch Hotel card switch cover with imprint and red lens

on page T6

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

1641 00 02 1641 00 69 1641 00 01 1641 90 11 1641 90 04

10 10 10 10 10

Max. card width 54 mm; Card strength 0,5 - 1,4 mm

For push-button insert for hotel card switch covers order no. 5051 02, 5051 03, 5052 01, 5056 01

Pullcord switches/pullcord push-buttons Centre plate for pullcord switch and pullcord push-button 1147 00 02 1147 00 69 1147 00 01 1147 90 11 1147 90 04

10 10 10 10 10

For pullcord push-button order no. 3956 19 For pullcord switch order no. 3962, 3966, 6139 ..

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Centre plate with rotary knob for 3-step switch white, glossy, without 0-position

1088 00 02

polar white, glossy, without 0-position

1088 00 69

brown, glossy, without 0-position

1088 00 01

light bronze, metal, without 0-position

1088 01 01

stainless steel, without 0-position

1088 01 04

gold, metal/polar white, without 0-position

1088 01 02

white, glossy, with neutral-position

1087 00 02

polar white, glossy, with neutral-position

1087 00 69

brown, glossy, with neutral-position

1087 00 01

light bronze, metal, with neutral-position

1087 01 01

stainless steel, with neutral-position

1087 01 04

gold, metal/polar white, with neutral-position

1087 01 02

For 3-step switch with 0-position order no. 3861 For 3-step switch without 0-position order no. 3861 01, 6138 61 01

with imprint

Other imprint on request!

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

Packing unit

3-step switches

Rocker screw-on with 5 lenses attached stainless steel

Order no.

Rotary switches/rotary push-buttons for shutters Centre plate with rotary knob for rotary switch for shutters white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, metal stainless steel gold, metal/polar white

1077 00 02 1077 00 69 1077 00 01 1077 01 01 1077 01 04 1077 01 02

1 1 1 1 1 1

Interlock disk for conversion to push-button see module inserts order no. 1861 Rotary switch for shutters order no. 3841, 3842

with imprint

253

BERKER ARSYS Order no.

Packing unit

Key switches/key push-buttons for shutters

Order no.

Packing unit

Centre plate for key switch/key push-button for shutters

Centre plate with lock for key switch for shutters white, glossy, key removable in mid position

1079 00 02

polar white, glossy, key removable in mid position brown, glossy, key removable in mid position light bronze, metal, key removable in mid position stainless steel, key removable in mid position gold, metal/polar white, key removable in mid position white, glossy, key removable in 3 positions

1079 00 69

1079 00 01

1079 03 01

1079 03 04

1079 03 02

1079 01 02

polar white, glossy, key removable in 3 positions

1079 01 69

brown, glossy, key removable in 3 positions

1079 01 01

light bronze, metal, key removable in 3 positions

1079 04 01

stainless steel, key removable in 3 positions

1079 04 04

gold, metal/polar white, key removable in 3 positions

1079 04 02

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

1504 00 12 1504 00 79 1504 00 11 1504 90 21 1504 90 14

10 10 10 10 10

Profile half cylinders see module inserts. For key switch for shutters order no. 3822 10 For key push-button for shutters order no. 3831 10, 3832 10

with imprint for profile half cylinders for master-key systems

Key switches/key push-buttons Centre plate for key switch/key push-button white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

1505 00 12 1505 00 79 1505 00 11 1505 90 21 1505 90 14

10 10 10 10 10

Profile half cylinders see module inserts. For key switch order no. 3826 10 For key push-button order no. 3856 20

for profile half cylinders for master-key systems

For key switch for shutters order no. 3851, 3852

RCD protection switch RCD circuit breaker

with imprint with push lock function with 2 keys

50 x 50 mm centre plate for RCD protection switch

Centre plate with lock for key switch for shutters white, glossy, key removable in mid position

1079 02 02

1079 02 69

1079 02 01

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

1493 02 1493 09 1493 01 1493 11 1493 04

1 1 1 1 1

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for 50 x 50 mm centre plate of the corresponding range. For RCD protection switch order no. 2844

1079 05 01

1079 05 04

1079 05 02

For key switch for shutters order no. 3851, 3852

with imprint only push-button function with 2 keys

254

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER ARSYS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Blank plates

Packing unit

Centre plate with labelling field for pushbutton and pilot lamp E10

Blank plate with centre plate

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy

1165 00 02 1165 00 69 1165 00 01

white, glossy, without spreader claws

1045 00 02

polar white, glossy, without spreader claws

1045 00 69

brown, glossy, without spreader claws

1045 00 01

Buttons and covers see module inserts.

light bronze, metal, without spreader claws

1044 00 01

stainless steel, without spreader claws

For push-buttons with hinged cover, use hinged cover order no. 1140 .. .

1044 00 04

gold, metal, without spreader claws

1044 00 02

white, glossy, with base and spreader claws

67 1045 00 02

polar white, glossy, with base and spreader claws brown, glossy, with base and spreader claws

67 1045 00 69

67 1045 00 01

light bronze, metal, with base and spreader claws stainless steel, with base and spreader claws

67 1044 00 01

67 1044 00 04

10 10 10

Cut-out diameter 27,2 mm

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips. For push-button and pilot lamp E10 order no. 5101 ..

centre plate plug-in fixing

Cover for push-button and pilot lamp E10 clear

1247 00 04

The mirror image texts on the backside only become visible when the signal is illuminated. With 10 labelling fields: „Bitte warten“, „Bitte eintreten“, „Nicht eintreten“, „Bitte Ruhe“, „Der Nächste bitte“, „Aufzug kommt“, symbol arrow, „Besetzt“, 2x neutral. For push-button and pilot lamp E10 order no. 5101

Centre plate for pilot lamp E14

on supporting plate without cut-out centre plate plug-in fixing

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

Blank plate with centre plate and screw-fixing white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy

1045 01 02 1045 01 69 1045 01 01

10 10 10

For pilot lamp E14 order no. 5131 02

Info pilot lamp cover with 5 label sheets

Pilot lamps

light bronze, metal stainless steel gold, metal

1165 01 01 1165 01 04 1165 01 02

10 10 10

Cut-out diameter 27,2 mm Push-buttons, LEDs, neon lamps and covers see module inserts. For push-button and pilot lamp E10 order no. 5101 ..

centre plate plug-in fixing

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

10 10 10 10 10

LEDs, incandescent lamps and covers see module inserts.

on supporting plate with large cut-out for customised cut-outs or holes when installing special solutions space-saving for relays, etc. with cover plug for screw fitting without spreader claws

Centre plate for push-button and pilot lamp E10

1167 00 02 1167 00 69 1167 00 01 1167 90 11 1167 90 04

on page T29

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

1345 00 02 1345 00 69 1345 00 01 1345 90 11 1345 90 04

1 1 1 1 1

with 4 light intensity LED very long LED lifetime with clear cover plate

255

BERKER ARSYS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

timers

Timer with display

Timer switches

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

Centre plate with setting knob for mechanical timer white, glossy, max. 15 minutes

1634 00 02

polar white, glossy, max. 15 minutes

1634 00 69

brown, glossy, max. 15 minutes

1634 00 01

light bronze, metal, max. 15 minutes

1634 01 01

stainless steel, max. 15 minutes

1634 01 04

gold, metal/polar white, max. 15 minutes

1634 01 02

white, glossy, max. 120 minutes

1635 00 02

polar white, glossy, max. 120 minutes

1635 00 69

brown, glossy, max. 120 minutes

1635 00 01

light bronze, metal, max. 120 minutes

1635 01 01

stainless steel, max. 120 minutes

1635 01 04

gold, metal/polar white, max. 120 minutes

1635 01 02

on page T7

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

1735 00 02 1735 00 69 1735 00 01 1735 90 11 1735 90 04

1 1 1 1 1

Per programme block 2 switching times for „on/off“; Power reserve approx. 4 hrs., maintenance-free; Operating temperature 5 - 35 °C For manual and timer programmed switching of electrical loads. For insert for timer order no. 2948

256

1 1 1 1 1

For manual and timer programmed switching of electrical loads. For insert for timer order no. 2948

Timer with display and sensor connection

on page T7

Easy timer with display

1736 00 02 1736 00 69 1736 00 01 1736 90 11 1736 90 04

Switching times 18 for on/off; Random generator +/- 15 min.; Astronomic time shift +/- 2 hrs.; Power reserve approx. 24 hrs.; Countdown function 0 - 23 hrs. 59 min.

Mechanical timer 15 minutes order no. 2040 Mechanical timer 120 minutes order no. 2041

with time scale imprint

Packing unit

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

1738 00 02 1738 00 69 1738 00 01 1738 90 11 1738 90 04

1 1 1 1 1

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER ARSYS Order no.

Packing unit

Rotary dimmers

Buttons

1135 00 02 1135 00 69 1135 00 01 1134 00 01 1134 00 04 1134 00 02

10 10 10 10 10 10

BLC button

on page T12

10 10 10 10 10 10

BLC radio button

For speed controller order no. 2968 01 on page T12

Button for universal series touch dimmer

on page T10

1765 00 02 1765 00 69 1765 00 01 1765 00 11 1765 00 04 1765 00 12

1 1 1 1 1 1

For universal series touch dimmer order no. 2901

for 2 independent lighting groups with 2-push-buttons operation concept per series

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, metal stainless steel gold, metal

1760 00 02 1760 00 69 1760 00 01 1760 00 11 1760 00 04 1760 00 12

1 1 1 1 1 1

Radio signal reception frequency 433,42 MHz; Learnable radio transmitters 30

Universal series touch dimmers white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, metal stainless steel gold, metal

1 1 1 1 1 1

Radio buttons

Axial dimension diameter 4 mm

with imprinted symbol curve

1761 00 02 1761 00 69 1761 00 01 1761 00 11 1761 00 04 1761 00 12

with 2-push-buttons operation concept start-up brightness will be stored safe after power failure with BLC relay switch insert HVAC used as timer as well

Centre plate with setting knob for speed controller 1135 00 22 1135 00 89 1135 00 21 1134 00 21 1134 00 24 1134 00 22

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, metal stainless steel gold, metal

For BLC universal touch dimmer order no. 2902 For BLC touch control unit 1-10 V order no. 2903 For BLC touch dimmer LV order no. 2904 For BLC triac switch insert LV order no. 2905 for BLC relay switch insert order no. 2906 For BLC relay switch insert with potential-free contact order no. 2906 10 For BLC extension unit order no 2907 For BLC relay switch insert HVAC order no. 2912 For BLC Tronic switch insert order no. 2916 For BLC stair light time switching impulse insert order no. 2934 10

Speed controllers

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, metal stainless steel gold, metal

Packing unit

BLC Berker Light Control

Centre plate with setting knob for rotary dimmer white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, metal stainless steel gold, metal

Order no.

257

BERKER ARSYS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

BLC Controllers

BLC controller 180 comfort with slide switch for off/automatic/on

BLC controller 180

on page T15

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

Packing unit

1783 00 02 1783 00 69 1783 00 01 1783 90 11 1783 90 04

1 1 1 1 1

U with cover to limit detection angle to 90°

on page T15

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

1784 00 02 1784 00 69 1784 00 01 1784 90 11 1784 90 04

1 1 1 1 1

Nominal mounting height 1,1 m; Range frontal approx. 10 m; Range lateral each approx. 6 m; Detection field semi-oval shaped approx. 10 x 12 m; Detection angle 180 °; Detection levels 2; Switching segments 72; Response sensitivity programmable approx. 20 - 100 % ; Response brightness adjustable approx. 0 - 80 / unlimited Lux; Delay time adjustable approx. 10 sec.- 30 min. ; Time to dim down 30 sec.; Step operation 0,5 sec.; Immunity time approx. 3 sec.; Operating temperature -20 - +45 °C; Dimensions assembling height 23,5 mm Direct sunlight penetration the upward-pointing detection plane results in failure of the movement controller. Only suitable for interiors! Switches on for the duration of the delay time set on the controller in case minimum response brightness level is infringed and if movement of people is detected. In conjunction with a BLC relay switch unit HVAC, the HVAC-channel is also switched on for the duration of its delay time independent of response brightness. For BLC universal touch dimmer order no. 2902 For BLC touch control unit 1-10 V order no. 2903 For BLC touch dimmer LV order no. 2904 For BLC triac switch insert LV order no. 2905 for BLC relay switch insert order no. 2906 For BLC relay switch insert with potential-free contact order no. 2906 10 For BLC controller extension unit order no. 2908 For BLC relay switch insert HVAC order no. 2912 For BLC Tronic switch insert order no. 2916 For BLC stair light time switching impulse insert order no. 2934 10

258

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER ARSYS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

BLC controller 180

on page T15

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

1786 00 02 1786 00 69 1786 00 01 1786 90 11 1786 90 04

1 1 1 1 1

Nominal mounting height 2,2 m; Range frontal approx. 12 m; Range lateral each approx. 6 m; At assembly height 1,1 m; Range frontal approx. 6 m; Range lateral each approx. 3 m; Detection field semi-oval shaped approx. 12 x 12 m; Detection angle 180 °; Detection levels 3; Switching segments 104; Response sensitivity programmable approx. 20 - 100 % ; Response brightness adjustable approx. 0 - 80 / unlimited Lux; Delay time approx. 2 min.; Operating temperature -20 - +45 °C; Dimensions assembling height 23,5 mm Switches on for the duration of the controller delay time in case minimum response brightness level is infringed and if movement of people is detected. In conjunction with a BLC relay switch unit HVAC, the HVAC-channel is also switched on for the duration of its delay time independent of response brightness. For BLC universal touch dimmer order no. 2902 For BLC touch control unit 1-10 V order no. 2903 For BLC touch dimmer LV order no. 2904 For BLC triac switch insert LV order no. 2905 for BLC relay switch insert order no. 2906 For BLC relay switch insert with potential-free contact order no. 2906 10 For BLC controller extension unit order no. 2908 For BLC relay switch insert HVAC order no. 2912 For BLC Tronic switch insert order no. 2916 For BLC stair light time switching impulse insert order no. 2934 10

V with cover to limit detection angle to 90°

Packing unit

BLC controller 180 comfort with slide switch for off/automatic/on

on page T15

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

1787 00 02 1787 00 69 1787 00 01 1787 90 11 1787 90 04

1 1 1 1 1

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

259

BERKER ARSYS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Thermostats

Room thermostat with change-over and centre plate

Room thermostat with NC contact, centre plate, rocker switch and LED

on page T34

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

2030 00 02 2030 00 69 2030 00 01 2030 90 11 2030 90 04

1 1 1 1 1

on page T34

Replacement centre plate order no. 1670 00 .., 1670 90 .. Suitable valve drive order no. 7590 00 76

Replacement centre plate order no. 1671 00 .., 1671 90 .. Suitable valve drive order no. 7590 00 76

Floor thermostat with NO contact, centre plate, rocker switch, 2 LEDs and floor temperature sensor

Room thermostat 24 V with NC contact, centre plate, rocker switch and LED 1 1 1 1 1

5 - 30 °C, 50/60 Hz Rated voltage 24 V~; Switching current 10 A~; Rated voltage 24 V=; Switching current 4 A=; Switching temperature difference approx. 0,5 °C; Night lowering approx. 4 °C If the pre-set temperature is reached the contact opens. Replacement centre plate order no. 1671 00 .., 1671 90 .. Suitable valve drive order no. 7590 00 77

260

1 1 1 1 1

If the pre-set temperature is reached the contact changes.

If the pre-set temperature is reached the contact opens.

on page T34

2026 00 02 2026 00 69 2026 00 01 2026 90 11 2026 90 04

Neutral conductor necessary!

2031 00 02 2031 00 69 2031 00 01 2031 90 11 2031 90 04

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

5 - 30 °C, 50/60 Hz Rated voltage 250 V~; Switching current 10 A; Inductive load at cos φ 0,6 max. 4 A; Switching temperature difference approx. 0,5 °C; Night lowering approx. 4 °C

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

Packing unit

on page T34

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

2034 00 02 2034 00 69 2034 00 01 2034 90 11 2034 90 04

1 1 1 1 1

10 - 50 °C, 50/60 Hz Rated voltage 250 V~; Switching current 10 A; Switching temperature difference approx. 1 °C; Night lowering approx. 5 °C; Sensor cable length 4 m Neutral conductor necessary! If the pre-set temperature is reached the contact closes. Replacement floor temperature sensor / remote sensor order no. 0161 Replacement centre plate order no. 1672 00 .., 1672 90 .. Suitable valve drive order no. 7590 00 76

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER ARSYS Order no.

on page T35

Packing unit

Order no.

Packing unit

Thermostat time-controlled with NO contact and centre plate

Centre plate with setting knob for room thermostat with change-over contact

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

2043 00 02 2043 00 69 2043 00 01 2043 90 11 2043 90 04

1 1 1 1 1

0 - 40 °C, 50/60 Hz Rated voltage 230 V~; Switching current 8 A; Inductive load at cos φ 0,6 max. 2 A; Switching temperature difference approx. 0,5 °C; Time ranges 6 per day/week

with imprint setting knob with temperature range limitation

Centre plate with setting knob, rocker and lenses for floor temperature thermostat

Suitable floor temperature sensor / remote sensor order no. 0161 Replacement centre plate order no. 1116 00 .., 1116 90 .. Suitable valve drive order no. 7590 00 76

Centre plate with setting knob, rocker and lens for room thermostat with NC contact 1671 00 02 1671 00 69 1671 00 01 1671 90 11 1671 90 04

Replacement demand for order no. 2030 00 .., 2030 90 .., 2031 00 .., 2031 90 ..

with imprint setting knob with temperature range limitation

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

1 1 1 1 1

Replacement demand for order no. 2026 00 .., 2026 90 ..

Neutral conductor necessary!

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

1670 00 02 1670 00 69 1670 00 01 1670 90 11 1670 90 04

1 1 1 1 1

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

1672 00 02 1672 00 69 1672 00 01 1672 90 11 1672 90 04

1 1 1 1 1

Replacement demand for order no. 2034 00 .., 2034 90 ..

with imprint setting knob with temperature range limitation

Centre plate for thermostat time-controlled white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

1116 00 02 1116 00 69 1116 00 01 1116 90 11 1116 90 04

1 1 1 1 1

Replacement demand for order no. 2043 00 .., 2043 90 ..

with imprint

Sensor insert Central plate for sensor insert white, glossy polar white, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

7594 04 02 7594 04 09 7594 04 04 7594 04 03

1 1 1 1

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. Labelling field not usable.

Sensor insert order no. 7594 10 01

with slots for air circulation for e.g. temperature sensor PT100

261

BERKER ARSYS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

RolloTec

RolloTec button comfort with sensor connection

Comfort buttons RolloTec button comfort flat design

on page T37

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, metal stainless steel gold, metal

1770 00 12 1770 00 79 1770 00 11 1770 90 21 1770 90 14 1770 90 12

1 1 1 1 1 1

on page T37

1 1 1 1 1 1

with imprinted symbol arrows with lock-out protection e.g. for shutter control terrace door activation of lock-out protection in upper end pos. via buttons in „up“ direction min. 3 secs. with indicator LED for lock-out protection brightnesses individually adjustable on brightness sensor surface-mounted, the taught-in running time for sun protection movement is used no twilight sensor function only for sensor connection to terminal block

262

1 1 1 1 1

RolloTec button comfort with sensor connection, flat design 1771 00 12 1771 00 79 1771 00 11 1771 90 21 1771 90 14 1771 90 12

1771 00 02 1771 00 69 1771 00 01 1771 90 11 1771 90 04

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, metal stainless steel gold, metal

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

Brightness value sun approx. 5 - 80 kLux; Learnable running time 0,5 sec.- 2 min.; Lamella adjustment with signal < 1 sec.; Locked for 2 min. upon actuation 1 - 4 Sec.

Learnable running time 0,5 sec.- 2 min.; Lamella adjustment with signal < 1 sec.; Self-sustaining for 2 min. with signal > 1 - 4 sec.

on page T37

Packing unit

Radio buttons RolloTec radio button, flat design

on page T37

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, metal stainless steel gold, metal

1758 00 12 1758 00 79 1758 00 11 1758 90 21 1758 90 14 1758 90 12

1 1 1 1 1 1

Radio signal reception frequency 433,42 MHz; Learnable radio transmitters 30 ; Lamella adjustment with signal < 1 sec.; Self-sustaining for 2 min. with signal > 1 sec. For actuation via button and radio transmitter. For RolloTec standard insert without neutral conductor connection order no. 2911 For RolloTec standard insert order no. 2925 For Rollotec comfort insert order no. 2975 For RolloTec comfort insert for direct current drives order no. 2975 01

with imprinted symbol arrows with 5 light scenes for „open/close“ retrieving light scenes only by using radio transmitter

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER ARSYS Order no.

Packing unit

RolloTec radio button with sensor connection, flat design

on page T37

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, metal stainless steel gold, metal

1759 00 12 1759 00 79 1759 00 11 1759 90 21 1759 90 14 1759 90 12

1 1 1 1 1 1

Order no.

Memory buttons RolloTec memory button, flat design

on page T37

RolloTec radio button with sensor connection

on page T37

1756 00 12 1756 00 79 1756 00 11 1756 90 21 1756 90 14 1756 90 12

1 1 1 1 1 1

Stored „up“ and/or „down“ time is run daily in automatic operation. For manual and timer programmed running of awnings, shutters and blinds.

1759 00 02 1759 00 69 1759 00 01 1759 90 11 1759 90 04

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, metal stainless steel gold, metal

Lamella adjustment with signal < 1 sec.; Self-sustaining for 2 min. with signal > 1 sec.; Storage of „up/down“ time with signal > 3,5 sec.

For actuation via button and radio transmitter.

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

Packing unit

1 1 1 1 1

with imprinted symbol arrows

RolloTec memory button, sensor connection, flat design

on page T37

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, metal stainless steel gold, metal

1757 00 12 1757 00 79 1757 00 11 1757 90 21 1757 90 14 1757 90 12

1 1 1 1 1 1

with imprinted symbol arrows no twilight sensor function only for sensor connection to terminal block

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

263

BERKER ARSYS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

RolloTec memory button with sensor connection

on page T37

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

1757 00 02 1757 00 69 1757 00 01 1757 90 11 1757 90 04

RolloTec timer comfort with display 1 1 1 1 1

on page T37

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

1774 00 02 1774 00 69 1774 00 01 1774 90 11 1774 90 04

1 1 1 1 1

Stored „up“ and/or „down“ time is run daily in automatic operation.

Operation times 18 up/down; Random generator +/- 15 min.; Power reserve approx. 3 hrs., maintenance-free; Astronomic time shift +/- 2 hrs.; Learnable running time 1 sec.- 6 min.; Lamella adjusting time 0 - 5 sec.; Lamella adjustment with signal < 1 sec.; Lock at touching > 1 sec.

For manual and timer programmed running of awnings, shutters and blinds.

Brightness value sun approx. 20 kLux; Lamella adjustment with signal < 1 sec.; Self-sustaining for 2 min. with signal > 1 sec.; Storage of „up/down“ time with signal > 3,5 sec.

with embossed arrows no twilight sensor function for sensor connection to socket contact or terminal block

Timer switches RolloTec easy timer with display

on page T37

Packing unit

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

1762 00 02 1762 00 69 1762 00 01 1762 90 11 1762 90 04

1 1 1 1 1

264

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER ARSYS Order no.

Packing unit

on page T37

1775 00 02 1775 00 69 1775 00 01 1775 90 11 1775 90 04

Packing unit

Intermediate rings

RolloTec timer comfort with display and sensor connection white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

Order no.

1 1 1 1 1

Hinged cover with labelling field, flat design white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy stainless steel, lacquered

1140 00 02 1140 00 69 1140 00 01 1140 90 04

10 10 10 10

light bronze, lacquered

1140 90 11

To be used for push-buttons with hinged cover, for example. Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips. For post-installation clipping into centre plates with labelling field. with imprint

Hinged cover with labelling field, high design white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy stainless steel, lacquered

1141 00 02 1141 00 69 1141 00 01 1141 90 04

10 10 10 10

light bronze, lacquered

1141 90 11

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips. For post-installation clipping into centre plates with labelling field. with imprint

Adapter ring for centre plate 50 x 50 mm white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

1108 01 02 1108 01 69 1108 01 01 1108 91 11 1108 91 04

10 10 10 10 10

Attention! Not suitable for Berker central plates. For centre plate as per DIN 49075 for other centre plates with external size 50 x 50 mm and SCHUKO socket outlet

Intermediate ring for central plate white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

1108 00 02 1108 00 69 1108 00 01 1108 90 11 1108 90 04

10 10 10 10 10

labelling field latchable

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

265

BERKER ARSYS Order no.

Packing unit

Labelling fields

Packing unit

Signalling and command units Labelling field for flush installation in intermediate ring for central plate white, glossy polar white, glossy stainless steel, lacquered

1905 00 02 1905 00 69 1905 70 04

Central plate for transmitting and control device Ø 18.8 mm 10 10 10

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips.

Intermediate rings Intermediate ring with hinged cover flat design for central plate and centre plate 50 x 50 mm white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, metal stainless steel gold, metal

1154 00 02 1154 00 69 1154 00 01 1154 10 01 1154 10 04 1154 10 02

10 10 10 10 10 10

with imprint

Intermediate ring with hinged cover and labelling field flat execution white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, metal stainless steel gold, metal

1155 00 02 1155 00 69 1155 00 01 1155 10 01 1155 10 04 1155 10 02

10 10 10 10 10 10

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips. with imprint

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

1155 01 02 1155 01 69 1155 01 01 1155 91 11 1155 91 04

10 10 10 10 10

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips. with imprint with cable outlet

white, glossy polar white, glossy stainless steel, lacquered

1431 02 1431 09 1431 04

10 10 10

Screw distance 36 mm Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. Suitable for installation of equipotential bonding built-in socket order no. 4604

Centre plate for signalling and control device Ø 18.8 mm light bronze, metal stainless steel gold, metal

1070 01 01 1070 01 04 1070 01 02

10 10 10

Screw distance 36 mm Suitable for installation of equipotential bonding built-in socket order no. 4604

Intermediate ring with hinged cover and labelling field dome execution

266

Order no.

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER ARSYS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Packing unit

Central plate for signalling and control device Ø 22.5 mm

Centre plate for loudspeaker socket outlet and miniature connector insert with labelling field

white, glossy polar white, glossy stainless steel, lacquered

1432 02 1432 09 1432 04

10 10 10

white, glossy, 1gang, 1 knock out opening

1185 00 02

1185 00 69

yellow, glossy

1432 07

polar white, glossy, 1gang, 1 knock out opening brown, glossy, 1gang, 1 knock out opening

1185 00 01

white, glossy, 2gang polar white, glossy, 2gang

# 1187 00 02 # 1187 00 69

10 10

brown, glossy, 2gang

# 1187 00 01

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips. For miniature connector insert order no. 4505 For stereo loudspeaker socket outlet order no. 4505 01 For loudspeaker socket outlet High End order no. 4505 02 For BNC/TNC connector insert order no. 4577, 4579

Centre plate for loudspeaker socket outlet and miniature connector insert

Centre plate for signalling and control device Ø 22.5 mm light bronze, metal stainless steel gold, metal

1071 01 01 1071 01 04 1071 01 02

10 10 10

Screw distance 36 mm Signalling and command units: Kraus-Naimer; Lumitas; Schlegel; Overvoltage protection devices: Dehn, order no. NM DK 280; OBO-Bettermann, order no. KNS/IS-D with supporting plate with cut-out dia. 22.5 mm without spreader claws NEW

Central plate for XLR round connectors D series 1412 02 1412 09

10 10

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

1184 00 01

1184 00 04

gold, metal, 1gang, 1 knock out opening

1184 00 02

light bronze, metal, 2gang

# 1186 00 01

stainless steel, 2gang gold, metal, 2gang

# 1186 00 04 # 1186 00 02

10 10

TV/audio

white, glossy polar white, glossy

light bronze, metal, 1gang, 1 knock out opening stainless steel, 1gang, 1 knock out opening

Centre plate for aerial socket 1-hole white, glossy polar white, glossy light bronze, metal stainless steel

* 1499 00 02 * 1499 00 69 * 1499 01 01 * 1499 00 04

10 10 10 10

Centre plate for aerial socket 2- and 3-hole white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, metal stainless steel gold, metal

1201 01 02 1201 01 69 1201 01 01 1202 00 01 1202 00 04 1202 00 02

10 10 10 10 10 10

with knock out SAT input

267

BERKER ARSYS Order no.

Packing unit

Centre plate for aerial socket 2- and 3-hole with labelling field white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy

# 1201 00 02 # 1201 00 69 # 1201 00 01

10 10 10

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips. For aerial socket 2-hole single box order no. 4502, HIFS 1B For aerial socket 2-hole throughpass socket order no. 4515 For aerial socket 3-hole single box order no. 4522 For aerial socket 3-hole throughpass socket order no. 4523, 4593

with knock out SAT input

Central plate for aerial socket 4-hole white, glossy polar white, glossy brown light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

1483 02 1483 09 1483 01 1483 11 1483 04

10 10 10 10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. Aerial sockets: Hirschmann with 2 additional SAT outputs (F-sockets)

Central plate for aerial socket 4-hole white, glossy polar white, glossy brown light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

1484 02 1484 09 1484 01 1484 11 1484 04

10 10 10 10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. For aerial socket 4-hole single box order no. 4594

Aerial sockets: Ankaro; Astro; Axing; Delta; Schwaiger with 2 additional SAT outputs (F-sockets)

1439 02 1439 09

10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. Broadband modem socket: Wisi with additional multimedia output

268

Packing unit

Data-/telecommunications Centre plate for cable outlet and VDo connection box white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

1005 00 02 1005 00 69 1005 00 01 1004 90 11 1004 90 04

10 10 10 10 10

For cable outlet order no. 4468, 4470

VDo connection boxes: Rutenbeck with outlet

Centre plate for TAE socket outlet and loudspeaker connection box white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, metal stainless steel gold, metal

1035 01 02 1035 01 69 1035 01 01 1034 00 01 1034 00 04 1034 00 02

10 10 10 10 10 10

EAD socket outlets: Drivex; Fröhlich + Walter; Intracom; TAE and FCC overvoltage protection sockets: Dehn; FCC socket outlets: Dätwyler; Rutenbeck

Centre plate for TAE socket outlet and loudspeaker connection box white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy

# 1035 00 02 # 1035 00 69 # 1035 00 01

10 10 10

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips.

Central plate for broadband modem box white, glossy polar white, glossy

Order no.

EAD socket outlets: Drivex; Fröhlich + Walter; Intracom; TAE and FCC overvoltage protection sockets: Dehn; FCC socket outlets: Dätwyler; Rutenbeck

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER ARSYS Order no.

Packing unit

Central plate for TAE socket outlet 6F+N white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

# 1457 02 # 1457 09 # 1457 01 # 1457 11 # 1457 04

10 10 10 10 10

Order no.

Packing unit

Centre plate for PTT socket outlet „Netherlands“ white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

61 1026 00 02 61 1026 00 69 61 1026 00 01 61 1026 90 11 61 1026 90 04

10 10 10 10 10

Not suitable for combining with other DALI sensors or centres. Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. For TAE socket outlet order no. 4487 ..

Central plate for TAE socket outlet 6/6FF and 6/6NF and loudspeaker connection box white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

1458 02 1458 09 1458 01 # 1458 11 # 1458 04

10 10 10 10 10

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

universal for standard commercially available PTT socket outlets

Centre plate for RTT socket outlet „Belgium“ white, glossy polar white, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

67 1025 00 02 67 1025 00 69 67 1025 90 11 67 1025 90 04

10 10 10 10

For RTT socket outlet order no. BERT T0 1

Centre plate for FCC socket outlet white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, metal stainless steel gold, metal

1407 00 02 1407 00 69 1407 00 01 1408 00 01 1408 00 04 1408 00 02

10 10 10 10 10 10

For FCC socket outlet order no. 4538, 4568 For FCC socket outlet shielded order no. 4554, 4586, 4590

FCC socket outlets: Ackermann; AMP; BTR; Crack-IT; Rutenbeck; Telegärtner; Telena with 45° oblique outlet for 1gang socket outlet cat.3, cat.5e and cat.6

269

BERKER ARSYS Order no.

Packing unit

Central plate for FCC socket outlet white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

1468 02 1468 09 1468 01 # 1468 11 # 1468 04

10 10 10 10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

For FCC socket outlet order no. 4538, 4568 For FCC socket outlet shielded order no. 4554, 4586, 4590

FCC socket outlets: Ackermann; AMP; BTR; Crack-IT; Rutenbeck; Telegärtner; Telena with 45° oblique outlet for 1gang socket outlet cat.3, cat.5e and cat.6

Centre plate for FCC/E-DAT design/Telekom ISDN socket outlet white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, metal stainless steel gold, metal

1409 00 02 1409 00 69 1409 00 01 1410 00 01 1410 00 04 1410 00 02

10 10 10 10 10 10

For FCC socket outlet order no. 4539, 4562, 4592 For FCC socket outlet shielded order no. 4555, 4587, 4591

270

Order no.

Packing unit

Central plate FCC/E-DAT design/Telekom ISDN socket outlet white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

1469 02 1469 09 1469 01 # 1469 11 # 1469 04

10 10 10 10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

For FCC socket outlet order no. 4539, 4562, 4592 For FCC socket outlet shielded order no. 4555, 4587, 4591

Central plate for FCC and Telekom ISDN socket outlet (IAE) white, glossy polar white, glossy

# 1429 02 # 1429 09

10 10

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER ARSYS Order no.

Packing unit

Central plate for FCC and Telekom ISDN socket outlet (IAE) white, glossy polar white, glossy

# 1430 02 # 1430 09

10 10

Central plate for FCC/IAE/FCC-DAT 300E socket outlet 10 10 10 10 10

# 1467 02 # 1467 09 # 1467 01 # 1467 11 # 1467 04

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

10 10 10 10 10

FCC socket outlets: BTR; Farnell; Fröhlich + Walter; Krone; Schumann; Telena with 45° oblique outlet for 2gang socket outlet cat.6

Central plate for E-DAT plus socket outlet with labelling field white, glossy polar white, glossy

# 1413 02 # 1413 09

10 10

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips.

FCC socket outlets: BTR; Fröhlich + Walter; Telena with 45° oblique outlet with dust protection cover for 1gang or 2gang socket outlet cat.6 10 10 10 10 10

# 1478 02 # 1478 09 # 1478 01 # 1478 11 # 1478 04

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

Central plate for FCC/IAE/Telekom ISDN socket outlet white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

ISDN socket outlets (Kräcker): Telekom; FCC socket outlets: Farnell; Kräcker with 45° oblique outlet for 2gang socket outlet cat.3

# 1446 02 # 1446 09 # 1446 01 # 1446 11 # 1446 04

Packing unit

Central plate for FCC-DAT 300E socket outlet

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

Order no.

Central plate for FCC socket outlet white, glossy polar white, glossy

# 1420 02 # 1420 09

10 10

271

BERKER ARSYS Order no.

Packing unit

Central plate for EMJ45 socket outlet white, glossy polar white, glossy

# 1422 02 # 1422 09

Order no.

Packing unit

Central plate for FCC socket outlet 10 10

white, glossy polar white, glossy

# 1419 02 # 1419 09

10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

FCC socket outlets: Telegärtner; Telena with 45° oblique outlet for 1gang or 2gang socket outlet cat.5e

Central plate for VAD socket outlet with labelling field white, glossy polar white, glossy

# 1423 02 # 1423 09

10 10

272

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER ARSYS Order no.

Packing unit

Central plate for 3 MINI-COM modules white, glossy polar white, glossy

1427 02 1427 09

10 10

Central plate for 1 or 2 single modules Reichle&De-Massari 1472 02 1472 09

Central plate for double modules Reichle&De-Massari white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

1461 02 1461 09 # 1461 01 # 1461 11 # 1461 04

10 10 10 10 10

Modules: Diamond; Reichle&De-Massari with supporting plate for connecting modules RJ45 cat.5e and cat.6 for fibre-optic modules with 30° oblique outlet without spreader claws

Central plate for AMP modular jacks white, glossy polar white, glossy brown light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

1463 02 1463 09 # 1463 01 # 1463 11 # 1463 04

10 10 10 10 10

Indexing dimension (W x H) approx. 14,7 x 20,7 mm Shielded versions touch each other.

10 10

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Packing unit

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

white, glossy polar white, glossy

Order no.

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. MT-RJ jack: AMP; Intracom; Telena; Modular jacks: CobiNet; EFB Electronic; Schumann; Standard 110 Connect jack: AMP; SL series toolless jack: AMP; SL series 110 Connect Jack: AMP; SL series toolless jack with dust protection: AMP with supporting plate for AMP modular jacks series 110 Connect cat.3, cat.5, cat.5e and cat.6 for AMP fibre-optic couplings MT-RJ jacks 2gang, with 30° oblique outlet without spreader claws

273

BERKER ARSYS Order no.

Packing unit

Central plate for Krone modular jacks white, glossy polar white, glossy

1464 02 1464 09

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. For modular jack order no. 1854 01

Central plate for Drahtex modular jacks # 1462 02 # 1462 09

10 10

274

Packing unit

Central plate for LEXCOM HOME modules 10 10

Indexing dimension (W x H) approx. 14,7 x 19,4 mm

white, glossy polar white, glossy

Order no.

white, glossy polar white, glossy stainless steel, lacquered

1441 02 1441 09 # 1441 04

10 10 10

Central plate for Eline and GiCon4 jacks white, glossy polar white, glossy

# 1498 02 # 1498 09

10 10

Centre plate with dust protection sliders and labelling field white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

1182 00 02 1182 00 69 1182 00 01 1182 90 11 1182 90 04

10 10 10 10 10

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips. For supporting plate 2gang order no. 4541 ..

for supporting plates with coloured mounts 2gang

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER ARSYS Order no.

Packing unit

Centre plate for AMP-ACO with labelling field white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

1177 00 02 1177 00 69 1177 00 01 1177 90 11 1177 90 04

10 10 10 10 10

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips. ACO and CO Plus inserts: AMP, order no. 0-1394581-1, 2-1394581-1; Anixter; Dr. Ing. Sieger; Schumann; Telena cat.5, cat.6 and cat.7 centre plate plug-in fixing

Central plate for AMP-ACO white, glossy polar white, glossy

1494 02 1494 09

10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. Labelling field not usable.

Central plate for AMP-ACO with labelling field 1495 02 1495 09

10 10

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Packing unit

Centre plate for AMP-ACO and Siemens SML cabling system with labelling field white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

1153 00 02 1153 00 69 1153 00 01 1153 90 11 1153 90 04

10 10 10 10 10

Central plate for fibre-optic couplings Simplex ST white, glossy polar white, glossy

1492 02 1492 09

10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

ACO and CO Plus inserts: AMP, order no. 0-1394580-1, 2-1394580-1, 0-0336627-3, 0-0336627-1, 2-0336627-1 cat.5, cat.6 and cat.7 central plates plug-in fixing

white, glossy polar white, glossy

Order no.

275

BERKER ARSYS Order no.

Packing unit

Central plate for fibre-optic couplings Duplex SC white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

1480 02 1480 09 # 1480 01 # 1480 11 # 1480 04

Packing unit

Central plate for 2 D-subminiature connector 10 10 10 10 10

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

1470 02 1470 09 # 1470 01 # 1470 11 # 1470 04

10 10 10 10 10

with supporting plate without spreader claws

Communication technics Data connector housings Data connector housing with labelling field white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

with supporting plate with 30° oblique outlet 1 knock out opening for 1 or 2 fibre-optic couplings without spreader claws

Central plate for 1 D-subminiature connector white, glossy polar white, glossy

Order no.

1411 02 1411 09

10 10

with supporting plate without spreader claws

1126 00 02 1126 00 69 1126 00 01 1126 90 11 1126 90 04

10 10 10 10 10

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips. Mounting plates see acessories order no. 1111 .., 1112 ..

with supporting plate for mounting plates without spreader claws

Hospital installation Central plate for double pole socket outlet for floating output white, glossy polar white, glossy

1403 02 1403 09

10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. For double pole socket outlet for floating output order no. 1061

For double pole socket outlet according to DIN 42801 with imprint

Centre plate for double pole socket outlet for floating output stainless steel

1705 01 04

For double pole socket outlet for floating output order no. 1061

with imprint

276

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER ARSYS Order no.

Packing unit

Central plate for 6pole socket outlet white, glossy polar white, glossy stainless steel, lacquered

1474 02 1474 09 1474 04

10 10 10

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73021D; Nurse call systems: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73020D

white, glossy polar white, glossy stainless steel, lacquered

1244 00 02 1244 00 69 1244 90 04

10 10 10

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73075C, 73075D, 73020G, 73021G for call unit with 2 diagnostic plug-in contacts centre plate plug-in fixing

Centre plate for call unit, 2 plug-in openings, with printed symbols white, glossy polar white, glossy stainless steel, lacquered

Centre plate for databus connection unit with plug-in opening 1298 00 02 1298 00 69 1298 90 04

1238 00 02 1238 00 69 1238 90 04

Centre plate with 2 plug-in openings and imprint

Centre plate for databus termination splitter/ empty unit

white, glossy polar white, glossy stainless steel, lacquered

for call unit with 2 auxiliary plug-in contacts centre plate plug-in fixing

Messrs. Ackermann

1204 00 02 1204 00 69 1204 90 04

Packing unit

Centre plate with 2 plug-in openings 10 10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

white, glossy polar white, glossy stainless steel, lacquered

Order no.

10 10 10

1242 00 02 1242 00 69 1242 90 04

10 10 10

Nurse call systems: Ackermann, clino opt 90, 99 / clino phon 95, order no. 73020E for call unit with diagnostic and auxiliary plug-in contact for plug-in cover

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73070A centre plate plug-in fixing

Centre plate for plug-and-socket connector white, glossy polar white, glossy stainless steel, lacquered

1305 00 02 1305 00 69 1305 90 04

10 10 10

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 74189A a-coded for dropping plug-and-socket connector centre plate plug-in fixing

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

277

BERKER ARSYS Order no.

Packing unit

Centre plate with red call push-button at bottom and plug-in opening white, glossy polar white, glossy stainless steel, lacquered

1224 00 02 1224 00 69 1224 90 04

Order no.

Packing unit

Centre plate with red call push-button at bottom 10 10 10

white, glossy polar white, glossy stainless steel, lacquered

1219 00 02 1219 00 69 1219 90 04

10 10 10

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73022B, 73023B for call push-button with plug-in contact button with lens centre plate plug-in fixing

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73022A2, 73022A for call push-button button with lens centre plate plug-in fixing

Centre plate with red call push-button at top and a plug-in opening

Centre plate with green shut-off button

white, glossy polar white, glossy stainless steel, lacquered

1217 00 02 1217 00 69 1217 90 04

10 10 10

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73073E, 73071E2, 73071E, 73075A for call push-button with plug-in contact for call module with call push-button and monitored auxiliary plug-in contact button with lens centre plate plug-in fixing

Centre plate with red call button and 2 plug-in openings white, glossy polar white, glossy stainless steel, lacquered

1218 00 02 1218 00 69 1218 90 04

10 10 10

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73071D2, 73073D, 73071D, 73075B for call push-button with diagnostic and auxiliary plug-in contact for call module with call push-button and plug-in contacts button with lens with imprint centre plate plug-in fixing

Centre plate with red call push-button at top white, glossy polar white, glossy stainless steel, lacquered

1216 00 02 1216 00 69 1216 90 04

10 10 10

white, glossy polar white, glossy stainless steel, lacquered

1251 00 02 1251 00 69 1251 90 04

10 10 10

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73642C for shut-off push-button button with lens centre plate plug-in fixing

Centre plate with yellow shut-off button white, glossy polar white, glossy stainless steel, lacquered

1252 00 02 1252 00 69 1252 90 04

10 10 10

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73642D for shut-off push-button button with lens centre plate plug-in fixing

Centre plate for call unit with blue doctor call button white, glossy polar white, glossy stainless steel, lacquered

1223 00 02 1223 00 69 1223 90 04

10 10 10

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73022A2, 73022A for call push-button button with lens with imprint centre plate plug-in fixing

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73073F, 73071F2, 73071F for call module with call push-button button with lens centre plate plug-in fixing

278

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER ARSYS Order no.

Packing unit

Centre plate with acknowledge button white white, glossy polar white, glossy stainless steel, lacquered

1308 00 02 1308 00 69 1308 90 04

10 10 10

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73640J2, 73640J for office unit button with lens with imprint „SU-AUS WARTEN“ centre plate plug-in fixing

Centre plate with red call button and green shut-off button white, glossy polar white, glossy stainless steel, lacquered

1249 00 02 1249 00 69 1249 90 04

10 10 10

Order no.

Packing unit

Centre plate for pneumatic call switch with lens white, glossy polar white, glossy stainless steel, lacquered

1236 00 02 1236 00 69 1236 90 04

10 10 10

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 70006C; Nurse call systems: Ackermann, clino opt 90, 99 / clino phon 95, order no. 70006B, 70006A centre plate plug-in fixing

Centre plate for pullcord push-button with lens white, glossy polar white, glossy stainless steel, lacquered

1233 00 02 1233 00 69 1233 90 04

10 10 10

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73642B2 for call push-button and shut-off push-button buttons with lens centre plate plug-in fixing

Nurse call systems: Ackermann, clino opt 90, 99 / clino phon 95, order no. 70045A3, 70046A3, 70046A for pullcord push-button with pullcord and knob centre plate plug-in fixing

Centre plate with green and yellow shut-off button

Centre plate for radio programme system with small sound system

white, glossy polar white, glossy stainless steel, lacquered

1253 00 02 1253 00 69 1253 90 04

10 10 10

Centre plate with green presence button/white acknowledge button 1299 00 02 1299 00 69 1299 90 04

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73642B for office unit buttons with lens with imprint „SU-AUS WARTEN“ centre plate plug-in fixing

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

1300 00 02 1300 00 69 1300 90 04

10 10 10

Nurse call systems: Ackermann, clino opt 90, 99 / clino phon 95, order no. 73120C, 73120H for earpiece and volume control with imprinted symbol curve centre plate plug-in fixing

Nurse call system: Ackermann, clino opt 99, order no. 73642E for shut-off push-button buttons with lens centre plate plug-in fixing

white, glossy polar white, glossy stainless steel, lacquered

10 10 10

Centre plate for radio programme selector switch white, glossy polar white, glossy stainless steel, lacquered

1301 00 02 1301 00 69 1301 90 04

10 10 10

Nurse call systems: Ackermann, clino opt 90, 99 / clino phon 95, order no. 73120A with imprint „0-1-2-3-4-5“ centre plate plug-in fixing

279

BERKER ARSYS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Packing unit

Centre plate with microphone for interface unit white, glossy polar white, glossy stainless steel, lacquered

1302 00 02 1302 00 69 1302 90 04

1 1 1

Nurse call systems: Ackermann, clino opt 99 / clino phon 95, order no. 71048A, 71049A centre plate plug-in fixing

280

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER ARSYS IP44 Order no.

Order no.

Packing unit

Installation instructions for ARSYS IP44 SCHUKO-socket insert

TOP

SCHUKO-centre plate with hinged cover

Flush-mounted wall box according to DIN 49073 part 1 Sealing flange

Sealing Frame OBEN

Fixing piece

TOP

Attention! IP44 protection is reached only if the installation instruction is observed.

Packing unit

Rocker

Rocker switch/ Rocker push-button

Covers IP44

SCHUKO-socket outlets

Sealings

SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover stainless steel stainless steel, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

Sealing set for all ARSYS IP44 devices 1010 00

for order no. 1424 10 04, 1436 10 04, 4758 .. on page T6

for rockers and SCHUKO socket outlets IP44

Rocker 1424 10 04

with imprint with plug-in terminals

SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover and labelling field

IP44 protection is provided only with sealing set order no. 1010 00.

stainless steel

with imprint „IP44“ for rocker switches change-over, intermediate for rocker push-buttons

Rocker with labelling field 1436 10 04

16 A, 250 V~

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

Not suitable for push-button BCU and group push-button BCU.

stainless steel

10 10

IP44 protection is provided only with sealing set order no. 1010 00.

Rockers stainless steel

4758 10 04 4758 30 04

Not suitable for push-button BCU and group push-button BCU. Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips.

4758 20 04

16 A, 250 V~ on page T6

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips. IP44 protection is provided only with sealing set order no. 1010 00. Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 with imprint with plug-in terminals

IP44 protection is provided only with sealing set order no. 1010 00. with imprint „IP44“ for rocker switches change-over, intermediate for rocker push-buttons "#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

281

Surfaces Frames/cover plates

Serie 1930 PORZELLAN MADE by Rosenthal

Serie 1930

Porcelain, glossy

Plastic, glossy

polar white similar to RAL 9010 black

similar to RAL 8022

polar white similar to RAL 9010 black

similar to RAL 8022

Glasserie Glass, high-gloss If you would like to implement additional Palazzo

functions (e. g. a room thermostat) into the Serie

Duro-Horn® inlay plastic, high-gloss,

1930/Glasserie design, please contact your regi-

decorative white marble,

onal representative. They will help you to order

decorative black marble,

the correct special 1gang frame with large

decorative brown root-wood

cut-out suitable for Serie 1930/Glasserie -

decorative ring, metallised plastic,

e. g. in black, white or transparent from Berker

24-carat gold-plated

Manufacture.

Centre inserts Glasserie/Palazzo/Serie 1930 Plastic, glossy polar white similar to RAL 9010 black

similar to RAL 8022

Metal toggle Brass, refined Brass, clear varnished Brass, chrome-plated

282

Serie 1930/Glasserie/Palazzo

Special range Flush-mounted System Berker Serie 1930

Modern and classic – the Berker Serie 1930 in functional Bauhaus-style design creates a special ambiance and is the perfect combination of the state-of-the-art technology and timeless design. NEW: Now available in genuine Rosenthal porcelain. ■ Available surfaces: polar white, black

Berker GLASSERIE The practical design and the transparency of real glass help your customers to create truly one-of-a-kind interior designs. ■ Replica pf Bauhaus design (around 1920) ■ Suitable for older buildings or modern living spaces ■ Available surface combinations: glass in combination with rotary toggle in polar white, black, chrome or brass. Design: TECNOLUMEN

Berker PALAZZO

An extravagant solution outside the conventional market, suitable for representative living spaces, spas, business premises and restaurants.

■ Ultra-high-grade matterials with marble or mahogany root-wood effects, framed in 24-carat real gold-plated decorative rings ■ Available surface decorations: white marble, black marble, root-wood mahogany brown

283

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS SERIE 1930 PORZELLAN MADE BY ROSENTHAL

Serie 1930 porcelain frames have a larger diameter in order to better highlight the high-quality Rosenthal porcelain. Due to the special impression created by the matterial, we recommend placing each device in a 1gang porcelain frame when combining more than one device. When doing so, please observe the distance dimensions shown below. SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FOR INSTALLATION  F or flush-mounted installation a centre-to-centre dimension of 91 mm is recommended. In order to maintain the appropriate distance during plastering, flush-mounting boxes from Kaiser with snap-tunnel supports must be used. Their distance can be set easily and optimally using a spacer gland (order no. 1887).

6,5

84,5

 F or hollow-wall installation, we also recommend a centre-to-centre dimension of 91 mm.  D ue to its diameter of 84.5 mm, the porcelain frame cannot be installed with a Serie 1930 surface-mounted frame.

For integration of additional functions (e.g. socket outlet, rotary dimmer), the porcelain frame can be combined with all Serie 1930 centre inserts made of plastic.

284

SERIE 1930 PORZELLAN MADE BY ROSENTHAL Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Packing unit

Frames NEW

Porcelain frame 1gang black, glossy polar white, glossy

* 1381 65 * 1381 69

1 1

Attention! In combinations, the spacer gland for Kaiser flush-mounted boxes must be used, see accessories order no. 1887

of porcelain

Covers for switches / push-buttons NEW

Centre plate with toggle for rotary switches and spring-return push-buttons polar white, glossy black, glossy

* 1647 69 * 1647 65

1 1

For group spring-return push-button order no. 3838 00 For spring-return push-button order no. 3846 00 For rotary switch order no. 3875 00, 3876 00, 3877 00, 3893 00

of porcelain

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

285

SERIE 1930 Order no.

Packing unit

Accessories: Self-extinguishing base plate 1gang

Frames Frame 1gang polar white, glossy black, glossy

Order no.

1381 09 1381 01

10 10

polar white black

1331 19 1331 11

10 10

for order no. 1001 .. on page T66

Attention! In combinations, the spacer gland for Kaiser flush-mounted boxes must be used, see accessories order no. 1887

with imprint suitable for mounting on flammable base surface

for single mounting

Entries/connectors Combination connector

Centre frame polar white, glossy black, glossy

on page T66

1381 59 1381 51

10 10

Combinations are only to be installed in simple combi boxes.

on page T66

10 10

Also suitable for units of the surface-mounted range. for order no. 1001 ..

Cable and duct entry

End frame 1381 49 1381 41

1823 09 1823 05

to combine surface-mounted devices

for combination mounting

polar white, glossy black, glossy

polar white black

10 10

Combinations are only to be installed in simple combi boxes.

polar white black

1813 09 1813 05

10 10

Also suitable for surface-mounted frames and housings from the flush-mounted ranges. for wire or 15 x 15 mm cable duct

for combination mounting

Tube entry

Frame 2gang polar white, glossy black, glossy

1381 29 1381 21

2 2

polar white black

1817 09 1817 05

10 10

Distance from wall to centre of pipe 16 mm Suitable tubes for surface mounted installation are available from: www.fraenkische-elektro.de

on page T66

Also suitable for surface-mounted frames and housings from the flush-mounted ranges.

for vertical and horizontal mounting

Frame 3gang polar white, glossy black, glossy

on page T66

1381 39 1381 31

2 2

for tubes with Ø 15.2 mm (PG 9) and M 16 for tubes with coupling dia. 20.5 mm (PG 13.5) and M 20

for vertical and horizontal mounting

Surface-mounted frames Surface-mounted frame 1gang polar white, glossy black, glossy

1001 09 1001 01

10 10

Installation depth 33,5 mm on page T66

Multiple combinations possible with combination connector order no. 1823 05, 1823 09

with cable and duct entry

286

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

GLASSERIE Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Cover plates

Glass end frame clear

Glass cover plate for rotary switch/rotary push-button clear

on page T66

Packing unit

1090

for single mounting with polar white plastic base toughened glass

1094

on page T66

for combination mounting with polar white plastic base toughened glass

Glass frame 2gang clear

Glass end cover plate for rotary switch/rotary push-button clear

Combinations are only to be installed in simple combi boxes.

Attention! In combinations, the spacer gland for Kaiser flush-mounted boxes must be used, see accessories order no. 1887

1092

Combinations are only to be installed in simple combi boxes.

1102

for vertical and horizontal mounting with polar white plastic base toughened glass

on page T66

for combination mounting with polar white plastic base toughened glass

Glass centre cover plate for rotary switch/ rotary push-button clear

1095

Combinations are only to be installed in simple combi boxes. on page T66

for combination mounting with polar white plastic base toughened glass

Frames Glass frame clear

on page T66

1091

Attention! In combinations, the spacer gland for Kaiser flush-mounted boxes must be used, see accessories order no. 1887

for single mounting with polar white plastic base toughened glass

Glass centre frame clear

1093

Combinations are only to be installed in simple combi boxes. on page T66

for combination mounting with polar white plastic base toughened glass

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

287

PALAZZO Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Cover plates

Packing unit

Decor end frame white, decor marble black, decor marble brown, decor root-wood

Decor cover plate for rotary switch/rotary push-button white, decor marble black, decor marble brown, decor root-wood

1090 10 1090 12 1090 11

1 10 1

on page T66 Attention! In combinations, the spacer gland for Kaiser flush-mounted boxes must be used, see accessories order no. 1887

on page T66

1092 10 1092 12 1092 11

1 1 1

Combinations are only to be installed in simple combi boxes. for combination mounting

for single mounting

Decor centre cover plate for rotary switch/ rotary push-button white, decor marble black, decor marble brown, decor root-wood on page T66

1095 10 1095 12 1095 11

10 10 1

Combinations are only to be installed in simple combi boxes. for combination mounting

Decor end cover plate for rotary switch/rotary push-button white, decor marble black, decor marble brown, decor root-wood on page T66

1 1 1

1094 10 1094 12 1094 11

Combinations are only to be installed in simple combi boxes. for combination mounting

Frames Decor frame white, decor marble black, decor marble brown, decor root-wood on page T66

1 1 1

1091 10 1091 12 1091 11

Attention! In combinations, the spacer gland for Kaiser flush-mounted boxes must be used, see accessories order no. 1887

for single mounting

Decor centre frame white, decor marble black, decor marble brown, decor root-wood on page T66

1093 10 1093 12 1093 11

10 10 1

Combinations are only to be installed in simple combi boxes. for combination mounting

288

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

SERIE 1930/GLASSERIE/PALAZZO Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Rotary switches

Brass toggle

NEW

brass

Rotary switch change-over intermediate series 2pole on/off 10 AX, 250 V~

* 3876 00 * 3877 00 * 3875 00 * 3893 00

1 1 1 1

for rotary switch/rotary push-button with toggle

Chrome toggle brass, chrome-plated

with screw terminals

Spring return push-button

* 3846 00

10 A, 250 V~

for rotary switch/rotary push-button with toggle

Without centre plate also suitable for mounting with glass and decor cover plates.

Switches for shutters Rotary switches/rotary push-buttons for shutters

with screw terminals NEW

Rotary switch for shutters with centre plate and rotary knob

Group spring return push-button 2pole, isolated input terminals

* 3838 00

10 A, 250 V~

on page T5

Without centre plate also suitable for mounting with glass and decor cover plates. with neutral-position also suitable as push-button for shutters 2gang with screw terminals

Covers for switches / push-buttons NEW

Centre plate with toggle for rotary switches and spring-return push-buttons polar white, glossy black, glossy

1812 01

For group spring-return push-button order no. 3838 00 For spring-return push-button order no. 3846 00 For rotary switch order no. 3875 00, 3876 00, 3877 00, 3893 00

Rotary push-buttons change-over contact, usable as NC or NO

1812

For group spring-return push-button order no. 3838 00 For spring-return push-button order no. 3846 00 For rotary switch order no. 3875 00, 3876 00, 3877 00, 3893 00

Switching sequence e.g. for clockwise series switch: > 1 > 1+2 > 2 > 0

NEW

Packing unit

* 1647 * 1647 01

1 1

polar white, glossy, 1pole

3811

black, glossy, 1pole polar white, glossy, 2pole

3811 01 3812

1 1

black, glossy, 2pole

3812 01

10 A, 250 V~ Follow the motor manufacturers` instructions!

with neutral-position with push lock function with screw terminals

Accessories: Interlock disk for rotary switch for shutters for conversion to rotary push-button for shutters

1861

For group spring-return push-button order no. 3838 00 For spring-return push-button order no. 3846 00 For rotary switch order no. 3875 00, 3876 00, 3877 00, 3893 00

of plastic NEW

Centre plate with toggle for rotary switches and spring-return push-buttons polar white, glossy black, glossy

* 1647 69 * 1647 65

1 1

For group spring-return push-button order no. 3838 00 For spring-return push-button order no. 3846 00 For rotary switch order no. 3875 00, 3876 00, 3877 00, 3893 00

of porcelain

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

289

SERIE 1930/GLASSERIE/PALAZZO Order no.

Packing unit

Pilot lamps

Order no.

Rotary dimmers

Push-buttons and pilot lamps

Universal rotary dimmer with soft-lock, centre plate and setting knob

Push-button and pilot lamp E10 with centre plate

on page T5

Packing unit

polar white, glossy, NO contact

5104

black, glossy, NO contact

5104 01

polar white, glossy black, glossy on page T10

250 V~ Momentary-contact current max. 2 A; Incandescent lamp power max. 2 W for order no. 1225 .., 1226, 1227, 1229 .. Can be illuminated using neon lamp E10 see module inserts order no. 1601 Can be illuminated using LED lamp E10 see module inserts order no. 1678 ..

Do not connect conventional transformers together with electronic transformers.

Accessories Knob for push-button and pilot lamp E10 polar white, glossy black, glossy polar white, glossy, Symbol light

1225 1225 01 1226

10 10 10

polar white, glossy, Symbol bell

1227

red transparent clear transparent

1229 1229 02

10 10

For push-button and pilot lamp order no. 5104 ..

Cover for push-button and pilot lamp E10 1221 1222

for illumination and monitoring circuit with screw terminals

clear transparent red transparent

1 1

2834 10 2834 11

10 10

Universal rotary dimmer extension unit with soft-lock centre plate and setting knob

For push-button and pilot lamp order no. 5104 ..

polar white, glossy black, glossy on page T10

2835 10 2835 11

1 1

230 V~, 50/60 Hz Number of extension units max. 5; Axial dimension diameter 4 mm

as extension unit for universal rotary dimmer with incremental encoder voltage test possible without dismantling with plug-in terminals

290

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

SERIE 1930/GLASSERIE/PALAZZO Order no.

Packing unit

Socket outlets

Order no.

Blank plates

SCHUKO-socket outlets

Blank plate with centre plate

SCHUKO socket outlet

on page T6

Packing unit

polar white, glossy black, glossy polar white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 black, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

4745 20 4745 21 4755

4755 01

10 10 10

polar white, glossy, without spreader claws

1009 20

black, glossy, without spreader claws

1009 21

polar white, glossy, with base and spreader claws black, glossy, with base and spreader claws

67 1009 20

67 1009 21

16 A, 250 V~ with supporting ring centre plate plug-in fixing

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 with plug-in terminals

TV/audio Connector inserts

SCHUKO socket outlet polar white, glossy black, glossy

4145 20 4145 21

Miniature connector insert with centre plate

10 10

polar white, glossy black, glossy

16 A, 250 V~ on page T6

For flange cover with 22.2 mm hole pitch to DIN 51529 Circular plug-in connector: Cannon; Conrad Electronic; Dr. Ing. Sieger; Farnell; Hirschmann; Lumberg; Monacor; RS Components

Socket outlets with earth pin Socket outlet with earth pin polar white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 black, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

67 6579

67 6579 01

with supporting ring for 1 or 2 connectors for loudspeaker sockets for diode plug-in devices for miniature plug-in devices 1 knock out opening

16 A, 250 V~

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 2pole + earth with screw-in lift terminals NEW

TV/audio

Socket outlet with earth pin polar white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 black, glossy, enhanced 67 6879 01 * contact protection IEC 60884-1

* 67 6879

on page T6

10 10

Loudspeaker socket see module inserts order no. 1800

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 with screw terminals

on page T6

4508 20 4508 21

16 A, 250 V~

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 2pole + earth with plug-in terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Centre plate for aerial socket 2-hole 10

polar white, glossy black, glossy

for order no. 4502, 4515, HIFS 1B

1039 20 1039 21

10 10

For aerial socket as per DIN 45330

Centre plate for aerial socket 3-hole polar white, glossy black, glossy

1064 20 1064 21

10 10

for order no. 4522, 4523, 4593

291

SERIE 1930/GLASSERIE/PALAZZO Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Data-/telecommunications

Centre plate for FCC/E-DAT design/Telekom ISDN socket outlet

Centre plate for cable outlet built-in and VDo connection box polar white, glossy black, glossy

1037 1037 01

polar white, glossy black, glossy

10 10

with outlet

10 10

EAD socket outlets: Drivex; Fröhlich + Walter; Intracom; TAE and FCC overvoltage protection sockets: Dehn; FCC socket outlets: Dätwyler; Rutenbeck

Flush-mounted wall box HE 450

also for TDO socket outlet 2 knock out openings

1407 1407 01

10 10

Can only be purchased in Belgium by Vecolux! with 8 cut-outs for cable introduction with generous installation space

For FCC socket outlet order no. 4538, 4568 For FCC socket outlet shielded order no. 4554, 4586, 4590

FCC socket outlets: Ackermann; AMP; BTR; Crack-IT; Rutenbeck; Telegärtner; Telena with 45° oblique outlet for 1gang socket outlet cat.3, cat.5e and cat.6

292

Flush-mounted boxes diameter 60 mm; Flush-mounted boxes installation depth 40 mm; Bolt spacing 60 mm; Combination space 71 mm

Centre plate for FCC socket outlet polar white, glossy black, glossy

10 10

Centre plate for TAE socket outlet and loudspeaker connection box 1040 1040 01

1409 1409 01

For FCC socket outlet order no. 4539, 4562, 4592 For FCC socket outlet shielded order no. 4555, 4587, 4591

For cable outlet order no. 4468

polar white, glossy black, glossy

Packing unit

Accessories Spacer gland NEW

Spacer gland red, for the new flush* 1887 mounted box generation from Kaiser

Spacing enlargement 20 mm Matching all boxes with SnapTunnel spouts from Kaiser for combinations with full glass cover plates/ glass frames, frames 1gang SERIE 1930 and full Palazzo decor cover plates/decor frames.

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Order no.

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Packing unit

Order no.

Packing unit

293

Cover plates Glass, glossy polar white similar to RAL 9010

Push-button Metal, brass, galvanised chrome, glossy 24-carat gold-plated, glossy stainless steel (matt brushed nickel)

294

Berker TS Crystal

300-303

Berker TS Crystal Ball

304-307

Berker TS Sensor

308-317

BERKER TS

Special range Flush-mounted system

An exceptional design created for special design requirements. Fine glass with operating elements in various colour and surface variations allow your customers to take their creativity to new heights.

■ Suitable for installation bus systems and relay circuits with safety extra-low voltage ■ Glass material

295

BERKER TS Order no.

Packing unit

Cover plates

Order no.

Packing unit

Wall boxes

Glass cover plate clear, 1gang clear, 2gang clear, 4gang

Wall box 1 1 1

1391 1392 1394

mounting box, flushmounted (fm), oval

1809

hollow-wall box, oval

1824

Screw length 25 mm on page T67

on page T67

Other components from the B.7 glass range are available, e.g. SCHUKO-socket outlets. Note dimensional drawings!

plastic

Mount only with mounting boxes order no. 1809, 1824

Screws Two-hole screws 2 x M3.5 x 50 mm

for vertical and horizontal mounting glass with polar white imprint on the backside with polar white plastic base with two-hole screws as dismantling protection and screwdriver each with 2 3.5 x 25 mm screws in chrome, gold and stainless steel

chrome gold stainless steel

on page T67

1 1 1 1 1

1311 1321 1341 1366 1388

Push-button interfaces Radio push-button interface 4gang flushmounted grey

for vertical and horizontal mounting with all-round facet with polar white plastic base with two-hole screws as dismantling protection and screwdriver each with 2 3.5 x 25 mm screws in chrome, gold and stainless steel

Accessories

on page T47

0126

3 V= Battery life approx. 3 years; Radio channels max. 4; Radio signal transmission frequency 433,42 MHz; Radio signal transmission power < 10 mW; Radio signal transmission range (free field) max. 100 m; Contact cleaner power pulse current 3 mA; Operating temperature -20 - +55 °C; Cable length approx. 290 mm; Extendable cable length max. 5 m; Dimensions (diameter x H) 38 x 10 mm For battery-operated radio remote control of all assigned radio bus receivers.

Buttons Push-button chrome gold stainless steel on page T67

2 pieces for fixing in deeper seated boxes brass, refined

Screw length 25 mm Mount only with mounting boxes order no. 1809, 1824

1 1 1

1895 10 1895 12 1895 13

For glass cover plate order no. 1311, 1321, 1341, 1366, 1388, 1391, 1392, 1394

Glass cover plate clear, 1gang clear, 2gang clear, 4gang clear, 6gang clear, 8gang

For glass cover plate order no. 1311, 1321, 1341, 1366, 1388, 1391, 1392, 1394

1811 10 1811 12 1811 13

10 10 10

24 V Momentary-contact current max. 1,5 A; ;Installation depth 13 mm Only suitable for safety low voltages! For installation in glass cover plate order no. 1311, 1321, 1341, 1366, 1388, 1391, 1392, 1394

brass, refined NO contact with plug-in terminals

Replacement Lithium coin cell battery see radio bus order no. 1857

not dependent on mains power each channel can be allocated to as many radio receivers are required functions: 1- and 2-push-button operation for switching and dimming, shutter control, light scenes, function setting by 5 DIP-switches with lithium coin cell battery 3 V type: CR 2032 with red transmit and battery status LED to connect to max. 4 potential-free contacts with contact cleaner power pulse current for activation pre-assembled, with 4 cable pairs and plug for installation behind flush-mounted inserts

Accessories: Lithium coin cell battery 3 V 1857

3 V=, 0,18 Ah type: CR 2032 2 pcs. for replacement

296

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER TS Order no.

Packing unit

Universal interfaces

7564 20 01

light grey 1

with 2 independent binary inputs for potential-free contacts 2 binary inputs, 2 outputs or 1 binary input and 1 output parameterisable outputs for LED e.g. as status LED for switch, push-button, dimmer and shutter functions value transmitter for dimming, position, brightness and temperature values 1 and 2 byte functions: impulse counter or switch counter for input 1 for impulse counter function, input 2 is required for the synchronising signal extension unit for light scene push-button cyclic transmission parameterisable for switching function single and two push-button operation parameterisable one push-button operation for switching, pushing, shutters and dimming shutter operation concept short-long-short and long-short parameterisable objects for locking individual inputs and outputs objects: switching, forced guidance and feedback of respective output object for logical linking (e.g. OR / AND / AND with return) with programming button and red programming LED bus connection via connecting terminal

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Packing unit

Universal interface 4gang comfort flushmounted

Universal interface 2gang comfort flushmounted light grey

Order no.

7564 40 01

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Input scanning voltage per channel 5 V; Output current for channels 1 and 2, each max. 0,8 mA; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Cable length approx. 250 mm; Extendable cable length max. 5 m; Dimensions (L x W x H) 43 x 28,5 x 15,5

with 4 independent binary inputs for potential-free contacts 4 binary inputs or 2-3 binary inputs and 1-2 outputs parameterisable outputs for LED e.g. as status LED for switch, push-button, dimmer and shutter functions value transmitter for dimming, position, brightness and temperature values 1 and 2 byte functions: impulse counter or switch counter for inputs 1 and 2 for impulse counter function, inputs 3 and 4 are required for the synchronising signal extension unit for light scene push-button cyclic transmission parameterisable for switching function single and two push-button operation parameterisable one push-button operation for switching, pushing, shutters and dimming shutter operation concept short-long-short and long-short parameterisable objects for locking individual inputs and outputs objects: switching, forced guidance and feedback of respective output object for logical linking (e.g. OR / AND / AND with return) with programming button and red programming LED bus connection via connecting terminal

297

BERKER TS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Packing unit

Universal interface 8gang comfort flushmounted black

7564 80 01

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Input scanning voltage per channel 20 V; Output current per channel max. 0,8 mA; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Max. cable length 10 m; Dimensions (W x H x D) 44 x 48 x 32 mm with 8 independent binary inputs for potential-free contacts 8 binary inputs, 8 outputs or 4 binary inputs and 4 outputs parameterisable outputs for LED e.g. as status LED with programming button and red programming LED for switch, push-button, dimmer and shutter functions dimming / position value transmitter 1 byte extension unit for light scene push-button cyclic transmission can also be started via switching object single and two push-button operation parameterisable one push-button operation for switching, pushing and dimming shutter operation concept short-long-short and long-short parameterisable objects: switching, pos. oper., feedback of respective output (only for applic. 4input/4output) object for audio/video control second operating level by object or 3-button handle (only 8-input application) short-circuit and overload proof (electronic fuse) protected against polarity reversal bus connection via connecting terminal with screw terminals

Binary inputs Binary input 6gang 24 V AC/DC RMD light grey

7521 60 01

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Signal voltage 8 - 42 V~/=; Signal current 4 mA; Signal duration 100 % ED; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Input cable length max. 100 m; RMD 2 modules; Dimensions (W x H x D) 36 x 90 x 65 mm; Assembling height as from DIN rail 58 mm External power supply 24 V necessary! Detects the presence of or change in a voltage level at its inputs and, depending on the chosen application, sends telegrams over the instabus KNX/EIB. with 6 independent binary inputs with 2 GND connections with programming button and red programming LED with 6 yellow status LEDs for input states bus connection via connecting terminal with screw terminals

298

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Order no.

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Packing unit

Order no.

Packing unit

299

PUSH-BUTTONs Metal, brass, galvanised with Swarovski crystal Stainless steel (nickel, matt brushed) crystal colour: Black Diamond Chrome, glossy crystal colour: Crystal 24-carat gold-plated, glossy crystal colour: Topaz 24-carat gold-plated, glossy crystal colour: Siam

300

Berker TS Crystal Ball

304-307

Berker TS Sensor

308-317

Berker TS Crystal

Special range For flush-mounted system Berker TS

Extravagance becomes manifest not only in a grand gesture, but, above all, in perfect detail. Seen in this way, the new Berker TS Crystal perfects luxury down to the last detail. Designed on the basis of the Berker TS, refined with Crystallized TM – Swarovski Elements. It is, without a doubt, the most glamorous way to switch on a light.

■ Crystalline variation of the Berker TS with glass platform and push-button with fine Swarovski crystals ■ Push-button available in 4 colours

301

BERKER TS CRYSTAL Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Packing unit

Accessories Buttons Push-button Crystal chrome

1964 00 01

24 V Momentary-contact current max. 1,5 A; Installation depth 13 mm on page T67

Only suitable for safety low voltages! For installation in glass cover plate order no. 1311, 1321, 1341, 1366, 1388, 1391, 1392, 1394

brass, refined with Crystallized TM – Swarovski Elements NO contact with plug-in terminals

Push-button Black Diamond stainless steel

1966 02 15

24 V Momentary-contact current max. 1,5 A; Installation depth 13 mm on page T67

Only suitable for safety low voltages! For installation in glass cover plate order no. 1311, 1321, 1341, 1366, 1388, 1391, 1392, 1394

brass, refined with Crystallized TM – Swarovski Elements NO contact with plug-in terminals

Push-button Siam gold

1965 02 08

24 V Momentary-contact current max. 1,5 A; Installation depth 13 mm on page T67

Only suitable for safety low voltages! For installation in glass cover plate order no. 1311, 1321, 1341, 1366, 1388, 1391, 1392, 1394

brass, refined with Crystallized TM – Swarovski Elements NO contact with plug-in terminals

Push-button Topaz gold

1965 02 03

24 V Momentary-contact current max. 1,5 A; Installation depth 13 mm on page T67

Only suitable for safety low voltages! For installation in glass cover plate order no. 1311, 1321, 1341, 1366, 1388, 1391, 1392, 1394

brass, refined with Crystallized TM – Swarovski Elements NO contact with plug-in terminals

302

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Order no.

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Packing unit

Order no.

Packing unit

303

DECORATIVE PLATE Glass, mirrored

SENSOR SURFACE Glass, mirrored (Swarovski Circle)

304

Berker TS Sensor

308-317

Berker TS Crystal Ball

Special range Flush-mounted system

Multifaceted switching at its finest: With mirrored platform and control surface made of Crystallized TM – Swarovski Elements, the Berker TS Crystal Ball lends refinement to any atmosphere.

■ A glamorous eye-catcher in any exclusive environment ■ Switch surface made of multifaceted cut Swarovski crystal with optical reflex detector ■ Gentle-touch switching

305

INFORMATION ABOUT ORDERING AND USE BERKER TS CRYSTAL BALL

The Berker TS Crystal Ball can be connected universally to bus systems or also to relay circuits within the limits of the technical specifications. The crystal has an integrated sensor surface that can be used to switch / dim the lighting or to control blinds. The Crystal Ball requires a separate power supply (provided by the user) and must be installed in the 2gang wall box for glass sensor shown here. For installation information, please consult the special section for the Berker TS Sensor. The following table will assist you in ordering and putting products together within the various systems.

Crystal Ball for

Instabus KNX/EIB 1 K NX/EIB universal interface, 2gang, (order no. 7564 20 01) 1 Wall box, 2gang (order no. 1870)

Required devices

Provided by the user

Relay control/ other systems

RADIO BUS 1 R adio push-button interface, flush-mounted, 4gang, (order no. 0126) 1 Wall box, 2gang (order no. 1870)

Power supply (8 to 30 V DC)

1 Wall box, 2gang (order no. 1870)

Power supply (8 to 30 V DC)

Relay/system interface Power supply (8 to 30 V DC)

CONNECTION (see table above for ordering information) It is absolutely essential to provide a separate power supply to the Crystal Ball. The corresponding interface or the relay is connected directly to the terminals of the Crystal Ball. After system commissioning, actions are triggered when the sensor surface is pressed. Depending on the system, the connected interface may not be fully utilised by the Crystal Ball. The remaining interface channels can be used for other applications. optional: Adapter ring for additional anti-dismantling protection or "shadow gap" TS Crystal Ball

Wall box, 2gang, for glass sensor (must be used!) Universal interface, 2gang, comfort flushmounted or Radio push-button interface, flush-mounted, 4gang

306

BERKER TS CRYSTAL BALL Order no.

Packing unit

Crystal Ball NEW

Order no.

Packing unit

Push-button interfaces

Crystal Ball Mirror glass, clear

* 1685 78

Radio push-button interface 4gang flushmounted

Operating voltage 8 - 30 V=; Current consumption (operation) approx. 18,3 mA; Current consumption (idle) approx. 4,3 mA; Switching voltage max. 30 V=; Momentary-contact current max. 10 mA; Surface adjustment 20 mm

grey

on page T47

For flush-mounted radio push-button interface 4gang order no. 0126 Only suitable for wall box 2gang for glass sensor order no. 1870 For flush-mounted universal interface 2gang comfort order no. 7564 20 01

separate auxiliary power supply needed operation by gently touching the Crystal Ball with adapter ring for dismantling protection and shadow gap formation with disassembly suction tool with CRYSTALLIZED Swarovski elements NO contact with screw terminals

For battery-operated radio remote control of all assigned radio bus receivers. Replacement Lithium coin cell battery see radio bus order no. 1857

KNX/EIB for for parameterisable functions see universal interface 2gang comfort flush-mounted operation with non-choked output of KNX/EIB voltage supply possible (pay attention to current consum Radio bus for settable functions see the radio push-button interface

Universal interfaces Universal interface 2gang comfort flushmounted light grey

7564 20 01

Accessories: Lithium coin cell battery 3 V

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Input scanning voltage per channel 5 V; Output current per channel max. 0,8 mA; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Cable length approx. 250 mm; Extendable cable length max. 5 m; Dimensions (L x W x H) 43 x 28,5 x 15,5 mm with 2 independent binary inputs for potential-free contacts 2 binary inputs, 2 outputs or 1 binary input and 1 output parameterisable outputs for LED e.g. as status LED for switch, push-button, dimmer and shutter functions value transmitter for dimming, position, brightness and temperature values 1 and 2 byte functions: impulse counter or switch counter for input1 for impulse counter function, input 2 is required for the synchronising signal extension unit for light scene push-button cyclic transmission parameterisable for switching function single and two push-button operation parameterisable one push-button operation for switching, pushing, shutters and dimming shutter operation concept short-long-short and long-short parameterisable objects for locking individual inputs and outputs objects: switching, forced guidance and feedback of respective output object for logical linking (e.g. OR / AND / AND with return) with programming button and red programming LED bus connection via connecting terminal "#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

0126

1857

3 V=, 0,18 Ah

type: CR 2032 2 pcs. for replacement

Accessories Wall boxes Wall box 2gang for glass sensor and Crystal Ball 1870

on page T68

Dimensions (W x H x D) 68 x 139 x 75 mm; Cut hole diameter 2 x 68 mm; Cut hole pitch 71 mm For glass sensor 1gang order no. 1681 .., 1691 .. For glass sensor 2gang order no. 1682 .., 1692 .. For glass sensor 3gang order no. 1683 .., 1693 .. For glass sensor 4gang order no. 1684 .., 1694 .. For Crystal Ball order no. 1685 78 For glass sensor 2gang with room thermostat order no. 7564 .. For glass sensor 3gang with room thermostat order no. 7564 ..

for flush mounting and hollow-wall mounting flush wall-mounting or with adapter ring

307

Surfaces

Glass, glossy, imprint on back

308

Glas, polar white

similar to RAL 9010

Glass, black

similar to RAL 9005

Glass, aluminium

similar to RAL 9006

BERKER ts sensor

Special range Flush-mounted system

With the Berker TS Sensor a gentle touch of the plain surface is all that is needed to activate lights, blinds, shutters etc. Completely reduced to a simple smooth surface, this control concept is ideal for especially demanding projects. NEW: Now available with room thermostat and integrated high-end "dark design" display.

■ Suitable for installation bus systems and relay circuits ■ Electronics are placed directly on the backside of the glass plate for exceptional switching reliability ■ Super-flat design enables on-the-wall installation ■ LEDs can be used to show readiness for operation and to display switching states ■ Completely smooth surface made possible by screw-free fastening ■ Labelling on the backside for perfect protection

Design and labelling concept in three variations ■ Basic: delivered without labelling and symbols ■ Customized: pre-defined symbols, colours and labelling can be selected via Web Configurator; for further information, see www.berker.com/ts-sensor Caution: configuration can no longer be changed after the order is placed ■ Manufacture: tailored solutions with choice of fonts, colours and symbols. Contact your Berker sales representative for more information.

309

Information about ordering and use Berker TS Sensor

Design possibilities BASIC The product variants of the Berker TS Sensor can be ordered as a catalogue model in unprinted form with a choice of three background colours: glass, polar white / glass, aluminium / glass, black.

CUSTOMIZED The TS Sensor can be designed in a multitude of ways to meet even the most varied customer needs. This innovative product concept makes it possible to print lettering or symbols for control functions on the back of the glass plate, where they are ideally protected against dirt, wear and damage. This concept means, however, that the functions planned for each control panel are defined together with the customer before ordering. After that, the selected labelling and symbols can no longer be changed, because printing is carried out only once at the time of production.

It is this simple:

Complete planning for the installations ■ ■ Functions of each control panel are permanently defined

2. 3.

Create an individual design using the Web Configurator at www.berker.com/ts-sensor ■ ■ Agree upon design with the customer ■ ■ Save design on the Berker server

Order the sensor ■ ■ Berker sends design number ■ ■ Place order with wholesaler

MANUFACTURE The Web Configurator already offers a wide range of customisation options. If, however, this should still not cover your customers' wishes, then Berker Manufacture is what you need. As far as it is technically feasible, the Berker TS Sensor can be manufactured with customised printing in any colour, even with logos or drawings as a background. Only the colours of the LEDs are predefined for technical reasons. For further information, please contact your regional sales representative.

310

Information about ordering and use Berker TS Sensor

The new Berker TS glass sensors can be connected universally using adapters (accessories) to bus systems, or also to relay circuits within the limits of the technical specifications. Four product variants (1-4gang) make it possible to assign up to eight sensor surfaces according to individual needs. To activate the LEDs, the corresponding outputs must be provided at the interfaces, or else a second interface must be included. The glass sensor requires a separate power supply (provided by the user) and must be installed in the 2gang wall box for glass sensor shown here. The following tables will assist you in ordering and putting products together within the various systems.

Instabus KNX/EIB

Glass sensor, 1gang

Sensor surfaces

2 1

Required devices

Glass sensor, 2gang

Provided by the user

Adapter for KNX/EIB and relay 1

KNX/EIB adapter, 2 x 8gang

(order no. 7590 00 32)

(order no. 7590 00 31)

KNX/EIB universal

Glass sensor, 3gang

KNX/EIB universal

6 1

KNX/EIB adapter, 2 x 8gang

KNX/EIB universal

interface, 8gang

interfaces, 8gang

(order no. 7564 40 01)

(order no. 7564 80 01)

Wall box, 2gang

8 1

Wall box, 2gang

KNX/EIB adapter, 2 x 8gang (order no. 7590 00 31)

(order no. 7590 00 31)

interface, 4gang

Wall box, 2gang

Glass sensor, 4gang

KNX/EIB universal interfaces, 8gang (order no. 7564 80 01)

Wall box, 2gang

(order no. 1870)

Power supply

(8 to 30 V DC)

In KNX /EIB applications, the white LEDs on the control surfaces can be parameterised as status LEDs via the interfaces.

RADIO BUS

Glass sensor, 1gang

Sensor surfaces

Glass sensor, 2gang

Adapter for KNX/EIB and relay 1

Radio push-button

Provided by the user

Adapter for KNX/EIB and relay 1

(order no. 7590 00 32)

(order no. 7590 00 32) 2

Radio push-button

Adapter for KNX/EIB and relay

Radio push-button

interface, flush-mounted,

interfaces, flush-mounted,

4gang,

Wall box, 2gang

(order no. 0126)

(order no. 0126) 1

Radio push-button

Glass sensor, 4gang

Adapter for KNX/EIB and relay 1 (order no. 7590 00 32)

(order no. 7590 00 32)

Required devices

Glass sensor, 3gang

Wall box, 2gang

(order no. 1870)

Power supply

(8 to 30 V DC)

In the radio bus system, the white LEDs should be operated using the factory setting, that is the LEDs light up for as long as the push-button is pressed and acknowledge that the push-button interface has received a pulse.

Relay circuit/other systems

Glass sensor, 1gang

Sensor surfaces Required devices

Provided by the user

Glass sensor, 2gang

Glass sensor, 3gang

Adapter for KNX/EIB and relay 1

Wall box, 2gang

(order no. 7590 00 32)

Adapter for KNX/EIB and relay 1 (order no. 7590 00 32)

Wall box, 2gang

Glass sensor, 4gang 8

Adapter for KNX/EIB and relay 1 (order no. 7590 00 32)

Wall box, 2gang

Adapter for KNX/EIB and relay (order no. 7590 00 32)

Wall box, 2gang

(order no. 1870)

Relay/system

interface,

Power supply

(8 to 30 V DC)

For activation via a relay or other system, we recommend operating the white LEDs using the factory setting, that is the LEDs light up for as long as the push-button is pressed and acknowledge that the connected signal has received a pulse.

311

SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FOR INSTALLATION Berker TS Sensor

MOUNTING Glass sensors are snapped in place on a "wall box, 2gang, for glass sensor" using adjustable retaining pins in such a way that the glass sensors are seated almost on the wall. The supplied adapter ring provides anti-dismantling protection and gives the glass plate shadow contours. The adjustable retaining pins can be used to compensate for installation depths or irregularities of the wall of up to 20 mm. optional: ADAPTER RING for anti-dismantling protection and "shadow gap" WALL BOX, 2GANG for glass sensor (must be used!)

GLASS SENSOR

EIB adapter 2 X 8GANG or ADAPTER for KNX/EIB and RELAY

UNIVERSAL INTERFACE 8GANG COMFORT FLUSH-MOUNTED (or 4gang, 2gang) or RADIO PUSH-BUTTON INTERFACE, FLUSH-MOUNTED, 4GANG

CONNECTION The glass sensor is connected to the interfaces of the respective systems via an adapter using a ribbon cable (see information about ordering and use). The separate supply voltage should be connected to the respective adapter. optional: ADAPTER RING for anti-dismantling protection and "shadow gap"

GLASS SENSOR with ROOM THERMOSTAT

WALL BOX, 2GANG for glass sensor (must be used!)

CONNECTION The glass sensor with room thermostat is connected directly to the KNX/EIB and separate power supply using the connection terminals located on the back. DISMANTLING To pull glass sensors out of the clamp springs of the wall box, use the supplied dismantling aid with suction cups.

312

BERKER TS SENSOR Order no.

Packing unit

NEW

Glass sensors NEW

glass, aluminium glass, polar white, configured glass, black, configured glass, aluminium, configured

* 7564 20 39 * 7564 20 35 * 7564 20 34 * 7564 21 39

1 1

7564 21 35

* * 7564 21 34

on page T68

glass, polar white, configured glass, black, configured

Operating voltage 18 - 30 V=; Current consumption max. 23 mA; Surface adjustment 20 mm; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C Only suitable for KNX/EIB! With polar white there are colour deviations from the existing glass ranges. Many options for printing see Web Configurator under www.berker.de/ts-glas-sensor. Customized glass sensors can only be ordered with an order number supplemented by the Web Configurator. flush wall-mounting possible with wall box 2gang for glass sensor order no. 1870

separate auxiliary power supply needed operation by gently touching the sensor surfaces on the white LED with adapter ring for dismantling protection and shadow gap formation for vertical mounting with disassembly suction tool with one blue ON LED and 4 white status LEDs operation with non-choked output of KNX/EIB voltage supply possible (pay attention to current consum with integral bus coupling unit LED display with symbol display display of operating mode, controller lockout, room/ outside temperature, time (clock required) with 2 additional display sensor surfaces end customer display scope parameterisable for switch, push-button, dimmer, shutter and room thermostat functions value transmitter for dimming, position, brightness and temperature values 1 and 2 byte single and two push-button operation parameterisable sensor surfaces lockable via object for individual single room control controller operating modes: comfort, standby, night and frost/heat protection mode for heating and/or cooling mode with/without auxiliary step control parameter for heating / cooling unit pre-set for continuous (PI) or switched (2-point) control temperature measurement via internal and/ or connectable remote sensor with mean value formation indicator objects for heating and cooling with valve protection function object for controller status with touch lock function bus connection via connecting terminal "#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

glass, aluminium

Packing unit

Glass sensor 3gang with room thermostat glass, polar white glass, black

Glass sensor 2gang with room thermostat glass, polar white glass, black

on page T68

Order no.

glass, aluminium, configured

* 7564 30 39 * 7564 30 35 * 7564 30 34 * 7564 31 39

1 1

* 7564 31 35 * 7564 31 34

1 1

separate auxiliary power supply needed operation by gently touching the sensor surfaces on the white LED with adapter ring for dismantling protection and shadow gap formation for vertical mounting with disassembly suction tool with one blue ON LED and 6 white status LEDs operation with non-choked output of KNX/EIB voltage supply possible (pay attention to current consum with integral bus coupling unit LED display with symbol display display of operating mode, controller lockout, room/ outside temperature, time (clock required) with 2 additional display sensor surfaces end customer display scope parameterisable for switch, push-button, dimmer, shutter and room thermostat functions value transmitter for dimming, position, brightness and temperature values 1 and 2 byte single and two push-button operation parameterisable sensor surfaces lockable via object for individual single room control controller operating modes: comfort, standby, night and frost/heat protection mode for heating and/or cooling mode with/without auxiliary step control parameter for heating / cooling unit pre-set for continuous (PI) or switched (2-point) control temperature measurement via internal and/ or connectable remote sensor with mean value formation indicator objects for heating and cooling with valve protection function object for controller status with touch lock function bus connection via connecting terminal

313

BERKER TS SENSOR Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Glass sensor 1gang

on page T68

314

Packing unit

Glass sensor 2gang

glass, polar white glass, black glass, aluminium glass, polar white, configured

1681 09 1681 05 1681 07 1691 09

1 1 1 1

glass, black, configured glass, aluminium, configured

1691 05 1691 07

1 1

on page T68

glass, polar white glass, black glass, aluminium glass, polar white, configured

1682 09 1682 05 1682 07 1692 09

1 1 1 1

glass, black, configured glass, aluminium, configured

1692 05 1692 07

1 1

Operating voltage 8 - 30 V=; Current consumption (operation) approx. 20 mA; Switching voltage max. 30 V=; Switching current max. 10 mA; LED input voltage max. 5 V~/=; LED input current max. 1 mA; Surface adjustment 20 mm

Operating voltage 8 - 30 V=; Current consumption (operation) approx. 26 mA; Switching voltage max. 30 V=; Switching current max. 10 mA; LED input voltage max. 5 V~/=; LED input current max. 1 mA; Surface adjustment 20 mm

For production-related reasons, with polar white there are colour deviations from the existing glass ranges.

Many options for printing see Web Configurator under www.berker.de/ts-glas-sensor.

Customized glass sensors can only be ordered with an order number supplemented by the Web Configurator.

flush wall-mounting possible with wall box 2gang for glass sensor order no. 1870 For KNX/EIB adapter, 2 x 8gang order no. 7590 00 31 For adapter for KNX/EIB and relay order no. 7590 00 32

separate auxiliary power supply needed operation by gently touching the sensor surfaces on the white LED the blue LED can be set for Continuously ON or external activation the white LED can be set for Sensor operation or external activation with adapter ring for disassembly protection, shadow jointing and special installation conditions for vertical mounting with disassembly suction tool

KNX/EIB with one blue ON LED and 2 white status LEDs for adapting using KNX/EIB adapter 2 x 8gang or wiring with adapter for KNX/EIB and relay for parameterisable functions see universal interfaces operation with non-choked output of KNX/EIB voltage supply possible (pay attention to current consum

KNX/EIB with one blue ON LED and 4 white status LEDs for adapting using KNX/EIB adapter 2 x 8gang or wiring with adapter for KNX/EIB and relay for parameterisable functions see universal interfaces operation with non-choked output of KNX/EIB voltage supply possible (pay attention to current consum

Radio bus with one blue ON LED and 2 white status LEDs, e.g. as orientation or control LED for wiring with adapter for KNX/EIB and relay for settable functions see the radio push-button interface

Radio bus with one blue ON LED and 4 white status LEDs, e.g. as orientation or control LED for wiring with adapter for KNX/EIB and relay for settable functions see the radio push-button interface

Relay with one blue ON LED and 2 white status LEDs, e.g. as orientation or control LED for wiring with adapter for KNX/EIB and relay

Relay with one blue ON LED and 4 white status LEDs, e.g. as orientation or control LED for wiring with adapter for KNX/EIB and relay

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER TS SENSOR Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Glass sensor 3gang

on page T68

Packing unit

Glass sensor 4gang

glass, polar white glass, black glass, aluminium glass, polar white, configured

1683 09 1683 05 1683 07 1693 09

1 1 1 1

glass, black, configured glass, aluminium, configured

1693 05 1693 07

1 1

on page T68

glass, polar white glass, black glass, aluminium glass, polar white, configured

1694 09 §00§ 1

glass, black, configured glass, aluminium, configured

1684 09 1684 05 1684 07 1694 09

1 1 1 1

1694 05 1694 07

1 1

Operating voltage 8 - 30 V=; Current consumption (operation) approx. 32 mA; Switching voltage max. 30 V=; Switching current max. 10 mA; LED input voltage max. 5 V~/=; LED input current max. 1 mA; Surface adjustment 20 mm

Operating voltage 8 - 30 V=; Current consumption (operation) approx. 38 mA; Switching voltage max. 30 V=; Switching current max. 10 mA; LED input voltage max. 5 V~/=; LED input current max. 1 mA; Surface adjustment 20 mm

For production-related reasons, with polar white there are colour deviations from the existing glass ranges.

Many options for printing see Web Configurator under www.berker.de/ts-glas-sensor.

Customized glass sensors can only be ordered with an order number supplemented by the Web Configurator.

flush wall-mounting possible with wall box 2gang for glass sensor order no. 1870 For KNX/EIB adapter, 2 x 8gang order no. 7590 00 31 For adapter for KNX/EIB and relay order no. 7590 00 32

KNX/EIB with one blue ON LED and 6 white status LEDs for adapting using KNX/EIB adapter 2 x 8gang or wiring with adapter for KNX/EIB and relay for parameterisable functions see universal interfaces operation with non-choked output of KNX/EIB voltage supply possible (pay attention to current consum

KNX/EIB with one blue ON LED and 8 white status LEDs for adapting using KNX/EIB adapter 2 x 8gang or wiring with adapter for KNX/EIB and relay for parameterisable functions see universal interfaces operation with non-choked output of KNX/EIB voltage supply possible (pay attention to current consum

Radio bus with one blue ON LED and 6 white status LEDs, e.g. as orientation or control LED for wiring with adapter for KNX/EIB and relay for settable functions see the radio push-button interface

Radio bus with one blue ON LED and 8 white status LEDs, e.g. as orientation or control LED for wiring with adapter for KNX/EIB and relay for settable functions see the radio push-button interface

Relay with one blue ON LED and 6 white status LEDs, e.g. as orientation or control LED for wiring with adapter for KNX/EIB and relay

Relay with one blue ON LED and 8 white status LEDs, e.g. as orientation or control LED for wiring with adapter for KNX/EIB and relay

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

315

BERKER TS SENSOR Order no.

Packing unit

Accessories

Packing unit

Universal interface 4gang comfort flushmounted

Adapters

light grey

Adapter for KNX/EIB and relay 7590 00 32

For flush-mounted radio push-button interface 4gang order no. 0126 For flush-mounted universal interface 2gang comfort order no. 7564 20 01 For flush-mounted universal interface 4gang comfort order no. 7564 40 01 For flush-mounted universal interface 8gang comfort order no. 7564 80 01

for wiring with universal interfaces, radio pushbutton interfaces or conventional relay/PLC

KNX/EIB adapter 2 x 8gang 7590 00 31

For flush-mounted universal interface 8gang comfort order no. 7564 80 01

for adapting 1 or 2 universal interfaces 8gang convenience flush-mounted

Universal interfaces Universal interface 2gang comfort flushmounted light grey

7564 20 01

316

Order no.

7564 40 01

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER TS SENSOR Order no.

Packing unit

7564 80 01

Packing unit

Push-button interfaces

Universal interface 8gang comfort flushmounted black

Order no.

Radio push-button interface 4gang flushmounted

grey

on page T47

with 8 independent binary inputs for potential-free contacts 8 binary inputs, 8 outputs or 4 binary inputs and 4 outputs parameterisable outputs for LED e.g. as status LED with programming button and red programming LED for switch, push-button, dimmer and shutter functions dimming / position value transmitter 1 byte extension unit for light scene push-button cyclic transmission can also be started via switching object single and two push-button operation parameterisable one push-button operation for switching, pushing and dimming shutter operation concept short-long-short and long-short parameterisable objects: switching, pos. oper., feedback of respective output (only for applic. 4input/4output) object for audio/video control second operating level by object or 3-button handle (only 8-input application) short-circuit and overload proof (electronic fuse) protected against polarity reversal bus connection via connecting terminal with screw terminals

0126

Accessories: Lithium coin cell battery 3 V 1857

3 V=, 0,18 Ah

type: CR 2032 2 pcs. for replacement

Accessories Wall boxes Wall box 2gang for glass sensor and Crystal Ball 1870

on page T68

for flush mounting and hollow-wall mounting flush wall-mounting or with adapter ring

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

317

318

MOTION DETECTORS Building system technology Controller/Controller-systems/presence detectors

Berker controllers register every movement and react quickly and reliably. Thanks to their passive infrared technology they switch on and off again without touch contact. Berker controllers work in all types of weather and are suitable for many applications. ■ Choice of detection angle: 70°, 110°, 180°, 220° or 240° ■ Range up to 16 m ■ Detection field up to 22 x 20 m ■ Surface-mounted installation (up to IP 55 protection class) or flush-mounted installation (up to IP 44 protection class) ■ Coordination of up to 8 controller system sensors using a power pack ■ Wireless installation with radio controllers

The Berker presence detectors measure the ambient brightness and switches on the lighting if the brightness drops below the switch-on brightness and minimal motion is detected. If the ambient brightness exceeds to more than double the set brightness value (e.g. as a result of daylight penetrating the room), the detector switches the lighting off despite any detected motion.

319

controllers ALSO IN THE DESIGN OF THE FLUSH-MOUNTEDSURFACE AND STANDARD RANGES

Additional controllers that can be installed in conjunction with flush-mounted inserts are also available in certain design lines. Examples of fully assembled products are shown below.

MODUL 2

berker Q.1

Berker Q.1 from page 156

Modul 2 from page 62

berker S.1

berker k.1

Berker S.1 from page 98

berker B.1

berker k.5

Berker B.1 from page 104

berker B.3

Berker K.5 from page 196

berker ARSYS

Berker B.3 from page 108

berker B.7 glas

Berker B.7 Glas from page 112 320

Berker K.1 from page 192

Berker Arsys from page 242

MOTION DETECTORS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Controllers

Automatic controller plus 110 polar white

Controller 70 polar white anthracite

on page T21

1 1

0143 09 0143 05

230 V~, 50/60 Hz 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 1000 W; Electronic transformers 750 W; Conventional transformers 750 VA; Fluorescent lamps in duo configuration 1000 VA; Fluorescent lamps uncompensated 500 VA; Fluorescent lamps parallel compensated 400 VA; Recommended installation height approx. 2,4 m; Range approx. 8 m; Range adjustable in 3 stages, 4, 6 or 8 m; Detection field rectangular shaped approx. 8 x 11 m; Detection angle 70 °; Detection levels 3; Sectors 42; Switching segments 168; Response brightness adjustable approx. 3 - 80 / unlimited Lux; Delay time adjustable approx. 10 sec.- 5 min. ; Dimensions (W x H x D) 62 x 120 x 42 mm For electronic ballasts and energy-saving lamps with excessive switch-on currents use switch-on current limiters order no. 0185. To prevent incorrect switching caused by draughts, the supplied seals must be used under the fastening screws. Neutral conductor necessary! Switches on for the duration of the delay time in case minimum response brightness level is infringed and if people are detected.

Packing unit

IP55 specially for frontal approach for wall mounting with covers to limit the detection field with cable entry at top and bottom with plug-in terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

on page T21

0102 09

230 V~, 50 Hz 230 V incandescent lamps 2300 W; 230 V halogen lamps 1000 W; Electronic transformers 1200 W; Conventional transformers 1200 VA; Fluorescent lamps in duo configuration 2300 VA; Fluorescent lamps uncompensated 1200 VA; Fluorescent lamps parallel compensated 920 VA; Recommended installation height approx. 2,5 m; Range approx. 16 m; Detection field width max. 25 m; Detection angle 110 °; Detection levels 3; Sectors 18; Switching segments 72; Response brightness adjustable approx. 5 - 300 / unlimited Lux; Delay time adjustable approx. 12 sec.- 12 min. ; Operating temperature -35 - 50 °C; Dimensions (W x H x D) 90 x 125 x 134 mm With new microprocessor controlled electronics. For electronic ballasts and energy-saving lamps with excessive switch-on currents use making current limiter order No. 0185. Neutral conductor necessary! Switches on for the duration of the delay time in case minimum response brightness level is infringed and if people are detected.

IP54 microprocessor controlled mode of operation digital detection signal evaluation for wall mounting rotating and vertically slewing with covers to limit the detection field with 2 cable entries at bottom with fitting material with screw terminals

321

MOTION DETECTORS Order no.

Packing unit

Berker Control polar white

BLC ceiling controller 360 1

0190

230 V~, 50/60 Hz 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 2300 W; Electronic transformers 1200 W; Conventional transformers 1200 VA; Fluorescent lamps in duo configuration 2300 VA; Fluorescent lamps uncompensated 1200 VA; Fluorescent lamps parallel compensated 920 VA; Recommended installation height approx. 2,4 m; Range approx. 16 m; Detection field semi-oval shaped approx. 22 x 20 m; Detection angle 220 °; Detection levels 4; Sectors 145; Switching segments 580; Response brightness adjustable approx. 1 - 1000 / unlimited Lux; Delay time adjustable approx. 2 sec.- 30 min. ; Limit shutdown after max. 90 min.; Step operation 0,5 sec.; Immunity time adjustable 1 sec.- 10 min.; Response sensitivity programmable approx. 20 - 100 % ; Operating temperature -20 - +55 °C; Dimensions (W x H x D) 109 x 112 x 139 mm For electronic ballasts and energy-saving lamps with excessive switch-on currents use making current limiters order no. 0185. Neutral conductor necessary! Switches on for the duration of the delay time in case minimum response brightness level is infringed and if people are detected.

IP55 microprocessor controlled mode of operation digital detection signal evaluation digital interference signal suppression with crawl-under protection with non-weather-dependent range consistency glare-proof e.g. against a torch with LED detection and mode indicator with communication between individual units connected in parallel (controller system formation) for wall and ceiling mounting cable entry from all sides possible vertically slewing and horizontally rotating with cover elements to limit the detection field with 4 operating modes controller operation/4 hrs. on/4 hrs. off/test operation mode change by NC push-button in lead step operation with immunity time adjustment (e.g. for bell) with limit switch-off with fitting material with plug-in terminals

322

Packing unit

Ceiling controller Berker control

on page T21

Order no.

polar white

1701 11

Installation height approx. 3 m; Range for crossing approx. 10 m; Range for approaching approx. 6 m; Detection angle 360 °; Detection levels 5; Sectors 78; Switching segments 312; Response brightness adjustable approx. 2 - 80 / unlimited Lux; Delay time adjustable approx. 10 sec.- 30 min. ; Step operation 1 sec.; Immunity time approx. 2,5 sec.; Number of extension units max. 10 (5 with order no. 2902); Operating temperature 5 - 35 °C; Dimensions (diameter x assembling height) 103 x 42 mm Switches on for the duration of the delay time set on the controller in case minimum response brightness level is infringed and if movement of people is detected. In conjunction with a BLC relay switch unit HVAC, the HVAC-channel is also switched on for the duration of its delay time independent of response brightness. For BLC universal touch dimmer order no. 2902 For BLC touch control unit 1-10 V order no. 2903 For BLC touch dimmer LV order no. 2904 For BLC triac switch insert LV order no. 2905 for BLC relay switch insert order no. 2906 For BLC relay switch insert with potential-free contact order no. 2906 10 For BLC controller extension unit order no. 2908 For BLC relay switch insert HVAC order no. 2912 For BLC Tronic switch insert order no. 2916 For BLC stair light time switching impulse insert order no. 2934 10

microprocessor controlled mode of oper.(detection signal evaluation and interfering signal suppres.) detection field extension with BLC controller extension unit step operation with immunity time (e.g. for bell) with red detection LED (when minimum response brightness level infringed) on BLC or push-button (NO) extension units can be switched on by retriggering on BLC dimmer inserts, saving of the switch-on brightness and temporary dimming via BLC extension un with dimming function (soft-off) when using BLC dimmer inserts for ceiling mounting in 60 surface-mounted or hollow-wall box with push-on cover to limit the detection field for BLC universal touch dimmer and BLC touch dimmer LV for BLC push-button control unit 1-10 V for BLC triac- and tronic switch insert for BLC relay switch insert, -switch insert with potential free contact and -switch insert HVAC for BLC detector extension units and BLC stair light impulse insert

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

MOTION DETECTORS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Radio controllers

Radio controller power pack surface-mounted polar white

Radio controller 180 polar white

on page T47

Packing unit

0174 01 09

9 V= Alkaline battery life approx. 3 years; Radio channels 1; Radio signal transmission frequency 433,42 MHz; Radio signal transmission power < 10 mW; Radio signal transmission range (free field) max. 100 m; Recommended installation height approx. 2,4 m; Range approx. 16 m; Detection field semi-circular shaped approx. 16 x 32 m; Detection angle 180 °; Detection levels 3; Sectors 36; Switching segments 144; Response brightness sensor < 80 Lux; Night triggering sensor < 200 Lux; Response sensitivity programmable approx. 20 - 100 % ; Operating temperature -25 - +55 °C; Dimensions (W x H x D) 80 x 75 x 115 mm The required Alkaline 9 V block battery (6LR61) is not supplied. If response brightness or movement of people is insufficient, it sends a radio signal to the radio controller power pack unit or other radio bus receivers. Lithium block battery see radio bus / accessories order no. 9209

IP55 not dependent on mains power each channel can be allocated to as many radio receivers are required with LED detection and battery charge indicator for wall mounting rotating and vertically slewing with push-on cover to limit the detection field with fitting material

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

on page T47

0175 09

230 V~, 50/60 Hz 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 2300 W; Electronic transformers 1500 W; Conventional transformers 1000 VA; Fluorescent lamps in duo configuration 2300 VA; Fluorescent lamps uncompensated 1200 VA; Fluorescent lamps parallel compensated 920 VA; Response brightness approx. 3 - 80 Lux ; Delay time adjustable approx. 10 sec.- 15 min. ; Control channels 1; Radio signal reception frequency 433,42 MHz; Learnable radio transmitters 30; Operating temperature -25 - +55 °C; Dimensions (W x H x D) 110 x 94 x 38 mm For electronic ballasts and energy-saving lamps with excessive switch-on currents use making current limiters order no. 0185. Neutral conductor necessary! Switches on when a taught-in radio telegram, such as from radio controller system sensors, is received with the minimum response brightness level infringed and people detected.

IP55 with LED detection and mode indicator with 3 operating modes: controller operation/2 hrs. on/2 hrs. off operating mode change by NC push-button in lead or wall-mounted or hand-held radio transm. with 2 cable entries at bottom with fitting material with screw terminals

323

MOTION DETECTORS Order no.

Packing unit

Presence detectors

Order no.

BLC presence detectors

Presence detectors, surface type

BLC presence detector with constant light regulation

Presence detector surface-mounted polar white

on page T18

Packing unit

1701 08

polar white

230 V~, 50/60 Hz 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 1000 W; Electronic transformers 750 W; Conventional transformers 750 VA; Fluorescent lamps -; Duo circuit KVG 1000 W; uncompensated 500 VA; parallel compensated 400 VA; Switching current (ohmic) max. 10 A; Switch-on current < 4 sec. max. 35 A per min.; Recommended installation height approx. 2,5 m; Detection field on floor approx. diameter 8 m; Detection field at desk height approx. diameter 5 m; Detection angle 360 °; Detection levels 6; Sectors 80; Switching segments 320; Response brightness adjustable approx. 10 - 1000 Lux; Delay time adjustable approx. 10 sec.- 30 min. ; Operating temperature 5 - 35 °C; Dimensions (diameter x assembling height) 103 x 57,5 mm For electronic ballasts and energy-saving lamps with excessive switch-on currents use making current limiters order no. 0185. The purpose of the presence detector is to save energy by switching off lighting when unoccupied or when ambient light level is sufficient. Application areas e.g. office buildings, schools, hotels and nursing homes.

energy saving by means of presence and brightness dependent activation and deactivation of light with communication between individual units connected in parallel (controller system formation) on push-button (NO), extension units can be switched on and off by retriggering with red diagnosis and settings help LED for ceiling assembly (also on a 60 wall box) with push-on cover to limit the detection field with fitting material with plug-in terminals

on page T16

1701 10

Recommended installation height approx. 2,5 m; Detection field on floor approx. diameter 8 m; Detection field at desk height approx. diameter 5 m; Detection angle 360 °; Detection levels 6; Sectors 80; Switching segments 320; Response brightness adjustable approx. 10 - 1000 Lux; Delay time adjustable approx. 10 sec.- 30 min. ; Number of extension units max. 10 (5 with order no. 2902); Operating temperature 5 - 35 °C; Dimensions (diameter x assembling height) 103 x 42 mm The purpose of the presence detector with constant light control is to save energy by dimming/switching off lighting when unoccupied or when ambient light level is sufficient. Furthermore, it facilitates presencedependent control of heating/ventilation systems in conjunction with the BLC relay/switch insert HVAC. Application areas e.g. office buildings, schools, hotels and nursing homes. For BLC universal touch dimmer order no. 2902 For BLC touch control unit 1-10 V order no. 2903 For BLC touch dimmer LV order no. 2904 For BLC triac switch insert LV order no. 2905 for BLC relay switch insert order no. 2906 For BLC relay switch insert with potential-free contact order no. 2906 10 For BLC controller extension unit order no. 2908 For BLC relay switch insert HVAC order no. 2912 For BLC Tronic switch insert order no. 2916 For BLC stair light time switching impulse insert order no. 2934 10

energy saving by presence and brightnesscontrolled lighting control with Dia-presentation function detection field extension with BLC controller extension unit also to be used as ceiling controller in through areas on BLC or push-button (NO), extension units can be switched on and off by retriggering on BLC extension units, the brightness setpoint can also be temporarily changed with red diagnosis and settings help LED with dimming function (soft-off) when using BLC dimmer inserts for ceiling mounting in 60 surface-mounted or hollow-wall box with push-on cover to limit the detection field

Built-on installation housings Surface-mounted housing for BLC and KNX/EIB presence detectors polar white

1076 09

Dimensions (diameter x H) 103 x 45 mm for order no. 1701 10, 1701 11, 7526 20 01, 7526 40 01

cable entry from all sides possible

324

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

MOTION DETECTORS Order no.

Packing unit

Radio presence detectors

on page T47

Packing unit

KNX/EIB-presence detectors

Radio presence detector surface-mounted polar white

Order no.

0182 09

Presence detector standard 1

6 V~ Battery life approx. 3 years; Radio channels 1; Radio signal transmission frequency 433,42 MHz; Radio signal transmission power < 10 mW; Radio signal transmission range (free field) max. 100 m; Recommended mounting height approx. 2,5 m; Detection field on floor approx. diameter 8 m; Detection field at desk height approx. diameter 5 m; Detection angle 360 °; Detection levels 6; Sectors 80; Switching segments 320; Response sensitivity programmable approx. 20 - 100 % ; Response brightness adjustable approx. 10 - 2000 Lux; Delay time adjustable approx. 2 - 60 min. ; Operating temperature 0 - 45 °C; Dimensions (diameter x assembling height) 103 x 42 mm The required batteries 4 x Micro, alkaline (LR03) are not supplied. Only suitable for actuators with imprint release issue „R2“ and higher. Please state with the order. not dependent on mains power for the activation of max. 1 radio receiver energy saving by presence and brightnesscontrolled lighting control constant light control only possible in conjunction with dim actuators or control units with covers to limit the detection field with fitting material

polar white

7526 20 01

Recommended mounting height approx. 2,5 m; Detection field on floor approx. diameter 8 m; Detection field at desk height approx. diameter 5 m; Detection angle 360 °; Detection levels 6; Sectors 80; Switching segments 320; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Dimensions (diameter x assembling height) 103 x 42 mm When movement of a person is detected a parameter defined data telegram is sent. For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

energy saving by means of presence and brightness-dependent switching of light, heating etc. with 2 output channels for which the parameters are to be set independently with 2 operating modes presence detector or ceiling controller with teach object for response brightness with potentiometers for fine adjustment of the response brightness, sensitivity and delay time can only be used as individual unit with push-on cover to limit the detection field

Presence detector comfort polar white

7526 40 01

energy saving by means of presence and brightness-dependent switching of light, heating etc. with 4 output channels for which parameters are set independently, max. 2 per operating mode with 3 modes - presence detector, ceiling controller and message mode with teach object for response brightness with potentiometers for fine adjustment of the response brightness, sensitivity and delay time can be used as a single unit, main device or extension unit with push-on cover to limit the detection field

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

325

MOTION DETECTORS Order no.

Packing unit

Controller system

Order no.

Controller power packs

Controller system sensor 180 polar white

on page T22

0151 09

Sends signal to controller system power pack if people are detected. Use only in conjunction with controller system power pack order no. 0150 29, 0155, 0159

IP55 with LED detection indicator for wall mounting rotating and vertically slewing with push-on cover to limit the detection field monitor system sensor line, e.g. JY-ST-Y 2x2x0.8 mm with 2 cable entries at top with fitting material with screw terminals

Controller system sensor 240

on page T22

0152 09

Controller system power pack surfacemounted

15 V= Detection field semi-circular shaped approx. 16 x 32 m; Recommended installation height approx. 2,4 m; Range approx. 16 m; Detection angle 180 °; Detection levels 3; Sectors 36; Switching segments 144; Operating temperature -25 - +55 °C; Dimensions (W x H x D) 80 x 68 x 92 mm

polar white

Packing unit

15 V= Detection field rectangular shaped approx. 22 x 20 m; Recommended installation height approx. 2,4 m; Range approx. 16 m; Detection angle 240 °; Detection levels 4; Sectors 42; Switching segments 168; Response sensitivity programmable approx. 20 - 100 % ; Operating temperature -25 - +55 °C; Dimensions (W x H x D) 80 x 68 x 117 mm

polar white

on page T22

0150 29

230 V~, 50 Hz 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 2300 W; Electronic transformers 1200 W; Conventional transformers 1200 VA; Fluorescent lamps in duo configuration 2300 VA; Fluorescent lamps uncompensated 1200 VA; Fluorescent lamps parallel compensated 920 VA; Response brightness adjustable approx. 3 - 80 / unlimited Lux; Delay time adjustable approx. 4 sec.- 15 min. ; Limit shutdown after max. 90 min.; Operating temperature -25 - +55 °C; Dimensions (W x H x D) 110 x 94 x 38 mm For electronic ballasts and energy-saving lamps with excessive switch-on currents use making current limiters order no. 0185. Neutral conductor necessary! Switches on for the duration of the delay time in case minimum response brightness level is infringed and if people are detected in front of the controller system sensors. For controller system sensor 180 order no. 0151 09 For controller system sensor 240 order no. 0152 09 For controller system insert order no. 2939

IP55 for connection of controller system sensors and controller system inserts: max. 8 pieces with green indicator LED with limit switch-off with 2 cable entries at bottom with fitting material with screw terminals

Sends signal to controller system power pack if people are detected. Use only in conjunction with controller system power pack order no. 0150 29, 0155, 0159

IP55 with crawl-under protection with LED detection indicator for wall mounting rotating and vertically slewing with push-on cover to limit the detection field with cover for crawl under protection monitor system sensor line, e.g. JY-ST-Y 2x2x0.8 mm with 2 cable entries at top with fitting material with screw terminals

326

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

MOTION DETECTORS Order no.

on page T22

Packing unit

Order no.

Packing unit

Controller system power pack RMD 1 channel

Controller system power pack RMD 2 channel

light grey

0155

on page T22

Neutral conductor necessary!

Neutral conductor necessary! Switches on the relevant channel for the duration of the delay time in case minimum response brightness level is infringed and if people are detected in front of the controller system sensors.

For controller system sensor 180 order no. 0151 09 For controller system sensor 240 order no. 0152 09 For controller system insert order no. 2939

230 V~, 50 Hz 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 2300 W/ channel; Electronic transformers 1200 W/channel; Conventional transformers 1200 VA/channel; Fluorescent lamps in duo configuration 2300 VA/ channel; Fluorescent lamps uncompensated 1200 VA/channel; Fluorescent lamps parallel compensated 920 VA/ channel; Response brightness adjustable approx. 3 - 80 / unlimited Lux; Delay time adjustable approx. 4 sec.- 15 min./ channel; Limit shutdown after max. 90 min.; Operating temperature -25 - +55 °C; RMD 4 modules For electronic ballasts and energy-saving lamps with excessive switch-on currents use making current limiters order no. 0185.

Switches on for the duration of the delay time in case minimum response brightness level is infringed and if people are detected in front of the controller system sensors.

0159

For controller system sensor 180 order no. 0151 09 For controller system sensor 240 order no. 0152 09 For controller system insert order no. 2939

with potential-free contact for connection of controller system sensors and controller system inserts: max. 8 pieces with limit switch-off with green indicator LED with limit switch-off with screw terminals

with potential-free and mains-connected contact for connection of controller system sensors and controller system inserts: max. 2x8 pieces with limit switch-off with green indicator LED per channel with screw terminals

Accessories Ceiling mounting angle for 2 controllers/ sensors

Corner mounting piece for controllers/sensors polar white

on page T26

0149 09

For controller system sensor 180 order no. 0151 09 For controller system sensor 240 order no. 0152 09 For radio controller 180 order no. 0174 01 09 For weather station order no. 7549 00 01

0158

on page T26

For controller system sensor 180 order no. 0151 09 For controller system sensor 240 order no. 0152 09 For radio controller 180 order no. 0174 01 09

for ceiling mounting of 2 controllers 180

for mounting e.g. on building corners

Ceiling mounting angle for controllers/sensors 0148

Mast fixing for controllers/sensors

0154

Mast diameter 50 - 120 mm

on page T26

For controller system sensor 180 order no. 0151 09 For controller system sensor 240 order no. 0152 09 For radio controller 180 order no. 0174 01 09

for ceiling mounting

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

on page T26

For controller system sensor 180 order no. 0151 09 For controller system sensor 240 order no. 0152 09 For radio controller 180 order no. 0174 01 09 For weather station order no. 7549 00 01

327

328

Radio bus Building system technology Wireless bus system This innovative system allows you to install the most diverse applications, whether for modernisation or for installation in new buildings.

■ Installation in places where conventional installation would not allow a switch (for example, glass walls) ■ Retrofitted installation of comfort functions can be achieved - without major effort and expenditure ■ Berker hand-held transmitters enable the customer to operate the lighting within the house and in the garden. The customer can activate specific lighting scenes or deactivate all electrical loads on leaving the house

329

RADIO BUS Order no.

Packing unit

Centres

Order no.

Hand-held transmitters HM 1801 polar white, German version

on page T50

Radio hand-held transmitter comfort 2700

anthracite, matt

230/240 V~, 50/60 Hz Radio channels 32; Radio transmission/reception frequency 433,42 MHz; Radio signal transmission power < 10 mW; Radio transmission/reception range(free field) max. 100 m; Operating temperature 4 - 40 °C; Dimensions (W x H x D) 140 x 230 x 50 mm

on page T47

2766

6 V= Battery life approx. 3 years; Radio channels 24; Radio signal transmission frequency 433,42 MHz; Radio signal transmission power < 10 mW; Radio signal transmission range (free field) max. 100 m; Operating temperature 0 - 55 °C; Dimensions (L x W x H) 192 x 53 x 22,5 mm

The required batteries 5 x Micro, alkaline (LR03) are not supplied.

The required batteries 4 x Micro, alkaline (LR 03) are not supplied.

Neutral conductor necessary!

For battery-operated radio remote control of all assigned radio bus receivers.

as radio centre for all radio transmitters/actuators switching, dimming, shutter control master on/off, light scenes or scenarios e.g. coming/going light scenes quick selection using keyboard with programmable logical and time operations with chip card for saving and loading configurations/programes etc. pre-set and freely definable names for transmitter, receiver, rooms, etc. time functions by means of radio time with DCF77 receiver time-dependent controller monitoring presence simulation update for function expansion possible short message function/notepad function with blue Master button either for short messages or coming/going function with child lock integral piezo buzzer with integral radio signal amplifier LC display with illumination indication of the time and room temperature pre-assembled, with cable and plug with screw terminals

Accessories: HM 1801 Mastercard polar white

2700 01

For HM 1801 order no. 2700

for saving and loading additional configurations/ programes etc.

330

Packing unit

each channel can be allocated to as many radio receivers are required with 8 channel buttons (on/off; up/down; dimmer) with 3 channel group buttons A, B, C with 3 channel group LEDs (also transmission and battery status LEDs) with 5 light scene buttons with light scene dimmer button with master on/off function

Radio hand-held transmitter mini anthracite, matt

on page T47

2769

3 V= Battery life approx. 5 years; Radio channels 2; Radio signal transmission frequency 433,42 MHz; Radio signal transmission power < 10 mW; Radio signal transmission range (free field) max. 30 m; Operating temperature 0 - 55 °C; Dimensions (L x W x H) 73 x 40 x 19 mm For battery-operated radio remote control of all assigned radio bus receivers. Replacement Lithium coin cell battery see radio bus order no. 1857

each channel can be allocated to as many radio receivers are required with 2 channel buttons (on/off; up/down; dimmer) with red transmit and battery status LED with lithium coin cell battery 3 V type: CR 2032

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

RADIO BUS Order no.

Packing unit

Flush-mounted transmitters

Order no.

Push-button interfaces

Radio wall-transmitter insert black

on page T47

2764

Radio push-button interface 4gang flushmounted

6 V= Battery life approx. 3 years; Radio channels 4; Radio signal transmission frequency 433,42 MHz; Radio signal transmission power < 10 mW; Radio signal transmission range (free field) max. 100 m; Operating temperature 0 - 55 °C; ;Installation depth 12 mm

grey

on page T47

Fits in flush-mounted and hollow wall boxes from Kaiser. For battery-operated radio remote control of all assigned radio bus receivers.

on page T47

0124 10

230 V~, 50/60 Hz Radio channels 2; Radio signal transmission frequency 433,42 MHz; Radio signal transmission power < 10 mW; Radio signal transmission range (free field) max. 100 m; Operating temperature -20 - +55 °C; Cable length approx. 210 mm; Dimensions (diameter x H) 52 x 23 mm Neutral conductor necessary! The radio transmitter flush-mounted permits an existing installation to be upgraded by radio frequency transmission of control commands. each channel can be allocated to as many radio receivers are required depending on setting with the function as switch, push-button, dimmer or shutter transmitter 1 or 2-push-button operation concept selectable activation through e.g. series switch, rockers pushbutton, timer, RolloTec insert pre-assembled, with cables for installation behind flush-mounted inserts

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Replacement Lithium coin cell battery see radio bus order no. 1857

not dependent on mains power each channel can be allocated to as many radio receivers are required for push-button 1-/2-/3- or 4gang push-button functions: 4 channels / 5 light scenes / master off can be set via DIP switch transmission indicator LED and battery charge indicator in push-button with 2 x lithium coin cell battery 3 V type: CR 2032 mounting as flush/surface/table-top radio transm. with built-on installation housing flat design poss without spreader claws

Radio transmitter with phase-conductor flushmounted

0126

Replacement Lithium coin cell battery see radio bus order no. 1857 For push-buttons order no. 7516 10 .., 7516 11 .., 7516 13 .., 7516 20 .., 7516 21 .., 7516 23 .., 7516 33 .., 7516 40 .., 7516 41 .., 7516 43 ..

grey

Packing unit

Detectors Radio magnetic contacts NEW

Radio magnetic contact polar white

* 9430 01 00

9 V= Alkaline battery life approx. 3 years; Radio channels 1; Radio signal transmission frequency 433,42 MHz; Radio signal transmission power < 10 mW; Radio signal transmission range (free field) max. 100 m; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Dimensions (L x W x H) 132 x 36 x 35 mm The required Alkaline 9 V block battery (6LR61) is not supplied. When the NO contact is open, sends a radio signal to a taught-in radio bus receiver. Lithium block battery see radio bus / accessories order no. 9209

Window controller according to German Combustion Ordinance (FeuV) §4 not dependent on mains power the channel can be assigned to any number of radio receivers for screw or adhesive fixing with shim to compensate for differences in level with fitting material

331

RADIO BUS Order no.

Packing unit

Signal amplifiers

on page T49

Packing unit

Presence detectors Radio presence detectors

Radio signal amplifiers surface-mounted polar white

Order no.

0177 09

230 V~, 50/60 Hz Radio channels 60; Radio transmission/reception frequency 433,42 MHz; Radio signal transmission power < 10 mW; Radio transmission/reception range(free field) max. 100 m; Mains cable length 1,5 m; Operating temperature -20 - +55 °C; Dimensions (W x H x D) 110 x 94 x 38 mm Neutral conductor necessary! The radio signal amplifier receives and sends out radio signals from taught-in transmitters at maximum transmission power. max. 1 radio signal amplifier per transmission link to increase radio range only taught-in radio transmitters are amplified including white mains cable with Euro-plug with red receive and green transmission indicator LED with 2 cable entries with fitting material with screw terminals

Radio presence detector surface-mounted polar white

on page T47

0182 09

332

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

RADIO BUS Order no.

Packing unit

Radio controllers

Order no.

Radio controller power packs

Radio controller 180 polar white

on page T47

Packing unit

Radio controller power pack surface-mounted 0174 01 09

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

polar white

on page T47

0175 09

333

RADIO BUS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Switch actuators

Radio switch actuator flush-mounted grey

Radio switch actuator built-in polar white

on page T47

0125

on page T47

For electronic ballasts and energy-saving lamps with excessive switch-on currents use making current limiters order no. 0185. Neutral conductor necessary!

with extension unit input for BLC extension unit and push-but.(NO) and 1 push-but. operation concept with 5 light scenes for „on/off“ retrieving light scenes only by using radio transmitter radio signal of taught-in radio controllers causes switch on for 1 min. (retriggering) with programming button and red programming LED programming mode can be activated on device or via extension unit with screw terminals

334

0179

For remote controlled switching of electrical loads.

Packing unit

For remote controlled switching of electrical loads.

with 5 light scenes for „on/off“ retrieving light scenes only by using radio transmitter radio signal of taught-in radio controllers causes switch on for 1 min. (retriggering) potential-free contact for function extra-low voltage FELV (only change-over voltage) suitable with programming button and red programming LED built into flush-mounted or waterproof junction box pre-assembled, with cables

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

RADIO BUS Order no.

Packing unit

Radio switch actuator 2gang flush-mounted grey

on page T47

Order no.

Push-button actuators

0129

Radio push-button actuator flush-mounted

230 V~, 50/60 Hz Max. switching capacity per channel for 230 V~; 230 V incandescent lamps 350 W; 230 V halogen lamps 300 W; Electronic transformers 300 W; Conventional transformers 350 VA; Fluorescent lamps uncompensated 350 VA; Control channels 2; Radio signal reception frequency 433,42 MHz; Learnable radio transmitters 7 Per channel; Operating temperature -20 - +55 °C; Cable length approx. 210 mm; Centre hole diameter 7,5 mm; Dimensions (diameter x H) 52 x 23 mm

grey

For electronic ballasts and energy-saving lamps with excessive switch-on currents use making current limiters order no. 0185.

Neutral conductor necessary! For remote controlled switching of electrical loads.

Neutral conductor necessary!

For remote controlled button operation of electrical loads.

with 5 light scenes for „on/off“ per channel retrieving light scenes only by using radio transmitter radio signal of taught-in radio controllers causes switch on for 1 min. (retriggering) with programming button and two-colour programming LED built into flush-mounted or waterproof junction box pre-assembled, with cables

Radio adapter plug switch actuator polar white, matt

on page T47

with 5 light scenes for „on/off“ retrieving light scenes only by using radio transmitter radio signal of taught-in radio controllers causes switch on for 1 min. (retriggering) with manual operation on/off with red receive/programming LED short-circuit and overload proof (fine-wire fuse) with spare fuse

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Radio shutter actuator flush-mounted

on page T47

For remote controlled switching of electrical loads.

potential-free HVAC contact suitable for function extra-low voltage FELV (only alternating voltage) with programming button and red programming LED built into flush-mounted or waterproof junction box pre-assembled, with cables

grey

For electronic ballasts and energy-saving lamps with excessive switch-on currents use making current limiters order no. 0185.

Shutter actuators

0178 09

0179 50

230 V~, 50/60 Hz Max. contact duration according to transmitter 4 - 12 sec.; 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 1000 W; Electronic transformers 750 W; Conventional transformers 750 VA; Fluorescent lamps in duo configuration 1000 VA; Fluorescent lamps uncompensated 500 VA; Fluorescent lamps parallel compensated 400 VA; Contact channels 1; Radio signal reception frequency 433,42 MHz; Learnable radio transmitters 14; Operating temperature -20 - +55 °C; Cable length approx. 210 mm; Centre hole diameter 7,5 mm; Dimensions (diameter x H) 52 x 23 mm

For electronic ballasts and energy-saving lamps with excessive switch-on currents use making current limiters order no. 0185.

Packing unit

0127

230 V~, 50/60 Hz Switching power max. 1 motor 700 W; Control channels 1; Radio signal reception frequency 433,42 MHz; Learnable radio transmitters 14; Lamella adjustment with signal < 1 sec.; Self-sustaining for 2 min. with signal > 1 sec.; Operating temperature -20 - +55 °C; Cable length approx. 210 mm; Centre hole diameter 7,5 mm; Dimensions (diameter x H) 52 x 23 mm Neutral conductor necessary! For remote controlled movement of shutters and awnings, for example.

8 with 5 light scenes for „open/close“ retrieving light scenes only by using radio transmitter with electrical interlocking to prevent mutual switch on with programming button and two-colour programming LED built into flush-mounted or waterproof junction box pre-assembled, with cables

335

RADIO BUS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Dim actuators

Radio universal corded dimmer

NEW

black

Radio universal dimmer flush-mounted grey

on page T47

* 9455 02 00

230 V~, 50/60 Hz 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 50 - 210 W; Electronic transformers 50 - 210 W; Dimmable conventional transformers 50 - 210 VA; Tronic or LV power boosters built-in/RMD max. 10 for same load type; Radio signal reception frequency 433,42 MHz; Learnable radio transmitters 30; Operating temperature 0 - 55 °C; Cable length approx. 210 mm; Dimensions (diameter x H) 53 x 28 Trouble-free operation will be obtained only with Berker Tronic® transformers. Suitable for universal booster RMD Plus Do not connect conventional transformers together with electronic transformers. For remote controlled switching and dimming of lights.

on page T47

IP20 with 5 light scenes for „on/off“, dimming value retrieving light scenes only by using radio transmitter radio signal of taught-in radio controllers causes switch on for 1 min. (retriggering) with programming button and red programming LED switch-on brightness memory function bulb-preserving soft startup very low noise short-circuit and overload proof (electronic fuse) phase cut-on or cut-off according to load type, self-learning pre-assembled, with cables

336

0128

230 V~, 50/60 Hz 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 50 - 315 W; Electronic transformers 50 - 315 W; Dimmable conventional transformers 50 - 315 VA; Tronic or LV power boosters built-in/RMD max. 10 for same load type; Radio signal reception frequency 433,42 MHz; Learnable radio transmitters 30; Operating temperature 0 - 55 °C; Dimensions (L x W x H) 126 x 60 x 28 mm Trouble-free operation will be obtained only with Berker Tronic transformers. Do not connect conventional transformers together with electronic transformers. Neutral conductor required! For remote controlled switching and dimming of lights.

4 4

Packing unit

with 5 light scenes for „on/off“, dimming value retrieving light scenes only by using radio transmitter radio signal of taught-in radio controllers causes switch on for 1 min. (retriggering) with extension unit input for BLC extension unit with manual operation on/off with programming button and red programming LED switch-on brightness memory function bulb-preserving soft startup very low noise short-circuit and overload proof (electronic fuse) phase cut-on or cut-off according to load type, self-learning expandable by universal power boosters RMD Plus with load cable switched in parallel with screw terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

RADIO BUS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Radio universal dimmer built-in polar white

on page T47

Radio adapter plug universal dimmer

0181

Trouble-free operation will be obtained only with Berker Tronic transformers. Do not connect conventional transformers together with electronic transformers. For remote controlled switching and dimming of lights.

polar white, matt

230 V~, 50/60 Hz 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 50 - 315 W; Electronic transformers 50 - 315 W; Dimmable conventional transformers 50 - 315 VA; Universal power boosters max. 10 phase cut-off á 500 W; Universal power boosters max. 5 phase cut-on á 300 VA; Tronic or LV power boosters built-in/RMD max. 10 for same load type; Radio signal reception frequency 433,42 MHz; Learnable radio transmitters 30; Operating temperature 0 - 55 °C; Dimensions (L x W x H) 187 x 28 x 28 mm

with 5 light scenes for „on/off“, dimming value retrieving light scenes only by using radio transmitter radio signal of taught-in radio controllers causes switch on for 1 min. (retriggering) with extension unit input for BLC extension unit 2-area and push-but.(NO) 1-push-but.operation conc. with programming button and red programming LED switch-on brightness memory function bulb-preserving soft startup very low noise short-circuit and overload proof (electronic fuse) phase cut-on or cut-off according to load type, self-learning expandable by universal power boosters RMD Plus with load cable switched in parallel with screw terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Packing unit

on page T47

0178 10 09

230/240 V~, 50/60 Hz 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 50 - 420 W; Electronic transformers 50 - 420 W; Dimmable conventional transformers 50 - 420 VA; Radio signal reception frequency 433,42 MHz; Learnable radio transmitters 30; Operating temperature 5 - 35 °C; Dimensions (L x W x H) 136 x 70 x 72 mm; Assembling height 34,5 mm Trouble-free operation will be obtained only with Berker Tronic transformers. Do not connect conventional transformers together with electronic transformers. For remote controlled switching and dimming of lights.

with 5 light scenes for „on/off“, dimming value retrieving light scenes only by using radio transmitter radio signal of taught-in radio controllers causes switch on for 1 min. (retriggering) with manual operation on(initial brightness)/off with red receive/programming LED start-up brightness can be stored safe after power failure bulb-preserving soft startup very low noise short-circuit and overload proof (electronic fuse) phase cut-on or cut-off according to load type, self-learning

337

RADIO BUS Order no.

Packing unit

Control units 1-10 V

Order no.

Antennas

Radio control unit 1-10 V built-in polar white

on page T47

0180

Antenna for radio receiver RMD black

230 V~, 50/60 Hz Control current 15 mA; Switching current 8 A; Control channels 1; Radio signal reception frequency 433,42 MHz; Learnable radio transmitters 30; Operating temperature 0 - 55 °C; Dimensions (L x W x H) 187 x 28 x 28 mm

on page T55

For radio receiver RMD order no. 9405 01 00

Ensure same illumination, use only electronic ballasts and fluorescent lamps from the same manufacturers.

for metal distribution boxes and to increase the radio reception range pre-assembled, with cable and SMB plug installation on metal via magnetic base

Switch actuators

When using of LV halogen lamps we recommend Berker Tronic transformer with 1-10 V interface order no. 2977.

Radio switch actuator RMD light grey

Neutral conductor necessary! For remote controlled switching and dimming of lights.

on page T47

Interface to DIN EN 60928 for switching and controlling electronic ballasts and Tronic transformers with 1-10 V interface e.g. for fluorescent lamps and LV halogen lamps with 5 light scenes for „on/off“, dimming value retrieving light scenes only by using radio transmitter radio signal of taught-in radio controllers causes switch on for 1 min. (retriggering) with programming button and red programming LED switch-on brightness memory function with screw terminals

9450 01 00

230 V~, 50/60 Hz 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 2300 W; Electronic transformers 1500 W; Conventional transformers 1000 VA; Fluorescent lamps in duo configuration 2300 VA; Fluorescent lamps uncompensated 1200 VA; Fluorescent lamps parallel compensated 920 VA; Control channels 1; Learnable radio transmitters 30; Operating temperature 0 - +45 °C; RMD 2 modules; Dimensions (W x H x D) 36 x 90 x 68; Assembling height as from DIN rail 61,5 mm For electronic ballasts and energy-saving lamps with excessive switch-on currents use switch-on current limiters order no. 0185. Use only in conjunction with radio receiver RMD. Neutral conductor necessary! For remote controlled switching of electrical loads. For radio receiver RMD order no. 9405 01 00

Radio system RMD Radio receivers

Radio receiver RMD

on page T55

9490 01 00

Radio signal reception frequency 433,42 MHz; Radio reception range (free field) max. 100 m; Cable length approx. 2,5 m; Dimensions (L x diameter base) 200 x 30,5 mm

In case of excessive making currents use making current limiters order no. 0185.

light grey

Packing unit

9405 01 00

230 V~, 50/60 Hz Radio signal reception frequency 433,42 MHz; Radio reception range (free field) max. 60 m; Receiver for max. 30 System units; Operating temperature 0 - +45 °C; RMD 2 modules; Dimensions (W x H x D) 36 x 90 x 68; Assembling height as from DIN rail 61,5 mm For radio switch actuator RMD order no. 9450 01 00, 9450 02 00 For radio universal dimmer RMD order no. 9455 01 00 For radio shutters actuator RMD order no. 9460 01 00 For radio control unit 1-10 V RMD order no. 9465 01 00

with extension unit input for BLC extension unit and push-but.(NO) and 1 push-but. operation concept with 5 light scenes for „on/off“ retrieving light scenes only by using radio transmitter radio signal of taught-in radio controllers causes switch on for 1 min. (retriggering) with construction site function on/off with programming button and red programming LED programming mode can be activated on device or via extension unit with screw terminals and plug-in terminals (EIB) for RMD data connection with screw terminals

radio signals are prepared for transmission to the RMD data connection for improving the reception of external radio antenna RMD can be plugged into SMB socket with screw terminals and plug-in terminals (EIB) for RMD data connection with screw terminals

338

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

RADIO BUS Order no.

Packing unit

on page T55

9450 02 00

Radio shutter actuator RMD light grey

on page T47

For electronic ballasts and energy-saving lamps with excessive switch-on currents use switch-on current limiters order no. 0185. Use only in conjunction with radio receiver RMD. Neutral conductor necessary!

9460 01 00

Use only in conjunction with radio receiver RMD. Neutral conductor necessary! For remote controlled movement of shutters and awnings, for example. For radio receiver RMD order no. 9405 01 00

For radio receiver RMD order no. 9405 01 00

for switching e.g. 4 independent loads suitable for different external conductors with potential-free NO contacts with 5 light scenes for „on/off“ retrieving light scenes only by using radio transmitter radio signal of taught-in radio controllers causes switch on for 1 min. (retriggering) with construction site function on/off with 4 red check/programming LEDs with screw terminals and plug-in terminals (EIB) for RMD data connection with screw terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

230 V~, 50/60 Hz Switching power max. 1 motor 700 W; Control channels 1; Learnable radio transmitters 14; Lamella adjustment with signal < 1 sec.; Self-sustaining for 2 min. with signal > 1 sec.; With manual operation < 1 Sec. up/stop/down; Operating temperature 0 - +45 °C; RMD 2 modules; Dimensions (W x H x D) 36 x 90 x 68 mm; Assembling height as from DIN rail 61,5 mm

For remote controlled switching of electrical loads.

Packing unit

Shutter actuators

Radio switch actuator 4gang RMD light grey

Order no.

with 5 light scenes for „open/close“ retrieving light scenes only by using radio transmitter with electrical interlocking to prevent mutual switch on with construction site function up/down with programming button and two-colour programming LED with screw terminals and plug-in terminals (EIB) for RMD data connection with screw terminals

339

RADIO BUS Order no.

Packing unit

Dim actuators

Order no.

Control units 1-10 V Radio universal dimmer RMD light grey

on page T47

Packing unit

Radio control unit 1-10 V RMD light grey

9455 01 00

230 V~, 50/60 Hz 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 50 - 400 W; Electronic transformers 50 - 400 W; Dimmable conventional transformers 50 - 400 VA; Universal power boosters max. 10 phase cut-off á 500 W; Universal power boosters max. 5 phase cut-on á 420 VA; Power boosters built-in/RMD max. 10 for same load type; Learnable radio transmitters 30; With manual operation < 1 Sec. on/off; Operating temperature 0 - 45 °C; RMD 4 modules; Dimensions (W x H x D) 73 x 90 x 68 mm; Assembling height as from DIN rail 61,5 mm

on page T47

In case of excessive making currents use making current limiters order no. 0185. Ensure same illumination, use only electronic ballasts and fluorescent lamps from the same manufacturers.

Trouble-free operation only with Berker Tronic transformers.

When using of LV halogen lamps we recommend Berker Tronic transformer with 1-10 V interface order no. 2977.

Use only in conjunction with radio receiver RMD.

Neutral conductor necessary!

Do not connect conventional transformers together with electronic transformers.

Use only in conjunction with radio receiver RMD.

For remote controlled switching and dimming of lights.

For radio receiver RMD order no. 9405 01 00

with 5 light scenes for „on/off“, dimming value retrieving light scenes only by using radio transmitter radio signal of taught-in radio controllers causes switch on for 1 min. (retriggering) with extension unit input for BLC extension unit and push-but.(NO) and 1 push-but. operation concept with construction site function on/off with programming button and red programming LED switch-on brightness memory function bulb-preserving soft startup very low noise short-circuit and overload proof (electronic fuse) phase cut-on or cut-off according to load type, self-learning expandable by universal power boosters RMD Plus with load cable switched in parallel with screw terminals and plug-in terminals (EIB) for RMD data connection with screw terminals

9465 01 00

230 V~, 50/60 Hz Control current 15 mA; Switching current 8 A; Control channels 1; Learnable radio transmitters 30; With manual operation < 1 Sec. on/off; Operating temperature 0 - 45 °C; RMD 4 modules; Dimensions (W x H x D) 73 x 90 x 68; Assembling height as from DIN rail 61,5 mm

Interface to DIN EN 60928 for switching and controlling electronic ballasts and Tronic transformers with 1-10 V interface e.g. for fluorescent lamps and LV halogen lamps with 5 light scenes for „on/off“, dimming value retrieving light scenes only by using radio transmitter radio signal of taught-in radio controllers causes switch on for 1 min. (retriggering) with manual operation on/off with programming button and red programming LED switch-on brightness memory function with screw terminals and plug-in terminals (EIB) for RMD data connection with screw terminals

Accessories Lithium coin cell battery 3 V 1857

3 V=, 0,18 Ah

type: CR 2032 2 pcs. for replacement

Lithium block battery 9 V 9209

9 V=, 1,2 Ah

for replacement need

340

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

RADIO BUS MODUL 2 Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

BLC Berker Light Control

RolloTec radio button with sensor connection, flat design

Radio buttons

white, glossy polar white, glossy

BLC radio button white, glossy polar white, glossy

1760 02 1760 09

1 1

Radio signal reception frequency 433,42 MHz; Learnable radio transmitters 30 on page T12

on page T37

Extension unit operation with BLC extension unit and push-button (NO) possible as of release R2.1.

RolloTec radio button with sensor connection white, glossy polar white, glossy

RolloTec RolloTec radio button, flat design 1 1

with imprinted symbol arrows with 5 light scenes for „open/close“ retrieving light scenes only by using radio transmitter

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

on page T37

1 1

1758 12 1758 49

1759 12 1759 49

For actuation via button and radio transmitter.

white, glossy polar white, glossy

Packing unit

on page T37

1759 02 1759 09

1 1

341

RADIO BUS MODUL 2 Order no.

Packing unit

Radio controllers

on page T47

Packing unit

Wall-transmitters Wall-transmitter

Radio controller 180 flat white polar white

Order no.

9420 02 9420 09

1 1

Radio wall-transmitter 1gang flat with labelling field white, glossy polar white, glossy on page T47

1 1

not dependent on mains power each channel can be allocated to as many radio receivers are required push-button functions: 1 channel / 1 light scene / master off can be set via DIP switch changing of light scenes via DIP switch lockable with red transmit and battery status LED with lithium coin cell battery 3 V type: CR 2032 installation with frames on even surface e.g. also for extention of combinations with fitting material, screws, wall plugs and adhesive pad screw fastening via supporting plate possible

If response brightness or movement of people is insufficient, it sends a radio signal to the radio controller power pack unit or other radio bus receivers.

U not dependent on mains power the channel can be assigned to any number of radio receivers with red transmit and battery status LED with a lithium coin cell battery 3 V type: CR 2450 with cover to limit detection angle to 90° with optimised lens installation with frames on even surface e.g. also for extention of combinations with fitting material, screws, wall plugs and adhesive pad screw fastening via supporting plate possible

2721 02 2721 09

Radio wall-transmitter 2gang flat with labelling field white, glossy polar white, glossy on page T47

2722 02 2722 09

1 1

not dependent on mains power each channel can be allocated to as many radio receivers are required push-button functions: 2 channels / 3 light scenes / master off can be set via DIP switch changing of light scenes via DIP switch lockable with red transmit and battery status LED with lithium coin cell battery 3 V type: CR 2032 installation with frames on even surface e.g. also for extention of combinations with fitting material, screws, wall plugs and adhesive pad screw fastening via supporting plate possible

342

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

RADIO BUS MODUL 2 Order no.

Packing unit

Radio wall-transmitter 4gang flat with labelling field white, glossy polar white, glossy on page T47

2724 02 2724 09

Order no.

Packing unit

Push-buttons with labelling field Push-button 1gang with labelling field

1 1

white, glossy polar white, glossy

3 V= Battery life approx. 3 years; Radio channels 4; Radio signal transmission frequency 433,42 MHz; Radio signal transmission power < 10 mW; Radio signal transmission range (free field) max. 100 m

7516 10 12 7516 10 19

1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C For radio wall-transmitter insert order no. 2764

with anti-dismantling protection with red transmit and battery status LED

Push-button 2gang with labelling field

Replacement Lithium coin cell battery see radio bus order no. 1857

white, glossy polar white, glossy

7516 20 12 7516 20 19

1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C

not dependent on mains power each channel can be allocated to as many radio receivers are required push-button functions: 4 channels / 5 light scenes / master off can be set via DIP switch changing of light scenes via DIP switch lockable with red transmit and battery status LED with lithium coin cell battery 3 V type: CR 2032 installation with frames on even surface e.g. also for extention of combinations with fitting material, screws, wall plugs and adhesive pad screw fastening via supporting plate possible

For radio wall-transmitter insert order no. 2764

with anti-dismantling protection with 2 red transmit and battery status LEDs

Push-button 4gang with labelling field white, glossy polar white, glossy

7516 40 12 7516 40 19

1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C For radio wall-transmitter insert order no. 2764

Push-buttons Push-button 1gang white, glossy polar white, glossy

7516 11 12 7516 11 19

with anti-dismantling protection with 4 red transmit and battery status LEDs

1 1

Built-on installation housings

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C

Built-on installation housing 1gang flat design

For radio wall-transmitter insert order no. 2764

white polar white

with anti-dismantling protection

1002 00 02 1002 00 69

1 1

Height 16 mm

Push-button 2gang white, glossy polar white, glossy

7516 21 12 7516 21 19

1 1

on page T51

For radio wall-transmitter insert order no. 2764

for radio wall-transmitter insert on surface mounted and as table-top radio transmitter with double-sided adhesive pads e.g. for mounting on panes of glass

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C For radio wall-transmitter insert order no. 2764

with anti-dismantling protection

Push-button 4gang white, glossy polar white, glossy

7516 41 12 7516 41 19

1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C For radio wall-transmitter insert order no. 2764

with anti-dismantling protection

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

343

RADIO BUS BERKER S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 GLAS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Packing unit

BLC Berker Light Control

RolloTec radio button with sensor connection

Radio buttons

white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

BLC radio button

on page T12

white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1760 89 82 1760 89 89 1760 19 09 1760 16 06 1760 14 04

1 1 1 1 1

Radio signal reception frequency 433,42 MHz; Learnable radio transmitters 30 Extension unit operation with BLC extension unit and push-button (NO) possible as of release R2.1.

on page T37

1759 89 82 1759 89 89 1759 19 09 1759 16 06 1759 14 04

1 1 1 1 1

For actuation via button and radio transmitter. For BLC universal touch dimmer order no. 2902 For BLC touch control unit 1-10 V order no. 2903 For BLC touch dimmer LV order no. 2904 For BLC triac switch insert LV order no. 2905 for BLC relay switch insert order no. 2906 For BLC relay switch insert with potential-free contact order no. 2906 10 For BLC relay switch insert HVAC order no. 2912 For BLC Tronic switch insert order no. 2916

RolloTec RolloTec radio button

on page T37

white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1758 89 82 1758 89 89 1758 19 09 1758 16 06 1758 14 04

1 1 1 1 1

with 5 light scenes for „open/close“ retrieving light scenes only by using radio transmitter

344

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

RADIO BUS BERKER S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 GLAS Order no.

Packing unit

Radio controllers

on page T47

Packing unit

Wall-transmitters Wall-transmitter

Radio controller 180 flat white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

Order no.

9420 89 82 9420 89 89 9420 19 09 9420 16 06 9420 14 04

1 1 1 1 1

Radio wall-transmitter 1gang flat with labelling field for white and polar white for anthracite and aluminium on page T47

1 1

3 V= Battery life approx. 3 years; Radio channels 1; Radio signal transmission frequency 433,42 MHz; Radio signal transmission power < 10 mW; Radio signal transmission range (free field) max. 100 m; Labelling field length (W x H) 52,3 x 52,3 mm Replacement Lithium coin cell battery see radio bus order no. 1857 Sight shielding film for backside e.g. installation on glass see accessories order no. 9498 02 02, 9498 27 30, 9498 28 02

If response brightness or movement of people is insufficient, it sends a radio signal to the radio controller power pack unit or other radio bus receivers. Sight shielding film for backside e.g. installation on glass see accessories order no. 9498 02 02, 9498 27 30, 9498 28 02

2721 10 09 2721 10 06

Radio wall-transmitter 2gang flat with labelling field for white and polar white for anthracite and aluminium on page T47

2722 10 09 2722 10 06

1 1

3 V= Battery life approx. 3 years; Radio channels 2; Radio signal transmission frequency 433,42 MHz; Radio signal transmission power < 10 mW; Radio signal transmission range (free field) max. 100 m; Labelling field length (W x H) 52,3 x 24,9 mm Replacement Lithium coin cell battery see radio bus order no. 1857 Sight shielding film for backside e.g. installation on glass see accessories order no. 9498 02 02, 9498 27 30, 9498 28 02

345

RADIO BUS BERKER S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 GLAS Order no.

on page T47

Packing unit

Order no.

Radio wall-transmitter 3gang flat with labelling field

Radio wall-transmitter 2gang flat with labelling field

for white and polar white for anthracite and aluminium

polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

2723 10 09 2723 10 06

1 1

on page T47

Replacement Lithium coin cell battery see radio bus order no. 1857 Sight shielding film for backside e.g. installation on glass see accessories order no. 9498 02 02, 9498 27 30, 9498 28 02

346

polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1 1 1

3 V= Battery life approx. 3 years; Radio channels 1; Radio signal transmission frequency 433,42 MHz; Radio signal transmission power < 10 mW; Radio signal transmission range (free field) max. 100 m

3 V= Battery life approx. 3 years; Radio channels 2; Radio signal transmission frequency 433,42 MHz; Radio signal transmission power < 10 mW; Radio signal transmission range (free field) max. 100 m

Radio wall-transmitter 4gang flat with labelling field

Radio wall-transmitter 1gang flat with labelling field # 2721 19 09 # 2721 16 06 # 2721 14 04

1 1 1

not dependent on mains power each channel can be allocated to as many radio receivers are required push-button functions: 3 channels / 5 light scenes / master off can be set via DIP switches changing of light scenes via DIP switch lockable with red transmit and battery status LED with lithium coin cell battery 3 V type: CR 2032 installation with frames on even surface e.g. also for extention of combinations with fitting material, screws, wall plugs and adhesive pad screw fastening via supporting plate possible

polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

# 2722 19 09 # 2722 16 06 # 2722 14 04

Replacement Lithium coin cell battery see radio bus order no. 1857 Sight shielding film for backside e.g. installation on glass see accessories order no. 9498 02 02, 9498 27 30, 9498 28 02

on page T47

Packing unit

on page T47

# 2724 19 09 # 2724 16 06 # 2724 14 04

1 1 1

3 V= Battery life approx. 3 years; Radio channels 4; Radio signal transmission frequency 433,42 MHz; Radio signal transmission power < 10 mW; Radio signal transmission range (free field) max. 100 m Replacement Lithium coin cell battery see radio bus order no. 1857 Sight shielding film for backside e.g. installation on glass see accessories order no. 9498 02 02, 9498 27 30, 9498 28 02

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

RADIO BUS BERKER S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 GLAS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Push-buttons

Push-button 2gang

Push-buttons with labelling field

polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

Push-button 1gang with labelling field for white and polar white for anthracite and aluminium

7516 13 80 7516 13 85

1 1

Packing unit

# 7516 21 89 # 7516 21 85 # 7516 21 83

1 1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C For radio wall-transmitter insert order no. 2764

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Labelling field length (W x H) 52,3 x 52,3 mm

with anti-dismantling protection

For radio wall-transmitter insert order no. 2764

Push-button 4gang polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

with anti-dismantling protection with 2 red transmit and battery status LEDs

Push-button 2gang with labelling field for white and polar white for anthracite and aluminium

7516 23 80 7516 23 85

Push-buttons with labelling field Push-button 1gang with labelling field polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

with anti-dismantling protection with 4 red transmit and battery status LEDs

1 1

polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

with anti-dismantling protection with 6 red transmit and battery status LEDs

# 7516 20 89 # 7516 20 85 # 7516 20 83

1 1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C

Push-button 4gang with labelling field 1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Labelling field length (W x H) 52,3 x 24,9 mm

For radio wall-transmitter insert order no. 2764

with anti-dismantling protection with 2 red transmit and battery status LEDs

Push-button 4gang with labelling field

Only for flush-mounted installation.

polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

For radio wall-transmitter insert order no. 2764

only for frame with large cut-out with anti-dismantling protection with 8 red transmit and battery status LEDs

# 7516 40 89 # 7516 40 85 # 7516 40 83

1 1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C For radio wall-transmitter insert order no. 2764

Push-buttons Push-button 1gang # 7516 11 89 # 7516 11 85 # 7516 11 83

For radio wall-transmitter insert order no. 2764

Push-button 2gang with labelling field

For radio wall-transmitter insert order no. 2764

polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1 1 1

with anti-dismantling protection with red transmit and battery status LED

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Labelling field length (W x H) 52,3 x 15,6 mm

7516 43 80 7516 43 85

# 7516 10 89 # 7516 10 85 # 7516 10 83

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C

Push-button 3gang with labelling field

for white and polar white for anthracite and aluminium

For radio wall-transmitter insert order no. 2764

with anti-dismantling protection

For radio wall-transmitter insert order no. 2764

7516 33 80 7516 33 85

1 1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C 1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Labelling field length (W x H) 52,3 x 24,9 mm

for white and polar white for anthracite and aluminium

# 7516 41 89 # 7516 41 85 # 7516 41 83

1 1 1

with anti-dismantling protection with 4 red transmit and battery status LEDs

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C For radio wall-transmitter insert order no. 2764

with anti-dismantling protection

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

347

RADIO BUS BERKER S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 GLAS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Packing unit

Built-on installation housings Built-on installation housing 1gang flat design, S.1 polar white, matt

1007 99 09

Height 16 mm on page T51

For radio wall-transmitter insert order no. 2764

for radio wall-transmitter insert on surface mounted and as table-top radio transmitter with double-sided adhesive pads e.g. for mounting on panes of glass

Built-on installation housing 1gang flat design, B.1/B.3 polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt on page T51

1007 19 09 1007 16 06 1007 14 04

1 1 1

Height 16 mm For radio wall-transmitter insert order no. 2764

for radio wall-transmitter insert on surface mounted and as table-top radio transmitter with double-sided adhesive pads e.g. for mounting on panes of glass

Accessories Adhesive foil for radio wall-transmitters and controllers, flat polar white, for S. 1 black, for B.1/B.3 polar white, for B.7 Glas

9498 02 02 9498 27 30 9498 28 02

1 1 1

The adhesive foil attaches to the frame and when installed on glass or any other transparent base it provides a closed backing surface. To attain an even adhesive surface, it is recommended to flatten the adhesive foil for application 24 hours before installing the wall-transmitter / controller. as sight shielding on backside (e.g. when mounting on glass)

348

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

RADIO BUS BERKER Q.1 Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

NEW

BLC Berker Light Control Radio buttons NEW

polar white, velvety

* 1760 60 89

Radio signal reception frequency 433,42 MHz; Learnable radio transmitters 30 on page T12

RolloTec radio button with sensor connection polar white, velvety

BLC radio button

on page T37

Extension unit operation with BLC extension unit and push-button (NO) possible as of release R2.1.

Packing unit

* 1759 60 89

RolloTec NEW

RolloTec radio button polar white, velvety

on page T37

* 1758 60 89

with 5 light scenes for „open/close“ retrieving light scenes only by using radio transmitter

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

349

RADIO BUS BERKER Q.1 Order no.

Packing unit

Radio controllers NEW

on page T47

Order no.

Packing unit

Wall-transmitters

Radio controller 180 flat

Wall-transmitter

polar white, velvety

NEW

* 9420 60 89

polar white, velvety

on page T47

not dependent on mains power the channel can be assigned to any number of radio receivers with red transmit and battery status LED with a lithium coin cell battery 3 V type: CR 2450 with cover to limit detection angle to 90° with optimised lens installation with frames on even surface e.g. also for extention of combinations with fitting material, screws, wall plugs and adhesive pad screw fastening via supporting plate possible

* 2721 60 89

3 V= Battery life approx. 3 years; Radio channels 1; Radio signal transmission frequency 433,42 MHz; Radio signal transmission power < 10 mW; Radio signal transmission range (free field) max. 100 m; Labelling field length (W x H) 52,3 x 52,3 mm Replacement Lithium coin cell battery see radio bus order no. 1857 Sight shielding film for backside e.g. installation on glass see accessories order no. 9498 11 ..

Direct sunlight penetration the upward-pointing detection plane results in failure of the movement controller. Only suitable for interiors!

Radio wall-transmitter 1gang flat with labelling field

NEW

Radio wall-transmitter 2gang flat with labelling field polar white, velvety

on page T47

* 2722 60 89

350

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

RADIO BUS BERKER Q.1 Order no.

NEW

Order no.

Packing unit

Radio wall-transmitter 3gang flat with labelling field polar white, velvety

on page T47

Packing unit

* 2723 60 89

3 V= Battery life approx. 3 years; Radio channels 3; Radio signal transmission frequency 433,42 MHz; Radio signal transmission power < 10 mW; Radio signal transmission range (free field) max. 100 m; Labelling field length (W x H) 52,3 x 15,6 mm Replacement Lithium coin cell battery see radio bus order no. 1857 Sight shielding film for backside e.g. installation on glass see accessories order no. 9498 11 ..

Accessories Adhesive foil for radio wall-transmitters and controllers, flat polar white black

9498 11 02 9498 11 30

1 1

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

351

RADIO BUS BERKER K.1/K.5 Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Packing unit

BLC Berker Light Control

RolloTec radio button with sensor connection

Radio buttons

white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt stainless steel

BLC radio button

on page T12

white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt stainless steel

1760 70 02 1760 70 09 1760 70 06 1760 70 24 1760 70 04

1 1 1 1 1

Radio signal reception frequency 433,42 MHz; Learnable radio transmitters 30 Extension unit operation with BLC extension unit and push-button (NO) possible as of release R2.1.

on page T37

1759 70 02 1759 70 09 1759 70 06 1759 70 24 1759 70 04

1 1 1 1 1

RolloTec RolloTec radio button

on page T37

white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt stainless steel

1758 70 02 1758 70 09 1758 70 06 1758 70 24 1758 70 04

1 1 1 1 1

with 5 light scenes for „open/close“ retrieving light scenes only by using radio transmitter

352

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

RADIO BUS BERKER K.1/K.5 Order no.

Packing unit

Radio controllers

on page T47

Packing unit

Wall-transmitters Wall-transmitter

Radio controller 180 flat white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt stainless steel, lacquered

Order no.

9420 70 02 9420 70 09 9420 70 06 9420 70 24 9420 70 04

1 1 1 1 1

3 V= Battery life approx. 3 years; Radio channels 1; Radio signal transmission frequency 433,42 MHz; Radio signal transmission power < 10 mW; Radio signal transmission range (free field) max. 60 m; Nominal mounting height 1,1 m; Range frontal approx. 10 m; Range lateral each approx. 6 m; Detection field semi-oval shaped approx. 10 x 12 m; Detection angle 180 °; Detection levels 2; Switching segments 72; Response sensitivity programmable approx. 20 - 100 % ; Response brightness adjustable approx. 0 - 80 / unlimited Lux; Dimensions assembling height 23,5 mm Direct sunlight penetration the upward-pointing detection plane results in failure of the movement controller. Only suitable for interiors! If response brightness or movement of people is insufficient, it sends a radio signal to the radio controller power pack unit or other radio bus receivers. Sight shielding film for backside e.g. installation on glass see accessories order no. 9498 33 ..

Radio wall-transmitter 1gang flat with labelling field

on page T47

for white and polar white anthracite aluminium stainless steel

2721 70 09 2721 70 06 2721 70 24 2721 70 04

1 1 1 1

3 V= Battery life approx. 3 years; Radio channels 1; Radio signal transmission frequency 433,42 MHz; Radio signal transmission power < 10 mW; Radio signal transmission range (free field) max. 100 m; Labelling field length (W x H) 66,8 x 52,8 mm Replacement Lithium coin cell battery see radio bus order no. 1857 Sight shielding film for backside e.g. installation on glass see accessories order no. 9498 33 02, 9498 33 30

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

353

RADIO BUS BERKER K.1/K.5 Order no.

on page T47

Packing unit

Radio wall-transmitter 2gang flat with labelling field

Push-buttons

for white and polar white anthracite aluminium stainless steel

NEW

2722 70 09 2722 70 06 2722 70 24 2722 70 04

1 1 1 1

Push-button 1gang with labelling field for white and polar white 7516 13 70 anthracite * 7516 13 75 aluminium * 7516 13 74 7516 13 73 stainless steel

For radio wall-transmitter insert order no. 2764

with anti-dismantling protection with 2 red transmit and battery status LEDs NEW

Push-button 2gang with labelling field for white and polar white anthracite aluminium stainless steel

7516 23 70 7516 23 75

* * 7516 23 74 7516 23 73

with anti-dismantling protection with 4 red transmit and battery status LEDs NEW

Push-button 3gang with labelling field for white and polar white anthracite

7516 33 70 7516 33 75

* * 7516 33 74

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Labelling field length (W x H) 66,8 x 15,7 mm

stainless steel

1 1 1 1

For radio wall-transmitter insert order no. 2764

for white and polar white anthracite aluminium stainless steel

1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Labelling field length (W x H) 66,8 x 25 mm

aluminium

2723 70 09 2723 70 06 2723 70 24 2723 70 04

1 1 1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Labelling field length (W x H) 66,8 x 52,8 mm

Radio wall-transmitter 3gang flat with labelling field

Replacement Lithium coin cell battery see radio bus order no. 1857 Sight shielding film for backside e.g. installation on glass see accessories order no. 9498 33 02, 9498 33 30

354

Packing unit

Push-buttons with labelling field

3 V= Battery life approx. 3 years; Radio channels 2; Radio signal transmission frequency 433,42 MHz; Radio signal transmission power < 10 mW; Radio signal transmission range (free field) max. 100 m; Labelling field length (W x H) 66,8 x 25 mm Replacement Lithium coin cell battery see radio bus order no. 1857 Sight shielding film for backside e.g. installation on glass see accessories order no. 9498 33 02, 9498 33 30

on page T47

Order no.

7516 33 73

1 1 1 1

For radio wall-transmitter insert order no. 2764

with anti-dismantling protection with 6 red transmit and battery status LEDs NEW

Push-button 4gang with labelling field for white and polar white anthracite aluminium stainless steel

7516 43 70 7516 43 75

* * 7516 43 74 7516 43 73

1 1 1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Labelling field length (W x H) 66,8 x 25 mm Only for flush-mounted installation. For radio wall-transmitter insert order no. 2764

only for frame with large cut-out with anti-dismantling protection with 8 red transmit and battery status LEDs

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER K.1/K.5 Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Packing unit

Accessories Adhesive foil for radio wall-transmitters and controllers, flat polar white, glossy, for K.1

9498 33 02

black, for K.1 and K.5

9498 33 30

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

355

RADIO BUS BERKER ARSYS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

BLC Berker Light Control

RolloTec radio button with sensor connection, flat design

Radio buttons BLC radio button

on page T12

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, metal stainless steel gold, metal

1760 00 02 1760 00 69 1760 00 01 1760 00 11 1760 00 04 1760 00 12

1 1 1 1 1 1

on page T37

Extension unit operation with BLC extension unit and push-button (NO) possible as of release R2.1.

RolloTec radio button with sensor connection

RolloTec RolloTec radio button, flat design 1 1 1 1 1 1

with imprinted symbol arrows with 5 light scenes for „open/close“ retrieving light scenes only by using radio transmitter

356

1 1 1 1 1 1

on page T37

1759 00 12 1759 00 79 1759 00 11 1759 90 21 1759 90 14 1759 90 12

For actuation via button and radio transmitter.

1758 00 12 1758 00 79 1758 00 11 1758 90 21 1758 90 14 1758 90 12

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, metal stainless steel gold, metal

Radio signal reception frequency 433,42 MHz; Learnable radio transmitters 30

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, metal stainless steel gold, metal

Packing unit

on page T37

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

1759 00 02 1759 00 69 1759 00 01 1759 90 11 1759 90 04

1 1 1 1 1

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

RADIO BUS BERKER ARSYS Order no.

Packing unit

Radio controllers

on page T47

Packing unit

Wall-transmitters Wall-transmitter

Radio controller 180 flat white, glossy polar white, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

Order no.

9420 00 02 9420 00 69 9420 90 11 9420 90 04

1 1 1 1

3 V= Battery life approx. 3 years; Radio channels 1; Radio signal transmission frequency 433,42 MHz; Radio signal transmission power < 10 mW; Radio signal transmission range (free field) max. 60 m; Nominal mounting height 1,1 m; Range frontal approx. 10 m; Range lateral each approx. 6 m; Detection field semi-oval shaped approx. 10 x 12 m; Detection angle 180 °; Detection levels 2; Switching segments 72; Response sensitivity programmable approx. 20 - 100 % ; Response brightness adjustable approx. 0 - 80 / unlimited Lux; Dimensions assembling height 23,5 mm Direct sunlight penetration the upward-pointing detection plane results in failure of the movement controller. Only suitable for interiors! If response brightness or movement of people is insufficient, it sends a radio signal to the radio controller power pack unit or other radio bus receivers. Sight shielding film for backside e.g. installation on glass see accessories order no. 9498 11 ..

Radio wall-transmitter 1gang flat with labelling field

on page T47

white, glossy polar white, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

2721 00 02 2721 00 69 2721 90 11 2721 90 04

1 1 1 1

3 V= Battery life approx. 3 years; Radio channels 1; Radio signal transmission frequency 433,42 MHz; Radio signal transmission power < 10 mW; Radio signal transmission range (free field) max. 100 m Replacement Lithium coin cell battery see radio bus order no. 1857 Sight shielding film for backside e.g. installation on glass see accessories order no. 9498 11 ..

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

357

RADIO BUS BERKER ARSYS Order no.

Packing unit

Radio wall-transmitter 2gang flat with labelling field

on page T47

white, glossy polar white, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

2722 00 02 2722 00 69 2722 90 11 2722 90 04

1 1 1 1

3 V= Battery life approx. 3 years; Radio channels 2; Radio signal transmission frequency 433,42 MHz; Radio signal transmission power < 10 mW; Radio signal transmission range (free field) max. 100 m

Order no.

Packing unit

Push-buttons Push-button 1gang white, glossy polar white, glossy stainless steel, lacquered

7516 11 42 7516 11 49 7516 11 43

1 1 1

light bronze, lacquered

7516 11 44

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C For radio wall-transmitter insert order no. 2764

with anti-dismantling protection

Push-button 2gang Replacement Lithium coin cell battery see radio bus order no. 1857 Sight shielding film for backside e.g. installation on glass see accessories order no. 9498 11 ..

on page T47

white, glossy polar white, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

7516 21 42 7516 21 49 7516 21 44 7516 21 43

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C For radio wall-transmitter insert order no. 2764

with anti-dismantling protection

Push-button 4gang white, glossy polar white, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

7516 41 42 7516 41 49 7516 41 44 7516 41 43

Radio wall-transmitter 4gang flat with labelling field

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C

white, glossy polar white, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

For radio wall-transmitter insert order no. 2764

2724 00 02 2724 00 69 2724 90 11 2724 90 04

1 1 1 1

3 V= Battery life approx. 3 years; Radio channels 4; Radio signal transmission frequency 433,42 MHz; Radio signal transmission power < 10 mW; Radio signal transmission range (free field) max. 100 m

1 1 1 1

with anti-dismantling protection

Push-buttons with labelling field Push-button 1gang with labelling field white, glossy polar white, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

7516 10 42 7516 10 49 7516 10 44 7516 10 43

1 1 1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C Replacement Lithium coin cell battery see radio bus order no. 1857 Sight shielding film for backside e.g. installation on glass see accessories order no. 9498 11 ..

358

For radio wall-transmitter insert order no. 2764

with anti-dismantling protection with red transmit and battery status LED

Push-button 2gang with labelling field polar white, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

7516 20 49 7516 20 44 7516 20 43

1 1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C For radio wall-transmitter insert order no. 2764

with anti-dismantling protection with 2 red transmit and battery status LEDs

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

RADIO BUS BERKER ARSYS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Packing unit

Push-button 4gang with labelling field white, glossy polar white, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

7516 40 42 7516 40 49 7516 40 44 7516 40 43

1 1 1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C For radio wall-transmitter insert order no. 2764

with anti-dismantling protection with 4 red transmit and battery status LEDs

Built-on installation housings Built-on installation housing 1gang flat design

on page T51

white polar white light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

1002 00 02 1002 00 69 1002 90 11 1002 90 04

1 1 1 1

Height 16 mm For radio wall-transmitter insert order no. 2764

for radio wall-transmitter insert on surface mounted and as table-top radio transmitter with double-sided adhesive pads e.g. for mounting on panes of glass

Accessories Adhesive foil for radio wall-transmitters and controllers, flat polar white black

9498 11 02 9498 11 30

1 1

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

359

BERKER TRAININGS AND SERVICE INSTABUS KNX/EIB

For more information about product training dates or for technical support please contact our local representatives or the sales representative for your area.

For more information about products please have a look into our instabus KNX/EIB technical manual or visit www.berker.com

360

Instabus KNX/EIB

Building system technology Bus system

The economic shared use of buildings is gaining in importance. In functional buildings the result can be seen on such factors as flexibility, building transparency, functionality and energy savings. And when it comes to private homes, there are also requirements for safety, security, comfort and well-being. A modern electrical installation with the Instabus KNX/EIB system creates ideal conditions for accommodating all of these requirements through integration of the entire building management system. K N X E I B

■C onvenience functions such as centralised operation of all lights in the house and garden, simultaneous activation of lights and blinds in light scenes or central switching-off of all electrical consumers when leaving the house ■ needs-oriented single-room and time-dependent temperature control ■ central display and operating elements for the lighting, blinds and heating systems ■ control of audio and video ■ energy efficiency through automatic control using time settings or sensor measured values ■ greater safety and security through functions such as presence simulation, panic circuits, motion-dependent switching of light, monitoring of opening of windows and doors, smoke detector alarms, forwarding of fault messages ■ IP connection for remote access via the Internet as well as e-mail reception and the use of RSS news feeds ■ recording and depiction of operating and building data ■ KNX/EIB push-buttons and covers available in the designs of the standard and surface ranges

361

INSTABUS KNX/EIB Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

NEW

System components Power supplies

Power supply 640 mA RMD uninterruptible light grey

7501 00 09

230 V~, 50/60 Hz Output voltage 28 - 31 V=; Output current max. 320 mA; Bus cables max. 2; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; RMD 4 modules; Dimensions (W x H x D) 72 x 90 x 68 mm; Assembling height as from DIN rail 61 mm

with integral reset button with green operation LED, red overload LED and yellow overvoltage LED with green mains LED and green storage battery indicator LED potential-free change-over signalling contact for power failure, storage battery failure, overload/o line connection via connecting terminal temperature-controlled charging of the battery connection of a second lead battery to extend the backup power time protected earth conductor must be connected with screw terminals

Power supply 640 mA RMD 7501 00 10

230 V~, 50/60 Hz Output voltage 28 - 31 V=; Output current max. 640 mA; Bus cables max. 3; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; RMD 7 modules; Dimensions (W x H x D) 126 x 90 x 68 mm; Assembling height as from DIN rail 61 mm

with 2 integrated chokes with 2 integrated reset switches short-circuit and overload proof (electronic fuse) with green operation LED, red overload LED and yellow overvoltage LED with 2 red reset LEDs other 3rd bus line can be connected via terminal other 3rd bus line must be decoupled via a choke protected earth conductor must be connected with screw terminals

Basic cable set order no. 7590 00 66 Extension cable set order no. 7590 00 67 for connecting 12 V lead batteries order no. 7590 00 68

with integral choke with integral reset switch short-circuit and overload proof (electronic fuse) with green operation LED, red overload LED and yellow overvoltage LED with red reset LED further bus line connectable with connecting terminal further bus line must be decoupled by choke protected earth conductor must be connected with screw terminals

light grey

* 7501 00 15

230 V~, 50/60 Hz Output voltage 28 - 31 V=; Output current max. 640 mA; Mains buffering approx. 5,5 h/lead battery 12 Ah; Bus cables max. 1; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; RMD 8 modules; Dimensions (W x H x D) 144 x 90 x 66 mm; Assembling height as from DIN rail 59 mm

Power supply 320 mA RMD light grey

Packing unit

NEW

Lead battery 12 V

* 7590 00 68

Rated voltage 12 V=; Load capacitance 12 Ah; Dimensions (W x H x D) 94 x 151 x 98 mm; Weight approx. 4,2 kg; Service life approx. 5 Years Connection to 640 mA power supply, uninterruptible order no. 7590 00 66 Extension cable set order no. 7590 00 67 NEW

Basic cable set

* 7590 00 66

Cable length approx. 2 m, 4 x 0,75 mm² To connect a lead battery order no. 7590 00 68 to the 640 mA power supply, uninterruptible order no. 7501 00 15

with temperature sensor with fuse holder for fine-wire fuses NEW

Extension cable set

* 7590 00 67

Cable length approx. 2 m, 2 x 0,75 mm² To connect a second lead battery order no. 7590 00 68 to the 640 mA power supply, uninterruptible order no. 7501 00 15

362

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

INSTABUS KNX/EIB Order no.

Packing unit

Chokes

Packing unit

Data interfaces Choke RMD

Data interface RMD

light grey

7501 00 02

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Rated current 0,5 A; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; RMD 2 modules; Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 90 x 61 mm; Assembling height as from DIN rail 55 mm

Couplers Coupler RMD 7501 00 14

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; RMD 2 modules; Dimensions (W x H x D) 36 x 90 x 70 mm; Assembling height as from DIN rail 63 mm

Operating voltage 24 V~/=; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; RMD 2 modules; Dimensions (W x H x D) 36 x 90 x 58 mm; Assembling height as from DIN rail 55 mm Needed for operation a power supply of 24 V AC RMD order no. 7591 00 01

quick communication of lines/areas and systems via data networks (Internet protocols) as interface to PCs and data processing devices for reporting bus voltage failure via data networks Internet protocols supported: ARP, ICMP, IGMP, UDP/IP, DHCP EIBnet/IP according to Konnex specifications: Core, Routing, Tunneling, Device Management can be used as line/area coupler with RJ45 connection for Ethernet/IP networks with programming button and red programming LED with green operation LED and yellow data traffic LED with green, yellow and red LEDs for indicating the IP communication line connection via connecting terminal operating voltage connection via connecting terminal

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

for addressing, programming and diagnosis of KNX/EIB components with interface RS 232 (9pole socket D-subminiature) with programming button and red programming LED with green operation LED and yellow status LED bus connection via connecting terminal

light grey

IP router RMD

* 7501 00 16

USB data interface RMD

can be used as line/area coupler or line amplifier with programming button With green operation LED, red programming LED and red diagnosis LED with 2 yellow data traffic LEDs for higher and lower ranking line line connection via connecting terminal

light grey

7501 00 13

For connection of a PC for addressing, programming and diagnosis of instabus components and for visualisation.

decouples line from voltage supply with integral reset switch with red reset LED with pressure contact on data rail

light grey

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Data transfer rate max. 9,6 kBaud; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Connection cable length max. 15 m; RMD 2 modules; Dimensions (W x H x D) 36 x 90 x 651 mm; Assembling height as from DIN rail 59 mm

for order no. 7500 00 08

NEW

Order no.

7501 00 12

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Data transfer rate max. 9,6 kBaud; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; USB cable length max. 5 m; RMD 2 modules; Dimensions (W x H x D) 36 x 90 x 70 mm; Assembling height as from DIN rail 63 mm For connection of a PC for addressing, programming and diagnosis of instabus components and for visualisation. for addressing, programming and diagnosis of KNX/EIB components programmable with ETS3 from V1.0 system requirements: Windows 98, 98 SE, ME, 2000, XP and Vista with B-type USB socket for data traffic (voltage supply via PC) compatible with USB 1.1/2.0 transmission protocols with flash-controller technology

USB data interface flush-mounted black

7504 00 04

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Data transfer rate max. 9,6 kBaud; USB cable length max. 5 m; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C Centre plate order no. 1033 .., 1034 .., 1035 .., 1040 .. Central plate order no. 1458 ..

for addressing, programming and diagnosis of KNX/EIB components programmable with ETS3 from V1.0 system requirements: Windows 98, 98 SE, ME, 2000, XP and Vista with B-type USB socket for data traffic (voltage supply via PC) compatible with USB 1.1/2.0 transmission protocols with flash-controller technology without spreader claws

363

INSTABUS KNX/EIB Order no.

Packing unit

Accessories

Order no.

Packing unit

Push-button BCU 2gang

Data rails

7514 20 00

Data rail with connector length 214 mm (12 modules)

7500 00 08

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Installation depth 32 mm Use rockers from flush-mounted ranges. Protective cover see module inserts order no. 1847

For DIN rail 35 x 7.5 mm to DIN EN 60715 self-adhesive with 4 plug-in terminals 4pole

Data rail cover light grey, length 240 mm (13.5 modules)

7500 00 04

divisible into 0,5 Module steps

for switch, push-button, dimmer and shutter functions with integral bus coupling unit with programming button with red programming LED and 2 red status LEDs bus connection via connecting terminal

Group push-button BCUs Group push-button BCU 1gang

to protect against dirt contamination and interference voltage

Protective covers Protective cover black

Use rockers from flush-mounted ranges. 7500 00 07

Protective cover see module inserts order no. 1847

for switch, push-button, dimmer and shutter functions with integral bus coupling unit with programming button with red programming LED and red status LED with neutral-position bus connection via connecting terminal

for bus coupling units flush-mounted

Connection terminals Connection terminal red/black

7514 11 00 Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Installation depth 32 mm

7500 00 05

Number of conductors 2 x 4; Conductor diameter 0,6 - 0,8 mm; Dimensions (L x W x H) 10,2 x 11,5 x 10 mm

Group push-button BCU 2gang 7514 21 00 Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Installation depth 32 mm

2pole for the bus connection of the units can be used as branch terminal polarization red + black with plug-in terminals

Use rockers from flush-mounted ranges. Protective cover see module inserts order no. 1847

Push-buttons BCU / group push-buttons BCU Push-button BCUs Push-button BCU 1gang 7514 10 00

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; ;Installation depth 32 mm Use rockers from flush-mounted ranges. Protective cover see module inserts order no. 1847

for switch and push-button functions with integral bus coupling unit with programming button with red programming LED and red status LED bus connection via connecting terminal

for switch, push-button, dimmer and shutter functions with integral bus coupling unit with programming button with red programming LED and 2 red status LEDs with neutral-position bus connection via connecting terminal

Bus coupling units Bus coupling unit flush-mounted 7504 00 01

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Installation depth 23 mm Protective cover see accessories order no. 7500 00 07

as interface between INSTABUS KNX/EIB user module and bus line with programming button and red programming LED bus connection via connecting terminal without spreader claws 364

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

INSTABUS KNX/EIB Order no.

Packing unit

Sensor insert

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Installation depth 15 mm

7594 10 01

for e.g. temperature sensor PT100 without spreader claws with plug-in terminals

Not suitable for other user modules!

Protective cover see accessories order no. 7500 00 07 Data interface FTP 1.2 order no. 7506 01 .. IR gateway order no. 7566 03 ..

binary inputs Binary inputs Binary input 4gang 230 V AC RMD

as interface between bus line and FTP 1.2 data interface or IR gateway with programming button and red programming LED bus connection via connecting terminal without spreader claws

Bus coupling unit flush-mounted plus 1

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; ;Installation depth 20 mm

for B.IQ push-buttons with room thermostat and display or Bluetooth gateways with programming button and red programming LED bus connection via connecting terminal without spreader claws

Bus coupling unit RMD/logic controller RMD 7502 00 01

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; RMD 1 modules; Dimensions (W x H x D) 17,5 x 90 x 65 mm; Assembling height as from DIN rail 58 mm Logic controller applications are to be found in the ETS under: Product family: Controller, Product type: Controller, (order no. 7571 00 01) for order no. 7500 00 08

with programming button and red programming LED with pressure contact on data rail

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

light grey

7521 40 08

Protective cover see accessories order no. 7500 00 07 Bluetooth gateway order no. 7566 01 .. B.IQ push-button with room thermostat order no. 7566 35 .., 7566 45 .., 7566 55 .. B.IQ IR push-button with room thermostat order no. 7566 36 .., 7566 46 .., 7566 56 ..

light grey

Central plate order no. 7594 ..

For special applications with data interface FTP 1.2 order no. 7506 01 .. and IR gateway order no. 7566 02 ..

7504 00 03

Packing unit

Sensor insert

Bus coupling unit flush-mounted version 2 7504 00 02

Order no.

with 4 independent binary inputs with separate neutral conductor suitable for different external conductors with programming button and red programming LED with 4 yellow status LEDs for input states bus connection via connecting terminal with screw terminals

Binary input 8gang 230 V AC RMD light grey

7521 80 01

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Signal voltage 110 - 230 V~; Signal frequency 50/60 Hz; Signal current 7 mA; Signal duration 100 % ED; Neon lamp current max. 2 mA; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Input cable length max. 100 m; RMD 4 modules; Dimensions (W x H x D) 72 x 90 x 65 mm; Assembling height as from DIN rail 58 mm Detects the presence of or change in a voltage level at its inputs and, depending on the chosen application, sends telegrams over the instabus KNX/EIB. with 8 independent binary inputs with separate neutral conductor suitable for different external conductors with programming button and red programming LED with 8 yellow status LEDs for input states bus connection via connecting terminal with screw terminals

365

INSTABUS KNX/EIB Order no.

Packing unit

Binary input 6gang 24 V AC/DC RMD light grey

7521 60 01

Order no.

Packing unit

Universal interface 4gang comfort flushmounted light grey

7564 40 01

External power supply 24 V necessary! Detects the presence of or change in a voltage level at its inputs and, depending on the chosen application, sends telegrams over the instabus KNX/EIB. with 6 independent binary inputs with 2 GND connections with programming button and red programming LED with 6 yellow status LEDs for input states bus connection via connecting terminal with screw terminals

Universal interfaces Universal interface 2gang comfort flushmounted light grey

7564 20 01

366

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

INSTABUS KNX/EIB Order no.

Packing unit

7564 80 01

timers Week timer switches Week timer 2gang RMD light grey

7521 20 06

Packing unit

Year timer switches

Universal interface 8gang comfort flushmounted black

Order no.

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Memory capacity 36; Power reserve approx. 6 years; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; RMD 2 modules; Dimensions (W x H x D) 35,8 x 86 x 65 mm; Assembling height as from DIN rail 60 mm

date and time factory pre-programmed with automatic summer/winter time change-over with holiday switching bus connection via connecting terminal with screw terminals

Year timer switch 4gang RMD light grey

7521 40 07

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Auxiliary voltage 230 V~; Frequency 50/60 Hz; Memory capacity 324; Weekly programmes 9; Power reserve approx. 1,5 years; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; RMD 6 modules; Dimensions (W x H x D) 105 x 86 x 66 mm; Assembling height as from DIN rail 60 mm Programming set for OBELISK order no. 7590 00 48 OBELISK memory card order no. 7590 00 49

with programming button with red programming LED programming at timer or using OBELISK with interface for OBELISK memory card with day, weeks and year programme temporary/permanent manual operation with random programme with automatic summer/winter time change-over with emergency power supply coin cell battery 3 V type: CR 2450 bus connection via connecting terminal with screw terminals

Year timer switch 4gang DCF RMD light grey

7521 40 06

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Auxiliary voltage 230 V~; Frequency 50/60 Hz; Memory capacity 324; Weekly programmes 9; Power reserve approx. 1,5 years; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; RMD 6 modules; Dimensions (W x H x D) 105 x 86 x 66 mm; Assembling height as from DIN rail 60 mm DCF receiver order no. 7590 00 47 Programming set for OBELISK order no. 7590 00 48 OBELISK memory card order no. 7590 00 49

with programming button with red programming LED programming at timer or using OBELISK with interface for OBELISK memory card with day, weeks and year programme temporary/permanent manual operation with random programme with automatic summer/winter time change-over with emergency power supply coin cell battery 3 V type: CR 2450 with connection for DCF receiver bus connection via connecting terminal with screw terminals

OBELISK memory card light grey

7590 00 49

Dimensions (W x H x D) 28 x 60 x 7 mm For year timer switch 4gang RMD order no. 7521 40 06 For year timer switch 4gang DCF RMD order no. 7521 40 07 "#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

367

INSTABUS KNX/EIB Order no.

Packing unit

Accessories

Packing unit

Presence detectors DCF receiver polar white

Presence detector standard 7590 00 47

Max. cable length 200 m; Operating temperature -20 - +70 °C; Dimensions (W x H x D) 64 x 98 x 34 mm Attention! Only for connection to year timer switch 4gang DCF order no. 7521 40 06 and time transmitter RMD order no. 7591 00 02. IP54 with radio receiver for the DCF77 signal with wall bracket and screw fitting

7590 00 48

polar white

with programming adapter with OBELISK memory card with PC software on CD-ROM system requirements: min. 486 DX processor; Windows 95/98/2000/XP Programming language selectable: D/GB/F/NL/I/P/ PL/H/S/N/DK/FIN

Presence detector comfort polar white

Time transmitter Time transmitter RMD 7591 00 02

For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

For year timer switch 4gang DCF RMD order no. 7521 40 06 For year timer switch 4gang RMD order no. 7521 40 07 For OBELISK memory card order no. 7590 00 49

light grey

7526 20 01

Programming set for OBELISK

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Power reserve approx. 10 years (lithium battery); RMD 2 modules; Dimensions (W x H x D) 36 x 90 x 66 mm; Assembling height as from DIN rail 60 mm DCF receiver order no. 7590 00 47

transmits time and date to the bus either Quartz operation or radio synchronisation by DCF77 time signal time zone and summer/winter time change-over parameterisable flexibly automatic summer/winter time change-over can be switched off suitable for shade systems with sun level calculation with red status LED for DCF77 reception

368

Order no.

7526 40 01

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

INSTABUS KNX/EIB Order no.

Packing unit

Built-on installation housings

1076 09

Brightness and temperature sensor surfacemounted 1

Dimensions (diameter x H) 103 x 45 mm

polar white

7549 20 02

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Brightness measuring range, linear 1 Lux- 100 kLux; Temperature measurement range, linear -25 - +55 °C; Operating temperature -25 - +55 °C; Dimensions (W x H x D) 72 x 110 x 54 mm

for order no. 1701 10, 1701 11, 7526 20 01, 7526 40 01

cable entry from all sides possible

Brightness sensors

IP54

Brightness sensor 3gang RMD light grey

Packing unit

Brightness sensor/temperature sensor

Surface-mounted housing for BLC and KNX/EIB presence detectors polar white

Order no.

7521 30 06

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Brightness measuring range 1 - 100 Lux; Brightness measuring range 0,1 - 20 kLux; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; RMD 2 modules; Sensor dimensions (W x H x D) 27 x 86 x 38 mm; RMD module dimensions (W x H x D) 35,8 x 86 x 66 mm; Assembling height as from DIN rail 60 mm

4 independent channels with individual limit values for processing brightness and/or temperature Teach object for brightness limit value for each channel logic AND operation of the limit values can be set for each channel additional sun protection channel with objects for Venetian blind control with integral bus coupling unit bus connection via connecting terminal

Analogue inputs Analogue input 4gang RMD

with integral bus coupling unit with brightness sensor surface-mounted IP65 with programming button and red programming LED bus connection via connecting terminal with screw terminals

Brightness sensor 1gang built-in light grey

7543 10 01

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Brightness measuring range 0-2 kLux; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Sensor cable length (not extendable) 2 m; Sensor dimensions (W x H x D) 26 x 25 x 77,4 mm; Dimensions, built-in device (L x W x H) 275 x 42 x 28 mm

with brightness sensor built-in, e.g. for intermediate ceiling constant light control only possible in conjunction with dim actuators or control units with programming button and red programming LED bus connection via connecting terminal

light grey

7541 40 04

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Auxiliary voltage 24 V~; Frequency 50/60 Hz; Inputs voltage 0-1; 0-10 V; Voltage input impedance 18 kΩ; Inputs current 0-20; 4-20 mA; Current input impedance 100 Ω; Sensor output voltage 24 V =; Sensor output current max. 100 mA; Current consumption max. 170 mA; Limiting values per channel 2; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; RMD 4 modules; Dimensions (W x H x D) 72 x 90 x 70 mm; Assembling height as from DIN rail 63 mm The analogue input is for the registration and treatment of independent analogue sensor signals. Depending on the input signal, limiting value messages can be transmitted via KNX/EIB. Extendable with an analogue input module 4gang order no. 7542 40 04 Needed for operation a power supply of 24 V AC RMD order no. 7591 00 01

Input signals to DIN IEC 381-1, -2 inputs parameterisable can be set individually input 4-20 mA will be controlled for wire break cyclic transmission or transmission at absolute input modification settable with system interface for analogue input module with programming button and red programming LED with green/red status LED (operation/fault) for wind, rain, brightness, temperature, twilight as well as humidity and temperature sensor surf.-m for active sensors bus connection via connecting terminal with screw terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

369

INSTABUS KNX/EIB Order no.

Packing unit

Analogue input modules 7542 40 04

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Auxiliary voltage 24 V~; Frequency 50/60 Hz; Inputs voltage 0-1; 0-10 V; Voltage input impedance 18 kΩ; Inputs current 0-20; 4-20 mA; Current input impedance 100 Ω; Sensor output voltage 24 V =; Sensor output current max. 100 mA; Current consumption max. 170 mA; Limiting values per channel 2; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; RMD 4 modules; Dimensions (W x H x D) 72 x 90 x 70 mm; Assembling height as from DIN rail 63 mm Extension for weather station 4gang order no. 7541 40 03 Extension for analogue input 4gang order no 7541 40 04

Input signals to DIN IEC 381-1, -2 input 4-20 mA will be controlled for wire break with green/red status LED (operation/fault) for wind, rain, brightness, temperature, twilight as well as humidity and temperature sensor surf.-m for active sensors with screw terminals

370

Packing unit

Weather stations NEW

Analogue input module 4gang RMD light grey

Order no.

Weather station aluminium, matt

* 7549 00 01

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Auxiliary voltage 24 V~; Rated current (heating incl.) 300 mA; Sensor head rotatable +/-90 °; Brightness measuring range linear (3 times) 0 - 110 kLux (east, south, west); Twilight measuring range linear 0 - 674 Lux; Spectral area approx. 700 - 1050 nm; Wind speed measuring range 1 - 40 m/s; Precipitation (Yes/No) 1 Bit; Temperature measurement range, linear -20 - +55 °C; Operating temperature -20 - +55 °C Ensure correct orientation and free-standing installation. To record wind, precipitation, temperature and brightness, and to process the signals.

Corner mounting piece order no. 0149 09 Mast adapter order no. 0154 Condensation detection and heating require power supply 24 V AC RMD order no. 7591 00 01

IP44 with wind, precipitation, twilight, temperature and 3 brightness sensors brightness measuring is possible in 3 directions with integral bus coupling unit with magnet for programming reed contact and red programming LED with heater element for winter operation for wall mounting delay times and hysteresis adjustable with logic gates for linking the limiting value results with blocking modules for filtering input objects depending on blocking objects software protected operation supervision for wind sensor bus connection via connecting terminal with plug-in terminals for power supply

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

INSTABUS KNX/EIB Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Weather station 4gang comfort RMD light grey

7541 40 03

Packing unit

Mast adapter black

7590 00 46

Mast diameter 42 mm; Dimensions (W x H x D) 70 x 64 x 60 mm

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Auxiliary voltage 24 V~; Frequency 50/60 Hz; Inputs voltage 0-1, 0-10 V; Voltage input impedance 18 kΩ; Inputs current 0-20, 4-20 mA; Current input impedance 100 Ω; Sensor output voltage 24 V =; Sensor output current max. 100 mA; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; RMD 4 modules; Dimensions (W x H x D) 72 x 90 x 70 mm; Assembling height as from DIN rail 63 mm; Limiting values per channel 2

For RolloTec wind sensor order no. 0172 01 For surface-mounted wind sensor order no. 7590 00 50 For surface-mounted rain sensor order no. 7590 00 52 For surface-mounted brightness sensor order no. 7590 00 53 For surface-mounted temperature sensor order no. 7590 00 54 For surface-mounted twilight sensor order no. 7590 00 55

for installation of max. 4 surface-mounted sensors

To record wind, precipitation, temperature and brightness, and to process the signals. Extendable with an analogue input module 4gang order no. 7542 40 04 Needed for operation a power supply of 24 V AC RMD order no. 7591 00 01

Input signals to DIN IEC 381-1, -2 inputs parameterisable can be set individually input 4-20 mA will be controlled for wire break with programming button and red programming LED with green/red status LED (operation/fault) with logic gates for linking the limiting value results delay times and hysteresis adjustable for active and passive sensors for combination weather sensor surface-mounted for wind, rain, brightness, temperature, twilight as well as humidity and temperature sensor surf.-m processing of the DCF77 time signal of combi sensor for input in KNX/EIB conclusiveness test and cyclic supervision of the combi weather sensor signals software protected operation supervision for wind sensor bus connection via connecting terminal with screw terminals

Sensors Combi weather sensor surface-mounted black

7590 00 57

Heating voltage via weather station 24 V~; Rated current (heating incl.) 600 mA; Brightness measuring range linear (3 times) 0 - 100 kLux (east, south, west); Twilight measuring range linear 0 - 250 Lux; Spectral area approx. 700 - 1050 nm; Wind speed measuring range 1 - 40 m/s; Precipitation (Yes/No) 1 Bit; Switch on delay approx. 3 little precipitation parts; Precipitation switch off delay approx. 2 min.; Output load voltage > 1,5 kΩ; Operating temperature -40 - +60 °C; Conductor cross-section min. 6 x 0,25 mm²; Cable length 10 m; Max. cable length 50 m; Assembly angle length 150 mm; Dimensions (diameter x H) 130 x 200 mm Ensure correct orientation and free-standing installation. For registration of wind, rainfall, sun and twilight. For weather station 4gang comfort RMD order no. 7541 40 03

Accessories Power supply 24 V AC RMD light grey

7591 00 01

Operating voltage 230 V~; Frequency 50/60 Hz; Output voltage 24 V~; Output current max. 1 A; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; RMD 4 modules; Dimensions (W x H x D) 72 x 90 x 70 mm; Assembling height as from DIN rail 63 mm For weather station 4gang comfort RMD order no. 7541 40 03 For analogue input 4gang RMD order no. 7541 40 04 For analogue actuator 4gang RMD order no. 7551 40 01 For surface-mounted wind sensor order no. 7590 00 50 For surface-mounted rain sensor order no. 7590 00 52

IP55 for the connection to the weather station 4gang comfort RMD with voltage supply with wind, precipitation, twilight and 3 brightness sensors brightness measuring is possible in 3 directions with radio receiver for the DCF77 signal DCF77 antenna 45° rotatable with magnet and initialisation reed contact with operation/status buzzer conclusiveness test and cyclic supervision of the sensor signals with weather station comfort with PTC heater element for winter operation with mounting angle and pipe clamp for wall and mast assembly confectioned with 6-core wire and plug-in terminals

short-circuit-proof and overload proof (thermal protection) with screw terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

371

INSTABUS KNX/EIB Order no.

Packing unit

Wind sensor surface-mounted white

7590 00 50

grey

7590 00 53

Operating voltage 24 V=; Rated current 5 mA; Brightness measuring range, linear 0 - 60000 Lux; Output load voltage > 1 kΩ; Operating temperature -30 - +70 °C; Conductor cross-section min. 3 x 0,25 mm²; Max. cable length 100 m; Dimensions (W x H x D) 58 x 64 x 35 mm To detect ambient brightness.

To detect wind speed. For analogue input 4gang RMD order no. 7541 40 04 For weather station 4gang comfort RMD order no. 7541 40 03 For analogue input module 4gang RMD order no. 7542 40 04 Mast adapter order no. 7590 00 46 Heatable with power supply 24 V AC RMD order no. 7591 00 01

IP65 pre-assembled, with cable passive sensor converts the measured values into 0-10 V signals with PTC heater element for winter operation

Rain sensor surface-mounted 7590 00 52

Packing unit

Brightness sensor surface-mounted 1

Operating voltage 24 V=; Rated current (excluding heater) 12 mA; Wind speed measuring range 0,7 - 40 m/s; Output load voltage > 1,5 kΩ; Operating temperature -25 - +60 °C; Cable length 3 m; Conductor cross-section min. 6 x 0,25 mm²; Max. cable length 100 m; Dimensions (diameter x H) 134 x 160 mm; Wall boom length 150 mm

grey

Order no.

Operating voltage 24 V=; Rated current (excluding heater) 10 mA; Output load voltage > 1 kΩ; Operating temperature -30 - +70 °C; Cable length 3 m; Conductor cross-section min. 5 x 0,25 mm²; Max. cable length 100 m; Mast diameter max. 62 mm; Dimensions, sensor (L x W x H) 60 x 82 x 17 mm; Dimensions, mounting angle (W x H x D) 90 x 91 x 78 mm To detect precipitation. For analogue input 4gang RMD order no. 7541 40 04 For weather station 4gang comfort RMD order no. 7541 40 03 For analogue input module 4gang RMD order no. 7542 40 04 Mast adapter order no. 7590 00 46 Heatable with power supply 24 V AC RMD order no. 7591 00 01

For analogue input 4gang RMD order no. 7541 40 04 For weather station 4gang comfort RMD order no. 7541 40 03 For analogue input module 4gang RMD order no. 7542 40 04 Mast adapter order no. 7590 00 46

IP65 passive sensor converts the measured values into 0-10 V signals with threaded joint dia. 12.5 mm (PG 7) with screw terminals

Twilight sensor surface-mounted grey

7590 00 55

Operating voltage 24 V=; Rated current 5 mA; Brightness measuring range, linear 0 - 255 Lux; Output load voltage > 1 kΩ; Operating temperature -30 - +70 °C; Conductor cross-section min. 3 x 0,25 mm²; Max. cable length 100 m; Dimensions (W x H x D) 58 x 64 x 35 mm To detect ambient brightness. For analogue input 4gang RMD order no. 7541 40 04 For weather station 4gang comfort RMD order no. 7541 40 03 For analogue input module 4gang RMD order no. 7542 40 04 Mast adapter order no. 7590 00 46

IP65 passive sensor converts the measured values into 0-10 V signals with threaded joint dia. 12.5 mm (PG 7) with screw terminals

IP65 pre-assembled, with cable passive sensor converts the measured values into 0 and 10 V signals with PTC heater element for drying with stainless steel mounting bracket approx. 70° with pipe clamp for mast fixing

372

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

INSTABUS KNX/EIB Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Temperature sensor surface-mounted grey

7590 00 54

Switch actuator 2gang 6 A NO flush-mounted light grey

Operating voltage 24 V=; Rated current approx. 3 mA; Temperature measurement range, linear -30 - +70 °C; Output load voltage > 1 kΩ; Operating temperature -30 - +70 °C; Conductor cross-section min. 3 x 0,25 mm²; Max. cable length 100 m; Dimensions (W x H x D) 58 x 64 x 35 mm For analogue input 4gang RMD order no. 7541 40 04 For weather station 4gang comfort RMD order no. 7541 40 03 For analogue input module 4gang RMD order no. 7542 40 04 Mast adapter order no. 7590 00 46

passive sensor converts the measured values into 0-10 V signals with threaded joint dia. 12.5 mm (PG 7) with screw terminals

Switch actuators Switch actuator 1gang 16 A flush-mounted 7534 10 01

with potential-free NO contact as well as NC contact parameterisable with 2 independent binary inputs for potential-free contacts binary input functions: Switching, dimming, shutter control and value transmitter with programming button and red programming LED programmable with ETS2 V1.3 and higher built into flush-mounted or waterproof junction box pre-assembled, with cables

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

for switching e.g. 2 independent loads with 2 potential-free NO contacts on common entry, as well as NC contact can be parameter with 2 independent binary inputs for potential-free contacts binary input functions: Switching, dimming, shutter control and value transmitter with programming button and red programming LED programmable with ETS2 V1.3 and higher built into flush-mounted or waterproof junction box pre-assembled, with cables

IP65

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Max. switching capacity for 230 V, 50/60 Hz; 230 V incandescent lamps 2500 W; 230 V halogen lamps 2200 W; Electronic transformers 1000 W; Conventional transformers 1000 VA; Capacitive load 10 A, max. 105 µF; Making current max. 400 A / 20 ms; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Cable length bus+inputs approx. 33 cm, extendable to max. 5 m; Load cable length approx. 20 cm , 2 x 1,5 mm²; Centre hole diameter 7,5 mm; Dimensions (diameter x H) 53 x 28 mm

7534 20 01

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Max. switching capacity for 230 V, 50/60 Hz; 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 1200 W; Electronic transformers 500 W; Conventional transformers 500 VA; Capacitive load 6 A, max. 14 µF; Making current max. 120 A / 20 ms; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Cable length bus+inputs approx. 33 cm, extendable to max. 5 m; Load cable length approx. 20 cm , 3 x 1,5 mm²; Dimensions (diameter x H) 53 x 28 mm

To detect ambient temperature.

light grey

Packing unit

NEW

Switch actuator 2gang 16 A NO contact, manual, status, RMD light grey

* 7531 20 08

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Making current max. 400 A / 150 µs; Max. switching capacity for 230 V~; 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 2500 W; Conventional transformers 1200 W; Capacitive load 16 A, max. 140 µF; Electronic transformers 1500 W; Fluorescent lamps -; uncompensated 2500 W; parallel compensated 1300 W / 140 µF; Lead-lag circuit 2300 W / 140 µF; Osram electronic ballast -; QTP 2x58W 11 units; QT-FH 2x28W 17 units; QT-FQ 2x54W 11 units; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; RMD 4 modules; Dimensions (W x H x D) 72 x 90 x 70 mm; Assembling height as from DIN rail 63 mm Optimised for commissioning with ETS3 from version D patch A. for switching e.g. 2 independent loads suitable to switch different external conductors with potential-free NO contacts as well as NC contact parameterisable with manual selection switch per channel for on/off and status indication manual operation also possible without bus e.g. on building site with programming button and red programming LED bus connection via connecting terminal with screw terminals

373

INSTABUS KNX/EIB Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Packing unit

Switch actuator 4gang 16 A NO manual status RMD

Switch actuator 4gang 16 A C load NO manual status RMD with current detection

light grey

7531 40 15

7531 40 16

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Making current max. 600 A / 150 µs; Max. switching capacity for 230 V~; 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 3680 W; Conventional transformers 2000 W; Capacitive load 16 A, max. 200 µF; Electronic transformers 2500 W; Fluorescent lamps -; uncompensated 3680 W; Compensated 2500 W / 200 µF; Lead-lag circuit 2500 W / 200 µF; Osram electronic ballast -; QTP 2x58W 17 units; QT-FH 2x28W 25 units; QT-FQ 2x54W 17 units; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; RMD 4 modules; Dimensions (W x H x D) 72 x 90 x 70 mm; Assembling height as from DIN rail 63 mm

Optimised for commissioning with ETS3 from version D patch A.

for switching e.g. 4 independent loads suitable to switch different external conductors with potential-free NO contacts as well as NC contact parameterisable with manual selection switch per channel for on/off and status indication manual operation also possible without bus e.g. on building site with programming button and red programming LED bus connection via connecting terminal with screw terminals

for switching e.g. 4 independent capacitive loads suitable to switch different external conductors with potential-free NO contacts as well as NC contact parameterisable with manual selection switch per channel for on/off and status indication manual operation also possible without bus e.g. on building site with programming button and red programming LED bus connection via connecting terminal with screw terminals

Switch actuator 6gang 6 A NO RMD light grey

7531 60 02

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Max. switching capacity for 230 V~; 230 V incandescent lamps 1000 W; Fluorescent lamps -; uncompensated at cos φ 0.5 = 500 W; parallel compensated at cos φ 1 = 108 W / 14 µF; Duo circuit at cos φ 1 = 2 x 500 W; with Siemens EVG 15 x 18, 15 x 36, 10 x 58 W; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; RMD 4 modules; Dimensions (W x H x D) 72 x 90 x 65 mm; Assembling height as from DIN rail 58 mm

for switching e.g. 6 independent loads suitable to switch different external conductors with potential-free NO contacts as well as NC contact parameterisable with programming button and red programming LED bus connection via connecting terminal with screw terminals

374

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

INSTABUS KNX/EIB Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Packing unit

Switch actuator 8gang 16 A NO manual status RMD

Switch actuator 8gang 16 A C load NO manual status RMD with current detection

light grey

7531 80 04

7531 80 05

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Making current max. 400 A / 150 µs; Max. switching capacity for 230 V~; 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 2500 W; Electronic transformers 1500 W; Conventional transformers 1200 W; Fluorescent lamps -; uncompensated 2500 W; parallel compensated 1300 W / 140 µF; Lead-lag circuit 2300 W / 140 µF; Capacitive load 16 A, max. 140 µF; Osram electronic ballast -; QTP 2x58W 11 units; QT-FH 2x28W 17 units; QT-FQ 2x54W 11 units; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; RMD 8 modules; Dimensions (W x H x D) 144 x 90 x 70 mm; Assembling height as from DIN rail 63 mm

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Making current max. 600 A / 150 µs; Max. switching capacity for 230 V~; 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 3680 W; Conventional transformers 2000 VA; Capacitive load 16 A, max. 200 µF; Electronic transformers 2500 W; Fluorescent lamps -; uncompensated 3680 W; Compensated 2500 W / 200 µF; Lead-lag circuit 2500 W / 200 µF; Osram electronic ballast -; QTP 2x58W 17 units; QT-FH 2x28W 25 units; QT-FQ 2x54W 17 units; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; RMD 8 modules; Dimensions (W x H x D) 144 x 90 x 70 mm; Assembling height as from DIN rail 63 mm

Optimised for commissioning with ETS3 from version D patch A.

for switching e.g. 8 independent loads suitable to switch different external conductors with potential-free NO contacts as well as NC contact parameterisable with manual selection switch per channel for on/off and status indication manual operation also possible without bus e.g. on building site with programming button and red programming LED bus connection via connecting terminal with screw terminals

for switching e.g. 8 independent capacitive loads suitable to switch different external conductors with potential-free NO contacts as well as NC contact parameterisable with manual selection switch per channel for on/off and status indication manual operation also possible without bus e.g. on building site with programming button and red programming LED bus connection via connecting terminal with screw terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

375

INSTABUS KNX/EIB Order no.

376

Packing unit

Order no.

Packing unit

Switch actuator/shutter actuator 8/4gang 16 A NO manual status RMD

Switch actuator/shutter actuator 16/8gang 16 A NO manual status RMD

light grey

7531 80 03

7531 00 02

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Auxiliary voltage 230 V~; Frequency 50/60 Hz; Making current max. 800 A / 200 µs; Max. switching capacity for 230 V~; 230 V incandescent lamps 3000 W; 230 V halogen lamps 2500 W; Conventional transformers 1500 W; Capacitive load 16 A, max. 140 µF; Electronic transformers 1800 W; Fluorescent lamps -; uncompensated 1000 W; Compensated 1160 W / 140 µF; Lead-lag circuit 2300 W / 140 µF; Osram electronic ballast -; QTP 2x58W 11 units; QT-FH 2x28W 17 units; QT-FQ 2x54W 11 units; electric drives 1300 VA; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; RMD 4 modules; Dimensions (W x H x D) 72 x 90 x 70 mm; Assembling height as from DIN rail 63 mm

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Auxiliary voltage 230 V~; Frequency 50/60 Hz; Making current max. 800 A / 200 µs; Max. switching capacity for 230 V~; 230 V incandescent lamps 3000 W; 230 V halogen lamps 2500 W; Conventional transformers 1500 W; Capacitive load 16 A, max. 140 µF; Electronic transformers 1800 W; Fluorescent lamps -; uncompensated 1000 W; Compensated 1160 W / 140 µF; Lead-lag circuit 2300 W / 140 µF; Osram electronic ballast -; QTP 2x58W 11 units; QT-FH 2x28W 17 units; QT-FQ 2x54W 11 units; electric drives 1300 VA; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; RMD 8 modules; Dimensions (W x H x D) 144 x 90 x 70 mm; Assembling height as from DIN rail 63 mm

Optimised for commissioning with ETS3 from version D patch A.

for switching e.g. 8 independent loads or activation of 4 drives any combined operation from drive and switching functions possible suitable to switch different external conductors with potential-free NO contacts as well as NC contact parameterisable 4 manual operation buttons for channel/device for on/off (up/down) and bus function On/Off manual operation also possible without bus e.g. on building site with programming button and red programming LED with 8 red status LEDs and 3 red LEDs as manual actuation indication bus connection via connecting terminal with screw terminals

for switching e.g. 16 independent loads or activation of 8 drives any combined operation from drive and switching functions possible suitable to switch different external conductors with potential-free NO contacts as well as NC contact parameterisable 4 manual operation buttons for channel/device for on/off (up/down) and bus function On/Off manual operation also possible without bus e.g. on building site with programming button and red programming LED with 16 red status LEDs and 3 red LEDs as manual actuation indication bus connection via connecting terminal with screw terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

INSTABUS KNX/EIB Order no.

Packing unit

NEW

Combination actuator NEW

Window interface 1/1gang flush-mounted light grey

Order no.

* 7534 10 06

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Max. switching capacity for 230 V, 50/60 Hz; Switching power max. 1 motor 600 VA; Switching current for electronic outputs max. 25 mA; Actuator drives per channel max. 2; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Cable length bus+inputs approx. 33 cm, extendable to max. 5 m; Load cable length approx. 20 cm , 2 x 1,5 mm²; Dimensions (diameter x H) 53 x 28 mm Comply with the motor manufacturers` instructions! For commissioning with the ETS3 for version D patch A. Suitable valve drive order no. 7590 00 76

for activation of a drive for alternating current with 2 potential-free contacts, mechanically interlocked Operating mode can be set for blind, shutter/ awning or ventilation flap 1 electronic output (triac) for connection of 230V thermoelectric actuator drives for individual single room control for continuous (PI) or switched (2-point) control with emergency programme e.g. for sensor or bus failure with 3 independent binary inputs for potential-free contacts binary input functions: Switching, dimming, shutter control and value transmitter switching time on change of direction programmable with programming button and red programming LED built into flush-mounted or waterproof junction box

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Packing unit

Room actuator 4/2gang 16 A NO contact, manual, status, REG light grey

* 7531 40 19

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Auxiliary voltage 230 V~; Making current max. 800 A / 200 µs; Max. switching capacity for 230 V~; 230 V incandescent lamps 3000 W; 230 V halogen lamps 2500 W; Conventional transformers 1200 W; Electronic transformers 1500 W; Fluorescent lamps uncompensated 1000 W; Fluorescent lamps parallel compensated 1160 W / 140 µF; Lead-lag circuit 2300 W / 140 µF; Osram EVG QTP 2x58W 11 Units; Osram EVG QT-FH 4x14W 10 Stk.; Osram EVG QT-FQ 2x54W 11 Units; Switching current for electronic outputs max. 50 mA; Actuator drives per channel max. 4; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; RMD 4 modules; Dimensions (W x H x D) 72 x 90 x 70 mm; Assembling height as from DIN rail 63 mm Comply with the motor manufacturers` instructions! For commissioning with the ETS3 for version D patch A. 4 outputs for switching from independent loads or activation of 2 drives with 4 potential-free NO contacts as well as normally-closed contact can be parameterised any combined operation from drive and switching functions possible suitable to switch different external conductors 2 additional electronic outputs (Triac) for connecting thermoelectric valve drives for individual single room control for continuous (PI) or switched (2-point) control with emergency programme e.g. for sensor or bus failure 4 manual operation buttons for channel/device for on/off (up/down) and bus function On/Off manual operation also possible without bus e.g. on building site with programming button and red programming LED with 6 red status LEDs and 3 red LEDs as manual actuation indication bus connection via connecting terminal with screw terminals

377

INSTABUS KNX/EIB Order no.

Packing unit

Shutter actuators NEW

* 7534 10 04

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Max. switching capacity for 230 V, 50/60 Hz; Switching power max. 1 motor 600 VA; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Cable length bus+inputs approx. 33 cm, extendable to max. 5 m; Load cable length approx. 20 cm, 3 x 1,5 mm²; Dimensions (diameter x H) 53 x 28 mm Comply with the motor manufacturers` instructions! For commissioning with the ETS3 for version D patch A.

Shutter actuator 4gang 230 V AC / 2gang 12-48 V DC manual status RMD 7531 40 18

light grey

7531 40 11

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Supply voltage by channel A1 + 2 with max. 24 V= (+/- 10%); Max. switching current at 24 V=; Switching current max. 6 A; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; RMD 4 modules; Dimensions (W x H x D) 72 x 90 x 65 mm; Assembling height as from DIN rail 58 mm Follow the motor manufacturers` instructions! An external power supply 24 V is necessary!

for activation of a drive for alternating current with 2 potential-free contacts, mechanically interlocked with 3 independent binary inputs for potential-free contacts binary input functions: Switching, dimming, shutter control and value transmitter Operating mode can be set for blind, shutter/ awning or ventilation flap switching time on change of direction programmable with programming button and red programming LED built into flush-mounted or waterproof junction box pre-assembled, with cables

light grey

Packing unit

Shutter actuator 4gang 6 A 24 V DC manual status RMD

Shutter actuator 1gang 3 A flush-mounted light grey

Order no.

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Auxiliary voltage 230 V~; Frequency 50/60 Hz; Max. switching capacity for 230 V~; Frequency 50/60 Hz; Switching current at cos φ 0.8 max. 6 A; Max. switching current at 24 V=; Switching current max. 6 A; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; RMD 4 modules; Dimensions (W x H x D) 72 x 90 x 70 mm; Assembling height as from DIN rail 63 mm

Recommandation of power supply units: Messrs. Elka type: SV230-24.1500DC order no.: 14001910 Messrs. Phönix type: STEP-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5 order no.: 2938947 for activation of max. 4 independent 24 V= drives 2 x 2-channel operation possible operating mode can be set for shutters or blinds switching time on change of direction programmable shutter operation concept short-long-short and long-short parameterisable switchover with lockout of KNX/EIB function to permanent manual operation including master stop manual operation also possible without bus e.g. on building site with programming button and red programming LED with 8 red status LEDs and 3 red LEDs as manual actuation indication reduced wiring complexity, one entry for every 2 contacts bus connection via connecting terminal with screw terminals

Comply with the motor manufacturers` instructions! For commissioning with the ETS3 for version D patch A. for activation max. 4 independent AC or 2 independent DC drives suitable to switch different external conductors 4 manual operation buttons for channel/device for on/off (up/down) and bus function On/Off manual operation also possible without bus e.g. on building site with programming button and red programming LED with 8 red status LEDs and 3 red LEDs as manual actuation indication bus connection via connecting terminal with screw terminals

378

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

INSTABUS KNX/EIB Order no.

NEW

Packing unit

Shutter actuator 8gang 230 V AC / 4gang 12-48 V DC manual, status, RMD light grey

* 7531 80 08

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Auxiliary voltage 230 V~; Frequency 50/60 Hz; Max. switching current at 230 V~; Switching current at cos φ 0.8 max. 6 A; Max. switching current at 24 V=; Switching current max. 6 A; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; RMD 8 TE; Dimensions (W x H x D) 144 x 90 x 70 mm; Assembling height as from DIN rail 63 mm

For commissioning with the ETS3 for version D patch A. for activation max. 8 independent AC or 4 independent DC drives suitable to switch different external conductors 4 manual operation buttons for channel/device for on/off (up/down) and bus function On/Off manual operation also possible without bus e.g. on building site with programming button and red programming LED with 16 red status LEDs and 3 red LEDs as manual actuation indication bus connection via connecting terminal with screw terminals

Blind actuators Blind actuator 4gang 6 A 230 V manual RMD 7531 40 13

50/60 Hz Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Auxiliary voltage 110/230 V~; Max. switching current at 110/230 V~; Switching current at cos φ 0.8 max. 6 A; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; RMD 4 modules; Dimensions (W x H x D) 72 x 90 x 65 mm; Assembling height as from DIN rail 58 mm

Packing unit

Dim actuators Universal dim actuator 1gang 210 W/VA flushmounted light grey

Comply with the motor manufacturers` instructions!

light grey

Order no.

7534 10 03

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Control voltage 230 V~; Frequency 50/60 Hz; 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 50 - 210 W; Electronic transformers 50 - 210 W; Dimmable conventional transformers 50 - 210 VA; Tronic or LV power boosters built-in/RMD max. 10 for same load type; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Cable length bus+inputs approx. 33 cm, extendable to max. 5 m; Load cable length approx. 20 cm , 2 x 1,5 mm²; Dimensions (diameter x H) 53 x 28 mm Trouble-free operation will be obtained only with Berker Tronic transformers. Do not connect conventional transformers together with electronic transformers to one output. with 2 independent binary inputs for potential-free contacts binary input functions: Switching, dimming, shutter control and value transmitter very low noise bulb-preserving soft startup short-circuit and overload proof (electronic fuse) phase cut-on or cut-off according to load type, self-learning with programming button and red programming LED programmable with ETS2 V1.3 and higher for flush-mounted box pre-assembled, with cables

for activation of max. 4 independent 230 V~ drives suitable to switch different external conductors 2 x 2-channel operation possible operating mode only blinds switching time on change of direction programmable switchover with lockout of KNX/EIB function to permanent manual operation including master stop manual operation also possible without bus e.g. on building site with programming button and red programming LED with 8 red status LEDs and 3 red LEDs as manual actuation indication reduced wiring complexity, one entry for every 2 contacts bus connection via connecting terminal with screw terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

379

INSTABUS KNX/EIB Order no.

Packing unit

Universal dim actuator 1gang 500 W/VA RMD

Universal dim actuator 2gang 300 W/VA RMD

light grey

7531 10 07

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Control voltage 230 V~; Frequency 50/60 Hz; 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 50 - 500 W; Electronic transformers 50 - 500 W; Dimmable conventional transformers 50 - 500 VA; Universal power boosters max. 10 phase cut-off á 500 W; Universal power boosters max. 5 phase cut-on á 420 VA; Tronic or LV power boosters built-in/RMD max. 10 for same load type; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; RMD 4 modules; Dimensions (W x H x D) 72 x 90 x 65 mm; Assembling height as from DIN rail 58 mm Trouble-free operation will be obtained only with Berker Tronic transformers. Do not connect conventional transformers together with electronic transformers. very low noise bulb-preserving soft startup short-circuit and overload proof (electronic fuse) phase cut-on or cut-off according to load type, self-learning expandable by universal power boosters RMD Plus with load cable switched in parallel with programming button and red programming LED bus connection via connecting terminal with screw terminals

380

Order no.

7531 20 07

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Control voltage 230 V~; Frequency 50/60 Hz; 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 50 - 300 W/ channel; Electronic transformers 50 - 300 W/channel; Dimmable conventional transformers 50 - 300 VA/ channel; Universal power boosters max. 10 phase cut-off 2gang á 500 W; Universal power boosters max. 10 phase cut-off 1gang á 500 W; Universal power boosters max. 5 phase cut-on 2gang á 250 VA; Universal power boosters max. 5 phase cut-on 1gang á 350 VA; Tronic or LV power boosters built-in/RMD max. 10 for same load type; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; RMD 4 modules; Dimensions (W x H x D) 72 x 90 x 65 mm; Assembling height as from DIN rail 58 mm Trouble-free operation will be obtained only with Berker Tronic transformers. Do not connect conventional transformers together with electronic transformers to one output. suitable for different external conductors very low noise bulb-preserving soft startup short-circuit and overload proof (electronic fuse) phase cut-on or cut-off according to load type, self-learning expandable by universal power boosters RMD Plus with load cable switched in parallel with programming button and red programming LED bus connection via connecting terminal with screw terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

INSTABUS KNX/EIB Order no.

Packing unit

7531 40 17

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Auxiliary voltage 230 V~; Frequency 50/60 Hz; Control voltage 230 V~; Frequency 50/60 Hz; 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 20 - 210 W/ channel; Electronic transformers 20 - 210 W/channel; Dimmable conventional transformers 20 - 210 VA/ channel; Universal power boosters max. 10 phase cut-off á 500 W; Tronic or LV power boosters built-in/RMD max. 10 for same load type; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; RMD 8 modules; Dimensions (W x H x D) 144 x 90 x 70 mm; Assembling height as from DIN rail 63 mm Trouble-free operation will be obtained only with Berker Tronic transformers. Do not connect conventional transformers together with electronic transformers on the same output. Optimised for commissioning with ETS3 from version D patch A. suitable for different external conductors very low noise bulb-preserving soft startup short-circuit and overload proof (electronic fuse) phase cut-on or cut-off according to load type, self-learning expandable by universal power boosters RMD Plus with load cable switched in parallel 4 manual operation buttons for on/off (brighter/ darker) and bus function on/off per channel / device manual operation also possible without bus e.g. on building site with programming button and red programming LED with 4 red status LEDs and 3 red LEDs as manual actuation indication bus connection via connecting terminal with screw terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Packing unit

Control units 1-10 V

Universal dim actuator 4gang 210 W/VA manual, status, RMD light grey

Order no.

Control unit 3gang 1-10 V 16 A manual status RMD light grey

7531 30 05

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Control current per channel 100 mA; Max. switching current at 230 V~; Switching current 16 A; Capacitive load 1000 W, 140 µF; Insta EVG -; EVG TC 1-10 V single flame 15; EVG TC 1-10 V double flame 12; Osram electronic ballast -; QT-FH 1x28W 17 units; QT-FH 2x28W 17 units; QT-FQ 2x80W 11 units; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Input cable length max. 500 m with 0,5 mm²; RMD 4 modules; Dimensions (W x H x D) 72 x 90 x 65 mm; Assembling height as from DIN rail 58 mm Interface to DIN EN 60928 for switching and controlling electronic ballasts and Tronic transformers with 1-10 V interface suitable to switch different external conductors with potential-free NO contacts basic brightness programmable with manual selection switch per channel for on/off and status indication manual operation also possible without bus e.g. on building site behaviour in the event of bus voltage failure parameterisable with programming button with red programming LED and red status LED bus connection via connecting terminal with screw terminals

381

INSTABUS KNX/EIB Order no.

Packing unit

Analogue actuators 7551 40 01

Valve drive KNX/EIB 1

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Auxiliary voltage 24 V~; Frequency 50/60 Hz; Outputs voltage 0-1; 0-10 V; Output load voltage > 1 kΩ; Outputs current 0-20, 4-20 mA; Output load impedance < 500 Ω; Output current max. 20 mA/channel; Current consumption max. 170 mA; Forced guides (1 bit objects) per channel 2; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; RMD 4 modules; Dimensions (W x H x D) 72 x 90 x 70 mm; Assembling height as from DIN rail 63 mm

7550 00 02

IP42 with horizontal installation and IP43 with vertical installation Required for commissioning programming magnet order no. 7590 00 19

Needed for operation a power supply of 24 V AC RMD order no. 7591 00 01

suitable for Heimeier heater valve tappets with 2 independent binary inputs to connect potential-free contacts (e.g. Reed) with programming reed contact and red programming LED

Accessories: Programming magnet

Output signals DIN IEC 381 with 4 independant analogue outputs channels can be adjusted independently cyclic supervision of the outputs initial status via status- and/or switch object evaluable extendable with an analogue actuator module 4gang with system interface for analogue actuator module with programming button with red programming LED with green/red status LED (operation/fault) bus connection via connecting terminal with screw terminals

Analogue actuator modules Analogue actuator module 4gang RMD 7552 40 01

polar white

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Running time 25 s/mm; Stroke 4,5 mm; Medium temperature max. 100 °C; Operating temperature 0 - 50 °C; Union nut M30 x 1,5 mm; Pre-assembled cables approx. 1 m; Dimensions (W x H x D) 46 x 87 x 60 mm

The analogue actuator receives instabus KNX/EIB telegrams and converts them into current and/or voltage signals, e.g. for heating, air conditioning and ventilation systems.

light grey

Packing unit

Valve drives

Analogue actuator 4gang RMD light grey

Order no.

white, for replacement need

7590 00 19

for programming reed contact

Valve drive 230 V polar white

7590 00 76

Output signals DIN IEC 381 with 4 independant analogue outputs cyclic supervision of the outputs as extension for analogue actuator 4gang with system plug for connection to the analogue actuator system interface with green/red status LED (operation/fault) with 4 yellow output status LEDs with screw terminals 382

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

INSTABUS KNX/EIB Order no.

Packing unit

7590 00 77

Heating actuator 1gang 230 V AC flushmounted

Valve drive accessories Valve adapter 7590 00 72

7590 00 73

7590 00 75

7590 00 74

For valve drive order no. 7590 00 76, 7590 00 77

for valve drive 230 V or actuator drive 24 V

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Optimised for commissioning with ETS3 from version D patch A. Suitable valve drive order no. 7590 00 76

1 electronic output (triac) for connection of 230V thermoelectric actuator drives for individual single room control for continuous (PI) or switched (2-point) control with emergency programme e.g. for sensor or bus failure with 3 independent binary inputs for potential-free contacts binary input functions: Switching, dimming, shutter control and value transmitter with programming button and red programming LED built into flush-mounted or waterproof junction box pre-assembled, with cables

Heating actuator 6gang Triac 230 V AC RMD light grey

Union nut M30 x 1,5 mm

* 7534 10 05

Operating voltage 21 - 32 V=; Switching current for electronic outputs max. 25 mA; Actuator drives per channel max. 2; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Cable length bus+inputs approx. 33 cm, extendable to max. 5 m; Load cable length approx. 20 cm , 2 x 1,5 mm²; Dimensions (diameter x H) 53 x 28 mm

Room thermostat with NC contact order no. 2031 .. Heating actuator 12gang order no. 7533 00 01 Heating actuator 6gang order no. 7533 60 01

light grey, VA80, Comap, Empur, Heimeier, Herb, IVAR, MNG, Onda, Oventrop, Schlösser, Strawa, TA, Thermot. polar white, VA78, flange, for Danfoss valves Type: RA

NEW

light grey

Order valve adapter separately.

grey, VA10, Dumser, Simplex, Beulco (from 2005) dark grey, VA50 Cazzaniga, Honeywell & Braukmann, Landis & Gyr, Frese, Reich (distributor), KaMo

Packing unit

Heating actuators

Valve drive 24 V polar white

Order no.

7531 60 03

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Auxiliary voltage 230/240 V~; Frequency 50/60 Hz; Switching current 250 V~ max. 50 mA; Actuator drives per channel max. 4; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; RMD 4 modules; Dimensions (W x H x D) 72 x 90 x 65 mm; Assembling height as from DIN rail 58 mm Suitable valve drive order no. 7590 00 76

for individual single room control for continuous (PI) or switched (2-point) control for thermoelectric valve drives 230 V, closed in de-energized state with emergency programme e.g. for sensor or bus failure with programming button and red programming LED bus connection via connecting terminal with screw terminals

383

INSTABUS KNX/EIB Order no.

Packing unit

Heating actuator 6gang Triac 24 V AC surfacemounted grey

7533 60 01

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Auxiliary voltage 230 V~; Frequency 50/60 Hz; Output voltage 24 V~; Total output current max. 1 A; Actuator drives 24 V max. 13; Actuator drives 24 V per channel max. 4; Operating temperature 0 - 50 °C; Dimensions (W x H x D) 302 x 75 x 70 mm Suitable valve drive order no. 7590 00 77

for individual single room control for continuous (PI) or switched (2-point) control for valve drives 24 V, closed in de-energized state with emergency programme e.g. for sensor or bus failure with green operation LED and red programming LED with red fuse LED with 6 red heat request LEDs short-circuit and overload proof (fine-wire fuse) with integral transformer bus connection via connecting terminal with plug-in terminals

Heating actuator 12gang Triac 24 V AC surface mounted grey

7533 00 01

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Auxiliary voltage 230 V~; Frequency 50/60 Hz; Output voltage 24 V~; Total output current max. 1 A; Actuator drives 24 V max. 13; Actuator drives 24 V per channel max. 2; Operating temperature 0 - 50 °C; Dimensions (W x H x D) 302 x 75 x 70 mm for order no. 7590 00 77

Order no.

NEW

Fan coil actuator 2gang 10 A NO, hand, status RMD light grey

* 7531 20 12

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Auxiliary voltage 230 V~; 230 V incandescent lamps 2300 W; 230 V halogen lamps 2300 W; Conventional transformers 1200 W; Electronic transformers 1500 W; Fluorescent lamps uncompensated 1000 W; Fluorescent lamps parallel compensated 1160 W / 140 µF; Operating temperature -5 - 45 °C; RMD 4 modules; Dimensions (W x H x D) 72 x 90 x 70 mm; Assembling height as from DIN rail 63 mm Comply with the fan convector manufacturers` instructions for commissioning with the ETS3 for version D patch A. For the electric activation of fan convectors for converting RTR control variables into valve positions, fan stages activation of 1 or 2 fan channels with 6 or 3 fan stages for operating modes heating/cooling or heating and cooling manual activation of blow fans using push-buttons or the operating panel use of free channels to control switching loads 4 manual operation buttons for controlling fan stages and bus function on/off manual operation also possible without bus e.g. on building site with programming button and red programming LED with 8 red status LEDs and 3 red LEDs as manual actuation indication bus connection via connecting terminal with screw terminals

Function modules Mini-function module RMD light grey

for individual single room control for continuous (PI) or switched (2-point) control for valve drives 24 V, closed in de-energized state with emergency programme e.g. for sensor or bus failure with green operation LED and red programming LED with red fuse LED with 12 red heat request LEDs short-circuit and overload proof (fine-wire fuse) with integral transformer bus connection via connecting terminal with plug-in terminals

Packing unit

# 7572 00 11

Operating voltage (outer conductor pair) 29 V; Function block types 40; Function blocks max. 150; Group addresses max. 200; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; RMD 3 modules; Dimensions (W x H x D) 54 x 90 x 65 mm; Assembling height as from DIN rail 58 mm Programming software can be downloaded free-ofcharge from www.Berker.com. The unrestricted power supply output and a data rail with connectors (order No. 7500 00 08) is required for the operating voltage. The mini function module RMD is a fully programmable controller with a real-time multitasking operating system for the instabus KNX/EIB. For wide-ranging cost-efficient open-loop control and automation tasks. with programming button with red programming LED and red data flow LED with red operation LED with pressure contact on data rail with screw terminals

384

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

INSTABUS KNX/EIB Order no.

Packing unit

Function module RMD light grey

# 7572 00 10

Order no.

Packing unit

DALI gateway RMD 1

Operating voltage (outer conductor pair) 29 V; Function block types 50; Function blocks e.g. 2000 with 500 Group addresses; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; RMD 3 modules; Dimensions (W x H x D) 54 x 90 x 65 mm; Assembling height as from DIN rail 58 mm Programming software can be downloaded free-ofcharge from www.Berker.com. The unrestricted power supply output and a data rail with connectors (order No. 7500 00 08) is required for the operating voltage. The function module RMD is a fully programmable controller with a real-time multitasking operating system for the instabus KNX/EIB. For wide-ranging cost-efficient open-loop and closed-loop control and automation tasks. Tool software order no. 7570 00 11

programmable with tool software with integral real-time clock with programming button with red programming LED and red data flow LED with red operation LED with interface RS 232 (9pole socket D-subminiature) with pressure contact on data rail with screw terminals

light grey

7571 00 03

50/60 Hz Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Operating voltage 110/240 V~; DALI voltage 16 V= (9.5...22.5 V=); Operating temperature 5 - 45 °C; RMD 4 modules; Dimensions (W x H x D) 72 x 90 x 70 mm; Assembling height as from DIN rail 63 mm Groups 17 to 32 can be implemented with only one DALI device each. for switching and controlling electr. ballasts and Tronic transformer with DALI interface as DALI master and power supply for DALI devices max. 64 DALI devices in max. 16 EIB groups and max. 16 light scenes programmable with ETS3 Patch d DALI device replacement in event of defect or utilisation of ETS is possible 4 manual operation buttons for on/off (brighter/ darker) and bus function on/off per channel / device manual operation also possible without bus e.g. on building site 2 digit red LED display for group indication in manual operation with programming button and red programming LED bus connection via connecting terminal with screw terminals

Gateways Radio receiver surface-mounted white

7563 00 04

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Function channels 50; Teachable radio transmitters (buttons) 100; Radio signal reception frequency 433,42 MHz; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Dimensions (W x H x D) 110 x 94 x 38 mm For teach-in of radio transmitters a 9 V block battery is required, e.g. order no. 9209. The surface-mounted radio receiver converts signals of taught-in radio bus transmitters into instabus KNX/EIB telegrams. for order no. 0124 10, 0174 01 09, 2721 .., 2722 .., 2723 .., 2724 .., 2764, 2766, 2769, 9420 .., 9430 01 00

processing the radio signals of hand-held, wallmounted radio transmitters and radio controllers for switch, push-button, dimmer and shutter functions dimming / position value transmitter 1 byte extension unit for light scene push-button with 2-digit, 7-segment function channel display with programming button and function channel selection button with green operation LED and red programming LED with fitting material bus connection via connecting terminal with screw terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

385

INSTABUS KNX/EIB Order no.

NEW

Packing unit

Gateways

IP control light grey

Order no.

* 7571 00 04

Operating voltage 10 - 30 V=; Power consumption gr. Same ≥ 5 VA; receiptable addresses 32766; Working memory 64 MB RAM; Operating temperature 0 - +35 °C; RMD 8 modules; Dimensions (W x H x D) 144 x 90 x 64 mm; Assembling height as from DIN rail 58 mm Network technology skills are required for commissioning. Mobile devices such as iPhones, mobile phones or PDAs can be linked via internet.

NEW

Tele-control surface-mounted light grey

* 7573 00 11

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Auxiliary voltage 230 V~; Frequency 50/60 Hz; Switching voltage 12 V; Switching current 100 mA (short-circuit-proof); Message/status texts per 6; Call numbers for alarm 4; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Dimensions (W x H x D) 205 x 251 x 49 mm For alarm central unit KNX/EIB order no. 7573 00 10 Available from 01/2010

KNX/EIB server for supplying max. 50 visualisation clients with KNX/EIB data Central operating and visualisation unit for KNX/EIB via web browser support of common web browsers (IE, Netscape, Firefox etc.) also usable with Apple Macintosh freely configurable graphic operating surface for representation on the PC monitor integrated element library with standard operating elements up to 20 operating configurations for different applications commissioning and programming without ETS via web browser remote commissioning / maintenance of KNX/EIB systems possible via the Internet configuration tool for installation of IP settings and parameterisations for control and visualisation of e.g.shutters, lights, heating, ventilation, alarm syst., phys.sens. central functions/scenarios for heating, shutters, illumination, etc. can be configured by end user with integrated controller for logic functions (concatenations, threshold value processing) creation of light scenes with up to 28 telegrams each with week and year timer function time update via Internet NTP server and transmission to the KNX/EIB with event indicator for e.g. status/alarm messages via e-mail integration of network cameras possible control of multimedia applications Database connection to the memory of utilisation/ consumption data of the KNX/EIB for LAN connection of individual KNX/EIB installations administration of 50 users for the control of access authorisation with updatable Flash-Controller for subsequent function expansions with status LED for operational stand-by, data processing, KNX/EIB communication, LAN status with RJ45 Port for LAN connection operation with non-choked output of KNX/EIB voltage supply possible (pay attention to current consum bus connection via connecting terminal with screw terminals

386

control/polling with conventional TSU telephone to alarm neighbours and acquaintances as well as using mobile with password protection using four-digit number on opening with 2-line LC display for status display with 2 instabus KNX/EIB signal inputs with 4 potential-free signal inputs with 6 selectable instabus KNX/EIB outputs with 4 selectable relay outputs (normally open) channels can be adjusted independently analogue, extension unit compatible, e.g. to TAE N socket and FCC socket with TAE N connection cable with plug-in power supply unit bus connection via connecting terminal with screw terminals

Accessories: Handset black

7590 00 09

for recording custom announcement texts standard commercially available telephone receiver with RJ11 plug

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

INSTABUS KNX/EIB Order no.

Packing unit

Alarm system KNX/EIB

Order no.

Packing unit

Panels

Alarm central unit KNX/EIB

Mini control panels

polar white/black

NEW

7573 00 10

Operating voltage 230 V~; Frequency 50/60 Hz; Output voltage 12 V=; Switching current max. 1,8 A; Switching current change-over contact 12 V= max. 5 A; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Max. cable length, alarm units 100 m; Cable length for wired detector, max. 200 m; Max. cable length sabotage 600 m; Dimensions (W x H x D) 210 x 270 x 72 mm

polar white anthracite

To agree upon a training date, please contact your regional Berker field sales representative. To prevent malfunctions, we recommend that only Berker KNX/EIB products are used in connection with the alarm central unit KNX/EIB. for maximum 160 sensors (communication objects) and 4 alarm zones alarm zones can be activated individually or linked history memory with individual sensor identification detector descriptions can be defined as required cyclic sensor monitoring alarm duration and delay times activated/alarm adjustable sensor inputs via binary inputs or universal interfaces activat. phone dial unit assault, burglary, fire, malfunc.,armed/not armed on potent.-free cont./ KNX outputs for outside/inside siren and flash light or connection to KNX/EIB via actuator with sabotage protection by contact in cover additional signal input as sabotage protection for mounting place decentral indication and operation, e.g. info display with emergency power storage battery 12 V for maximum 12 hours with integral clock (DCF-compatible using system clock) with green operation LED and red programming LED with control LED per output cascadable with fitting material requirement: ETS2 V1.2a or ETS3 bus connection via connecting terminal with screw terminals

Accessories: Emergency power storage battery 12 V 9200 01 12 V=, 1,2 Ah for order no. 7573 00 10

for alarm central unit KNX/EIB for replacement need

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Berker Master Control

* 7574 00 12 * 7574 00 13

1 1

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Auxiliary voltage 230 V~; Frequency 50/60 Hz; Limit values max. 32; Logic operations, cascadable 80; TFT screen 5,7 „; Graphical display 320 x 240 / 240 x 320 Pixel; Display colours 4096; Graphics memory approx. 4 MB; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Dimensions (W x H x D) 221 x 141 x 46 mm for order no. 7590 00 21, 7594 01 01, 7594 01 03

freely programmable indication and operating panel with TFT touch display 50 dialog pages each with up to 16 parameterisable display elements (max. 400) display elements usable for requesting predefined or freely parameterisable functions freely selectable national language (code page) per indication page linking of dialogue pages possible request for dialogue pages via KNX/EIB object display lighting, duration and type of activation and brightness adjustable in 2 stages background bitmaps insertable 50 error messages, can be parameterised indication of the last 20 error messages via message window, audible warning retrieval of e-mails transmission of predefined e-mails indication of up to 8 RSS news feeds text display (ASCII-format) for e.g. switching, dimming, shutters, light scenes, heating, operating modes, date, time for e.g. access control, positive oper., value transm., value display with limit values or not Retrieval, setting and storing of 24 light scenes with up to 32 outputs presence simulation with recording and reproduction type daily sequences integrated alarm system for monitoring of windows, doors and interiors 4 password levels for differentiated access authorisations parameterisable with synchronisable integral real-time clock with date time switch (weekly) with 16 channels each with 8 switching times astro programme for sunrise/sundown functions intelligent functions e.g. time links, logic functions, multiplexes parameterisable data logger for recording, evaluation and representation of measuring points as diagram remote operation via PC possible with RJ45 Port for LAN connection programmable via USB interface, network or KNX/EIB integral piezo buzzer bus connection via connecting terminal with screw terminals

387

INSTABUS KNX/EIB Order no.

Packing unit

NEW

Mini tableau MT701 Plus light grey

7574 00 09

Order no.

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Auxiliary voltage 230 V~; Frequency 50/60 Hz; Limit values max. 32; Logic operations, cascadable 80; Graphical display 240 x 128 Pixel; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Dimensions (W x H x D) 213 x 125 x 82 mm; Installation depth 60 mm

Packing unit

Frame for Master Control glass, polar white glass, black glass, aluminium stainless steel

* 7594 01 01 * 7594 01 05 * 7594 01 04 * 7594 01 03

1 1 1 1

Glass, high-gloss, backside polar white printed similar to RAL 9010. Stainless steel, brushed.

for order no. 7590 00 21, 7594 00 ..

For Berker Master Control order no. 7574 00 12, 7574 00 13

IP54

Frame for MT701 plus

freely programmable indication and operating panel 50 dialogue pages with 8 function/display lines only 16 lines per page, freely configurable with display illumination button, 2 cursor buttons and 4 programmable buttons with display lighting, operable with KNX/EIB telegram and manually background bitmaps insertable 50 error messages parameterisable with error log for 20 messages text display (ASCII-format) for e.g. switching, dimming, shutters, light scenes, heating, operating modes, date, time for e.g. access control, positive oper., value transm., value display with limit values or not Retrieval, setting and storing of 24 light scenes with up to 32 outputs with synchronisable integral real-time clock with date weekly time switch with 16 channels 40 time elements with filter, time and blocking parameters parameterisable for switching functions 12 multiplexers with up to 3 channels parameterisable integral piezo buzzer 4 password-protected levels parameterisable as required for each dialog page programmable using PC with free RS 232 interface (from ETS2 V1.2a) or via KNX/EIB bus connection via connecting terminal with screw terminals

polar white deep black stainless steel, lacquered

7594 00 09 7594 00 05 7594 00 03

1 1 1

light bronze, lacquered

7594 00 04

Dimensions (W x H x D) 217 x 146 x 9,6 mm for order no. 7574 00 09

Indication and operating panels Indication and operating panel housing flushmounted for front plates aluminium, for 2 front plates H 320 mm

# 7574 00 02

aluminium, for 3 front plates H 445 mm

# 7574 00 03

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Auxiliary voltage 230 V~; Frequency 50 Hz; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Surface compensation max. 20 mm; Dimensions (W x D) 320 x 93 mm For masonry / hollow wall openings subtract 10 mm from W + H. Panel software available for free download from www.Berker.de.

for order no. 7570 00 01, 7570 00 02, 7590 00 08

Accessories Flush-mounted housing for mini tableaus grey

7590 00 21

Hallow wall opening (W x H x T) 212 x 124 x 75 mm; Dimensions (W x H x D) 216 x 134 x 75 mm for order no. 7574 00 09, 7574 00 12, 7574 00 13

for flush mounting and hollow-wall mounting with cleaning cover

388

programmable using PC with spare RS 232 interface and panel software with integral bus coupling unit including power supply and control electronics with programming button with programming LED red and data transfer (RX/TX) LED red/green with reset button with ON/reset LED red/green with ribbon cable for front plate bus connection via connecting terminal

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

INSTABUS KNX/EIB Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Indication and operating panel housing surface-mounted for front plates aluminium/grey, for 2 front plates H 310 mm

# 7573 00 02

aluminium/grey, for 3 front plates H 435 mm

# 7573 00 03

Front panel, neutral, for indication and operating panel housing grey

for order no. 7573 00 02, 7573 00 03, 7574 00 02, 7574 00 03

as blank plate

software Tool software

Panel software available for free download from www.Berker.com.

Tool software for function module

for order no. 7570 00 01, 7570 00 02, 7590 00 08

# 7570 00 11

For operation on Windows 2000 and XP, the „FM-Loader for function module“ can be downloaded from www.Berker.com.

for order no. 7572 00 10

CD-ROM with dongle with detailed manual with graphical editor for simple programming with documentation function (also suitable for output on a printer) system requirements: min. 486 DX processor; Windows 3.1 to Windows 95/98/2000XP for PC with spare RS 232 interface

Front panels Front plate L40 for indication and operating panel housing # 7570 00 01

# 7590 00 08

Dimensions (W x H) 270 x 124,5 mm

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Auxiliary voltage 230 V~; Frequency 50 Hz; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Dimensions (W x D) 310 x 93 mm

grey

Packing unit

Tool software demo version for function module German version

# 7590 00 17

Operating voltage via control electronics 5 V=; Power consumption 1,4 W; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Cable length 300 mm; Dimensions (W x H x D) 270 x 124,5 x 28 mm

For operation on Windows 2000 and XP, the „FM-Loader for function module“ can be downloaded from www.Berker.com.

for order no. 7573 00 02, 7573 00 03, 7574 00 02, 7574 00 03

for order no. 7572 00 10, 7572 00 11

The compiler function and commissioning are not possible.

with 40 red LEDs and 40 labelling fields with ribbon cable to connect to control module or indication and operating panel with 2 parallel bus connections

Front plate TL 15 for indication and operating panel housing grey

# 7570 00 02

CD-ROM without dongle or manual with graphical editor for simple programming with documentation function (also suitable for output on a printer) system requirements: min. 486 DX processor; Windows 3.1 to Windows 95/98/2000XP included on the product database CD-ROM and available in the Internet

Operating voltage via control electronics 5 V=; Power consumption 1,4 W; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Cable length 300 mm; Dimensions (W x H x D) 270 x 124,5 x 28 mm for order no. 7573 00 02, 7573 00 03, 7574 00 02, 7574 00 03

with 15 buttons, red status LEDs and labelling fields with ribbon cable to connect to control module or indication and operating panel with 2 parallel bus connections

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

389

INSTABUS KNX/EIB Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Packing unit

Product database Product database with update service German version English version

7590 00 20 7590 00 60

1 1

For further languages please contact our local representitive! The product database delivers all current Berker instabus KNX/EIB components for installation in the ETS database. CD-ROM from ETS 2.0 available in the Internet

Tender specification texts Tender specification texts with update service German version

7590 00 12

in GAEB or text format included on the product database CD-ROM and available in the Internet

390

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

INSTABUS KNX/EIB MODUL 2 Order no.

Packing unit

Data interfaces # 7506 00 12 # 7506 00 19

Bluetooth gateway 1 1

Data transfer rate max. 9,6 kBaud; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Connection cable length max. 15 m

for addressing, programming and diagnosis of KNX/EIB components with anti-dismantling protection with green operation LED with interface RS 232 (9pole socket D-subminiature)

Bluetooth Standard IEEE 802.15.1-2002 1 1

For visualisation of object data on a PC. Only for bus coupling unit flush-mounted version 2.0 order no. 7504 00 02

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

1 1

Only for bus coupling unit plus order no. 7504 00 03

Data transfer rate max. 19,2 kBaud; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; ;Connection cable length max. 15 m

for addressing, programming and diagnosis of KNX/EIB components with anti-dismantling protection with green operation LED with interface RS 232 (9pole socket D-subminiature) only for applications requiring FT 1.2 protocols

# 7566 01 12 # 7566 01 19

Usable Bluetooth end unit is at the moment Tungsten T3 and T5 from PALM.

Data interface FTP 1.2 with labelling field # 7506 01 12 # 7506 01 19

white, glossy polar white, glossy

ISM frequency band 2,45 GHz with 79 channels; Secure mode 2; Bluetooth send and receive distance -; approx. 10 m with class 3 remote station; approx. 30 m with class 2 remote station; Learning minimum distance approx. 0,5 m; Transmission power max. 2,5 mW; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C

For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

white, glossy polar white, glossy

Packing unit

Gateways

Data interface with labelling field white, glossy polar white, glossy

Order no.

with anti-dismantling protection with 4-line LC display for gateway status and configuration (16 characters per line) transmits and receives Bluetooth and KNX/EIB signals wireless control/status display of e.g. shutters, lights, heating, ventilation, alarm system KNX/EIB operation by rooms or functions with Bluetooth terminal PALM Tungsten T3 and T5 max. 8 Bluetooth end units can be administered from one gateway Bluetooth end units can administer max. 7 gateways the gateway configures the menu compilation of the Bluetooth end units for e.g. switch, push-button, dimmer, shutter and light scene functions value transmitter for dimming, position, brightness and temperature values 1 and 2 byte extension unit for light scene push-button with password protection through six-digit number with KNX/EIB-BT gateway software for Bluetooth terminals

391

INSTABUS KNX/EIB MODUL 2 Order no.

NEW

Packing unit

IR gateway white, glossy polar white, glossy

Order no.

Packing unit

Push-button 4gang

* 7566 03 12 * 7566 03 19

1 1

Transmitting carrier frequency area 20 - 70 / 455 kHz; IR learnable distance approx. 20 cm; IR transmission/reception range approx. 10 m; Transmission and reception angle 30 °; Objects 32 The integration of a home cinema system in a cinema scene for example is interesting. When retrieving this scene, the system and the TV automatically switch on, while the blinds lower and the light is dimmed. Only for bus coupling unit flush-mounted version 2.0 order no. 7504 00 02

transmits and receives IR signals and KNX/EIB telegrams converts KNX/EIB telegrams into IR signals and vice-versa this allows activation of music systems, beamers, etc. and volume control, etc. signal repetitions with interval settings on single actuation settable suitable for IR units/transmitters with RC5 and B&O code IR signals learnable (scan) with reset switch to delete all taught-in IR signals for switch, dimmer and IR unit functions dimming / position value transmitter 1 byte extension unit for light scene push-button with slide switch and three-colour status LED for normal, standby and scan mode for wall and ceiling mounting for bus coupling unit flush-mounted version 2.0

white, glossy polar white, glossy

7516 41 12 7516 41 19

1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C Application as 7516 40 .. For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

with anti-dismantling protection for switch, dimmer and shutter functions dimming / position value transmitter 1 byte extension unit for light scene push-button

Push-buttons with labelling field Push-button 1gang with labelling field white, glossy polar white, glossy

7516 10 12 7516 10 19

1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

with anti-dismantling protection with green operation LED and red status LED for switch, push-button, dimmer and shutter functions dimming / position value transmitter 1 byte extension unit for light scene push-button

Push-button 2gang with labelling field white, glossy polar white, glossy

7516 20 12 7516 20 19

1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C

Push-buttons Push-button 1gang white, glossy polar white, glossy

7516 11 12 7516 11 19

1 1

with anti-dismantling protection with green operation LED and 2 red status LEDs for switch, push-button, dimmer and shutter functions dimming / position value transmitter 1 byte extension unit for light scene push-button

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C Application as 7516 10.. For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

with anti-dismantling protection for switch, push-button, dimmer and shutter functions dimming / position value transmitter 1 byte extension unit for light scene push-button

Push-button 4gang with labelling field white, glossy polar white, glossy

7516 21 12 7516 21 19

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C Application as 7516 20 .. For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

7516 40 12 7516 40 19

1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C

Push-button 2gang white, glossy polar white, glossy

For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

1 1

For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

with anti-dismantling protection with green operation LED and 4 red status LEDs for switch, dimmer and shutter functions dimming / position value transmitter 1 byte extension unit for light scene push-button

with anti-dismantling protection for switch, push-button, dimmer and shutter functions dimming / position value transmitter 1 byte extension unit for light scene push-button

392

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

INSTABUS KNX/EIB MODUL 2 Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Push-buttons comfort with labelling field

Push-button 4gang comfort with labelling field white, glossy polar white, glossy

Push-button 1gang comfort with labelling field white, glossy polar white, glossy

7516 16 12 7516 16 19

1 1

For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

with anti-dismantling protection with green operation LED and 8 red status LEDs for switch, push-button, dimmer and shutter functions value transmitter for dimming, position, brightness and temperature values 1 and 2 byte extension unit for light scene push-button cyclic transmission can also be started via switching object lockable via 3-button actuation alarm telegram after disconnection from bus coupling unit 1 bit or 1 byte single and two push-button operation parameterisable one push-button operation for switching, pushing, shutters and dimming second operating level via object or 3-button handle

with anti-dismantling protection with green operation LED and 2 red status LEDs for switch, push-button, dimmer and shutter functions value transmitter for dimming, position, brightness and temperature values 1 and 2 byte extension unit for light scene push-button cyclic transmission can also be started via switching object alarm telegram after disconnection from bus coupling unit 1 bit or 1 byte single and two push-button operation parameterisable one push-button operation for switching, pushing, shutters and dimming activation of second user level via object for bus coupling unit flush-mounted

Push-button 2gang comfort with labelling field 7516 26 12 7516 26 19

7516 46 12 7516 46 19

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C

white, glossy polar white, glossy

Packing unit

1 1

Light scene push-buttons NEW

Light scene push-button comfort with labelling field white, glossy polar white, glossy

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C

* 7516 87 12 * 7516 87 19

1 1

Light scenes max. 8; Load groups 8 (are increased in case of cascading); Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C

For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

with anti-dismantling protection with green operation LED and 4 red status LEDs for switch, push-button, dimmer and shutter functions value transmitter for dimming, position, brightness and temperature values 1 and 2 byte extension unit for light scene push-button cyclic transmission can also be started via switching object alarm telegram after disconnection from bus coupling unit 1 bit or 1 byte single and two push-button operation parameterisable one push-button operation for switching, pushing, shutters and dimming activation of second user level via object

The settings of the individual load groups (light scenes) can be varied by way of the second operating level. For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

with anti-dismantling protection with green operation LED and 8 red status LEDs Retrieval, setting and storing of 8 light scenes dimming / position value transmitter 1 byte light scene push-buttons are cascadable second operating level for setting load groups via 3-button actuation lockable via object

Accessories Labelling field with cover plate clear transparent, for white push-buttons

7596 00 01

clear transparent, for polar white push-buttons

7596 00 02

Not suitable for push-button comfort and light scene push-buttons comfort. for replacement need

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

393

INSTABUS KNX/EIB MODUL 2 Order no.

Packing unit

Thermostats

Packing unit

Sensor insert

Object room thermostat with button interface and integral bus coupling unit white, glossy polar white, glossy

7544 12 12 7544 12 19

1 1

Central plate for sensor insert white, glossy polar white, glossy

7594 04 02 7594 04 09

1 1

Output current per channel max. 0,8 mA; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Cable length, inputs/outputs, max. 5 m; Sensor cable length max. 50 m

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

Binary input 4 parameter defineable for remote sensor order no. 0161

Sensor insert order no. 7594 10 01

Labelling field not usable.

for single room control with anti-dismantling protection operating modes: comfort, standby, night lowering, frost/heat protected, dewpoint for continuous (PI) or switched (2-point) control for heating and/or cooling mode heating or cooling possible in 2 stages valve protection can be defined conduct can be defined for bus voltage return with programming button and red programming LED with 4 independent binary inputs for potential-free contacts e.g. window magnetic contact 4 binary inputs or 2-3 binary inputs and 1-2 outputs parameterisable bus connection via connecting terminal without spreader claws binary inputs / outputs with screw terminals

Room thermostat with button interface and integral bus coupling unit white, glossy polar white, glossy

7544 11 12 7544 11 19

1 1

Set value control by setting knob +/- 0 - 10 K; Output current per channel max. 0,8 mA; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Cable length, inputs/outputs, max. 5 m; Sensor cable length max. 50 m Binary input 4 parameter defineable for remote sensor order no. 0161

for individual single room control with anti-dismantling protection operating modes:comfort, standby, night lowering, frost/heat protection, dewpoint displayed with LED status-LED red is for heating, blue is for cooling and yellow is for activation with presence button for switching between comfort and standby mode presence button and setting knob can be programmed to have no functions for continuous (PI) or switched (2-point) control for heating and/or cooling mode heating or cooling possible in 2 stages valve protection can be defined conduct can be defined for bus voltage return with programming button and red programming LED with 4 independent binary inputs for potential-free contacts e.g. window magnetic contact 4 binary inputs or 2-3 binary inputs and 1-2 outputs parameterisable bus connection via connecting terminal without spreader claws binary inputs / outputs with screw terminals

394

Order no.

with slots for air circulation for e.g. temperature sensor PT100

Controllers Controller sensor 180 white, glossy polar white, glossy

7526 11 12 7526 11 19

1 1

U with cover to limit detection angle to 90° with potentiometer for fine adjustment of the response sensitivity parameter defineable lock function also suitable as extension unit cyclic transmission possible

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

INSTABUS KNX/EIB MODUL 2 Order no.

Packing unit

Controller sensor 180 comfort with slide switch for off/automatic/on white, glossy polar white, glossy

7526 15 12 7526 15 19

Packing unit

Controller sensor 180 1 1

U with cover to limit detection angle to 90° with potentiometers for fine adjustment of the response brightness, sensitivity and delay time with red diagnostic LED for brightness-independent walk test function and disassembly message parameter defineable lock function with lighting and message mode operating mode switched with object functions for lighting operating mode: Switching, Value transmitter and Light scene call also suitable as extension unit cyclic transmission possible alarm telegram after disconnection from bus coupling unit 1 bit

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Order no.

white, glossy polar white, glossy

7526 12 12 7526 12 19

1 1

V with cover to limit detection angle to 90° with potentiometer for fine adjustment of the response sensitivity parameter defineable lock function also suitable as extension unit cyclic transmission possible

395

INSTABUS KNX/EIB MODUL 2 Order no.

Packing unit

7526 16 12 7526 16 19

Packing unit

Info display

Controller sensor 180 comfort with slide switch for off/automatic/on white, glossy polar white, glossy

Order no.

1 1

Info display white, glossy polar white, glossy

7586 00 12 7586 00 19

1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C Commissioning possible only with ETS3 and ETS2 V1.2 SR A. For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

with anti-dismantling protection LC display with illumination programmable to 1, 2 or 4 lines 16 characters per line on max. 12 pages to display and initiate actions for max. 48 signalling groups with piezo signal generator visual/acoustic alarm message, with reset German/English

Blank plates Blank plate white, glossy polar white, glossy

7594 02 12 7594 02 19

1 1

For bus coupling unit order no. 7504 00 01, 7504 00 02, 7504 00 03

for bus coupling units flush-mounted

When movement of a person is detected a parameter defined data telegram is sent. For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

V with cover to limit detection angle to 90° with potentiometers for fine adjustment of the response brightness, sensitivity and delay time with red diagnostic LED for brightness-independent walk test function and disassembly message parameter defineable lock function with lighting and message mode operating mode switched with object functions for lighting operating mode: Switching, Value transmitter and Light scene call also suitable as extension unit cyclic transmission possible alarm telegram after disconnection from bus coupling unit 1 bit

396

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

INSTABUS KNX/EIB BERKER S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 GLAS Order no.

Packing unit

Data interfaces # 7506 00 52 # 7506 00 59 # 7506 00 89 # 7506 00 85 # 7506 00 83

Bluetooth gateway 1 1 1 1 1

Data transfer rate max. 9,6 kBaud; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Connection cable length max. 15 m

for addressing, programming and diagnosis of KNX/EIB components with anti-dismantling protection with green operation LED with interface RS 232 (9pole socket D-subminiature)

Bluetooth Standard IEEE 802.15.1-2002 1 1 1 1 1

For visualisation of object data on a PC. Only for bus coupling unit flush-mounted version 2.0 order no. 7504 00 02

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

1 1 1 1 1

Only for bus coupling unit plus order no. 7504 00 03

Data transfer rate max. 19,2 kBaud; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; ;Connection cable length max. 15 m

# 7566 01 52 # 7566 01 59 # 7566 01 89 # 7566 01 85 # 7566 01 83

Usable Bluetooth end unit is at the moment Tungsten T3 and T5 from PALM.

Data interface FTP 1.2 with labelling field # 7506 01 52 # 7506 01 59 # 7506 01 89 # 7506 01 85 # 7506 01 83

white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

Packing unit

Gateways

Data interface with labelling field white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

Order no.

397

INSTABUS KNX/EIB BERKER S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 GLAS Order no.

NEW

Packing unit

IR gateway white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

* 7566 03 52 * 7566 03 59 * 7566 03 89 * 7566 03 85 * 7566 03 83

1 1 1

The integration of a home cinema system in a cinema scene for example is interesting. When retrieving this scene, the system and the TV automatically switch on, while the blinds lower and the light is dimmed. Only for bus coupling unit flush-mounted version 2.0 order no. 7504 00 02

Push-buttons

for white and polar white for anthracite and aluminium

7516 23 80 7516 23 85

1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Labelling field length (W x H) 52,3 x 24,9 mm For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

with anti-dismantling protection with white operation LED and 4 red status LEDs for switch, push-button, dimmer and shutter functions dimming / position value transmitter 1 byte extension unit for light scene push-button

Push-button 3gang with labelling field for white and polar white for anthracite and aluminium

7516 33 80 7516 33 85

1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Labelling field length (W x H) 52,3 x 15,6 mm For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

with anti-dismantling protection with white operation LED and 6 red status LEDs for switch, push-button, dimmer and shutter functions dimming / position value transmitter 1 byte extension unit for light scene push-button

Push-button 4gang with labelling field for white and polar white for anthracite and aluminium

7516 43 80 7516 43 85

1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Labelling field length (W x H) 52,3 x 24,9 mm

Push-buttons with labelling field Push-button 1gang with labelling field 7516 13 80 7516 13 85

1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Labelling field length (W x H) 52,3 x 52,3 mm For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

with anti-dismantling protection with white operation LED and 2 red status LEDs for switch, push-button, dimmer and shutter functions dimming / position value transmitter 1 byte extension unit for light scene push-button

398

Packing unit

Push-button 2gang with labelling field 1 1

Transmitting carrier frequency area 20 - 70 / 455 kHz; IR learnable distance approx. 20 cm; IR transmission/reception range approx. 10 m; Transmission and reception angle 30 °; Objects 32

for white and polar white for anthracite and aluminium

Order no.

For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

only for frame with large cut-out for installation in 1gang wall boxes with anti-dismantling protection with white operation LED and 8 red status LEDs for switch, dimmer and shutter functions dimming / position value transmitter 1 byte extension unit for light scene push-button

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

INSTABUS KNX/EIB BERKER S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 GLAS Order no.

Packing unit

Push-buttons

Order no.

Packing unit

Push-button 2gang with labelling field Push-button 1gang polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

# 7516 11 89 # 7516 11 85 # 7516 11 83

1 1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C

For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

1 1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C

polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

# 7516 40 89 # 7516 40 85 # 7516 40 83

1 1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

Application as 7516 20 .. For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

with anti-dismantling protection for switch, push-button, dimmer and shutter functions dimming / position value transmitter 1 byte extension unit for light scene push-button

Push-buttons comfort with labelling field Push-button 1gang comfort with labelling field

Push-button 4gang # 7516 41 89 # 7516 41 85 # 7516 41 83

1 1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C Application as 7516 40 ..

with anti-dismantling protection for switch, dimmer and shutter functions dimming / position value transmitter 1 byte extension unit for light scene push-button

Push-buttons with labelling field Push-button 1gang with labelling field # 7516 10 89 # 7516 10 85 # 7516 10 83

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

for white and polar white for anthracite and aluminium

7516 17 80 7516 17 85

1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Labelling field length (W x H) 52,3 x 52,3 mm For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C

Push-button 4gang with labelling field

Push-button 2gang

polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1 1 1

with anti-dismantling protection for switch, push-button, dimmer and shutter functions dimming / position value transmitter 1 byte extension unit for light scene push-button

# 7516 21 89 # 7516 21 85 # 7516 21 83

# 7516 20 89 # 7516 20 85 # 7516 20 83

For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

Application as 7516 10..

polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1 1 1

with anti-dismantling protection with white operation LED and 2 red status LEDs for switch, push-button, dimmer and shutter functions value transmitter for dimming, position, brightness and temperature values 1 and 2 byte extension unit for light scene push-button cyclic transmission can also be started via switching object alarm telegram after disconnection from bus coupling unit 1 bit or 1 byte single and two push-button operation parameterisable one push-button operation for switching, pushing, shutters and dimming activation of second user level via object for bus coupling unit flush-mounted

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

399

INSTABUS KNX/EIB BERKER S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 GLAS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Push-button 2gang comfort with labelling field

Push-buttons

for white and polar white for anthracite and aluminium

Push-buttons comfort with labelling field

7516 27 80 7516 27 85

1 1

Packing unit

Push-button 4gang comfort with labelling field

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Labelling field length (W x H) 52,3 x 24,9 mm

for white and polar white for anthracite and aluminium

For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Labelling field length (W x H) 52,3 x 24,9 mm

with anti-dismantling protection with white operation LED and 4 red status LEDs for switch, push-button, dimmer and shutter functions value transmitter for dimming, position, brightness and temperature values 1 and 2 byte extension unit for light scene push-button cyclic transmission can also be started via switching object alarm telegram after disconnection from bus coupling unit 1 bit or 1 byte single and two push-button operation parameterisable one push-button operation for switching, pushing, shutters and dimming activation of second user level via object

7516 37 80 7516 37 85

only for frame with large cut-out for installation in 1gang wall boxes with anti-dismantling protection with white operation LED and 8 red status LEDs for switch, push-button, dimmer and shutter functions value transmitter for dimming, position, brightness and temperature values 1 and 2 byte extension unit for light scene push-button cyclic transmission can also be started via switching object lockable via 3-button actuation alarm telegram after disconnection from bus coupling unit 1 bit or 1 byte single and two push-button operation parameterisable one push-button operation for switching, pushing, shutters and dimming second operating level via object or 3-button handle

1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Labelling field length (W x H) 52,3 x 15,6 mm For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

1 1

For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

Push-button 3gang comfort with labelling field for white and polar white for anthracite and aluminium

7516 47 80 7516 47 85

Push-buttons Push-buttons comfort with labelling field Push-button 1gang comfort with labelling field

with anti-dismantling protection with white operation LED and 6 red status LEDs for switch, push-button, dimmer and shutter functions value transmitter for dimming, position, brightness and temperature values 1 and 2 byte extension unit for light scene push-button cyclic transmission can also be started via switching object alarm telegram after disconnection from bus coupling unit 1 bit or 1 byte single and two push-button operation parameterisable one push-button operation for switching, pushing, shutters and dimming activation of second user level via object

400

polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

# 7516 16 89 # 7516 16 85 # 7516 16 83

1 1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

INSTABUS KNX/EIB BERKER S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 GLAS Order no.

Packing unit

Push-button 2gang comfort with labelling field polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

# 7516 26 89 # 7516 26 85 # 7516 26 83

Order no.

Light scene push-buttons

1 1 1

Light scene push-button 8gang comfort with labelling field for white and polar white for anthracite and aluminium

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

only for frame with large cut-out for installation in 1gang wall boxes with anti-dismantling protection with white operation LED and 8 red status LEDs Retrieval, setting and storing of 8 light scenes dimming / position value transmitter 1 byte light scene push-buttons are cascadable second operating level for setting load groups via 3-button actuation

Light scene push-button comfort with labelling field polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

1 1 1

# 7516 87 89 # 7516 87 85 # 7516 87 83

1 1 1

Light scenes max. 8; Load groups 8 (are increased in case of cascading); Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

1 1

For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

Push-button 4gang comfort with labelling field # 7516 46 89 # 7516 46 85 # 7516 46 83

7516 88 80 7516 88 85

Light scenes max. 8; Load groups 8 (are increased in case of cascading); Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Labelling field length (W x H) 52,3 x 24,9 mm

polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

Packing unit

The settings of the individual load groups (light scenes) can be varied by way of the second operating level. For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

Accessories Labelling field with cover plate # 7596 00 07 clear transparent, for polar white push-buttons

smoked glass transparent, for anthracite push-buttons clear transparent, for aluminium coloured push-buttons

# 7596 00 08

# 7596 00 09

Not suitable for push-button comfort and light scene push-buttons comfort. for replacement need

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

401

INSTABUS KNX/EIB BERKER S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 GLAS Order no.

Packing unit

Push-buttons with room thermostat and display

7566 27 80 7566 27 85

1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Labelling field length (W x H) 52,3 x 15,6 mm For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

with anti-dismantling protection with white operation LED and 4 red status LEDs LC display with symbol display display of operating mode, controller lockout, room/ outside temperature, time (clock required) with 2 additional display buttons end customer display scope parameterisable for switch, push-button, dimmer, shutter and room thermostat functions value transmitter for dimming, position, brightness and temperature values 1 and 2 byte extension unit for light scene push-button cyclic transmission can also be started via switching object single and two push-button operation parameterisable one push-button operation for switching, pushing, shutters and dimming area dimming shutter operation concept short-long-short and long-short parameterisable rockers or push-button lockable via object alarm telegram after disconnection from bus coupling unit 1 bit or 1 byte with room temperature timer for individual single room control controller operating modes: comfort, standby, night and frost/heat protection mode for heating and/or cooling mode with/without auxiliary step control parameter for heating / cooling unit pre-set for continuous (PI) or switched (2-point) control of max. 2 control circuits temperature measurement via internal and/or external sensor with mean value formation presence button parameterisable to extend comfort separate window contact object indicator objects for heating and cooling with valve protection function object for controller status with button lock function with flash-controller technology programmable with ETS2 as of V1.2a and ETS3

402

Packing unit

Push-button 3gang with room thermostat, display and labelling field

Push-button 2gang with room thermostat, display and labelling field for white and polar white for anthracite and aluminium

Order no.

for white and polar white for anthracite and aluminium

7566 37 80 7566 37 85

1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Labelling field length (W x H) 52,3 x 24,9 mm For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

only for frame with large cut-out for installation in 1gang wall boxes with anti-dismantling protection with white operation LED and 6 red status LEDs LC display with symbol display display of operating mode, controller lockout, room/ outside temperature, time (clock required) with 2 additional display buttons end customer display scope parameterisable for switch, push-button, dimmer, shutter and room thermostat functions value transmitter for dimming, position, brightness and temperature values 1 and 2 byte extension unit for light scene push-button cyclic transmission can also be started via switching object single and two push-button operation parameterisable one push-button operation for switching, pushing, shutters and dimming area dimming shutter operation concept short-long-short and long-short parameterisable rockers or push-button lockable via object alarm telegram after disconnection from bus coupling unit 1 bit or 1 byte with room temperature timer for individual single room control controller operating modes: comfort, standby, night and frost/heat protection mode for heating and/or cooling mode with/without auxiliary step control parameter for heating / cooling unit pre-set for continuous (PI) or switched (2-point) control of max. 2 control circuits temperature measurement via internal and/or external sensor with mean value formation presence button parameterisable to extend comfort separate window contact object indicator objects for heating and cooling with valve protection function object for controller status with button lock function with flash-controller technology programmable with ETS2 as of V1.2a and ETS3

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

INSTABUS KNX/EIB BERKER S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 GLAS Order no.

Packing unit

7566 57 80 7566 57 85

1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Labelling field length (W x H) 52,3 x 15,6 mm For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

only for frame with large cut-out for installation in 1gang wall boxes with anti-dismantling protection with white operation LED and 10 red status LEDs LC display with symbol display display of operating mode, controller lockout, room/ outside temperature, time (clock required) with 2 additional display buttons end customer display scope parameterisable for switch, push-button, dimmer, shutter and room thermostat functions value transmitter for dimming, position, brightness and temperature values 1 and 2 byte extension unit for light scene push-button cyclic transmission can also be started via switching object single and two push-button operation parameterisable one push-button operation for switching, pushing, shutters and dimming area dimming shutter operation concept short-long-short and long-short parameterisable rockers or push-button lockable via object alarm telegram after disconnection from bus coupling unit 1 bit or 1 byte with room temperature timer for individual single room control controller operating modes: comfort, standby, night and frost/heat protection mode for heating and/or cooling mode with/without auxiliary step control parameter for heating / cooling unit pre-set for continuous (PI) or switched (2-point) control of max. 2 control circuits temperature measurement via internal and/or external sensor with mean value formation presence button parameterisable to extend comfort separate window contact object indicator objects for heating and cooling with valve protection function object for controller status with button lock function with flash-controller technology programmable with ETS2 as of V1.2a and ETS3

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Packing unit

Thermostats

Push-button 5gang with room thermostat, display and labelling field for white and polar white for anthracite and aluminium

Order no.

Object room thermostat with button interface and integral bus coupling unit white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

7544 12 52 7544 12 59 7544 12 89 7544 12 85 7544 12 83

1 1 1 1 1

Output current per channel max. 0,8 mA; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Cable length, inputs/outputs, max. 5 m; Sensor cable length max. 50 m Binary input 4 parameter defineable for remote sensor order no. 0161

403

INSTABUS KNX/EIB BERKER S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 GLAS Order no.

Packing unit

Room thermostat with button interface and integral bus coupling unit white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

7544 11 52 7544 11 59 7544 11 89 7544 11 85 7544 11 83

1 1 1 1 1

Sensor insert

Order no.

Packing unit

Controllers Controller sensor 180 white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

7526 11 52 7526 11 59 7526 11 89 7526 11 85 7526 11 83

1 1 1 1 1

Central plate for sensor insert white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt/velvety anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

7594 04 02 7594 04 09 7594 04 89 7594 04 85 7594 04 83

1 1 1 1 1

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. Labelling field not usable.

Sensor insert order no. 7594 10 01

with slots for air circulation for e.g. temperature sensor PT100

404

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

INSTABUS KNX/EIB BERKER S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 GLAS Order no.

Packing unit

7526 15 52 7526 15 59 7526 15 89 7526 15 85 7526 15 83

1 1 1 1 1

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Packing unit

Controller sensor 180

Controller sensor 180 comfort with slide switch for off/automatic/on white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

Order no.

white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

7526 12 52 7526 12 59 7526 12 89 7526 12 85 7526 12 83

1 1 1 1 1

405

INSTABUS KNX/EIB BERKER S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 GLAS Order no.

Packing unit

7526 16 52 7526 16 59 7526 16 89 7526 16 85 7526 16 83

Packing unit

Info display

Controller sensor 180 comfort with slide switch for off/automatic/on white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

Order no.

1 1 1 1 1

Info display white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

7586 00 52 7586 00 59 7586 00 89 7586 00 85 7586 00 83

1 1 1 1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C Commissioning possible only with ETS3 and ETS2 V1.2 SR A. For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

Blank plates Blank plate white, glossy polar white, glossy polar white, matt anthracite, matt aluminium, matt

7594 02 52 7594 02 59 7594 02 89 7594 02 85 7594 02 83

1 1 1 1 1

For bus coupling unit order no. 7504 00 01, 7504 00 02, 7504 00 03

for bus coupling units flush-mounted

406

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

THE NEW GENERATION PUSH-BUTTONS INSTABUS KNX/EIB BERKER Q.1

At first glance The push-buttons of the Berker Q.1 are intended for classical installation with a frame. With an edge length of 58 mm, the frame cut-out provides extra space for a large button field. Practical experience from the field of building management systems has shown that there is a need to integrate as many functions as possible into a single control-section. Berker addresses this need with the push-button 4gang, and can offer operation of up to eight functions from a single 1gang frame. The white colour of the operation LED and the orange status LED blend elegantly with the colour scheme of the product line. Each button can be labelled. Labelling sheets are available for the various button sizes of the 1gang to 5gang product variants; these sheets can be printed on using either inkjet or laser printers. Suitable formatting templates for the labels are provided in Word format at www.berker.de; no additional software is needed to use these.

Easier installation The design of the push-buttons makes things much simpler. The Q.1 push-buttons' design as a monoblock, i.e. with integrated bus coupling unit, makes installation significantly easier.  M ount supporting ring on the wall box  C onnect bus line  M ount push-button and frame on the supporting ring There is no need to select a suitable bus coupling unit. Because the push-button only has to be installed just before commissioning, damage or fouling due to construction and painting work are virtually precluded. Optionally the push-button can be protected against unauthorised removal by fixing it to the supporting ring with a screw under the push-button cover.

Functions The following service-proven array of functions is available:  P ush-buttons – the economical variant for standard functions for controlling lights and blinds.  C omfort push-buttons – with multifunctional applications and extensive functions for controlling lights and blinds: - with a thermostat extension unit that can also control the room temperature - u p to eight scenes with eight output channels each can be stored – light scene push-buttons are no longer needed.  P ush-buttons with room thermostat and display – a room control unit that in addition to the functions of the push-button also provides convenient control of the room temperature. The display shows all of the necessary information and has the service-proven integrated buttons for controlling the thermostat functions.

407

INSTABUS KNX/EIB BERKER Q.1 Order no.

Packing unit

Data interfaces

Packing unit

Gateways

Data interface with labelling field polar white, velvety

Order no.

# 7506 00 29

Bluetooth gateway 1

Data transfer rate max. 9,6 kBaud; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Connection cable length max. 15 m

polar white, velvety

7566 01 29 §00§ 1

# 7566 01 29

For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

for addressing, programming and diagnosis of KNX/EIB components with anti-dismantling protection with green operation LED with interface RS 232 (9pole socket D-subminiature)

Usable Bluetooth end unit is at the moment Tungsten T3 and T5 from PALM. Only for bus coupling unit plus order no. 7504 00 03

Data interface FTP 1.2 with labelling field polar white, velvety

#7506 01 29

Data transfer rate max. 19,2 kBaud; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; ;Connection cable length max. 15 m For visualisation of object data on a PC. Only for bus coupling unit flush-mounted version 2.0 order no. 7504 00 02

408

Bluetooth Standard IEEE 802.15.1-2002 with anti-dismantling protection with 4-line LC display for gateway status and configuration (16 characters per line) transmits and receives Bluetooth and KNX/EIB signals wireless control/status display of e.g. shutters, lights, heating, ventilation, alarm system KNX/EIB operation by rooms or functions with Bluetooth terminal PALM Tungsten T3 and T5 max. 8 Bluetooth end units can be administered from one gateway Bluetooth end units can administer max. 7 gateways the gateway configures the menu compilation of the Bluetooth end units for e.g. switch, push-button, dimmer, shutter and light scene functions value transmitter for dimming, position, brightness and temperature values 1 and 2 byte extension unit for light scene push-button with password protection through six-digit number with KNX/EIB-BT gateway software for Bluetooth terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

INSTABUS KNX/EIB BERKER Q.1 Order no.

NEW

Packing unit

NEW

IR gateway polar white, velvety

Order no.

* 7566 03 29

with anti-dismantling protection with white operation LED and 4 orange status LEDs for switch, push-button, dimmer and shutter functions dimming / position value transmitter 1 byte extension unit for light scene push-button

NEW

Push-button 1gang with labelling field and bus coupling unit polar white, velvety

* 7514 12 29

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Labelling field length (W x H) 56,4 x 56,4 mm Labelling field sheets order no. 9498 29 01 separate available. with anti-dismantling protection with white operation LED and 2 orange status LEDs for switch, push-button, dimmer and shutter functions dimming / position value transmitter 1 byte extension unit for light scene push-button

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Push-button 3gang with labelling fields and bus coupling unit polar white, velvety

* 7514 32 29

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Labelling field length (W x H) 56,4 x 17 mm Labelling field sheets order no. 9498 31 03 separate available. with anti-dismantling protection with white operation LED and 6 orange status LEDs for switch, push-button, dimmer and shutter functions dimming / position value transmitter 1 byte extension unit for light scene push-button NEW

Push-buttons with labelling field

Labelling field sheets order no. 9498 30 02 separate available.

Only for bus coupling unit flush-mounted version 2.0 order no. 7504 00 02

Push-buttons

* 7514 22 29

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Labelling field length (W x H) 56,4 x 26,8 mm

Push-button 2gang with labelling fields and bus coupling unit polar white, velvety

Transmitting carrier frequency area 20 - 70 / 455 kHz; IR learnable distance approx. 20 cm; IR transmission/reception range approx. 10 m; Transmission and reception angle 30 °; Objects 32

Packing unit

Push-button 4gang with labelling fields and bus coupling unit polar white, velvety

* 7514 42 29

409

INSTABUS KNX/EIB BERKER Q.1 Order no.

Packing unit

NEW

Push-buttons comfort with labelling field NEW

Order no.

Push-button 1gang comfort with labelling field and bus coupling unit polar white, velvety

* 7514 13 29

polar white, velvety

* 7514 23 29

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Labelling field length (W x H) 56,4 x 26,8 mm Labelling field sheets order no. 9498 30 02 separate available. with anti-dismantling protection with white operation LED and 4 orange status LEDs for switch, dimmer and shutter functions value transmitter for dimming, position, brightness and temperature values 1 and 2 byte Retrieval, setting and storing of 8 light scenes extension unit for light scene push-button can be used as a controller extension unit cyclic transmission can also be started via switching object single and two push-button operation parameterisable one push-button operation for switching, pushing, shutters and dimming

410

with anti-dismantling protection with white operation LED and 6 orange status LEDs for switch, push-button, dimmer and shutter functions value transmitter for dimming, position, brightness and temperature values 1 and 2 byte Retrieval, setting and storing of 8 light scenes extension unit for light scene push-button can be used as a controller extension unit cyclic transmission can also be started via switching object single and two push-button operation parameterisable one push-button operation for switching, pushing, shutters and dimming NEW

Push-button 4gang comfort with labelling fields and bus coupling unit polar white, velvety

Labelling field sheets order no. 9498 31 03 separate available.

Labelling field sheets order no. 9498 29 01 separate available.

Push-button 2gang comfort with labelling fields and bus coupling unit

* 7514 33 29

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Labelling field length (W x H) 56,4 x 17 mm

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Labelling field length (W x H) 56,4 x 56,4 mm

NEW

Push-button 3gang comfort with labelling fields and bus coupling unit polar white, velvety

with anti-dismantling protection with white operation LED and 2 orange status LEDs for switch, push-button, dimmer and shutter functions value transmitter for dimming, position, brightness and temperature values 1 and 2 byte Retrieval, setting and storing of 8 light scenes extension unit for light scene push-button can be used as a controller extension unit cyclic transmission can also be started via switching object single and two push-button operation parameterisable one push-button operation for switching, pushing, shutters and dimming

Packing unit

* 7514 43 29

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Labelling field length (W x H) 56,4 x 12 mm Labelling field sheets order no. 9498 32 04 separate available. with anti-dismantling protection with white operation LED and 8 orange status LEDs for switch, push-button, dimmer and shutter functions value transmitter for dimming, position, brightness and temperature values 1 and 2 byte Retrieval, setting and storing of 8 light scenes extension unit for light scene push-button can be used as a controller extension unit cyclic transmission can also be started via switching object single and two push-button operation parameterisable one push-button operation for switching, pushing, shutters and dimming

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

INSTABUS KNX/EIB BERKER Q.1 Order no.

Packing unit

NEW

Push-buttons with room thermostat and display NEW

Push-button 2gang with labelling fields, with room thermostat, display and bus coupling unit polar white, velvety

* 7566 27 29

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Labelling field length (W x H) 56,4 x 17 mm Labelling field sheets order no. 9498 31 03 separate available. with anti-dismantling protection with white operation LED and 4 orange status LEDs LC display with symbol display display of operating mode, controller lockout, room/ outside temperature, time (clock required) with 2 additional display buttons end customer display scope parameterisable for switch, push-button, dimmer, shutter and room thermostat functions value transmitter for dimming, position, brightness and temperature values 1 and 2 byte Retrieval, setting and storing of 8 light scenes extension unit for light scene push-button cyclic transmission can also be started via switching object single and two push-button operation parameterisable one push-button operation for switching, pushing, shutters and dimming area dimming shutter operation concept short-long-short and long-short parameterisable rockers or push-button lockable via object with room temperature timer for individual single room control controller operating modes: comfort, standby, night and frost/heat protection mode for heating and/or cooling mode with/without auxiliary step control parameter for heating / cooling unit pre-set for continuous (PI) or switched (2-point) control of max. 2 control circuits temperature measurement via internal and/or external sensor with mean value formation presence button parameterisable to extend comfort separate window contact object indicator objects for heating and cooling with valve protection function object for controller status with button lock function with flash-controller technology programmable with ETS2 as of V1.2a and ETS3

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Order no.

Packing unit

Push-button 3gang with labelling fields, with room thermostat, display and bus coupling unit polar white, velvety

* 7566 37 29

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Labelling field length (W x H) 56,4 x 26,8 mm Labelling field sheets order no. 9498 30 02 separate available. only for frame with large cut-out for installation in 1gang wall boxes with anti-dismantling protection with white operation LED and 6 orange status LEDs LC display with symbol display display of operating mode, controller lockout, room/ outside temperature, time (clock required) with 2 additional display buttons end customer display scope parameterisable for switch, push-button, dimmer, shutter and room thermostat functions value transmitter for dimming, position, brightness and temperature values 1 and 2 byte Retrieval, setting and storing of 8 light scenes extension unit for light scene push-button cyclic transmission can also be started via switching object single and two push-button operation parameterisable one push-button operation for switching, pushing, shutters and dimming area dimming shutter operation concept short-long-short and long-short parameterisable rockers or push-button lockable via object alarm telegram after disconnection from bus coupling unit 1 bit or 1 byte with room temperature timer for individual single room control controller operating modes: comfort, standby, night and frost/heat protection mode for heating and/or cooling mode with/without auxiliary step control parameter for heating / cooling unit pre-set for continuous (PI) or switched (2-point) control of max. 2 control circuits temperature measurement via internal and/or external sensor with mean value formation presence button parameterisable to extend comfort separate window contact object indicator objects for heating and cooling with valve protection function object for controller status with button lock function with flash-controller technology programmable with ETS2 as of V1.2a and ETS3

411

INSTABUS KNX/EIB BERKER Q.1 Order no.

NEW

Packing unit

Push-button 5gang with labelling fields, with room thermostat, display and bus coupling unit polar white, velvety

* 7566 57 29

Order no.

Accessories Labelling field arcs NEW

Labelling field arcs DIN A4 polar white

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Labelling field length (W x H) 56,4 x 17 mm

* 9498 29 01

Suitable for inkjet and laser printers. Available as a download in Word format at www. berker.de.

Labelling field sheets order no. 9498 31 03 separate available. only for frame with large cut-out for installation in 1gang wall boxes with anti-dismantling protection with white operation LED and 10 orange status LEDs LC display with symbol display display of operating mode, controller lockout, room/ outside temperature, time (clock required) with 2 additional display buttons end customer display scope parameterisable for switch, push-button, dimmer, shutter and room thermostat functions value transmitter for dimming, position, brightness and temperature values 1 and 2 byte Retrieval, setting and storing of 8 light scenes extension unit for light scene push-button cyclic transmission can also be started via switching object single and two push-button operation parameterisable one push-button operation for switching, pushing, shutters and dimming area dimming shutter operation concept short-long-short and long-short parameterisable rockers or push-button lockable via object alarm telegram after disconnection from bus coupling unit 1 bit or 1 byte with room temperature timer for individual single room control controller operating modes: comfort, standby, night and frost/heat protection mode for heating and/or cooling mode with/without auxiliary step control parameter for heating / cooling unit pre-set for continuous (PI) or switched (2-point) control of max. 2 control circuits temperature measurement via internal and/or external sensor with mean value formation presence button parameterisable to extend comfort separate window contact object indicator objects for heating and cooling with valve protection function object for controller status with button lock function with flash-controller technology programmable with ETS2 as of V1.2a and ETS3

Packing unit

For push-button 1gang with labelling field and bus coupling unit order no. 7514 12 29 For push-button 1gang comfort with labelling field and bus coupling unit order no. 7514 13 29

2 transparent sheets, each 8 fields NEW

Labelling field arcs DIN A4 polar white

* 9498 30 02

Suitable for inkjet and laser printers. Available as a download in Word format at www. berker.de.

For push-button 2gang with labelling fields and bus coupling unit order no. 7514 22 29 For push-button 2gang comfort with labelling fields and bus coupling unit order no. 7514 23 29 For push-button 3gang with labelling fields, room thermostat, display and bus coupling unit order no. 7566 37 29

2 transparent sheets, each 18 fields NEW

Labelling field arcs DIN A4 polar white

* 9498 31 03

Suitable for inkjet and laser printers. Available as a download in Word format at www. berker.de.

For push-button 3gang with labelling field and bus coupling unit order no. 7514 32 29 For push-button 3gang comfort with labelling fields and bus coupling unit order no. 7514 33 29 For push-button 2gang with labelling fields, room thermostat, display and bus coupling unit order no. 7566 27 29 For push-button 5gang with labelling fields, room thermostat, display and bus coupling unit order no. 7566 57 29

2 transparent sheets, each 30 fields NEW

Labelling field arcs DIN A4 polar white

* 9498 32 04

Suitable for inkjet and laser printers. Available as a download in Word format at www. berker.de.

For push-button 4gang with labelling fields and bus coupling unit order no. 7514 42 29 For push-button 4gang comfort with labelling fields and bus coupling unit order no. 7514 43 29

2 transparent sheets, each 42 fields

412

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

INSTABUS KNX/EIB BERKER Q.1 Order no.

Packing unit

Thermostats NEW

Order no.

Sensor insert

Object room thermostat with button interface and integral bus coupling unit polar white, velvety

* 7544 12 29

Central plate for sensor insert white, glossy polar white, glossy

Output current per channel max. 0,8 mA; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Cable length, inputs/outputs, max. 5 m; Sensor cable length max. 50 m

Sensor insert order no. 7594 10 01

Room thermostat with button interface and integral bus coupling unit

* 7544 11 29

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

1 1

Labelling field not usable.

polar white, velvety

7594 04 02 7594 04 09

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

Binary input 4 parameter defineable for remote sensor order no. 0161

NEW

Packing unit

with slots for air circulation for e.g. temperature sensor PT100

Controllers NEW

Controller sensor 180 polar white, velvety

* 7526 11 29

413

INSTABUS KNX/EIB BERKER Q.1 Order no.

NEW

Packing unit

NEW

Controller sensor 180 polar white, velvety

* 7526 12 29

Order no.

Packing unit

Controller sensor 180 comfort with slide switch for off/automatic/on polar white, velvety

* 7526 15 29

414

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

INSTABUS KNX/EIB BERKER Q.1 Order no.

NEW

Packing unit

* 7526 16 29

Packing unit

Info display

Controller sensor 180 comfort with slide switch for off/automatic/on polar white, velvety

Order no.

NEW

Info display polar white, velvety

* 7586 00 29

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C

Commissioning possible only with ETS3 and ETS2 V1.2 SR A. For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

Blank plates NEW

Blank plate polar white, velvety

* 7594 02 29

For bus coupling unit order no. 7504 00 01, 7504 00 02, 7504 00 03

for bus coupling units flush-mounted

When movement of a person is detected a parameter defined data telegram is sent. For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

415

INSTABUS KNX/EIB BERKER K.1/K.5 Order no.

Packing unit

Data interfaces

Bluetooth gateway

white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt

# 7506 00 72 # 7506 00 79 # 7506 00 75

1 1 1

white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt

aluminium, matt

# 7506 00 74

aluminium, matt

stainless steel, lacquered

# 7506 00 73

stainless steel, lacquered

Data transfer rate max. 9,6 kBaud; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Connection cable length max. 15 m

For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

7566 01 74 §10§ 1

1 1 1

# 7566 01 74

# 7566 01 73

Usable Bluetooth end unit is at the moment Tungsten T3 and T5 from PALM.

for addressing, programming and diagnosis of KNX/EIB components with anti-dismantling protection with green operation LED with interface RS 232 (9pole socket D-subminiature)

Only for bus coupling unit plus order no. 7504 00 03

Bluetooth Standard IEEE 802.15.1-2002

Data interface FTP 1.2 with labelling field # 7506 01 72 # 7506 01 79 # 7506 01 75

1 1 1

aluminium, matt

# 7506 01 74

stainless steel, lacquered

# 7506 01 73

Data transfer rate max. 19,2 kBaud; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Connection cable length max. 15 m Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips. For visualisation of object data on a PC. Only for bus coupling unit flush-mounted version 2.0 order no. 7504 00 02

7566 01 75 §10§ 1

# 7566 01 72 # 7566 01 79 # 7566 01 75

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips.

white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt

Packing unit

Gateways

Data interface with labelling field

416

Order no.

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

INSTABUS KNX/EIB BERKER K.1/K.5 Order no.

NEW

Packing unit

NEW

IR gateway white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt stainless steel, lacquered

Order no.

* 7566 03 72 * 7566 03 79 * 7566 03 75 * 7566 03 74 * 7566 03 73

Push-button 2gang with labelling field

1 1

for white and polar white anthracite

aluminium

stainless steel

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Labelling field length (W x H) 66,8 x 25 mm

Transmitting carrier frequency area 20 - 70 / 455 kHz; IR learnable distance approx. 20 cm; IR transmission/reception range approx. 10 m; Transmission and reception angle 30 °; Objects 32

NEW

for white and polar white anthracite aluminium stainless steel

NEW

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

* * 7516 33 74 7516 33 73

1 1 1 1

Push-button 4gang with labelling field

stainless steel

7516 33 70 7516 33 75

NEW

For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

aluminium

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Labelling field length (W x H) 66,8 x 52,8 mm

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Labelling field length (W x H) 66,8 x 15,7 mm

Push-buttons with labelling field 1 1 1 1

7516 23 73

Push-button 3gang with labelling field

Push-buttons

for white and polar white 7516 13 70 anthracite * 7516 13 75 aluminium * 7516 13 74 7516 13 73 stainless steel

* * 7516 23 74

1 1

for white and polar white anthracite

Push-button 1gang with labelling field

7516 23 70 7516 23 75

For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

Packing unit

7516 43 70 7516 43 75

* * 7516 43 74 7516 43 73

1 1 1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Labelling field length (W x H) 66,8 x 25 mm For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

417

INSTABUS KNX/EIB BERKER K.1/K.5 Order no.

Packing unit

NEW

Push-buttons comfort with labelling field NEW

Order no.

for white and polar white anthracite aluminium stainless steel

7516 17 70 7516 17 75

* * 7516 17 74 7516 17 73

1 1

aluminium

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Labelling field length (W x H) 66,8 x 15,7 mm

Push-button 2gang comfort with labelling field

aluminium stainless steel

* * 7516 27 74 7516 27 73

1 1 1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Labelling field length (W x H) 66,8 x 25 mm For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

418

7516 37 73

1 1 1 1

For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

7516 27 70 7516 27 75

* * 7516 37 74

stainless steel

For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

for white and polar white anthracite

7516 37 70 7516 37 75

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Labelling field length (W x H) 66,8 x 52,8 mm

NEW

Push-button 3gang comfort with labelling field for white and polar white anthracite

Push-button 1gang comfort with labelling field

Packing unit

Push-buttons Push-buttons comfort with labelling field NEW

Push-button 4gang comfort with labelling field for white and polar white 7516 47 70 anthracite * 7516 47 75 aluminium * 7516 47 74 7516 47 73 stainless steel

1 1 1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Labelling field length (W x H) 66,8 x 25 mm For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

INSTABUS KNX/EIB BERKER K.1/K.5 Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Push-buttons

Push-buttons with room thermostat and display

Light scene push-buttons

NEW

Light scene push-button 8gang comfort with labelling field for white and polar white anthracite aluminium stainless steel

7516 88 70 7516 88 75

* * 7516 88 74 7516 88 73

1 1

Push-button 2gang with room thermostat, display and labelling field for white and polar white anthracite aluminium

7566 27 70 7566 27 75

* * 7566 27 74

stainless steel

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Labelling field length (W x H) 66,8 x 15,7 mm

Light scenes max. 8; Load groups 8 (are increased in case of cascading); Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Labelling field length (W x H) 66,8 x 25 mm For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Packing unit

7566 27 73

1 1 1 1

For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

419

INSTABUS KNX/EIB BERKER K.1/K.5 Order no.

NEW

Packing unit

NEW

Push-button 3gang with room thermostat, display and labelling field for white and polar white anthracite aluminium stainless steel

7566 37 70 7566 37 75

* * 7566 37 74 7566 37 73

for white and polar white anthracite

aluminium

stainless steel

For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

Packing unit

Push-button 5gang with room thermostat, display and labelling field

1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C

420

Order no.

7566 57 70 7566 57 75

* * 7566 57 74 7566 57 73

1 1 1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Labelling field length (W x H) 66,8 x 15,7 mm For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

INSTABUS KNX/EIB BERKER K.1/K.5 Order no.

Packing unit

NEW

Thermostats NEW

Order no.

Object room thermostat with button interface and integral bus coupling unit white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt stainless steel

7544 12 72 7544 12 79 7544 12 75

* * 7544 12 74 7544 12 73

Room thermostat with button interface and integral bus coupling unit white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt

1 1 1

aluminium, matt

stainless steel, lacquered

Packing unit

7544 11 72 7544 11 79 7544 11 75

* * 7544 11 74 7544 11 73

1 1 1 1 1

Set value control by setting knob +/- 0 - 10 K; Output current per channel max. 0,8 mA; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Cable length, inputs/outputs, max. 5 m; Sensor cable length max. 50 m

Binary input 4 parameter defineable for remote sensor order no. 0161

Sensor insert Central plate for sensor insert white, glossy polar white, glossy stainless steel, lacquered

7594 04 02 7594 04 09 7594 04 03

1 1 1

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. Labelling field not usable.

Sensor insert order no. 7594 10 01

with slots for air circulation for e.g. temperature sensor PT100

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

421

INSTABUS KNX/EIB BERKER K.1/K.5 Order no.

Packing unit

NEW

Controllers NEW

Order no.

Controller sensor 180 white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt stainless steel, lacquered

7526 11 72 7526 11 79 7526 11 75

* * 7526 11 74 7526 11 73

1 1 1 1 1

with cover to limit detection angle to 90° with potentiometer for fine adjustment of the response sensitivity parameter defineable lock function also suitable as extension unit cyclic transmission possible

Packing unit

Controller sensor 180 comfort with slide switch for off/automatic/on white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt stainless steel, lacquered

7526 15 72 7526 15 79 7526 15 75

* * 7526 15 74 7526 15 73

1 1 1 1 1

with cover to limit detection angle to 90° with potentiometers for fine adjustment of the response brightness, sensitivity and delay time with red diagnostic LED for brightness-independent walk test function and disassembly message parameter defineable lock function with lighting and message mode operating mode switched with object functions for lighting operating mode: Switching, Value transmitter and Light scene call also suitable as extension unit cyclic transmission possible alarm telegram after disconnection from bus coupling unit 1 bit

422

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

INSTABUS KNX/EIB BERKER K.1/K.5 Order no.

NEW

Packing unit

NEW

Controller sensor 180 white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt stainless steel, lacquered

Order no.

7526 12 72 7526 12 79 7526 12 75

* * 7526 12 74 7526 12 73

1 1 1 1 1

Packing unit

Controller sensor 180 comfort with slide switch for off/automatic/on white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt stainless steel, lacquered

7526 16 72 7526 16 79 7526 16 75

* * 7526 16 74 7526 16 73

1 1 1 1 1

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

423

INSTABUS KNX/EIB BERKER K.1/K.5 Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Packing unit

Info display NEW

Info display white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt stainless steel

7586 00 72 7586 00 79 7586 00 75

* * 7586 00 74 7586 00 73

1 1 1 1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C Commissioning possible only with ETS3 and ETS2 V1.2 SR A. For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

Blank plates NEW

Blank plate white, glossy polar white, glossy anthracite, matt aluminium, matt stainless steel

7594 02 72 7594 02 79 7594 02 75

* * 7594 02 74 7594 02 73

1 1 1 1 1

For bus coupling unit order no. 7504 00 01, 7504 00 02, 7504 00 03

for bus coupling units flush-mounted

424

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

INSTABUS KNX/EIB BERKER ARSYS Order no.

Packing unit

Data interfaces # 7506 00 42 # 7506 00 49 # 7506 00 44 # 7506 00 43

Bluetooth gateway 1 1 1 1

Data transfer rate max. 9,6 kBaud; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Connection cable length max. 15 m

for addressing, programming and diagnosis of KNX/EIB components with anti-dismantling protection with green operation LED with interface RS 232 (9pole socket D-subminiature)

Bluetooth Standard IEEE 802.15.1-2002 1 1 1 1

For visualisation of object data on a PC. Only for bus coupling unit flush-mounted version 2.0 order no. 7504 00 02

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

1 1 1 1

Only for bus coupling unit plus order no. 7504 00 03

Data transfer rate max. 19,2 kBaud; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Connection cable length max. 15 m

# 7566 01 42 # 7566 01 49 # 7566 01 44 # 7566 01 43

Usable Bluetooth end unit is at the moment Tungsten T3 and T5 from PALM.

Data interface FTP 1.2 with labelling field # 7506 01 42 # 7506 01 49 # 7506 01 44 # 7506 01 43

white, glossy polar white, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

white, glossy polar white, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

Packing unit

Gateways

Data interface with labelling field white, glossy polar white, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

Order no.

425

INSTABUS KNX/EIB BERKER ARSYS Order no.

NEW

Packing unit

IR gateway white, glossy polar white, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

Order no.

Packing unit

Push-button 2gang

* 7566 03 42 * 7566 03 49 * 7566 03 44 * 7566 03 43

1 1 1 1

white, glossy polar white, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

7516 21 42 7516 21 49 7516 21 44 7516 21 43

1 1 1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C Application as 7516 20 .. For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

with anti-dismantling protection for switch, push-button, dimmer and shutter functions dimming / position value transmitter 1 byte extension unit for light scene push-button

Push-button 4gang transmits and receives IR signals and KNX/EIB telegrams converts KNX/EIB telegrams into IR signals and vice-versa this allows activation of music systems, beamers, etc. and volume control, etc. signal repetitions with interval settings on single actuation settable suitable for IR units/transmitters with RC5 and B&O code IR signals learnable (scan) with reset switch to delete all taught-in IR signals for switch, dimmer and IR unit functions dimming / position value transmitter 1 byte extension unit for light scene push-button with slide switch and three-colour status LED for normal, standby and scan mode for wall and ceiling mounting for bus coupling unit flush-mounted version 2.0

Push-buttons Push-button 1gang white, glossy polar white, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

7516 11 42 7516 11 49 7516 11 44 7516 11 43

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C Application as 7516 10.. For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

with anti-dismantling protection for switch, push-button, dimmer and shutter functions dimming / position value transmitter 1 byte extension unit for light scene push-button

426

1 1 1 1

white, glossy polar white, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

7516 41 42 7516 41 49 7516 41 44 7516 41 43

1 1 1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C Application as 7516 40 .. For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

with anti-dismantling protection for switch, dimmer and shutter functions dimming / position value transmitter 1 byte extension unit for light scene push-button

Push-buttons with labelling field Push-button 1gang with labelling field white, glossy polar white, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

7516 10 42 7516 10 49 7516 10 44 7516 10 43

1 1 1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

INSTABUS KNX/EIB BERKER ARSYS Order no.

Packing unit

Push-button 2gang with labelling field white, glossy polar white, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

7516 20 42 7516 20 49 7516 20 44 7516 20 43

Order no.

Push-button 2gang comfort with labelling field 1 1 1 1

white, glossy polar white, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

7516 26 42 7516 26 49 7516 26 44 7516 26 43

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C

For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

Push-button 4gang with labelling field white, glossy polar white, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

7516 40 42 7516 40 49 7516 40 44 7516 40 43

1 1 1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

Push-buttons comfort with labelling field Push-button 1gang comfort with labelling field 7516 16 42 7516 16 49 7516 16 44 7516 16 43

1 1 1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

1 1 1 1

Push-button 4gang comfort with labelling field

white, glossy polar white, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

Packing unit

white, glossy polar white, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

7516 46 42 7516 46 49 7516 46 44 7516 46 43

1 1 1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

427

INSTABUS KNX/EIB BERKER ARSYS Order no.

Packing unit

Light scene push-buttons

Order no.

Packing unit

Thermostats

Light scene push-button comfort with labelling field

Object room thermostat with button interface and integral bus coupling unit

white, glossy polar white, glossy stainless steel, lacquered

7516 87 42 7516 87 49 7516 87 43

1 1 1

white, glossy polar white, glossy light bronze, metal stainless steel

light bronze, lacquered

7516 87 44

Output current per channel max. 0,8 mA; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Cable length, inputs/outputs, max. 5 m; Sensor cable length max. 50 m

Light scenes max. 8; Load groups 8 (are increased in case of cascading); Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C The settings of the individual load groups (light scenes) can be varied by way of the second operating level.

7544 12 42 7544 12 49 7544 12 44 7544 12 43

1 1 1 1

Binary input 4 parameter defineable for remote sensor order no. 0161

For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

Accessories Labelling field with cover plate clear transparent, for white push-buttons

7596 00 03

clear transparent, for polar white push-buttons

7596 00 06

brown transparent, for light bronze coloured push-buttons grey transparent, for stainless steel coloured push-buttons

7596 00 05

7596 00 04

Not suitable for push-button comfort and light scene push-buttons comfort. for replacement need

428

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

INSTABUS KNX/EIB BERKER ARSYS Order no.

Packing unit

Room thermostat with button interface and integral bus coupling unit white, glossy polar white, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

7544 11 42 7544 11 49 7544 11 44 7544 11 43

1 1 1 1

Order no.

Packing unit

Controllers Controller sensor 180 white, glossy polar white, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

7526 11 42 7526 11 49 7526 11 44 7526 11 43

1 1 1 1

Sensor insert Central plate for sensor insert white, glossy polar white, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

7594 04 02 7594 04 09 7594 04 04 7594 04 03

1 1 1 1

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. Labelling field not usable.

Sensor insert order no. 7594 10 01

with slots for air circulation for e.g. temperature sensor PT100

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

429

INSTABUS KNX/EIB BERKER ARSYS Order no.

Packing unit

Controller sensor 180 comfort with slide switch for off/automatic/on white, glossy polar white, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

7526 15 42 7526 15 49 7526 15 44 7526 15 43

Order no.

Packing unit

Controller sensor 180 1 1 1 1

white, glossy polar white, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

7526 12 42 7526 12 49 7526 12 44 7526 12 43

1 1 1 1

430

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

INSTABUS KNX/EIB BERKER ARSYS Order no.

Packing unit

7526 16 42 7526 16 49 7526 16 44 7526 16 43

Packing unit

Info display

Controller sensor 180 comfort with slide switch for off/automatic/on white, glossy polar white, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

Order no.

1 1 1 1

Info display white, glossy polar white, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel, lacquered

7586 00 42 7586 00 49 7586 00 44 7586 00 43

1 1 1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C Commissioning possible only with ETS3 and ETS2 V1.2 SR A. For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

Blank plates Blank plate white, glossy polar white, glossy light bronze, lacquered stainless steel

7594 02 42 7594 02 49 7594 02 44 7594 02 43

1 1 1 1

For bus coupling unit order no. 7504 00 01, 7504 00 02, 7504 00 03

for bus coupling units flush-mounted

For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

431

INSTABUS KNX/EIB B.IQ Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Push-buttons

Packing unit

Push-button 4gang standard polar white, matt stainless steel glass, polar white

Push-button 1gang standard polar white, matt stainless steel glass, polar white

7516 10 99 7516 10 93 7516 10 91

1 1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C

on page T68 For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01 Labelling field see accessories order no. 7590 00 81

For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01 Labelling field see accessories order no. 7590 00 80

with anti-dismantling protection with blue operation LED and 2 white status LED (labelling field illumination) for switch, push-button, dimmer and shutter functions dimming / position value transmitter 1 byte extension unit for light scene push-button

Push-buttons comfort

Push-button 2gang standard 7516 20 99 7516 20 93 7516 20 91

Push-button 1gang comfort

1 1 1

polar white, matt stainless steel glass, polar white

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01 Labelling field see accessories order no. 7590 00 80

with anti-dismantling protection with blue operation LED and 4 white status LED (labelling field illumination) for switch, push-button, dimmer and shutter functions dimming / position value transmitter 1 byte extension unit for light scene push-button

Push-button 3gang standard 7516 30 99 7516 30 93 7516 30 91

7516 15 99 7516 15 93 7516 15 91

1 1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C

on page T68

polar white, matt stainless steel glass, polar white

1 1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C

on page T68

polar white, matt stainless steel glass, polar white

7516 40 99 7516 40 93 7516 40 91

1 1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C on page T68 For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01 Labelling field see accessories order no. 7590 00 80

on page T68 For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01 Labelling field see accessories order no. 7590 00 80

with anti-dismantling protection with blue operation LED and 2 white status LED (labelling field illumination) for switch, push-button, dimmer and shutter functions value transmitter for dimming, position, brightness and temperature values 1 and 2 byte extension unit for light scene push-button cyclic transmission can also be started via switching object alarm telegram after disconnection from bus coupling unit 1 bit or 1 byte single and two push-button operation parameterisable one push-button operation for switching, pushing, shutters and dimming activation of second user level via object

with anti-dismantling protection with blue operation LED and 6 white status LED (labelling field illumination) for switch, push-button, dimmer and shutter functions dimming / position value transmitter 1 byte extension unit for light scene push-button

432

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

INSTABUS KNX/EIB B.IQ Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Push-button 2gang comfort polar white, matt stainless steel glass, polar white

7516 25 99 7516 25 93 7516 25 91

Packing unit

Push-button 4gang comfort polar white, matt stainless steel glass, polar white

1 1 1

Operating temperature -5- +45

7516 45 99 7516 45 93 7516 45 91

1 1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C

on page T68

on page T68 For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01 Labelling field see accessories order no. 7590 00 80

For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01 Labelling field see accessories order no. 7590 00 81

with anti-dismantling protection with blue operation LED and 4 white status LED (labelling field illumination) for switch, push-button, dimmer and shutter functions value transmitter for dimming, position, brightness and temperature values 1 and 2 byte extension unit for light scene push-button cyclic transmission can also be started via switching object alarm telegram after disconnection from bus coupling unit 1 bit or 1 byte single and two push-button operation parameterisable one push-button operation for switching, pushing, shutters and dimming activation of second user level via object

for installation in 1gang wall boxes with anti-dismantling protection with blue operation LED and 8 white status LED (labelling field illumination) for switch, push-button, dimmer and shutter functions value transmitter for dimming, position, brightness and temperature values 1 and 2 byte extension unit for light scene push-button cyclic transmission can also be started via switching object lockable via 3-button actuation alarm telegram after disconnection from bus coupling unit 1 bit or 1 byte single and two push-button operation parameterisable one push-button operation for switching, pushing, shutters and dimming second operating level via object or 3-button handle

Push-button 3gang comfort polar white, matt stainless steel glass, polar white

7516 35 99 7516 35 93 7516 35 91

1 1 1

Light scene push-buttons Light scene push-button 8gang comfort

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C

polar white, matt stainless steel glass, polar white

on page T68 For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01 Labelling field see accessories order no. 7590 00 80 on page T68

with anti-dismantling protection with blue operation LED and 6 white status LED (labelling field illumination) for switch, push-button, dimmer and shutter functions value transmitter for dimming, position, brightness and temperature values 1 and 2 byte extension unit for light scene push-button cyclic transmission can also be started via switching object alarm telegram after disconnection from bus coupling unit 1 bit or 1 byte single and two push-button operation parameterisable one push-button operation for switching, pushing, shutters and dimming activation of second user level via object

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

7516 86 99 7516 86 93 7516 86 91

1 1 1

Light scenes max. 8; Load groups 8 (are increased in case of cascading); Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C For bus coupling unit flush-mounted order no. 7504 00 01 Labelling field see accessories order no. 7590 00 81

for installation in 1gang wall boxes with anti-dismantling protection with blue operation LED and 8 white status LED (labelling field illumination) Retrieval, setting and storing of 8 light scenes dimming / position value transmitter 1 byte light scene push-buttons are cascadable second operating level for setting load groups via 3-button actuation

433

INSTABUS KNX/EIB B.IQ Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Push-buttons with room thermostat and display

Push-button 4gang with room thermostat and display

Push-button 3gang with room thermostat and display polar white, matt stainless steel glass, polar white on page T68

7566 35 99 7566 35 93 7566 35 91

1 1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C Only for bus coupling unit plus order no. 7504 00 03 Labelling field see accessories order no. 7590 00 80

for installation in 1gang wall boxes with anti-dismantling protection with blue operation LED and 6 white status LED (labelling field illumination) LC display with symbols and illumination, switchable via object display of operating mode, controller lockout, room/ outside temperature, time (clock required) text display (ASCII-format) with 2 additional display buttons button help function can be activated end customer display scope parameterisable for switch, push-button, dimmer, shutter and room thermostat functions value transmitter for dimming, position, brightness and temperature values 1 and 2 byte extension unit for light scene push-button cyclic transmission can also be started via switching object single and two push-button operation parameterisable one push-button operation for switching, pushing, shutters and dimming area dimming shutter operation concept short-long-short and long-short parameterisable rockers or push-button lockable via object alarm telegram after disconnection from bus coupling unit 1 bit, 1 or 2 byte with room temperature timer and 2-week timer functions for individual single room control controller operating modes: comfort, standby, night and frost/heat protection mode for heating and/or cooling mode with/without auxiliary step control parameter for heating / cooling unit pre-set for continuous (PI) or switched (2-point) control of max. 2 control circuits temperature measurement via internal and/or external sensor with mean value formation presence button parameterisable to extend comfort separate window contact object indicator objects for heating and cooling with valve protection function object for controller status with button lock function with flash-controller technology programmable with ETS2 as of V1.2a and ETS3

434

Packing unit

polar white, matt stainless steel glass, polar white on page T68

7566 45 99 7566 45 93 7566 45 91

1 1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C Only for bus coupling unit plus order no. 7504 00 03 Labelling field see accessories order no. 7590 00 81

for installation in 1gang wall boxes with anti-dismantling protection with blue operation LED and 8 white status LED (labelling field illumination) LC display with symbols and illumination, switchable via object display of operating mode, controller lockout, room/ outside temperature, time (clock required) text display (ASCII-format) with 2 additional display buttons button help function can be activated end customer display scope parameterisable for switch, push-button, dimmer, shutter and room thermostat functions value transmitter for dimming, position, brightness and temperature values 1 and 2 byte extension unit for light scene push-button cyclic transmission can also be started via switching object single and two push-button operation parameterisable one push-button operation for switching, pushing, shutters and dimming area dimming shutter operation concept short-long-short and long-short parameterisable rockers or push-button lockable via object alarm telegram after disconnection from bus coupling unit 1 bit, 1 or 2 byte with room temperature timer and 2-week timer functions for individual single room control controller operating modes: comfort, standby, night and frost/heat protection mode for heating and/or cooling mode with/without auxiliary step control parameter for heating / cooling unit pre-set for continuous (PI) or switched (2-point) control of max. 2 control circuits temperature measurement via internal and/or external sensor with mean value formation presence button parameterisable to extend comfort separate window contact object indicator objects for heating and cooling with valve protection function object for controller status with button lock function with flash-controller technology programmable with ETS2 as of V1.2a and ETS3

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

INSTABUS KNX/EIB B.IQ Order no.

Packing unit

Push-button 5gang with room thermostat and display polar white, matt stainless steel glass, polar white on page T68

7566 55 99 7566 55 93 7566 55 91

Order no.

IR push-buttons with room thermostat and display IR push-button 3gang with room thermostat and display

1 1 1

polar white, matt stainless steel glass, polar white

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C Only for bus coupling unit plus order no. 7504 00 03 Labelling field see accessories order no. 7590 00 82

for installation in 1gang wall boxes with anti-dismantling protection with blue operation LED and 10 white status LED (labelling field illumination) LC display with symbols and illumination, switchable via object display of operating mode, controller lockout, room/ outside temperature, time (clock required) text display (ASCII-format) with 2 additional display buttons button help function can be activated end customer display scope parameterisable for switch, push-button, dimmer, shutter and room thermostat functions value transmitter for dimming, position, brightness and temperature values 1 and 2 byte extension unit for light scene push-button cyclic transmission can also be started via switching object single and two push-button operation parameterisable one push-button operation for switching, pushing, shutters and dimming area dimming shutter operation concept short-long-short and long-short parameterisable rockers or push-button lockable via object alarm telegram after disconnection from bus coupling unit 1 bit, 1 or 2 byte with room temperature timer and 2-week timer functions for individual single room control controller operating modes: comfort, standby, night and frost/heat protection mode for heating and/or cooling mode with/without auxiliary step control parameter for heating / cooling unit pre-set for continuous (PI) or switched (2-point) control of max. 2 control circuits temperature measurement via internal and/or external sensor with mean value formation presence button parameterisable to extend comfort separate window contact object indicator objects for heating and cooling with valve protection function object for controller status with button lock function with flash-controller technology programmable with ETS2 as of V1.2a and ETS3

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Packing unit

on page T68

7566 36 99 7566 36 93 7566 36 91

1 1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C IR hand-held transmitter order no. 2779 see house electronics. Only for bus coupling unit plus order no. 7504 00 03 Labelling field see accessories order no. 7590 00 80

for installation in 1gang wall boxes with anti-dismantling protection with blue operation LED and 6 white status LED (labelling field illumination) LC display with symbols and illumination, switchable via object display of operating mode, controller lockout, room/ outside temperature, time (clock required) text display (ASCII-format) with 2 additional display buttons button help function can be activated end customer display scope parameterisable for switch, push-button, dimmer, shutter and room thermostat functions IR telegram with RC5 coding parameterisable per push-button value transmitter for dimming, position, brightness and temperature values 1 and 2 byte extension unit for light scene push-button cyclic transmission can also be started via switching object single and two push-button operation parameterisable one push-button operation for switching, pushing, shutters and dimming area dimming shutter operation concept short-long-short and long-short parameterisable rockers or push-button lockable via object alarm telegram after disconnection from bus coupling unit 1 bit, 1 or 2 byte with room temperature timer and 2-week timer functions for individual single room control controller operating modes: comfort, standby, night and frost/heat protection mode for heating and/or cooling mode with/without auxiliary step control parameter for heating / cooling unit pre-set for continuous (PI) or switched (2-point) control of max. 2 control circuits temperature measurement via internal and/or external sensor with mean value formation presence button parameterisable to extend comfort separate window contact object indicator objects for heating and cooling with valve protection function object for controller status with button lock function with flash-controller technology programmable with ETS2 as of V1.2a and ETS3

435

INSTABUS KNX/EIB B.IQ Order no.

on page T68

436

Packing unit

Order no.

Packing unit

IR push-button 4gang with room thermostat and display

IR push-button 5gang with room thermostat and display

polar white, matt stainless steel glass, polar white

7566 46 99 7566 46 93 7566 46 91

1 1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C

on page T68

7566 56 99 7566 56 93 7566 56 91

1 1 1

Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C

IR hand-held transmitter order no. 2779 see house electronics.

Only for bus coupling unit plus order no. 7504 00 03 Labelling field see accessories order no. 7590 00 81

Only for bus coupling unit plus order no. 7504 00 03 Labelling field see accessories order no. 7590 00 82

for installation in 1gang wall boxes with anti-dismantling protection with blue operation LED and 8 white status LED (labelling field illumination) LC display with symbols and illumination, switchable via object display of operating mode, controller lockout, room/ outside temperature, time (clock required) text display (ASCII-format) with 2 additional display buttons button help function can be activated end customer display scope parameterisable for switch, push-button, dimmer, shutter and room thermostat functions IR telegram with RC5 coding parameterisable per push-button value transmitter for dimming, position, brightness and temperature values 1 and 2 byte extension unit for light scene push-button cyclic transmission can also be started via switching object single and two push-button operation parameterisable one push-button operation for switching, pushing, shutters and dimming area dimming shutter operation concept short-long-short and long-short parameterisable rockers or push-button lockable via object alarm telegram after disconnection from bus coupling unit 1 bit, 1 or 2 byte with room temperature timer and 2-week timer functions for individual single room control controller operating modes: comfort, standby, night and frost/heat protection mode for heating and/or cooling mode with/without auxiliary step control parameter for heating / cooling unit pre-set for continuous (PI) or switched (2-point) control of max. 2 control circuits temperature measurement via internal and/or external sensor with mean value formation presence button parameterisable to extend comfort separate window contact object indicator objects for heating and cooling with valve protection function object for controller status with button lock function with flash-controller technology programmable with ETS2 as of V1.2a and ETS3

for installation in 1gang wall boxes with anti-dismantling protection with blue operation LED and 10 white status LED (labelling field illumination) LC display with symbols and illumination, switchable via object display of operating mode, controller lockout, room/ outside temperature, time (clock required) text display (ASCII-format) with 2 additional display buttons button help function can be activated end customer display scope parameterisable for switch, push-button, dimmer, shutter and room thermostat functions IR telegram with RC5 coding parameterisable per push-button value transmitter for dimming, position, brightness and temperature values 1 and 2 byte extension unit for light scene push-button cyclic transmission can also be started via switching object single and two push-button operation parameterisable one push-button operation for switching, pushing, shutters and dimming area dimming shutter operation concept short-long-short and long-short parameterisable rockers or push-button lockable via object alarm telegram after disconnection from bus coupling unit 1 bit, 1 or 2 byte with room temperature timer and 2-week timer functions for individual single room control controller operating modes: comfort, standby, night and frost/heat protection mode for heating and/or cooling mode with/without auxiliary step control parameter for heating / cooling unit pre-set for continuous (PI) or switched (2-point) control of max. 2 control circuits temperature measurement via internal and/or external sensor with mean value formation presence button parameterisable to extend comfort separate window contact object indicator objects for heating and cooling with valve protection function object for controller status with button lock function with flash-controller technology programmable with ETS2 as of V1.2a and ETS3

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

INSTABUS KNX/EIB B.IQ / AQUATEC IP44 Order no.

Packing unit

Accessories

Packing unit

Push-buttons BCU / group push-buttons BCU Labelling field for B.IQ push-buttons 1gang, 2gang, 3gang clear transparent

7590 00 80

Dimensions (W x H x D) 151,6 x 85 x 5,7 mm

Labelling field for B.IQ push-buttons 4gang 7590 00 81

Push-button BCU 1gang light grey

7519 10 00

Dimensions (W x H x D) 151,6 x 114,6 x 5,7 mm

can be illuminated by status LED

for order no. 1290 05, 7599 10 00, 7599 11 00, 7599 13 00

for switch and push-button functions with integral bus coupling unit with programming button with red programming LED and red status LED bus connection via connecting terminal Wago clip-in 3-wire connection terminal for wiring

Labelling field for B.IQ push-buttons 5gang

Push-button BCU 2gang

clear transparent

light grey

7590 00 82

Dimensions (W x H x D) 151,6 x 144,2 x 5,7 mm

IP44 with rocker.

can be illuminated by status LED

clear transparent

Push-button BCUs

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C

on page T68

Order no.

7519 20 00

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C Degree of protection IP44 with mounted rockers.

on page T68

can be illuminated by status LED

for order no. 7599 20 00, 7599 21 00

for switch, push-button, dimmer and shutter functions with integral bus coupling unit with programming button with red programming LED and 2 red status LEDs bus connection via connecting terminal Wago clip-in 3-wire connection terminal for wiring

Group push-button BCUs Group push-button BCU 1gang light grey

7519 11 00

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C IP44 with rocker. for order no. 1290 05, 7599 10 00, 7599 11 00, 7599 12 00, 7599 13 00

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

437

INSTABUS KNX/EIB AQUATEC IP44 Order no.

Packing unit

Emergency switch covers

Group push-button BCU 2gang light grey

Order no.

7519 21 00

cover with glass screen, rocker and adhesive label sheets

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C

red

Degree of protection IP44 with mounted rockers.

1290 05

The cover can be replaced with the standard rocker on all rocker switches and rocker push-buttons in this range.

for order no. 7599 20 00, 7599 22 00

Housing bolts made of stainless steel. Adhesive label sheets, text white: „Notschalter“, „Rauchabzug“, „Feuerschutztür schließen“, „Feuerabschluss schließen“, „Heizung“, „Lichtkuppel“, „Hausalarm“ und „Öffnen“ supplied. Not suitable for heating systems > 50 kW.

Rockers

In case of danger break glass and press rocker!

Rocker grey

7599 10 00

for rocker switches for rocker push-buttons for push-button BCU 1gang and group push-button BCU 1gang

for order no. 7519 ..

for push-button BCU 1gang and group push-button BCU 1gang

Rocker with imprinted symbol arrows

Rocker with labelling field grey

7599 13 00

for order no. 7519 ..

for push-button BCU 1gang and group push-button BCU 1gang

Rocker with 5 lenses attached 7599 11 00

grey

7599 12 00

For group push-button BCU 1gang order no. 7519 11 00

For labelling with name, information notice, etc.

grey

Rockers

Rockers grey

7599 20 00

for order no. 7519 ..

Lenses with symbol for light, bell, door and neutral in clear, also neutral in red transparent. for order no. 7519 ..

for push-button BCU 1gang and group push-button BCU 1gang

for push-button BCU 2gang and group push-button BCU 2gang

Rockers with imprinted symbol arrow grey

7599 21 00

For push-button BCU 2gang order no. 7519 20 00

Rockers with imprinted symbol arrows grey

7599 22 00

For group push-button BCU 2gang order no. 7519 21 00

438

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

INSTABUS KNX/EIB QUICK OVERVIEW SWITCH / SHUTTER ACTUATORS INSTABUS®KNX/EIB Packing unit QUICK OVERVIEW SWITCH / SHUTTER ACTUATORS

Order no.

Feature

General - Type of installation - Module width (units) - Manual operation - Rated current - Current detection - Operating voltage - Relay type Functions in application software (only switching) initialisation functions - Relay operating mode (NO / NC contact) - Behaviour after bus power restoration - Behaviour after bus / mains power restoration - Behaviour after ETS download - Behaviour after bus power failure Types of positive operation - Blocking function - Positive operation Logical links - AND - OR - AND with feedback Time functions - Switch-on delay - Switch-off delay - Stairwell function - Stairwell function with switch-on delay - Pre-warning time - Time extension - Variable stairwell time - Variable stairwell time with activation Other functions - Light scene function - Central function - Cyclical monitoring - Operating hours meter Current detection - Measured value detection - Monitoring load range exceeded - Monitoring load range not reached - Teach-in function Manual operation - Blocking function - Status Feedback functions - Relay status (individual) - Relay status (combined) Switching capacities Switching capacities to DIN EN 60669 Switching capacities to DIN EN 60947-4-1. - AC1 - AC3 Mechanical operating life Ohmic load Incandescent lamp load HV halogen lamp LV halogen lamp - on inductive transformers - on electronic transformers Fluorescent lamp - uncompensated - compensated - Duo circuit Fluorescent lamp on electronic ballast - Osram QTP 2x58W - Osram QT-FQ 2x54W - Osram QT-FH 2x28W Capacitive load Maximum making current Current detection - Measuring range - Measuring accuracy 1)

Packing unit

Order no.

Switch actuator 2gang 16 A, order no. 75312008 Switch actuator 4gang 16 A C load with current Switch actuator 4gang 16 A, order no. 75314015 detection, order no. 75314016 Switch actuator 8gang 16 A, order no. 75318004 Switch actuator 8gang 16 A C load with current detection, order no. 75318005

Switch / shutter actuator 8/4gang 16 A, order no. 75318003 Switch / shutter actuator 16/8gang 16 A, order no. 75310002

RMD 4/8

16 A Bus bi-stable

16 AX capacitive load

16 A Mains: 110-230 V AC mono-stable

Bus bi-stable

1) 1)

mechanical Manual operation

(per channel)

16 A / 140 µF

16 A / 200 µF

16 A / 140 µF

16 A 1,000,000 3600 W 2500 W 2500 W

16 A 16 A 1,000,000 3680 W 3680 W 3680 W

16 A 5,000,000 3000 W 3000 W 2500 W

1200 W 1500 W

2000 W 2500 W

1500 W 1800 W

2500 W 1300 W 2300 W

3680 W 2500 W 2500 W

1000 W 1160 W 2300 W

11 11 17 16 A / 140 µF 400 A / 150 µs

17 17 25 16 A / 200 µF 600 A / 150 µs

11 11 17 16 A / 140 µF 800 A / 200 µs

aprox. 250 mA to 20 A aprox. ± 8%

Note: With the switch / shutter actuator 16-/8gang (order no. 75310002) these functions are available only on use of the ETS3 Patch d (down loadable under www.konnex.org).

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New 439

439

INSTABUS KNX/EIB QUICK OVERVIEW SWITCH / SHUTTER ACTUATORS INSTABUS®KNX/EIB Packing unit QUICK OVERVIEW SWITCH / SHUTTER ACTUATORS

Order no.

Feature

General - Type of installation - Module width (units) - Manual operation - Rated current - Current detection - Operating voltage - Relay type - End position detection (electro-mechanical drives) Functions in application software (only shutter) initialisation functions - Behaviour after bus power restoration - Behaviour after ETS download - Behaviour after bus power failure Direct positive functions - Up / Down / Stop - Blade adjustment - Move to position (blades and shutter) - Positions with end position detection - Central function - Light scene function - Fabric tensioning / ventilation - Shutters / awnings operation - Ventilation flap operation Sun protection function - Simple sun protection Automatic function - Sun protection (extended) - Heating / cooling Security functions - Wind alarms (3 items) - Rain alarm - Frost alarm - Positive operation Feedback functions - Position shutter - Position blades - Invalid position - Drive movement Manual operation - Blocking function - Status Switching capacities Contact load rating Switching capacities to DIN EN 60669 AC switching capacity DC switching capacity Switching capacities to DIN EN 60947-4-1. - AC1 - AC3 Ohmic load Incandescent lamp load HV halogen lamp LV halogen lamp - on inductive transformers - on electronic transformers Fluorescent lamp - uncompensated - compensated - Duo circuit Fluorescent lamp on electronic ballast - Osram QTP 2x58W - Osram QT-FQ 2x54W - Osram QT-FH 2x28W Capacitive load Maximum making current

440

Packing unit

Order no.

Shutter actuator 4gang 230 V AC / 2gang 12-48 V DC, order no.75314018 Shutter actuator 8gang 230 V AC / 4gang 12-48 V DC, order no.75318008

Switch / shutter actuator 8/4gang 16 A, order no. 75318003 Switch / shutter actuator 16/8gang 16 A, order no. 75310002

RMD 4

RMD 4/8

6A Mains: 110-230 V AC mono-stable

16 A Mains: 110-230 V AC mono-stable -

(per channel)

6 A / 230 V AC1 6 A / 230 V AC1 6 A / 230 V (50% switch-on time) 3 A / 230 V (continuous rating) 6 A / 12-48 V DC (50% switch-on time) 3 A / 12-48 V DC (continuous rating)

16 A / 230 V AC1 16 AX / 140 µF 16 A

6A -

16 A 3000 W 3000 W 2500 W

1500 W 1800 W

1000 W 1160 W 2300 W

11 11 17 16 A / 140 µF 800 A / 200 µs

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New 440

INSTABUS KNX/EIB QUICK OVERVIEW DIMMING ACTUATORS DALI GATEWAY INSTABUS®KNX/EIB Order no. Packing Order no. Packing unit unit QUICK OVERVIEW DIMMING ACTUATORS DALI GATEWAY Feature General Outputs Type of installation Type of installation Manual operation Operating voltage Functions in application software (only switching) Initialisation functions - Behaviour after bus power restoration - Behaviour after ETS download - Behaviour after bus power failure - Switch-on brightness - Basic brightness - Upper dimming limit Direct functions - On/Off - Relative dimming - absolute dimming Types of positive operation - Blocking function - Positive operation Time functions - Switch-on delay - Switch-off delay - Timed dimming function - Pre-warning time - Time extension - Variable stairwell dimming time - Variable stairwell dimming time with activation - Soft switch-on - Soft switch-off - Switch-off brightness - Characteristic curve correction Other functions - Light scene function - Central function - Setting for type of load - Operating hours meter - Independent binary inputs Manual operation - Blocking function - Status Feedback functions - Switch status feedback - Brightness value feedback - Short circuit feedback - Open circuit feedback DALI-specific functions - Individual DALI device status feedback - DALI power supply status feedback - DALI short circuit feedback Power output / output variables Maximum power per channel Minimum power per channel Universal boosters per channel Max. number of controllable DALI devices Max. number of DALI devices per group 1-16 Max. number of DALI devices per group 17-32

Universal dim actuator 4gang, 20-210 W/VA, order no. 75314017

Universal dim actuator 1gang 50-210 W/VA flush-mounted, order no. 75341003

DALI gateway RMD, order no. 75710003

4 RMD 8

1 Flush-mounted 230 V, 50/60 Hz

1 (for max. 64 devices in 32 groups) RMD 4

190-230 V, 50/60 Hz

110-230 V, 50/60 Hz

(per channel)

(Groups 1-16) (Groups 1-16) -

210 W/VA 20 W/VA Phase cut-off max. 10 items @ 500 W -

210 W/VA 50 W/VA -

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New 441

64 64 1

441

Alarm system wired With the most modern technology this conventional wired alarm system gives reliable protection. The system offers economical monitoring, particularly of smaller properties such as owner-occupied flats, whole-floor flats, holiday homes etc. ■ Economical, wired alarm system ■ Integrated key switch ■ Monitoring both when occupied and when unoccupied ■ Input for emergency / attack button ■ Integrated protection against sabotage; back-up power supply ■ 4 signalling lines with LED displays available Alarm system KNX/EIB The KNX/EIB alarm central unit is an intelligent and very powerful alarm system. Integrated into the instabus KNX/EIB building system and certified to Konnex directives, the subject enjoys optimum monitoring. ■ Uses the instabus KNX/EIB installation bus ■ Minimises additional wiring work ■ 160 detectors are managed in up to 4 separate security zones ■ Individual identification and monitoring of all detectors ■ Precise time and date records of all events ■ Back-up power supply battery lasts at least 12 hours ■ Local detector input for self-protection of the device ■ Relay contact for additional functions

442

SAFETY SYSTEMS Building system technology Alarm systems, Detectors, Alarm units

With the most modern technology and high-tech design integrated into the living environment, the Berker ALARM SYSTEM provides reliable protection. Insurance offers financial compensation for stolen items, but they cannot replace sentimental value. Therefore it is best to combine good insurance with suitable precautionary measures against break-ins, theft and vandalism.

443

SAFETY SYSTEMS Order no.

Packing unit

Alarm system wired

on page T43

Packing unit

Alarm system KNX/EIB

Alarm central unit polar white/black

Order no.

Alarm central unit KNX/EIB 9020

polar white/black

7573 00 10

Operating voltage 230 V~; Frequency 50 Hz; Operating voltage, alternative 12 V=; Output voltage 12 V=; Switching current at 12 V=: max. 1 A; Buzzer volume 85 dBA/10 cm; Siren duration adjustable approx. 0 - 180 sec.; Activation/alarm delay time adjustable 0 - 60 sec.; Pulse duration for inputs min. 0,4 sec.; Operating temperature 0 - 50 °C; Dimensions (W x H x D) 165 x 215 x 48 mm

Lithium battery pack 14.4 V for emergency power supply - order separately!

To agree upon a training date, please contact your regional Berker field sales representative.

for wired components with 4 signal lines (internal, external, sabotage, 24 h) 2 control centre and 4 signal line status LED emergency power supply from battery with sabotage protection by contact in cover with integrated key switch and 2 keys with buzzer for acknowledgement and internal alarm message flash light on external siren lights until disarmed with fitting material with screw terminals

Accessories: Lithium battery pack 14.4 V 9214 01

14,4 V=, 2 Ah Cable length approx. 60 mm

as emergency power supply for alarm central unit

To prevent malfunctions, we recommend that only Berker KNX/EIB products are used in connection with the alarm central unit KNX/EIB. for maximum 160 sensors (communication objects) and 4 alarm zones alarm zones can be activated individually or linked history memory with individual sensor identification detector descriptions can be defined as required cyclic sensor monitoring alarm duration and delay times activated/alarm adjustable sensor inputs via binary inputs or universal interfaces activat. phone dial unit assault, burglary, fire, malfunc.,armed/not armed on potent.-free cont./ KNX outputs for outside/inside siren and flash light or connection to KNX/EIB via actuator with sabotage protection by contact in cover additional signal input as sabotage protection for mounting place decentral indication and operation, e.g. info display with emergency power storage battery 12 V for maximum 12 hours with integral clock (DCF-compatible using system clock) with green operation LED and red programming LED with control LED per output cascadable with fitting material requirement: ETS2 V1.2a or ETS3 bus connection via connecting terminal with screw terminals

Accessories: Emergency power storage battery 12 V 9200 01

12 V=, 1,2 Ah for order no. 7573 00 10

for alarm central unit KNX/EIB for replacement need

444

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Order no.

Packing unit

Accessories

Packing unit

Universal interface 4gang comfort flushmounted

Universal interfaces

light grey

Universal interface 2gang comfort flushmounted light grey

Order no.

7564 20 01

Operating voltage over bus 21 - 32 V=; Input scanning voltage per channel 5 V; Output current per channel max. 0,8 mA; Operating temperature -5 - +45 °C; Cable length approx. 250 mm; Extendable cable length max. 5 m; Dimensions (L x W x H) 43 x 28,5 x 15,5 mm with 2 independent binary inputs for potential-free contacts 2 binary inputs, 2 outputs or 1 binary input and 1 output parameterisable outputs for LED e.g. as status LED for switch, push-button, dimmer and shutter functions value transmitter for dimming, position, brightness and temperature values 1 and 2 byte functions: impulse counter or switch counter for input 1 for impulse counter function, input 2 is required for the synchronising signal extension unit for light scene push-button cyclic transmission parameterisable for switching function single and two push-button operation parameterisable one push-button operation for switching, pushing, shutters and dimming shutter operation concept short-long-short and long-short parameterisable objects for locking individual inputs and outputs objects: switching, forced guidance and feedback of respective output object for logical linking (e.g. OR / AND / AND with return) with programming button and red programming LED bus connection via connecting terminal

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

7564 40 01

445

SAFETY SYSTEMS Order no.

Packing unit

7564 80 01

Packing unit

Detectors

Universal interface 8gang comfort flushmounted black

Order no.

Magnetic contacts Magnetic contact polar white brown

on page T40

9251 02 9251 01

1 1

Switching voltage max. 40 V=; Switching current max. 500 mA; Max. switching capacity 10 W; Cable length 3 m; Dimensions, sensor (L x W x H) 44 x 15 x 15 mm RolloTec function: When window is open, blind moves to the lower end position for example. Suitable for RolloTec covers with sensor connection. To monitor window and door opening. RolloTec time switch with sensor connection order no. 1755 .., 1775 .. RolloTec memory button with sensor connection order no. 1757 .. RolloTec radio button with sensor connection order no. 1759 .. RolloTec button comfort with sensor connection order no. 1771 .. Connection e.g. with universal interface order no. 7564 .0 01 to alarm central unit EIB order no. 7573 00 10 For alarm central unit order no. 9020

IP67 built-on/built-in pre-assembled, with cable in the isolated state the contact is open

Gate contact 9252

Switching voltage max. 20 V=; Switching current max. 500 mA; Cable length 2 m Connection e.g. with universal interface order no. 7564 .. .. to alarm central unit KNX/EIB order no. 7573 00 10 For alarm central unit order no. 9020

IP67 magnetic contact to monitor opening of gates and roller doors solid metal design for floor mounting with fitting material pre-assembled, with cable in the isolated state the contact is open

446

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

SAFETY SYSTEMS Order no.

Packing unit

Glass breakage sensors

on page T44

Sirens

9253 02 9253 01

1 1

Switching voltage max. 18 V=; Switching current max. 10 mA; Transition resistance no load max. 30 Ω; Transition resistance alarm state min. 1 MΩ; Opening time 0,5 - 5 Sec. depending on glass type; Cable length 5 m Attention! Please use the following adhesive sets only. www.loctite.com 29691 Glass-metal adhesive set of: 319 adhesive and 7649 activator

polar white

on page T44

passive piezoelectric glass breakage sensor with potential-free contacts without auxiliary voltage for bonding on window pane pre-assembled, with cable opens the contact in case of glass breakage

Motion detector 90° # 9155

for order no. 9020 Connection e.g. with universal interface order no. 7564 .. .. to alarm central unit KNX/EIB order no. 7573 00 10

IP20 with LED detection indicator with failsafe break contact (NC contact) with sabotage protection by contact in cover with crawl-under protection for wall and corner mounting with cable entry at top, backside and each side with screw terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

for connection to alarm central unit and KNX/EIB alarm central unit with loud pressure-chamber siren with sabotage protection by contact in cover and arcing contact powder-coated stainless steel housing with fitting material with screw terminals

Internal siren polar white

Controllers

12 V= Recommended installation height approx. 2,3 m; Range approx. 15 m; Detection angle 90 °; Sectors 31; Switching segments 124; Sensitivity adjustable 2 - 4 pulses; Dimensions (W x H x D) 60 x 112 x 42 mm

9051 50

12 V= Current consumption max. 600 mA; Flash current consumption 300 mA; Siren current consumption 300 mA; Flash energy 6,7 Ws; Flash alarm duration - Fuzzy; Duration of siren alarm - fuzzy, max. 3 Min.; Sound pressure at 1 metre distance 108 dB; Operating temperature -20 - +50 °C; Weight approx. 2,8 kg; Dimensions (W x H x D) 180 x 390 x 140 mm

IP64

IP67

on page T42

External siren with flashlight

For alarm central unit KNX/EIB order no. 7573 00 10 For alarm central unit order no. 9020

for order no. 9020 Connection e.g. with universal interface order no. 7564 .. .. to alarm central unit KNX/EIB order no. 7573 00 10

polar white

Packing unit

Alarm units

Glass breakage sensor polar white brown

Order no.

9050

9 - 14 V=, 140 mA / 12 V= Switch-on time ED 100 %; Sound pressure at 1 metre distance 110 dB; ;Signal frequency adjustable 2800 - 3100 Hz; Operating temperature -20 - 60 °C; Weight approx. 160 g; Dimensions (W x H x D) 145 x 95 x 30 mm The indoor siren can be operated together with the external siren on the alarm central unit. The indoor siren serves firstly to alarm the residents, for example when there is a smoke alarm. Secondly the loud acoustic signal scares away criminals. For alarm central unit KNX/EIB order no. 7573 00 10 For alarm central unit order no. 9020

IP30 for connection to alarm central unit and KNX/EIB alarm central unit with loud piezo signal generator, dual tone with sabotage protection by contact in cover with break-out cable entry at top/bottom and backside with fitting material with screw terminals

447

SAFETY SYSTEMS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Packing unit

Gateways NEW

Tele-control surface-mounted light grey

* 7573 00 11

Accessories: Handset black

7590 00 09

for recording custom announcement texts standard commercially available telephone receiver with RJ11 plug

448

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

SAFETY SYSTEMS Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Activation switches

Compulsory activating device

Key switches

Blocking elements Key switch with LED flush-mounted polar white

on page T44

9103 01

Electromechanical blocking element 1

12 V= Switching current 500 mA/60V=; Current consumption per LED max. 5 mA; Buzzer current consumption 6 mA; Buzzer volume 70 dBA/30 cm; Operating temperature -20 - +60 °C; Flush-mounted housing dimensions (W x H x D) 79 x 113 x 53,5 mm; Front plate dimensions (W x H) 101 x 135 mm Recommendation: Use identical closing to that of the master key system. For suitable alternative profile half cylinders, see module inserts. Profile half cylinder see module inserts / accessories order no. 1818 01, 1818 Connection e.g. with universal interface order no. 7564 .. .. to alarm central unit KNX/EIB order no. 7573 00 10 For alarm central unit order no. 9020

IP54 to connect to alarm central unit with 2 LEDs for free activation, orange and green with protection against drilling and ceiling contact to prevent sabotage with acknowledgement buzzer powder-coated aluminium front plate for profile half cylinders with two-hole screws as dismantling protection and screwdriver with screw terminals

Key switch surface-mounted with LED polar white

on page T44

9103 02

12 V= Switching current 500 mA/60V=; Current consumption per LED max. 5 mA; Buzzer current consumption 6 mA; Buzzer volume 70 dBA/30 cm; Operating temperature -20 - +60 °C; Dimensions (W x H x D) 79,5 x 113,5 x 54 mm Recommendation: Use identical closing to that of the master key system. For suitable alternative profile half cylinders, see module inserts. Profile half cylinder see module inserts / accessories order no. 1818 01, 1818 Connection e.g. with universal interface order no. 7564 .. .. to alarm central unit KNX/EIB order no. 7573 00 10 For alarm central unit order no. 9020

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Packing unit

9108

7 - 15 V= Current consumption (idle) approx. 40 mA; Current consumption (closing) approx. 60 mA; Current consumption (blocking) approx. 120 mA; Feedback outputs for bolt position 50 mA; Opening time 0,5 sec.; Operating temperature -25 - 60 °C; Lock bolt distance 12 mm; Distance to the counterpiece max. 8 mm; Cable length approx. 3 m; Dimensions housing (W x H x D) 20 x 134 x 28 mm; Dimensions Stulp (W x H x D) 20 x 175 x 2 mm In conjunction with the bolt switching contact, prevents access to an area that has been armed. For activation via switch actuator order no. 7531 60 02 For alarm central unit KNX/EIB order no. 7573 00 10

for activation with static or dynamic signals with integral magnet contact to build into the door frame for alarm central unit KNX/EIB

Bolt switch contact Bolt switch contact NO contact

9107

Switching voltage max. 30 V=; Switching current max. 100 mA; Cable length approx. 2 m; Dimensions (W x H x D) 11 x 40 x 22 mm Transfer of contact position to bus e.g. with universal interface order no. 7564 80 01 For alarm central unit KNX/EIB order no. 7573 00 10

is operated by lock bolt to build into the lock plate on the door frame with switch lever extension for alarm central unit KNX/EIB

Pulse door openers Pulse door opener 9106

10 - 15 V= Current consumption (pulse) approx. 320 mA; Feedback contact voltage max. 30 V=; Feedback contact current max. 10 mA; Pulse time min. 50 ms; Operating temperature -25 - +60 °C; Distance to the counterpiece max. 8 mm; Dimensions housing (W x H x D) 26 x 113 x 29 mm; Dimensions lock plate (W x H x D) 30 x 160 x 3 mm For activation via switch actuator order no. 7531 60 02 For alarm central unit KNX/EIB order no. 7573 00 10

to build into the door frame additionally independent of position for alarm central unit KNX/EIB with screw terminals

449

SAFETY SYSTEMS Order no.

Packing unit

Accessories

Order no.

Packing unit

Smoke detectors

Distribution terminals

Smoke detector RM.1 polar white

Distribution terminal flush-mounted polar white

9254

12 V=

with 8pole through-contacted circuit board with sabotage protection by contact in cover with cover suitable for standard commercially available flushmounted and hollow-wall boxes without spreader claws with screw terminals

on page T45

9259

Fixing of the smoke detector on the bottom part is only possible with a battery. The smoke detector RM.1 is a home smoke detector designed for application in closed living quarters as e.g. flats, residential houses.

Distribution terminal surface-mounted polar white

0191 09

9 V= Max. monitoring area 60 m²; Acoustic alarm > 85 dBA/3 m; Network cable, e.g. JY-ST-Y 2x2x0,6 mm; Max. network cable length 450 m; Battery life approx. 2 years; Operating temperature -10 - +60 °C; Dimensions (diameter x assembling height) 100 x 51 mm

12 V= Dimensions (W x H x D) 36 x 132 x 34 mm

It is for early detection of smouldering fires and open fires producing smoke in interiors.

with 8pole through-contacted circuit board with sabotage protection by contact in cover with fitting material with solder connection

Approval according to ISO 12239 IP43 VdS certified Nr. G203023 not dependent on mains power works on stray light principle (Tyndall effect) with no radioactive compounds loud warning tone in case of alarm with red alarm LED with block battery 9 V with networking terminal for forwarding of alarm and service signals, max. 40 smoke detectors RM.1 optional push-on radio networking module for forwarding of alarm and service signals pluggable optional push-on relay module for external signal generators or connection to/networking via KNX/ EIB automatic self-test function contamination and fault display with antistatic insect screen with battery change indicator min. 30 days with button for manual function test with sealing with fitting material for ceiling mounting

Smoke detector accessories Relay module for smoke detector RM.1 0191 51

Switching voltage max. 30 V=; Switching current max. 2 A; Operating temperature -10 - +60 °C on page T45

For smoke detector order no. 0191 09 Connection e.g. with universal interface order no. 7564 .. .. to alarm central unit KNX/EIB order no. 7573 00 10 Connection to alarm central unit order no. 9020

for connection of external signal generators such as horns, flash lights, vibration pads etc. for connection to and networking via KNX/EIB with potential-free change-over contact

450

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Packing unit

Radio networking module for smoke detector RM.1 0191 50

on page T45

Radio transmission/reception frequency 868 MHz; Radio signal transmission power < 1 mW; Radio signal transmission range (free field) max. 200 m; Radio transmission range (building) max. 30 m; Operating temperature -10 - +60 °C; Dimensions (W x H x D) 54 x 22 x 5 mm For the function with smoke detector RM.1 a lithium block battery 9 V is obligatory! For smoke detector order no. 0191 09 Replacement Lithium block battery see radio bus / accessories order no. 9209

Approval according to R&TTE for wireless forwarding of alarm and service signals for max. 8 detector groups with selective repeater function with lithium block battery 9 V

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

451

Surfaces Frames /inserts Plastic, matt * brown

similar to RAL 8017

anthracite

similar to RAL 7021

Plastic, glossy * polar white similar to RAL 9010 grey

similar to RAL 7038

red

similar to RAL 3003

green

similar to RAL 6029

orange

similar to RAL 2003

Plastic, metallised chrome, glossy chrome, matt gold, glossy gold, matt * Surface structure differs in some cases

452

Berker Mobil R Twin

468-471

Built-in system

berker integro

Industrial range

Built-in system

The Berker Integro built-in range satisfies the most demanding requirements: Modern design, quick installation, integration of modern communications systems. In addition the attractive fashionable colours offer scope for flexible interior design.

■ Ultra-compact design – particularly suitable for use in mobile homes, furniture construction and the field of sanitation ■ Also satisfies special demands such as in boat and ship building, and in laboratories ■ Trouble-free installation with no special tool requirements ■ Flexible potential uses thanks to extremely compact dimensions and minimal installation depth ■ Can be integrated into modern communications systems

453

BERKER INTEGRO Order no.

Packing unit

NEW

Frames NEW

on page T69

brown, matt anthracite, matt grey, glossy polar white, glossy chrome, glossy chrome, matt gold, glossy gold, matt red, glossy orange, glossy

on page T69

09 1827 25 01 §00§ 10

09 1827 25 01 09 1827 25 05 09 1827 25 07 09 1827 25 09 09 1827 25 18 09 1827 25 28 # 09 1827 25 38 # 09 1827 25 34 09 1827 25 76

* * 09 1827 25 70 * 09 1827 25 74

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

green, glossy

orange, glossy

Frame 2gang brown, matt anthracite, matt grey, glossy polar white, glossy chrome, glossy chrome, matt gold, glossy red, glossy green, glossy orange, glossy

* * 09 1826 25 70 * 09 1826 25 74

anthracite, matt grey, glossy polar white, glossy green, glossy orange, glossy

on page T69

red, glossy green, glossy orange, glossy

09 1988 25 05 09 1988 25 06 09 1988 25 02 09 1988 25 03 09 1988 25 04

10 10 10 10 10

for covering on socket outlets with 2 labelling field inlays, neutral and perforated for socket outlet with indicator LED

Surface-mounted housings 2 2 2 2 2 2

09 1819 25 11 09 1819 25 15 09 1819 25 07 09 1819 25 19 09 1819 25 68 09 1819 25 18

* * 09 1819 25 76 * 09 1819 25 70 * 09 1819 25 74

2 2 2

Wall box order no. 09 1933 not suitable for frames 3gang chrome, glossy order no. 0918 19 25 18

for vertical and horizontal mounting NEW

Labelling field height arranged for 9 mm P-touch strips.

Frame 3gang brown, matt anthracite, matt grey, glossy polar white, glossy chrome, matt chrome, glossy

* 09 1828 25 70 * 09 1828 25 74

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

Frame 1gang with hinged cover and labelling field

for vertical and horizontal mounting NEW

09 1828 25 01 09 1828 25 05 09 1828 25 07 09 1828 25 09 09 1828 25 18 09 1828 25 28 09 1828 25 38 # 09 1828 25 34 * 09 1828 25 76

for covering on socket outlets

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

09 1826 25 11 09 1826 25 15 09 1826 25 07 09 1826 25 19 09 1826 25 18 09 1826 25 28 # 09 1826 25 38 09 1826 25 76

Packing unit

Frame 1gang with hinged cover brown, matt anthracite, matt grey, glossy polar white, glossy chrome, glossy chrome, matt gold, glossy gold, matt red, glossy

Frame 1gang

green, glossy

NEW

Order no.

Built-on installation housings Built-on installation housing 1gang high design brown, glossy anthracite, glossy grey, glossy polar white, glossy on page T69

09 1151 25 01 09 1151 25 05 09 1151 25 07 09 1151 25 09

10 10 10 10

Dimensions (W x H x D) 59,5 x 59,5 x 41 mm For suitable tube-entries and replacement for cable and duct entries refer to the dry surface-mounted range. to built-on installation of devices suitable for mounting on flammable base surface with cable entry

Frame 1gang with labelling field anthracite, matt grey, glossy polar white, glossy chrome, matt red, glossy green, glossy orange, glossy

09 1803 25 05 09 1803 25 07 09 1803 25 09 09 1803 25 68

* * 09 1803 25 76

09 1803 25 90 09 1803 25 94

10 10 10 10 10 10 10

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips.

454

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER INTEGRO Order no.

NEW

on page T69

Packing unit

Order no.

Built-on installation housing 1gang high design

Switches

brown, glossy, with cable clamp

* 09 1151 25 11

Rocker switches

anthracite, glossy, with cable clamp

* 09 1151 25 15

grey, glossy, with cable clamp

* 09 1151 25 17

polar white, glossy, with cable clamp

* 09 1151 25 19

Rocker switch

on page T69

Built-on installation housing 1gang flat design

on page T69

Packing unit

brown, matt, on/off anthracite, matt, on/off grey, glossy, on/off polar white, glossy, on/off

09 3651 25 01 09 3651 25 05 09 3651 25 07 09 3651 25 09

10 10 10 10

chrome, glossy, on/off chrome, matt, on/off brown, matt, change-over

09 3651 25 18 09 3651 25 28 09 3656 25 01

10 10 10

anthracite, matt, change-over

09 3656 25 05

grey, glossy, change-over

09 3656 25 07

polar white, glossy, change-over

09 3656 25 09

chrome, glossy, change-over

09 3656 25 18

anthracite, glossy, without cable clamp

09 1152 25 25

chrome, matt, change-over

09 3656 25 28

polar white, glossy, without cable clamp

09 1152 25 29

gold, glossy, change-over

# 09 3656 25 38

anthracite, glossy, with cable clamp

09 1152 25 55

10 10

polar white, glossy, with cable clamp

09 1152 25 59

gold, matt, change-over # 09 3656 25 34 09 3657 25 01 brown, matt, intermediate 09 3657 25 05

anthracite, glossy, with 2 cable clamps

09 1152 25 65

anthracite, matt, intermediate

09 3657 25 07

polar white, glossy, with 2 cable clamps

09 1152 25 69

grey, glossy, intermediate polar white, glossy, intermediate

09 3657 25 09

chrome, matt, intermediate

09 3657 25 28

Dimensions (W x H x D) 59,5 x 59,5 x 16 mm

16 AX, 250 V~ to built-on installation of switches and push-buttons suitable for mounting on flammable base surface

Suitable for all Berker Integro wall boxes Ø 45 mm and Ø 49 mm.

Distance rings NEW

on page T69

Surface-mounted spacer ring brown, glossy anthracite, glossy grey, glossy polar white, glossy chrome, matt

09 1825 25 11 09 1825 25 15 09 1825 25 06 09 1825 25 12 09 1825 25 68

with screw terminals 10 10 10 10 10

Rocker switch

Dimensions (W x H x D) 59,5 x 59,5 x 10 mm on page T69

for the reduction of the installation depth of the devices and surf.-mount. of switches and push-b.

brown, matt, 2pole on/off anthracite, matt, 2pole on/off

09 3652 25 01 09 3652 25 05

10 10

grey, glossy, 2pole on/off polar white, glossy, 2pole on/off

09 3652 25 07 09 3652 25 09

10 10

chrome, matt, 2pole on/off

09 3652 25 28

16 AX, 250 V~ Suitable for all Berker Integro wall boxes Ø 45 mm and Ø 49 mm. For switching of 16 A socket outlets, for example.

with imprint „0“ with screw terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

455

BERKER INTEGRO Order no.

Packing unit

Supporting plates

Rocker control switch with red lens

on page T69

Order no.

brown, matt, 2pole on/off anthracite, matt, 2pole on/off

09 3752 25 01 09 3752 25 05

10 10

grey, glossy, 2pole on/off polar white, glossy, 2pole on/off

09 3752 25 07 09 3752 25 09

10 10

brown, matt anthracite, matt grey, glossy polar white, glossy

chrome, matt, 2pole on/off

09 3752 25 68

Cut-out (W x H) 26,4 x 25,5 mm

Supporting plate for appliance switches with cover plate

16 AX, 250 V~ Neon lamp current 0,9 mA Suitable for all Berker Integro wall boxes Ø 45 mm and Ø 49 mm.

09 4507 25 01 09 4507 25 05 09 4507 25 07 09 4507 25 09

10 10 10 10

for appliance switches, push-buttons and pilot lamps of the series RW and RD

Rockers switches Rockers switch

with imprint „0“ with integral neon lamp for illumination and monitoring circuit with screw terminals

09 3655 25 01 09 3655 25 05 09 3655 25 07 09 3655 25 09

10 10 10 10

09 3655 25 18 09 3655 25 28 # 09 3655 25 38 # 09 3655 25 34

10 10 10 10

brown, matt, 2pole on/off anthracite, matt, 2pole on/off

09 3762 25 31 09 3762 25 35

10 10

chrome, glossy, series chrome, matt, series gold, glossy, series gold, matt, series

polar white, glossy, 2pole on/off

09 3762 25 39

16 AX, 250 V~

Rocker control switch 12 V with red lens

on page T70

brown, matt, series anthracite, matt, series grey, glossy, series polar white, glossy, series

Suitable for all Berker Integro wall boxes Ø 45 mm and Ø 49 mm.

5 A, 12 V= LED current 10 mA Suitable for all Berker Integro wall boxes Ø 45 mm and Ø 49 mm. For reasons of adjusting the numbers, replaced by order no. 09376225.. with imprint „0“ for illumination and monitoring circuit with integral indicator LED with screw terminals

Push-buttons Rocker push-buttons NEW

on page T69

Appliance rocker switch „USA/CANADA“

Rocker push-button brown, matt, NO contact anthracite, matt, NO contact

09 3671 25 01 09 3671 25 05

10 10

grey, glossy, NO contact polar white, glossy, NO contact

09 3671 25 07 09 3671 25 09

10 10

anthracite, matt, 2pole on/off

09 4509 25 05

chrome, glossy, NO contact

* 09 3671 25 18

polar white, matt, 2pole on/off

09 4509 25 02

chrome, matt, NO contact

* 09 3671 25 28

16 A, 250 V~ fast-on terminal size 6,3 x 0,8 mm

gold, glossy, NO contact

* 09 3671 25 38

Switch UL listed.

Suitable for all Berker Integro wall boxes Ø 45 mm and Ø 49 mm.

Suitable for all Berker Integro wall boxes Ø 45 mm and Ø 49 mm. with imprint „0“ and „1“ with fast-on terminal connection

456

with screw terminals

10 A, 250 V~

with screw terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER INTEGRO Order no.

on page T69

Packing unit

Order no.

Rocker push-button with lighting and red lens

Push-buttons for shutters

brown, matt, NO contact anthracite, matt, NO contact

09 3772 25 01 09 3772 25 05

10 10

NEW

grey, glossy, NO contact polar white, glossy, NO contact

09 3772 25 07 09 3772 25 09

10 10

Rockers push-buttons for shutters

10 A, 250 V~ Neon lamp current 0,9 mA If multiple illuminated rocker push-buttons are used the lamp current may result in malfunctioning of the relay/remote control switch. Remedy: Insert a neutral conductor or connect a capacitor 230 V, 1 µF per 10 mA neon lamp current in parallel with the coil.

chrome, matt, 2 NO * 09 3675 25 08 contacts, common input terminal

09 3675 25 21 09 3675 25 25 09 3675 25 27 09 3675 25 29

10 10 10 10

chrome, matt, 1pole

* 09 3675 25 28

Follow the motor manufacturers` instructions! with electrical interlocking to prevent mutual activation with screw terminals

Rotary dimmers Rotary dimmer with setting knob

Rockers push-button 09 3675 25 01 brown, matt, 2 NO contacts, common input terminal 09 3675 25 05 anthracite, matt, 2 NO contacts, common input terminal 09 3675 25 07 grey, glossy, 2 NO contacts, common input terminal polar white, glossy, 2 NO 09 3675 25 09 contacts, common input terminal chrome, glossy, 2 NO * 09 3675 25 18 contacts, common input terminal

brown, matt, 1pole anthracite, matt, 1pole grey, glossy, 1pole polar white, glossy, 1pole

Suitable for all Berker Integro wall boxes Ø 45 mm and Ø 49 mm.

Rockers push-buttons NEW

Rockers push-button for shutters with imprinted symbol arrow

10 A, 250 V~

Suitable for all Berker Integro wall boxes Ø 45 mm and Ø 49 mm.

with integral neon lamp for illumination and monitoring circuit with screw terminals

Packing unit

10 on page T69

brown, matt anthracite, matt grey, glossy polar white, glossy chrome, glossy chrome, matt

09 2870 25 01 09 2870 25 05 09 2870 25 07 09 2870 25 09 09 2870 25 18 09 2870 25 28

10 10 10 10 10 10

230 V~, 50 Hz 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 40 - 200 W; Power boosters built-in/RMD max. 10; Axial dimension diameter 4 mm Suitable for all Berker Integro wall boxes Ø 45 mm (except the flat design) and Ø 49 mm.

1 10

10 A, 250 V~

with change-over pressure switch short-circuit and overload proof (fine-wire fuse) with spare fuse phase cut-on with screw terminals

Suitable for all Berker Integro wall boxes Ø 45 mm and Ø 49 mm. with screw terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

457

BERKER INTEGRO Order no.

Packing unit

Rotary dimmer with setting knob and frame brown, matt anthracite, matt grey, glossy polar white, glossy on page T69

09 2871 25 71 09 2871 25 75 09 2871 25 77 09 2871 25 79

1 1 1 1

230 V~, 50 Hz 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 60 - 400 W; LV power boosters built-in max. 10; Axial dimension diameter 4 mm

Packing unit

Control units 1-10 V Rotary potentiometer 1-10 V with setting knob and frame brown, matt anthracite, matt grey, glossy polar white, glossy

09 2891 25 01 09 2891 25 05 09 2891 25 06 09 2891 25 09

10 10 10 10

Not suitable for Berker Integro wall boxes, built-on installation housings and clamp rings.

230 V~, 50/60 Hz Switching current 6 A; Control current 50 mA; Installation depth 22 mm; Axial dimension diameter 4 mm

In case of excessive making currents use making current limiters order no. 0185.

with change-over pressure switch short-circuit and overload proof (fine-wire fuse) with spare fuse phase cut-on for installation in switch panels with screw terminals NEW

Order no.

Ensure same illumination, use only electronic ballasts and fluorescent lamps from the same manufacturers. Possible to change fuse without removing cover. When using of LV halogen lamps we recommend Berker Tronic transformer with 1-10 V interface order no. 2977.

Rotary dimmer with setting knob 12 V DC brown, matt anthracite, matt grey, glossy polar white, glossy chrome, glossy chrome, matt gold, glossy

09 2876 25 01 09 2876 25 05 09 2876 25 07 09 2876 25 09 09 2876 25 18

* * 09 2876 25 28 * 09 2876 25 38

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

12 V= 12 V incandescent and halogen lamps 10 - 60 W; Quiescent current 3 mA; Axial dimension diameter 4 mm; Installation depth 33 mm Not suitable for Berker Integro wall boxes, built-on installation housings and clamp rings. with soft-lock with on/off pressure switch with pulse width control short-circuit and overload proof (electronic fuse) with screw terminals

Not suitable for Berker Integro wall boxes, built-on installation housings and clamp rings. Interface to DIN EN 60928 with on/off pressure switch for switching and controlling electronic ballasts and Tronic transformers with 1-10 V interface e.g. for fluorescent lamps and LV halogen lamps basic brightness programmable short-circuit and overload proof (fine-wire fuse) with spare fuse for installation in switch panels with screw terminals

Fuse protection Supporting plate for fine-wire fuse anthracite, matt

# 09 4516 25 25

6,3 A, 250 V~ Suitable for all Berker Integro wall boxes Ø 45 mm (except the flat design) and Ø 49 mm. Without fine-wire fuse. Fine-wire fuses DIN 41572 and EN 60127-2 with fuse holder for fine-wire fuses with solder connection

458

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER INTEGRO Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Socket outlets

SCHUKO socket outlet 45°

SCHUKO-socket outlets

brown, matt polar white, matt anthracite, matt grey, matt

SCHUKO socket outlet

on page T69

brown, matt anthracite, matt grey, matt polar white, matt brown, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 anthracite, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 grey, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 polar white, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

09 4778 25 01 09 4778 25 05 09 4778 25 06 09 4778 25 02 09 4779 25 01

10 10 10 10 10

09 4779 25 05

09 4779 25 06

09 4779 25 02

on page T69

200 200 200 200

16 A, 250 V~

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 for diagonal installation with screw terminals

Socket outlets without earth contact

Suitable for all Berker Integro wall boxes Ø 45 mm (except the flat design) and Ø 49 mm. Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 with plug-in terminals

SCHUKO socket outlet

on page T69

08 4185 25 21 08 4185 25 22 08 4185 25 25 08 4185 25 26

Only suitable for wall boxes order no. 0818 37, 0918 83, 0918 87, 0919 15 .., 0919 33

Socket outlet without earth contact

16 A, 250 V~

Packing unit

on page T69

09 6184 25 01 09 6184 25 05 09 6184 25 06 09 6184 25 02 09 6194 25 01

10 10 10 10 10

09 6194 25 05

09 6194 25 06

09 6194 25 02

09 4185 25 01 09 4185 25 05 09 4185 25 06 09 4185 25 02 09 4195 25 01

10 10 10 10 10

09 4195 25 05

Suitable for all Berker Integro wall boxes Ø 45 mm (except the flat design) and Ø 49 mm.

09 4195 25 06

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

09 4195 25 02

16 A, 250 V~ Mirror depth 14,5 mm

2pole with screw terminals

16 A, 250 V~ Suitable for all Berker Integro wall boxes Ø 45 mm (except the flat design) and Ø 49 mm. Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 with screw terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

459

BERKER INTEGRO Order no.

Packing unit

Socket outlets with earth pin

Order no.

Italian socket outlets

Socket outlet with earth pin

on page T69

Socket outlet with earth contact, Italy

09 6185 25 01 09 6185 25 05 09 6185 25 06 09 6185 25 02 09 6195 25 01

10 10 10 10 10

09 6195 25 05

09 6195 25 06

09 6195 25 02

on page T69

09 6253 25 01

09 6253 25 15

09 6253 25 17

09 6253 25 09

Not suitable for fixing ring. Only suitable for wall boxes order no. 0918 83, 0918 87, 0919 15 .., 0919 33

Suitable for all Berker Integro wall boxes Ø 45 mm (except the flat design) and Ø 49 mm. Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

2pole + earth with screw terminals

British Standard socket outlets

2pole + earth with screw terminals

Socket outlet with earth contact, British Standard brown, matt, enhanced contact protection

09 6262 25 01

anthracite, matt, enhanced contact protection grey, matt, enhanced contact protection

09 6262 25 05

09 6262 25 06

polar white, matt, enhanced contact protection

09 6262 25 02

10 A, 250 V~ Not suitable for fixing ring.

13 A, 250 V~

Only suitable for wall boxes order no. 0918 83, 0918 87, 0919 15 .., 0919 33

Suitable for all Berker Integro wall boxes Ø 45 mm (except the flat design) and Ø 49 mm.

Swiss socket outlets Socket outlet with earth contact, Switzerland, type 13 brown, matt anthracite, matt grey, matt polar white, matt

09 6249 25 01 09 6249 25 05 09 6249 25 06 09 6249 25 02

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 2pole + earth with screw terminals

460

brown, matt, insert white with enhanced contact protection anthracite, matt, insert white with enhanced contact protection grey, glossy, insert white with enhanced contact protection polar white, glossy, insert white with enhanced contact protection 16 A, 250 V~

16 A, 250 V~

on page T69

Packing unit

10 10 10 10

on page T69

Standard BS 1363 2pole + earth with screw terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER INTEGRO Order no.

Packing unit

Danish socket outlets

on page T69

Order no.

Australian socket outlets

Socket outlet with earth contact, Denmark

Socket outlet with earth contact, Australia

brown, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 anthracite, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 grey, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 polar white, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

brown, insert black anthracite grey, insert black polar white

09 6272 25 01

09 6272 25 05

10 on page T69

09 6272 25 06

09 6272 25 02

10 10 10 10

Suitable for all Berker Integro wall boxes Ø 45 mm (except the flat design) and Ø 49 mm. 2pole + earth contact screws, cross-head, size PH2 with screw terminals

Suitable for all Berker Integro wall boxes Ø 45 mm (except the flat design) and Ø 49 mm.

Motor vehicle connecting devices Motor vehicle socket outlet brown, matt anthracite, matt grey, glossy polar white, glossy

Standard DK/SR 107-2-D1 Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 2pole + earth with screw terminals

09 4517 25 01 09 4517 25 05 09 4517 25 07 09 4517 25 09

10 10 10 10

6 - 24 V, 16 A fast-on terminal size 6,3 x 0,8 mm

Euro-American Standard socket outlets

Suitable for all Berker Integro wall boxes Ø 45 mm (except the flat design) and Ø 49 mm.

Socket outlet without earth contact „EuroAmerican Standard“ brown, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 anthracite, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 grey, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 polar white, matt, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

09 6256 25 01 09 6256 25 05 09 6256 25 06 09 6256 25 02

15 A, 250 V~

13 A, 250 V~

on page T69

Packing unit

09 6257 25 01

09 6257 25 05

for order no. 4637

with fast-on terminal connection

Motor vehicle connector

09 6257 25 06

09 6257 25 02

black

4637

6 - 24 V, 8 A For motor vehicle socket outlet order no. 0945 17 25 ..

with solder connection

10 A, 250 V~

Motor vehicle power socket outlet

Suitable for all Berker Integro wall boxes Ø 45 mm (except the flat design) and Ø 49 mm.

anthracite, matt

09 4570 25 05

6 - 24 V, 20 A at 2.5 mm², 15 A at 1.5 mm² Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 Standard GB 1002

Not suitable for wall boxes.

2pole with screw terminals

with fast-on terminal connection

Blank plates

NEMA-socket outlets

NEW

Socket outlet with earth contact, USA/ CANADA, NEMA 5-15 R anthracite polar white

09 6252 25 05 09 6252 25 02

10 10

15 A, 125 V~ on page T69

Blank plate brown, matt anthracite, matt grey, glossy polar white, glossy chrome, matt

Suitable for all Berker Integro wall boxes Ø 45 mm (except the flat design) and Ø 49 mm. Not UL-certified.

09 4516 25 01 09 4516 25 05 09 4516 25 07 09 4516 25 09 08 4516 25 68

10 10 10 10 200

with supporting plate

Equates to standard NEMA 5-15 R 2pole + earth with fast-on terminal connection protective earth conductor with screw connection "#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

461

BERKER INTEGRO Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

TV/audio

Data-/telecommunications

Aerial sockets

Supporting plates for modular jacks Aerial connector box TV

Supporting plate for 2 MINI-COM modules

brown, matt, with solder connection

09 4511 25 11

anthracite, matt, with solder connection

09 4511 25 15

anthracite, glossy grey, glossy polar white, glossy

grey, matt, with solder connection

09 4511 25 16

Not suitable for hinged cover.

polar white, matt, with solder connection

09 4511 25 12

brown, matt, with connection in F system

09 4581 25 01

anthracite, matt, with connection in F system

09 4581 25 05

grey, matt, with connection in F system

09 4581 25 06

polar white, matt, with connection in F system

09 4581 25 02

10 10 10

Modules: Panduit for Mini-Com jacks cat.3, cat.5e, cat.6, cat.6 10Gig for Mini-Com fibre-optic modules for Mini-Com BNC connector modules for Mini-Com 3.5 mm stereo connection/coupling modules for Mini-Com loudspeaker cables / banana plug modules for Mini-Com F-plug coupling modules for Mini-Com Cinch connection/coupling modules for Mini-Com S-Video connection/coupling modules for Mini-Com D-Subminiature connectors 15pole for Mini-Com dummy modules 1gang with 30° oblique outlet

Aerial connector box SAT 09 4519 25 01 09 4519 25 05 09 4519 25 06 09 4519 25 02

09 4559 25 05 09 4559 25 07 09 4559 25 09

DIN 45325 brown, matt anthracite, matt grey, matt polar white, matt

Packing unit

10 10 10 10

Cinch sockets Cinch module set

with double F-socket

polar white/red

Aerial connector box TV/radio polar white, matt

09 4561 25 02

10 on page T63

with IEC and F socket with connection in F system

09 4560 25 01 09 4560 25 05 09 4560 25 02

Central plate order no. 1427 .. Supporting plate order no. 0945 59 ..

Aerial connector box radio/SAT brown, matt anthracite, matt polar white, matt

1989

Conductor diameter 0,5 - 0,65 mm (AWG 24-22); Conductor cross-section 0,2 - 0,325 mm² (AWG 24-22); Module dimensions (W x H x D) 15 x 18 x 35 mm

10 10 10

with 2 Cinch sockets and module carriers with tool free cutting terminals NEW

Video cinch module polar white/yellow

with IEC and F socket with connection in F system on page T63

* 1992

Conductor diameter 0,5 - 0,65 mm (AWG 24-22); Conductor cross-section 0,2 - 0,325 mm² (AWG 24-22); Dimensions (W x H x D) 15 x 18 x 35 mm Central plate order no. 1427 .. Supporting plate order no. 0945 59 ..

with cinch socket and module carrier with tool free cutting terminals

462

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER INTEGRO Order no.

Packing unit

Graphics sockets NEW

Packing unit

Supporting plates for modular jacks

VGA module polar white/black

Order no.

Supporting plate for AMP modular jacks 1gang

* 1994

Dimensions (W x H x D) 31 x 18 x 35 mm; Conductor cross-section max. 1,5 mm²

anthracite, glossy grey, glossy polar white, glossy

09 4557 25 05 09 4557 25 07 09 4557 25 09

10 10 10

Indexing dimension (W x H) approx. 14,9 x 20,7 mm on page T63

Central plate order no. 1427 .. Supporting plate order no. 0945 59 ..

Not suitable for hinged cover.

with a 15pole D-subminiature socket SVGA compatible occupies 2 MINI-COM module spaces in the cover with screw-in lift terminals NEW

S-Video module polar white/black

on page T63

* 1993

with S-Video and module carrier with tool free cutting terminals

Modular jacks NEW

on page T64

Mini jack 8pole black, RJ45, cat.3, ISDN-compatible (AWG 24-22) RJ45, cat.5e, shielded (AWG 24-22)

1980

1984

RJ45, cat.6, shielded (AWG 26)

* 1985

Central plate order no. 1427 .. Supporting plate order no. 0945 59 ..

Blank module Blank module polar white, 1gang

1990

Dimensions (W x H x D) 15 x 18 x 35 mm Central plate order no. 1427 .. Supporting plate order no. 0945 59 ..

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

463

BERKER INTEGRO Order no.

Order no.

Packing unit

Installation instructions of IP44 covers Frame with hinged cover and imprint "IP44"

Wallbox (only if necessary)

Socket outlet

Installation aperture Sealing

Attention! IP44 protection is reached only if the installation instruction is observed.. Rocker switch/ Rocker push-button

Frame with imprint "IP44"

Covers IP44

Wallbox (only if necessary)

Frame with hinged cover and imprint „IP44“

Sealings Sealing black

09 1853

Not for switches/push-buttons with split rocker! For socket outlets order no. 0841 85 .., 0941 85 .., 0941 95 .., 0947 78 .., 0947 79 .. For rocker switches/rocker push-buttons order no. 0936 51 .., 0936 52 .., 0936 56 .., 0936 57 .., 0936 71 .., 0937 52 .., 0937 72 .. For socket outlets with earth pin order no. 0961 85 .., 0961 95 ..

IP44 for rocker switches/rocker push-buttons for SCHUKO socket outlets and socket outlets with earth pin

brown, matt anthracite, matt grey, glossy polar white, glossy red, glossy green, glossy orange, glossy

09 1828 25 91 09 1828 25 95 09 1828 25 97 09 1828 25 99 09 1828 25 86 09 1828 25 90 09 1828 25 94

10 10 10 10 10 10 10

Protection class IP44 only guaranteed for installation with sealing 0918 53

IP44 without sealing for covering on socket outlets

Frames Frame with imprint „IP44“ brown, matt anthracite, matt grey, glossy polar white, glossy on page T69

09 1827 25 91 09 1827 25 95 09 1827 25 97 09 1827 25 99

10 10 10 10

Not for devices with split rocker! Protection class IP44 only guaranteed for installation with sealing 0918 53

IP44 without sealing for covering on rocker switches/rocker pushbuttons

464

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

BERKER INTEGRO Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Wall boxes

Wall box 2gang

Contact protection boxes

grey, with cable clamp grey, with 2 cable clamps

Wall box, flat, Ø 45 mm grey, with cable clamp

09 1820 01

200

Installation depth 22 mm on page T69 on page T69

only for switches and push-buttons with cable entry

09 1820

10 10

Length 109 mm; Width 49 mm; ;Installation depth 37 mm

Flame resistant according to VDE 0606-1

Wall box Ø 45 mm grey, with cable clamp

09 1915 01 09 1915 02

Only suitable for 3-gang frames! (Apart from order no. 09 1819 25 18)!

Flame resistant according to VDE 0606-1

Packing unit

for vertical and horizontal mounting with 2 cable entries 1 knock out opening

200

Installation depth 35,5 mm

Wall box for vertical mounting 2gang on page T69

Flame resistant according to VDE 0606-1

for switches and socket outlets with 4 cable entries 3 knock out openings

on page T70

Wall box Ø 49 mm grey, with 1x internal double cable clamp on side

09 1887

100

grey, with 2x external double cable clamps

09 1911 01

100

Length 109 mm; Width 48 mm; ;Installation depth 45,5 mm

Flame resistant according to VDE 0606-1

with 4 cable entries on backside 2 knock out openings

on page T69

Flame resistant according to VDE 0606-1

Wall box for horizontal mounting 2gang

with 2 cable entries

grey, with 1 external double cable clamp

09 1912

100

Wall box Ø 49 mm

grey, with 2x external double cable clamps

09 1912 01

100

grey, with 1 external double cable clamp

09 1883

Installation depth 45,5 mm on page T69

09 1911

Only suitable for 2gang frames!

200

Installation depth 38 mm

grey, with 1 external double cable clamp

200 on page T70

Length 109 mm; Width 48 mm; ;Installation depth 45,5 mm Only suitable for 2gang frames!

Flame resistant according to VDE 0606-1

with 2 cable entries on backside 1 knock out opening

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Flame resistant according to VDE 0606-1

with 4 cable entries on backside 2 knock out openings

465

BERKER INTEGRO Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Packing unit

Wall box 3gang grey, with 1 cable clamp

09 1933

Length 168 mm; Width 49 mm; Installation depth 38 mm on page T69

Restricted installation options apply if the cable clamp is mounted on the front face. All devices can optionally be arranged vertically or horizontally. Not suitable for frames 3gang chrome, glossy order no. 0918 19 25 18

Flame resistant according to VDE 0606-1

for vertical and horizontal mounting with 6 cable entries, 1 per side, top, bottom and 2 on backside 5 knock out openings

Wall box for clamping ring Ø 58 mm grey, with 1x internal cable clamp

08 1837

200

Installation depth 35 mm Flame resistant according to VDE 0606-1

Accessories Fixing rings Fixing clamping ring grey, material thickness 5 mm

08 1836

200

dark grey, material thickness 4 mm

08 1836 01

200

polar white, material thickness 6 mm

08 1836 02

200

Hole diameter 50 mm For Berker Integro inserts, e. g. for installation in mirrors. For wall box for clamping ring Ø 58 mm order no. 0818 37

Assembly templates Assembly template, cardboard grey

09 1844

For precise hole drilling for 1gang devices and for 2 and 3gang combinations.

466

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Order no.

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Packing unit

Order no.

Packing unit

467

Surfaces/frames/inserts Plastic, glossy black

similar to RAL 9005

polar white similar to RAL 9010 Decorative rings Plastic, glossy brown

similar to RAL 8011

deep black similar to RAL 9005 grey

similar to RAL 7038

polar white similar to RAL 9010

468

yellow

similar to RAL 1004

red

similar to RAL 3003

green

similar to RAL 6029

blue

similar to RAL 5013

Mobil R TWIN

Industrial range

Built-in system

This series can be used anywhere where extremely shallow installation depths and minimal dimensions are important. The timeless design allows you to integrate the Berker MOBIL R TWIN into any modern ambience.

■ Integrated into the planning of furniture, especially sanitary and kitchen facilities, electrical appliances and mobile homes ■ Contemporary, functional design ■ Available surfaces: polar white or black ■ Decor rings in a large number of attractive colours open up additional design options for your customers

469

MOBIL R TWIN Order no.

Packing unit

Frames

Order no.

Surface-mounted housings Built-on installation housings

Frame 1gang polar white, glossy black, glossy brown, glossy

09 1941 09 09 1941 05 # 09 1941 01

10 10 10

Built-on installation housing 1gang high design polar white, glossy black, glossy brown, glossy on page T69

Frame 2gang polar white, glossy black, glossy

2 2

09 1942 09 09 1942 05

for vertical and horizontal mounting

polar white, glossy black, glossy

09 1943 09 09 1943 05

10 10 on page T69

Use only in conjunction with spacer 09 1936!

for the reduction of the installation depth of the devices and surf.-mount. of switches and push-b.

Special frame 2gang with 19 mm edge polar white, glossy black, glossy

2 2

09 1944 09 09 1944 05

Installation depth reduction 10 mm

polar white, glossy, without cable clamp

09 1152 29

black, glossy, without cable clamp

09 1152 25

brown, glossy, without cable clamp

09 1152 21

polar white, glossy, with cable clamp

09 1152 59

black, glossy, with cable clamp

09 1152 55

polar white, glossy, with 2 cable clamps

09 1152 69

black, glossy, with 2 cable clamps

09 1152 65

Dimensions (W x H x D) 59,5 x 59,5 x 16 mm

Use only in conjunction with spacer 09 1936!

to built-on installation of switches and push-buttons suitable for mounting on flammable base surface

for vertical and horizontal mounting for the reduction of the installation depth of the devices and surf.-mount. of switches and push-b.

Switches Rocker switches Rocker switch

Distance rings/Decorative rings Spacer for special frame with 19 mm edge black, glossy

09 1936

Installation depth reduction 10 mm on page T69 on page T69

For suitable tube-entries, combination connectors and replacement for cable and duct entries refer to the dry surface-mounted range.

Built-on installation housing 1gang flat design

Installation depth reduction 10 mm

on page T69

10 10 10

to built-on installation of devices suitable for mounting on flammable base surface with cable entry

Special frame 1gang with 19 mm edge

on page T69

09 1151 09 09 1151 05 09 1151 01

Dimensions (W x H x D) 59,5 x 59,5 x 41 mm

on page T69

Packing unit

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

For use of all devices from the Berker Integro range.

black, glossy, change-over

09 3686 05

16 AX, 250 V~

with screw terminals

Decor ring/adapter 09 1969 09 09 1969 05 # 09 1969 01 09 1969 07 # 09 1969 61 # 09 1969 62 # 09 1969 63 # 09 1969 65

09 3686 09

Suitable for all Berker Integro wall boxes Ø 45 mm and Ø 49 mm.

for the reduction of the installation depth of the devices and surf.-mount. of switches and push-b.

polar white, glossy black, glossy brown, glossy grey, glossy yellow, glossy red, glossy green, glossy blue, glossy

polar white, glossy, change-over

Rocker switch

on page T69

polar white, glossy, 2pole on/off

09 3682 09

black, glossy, 2pole on/off

09 3682 05

16 AX, 250 V~ Suitable for all Berker Integro wall boxes Ø 45 mm and Ø 49 mm. For switching of 16 A socket outlets, for example. with imprint „0“ with screw terminals

470

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

MOBIL R TWIN Order no.

Packing unit

Rotary dimmers

Order no.

Socket outlets with earth pin

Rotary dimmer with setting knob polar white, glossy black, glossy

on page T69

09 2892 09 09 2892 05

Socket outlet with earth pin 10 10

230 V~, 50 Hz 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 40 - 200 W; Power boosters built-in/RMD max. 10; Axial dimension diameter 4 mm

on page T69

with change-over pressure switch short-circuit and overload proof (fine-wire fuse) with spare fuse phase cut-on with screw terminals

09 4198 05

Socket outlet with earth pin and hinged cover

SCHUKO socket outlet

on page T69

09 6198 05

2pole + earth with screw terminals

SCHUKO-socket outlets 10 10 10

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

Socket outlets

09 4196 09 09 4196 05 09 4198 09

09 6198 09

Suitable for all Berker Integro wall boxes Ø 45 mm (except the flat design) and Ø 49 mm.

polar white, glossy black, glossy polar white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 black, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

polar white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 black, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 16 A, 250 V~

Suitable for all Berker Integro wall boxes Ø 45 mm (except the flat design) and Ø 49 mm.

Packing unit

on page T69

polar white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 black, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

09 6199 09

09 6199 05

16 A, 250 V~ Suitable for all Berker Integro wall boxes Ø 45 mm (except the flat design) and Ø 49 mm. Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

2pole + earth when opening hinged cover, it can be arrested in end position with screw terminals

with screw terminals

SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover

on page T69

polar white, glossy black, glossy polar white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 black, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

09 4197 09 09 4197 05 09 4199 09

10 10 10

09 4199 05

16 A, 250 V~ Suitable for all Berker Integro wall boxes Ø 45 mm (except the flat design) and Ø 49 mm. Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 when opening hinged cover, it can be arrested in end position with screw terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

471

Surface Frames /covers/centre inserts Splash-protected flush-mounted IP44, impact-resistant Plastic, glossy white

similar to RAL 1013

polar white similar to RAL 9010

472

brown

similar to RAL 8011

grey

similar to RAL 7035

red

similar to RAL 3003

Splash-protected flush-mounted IP44

Splash-protected range Flush-mounted system

The splash-protected flush-mounted range from Berker is particularly suitable for use in swimming pools, garages, kitchens and service areas, laboratories and in outdoor areas (e.g. balconies, terraces).

■ High-impact thermoplastic matterial ■ Use of module inserts (with the exception of key switches) ■ Available surfaces: white, polar white, brown in glossy plastic

It must be ensured that the sealing lies flush. Installation spanning irregularities such as joints between tiles should be avoided.

473

Splash-protected products also available in certain flush-mounted surface ranges

berker Q.1

Further IP44-compatible products - marked with -, for which examples of the fully assembled products are shown below, can be found in the following design lines:

Berker Q.1 from page 156 IP44 protection can be achieved only by using the proper sealing set.

berker k.1

Berker K.1 from page 192 IP44 protection can be achieved only by using the proper sealing set.

berker k.5

Berker K.5 from page 196 IP44 protection can be achieved only by using the proper sealing set.

berker arsys ip44

Berker Arsys IP44 on page 281 IP44 protection can be achieved only by using the proper sealing set. 474

FLUSH-MOUNTED SPLASH-PROTECTED IP44 Order no.

Packing unit

Installation intructions for flush-mounted splash protected IP44

Order no.

Packing unit

Socket outlets SCHUKO-socket outlets SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover

Flush-mounted wall box according to DIN 49073 part 1 Frame with sealing

SealingModule- flange insert

Rocker with fixing piece

on page T6

Attention! IP44 protection is reached only if the installation instruction is observed. Packing unit

4715 4715 09 4715 01 4716

10 10 10 10

4716 09

4716 01

16 A, 250 V~

Frames Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

Frame with sealing white, glossy, 1gang white, glossy, 2gang white, glossy, 3gang on page T66

1328 1329 1330

10 2 2

with imprint with plug-in terminals

SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover and frame

Use only in conjunction with sealing flange order no. 1884!

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy

for vertical and horizontal mounting on page T6

Frame with sealing

on page T66

polar white, glossy, 1gang

1328 09

polar white, glossy, 2gang

1329 09

polar white, glossy, 3gang

1330 09

SCHUKO socket outlet with cover plate and hinged cover polar white, glossy grey, glossy

1 1

4211 09 4211

16 A, 250 V~

Frame with sealing

on page T6

1328 01 1329 01 1330 01

10 2 2

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 with sealing cup with flush-mounted box for single mounting without spreader claws with screw terminals

Use only in conjunction with sealing flange order no. 1884!

SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover and labelling field

for vertical and horizontal mounting

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy

Accessories Sealing flange for all splash-protected flushmounted devices grey

16 A, 250 V~

with imprint with sealing flange with flush-mounted box with plug-in terminals

for vertical and horizontal mounting

on page T66

10 10 10

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

Use only in conjunction with sealing flange order no. 1884!

brown, glossy, 1gang brown, glossy, 2gang brown, glossy, 3gang

4718 4718 09 4718 01

1884

The sealing flange must be inserted between the supporting plate and the wall!

on page T6

4719 4719 09 4719 01

10 10 10

16 A, 250 V~ Labelling field height arranged for 9 mm P-touch strips. Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 with imprint with plug-in terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

475

FLUSH-MOUNTED SPLASH-PROTECTED IP44 Order no.

Packing unit

SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover and lock

on page T6

white, glossy, with differing closures

4763

polar white, glossy, with differing closures

4763 09

brown, glossy, with differing closures

4763 01

16 A, 250 V~ Spare keys and other closures (max. 24) on request. Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

4212 09

grey, glossy, with differing closures

4212

16 A, 250 V~ Spare keys and other closures (max. 24) on request. Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 e. g. for washing machine with sealing cup with flush-mounted box for single mounting with 2 keys without spreader claws with screw terminals

1550 1550 09 1550 01

10 10 10

for rocker switches change-over, intermediate for rocker push-buttons for push-button BCU 1gang and group push-button BCU 1gang

1629 1629 09 1629 01

10 10 10

for rocker switches change-over, intermediate for rocker push-buttons for push-button BCU 1gang and group push-button BCU 1gang

Rocker with 5 lenses attached white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy

1553 1553 09 1553 01

10 10 10

for rocker switches change-over, intermediate for rocker push-buttons for push-button BCU 1gang and group push-button BCU 1gang for illumination and monitoring circuit

Socket outlet with earth contact, USA/ CANADA, NEMA 5-15 R with hinged cover 10

Rocker with red lens and „Heizung Notschalter“ imprint

Not UL-certified.

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy

Equates to standard NEMA 5-15 R

Or use glass pane protected heating emergency switch.

15 A, 125 V~

2pole + earth without spreader claws with screw terminals

white, glossy

4203

20 A, 125 V~

1568 1568 09 1568 01

10 10 10

Not suitable for heating systems > 50 kW.

Socket outlet with earth contact, USA/ CANADA, NEMA 5-20 R with hinged cover

on page T6

Rocker white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy

Lenses with symbol for light, bell, door and neutral in clear, also neutral in red transparent.

NEMA socket outlets

on page T6

Rockers

Labelling field height arranged for 9 mm P-touch strips for labelling with names, notes etc.

polar white, glossy, with differing closures

4202

Covers for switches / push-buttons

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy

SCHUKO socket outlet with cover plate, hinged cover and lock

white, glossy

Packing unit

Rocker with labelling field

with imprint e. g. for washing machine with 2 keys with plug-in terminals

on page T6

Order no.

for rocker switches change-over, intermediate for rocker push-buttons for push-button BCU 1gang and group push-button BCU 1gang for monitoring circuit

Not UL-certified. Equates to standard NEMA 5-20 R 2pole + earth without spreader claws with screw terminals

476

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

FLUSH-MOUNTED SPLASH-PROTECTED IP44 Order no.

Packing unit

Emergency switch covers

Packing unit

Rockers

Centre plate with glass screen, rocker and adhesive label sheets red, glossy

Order no.

1295

The cover can be replaced with the standard rocker on all rocker switches and rocker push-buttons in this range. Adhesive label sheets, text white: „Notschalter“, „Rauchabzug“, „Feuerschutztür schließen“, „Feuerabschluss schließen“, „Heizung“, „Lichtkuppel“, „Hausalarm“ und „Öffnen“ supplied. Not suitable for heating systems > 50 kW. The glass window protects against incorrect usage. for rocker switches change-over, intermediate for rocker push-buttons for push-button BCU 1gang and group push-button BCU 1gang

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy

1552 1552 09 1552 01

10 10 10

for rockers switches for rockers push-buttons and group rockers pushbuttons for push-button BCU 2gang and group push-button BCU 2gang

Rockers with imprinted symbol arrow white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy

1552 22 1552 29 1552 21

10 10 10

For rockers switch for shutters order no. 3035 20 For rockers push-button for shutters order no. 5035 20 For push-button BCU 2gang order no. 7514 20 00

Rockers screw-on

Rockers

Rocker screw-on

Rocker with imprint „0“ white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy

1551 1551 09 1551 01

10 10 10

For rocker switch 2pole on/off order no. 3032 .. For rocker switch 3pole on/off order no. 3033 03

for multi-pole rocker switch with predefined 0 position

1558 1558 09 1558 01

10 10 10

For rocker switch 2pole on/off order no. 3032 .. For rocker switch 3pole on/off order no. 3033 03

with cover plug for screw fitting for rocker switches change-over, intermediate for rocker push-buttons

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy

1557 1557 09 1557 01

10 10 10

Lenses with symbol for light, bell, door and neutral in clear, also neutral in red transparent.

Rockers screw-on

Rocker with red lens and „Heizung Notschalter“ imprint 1569 1569 09 1569 01

10 10 10

with cover plug for screw fitting for rocker switches change-over, intermediate for rocker push-buttons for illumination and monitoring circuit

for multi-pole rocker switch with predefined 0 position for group push-button BCU 1gang for illumination and monitoring circuit

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy

1559 1559 09 1559 01

Rocker screw-on with 5 lenses attached

Rocker with red lens and imprint „0“ white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy

10 10 10

Or use glass pane protected heating emergency switch.

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy

1565 1565 09 1565 01

10 10 10

with cover plug for screw fitting for rockers switches for rockers push-buttons and group rockers pushbuttons

Not suitable for heating systems > 50 kW. for multi-pole rocker switch with predefined 0 position for group push-button BCU 1gang for illumination and monitoring circuit

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

477

FLUSH-MOUNTED SPLASH-PROTECTED IP44 Order no.

Packing unit

Rotary switches/rotary push-buttons for shutters

Key push-buttons Key push-button for profile half cylinders with additional earth contact

1 1 1

1529 1529 09 1529 01

Interlock disk for conversion to push-button see module inserts order no. 1861 Rotary switch for shutters order no. 3841, 3842

change-over contact, usable as NC or NO

Centre plate order no. 1505 .., 1507 .., 1519 .. Profile half cylinder see module inserts / accessories order no. 1818 01, 1818

for master-key systems without spreader claws with screw terminals

Centre plate for key switch/key push-button for shutters with additional earth contact 10 10 10

Switches for shutters Key switches for shutters

Profile half cylinders see module inserts.

Key switch for shutters for profile half cylinders with additional earth contact

For key switch for shutters order no. 3821 20 For key push-button for shutters order no. 3831 20

10 A, 250 V~

with imprint for profile half cylinders for master-key systems

1pole

on page T5

Centre plate for key switch/key push-button with additional earth contact 1519 12 1519 19 1519 11

10 10 10

key push-button for shutters for profile half cylinders with additional earth contact 1pole

on page T5

Switches

Profile half cylinder see module inserts / accessories order no. 1818 01, 1818

for master-key systems without spreader claws with screw terminals

Key switches Key switch for profile half cylinders with additional earth contact 10

10 A, 250 V~ Profile half cylinder see module inserts / accessories order no. 1818 01, 1818

for master-key systems without spreader claws with screw terminals

3831 20

10 A, 250 V~

for profile half cylinders for master-key systems

on page T5

Profile half cylinder see module inserts / accessories order no. 1818 01, 1818

Push-buttons for shutters

For key switch for protection class IP44 order no. 3836 20 For key push-button for protection class IP44 order no. 3856 20

3836 20

Key push-buttons for shutters

Profile half cylinders see module inserts.

change-over

3821 20

with neutral-position for master-key systems with push lock function without spreader claws with screw terminals

Key switches/key push-buttons

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy

on page T5

Key switches/key push-buttons for shutters

1518 12 1518 19 1518 11

3856 20

10 A, 250 V~

with imprint

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy

Packing unit

Push-buttons

Centre plate with rotary knob for rotary switch for shutters white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy

Order no.

Pilot lamps Centre plate for push-button and pilot lamp E10 white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy

1530 1530 09 1530 01

10 10 10

Cut-out diameter 27,3 mm Push-buttons, LEDs, neon lamps and covers see module inserts. For push-button and pilot lamp E10 order no. 5101 ..

for screw cover

478

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

FLUSH-MOUNTED SPLASH-PROTECTED IP44 Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

BLC Berker Light Control

BLC controller 180 comfort IP44

BLC Controllers IP44

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy

BLC controller 180 IP44 white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy on page T15

1783 1783 19 1783 11

1 1 1

on page T15

Packing unit

1784 1784 19 1784 11

1 1 1

Direct sunlight penetration the upward-pointing detection plane results in failure of the movement controller.

For BLC universal touch dimmer order no. 2902 For BLC touch control unit 1-10 V order no. 2903 For BLC touch dimmer LV order no. 2904 For BLC triac switch insert LV order no. 2905 for BLC relay switch insert order no. 2906 For BLC relay switch insert with potential-free contact order no. 2906 10 For BLC controller extension unit order no. 2908 For BLC relay switch insert HVAC order no. 2912 For BLC Tronic switch insert order no. 2916 For BLC stair light time switching impulse insert order no. 2934 10

U with cover to limit detection angle to 90°

For BLC universal touch dimmer order no. 2902 For BLC touch control unit 1-10 V order no. 2903 For BLC touch dimmer LV order no. 2904 For BLC triac switch insert LV order no. 2905 for BLC relay switch insert order no. 2906 For BLC relay switch insert with potential-free contact order no. 2906 10 For BLC controller extension unit order no. 2908 For BLC relay switch insert HVAC order no. 2912 For BLC Tronic switch insert order no. 2916 For BLC stair light time switching impulse insert order no. 2934 10

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

479

FLUSH-MOUNTED SPLASH-PROTECTED IP44 Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

BLC controller 180 IP44 white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy on page T15

1786 1786 19 1786 11

BLC controller 180 comfort IP44

No direct sunlight on upper detection plane possible. Also suitable for exteriors! Switches on for the duration of the controller delay time in case minimum response brightness level is infringed and if movement of people is detected. In conjunction with a BLC relay switch unit HVAC, the HVAC-channel is also switched on for the duration of its delay time independent of response brightness.

V with cover to limit detection angle to 90°

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy

1 1 1

For BLC universal touch dimmer order no. 2902 For BLC touch control unit 1-10 V order no. 2903 For BLC touch dimmer LV order no. 2904 For BLC triac switch insert LV order no. 2905 for BLC relay switch insert order no. 2906 For BLC relay switch insert with potential-free contact order no. 2906 10 For BLC controller extension unit order no. 2908 For BLC relay switch insert HVAC order no. 2912 For BLC Tronic switch insert order no. 2916 For BLC stair light time switching impulse insert order no. 2934 10

Packing unit

on page T15

1787 1787 19 1787 11

1 1 1

Nominal mounting height 2,2 m; Range frontal approx. 12 m; Range lateral each approx. 6 m; At assembly height 1,1 m; Range frontal approx. 6 m; Range lateral each approx. 3 m; Detection field semi-oval shaped approx. 12 x 12 m; Detection angle 180 °; Detection levels 3; Switching segments 104; Response sensitivity programmable approx. 20 - 100 % ; Response brightness adjustable approx. 0 - 80 / unlimited Lux; Delay time adjustable approx. 10 sec.- 30 min. ; Time to dim down 30 sec.; Step operation 0,5 sec.; Immunity time approx. 3 sec.; Operating temperature -20 - +45 °C; Dimensions assembling height 23,5 mm No direct sunlight on upper detection plane possible. Also suitable for exteriors! Switches on for the duration of the delay time set on the controller in case minimum response brightness level is infringed and if movement of people is detected. In conjunction with a BLC relay switch unit HVAC, the HVAC-channel is also switched on for the duration of its delay time independent of response brightness. For BLC universal touch dimmer order no. 2902 For BLC touch control unit 1-10 V order no. 2903 For BLC touch dimmer LV order no. 2904 For BLC triac switch insert LV order no. 2905 for BLC relay switch insert order no. 2906 For BLC relay switch insert with potential-free contact order no. 2906 10 For BLC controller extension unit order no. 2908 For BLC relay switch insert HVAC order no. 2912 For BLC Tronic switch insert order no. 2916 For BLC stair light time switching impulse insert order no. 2934 10

480

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

FLUSH-MOUNTED SPLASH-PROTECTED IP44 Order no.

Packing unit

Controller system Controller 180 system cover white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy

on page T20

1715 1715 19 1715 11

Order no.

Intermediate rings Intermediate ring with hinged cover and labelling field

1 1 1

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy

10 10 10

IP20 for central plates and centre plate 50 x 50 mm

Signalling and command units Central plate for transmitting and control device Ø 18.8 mm white, glossy polar white, glossy

1431 02 1431 09

10 10

Screw distance 36 mm

Sends signal to main device when people are detected.

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

For controller system insert order no. 2939

Suitable for installation of equipotential bonding built-in socket order no. 4604

U with cover to limit detection angle to 90° for mounting extension unit insert for stair light pulse insert

Circular plug-in connector: Amphenol-Tuchel; Binder; Cannon; Farnell; Hirose; Hirschmann; Lumberg; Monacor; RS Components; Extra low voltage jack: PRO-CAR

Controller system Controller 180 system cover

on page T20

1022 50 1022 59 1022 51

Labelling field height arranged for 9 mm P-touch strips.

Direct sunlight penetration the upward-pointing detection plane results in failure of the movement controller.

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy

Packing unit

1718 1718 19 1718 11

1 1 1

with supporting plate with cut-out dia. 18.8 mm without spreader claws

TV/audio Central plate for aerial socket 2-hole white polar white brown

1486 02 1486 09 1486 01

10 10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. For aerial socket 2-hole single box order no. 4502, HIFS 1B For aerial socket 2-hole throughpass socket order no. 4515

For aerial socket as per DIN 45330

V with cover to limit detection angle to 90° for mounting extension unit insert for stair light pulse insert

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

481

FLUSH-MOUNTED SPLASH-PROTECTED IP44 Order no.

Packing unit

Central plate for aerial socket 4-hole white, glossy polar white, glossy brown

1483 02 1483 09 1483 01

10 10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. Aerial sockets: Hirschmann with 2 additional SAT outputs (F-sockets)

Central plate for aerial socket 4-hole white, glossy polar white, glossy brown

1484 02 1484 09 1484 01

10 10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. For aerial socket 4-hole single box order no. 4594

Aerial sockets: Ankaro; Astro; Axing; Delta; Schwaiger with 2 additional SAT outputs (F-sockets)

1439 02 1439 09

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy

1458 02 1458 09 1458 01

10 10 10

EAD socket outlets: Drivex; Fröhlich + Walter; Intracom; TAE and FCC overvoltage protection sockets: Dehn; FCC socket outlets: Dätwyler; Rutenbeck

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy 10 10

Broadband modem socket: Wisi with additional multimedia output

Data-/telecommunications Central plate for TAE socket outlet 6F+N # 1457 02 # 1457 09 # 1457 01

Central plate for TAE socket outlet 6/6FF and 6/6NF and loudspeaker connection box

Central plate for FCC socket outlet

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy

Packing unit

for USB data interface flush-mounted 1 knock out opening

Central plate for broadband modem box white, glossy polar white, glossy

Order no.

10 10 10

1468 02 1468 09 1468 01

10 10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

For FCC socket outlet order no. 4538, 4568 For FCC socket outlet shielded order no. 4554, 4586, 4590

FCC socket outlets: Ackermann; AMP; BTR; Crack-IT; Rutenbeck; Telegärtner; Telena with 45° oblique outlet for 1gang socket outlet cat.3, cat.5e and cat.6

Not suitable for combining with other DALI sensors or centres. Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. For TAE socket outlet order no. 4487 ..

482

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

FLUSH-MOUNTED SPLASH-PROTECTED IP44 Order no.

Packing unit

Central plate FCC/E-DAT design/Telekom ISDN socket outlet white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy

1469 02 1469 09 1469 01

10 10 10

For FCC socket outlet order no. 4539, 4562, 4592 For FCC socket outlet shielded order no. 4555, 4587, 4591

Central plate for FCC and Telekom ISDN socket outlet (IAE) # 1429 02 # 1429 09

10 10

Central plate for FCC and Telekom ISDN socket outlet (IAE) white, glossy polar white, glossy

# 1430 02 # 1430 09

10 10

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Packing unit

Central plate for FCC/IAE/FCC-DAT 300E socket outlet

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

white, glossy polar white, glossy

Order no.

white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy

# 1446 02 # 1446 09 # 1446 01

10 10 10

Central plate for FCC/IAE/Telekom ISDN socket outlet white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy

# 1467 02 # 1467 09 # 1467 01

10 10 10

Central plate for FCC-DAT 300E socket outlet white, glossy polar white, glossy brown, glossy

# 1478 02 # 1478 09 # 1478 01

10 10 10

483

FLUSH-MOUNTED SPLASH-PROTECTED IP44 Order no.

Packing unit

Central plate for FCC socket outlet white, glossy polar white, glossy

# 1420 02 # 1420 09

FCC socket outlets: Ackermann; CobiNet; Quante; Telena with 45° oblique outlet 1 knock out opening for 1gang or 2gang socket outlet cat.3

10 10

FCC socket outlets: Telegärtner; Telena with 45° oblique outlet for 1gang or 2gang socket outlet cat.5e

Central plate for FCC socket outlet # 1419 02 # 1419 09

1495 02 1495 09

10 10

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips. Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

Central plate for round connector Ø 30 mm

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

white, glossy polar white, glossy

ACO and CO Plus inserts: AMP, order no. 0-0336627-1, 2-0336627-1, 0-0336627-3 cat.5, cat.6 and cat.7

Central plate for EMJ45 socket outlet # 1422 02 # 1422 09

Packing unit

Central plate for AMP-ACO with labelling field 10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range.

white, glossy polar white, glossy

Order no.

10 10

white, glossy polar white, glossy

# 1433 02 # 1433 09

10 10

Hospital installation Central plate for double pole socket outlet for floating output white, glossy polar white, glossy

1403 02 1403 09

10 10

Attention! Use only with intermediate ring for central plate from the corresponding range. For double pole socket outlet for floating output order no. 1061

For double pole socket outlet according to DIN 42801 with imprint

Central plate for 6pole socket outlet white, glossy polar white, glossy

1474 02 1474 09

10 10

484

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Order no.

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Packing unit

Order no.

Packing unit

485

Housing Plastic, glossy light grey

similar to RAL 7035

polar white similar to RAL 9010 Rockers, hinged covers Plastic, matt grey

similar to RAL 7042

polar white similar to RAL 9010

486

Diecast IP44

500-501

ISO Panzer IP44/IP66

502-509

IP44

Garten

Design: MIC Breuer

Aquatec ip44/ Diecast IP44

Splash-protected ranges Surface-mounted systems

The surface-mounted splash-protected Berker AQUATEC IP44 offers you the right solution in situations where IP 44 protection of installation devices is required for safety reasons.

■ Simple and economical installation ■ Housing, rocker and hinged cover made of high-impact thermoplastic ■ High chemical resistance of the housing matterial ■ Screws and hinged cover springs made of stainless steel/hinged cover hinge pins made of non-corrosive brass ■ Large connection spaces ■ Large control surfaces ■ Functional design and modern colouring

487

Installation characteristics at a glance Berker AQUATEC IP 44

With the optimised Berker Aquatec IP44 surface-mounted range, installation in areas with splashing water is now even easier. Whether for garages, cellars, laundry rooms, laboratories, workshops or outside areas – AQUATEC IP 44 products from Berker are the right choice.

 Centre mark on the top and bottom for precise positioning using spirit level

 Hole spacing dimensions on the bottom of the housing help you to ensure the precision of preparation work before installation.

 Point supports ensure stable positioning of the lower casing on all surfaces

 Matt surface of lower casing improves durability of individual labelling

 Ribbed screw holes for optimum installation on uneven surfaces

488

 Profiled GROUND terminal and screw with channel making it easier to connect the protective earth conductor, increase the clamping force and prevent terminals from coming loose

Wiring example Ground terminal for earthed electrical loads with switch installation

 Mount for 3gang plug-in terminal for wires up to 2.5 mm 2 facilitates installation without junction box

 Condensation openings easy-to-break-out openings enable flexible use and prevent the collection of condensation moisture, thereby ensuring IP 44 protection at all times  Diagonally positioned oval-shaped screw holes enable quick and easy adjustment of the lower casing position during installation

Wiring example Neutral conductor where two insulated lights are connected to a series switch combined with a socket outlet

489

AQUATEC IP44 Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Switches

Rocker control switch with red lens

Rocker switches

light grey/grey, changeover without neon lamp unit contact reed light grey/grey, 2pole on/ off with imprint „0“

Rocker switch

on page T70

light grey/grey, change-over

3076 05

polar white, change-over light grey/grey, intermediate

3076 09 3077 05

10 10

light grey/grey, 2pole on/ off with imprint „0 and 1“

3072 05

on page T70

Rocker switch with illuminated labelling field

67 3079 05

10 AX, 250 V~ on page T76

Can be illuminated with area LED unit see accessories order no. 1619 01

Heating emergency switches Emergency heating control switch with red lens and imprint

with cable entry at top and bottom Wago clip-in 3-wire connection terminal for wiring with plug-in terminals

Rocker switch with illumination and red lens 3076 25

Housing screws made of stainless steel.

with cable entry at top and bottom with screw terminals

Labelling field height arranged for 9 mm P-touch strips.

10 AX, 250 V~ Neon lamp current 1 mA Housing screws made of stainless steel. Can be illuminated using neon and incandescent lamp units with N-terminal see module inserts order no. 1675 .., 1676 ..

with neon lamp unit with N terminal order no. 1675 for illumination with cable entry at top and bottom Wago clip-in 3-wire connection terminal for wiring with plug-in terminals

490

10 AX, 250 V~ Neon lamp current 1 mA

light grey/grey, 2pole change-over

For labelling with names, notes etc. Housing screws made of stainless steel.

on page T70

Rocker switch

10 AX, 250 V~

light grey/grey, changeover

3172 05

with neon lamp unit with N terminal order no. 1675 for monitoring circuit with cable entry at top and bottom Wago clip-in 3-wire connection terminal for wiring with plug-in terminals

with cable entry at top and bottom Wago clip-in 3-wire connection terminal for wiring with plug-in terminals

on page T70

Can be illuminated using neon and incandescent lamp units with N-terminal see module inserts order no. 1675 .., 1676 ..

Housing screws made of stainless steel.

3076 55

3176 05

Housing screws made of stainless steel.

10 AX, 250 V~

light grey/grey, changeover

Packing unit

on page T70

light grey/grey, changeover

3566 05

light grey/grey, 2pole on/ off with imprint „0“

3562 05

10 A, 250 V~ Neon lamp current 1 mA Or use glass pane protected heating emergency switch. Housing screws made of stainless steel. Not suitable for heating systems > 50 kW. with imprint „Heizung Notschalter“ with neon lamp unit with N terminal order no. 1675 with cable entry at top and bottom Wago clip-in 3-wire connection terminal for wiring with plug-in terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

AQUATEC IP44 Order no.

Packing unit

Emergency switch covers

1290 05

Rocker push-buttons Rocker push-button with illuminated labelling field

light grey/grey, changeover contact, usable as NC or NO

The cover can be replaced with the standard rocker on all rocker switches and rocker push-buttons in this range. on page T70

Housing bolts made of stainless steel.

10 A, 250 V~

Labelling field height arranged for 9 mm P-touch strips. Can be illuminated with area LED unit see accessories order no. 1619 01

In case of danger break glass and press rocker!

with cable entry at top and bottom Wago clip-in 3-wire connection terminal for wiring with plug-in terminals

for rocker switches for rocker push-buttons for push-button BCU 1gang and group push-button BCU 1gang

Rocker push-button with 5 lenses attached

Rockers switches Rockers switch 10 10

on page T70

light grey/grey, changeover contact, usable as NC or NO polar white, change-over contact, usable as NC or NO

5076 05

5076 09

10 AX, 250 V~

10 A, 250 V~

Housing screws made of stainless steel.

Housing screws made of stainless steel. Lenses with symbol for light, bell, door and neutral in clear, also neutral in red transparent.

with cable entry at top and bottom Wago clip-in 3-wire connection terminal for wiring with plug-in terminals

Can be illuminated using neon and incandescent lamp units with N-terminal see module inserts order no. 1675 .., 1676 ..

Rockers switch light grey/grey, double change-over, isolated input terminals

3078 05

for illumination and monitoring circuit with cable entry at top and bottom Wago clip-in 3-wire connection terminal for wiring with plug-in terminals

10 AX, 250 V~ Housing screws made of stainless steel.

Rocker push-button with red lens light grey/grey, NO, with 2 separate signalling contacts

with cable entry at top and bottom Wago clip-in 3-wire connection terminal for wiring with screw terminals

Pullcord switches 3976 15

10 AX, 250 V~ Pullcord connection 12 cm Housing screws made of stainless steel. with cable entry at top and bottom for wall and ceiling mounting Wago clip-in 3-wire connection terminal for wiring with plug-in terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

5071 05

10 A, 250 V~ on page T70

Pullcord switch light grey/grey, changeover

Housing screws made of stainless steel.

Not suitable for heating systems > 50 kW.

3075 05 3075 09

5076 55

For labelling with names, notes etc.

light grey/grey, series polar white, series

Packing unit

Push-buttons

cover with glass screen, rocker and adhesive label sheets red

Order no.

Housing screws made of stainless steel. Can be illuminated using neon and incandescent lamp units with N-terminal see module inserts order no. 1675 .., 1676 ..

for illumination and monitoring circuit with cable entry at top and bottom Wago clip-in 3-wire connection terminal for wiring with plug-in terminals

491

AQUATEC IP44 Order no.

Packing unit

Rockers push-buttons

Key switches for shutters 5075 15

Housing screws made of stainless steel. with cable entry at top and bottom Wago clip-in 3-wire connection terminal for wiring with plug-in terminals

Switches for shutters Rockers switches for shutters Rockers switch for shutters with imprinted symbol arrow 3075 25

10 A, 250 V~ Housing screws made of stainless steel.

Rotary switches/rotary push-buttons for shutters

10 A, 250 V~ Housing screws made of stainless steel. with neutral-position with push lock function with cable entry at top and bottom Wago clip-in 3-wire connection terminal for wiring with screw terminals

Accessories: Interlock disk for rotary switch for shutters 1861

3272 15

10 A, 250 V~ Housing screws made of stainless steel. with neutral-position with 2 keys with push lock function with cable entry at top and bottom Wago clip-in 3-wire connection terminal for wiring with screw terminals 2pole

Rockers push-button for shutters with imprinted symbol arrow light grey/grey, 1pole

5075 05

10 A, 250 V~ Housing screws made of stainless steel. Follow the motor manufacturers` instructions!

Rotary switch for shutters with rotary knob and imprint

for conversion to rotary push-button for shutters

Rockers push-buttons for shutters

with mechanical and electrical interlocking to prevent mutual switch on with cable entry at top and bottom Wago clip-in 3-wire connection terminal for wiring with plug-in terminals

3242 25

3272 05

Push-buttons for shutters

Follow the motor manufacturers` instructions!

light grey/grey, 2pole

Key switch for shutters with lock and imprint light grey/grey, 2pole, key removable in mid position light grey/grey, 2pole, key removable in 3 positions

10 A, 250 V~

light grey/grey, 1pole

Packing unit

Switches for shutters

Rockers push-button light grey/grey, 2 NO contacts, common input terminal

Order no.

with mechanical and electrical interlocking to prevent mutual activation with cable entry at top and bottom Wago clip-in 3-wire connection terminal for wiring with plug-in terminals

Key push-buttons for shutters Key push-button for shutters with lock and imprint light grey/grey, 1pole, key removable in mid position

3271 05

10 A, 250 V~ Housing screws made of stainless steel. with 2 keys with cable entry at top and bottom Wago clip-in 3-wire connection terminal for wiring with plug-in terminals 1pole

492

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

AQUATEC IP44 Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Combinations

Combination rocker switch with red lens/ SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover

Combination switch/socket outlet

light grey/grey

Combination rocker switch/SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover light grey/grey polar white on page T70

4780 05 4780 09

5 5

16 A, 250 V~ Switching current 10 AX Switches, push-buttons, pilot lamps and data connector housings can be used instead of socket outlets. Housing screws, hinged cover spring and axle made of stainless steel. for vertical mounting change-over switch and socket outlet connectable separately with hollow base with cable entry at top and bottom Wago clip-in 3-wire connection terminal for wiring with plug-in terminals

Combination rocker switch/SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover light grey/grey

Packing unit

4376 05

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

4781 05

16 A, 250 V~ Switching current 10 AX on page T70

Neon and incandescent lamp units with N-terminal see module inserts. Switches, push buttons, pilot lamps and data connector housings can be used instead of SCHUKO-socket outlets. Housing screws, hinged cover spring and axle made of stainless steel. Can be illuminated using neon and incandescent lamp units with N-terminal see module inserts order no. 1675 .., 1676 ..

for vertical mounting can be illuminated using neon and glow lamp unit with N-terminal for illumination and monitoring circuit change-over switch and socket outlet connectable separately with hollow base with cable entry at top and bottom Wago clip-in 3-wire connection terminal for wiring with plug-in terminals

Combination rockers switch/SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover light grey/grey

4790 05

16 A, 250 V~ Switching current 10 AX Switches, push-buttons, pilot lamps and data connector housings can be used instead of socket outlets. Housing screws, hinged cover spring and axle made of stainless steel. for vertical mounting series switch and socket outlet connectable separately with hollow base with cable entry at top and bottom Wago clip-in 3-wire connection terminal for wiring with plug-in terminals

493

AQUATEC IP44 Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Socket outlets

SCHUKO socket outlet with indicator lamp, hinged cover and labelling field

SCHUKO-socket outlets

light grey/grey

SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover

on page T70

light grey/grey polar white light grey/grey, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

4740 05 4740 09 4763 05

10 10 10

on page T70

Housing screws, hinged cover spring and axle made of stainless steel. Replacement neon lamp unit see module inserts / accessories order no. 1609

Housing screws, hinged cover spring and axle made of stainless steel.

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

H with hollow base with cable entry at top and bottom Wago clip-in 3-wire connection terminal for wiring with plug-in terminals

light grey/grey

4240 05

16 A, 250 V~ Housing screws, hinged cover springs and axles made of stainless steel. Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

SCHUKO-socket outlets with safety device

light grey/grey

# 4245 05

16 A, 250 V~ Fine-wire fuse max. 10 A Housing screws, hinged cover spring and axle made of stainless steel.

Fine-wire fuses DIN 41572 Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

with hollow base with cable entry at top and bottom with screw terminals

SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover and labelling field 4741 05

with neon lamp unit with hollow base with cable entry at top and bottom Wago clip-in 3-wire connection terminal for wiring with screw terminals

Without fine-wire fuse.

light grey/grey

SCHUKO socket outlet for fine-wire fuse with hinged cover

SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover

16 A, 250 V~ on page T70

4241 15

16 A, 250 V~ Neon lamp current 1,5 mA

16 A, 250 V~

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

on page T71

Packing unit

Housing screws, hinged cover spring and axle made of stainless steel. Labelling field height arranged for 9 mm P-touch strips. Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

H with hollow base with cable entry at top and bottom Wago clip-in 3-wire connection terminal for wiring with plug-in terminals

with fuse holder for fine-wire fuses with cable entry at top and bottom Wago clip-in 3-wire connection terminal for wiring with screw terminals

SCHUKO-socket outlets SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover, lock and labelling field light grey/grey, with differing closures

4769 05

light grey/grey, set of 2 with same closures

4789 05

16 A, 250 V~ Spare keys and other closures (max. 24) on request. Housing screws, hinged cover spring and axle made of stainless steel. Labelling field height arranged for 9 mm P-touch strips. Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

H e. g. for washing machine each with 2 keys with hollow base with cable entry at top and bottom Wago clip-in 3-wire connection terminal for wiring with plug-in terminals

494

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

AQUATEC IP44 Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

2gang SCHUKO socket outlet, each with hinged cover, lock and labelling field light grey/grey, with same closures

4768 05

2gang SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover light grey/grey

4270 05

16 A, 250 V~

Switches, push-buttons, pilot lamps and data connector housings can be used instead of socket outlets.

Housing screws, hinged cover springs and axles made of stainless steel.

Spare keys and other closures (max. 24) on request.

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

Housing screws, hinged cover springs and axles made of stainless steel.

H for vertical mounting inserts wired-through with hollow base with cable entry at top and bottom 2 knock out openings for entries at bottom with screw terminals

Labelling field height arranged for 9 mm P-touch strips. Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

H e. g. for washing machine and drier for horizontal mounting each with 2 keys with hollow base with 2 cable entries at top 2 knock out openings for entries at bottom Wago clip-in 3-wire connection terminal for wiring with plug-in terminals

2gang SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover light grey/grey polar white

Packing unit

4770 05 4770 09

5 5

16 A, 250 V~ Switches, push-buttons, pilot lamps and data connector housings can be used instead of socket outlets. Housing screws, hinged cover springs and axles made of stainless steel. Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

H for vertical mounting inserts wired-through with hollow base with cable entry at top and bottom Wago clip-in 3-wire connection terminal for wiring with plug-in terminals

2gang SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover light grey/grey

4784 05

16 A, 250 V~ on page T70

Switches, push-buttons, pilot lamps and data connector housings can be used instead of socket outlets. Housing screws, hinged cover springs and axles made of stainless steel. Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

H for horizontal mounting inserts wired-through with hollow base with 2 cable entries at top 2 knock out openings for entries at bottom Wago clip-in 3-wire connection terminal for wiring with plug-in terminals

2gang SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover and labelling field light grey/grey

4770 15

H for vertical mounting inserts wired-through with hollow base with cable entry at top and bottom Wago clip-in 3-wire connection terminal for wiring with plug-in terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

495

AQUATEC IP44 Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

2gang SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover and labelling field light grey/grey

4270 15

Double SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover light grey/grey polar white

16 A, 250 V~ Switches, push-buttons, pilot lamps and data connector housings can be used instead of socket outlets.

on page T70

for vertical mounting inserts wired-through with hollow base with cable entry at top and bottom with screw terminals

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

H for horizontal mounting inserts wired-through with hollow base with cable entry at top and each side Wago clip-in 3-wire connection terminal for wiring with plug-in terminals

3gang SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover 1

16 A, 250 V~

Double SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover

As a result of the side cable entries specially suited for installation over workbenches. Switches, push-buttons, pilot lamps and data connector housings can be used instead of socket outlets. Housing screws, hinged cover springs and axles made of stainless steel.

4275 05

16 A, 250 V~ on page T71

As a result of the side cable entries specially suited for installation over workbenches.

Labelling field height arranged for 9 mm P-touch strips.

H for horizontal mounting inserts wired-through with hollow base with cable entry at top and each side Wago clip-in 3-wire connection terminal for wiring with plug-in terminals

3gang SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover 4273 05

light grey/grey

Housing screws, hinged cover springs and axles made of stainless steel.

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

light grey/grey

As a result of the side cable entries specially suited for installation over workbenches.

Labelling field height arranged for 9 mm P-touch strips.

on page T70

5 5

Housing screws, hinged cover springs and axles made of stainless steel.

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

4773 05

4775 05 4775 09

16 A, 250 V~

Housing screws, hinged cover springs and axles made of stainless steel.

light grey/grey

Packing unit

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

H for horizontal mounting inserts wired-through with hollow base with cable entry at top and each side with screw terminals

16 A, 250 V~ on page T71

H for horizontal mounting inserts wired-through with hollow base with cable entry at top and each side with screw terminals 496

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

AQUATEC IP44 Order no.

Packing unit

Double SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover and labelling field light grey/grey 16 A, 250 V~ on page T70

As a result of the side cable entries specially suited for installation over workbenches. Housing screws, hinged cover springs and axles made of stainless steel. Labelling field height arranged for 9 mm P-touch strips. Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

light grey, 1gang light grey, 2gang vertical

10 10

Wago clip-in 3-wire connection terminal for wiring

for horizontal mounting inserts wired-through with hollow base with cable entry at top and each side Wago clip-in 3-wire connection terminal for wiring with plug-in terminals

Double SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover and labelling field 5

4275 15

16 A, 250 V~ on page T71

61 1960 05 61 1961 05

For rocker switch with housing top section order no. 6130 72 15, 6130 75 15, 6130 76 15, 6130 77 15 For control rocker switch with red lens and housing top section order no. 6131 72 15, 6131 76 15 For SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover and housing top section order no. 6147 40 15 For rocker push-button with 5 lenses attached and housing top section order no. 6150 76 15 For socket outlet with earth pin and housing top section order no. 6745 64 15

light grey/grey

Packing unit

Housing bottom part with screwed gland M20 x 1.5 5

4775 15

Order no.

As a result of the side cable entries specially suited for installation over workbenches. Housing screws, hinged cover springs and axles made of stainless steel.

Rocker switches Rocker switch with housing top section light grey/grey, 2pole on/ off with imprint „0 and 1“

61 3072 15

light grey/grey, intermediate

61 3077 15

light grey/grey, change-over

61 3076 15

10 AX, 250 V~ Housing screws made of stainless steel. For combining with lower casings order no. 6019 30 05, 6118 91 05, 6119 60 05, 6119 61 05, 6719 32 05

with plug-in terminals

Labelling field height arranged for 9 mm P-touch strips.

Rocker control switch with red lens and housing top section light grey/grey, changeover

61 3176 15

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

light grey/grey, 2pole on/ off with imprint „0“

61 3172 15

H for horizontal mounting inserts wired-through with hollow base with cable entry at top and each side with screw terminals

10 AX, 250 V~ Housing screws made of stainless steel. Can be illuminated using neon and incandescent lamp units with N-terminal see module inserts order no. 1675 .., 1676 .. For combining with lower casings order no. 6019 30 05, 6118 91 05, 6119 60 05, 6119 61 05, 6719 32 05

Module system Housing bottom parts Housing bottom section with cable entry light grey, 1gang light grey, 2gang horizontal

61 1891 05 67 1932 05

10 10

light grey, 3gang horizontal

60 1930 05

with neon lamp unit with N terminal order no. 1675 for illumination and monitoring circuit with plug-in terminals

Rockers switches Rockers switch with housing top section light grey/grey, series

61 3075 15

10 AX, 250 V~ Housing screws made of stainless steel. For combining with lower casings order no. 6019 30 05, 6118 91 05, 6119 60 05, 6119 61 05, 6719 32 05

with plug-in terminals

Wago clip-in 3-wire connection terminal for wiring "#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

497

AQUATEC IP44 Order no.

Packing unit

Rocker push-buttons

61 5076 15

Push-buttons and pilot lamps Push-button and pilot lamp E10

light grey/grey, NO contact

Housing screws made of stainless steel.

Knob for push-button and pilot lamp E10 see module inserts order no. 1279 .. Cover for push-button and pilot lamp E10 see module inserts order no. 1280, 1281, 1282, 1283 Can be illuminated using neon lamp E10 see module inserts order no. 1601 Can be illuminated using LED lamp E10 see module inserts order no. 1678 ..

Can be illuminated using neon and incandescent lamp units with N-terminal see module inserts order no. 1675 .., 1676 .. For combining with lower casings order no. 6019 30 05, 6118 91 05, 6119 60 05, 6119 61 05, 6719 32 05

can be illuminated using neon and glow lamp unit with N-terminal for illumination and monitoring circuit with plug-in terminals

for illumination and monitoring circuit with cable entry at top and bottom Wago clip-in 3-wire connection terminal for wiring with screw terminals

SCHUKO-socket outlets SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover and housing top section

Pilot lamp E 14 Pilot lamp E14

light grey/grey

16 A, 250 V~

For combining with lower casings order no. 6019 30 05, 6118 91 05, 6119 60 05, 6119 61 05, 6719 32 05

Cover for pilot lamp E14 see module inserts order no. 1220, 1230, 1231, 1232 Can be illuminated using incandescent lamp E14 see module inserts order no. 1610 .. Can be illuminated using LED lamp E14 see module inserts order no. 1679 ..

H with hollow base with plug-in terminals

with cable entry at top and bottom Wago clip-in 3-wire connection terminal for wiring with screw terminals

Socket outlets with earth pin Socket outlet with earth pin and housing top section 10

Rotary dimmers Rotary dimmer with soft-lock and setting knob light grey/grey

16 A, 250 V~ For combining with housing bottom section with cable entry order no. 6019 30 05, 6118 91 05, 6719 32 05 For combining with housing bottom section with bolted joint lead-in M20 x 1.5 order no. 6119 60 05, 6119 61 05

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

H 2pole + earth with hollow base with screw-in lift terminals

498

Housing screws made of stainless steel.

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

67 4564 15

5172 15

250 V~ Incandescent lamp power max. 3 W; Lamp base length max. 23,5 mm

Housing screws, hinged cover springs and axles made of stainless steel.

light grey/grey, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

Housing screws made of stainless steel.

Lenses with symbol for light, bell, door and neutral in clear, also neutral in red transparent.

61 4740 15

5112 15

250 V~ Momentary-contact current max. 2 A; Incandescent lamp power max. 2 W

10 A, 250 V~

light grey/grey

Packing unit

Pilot lamps

Rocker push-button with 5 lenses attached and housing top section light grey/grey, changeover contact, usable as NC or NO

Order no.

on page T9

2895 05

230 V~, 50 Hz 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 60 - 450 W; LV power boosters built-in max. 10; Axial dimension diameter 4 mm Housing screws made of stainless steel. Not suitable for 2- or 3gang combinations!

with change-over pressure switch short-circuit and overload proof (fine-wire fuse) with spare fuse phase cut-on with cable entry at top and bottom Wago clip-in 3-wire connection terminal for wiring with plug-in terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

AQUATEC IP44 Order no.

Packing unit

Speed controllers

on page T8

Packing unit

Accessories Neon lamp units

Speed controller with setting knob light grey/grey

Order no.

2970 10

Surface LED unit for illuminated labelling field

230 V~, 50 Hz Rated motor current and segment current, max. 0,1 - 2,3 A

polar white, 230 V~, 2,5 mA

Housing screws made of stainless steel.

When several area LED units are used the lamp current may result in malfunctioning of the relay/pulse relay. Connect a capacitor 230 V, 1 µF per 10 mA LED current in parallel with the coil.

Not suitable for 2- or 3gang combinations!

with imprinted symbol curve with rotary on/off switch for devices with motory drive additional switching contact for blade control basic speed adjustable short-circuit and overload proof (fine-wire fuse) with spare fuse phase cut-on with cable entry at top and bottom Wago clip-in 3-wire connection terminal for wiring with plug-in terminals

timers

For rocker switch with illuminated labelling field order no. 3076 55 For rockers switch with illuminated labelling field order no. 5076 55

Entries/connectors Combination connector light grey

1880

1881 1882

10 10

1889 05

to combine devices

Cable entry light grey, for 1 cable light grey, for 2 cables

Timers

1619 01

Mechanical timer with setting knob light grey/grey, max. 15 minutes

4227 05

light grey/grey, max. 120 minutes

4228 05

Extended cable entry light grey, for 1 cable

16 A, 250 V~ Housing screws made of stainless steel. Not suitable for 2- or 3gang combinations!

Screwed gland M20 x 1.5 mm

with time scale imprint with through terminal with cable entry at top and bottom Wago clip-in 3-wire connection terminal for wiring with screw terminals 2pole on/off

Data connector housing with labelling field

1886

Housing screws made of stainless steel. Labelling field height arranged for 9 mm P-touch strips. Attention, a different degree of protection!

Mounting plates see acessories order no. 1111 .., 1112 ..

for mounting plates with cable entry at top and bottom Wago clip-in 3-wire connection terminal for wiring

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

10 10

Thread M20 x 1,5 mm; Distance from wall to centre of pipe 21 mm

Data connector housings 4256 15

61 1963 05 1962 05

Tube entry light grey

Communication technics

light grey/grey

light grey, for 2 cables light grey, for 1 cable

Duct entry for 1 cable light grey, for cable ducts 15 x 15 mm

1804 05

light grey, for cable ducts 15 x 25 mm

1804 15

light grey, for cable ducts 15 x 30 mm

1804 25

Duct entry for 2 cables light grey, for cable ducts 15 x 15 mm, 15 x 25 mm, 15 x 30 mm

1805 05

499

DIECAST IP44 Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Key switches

Key push-button flush-mounted for profile half cylinders

Key switch surface-mounted for profile half cylinders 2pole change-over

4466

NO contact

with imprint with cover lock with flush-mounted box with cable entry diameter 11 mm at top and backside with screw terminals

with imprint with cover lock with cable entry diameter 22.5 mm (PG 16) at bottom with screw terminals

Key switches for shutters

Key switch flush-mounted for profile half cylinders

on page T5

4416

Key switch for shutters surface-mounted for profile half cylinder

2pole

16 A, 250 V~ Installation depth ⌀ 73 x 65 mm; Dimensions aluminium cover plate (W x H) 100 x 125 mm Profile half cylinder see module inserts / accessories order no. 1818 01, 1818

Profile half cylinder see module inserts / accessories order no. 1818 01, 1818

with imprint with cover lock with push lock function with neutral-position with cable entry diameter 22.5 mm (PG 16) at bottom with screw terminals

with imprint with cover lock with flush-mounted box with cable entry diameter 22.5 mm (PG 16) at bottom with screw terminals

Accessories: Metal cover

Key switch for shutters flush-mounted for profile half cylinders

2pole for order no. 4416

for replacement need without imprint aluminium

on page T5

4412

16 A, 250 V~ Installation depth ⌀ 73 x 65 mm; Dimensions aluminium cover plate (W x H) 100 x 125 mm Profile half cylinder see module inserts / accessories order no. 1818 01, 1818

Key push-buttons Key push-button surface-mounted for profile half cylinders NO contact

4462

16 A, 250 V~ Dimensions (W x H x D) 75 x 75 x 68 mm on page T5

1904

Profile half cylinder see module inserts / accessories order no. 1818 01, 1818

2pole change-over

4450

16 A, 250 V~ Installation depth ⌀ 59 x 61 mm; Dimensions (L x W) 75 x 75 mm

16 A, 250 V~ Dimensions (W x H x D) 75 x 75 x 68 mm on page T5

Packing unit

4448

16 A, 250 V~ Dimensions (W x H x D) 74 x 74 x 45 mm Profile half cylinder see module inserts / accessories order no. 1818 01, 1818

with imprint with cover lock with cable entry diameter 22.5 mm (PG 16) at bottom with cable entry diameter 11 mm at backside with screw terminals

with imprint with cover lock with push lock function with neutral-position with flush-mounted box with cable entry diameter 22.5 mm (PG 16) at bottom with screw terminals

Accessories: Metal cover with imprint 1903

for order no. 4412

for replacement need aluminium

500

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

DIECAST IP44 Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Packing unit

Key push-buttons for shutters Key push-button for shutters surface-mounted for profile half cylinders 1pole

4447

16 A, 250 V~ Dimensions (W x H x D) 74 x 74 x 45 mm Profile half cylinder see module inserts / accessories order no. 1818 01, 1818

with imprint with cover lock with neutral-position with cable entry diameter 22.5 mm (PG 16) at bottom with cable entry diameter 11 mm at backside with screw terminals

Key push-button for shutters flush-mounted for profile half cylinders 1pole

4449

16 A, 250 V~ Installation depth ⌀ 59 x 61 mm; Dimensions (L x W) 75 x 75 mm Profile half cylinder see module inserts / accessories order no. 1818 01, 1818

with imprint with cover lock with neutral-position with flush-mounted box with cable entry diameter 11 mm at top and backside with screw terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

501

Housing Plastic, glossy dark grey

similar to RAL 7011

Rockers/hinged covers Plastic, matt yellow

502

similar to RAL 1003

ISO-Panzer IP44/IP66

Splash-protected/waterproof range Surface-mounted system

Berker ISO-Panzer IP44 / IP66 is a waterproof / splash-protected surface-mounted range for extreme environmental conditions, made of special matterials.

■ For use in difficult conditions (e.g. building sites); withstands even the toughest use ■ High chemical resistance of the housing matterial ■ Non-corrosive ■ Screws and hinged cover springs made of stainless steel/hinged cover hinge pins made of non-corrosive brass ■ C olour signalling: yellow control elements make the surface-mounted units stand out against the background even in areas with limited visibility

503

ISO-PANZER IP44 Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Switches

Switches for shutters

Rocker switches

Key switches for shutters

Rocker switch with clear lens dark grey/yellow, change-over

on page T70

3446

Key switch for shutters for profile half cylinders with imprint dark grey/yellow, 2pole

10 AX, 250 V~ Housing screws made of stainless steel.

Housing screws made of stainless steel.

for illumination and monitoring circuit with additional terminal for e.g. control switch function with cable entry at top and bottom with plug-in terminals

4386

Profile half cylinder see module inserts / accessories order no. 1818 01, 1818

for master-key systems with push lock function with cable entry at top and bottom with screw terminals

Key push-buttons for shutters key push-button for shutters for profile half cylinders with imprint

Key switch for profile half cylinders dark grey/yellow, 2pole change-over

dark grey/yellow, 1pole dark grey/yellow, 2pole

1 1

Housing screws made of stainless steel.

Housing screws made of stainless steel. Profile half cylinder see module inserts / accessories order no. 1818 01, 1818

Profile half cylinder see module inserts / accessories order no. 1818 01, 1818

with neutral-position for master-key systems with cable entry at top and bottom with screw terminals

for master-key systems with cable entry at top and bottom with screw terminals

Push-buttons

Combinations

Rocker push-buttons

Combination switch/socket outlet

Rocker push-button with red lens and 4 symbols attached 5041 01

10 A, 250 V~ Neon lamp current 2,7 mA Housing screws made of stainless steel. With light, bell, door and neutral symbols. Can be illuminated using neon and incandescent lamp units - see accessories order no. 1615, 1616, 1617, 1618, 1637

with neon lamp unit for rocker switch and rocker push-button order no. 1615 for illumination and monitoring circuit with cable entry at top and bottom with plug-in terminals

504

4391 4392

10 A, 250 V~

dark grey/yellow, NO, with 2 separate signalling contacts

Push-buttons for shutters

Key switches

on page T70

4382

10 A, 250 V~

Can be illuminated using neon and incandescent lamp units - see accessories order no. 1615, 1616, 1617, 1618, 1637

Packing unit

Combination rotary switch/SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover dark grey/yellow, with change-over switch

4246

16 A, 250 V~ Switching current 16 AX Instead of socket outlets, any other devices from the ISO-reinforced IP44 and IP66 ranges with degree of protection IP44 can be used. Housing screws, hinged cover spring and axle made of stainless steel. for vertical mounting phase wired-through with hollow base with cable entry at top and bottom with screw terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

ISO-PANZER IP44 Order no.

Packing unit

4432

Packing unit

SCHUKO-socket outlets

Combination key switch/SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover dark grey/yellow, 2pole can be switched on/off

Order no.

2gang SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover

dark grey/yellow

16 A, 250 V~ Switching current 10 A

4370 §00§ 1

4370

16 A, 250 V~

Instead of SCHUKO-socket outlets, any other devices from the ISO-reinforced IP44 and IP66 ranges with degree of protection IP44 can be used.

on page T70

Instead of socket outlets, any other devices from the ISO-reinforced IP44 and IP66 ranges with degree of protection IP44 can be used. Housing screws, hinged cover springs and axles made of stainless steel.

Housing screws, hinged cover spring and axle made of stainless steel.

Profile half cylinder see module inserts / accessories order no. 1818 01, 1818

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

H with imprint „0“ and „1“ for vertical mounting for master-key systems with hollow base with cable entry at top and bottom phase and neutral conductor wired-through with screw terminals

for vertical mounting inserts wired-through with hollow base with cable entry at top and bottom with screw terminals

Double SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover

Socket outlets

dark grey/yellow

SCHUKO-socket outlets SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover dark grey/yellow

4280

16 A, 250 V~

on page T70

Housing screws, hinged cover spring and axle made of stainless steel.

on page T70

As a result of the side breakout openings specially suited for installation over workbenches. Housing screws, hinged cover springs and axles made of stainless steel.

H with hollow base with cable entry at top and bottom with screw terminals

SCHUKO-socket outlets with safety device SCHUKO socket outlet for fine-wire fuse with hinged cover # 4281

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

dark grey/yellow

4322

16 A, 250 V~

for horizontal mounting inserts wired-through with hollow base with cable entry at top side knock out openings for entries with screw terminals

16 A, 250 V~ Fine-wire fuse max. 10 A on page T70

Housing screws, hinged cover spring and axle made of stainless steel. Without fine-wire fuse. Fine-wire fuses DIN 41572 Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

H with fuse holder for fine-wire fuses with cable entry at top and bottom with screw terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

505

ISO-PANZER IP44 Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

3gang SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover dark grey/yellow

4323

Socket outlet with earth contact, USA/ CANADA, NEMA 5-20 R with hinged cover 1

16 A, 250 V~ on page T70

As a result of the side break-out openings specially suited for mounting over workbenches.

on page T70

dark grey/yellow, 1gang dark grey/yellow, 2gang vertical

4288 4294

1 1

dark grey/yellow, 3gang horizontal

4325

20 A, 125 V~

For side cable entry use only extended cable gland order no. 1889 02.

Housing screws, hinged cover springs and axles made of stainless steel.

Instead of SCHUKO socket outlets, any other apparatus from the ISO-reinforced IP44 and IP66 ranges with IP44 protection can be used.

Not UL-certified.

Housing bolts, hinged cover springs and pivot pins made of stainless steel.

Equates to standard NEMA 5-20 R 2pole + earth with hollow base with screw terminals

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

H for horizontal mounting inserts wired-through with hollow base with cable entry at top side knock out openings for entries with screw terminals

Signalling and command units Empty housing dark grey

4290

Housing screws made of stainless steel.

NEMA-socket outlets

1 knock out opening, for command unit dia. 22.5 mm with cable entry at top and bottom

Socket outlet with earth contact, USA/ CANADA, NEMA 5-15 R with hinged cover

on page T70

Packing unit

dark grey/yellow, 1gang dark grey/yellow, 2gang vertical

4286 4293

1 1

dark grey/yellow, 3gang horizontal

4324

Centre plate for signalling and command unit Ø 22.5 mm dark grey/yellow

4291

Housing screws made of stainless steel.

15 A, 125 V~

IP44 protection is only guaranteed in conjunction with a suitable command unit!

Housing screws, hinged cover springs and axles made of stainless steel.

Safety emergency off button type: Schlegel, order no. RZ; Safety emergency off button with lock type: Schlegel, order no. RVSCH; Only for installation of emergency push-buttons with contact maker: Schlegel, order no. ETR with cut-out dia. 22.5 mm with cable entry at top and bottom

Not UL-certified. Equates to standard NEMA 5-15 R 2pole + earth with hollow base with screw terminals

Accessories Neon lamp units Neon lamp unit for rocker switch and rocker push-button white, 230 V~, 2.7 mA

1615

If several neon lamp units are used the lamp current may result in malfunctioning of the relay/pulse relay. Insert a neutral conductor or connect a capacitor with 1 µF per 10 mA neon lamp current in parallel with the coil. For rockers switch with clear lens order no. 3446 For rocker push-button with red lens and 4 supplied symbols order no. 5041 01

506

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

ISO-PANZER IP44 Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Packing unit

Incandescent lamp units Incandescent lamp unit for rocker switch and rocker push-button yellow, 12 V, 65 mA green, 24 V, 35 mA red, 48 V, 25 mA

1617 1618 1637

10 10 10

For rockers switch with clear lens order no. 3446 For rocker push-button with red lens and 4 supplied symbols order no. 5041 01

Labelling fields Slot-in labelling field dark grey

1901

as devices cover for clamp cover

Entries/connectors Combination connector black

1880 01

to combine devices

Combination connector black

1806

to combine IP44 devices with IP66 devices

Cable entry black, for 1 cable

1881 01

Cable entry with cable clamp and suspension black

1888

for ISO reinforced devices IP44 NEW

Screwed gland M20 x 1.5 mm black, for 1 cable

* 1962 01

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

507

ISO-PANZER IP66 Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Switches

Switches for shutters

Rotary switches

Rotary switches/rotary push-buttons for shutters

Rotary switch

on page T70

dark grey/yellow, change-over, 250 V~

3046

Rotary switch for shutters with rotary knob and imprint

dark grey/yellow, Series, 250 V~

3045

10 A, 250 V~

dark grey/yellow, 2pole

Interlock disk for conversion to push-button see accessories order no. 1906

with neutral-position with push lock function with cable entry at top and bottom with screw terminals

Switching sequence e.g. for clockwise series switch: > 1 > 1+2 > 2 > 0 with cable entry at top and bottom with screw terminals

Accessories: Interlock disk for rotary switch for shutters

Rotary control switch with red lens dark grey/yellow, change-over

3146

for conversion to rotary push-button for shutters

16 AX, 250 V~ Neon lamp current 2,7 mA

with neon lamp unit for rotary control switch order no. 1611 for illumination and monitoring circuit with additional terminal for e.g. control switch function with cable entry at top and bottom with screw terminals

SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover and bayonet lock dark grey/yellow, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 on page T70

4283

16 A, 250 V~ Housing screws made of stainless steel. For SCHUKO right angle plug with bayonet lock order no. 4631

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

Rotary control switch with red lens 1

16 AX, 250 V~ Neon lamp current 2,7 mA on page T70

SCHUKO-socket outlets

Can be illuminated using neon and incandescent lamp units - see accessories order no. 1611, 1612, 1613, 1614

3142

1906

Socket outlets

Housing screws made of stainless steel.

dark grey/yellow, 2pole on/off

4342

Housing screws made of stainless steel.

16 AX, 250 V~ Housing screws made of stainless steel.

on page T70

Packing unit

for SCHUKO right angle plug with bayonet lock with cable entry at top and bottom with screw terminals

Housing screws made of stainless steel. Can be illuminated using neon and incandescent lamp units - see accessories order no. 1611, 1612, 1613, 1614

with imprint „0“ and „1“ with neon lamp unit for rotary control switch order no. 1611 for illumination and monitoring circuit with cable entry at top and bottom with screw terminals

508

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

ISO-PANZER IP66 Order no.

Packing unit

SCHUKO-plugs

Order no.

Packing unit

Combination connector

SCHUKO right angle plug with bayonet lock dark grey/yellow

4631

black

1806

16 A, 250 V~ For SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover and bayonet lock order no. 4283, 4284

to combine IP44 devices with IP66 devices

Cable entry black, for 1 cable

for interlocked SCHUKO socket outlet with threaded joint dia. 15.2 mm (PG 9) with screw terminals

1807

Pilot lamps Pilot lamp E 14 Pilot lamp E14 dark grey

5152

250 V~ Incandescent lamp power max. 3 W; Lamp base length max. 23,5 mm Housing screws made of stainless steel. Cover order no. 1241 .. Can be illuminated using incandescent lamp E14 see module inserts order no. 1610 03, 1610 13 Can be illuminated using LED lamp E14 see module inserts order no. 1679 ..

with cable entry at top and bottom with screw terminals

Accessories Cover for pilot lamp E14 clear transparent red transparent yellow transparent green transparent

1241 1241 01 1241 02 1241 03

10 10 10 10

For pilot lamp E14 order no. 5152

Accessories Neon lamp units Neon lamp unit for rotary control switch white, 230 V~, 2.7 mA

1611

For control rotary switch with red lens order no. 3142, 3146

Incandescent lamp units Incandescent lamp unit for rotary control switch yellow, 12 V, 65 mA green, 24 V, 35 mA

1613 1614

10 10

For control rotary switch with red lens order no. 3142, 3146

Entries/connectors Combination connector black

1808

to combine devices

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

509

Housing/rockers Plastic, glossy white

similar to RAL 1013

polar white similar to RAL 9010

510

Surface-mounted

Surface-mounted system Range for installation in dry rooms

511

SURFACE-MOUNTED Order no.

Packing unit

Switches

Order no.

Rocker switches

Rocker control switch with red lens

Rocker switch

on page T68

white, glossy, change-over

3006 40

white, glossy, intermediate

3007 40

white, glossy, 2pole on/ off with imprint „0 and 1“

3002 40

on page T68

white, change-over polar white, change-over white, glossy, 2pole on/ off with imprint „0“

3016 40 3016 49 3012 40

10 10 10

polar white, glossy, 2pole on/off with imprint „0“

3012 49

10 AX, 250 V~ Neon lamp current 1 mA

10 AX, 250 V~ Self-extinguishing base plate see accessories order no. 1052 50

Self-extinguishing base plate see accessories order no. 1052 50 Can be illuminated using neon and incandescent lamp units with N-terminal see module inserts order no. 1675 .., 1676 ..

with cable and duct entry knock out opening for entry at top and bottom with plug-in terminals

with neon lamp unit with N terminal order no. 1675 for illumination and monitoring circuit with cable and duct entry knock out opening for entry at top and bottom with plug-in terminals

Rocker switch

on page T69

Packing unit

white, glossy, change-over

61 3006 40

polar white, glossy, change-over

61 3006 49

white, glossy, 2pole on/ off with imprint „0 and 1“

61 3002 40

white, glossy, intermediate

61 3007 40

polar white, glossy, 2pole on/off with imprint „0 and 1“

61 3002 49

Rocker switch white, glossy, 3pole on/ off with printing „0 and 1“

3003 40

16 AX, 400 V~ on page T68

Self-extinguishing base plate see accessories order no. 1052 50

10 AX, 250 V~ with cable and duct entry knock out opening for entry at top and bottom with screw terminals

Self-extinguishing base plate see accessories order no. 1052 50

Rocker switch

knock out opening for entry at top and bottom with plug-in terminals

white, glossy, 3pole on/ off with printing „0 and 1“

61 3003 40

16 AX, 400 V~

Rockers Rocker with labelling field white, glossy

1636 40

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips for labelling with names, notes etc. The rocker can be replaced in all rocker switches and rocker push-buttons in the surface-mounted range except 2- and 3pole on/off.

on page T69

Self-extinguishing base plate see accessories order no. 1052 50

knock out opening for entry at top and bottom with screw terminals

Rockers switches Rockers switch white, glossy, series

3005 40

10 AX, 250 V~ Self-extinguishing base plate see accessories order no. 1052 50

with cable and duct entry knock out opening for entry at top and bottom with plug-in terminals

512

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

SURFACE-MOUNTED Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Rockers switch white, glossy, series polar white, glossy, series

Pullcord switch 61 3005 40 61 3005 49

10 10

10 AX, 250 V~

white, glossy, changeover

61 3906 40

polar white, glossy, change-over

61 3906 49

10 AX, 250 V~ Pullcord connection 12 cm

Self-extinguishing base plate see accessories order no. 1052 50

For wall and ceiling mounting. Self-extinguishing base plate see accessories order no. 1052 50

knock out opening for entry at top and bottom with plug-in terminals

Rockers switch white, glossy, double change-over, isolated input terminals

3008 40

Push-buttons Rocker push-buttons

10 AX, 250 V~

Rocker push-button with 5 lenses attached

Self-extinguishing base plate see accessories order no. 1052 50

white, glossy, changeover contact, usable as NC or NO

with cable and duct entry knock out opening for entry at top and bottom with screw terminals

5006 40

10 A, 250 V~ on page T68

Rockers switch white, glossy, double change-over, isolated input terminals polar white, glossy, double change-over, isolated input terminals

Packing unit

61 3008 40

61 3008 49

Lenses with symbol for light, bell, door and neutral in clear, also neutral in red transparent. Self-extinguishing base plate see accessories order no. 1052 50 Can be illuminated using neon and incandescent lamp units with N-terminal see module inserts order no. 1605 10, 1675 .., 1676 ..

for illumination and monitoring circuit with cable and duct entry knock out opening for entry at top and bottom with plug-in terminals

10 AX, 250 V~ Self-extinguishing base plate see accessories order no. 1052 50

Combinations knock out opening for entry at top and bottom with screw terminals

Combination switch/socket outlet Combination rocker switch/SCHUKO socket outlet

Pullcord switches

white, glossy white, glossy polar white, glossy

Pullcord switch white, glossy, changeover

3906 40

10 AX, 250 V~ Pullcord connection 12 cm Self-extinguishing base plate see accessories order no. 1052 50

with cable and duct entry knock out opening for entry at top and bottom for wall and ceiling mounting with plug-in terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

10 on page T68

4796 40 61 4796 40 61 4796 49

5 5 5

16 A, 250 V~ Switching current 10 AX Self-extinguishing base plate see accessories order no. 1054 40

Connection terminals according to IEC 60884-1 for vertical mounting change-over switch and socket outlet connectable separately with hollow base with cable and duct entry knock out opening for entry at top and bottom with plug-in terminals

513

SURFACE-MOUNTED Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Combination rockers switch/SCHUKO socket outlet white, glossy polar white, glossy

61 4794 40 61 4794 49

SCHUKO socket outlet

5 5

16 A, 250 V~ Switching current 10 AX

on page T68

Self-extinguishing base plate see accessories order no. 1054 40

for vertical mounting series switch and socket outlet connectable separately with hollow base knock out opening for entry at top and bottom with plug-in terminals

5 5

white, glossy, without hollow base

4000 50

white, glossy, with hollow base, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

4000 30

with cable and duct entry knock out opening for entry at top and bottom with screw terminals

SCHUKO-socket outlets with safety device SCHUKO socket outlet with overvoltage protection and labelling field white, glossy

4006 41

16 A, 250 V~, 50/60 Hz

change-over switch and socket outlet connectable separately without hollow base knock out openings for entries at top, bottom and side switch with plug-in terminals, socket outlet with screw terminals

on page T33

Overvoltage protection to EN 61643 and VDE 0675-6, -11 Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 with imprint with indicator LED for „on/error“ with acoustic fault signal with hollow base knock out opening for entry at top and bottom with screw terminals

SCHUKO-socket outlets SCHUKO socket outlet 4700 40 4700 49 4700 30

10 10 10

4700 39

Labelling field height arranged for 6 mm P-touch strips. Self-extinguishing base plate see accessories order no. 1052 50

Socket outlets

on page T68

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

16 A, 250 V~ Switching current 10 AX

white, glossy polar white, glossy white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 polar white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

4000 40

Self-extinguishing base plate see accessories order no. 1052 50

Combination rocker switch/SCHUKO socket outlets 61 4026 40 61 4026 49

white, glossy, with hollow base

16 A, 250 V~

Connection terminals according to IEC 60884-1

white, glossy polar white, glossy

Packing unit

SCHUKO-socket outlets Double SCHUKO socket outlet

16 A, 250 V~ Self-extinguishing base plate see accessories order no. 1052 50

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 with hollow base with cable and duct entry knock out opening for entry at top and bottom with plug-in terminals

on page T68

white, glossy polar white, glossy white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1 polar white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

4721 40 4721 49 4721 30

10 10 10

4721 39

16 A, 250 V~ Self-extinguishing base plate see accessories order no. 1053 40

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 for vertical and horizontal mounting with hollow base with cable and duct entry knock out opening for entry at top and bottom with plug-in terminals

514

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

SURFACE-MOUNTED Order no.

Packing unit

4040 4040 49

5 5

Socket outlets without earth contact Socket outlet without earth contact

16 A, 250 V~

white, glossy polar white, glossy

Self-extinguishing base plate see accessories order no. 1055

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 2pole knock out opening for entry at top and bottom with hollow base with screw terminals

Combinations Combination switch/socket outlet Combination rocker switch/socket outlet without earth contact

Double socket outlet without earth contact white, glossy polar white, glossy

5 5

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 2pole for vertical and horizontal mounting knock out opening for entry at top and bottom with hollow base with plug-in terminals

socket outlet 2pole for vertical mounting change-over switch and socket outlet connectable separately knock out opening for entry at top and bottom with hollow base with plug-in terminals

3gang socket outlet without earth contact white, glossy polar white, glossy

Combination rockers switch/socket outlet without earth contact

61 6040 61 6040 49

5 5

16 A, 250 V~ Mirror depth 4,5 mm

5 5

Self-extinguishing base plate see accessories order no. 1055

16 A, 250 V~ Switching current 10 AX; Mirror depth 5,9 mm

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 2pole for vertical and horizontal mounting knock out openings for entries at top, bottom and side with hollow base with screw terminals

Self-extinguishing base plate see accessories order no. 1054 40

socket outlet 2pole for vertical mounting series switch and socket outlet connectable separately knock out opening for entry at top and bottom with hollow base with plug-in terminals

10 10

Self-extinguishing base plate see accessories order no. 1053 40

Self-extinguishing base plate see accessories order no. 1054 40

61 6735 40 61 6735 49

61 6721 40 61 6721 49

16 A, 250 V~ Mirror depth 5,9 mm

16 A, 250 Switching current 10 AX; Mirror depth 5,9 mm

white, glossy polar white, glossy

10 10

Self-extinguishing base plate see accessories order no. 1052 50

for vertical and horizontal mounting with hollow base knock out openings for entries at top, bottom and side with screw terminals

61 6736 40 61 6736 49

61 6000 40 61 6000 49

16 A, 250 V~ Mirror depth 5,9 mm

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1

white, glossy polar white, glossy

Packing unit

Socket outlets

3gang SCHUKO socket outlet white, glossy polar white, glossy

Order no.

Socket outlets with earth pin Socket outlet with earth pin white, glossy, enhanced contact protection IEC 60884-1

67 6006 40

16 A, 250 V~ on page T6 Self-extinguishing base plate see accessories order no. 1052 50

Connection terminals IEC 60884-1 2pole + earth with hollow base with cable and duct entry with screw terminals "#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

515

SURFACE-MOUNTED Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Pilot lamps

Accessories

Push-buttons and pilot lamps

Bottom plates

Push-button and pilot lamp E10 white, glossy, NO contact

on page T5

5100 40

Packing unit

Self-extinguishing base plate 10

250 V~ Momentary-contact current max. 2 A; Incandescent lamp power max. 2 W Self-extinguishing base plate see accessories order no. 1052 50 Knob for push-button and pilot lamp E10 see module inserts order no. 1279 .. Cover for push-button and pilot lamp E10 see module inserts order no. 1280, 1281, 1282, 1283 Can be illuminated using neon lamp E10 see module inserts order no. 1601 Can be illuminated using LED lamp E10 see module inserts order no. 1678 ..

for illumination and monitoring circuit with cable and duct entry knock out opening for entry at top and bottom with screw terminals

white, for 1gang devices white, for double socket outlets

1052 50 1053 40

10 10

white, for 2gang combinations

1054 40

white, for 3gang socket outlets

1055

with imprint suitable for mounting on flammable base surface

Entries/connectors Cable and duct entry white polar white black

1813 1813 09 1813 05

10 10 10

Also suitable for surface-mounted frames and housings from the flush-mounted ranges.

Pilot lamp E 14 for wire or 15 x 15 mm cable duct

Pilot lamp E14 white, glossy

5130 40

250 V~ Incandescent lamp power max. 3 W; Lamp base length max. 23,5 mm

Tube entry polar white black

Self-extinguishing base plate see accessories order no. 1052 50 Cover for pilot lamp E14 see module inserts order no. 1220, 1230, 1231, 1232 Can be illuminated using incandescent lamp E14 see module inserts order no. 1610 .. Can be illuminated using LED lamp E14 see module inserts order no. 1679 ..

1817 09 1817 05

10 10

Distance from wall to centre of pipe 16 mm Suitable tubes for surface mounted installation are available from: www.fraenkische-elektro.de Also suitable for surface-mounted frames and housings from the flush-mounted ranges. for tubes with Ø 15.2 mm (PG 9) and M 16 for tubes with coupling dia. 20.5 mm (PG 13.5) and M 20

with cable and duct entry knock out opening for entry at top and bottom with screw terminals

Communication technics Data connector housings Data connector housing with labelling field white, glossy

1115 02

Labelling field height arranged for 9 mm P-touch strips. Self-extinguishing base plate see accessories order no. 1052 50 Mounting plates see acessories order no. 1111 .., 1112 ..

for mounting plates with cable and duct entry 1 knock out opening for entry at top

516

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Order no.

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Packing unit

Order no.

Packing unit

517

518

connecting systems

Connection boxes and connecting devices

Whether for cookers, large-scale kitchens, industry, building sites or other applications – connection boxes and connecting devices are needed everywhere. Berker offers a broad spectrum of products in response to the many and varied demands of everyday use.

Available systems: ■ Electric range connection box ■ CEE industrial connecting devices ■ SCHUKO rubber connecting devices ■ SCHUKO connecting devices

519

CONNECTING SYSTEMS Order no.

Packing unit

Range connector boxes Range connection box surface-mounted or flush mounted polar white

4478 09

Conductor cross-section max. 2,5 mm²; Dimensions (L x W x H) 86 x 86 x 28 mm

Order no.

Packing unit

Perilex socket outlet surface-mounted 16 A with hinged cover grey

5510

16 A, 400 V~ 5pole - 3 P + N + VDE 0100/05.73 and DIN 49445-48 IP44

with 5pole double terminal, locking additional pin cover possible for screw and spread fixing in 60 and 70 box with screw terminals

with screw terminals

Perilex plug 16 A white

Range connection box flush-mounted polar white

4477 09

Conductor cross-section max. 2,5 mm²; Dimensions (L x W x H) 86 x 86 x 12 mm

duroplastic housing with screw terminals

flat execution with 5pole double terminal, locking for screw and spread fixing in 60 and 70 box with screw terminals

Perilex plug 16 A grey, PVC housing

Perilex socket outlet flush-mounted 16 A 10

16 A, 400 V~ 5pole - 3 P + N +

IP44

white

5740

16 A, 400 V~ 5pole - 3 P + N +

Perilex socket outlet flush-mounted 16 A with hinged cover and flush-mounted wall box 5610

VDE 0100/05.73 and DIN 49445-48 duroplastic housing with screw terminals

16 A, 400 V~ 5pole - 3 P + N +

Perilex coupling 16 A

VDE 0100/05.73 and DIN 49445-48

white

IP44

Perilex socket outlet surface-mounted 16 A 5500

16 A, 400 V~ 5pole - 3 P + N + VDE 0100/05.73 and DIN 49445-48

5800

16 A, 400 V~ 5pole - 3 P + N +

with flush-mounted box with screw terminals

with screw terminals

VDE 0100/05.73 and DIN 49445-48

Perilex right angle plug 16 A

with screw terminals

white

with screw terminals

VDE 0100/05.73 and DIN 49445-48

white

5710

16 A, 400 V~ 5pole - 3 P + N +

Perilex connecting devices 5600

VDE 0100/05.73 and DIN 49445-48

Quick-mounting with a spreader claw bolt.

white

5700

16 A, 400 V~ 5pole - 3 P + N +

VDE 0100/05.73 and DIN 49445-48 duroplastic housing with screw terminals

Perilex coupling 16 A grey

5810

16 A, 400 V~ 5pole - 3 P + N + IP44 protection is provided only when plug order no. 5710 and 5720 is connected. VDE 0100/05.73 and DIN 49445-48 IP44 PVC housing with screw terminals

520

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

CONNECTING SYSTEMS Order no.

Packing unit

CEE connecting devices CEE socket outlet 3pole flush-mounted 16 A with hinged cover polar white

5684 01

16 A, 6 h, 250 V~, 50/60 Hz 3pole P + N +

CEE socket outlet 3pole surface-mounted 16 A with hinged cover 5581 01

16 A, 6 h, 250 V~, 50/60 Hz 3pole P + N + ; Conductor diameter max. 18 mm

5784 01

32 A, 6 h, 250 V~, 50/60 Hz 3pole P + N + ; Conductor diameter max. 18 mm

CEE right angle plug 3pole 32 A grey/blue

5783 01

32 A, 6 h, 400 V~, 50/60 Hz 3pole P + N +

with internal anti-kink protection with screw terminals

with cable entry with screw terminals

CEE socket outlet 5pole flush-mounted 16 A with hinged cover polar white

CEE socket outlet 3pole built-in 16 A with hinged cover 5681 01

16 A, 6 h, 250 V~, 50/60 Hz 3pole P + N +

CEE socket outlet 5pole surface-mounted 16 A with hinged cover light grey

CEE right angle plug 3pole 16 A 10

16 A, 6 h, 250 V~, 50/60 Hz 3pole P + N +

CEE socket outlet 5pole built-in 16 A with hinged cover

CEE socket outlet 3pole flush-mounted 32 A with hinged cover

IP44 with flush-mounted box with screw terminals

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

with cable entry with screw terminals

with internal anti-kink protection with screw terminals

5786 01

5580 01

16 A, 6 h, 400 V~, 50/60 Hz 5pole 3 P + N + ; Cable diameter max. 18 mm IP44

IP44

32 A, 6 h, 250 V~, 50/60 Hz 3pole P + N +

with flush-mounted box with screw terminals

built-on socket outlet suitable e.g. for switch cabinet door suitable for cable duct, type 68 and 74 flushmounted and hollow-wall boxes with screw terminals

5781 01

5680 01

16 A, 6 h, 400 V~, 50/60 Hz 5pole 3 P + N + IP44

IP44

polar white

light grey

IP44

IP44Ballwurfsicher

grey/blue

CEE socket outlet 3pole surface-mounted 32 A with hinged cover

with cable entry with screw terminals

with flush-mounted box with screw terminals

polar white

Packing unit

IP44Ballwurfsicher

IP44

light grey

Order no.

polar white

5785 01

16 A, 6 h, 400 V~, 50/60 Hz 5pole 3 P + N + IP44 built-on socket outlet suitable e.g. for switch cabinet door suitable for cable duct, type 74 flush-mounted and hollow-wall boxes with screw terminals

521

CONNECTING SYSTEMS Order no.

Packing unit

5780 01

16 A, 6 h, 400 V~, 50/60 Hz 5pole 3 P + N +

4684

16 A, 250 V~

with internal anti-kink protection Cable entry can be turned 60° to the left and right with screw terminals

CEE socket outlet 5pole flush-mounted 32 A with hinged cover 5682 01

Solid rubber SCHUKO plug, heavy-duty design black

IP44

polar white

Packing unit

SCHUKO connecting devices

CEE right angle plug 5pole 16 A grey/red

Order no.

32 A, 6 h, 400 V~, 50/60 Hz 5pole 3 P + N +

H IP44 non-corrosive with sealing collar can be screwed with screw terminals

Solid rubber SCHUKO plug, industrial design black

4685

16 A, 250 V~

IP44

with flush-mounted box with screw terminals

IP44

CEE socket outlet 5pole surface-mounted 32 A with hinged cover light grey

5582 01

32 A, 6 h, 400 V~, 50/60 Hz 5pole 3 P + N + ; Conductor diameter max. 18 mm

Solid rubber SCHUKO 3-way coupling with hinged covers heavy design black

IP44

CEE socket outlet 5pole built-in 32 A with hinged cover 5683 01

IP44 5

32 A, 6 h, 400 V~, 50/60 Hz 5pole 3 P + N + IP44

white

4606

16 A, 250 V~

CEE right angle plug 5pole 32 A 5782 01

non-corrosive with suspension with ring groove for sealing collar can be screwed with screw terminals

SCHUKO right angle plug

built-on socket outlet suitable e.g. for switch cabinet door also suitable for cable ducts with screw terminals

grey/red

4891

16 A, 250 V~

with cable entry with screw terminals

polar white

non-corrosive with sealing collar with anti-kink protection can be screwed with screw terminals

32 A, 6 h, 400 V~, 50/60 Hz, 3 P + N +

duroplastic housing can be screwed with screw terminals

Solid rubber SCHUKO coupling heavy design

IP44

black

with internal anti-kink protection with screw terminals

4886

16 A, 250 V~

Accessories

Wall boxes CEE flush-mounted box 1830 01

non-corrosive can be screwed with screw terminals

Flush-mounted boxes installation depth 64 mm; Bolt spacing 60 mm

522

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Order no.

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Packing unit

Order no.

Packing unit

523

524

berker manufaCture

525

BERKER MANUFACTURE – How customised can switches be?

Berker was founded in 1919 as a „Specialised Factory for Electrotechnical Devices“. This description shows just how important it is for us to meet the special needs of our customers by providing custom-manufactured products and tailored solutions. We have maintained this tradition up to the present day and call this aspect of our work Berker MANUFACTURE. Berker Manufacture is the expression of our philosophy of offering tailored solutions to meet the special needs of our customers – the right way. To do this, we do not have to reinvent our switches. After all, it is not the technology that triggers the desire to stand apart, but rather the surface finish that gives the switches their individual character.

SPECIAL LABELLING – LETTERING AND SYMBOLS

Berker S.1 with symbols and logo

526

Berker B.IQ with laser-cut symbols

From printing, colouring and surface treatment to special manufacturing techniques, there are many ways to make switches as individual as the customer requires. In principle, all of our switch ranges can be given an individual look. Almost any surface design can be realised, regardless of how unusual it may be.

Colouring

Berker B.IQ Glas aluminium

Berker B.IQ Glas black

527

THE OUTSTANDING EXPERTISE OF BERKER MANUFACTURE

Berker Manufacture combines a wide selection of materials, colours and surface treatments. Here you will find only some examples of the many possibilities. Let yourself be inspired!

Surface treatment

Berker B.3 chrome, glossy

528

Berker K.1 polar white, matt

Berker B.7 plastic, polar white, matt

If you have any questions about Berker Manufacture or already have a project in mind, contact your regional representative for assistance.

special processing

Berker TS with socket outlets

Berker TS brass with push button and room thermostat

Berker TS, special length, printed lettering

529

BERKER TS SENSOR MANUFACTURE – PRECISELY ACCORDING TO YOUR SPECIFICATIONS

You can use predefined lettering and symbols to customise the new Berker TS Sensor. But that is not all. Berker Manufacture can also assist you in realising your own personal ideas. If you have questions about the Berker TS Sensor or already have a project in mind, Please contact your regional representative. They will be happy to assist you.

Berker TS Sensor with graphical temperature display Dark grey background colour Light grey labelling

530

531

INSTRUCTIONS FOR CLEANING AND CARE

Clean the surfaces by wiping them over with a soft damp lint-free cloth.

Soap-based detergents are suitable for havier dirt. "Glass" and "aluminium" surfaces can be cleaned by using common glass cleaners.

For heavy dirt on stainless steel surfaces, special cleaners such as "Surface Shield" or "Chromol" are preferred. Please observe the corresponding instructions for use, as they may not be used on plastics and fine metallic surface finishes.

Abrasives and polishes, acid-based (scale removing) detergents and detergents containing chlorine will generally damage all surfaces. Moreover, painted/lacquered surfaces must not come in contact with detergents that contain alcohol.

533

TEST MARKS, ADMINISTRATIVE MARKS, TRADEMARKS AND SYMBOLS

RAL

Determination of colour gradations of Deutsches Institut für Gütesicherung und Kennzeichnung e.V. (German Institute for Quality Assurance and Certification)

Application designations/symbols

12 V halogen lamp

Test mark Netherlands

Electronic data processing, designated for special circuits by red centre plate.

Test mark Austria

Trademarks/brands

Test mark Norway

Registered trademark of SCHUKOWarenzeichenverband (SCHUKO trademark association) e.V.; designates socket outlets according to DIN VDE 0620-1 and DIN 49440. Terminals are also suitable as connector terminals.

Test marks and administrative marks VDE test mark, all items of the Berker range for which this test mark is possible bear this mark.

EDV

Test mark France Test mark Denmark Test mark Italy Test mark Sweden

Incandescent lamp Fluorescent lamp

230 V halogen lamp

L Conventional transformer Hollow-wall box Information designations for products with separate technical data on following pages.

Registered trademark of Warenzeichenverband EDELSTAHL ROSTFREI (stainless steel trademark association).

Test mark Canada

Symbol for the type of residual electrical current. Designation for -25°C to 40°C temperature range.

Test mark Belgium Registered trademark of the European Installation Bus Association sc (EIBA), Brussels.

Test mark USA

Electronic transformer

X = fluorescent lamp rated current

1 U

see S. T8

Flush-mounted controller, installation height 2.2 m

Relay with microcontact Opening diameter

Semiconductor circuit element

Earth

Test mark Poland Test mark Finland

Registered trademark of PERILEX-Gemeinschaft e.V..

Test mark Switzerland

Protection classes/types

ENEC stands for European Norms Electrical Certification. The number following the mark stands for the certifying body. For instance, VDE: 10

VDE radio suppression seal

Verification of increased voltage with stand capability for connecting devices to DIN 49400 and 49441, installation equipment made of shock-proof material for higher mechanical stress conditioning.

Safety power supply (diesel unit VDE 0107:1994-10), designated by green centre plate

ZSV

Additional safety power supply (battery supported VDE 0170: 1994-10), designated by orange centre plate Furniture construction/installation Devices can be mounted on surfaces with unknown flammable properties. Flame resistant according to VDE 0606 T1: 1984-11, meets the requirements of VdS (Association of Property Insurers) for mounting on wood. All items in this catalogue falling under CE regulations bear the CE marking on the packaging label and on the product itself.

534

Protection Class 2 insulation

(international protection) Designated according to DIN 40050, IEC 60529, the protection class of a device to prevent ingress of foreign objects and moisture.

IP44 Protection against contact between energised parts and wires or similar larger than 1 mm diameter and splashing water from all directions. (contact-protected from 1 mm, splash-protected)

IP55 Protection against harmful dust

deposits and against water jets from a nozzle directed toward the housing from all directions. (protected from dust and water jets)

IP66 Protection against dust deposits

and strong water jets from all directions. (dustproof, waterproof) Protection Class III Explosion protection, zone 11 IP44-compatible, protection class IP44 can be achieved only by using the proper sealing set.

Flush-mounted controller, installation height 1,1 m

Material characteristics Berker products do not contain any materials made of PVC or halogen, with the exception of the sealing membrane and slider in the splash-protected surfacemounted range as well as the wall boxes of the built-in system. Slider without halogen on request The technical specifications given here are not binding. The operating manual supplied with the products must be observed in all cases. Illustrations, particularly with regard to colour, size, equipment, performance characteristics of the products as well as circuit / connection diagrams, are not binding. We reserve the right to make technical and formal changes to our products in the interest of technical progress.

technical specifications

Switches/push-buttons/socket outlets Timer Dimmer BLC/presence detector Controller/Berker control 1-10 V technology/DALI Electronic ballasts and Tronic transformers Equipment data Overvoltage protection Thermostat RolloTec Alarm central unit Smoke detector Radio bus SCHUKO RCD socket outlet Antenna technology Data/telecommunications Dimensional drawings Equipment categories

T3-T6 T7 T8-T11 T11-T18 T19-T27 T28-T29 T29-T31 T32 T33 T34-T35 T36-T42 T43-T44 T45-T46 T47-T59 T60 T61-T62 T63-T64 T65-T71 T72

Accessories 606-608 General terms and conditions of business 609 Product summary from 610

535

ILLUMINATED SWITCHES Switch lighting Tool sizes for BERKER products with combination cross-head slotted screws as fixings: - Cross-head bits, Type: Pozidriv®size 1. - Cross-head screwdriver: Type: Pozidriv®size 1. - Slotted screwdriver: Type: blade thickness 0.8 mm.

Contact screws: - Cross-head bits, Type: Pozidriv®size 2. - Cross-head screwdriver: Type: Pozidriv®size 2. - Slotted screwdriver: Type: blade thickness 1 mm. When using cordless screwdrivers, setting 1st gear, speed 1 at 0.5 Nm.

Insert here. Same neon lamp unit for illuminated switches and monitoring switches.

The neon lamp unit can be inserted from the front and replaced without removing the switch.

Illuminated rocker switches

Rear view

Rear view L N

rot

3036 mm

3036 L

rot

Front view

Front view L N

Front view

L N

3036

S.1/B.1 rocker with red lens for illuminated switches or monitoring switches. Neon and glow lamp units are available for light switches/push-buttons of programmes S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 Glas, Modul 2, Arsys, K.1, K.5, Q.1, splash-protected flush-mounted IP44, Aquatec and ISO Panzer. Illuminated light switches not only offer effective guidance. Used as monitoring switches, they indicate active consumers. Not least, they help conserve energy and maintain security.

Rear view

L N

3036

L N

Detachable contact lug. (for application see wiring diagrams).

L N

3036

rot

Workplace Regulations The German Workplace Regulations ("ArbStattV") stipulate that existing installations must also be converted to illuminated light switches. With installation switches from the BERKER range there is no problem in this respect, as the neon lamp units are easily retrofitted and ensure the same illumination effect. In the case of splash-protected surface-mounted units the illumination cannot always be upgraded!

rot

Switch-off Permanently lit with change-over switch (Neon lamp unit permanently lit)

Switch-off Illuminated with change-over switch (Neon lamp unit lit when "Off")

Switch-off Monitoring with change-over switch (Neon lamp unit lit when "On")

Monitoring and indicator lamps such as neon units and neon lamps wired in parallel with the switching contact lead to the contact opening distance not being reached. L

Remove detachable contact lug from neon lamp unit

Control switching for series rockers switches For series light switches in the ranges S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 Glas, Modul 2, K.1, K.5 and Arsys, the series LED unit with N-terminal is available. Used as a control switch, it shows the loads switched on for each series. Some important uses of this are safety and monitoring energy consumption. Control series switch L N 3035

Rockers switch (series) 3035 / 303550

3035 rot

red

Switching symbol Connection in series control (Series LED unit 1680 lights up per series when "On")

T3 T3

N-terminal

Contact springs for easy snap-in mounting.

Snap on series LED unit from the rear.

SWITCHES/PUSH-BUTTONS Switches/push-buttons Max. numbers of fluorescent lamps that can be switched. Switching capacity with 10 AX switches 40 W 65 W Uncompensated cos  ~ 0,5 23 15 Compensated cos  = 0,8 29 18  Compensated cos ~ 1 34 22 Duo circuit 38 28 Parallel compensation 8 5 Switching capacity with 16 AX switches 40 W 65 W Uncompensated cos  ~ 0,5 33 21 Compensated cos  = 0,8 46 28 Compensated cos  ~ 1 51 33 Duo circuit 57 42 Parallel compensation 12 7

2pole on/off 16 AX L N

Rocker switch (2pole on/off 16 AX) 303212

When connecting energy-saving bulbs and electronic ballasts (EVG), consider the high inrush currents. Check suitability of equipment prior to use. Fit inrush current limiters if necessary.

303212

Switch-off 2pole

303212

Switch-off 2pole Monitoring (Neon lamp unit 160002 lit when "On")

Switch-off 2pole Permanently lit (Neon lamp unit 160002 permanently lit)

2pole on/off 10 AX

L N

Rocker switch L Pullcord switch N (2pole on/off)

L N

3036 / 303650 / 3966

L N

3032 / 3962

red

3036 red

3036

red

Switch-off monitoring Switch-off illuminated (Neon lamp unit e.g. 1675 (Neon lamp unit e.g. 1675 lit when "On") lit when "Off") Remove detachable contact lug from neon lamp unit.

Switch-off

red

blue

red

3032 blue

red

3032 blue

red

3032 blue

red

blue

red

blue

red

blue

red

blue

Switch-off 2pole Switch-off 2pole Monitoring (Neon lamp unit e.g. 1675 lit when "On")

Switch-off permanently illuminated (Neon lamp unit e.g. 1675 permanently lit) Remove detachable contact lug from neon lamp unit.

3pole on/off

Series switches L1 L2 L3

Rocker switch (3pole off)

L N

303212

1pole on/off with change-over switch Rocker switch Pullcord switch L N (off/change-over)

L N

L1 L2 L3

Switch-off 2pole Permanently lit (Neon lamp unit e.g. 1675 permanently lit)

Mechanical timer

L Rockers switch N (series)

L N

3035 / 303550

303303 303303

303303

3035

303303

red

Series switching

Switch-off 3pole Monitoring (Neon lamp unit 1600 lit when "On")

2040 2041

3035 red

M red

Switch-off 3pole

3035

Switch-off 3pole Permanently lit (Neon lamp unit 1600 permanently lit)

Series switching permanently Connection in series Control illuminated (Series LED unit (Neon lamp unit e.g. 1675 1680 lights up per permanently lit) Remove detachable contact series when "On") lug from neon lamp unit.

Change-over switch

Switch-off 2pole

Double change-over switch

Rocker switch L Pullcord switch N (off/change-over)

L N

3036 / 303650 / 3966 3036

red

3036

3036 red

303808

red

Change-over switching

Change-over switching Change-over switching Monitoring illuminated (neon lamp unit e.g. 1675 lit when "On") (Neon lamp unit e.g. 1675 Remove detachable contact lit when "Off") lug from neon lamp unit.

Low cost change-over switching Advantage: Each switch box contains the phase and the lamp wire

Change-over switching with double change-over switch including neon lamp unit 160002 (neon lamp unit on double change-over switch only lit if right-hand circuit off)

Intermediate switch

L Rockers switch N (double off/changeover)

L N

Rocker switch (Intermediate)

L N

3037

303808 303808

303808

Double change-over switching

303808

3036 red

Double change-over switching illuminated with neon lamp unit 160002 (lit only if left-hand circuit off)

3037

3036 red

3037

3036 red

Intermediate switching illuminated with neon lamp unit 1675 (Neon lamp unit lit when "Off")

Intermediate switching

Rocker push-buttons Rocker pushbuttons (NO)

L N

L Rocker push-buttons N (change-over contact) 5036 / 5056 01

5031/ 503150 5031

5031

5031 red

Rocker push-button (NOC) illuminated With illumination, only a limited number of switches can be wired in parallel, unless the neutral conductor is brought through.

Rocker push-button (NOC) permanently lit Remove detachable contact lug from neon lamp unit. Any number of push-buttons can be connected in parallel. The neutral conductor must be brought through.

Rocker push-button (NOC) monitoring Remove detachable contact lug from neon lamp unit.

5036 red

NOC

NCC

T4 T4

SWITCHES/PUSH-BUTTONS/KEYSWITCHES Switches/push-buttons/key switches Rocker push-buttons

Rockers push-buttons

Push-button (NOC) with L N 2 separate signalling contacts

Rocker push-button (1 NOC and 1 NCC) with separate input terminals

(NOC)

503101

(NCC)

503203 red

green

L N

Rockers push-buttons L (2 change-over contacts) N with separate input terminals (NOC)

503503

red

503808

(NOC)

(NOC1) (NOC2)

Group rockers pushbuttons (4 NOCs) and common input terminal

(NOC1) (NCC1)

503503

red

503501 red

red

(NOC)

(NCC)

503501 5035 red

red

2 separate signalling contacts for indicator lamp connection

Rockers push-buttons (2 NOCs) with separate input terminals

Rockers push-buttons L (1 NOC and 1 NCC) with N separate input terminals

L N

5035

503203 red

503101 red

red

Rockers push-buttons 2 NOCs and common input terminals

L N

NOC1 (left lower rocker) NOC3 (right lower rocker)

503404

503808

503404

red

NOC4 (right upper rocker) NOC2 (left upper rocker)

(NCC2) (NOC2)

Pullcord switches Pullcord switch L (change-over contact) N with separate signalling contact

L N

395619 395619

395619

grün

green

rot

green

red

395619

green

red

Pullcord switch (change-over contact) illuminated With illumination, only a limited number of switches can be wired in parallel, unless the neutral conductor is brought through.

red

green

red

Potential-free connection for neon / glow lamp unit Remove detachable contact lug from neon lamp unit. Pullcord switch (change-over contact) Monitoring with separate signalling contacts

3-step switch

L N

5101

green

red

Pullcord switch (change-over contact) Monitoring Remove detachable contact lug from neon lamp unit.

Pullcord switch (change-over contact) permanently illuminated Any number of push-buttons can be connected in parallel. The neutral conductor must be brought through.

Push-button and light signal E10 L N

395619

L N

5101

L N

5101

510110

L N

Step 3 Step 2 Step 1

Signalling contacts 3861

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 3861

With illumination

Light signal

Push-button (NOC) illuminated When using neon lamp units, only a limited number of switches can be wired in parallel.

Rockers switch/push-buttons for L shutters N

Rockers switch/push-buttons for shutters 303520 303520 / 503520

red

503520

Push-button (NOC) monitoring

Push-button (NOC) separate signalling contacts e.g. for indicator lamp connection.

Group rockers push-buttons as shutter pushbuttons L Group rockers push-buttons (4 NOCs)

L N

NOC1 in position NOC1 in position

3841 3842 3851 3852

503404 503404

Key switch for profile half cylinder

NOC2 in position NOC2 in position Rotary switches for shutters 1pole or 2pole Key switches for shutters 1pole or 2pole

Group rockers push-buttons with 4 NOCs as dual shutter push-buttons

NOC1 in position NOC1 in position

NOC2 in position NOC2 in position Key switch/key push-button for shutters 1pole or 2pole for DIN profile half cylinder

Profile half cylinder 315 ° not locked

L N

1818 181801

Change-over contacts 1

0°

The NOC for the profile half cylinder can be adjusted by pressing in the pin on the side in 45° steps. At key bit position 315° the key bit is guided in the engaging fork of the switch. The cover is not locked and the key can only be removed in the zero position (unswitched).

382610, 383620

90° locked 33 225° locked

Change-over contacts 2 Key switch (change-over switch) 1 or 2 pole for profile half cylinder

L N

382120, 382210, 383110, 383120, 383210

red

Rockers switch for shutters Rocker s push-buttons for shutters

T5 T5

Key switch/key push-button for shutters

3-step switch without 0-position

3-step switch with 0-position

30,5 40,5

10 17

135° locked

At locking steps 90°, 135° and 225° the key bit is introduced adjacent to the engaging fork of the switch. After actuation, the key is turned back to the starting position and so can be withdrawn with the switches in any switch setting. The cover is then locked and the switch cannot be dismantled without inserting the key.

Socket outlets/hotel card switches/ HOTEL CARD SWITCHES/SOCKET OUTLETS/ loudspeaker socket outlets/operating conditions LOUDSPEAKER INSERTS/OPERATING CONDITIONS Hotel card switches The hotel card switch provides efficient energy use and a means of storing the hotel card in hotels or other locations, such as at the workplace. When the hotel card is withdrawn, power is cut to all the electrical consumers which are still in operation but no longer required, such as the lights (possibly with a delayed-off relay) and wall socket circuits (e.g. for TV etc.). For this, a load contactor is activated via the hotel card switch. When the hotel card is inserted, the contact is closed and the in-series load contactor switches the connected electrical consumers on. Additionally, a check-back can be sent to reception and the room temperature can be lowered, for example. The illumination of the hotel card switch ensures safe operation even in the dark. As a flush-mounted insert, the hotel card switch cover order no. 505601 is used with neon lamp unit order no. 1675. The neon lamp unit is lit when the hotel card is not inserted. 10 A push-button inserts for hotel card switch covers are available on request. L1 L2 L3 N

Push-button insert (change-over contact)

Grand-Hotel RAULF

505601

505601 red

red

L L1 L2 L3

Load contactor

505601

505601 505601 rot

Push-button insert for hotel card switch cover (change-over contact) Neon lamp unit lights up only when card removed.

Grand-Hotel 505601 RAULF rot

for consumers: socket outlets, lights etc.

When hotel card is not inserted, orientation lamp is on. Contact open.

When hotel card inserted, orientation lamp is off. Contact closed.

International systems

AM/AT/AZ/BA/BE/BF/BG/BI/BJ/BY/CF/CS/CZ/DE/ EE/EG/ER/ES/FI/GE/GL/GR/HR/HU/ID/IR/IS/IT/KR/ KZ/LB/LT/LU/LV/MD/MK/MR/MZ/NL/NO/PE/PT/ PY/RO/RU/RW/SA/SE/SI/SO/SR/SY/TJ/TR/UA/UY/UZ 2pin. + earth 250V ~, 16 A

AD/BE/CG/CI/CN/DJ/DZ/FR/GF/ GN/GP/KH/KM/MA/MG/ML/PL/ SK/SN/SY/TD/TG/TN/VN 2pin. + earth 250V ~, 16 A

L L

N(W)

CH, type 13 2pin. + earth 250V ~, 10 A

DK/GL 2pin. + earth 250V ~, 13 A

AL/CL/ET/IT/LY/SY 2pin. + earth 250V ~, 16 A

AO/NL 2pin. 250V ~, 16 A

N(W)

AE/AG/BN/BW/CY/GB/GD/GH/GM/ CA/GT/GY/HN/HT/KP/LA/MX/ CA/GT/GY/HN/HT/KP/LA/MX/ HK/IE/IQ/KE/KW/LR/MW/MT/MY/OM/ PA/PH/PR/SV/TH/TW/US/VE PA/PH/PR/SV/TH/TW/US/VE SL/TZ/YE/ZA/ZW NEMA 5-15 R NEMA 5-20 R BS 1363 part 2 2pin. + earth 2pin. + earth 2pin. + earth 125V ~, 15 A 125V ~, 20 A 250V ~, 13 A = Non-polarised system (no specification for connection of external and neutral conductor)

AR/AU/FJ/NZ 2pin. + earth 250V ~, 15 A

AR/AU/FJ/NZ 2pin. + earth 250V ~, 10 A

Euro-American standard CA/GT/GY/HN/HT/KP/LA/MX/ PA/PH/PR/SV/TH/TW/US/VE 2pin.

National abbreviations to ISO 3166: AD=Andorra; AE=United Arab Emirates; AG=Antigua; AL=Albania; AM=Armenia; AO=Angola; AR=Argentina; AT=Austria; AU=Australia; AZ=Azerbaijan; BA=Bosnia-Herzegovina; BE=Belgium; BF=Burkina Faso; BG=Bulgaria; BI=Burundi; BJ=Benin; BN=Brunei; BW=Botswana; BY=Byelorussia; CA=Canada; CF=Central African Republic; CG=Congo; CH=Switzerland; CI=Ivory Coast CL=Chile; CM=Cameroon; CY=Cyprus; CS=Serbia and Montenegro; CZ=Czech Republic; DE=Germany; DJ=Djibouti; DK=Denmark; DZ=Algeria; EE=Estonia; EG=Egypt; ER=Eritrea; ES=Spain; ET=Ethiopia; FI=Finland; FJ=Fiji; FR=France; GB=Great Britain; GD=Grenada; GE=Georgia; GF=French Guyana; GH=Ghana; GL=Greenland; GM=Gambia; GN=Guinea; GP=Guadeloupe; GR=Greece; GT=Guatemala; GY=Guyana; HK=Hong Kong; HN=Honduras; HR=Croatia; HT=Haiti; HU=Hungary; ID=Indonesia; IE=Ireland; IQ=Iraq; IR=Iran; IS=Iceland; IT=Italy; KE=Kenya; KH=Cambodia; KM=Comoros; KP=North Korea; KR=South Korea; KW=Kuwait; KZ=Kazakhstan; LA=Laos; LB=Lebanon; LR=Liberia; LT=Lithuania; LU=Luxemburg; LV=Latvia; LY=Libya; MA=Morocco; MD=Moldavia; MG=Madagascar; MK=Macedonia; ML=Mali; MR=Mauritania; MT=Malta; MW=Malawi; MX=Mexico; MY=Malaysia; MZ=Mozambique; NL=Netherlands; NO=Norway; NZ=New Zealand; OM=Oman; PA=Panama; PE=Peru; PH=Philippines; PL=Poland; PR=Puerto Rico; PT=Portugal; PY=Paraguay; RO=Rumania; RU=Russia; RW=Rwanda; SA=Saudi Arabia; SE=Sweden; SI=Slovenia; SK=Slovakia; SL=Sierra Leone; SN=Senegal; SO=Somalia; SR=Surinam; SV=Salvador; SY=Syria; TD=Chad; TG=Togo; TH=Thailand; TJ=Tajikistan; TM=Turkmenistan; TN=Tunisia; TR=Turkey; TW=Taiwan; TZ=Tanzania; UA=Ukraine; US=USA; UY=Uruguay; UZ=Uzbekistan; VE=Venezuela; VN=Vietnam; YE=Yemen; ZA=Zambia; ZW=Zimbabwe

Prepare the line for screwless plug-in terminals

min. 10 Necessities stripping length: 10 mm Leader diameter max.: 2,6 mm

Flexible lines 1 - 2,5 mm2, with pin cable lugs, with one pinlength from 10 mm.

For solid lines 1 - 2,5 mm2

Flexible lines 1 - 2,5 mm2 with ferule, gas tight crimps, stripping length during isolating enclosure accordingly more largely.

Loudspeaker inserts Front

450502

Example: Dolby Surround System

450502

Front

Flexible lines 1 - 2,5 mm2, ultrasonic welds

Loudspeaker socket outlet High End with 2 plug connectors, 2 banana plugs and 2 metal type cable lugs gold-plated cable lugs for cable cross-sections up to max. 10mm2 for 1 loudspeaker

457209

457309

Loudspeaker and stereo loudspeaker connection box with plug-in terminals for cable cross-sections up to max. 10mm2 for 1 or 2 loudspeakers

Dolby

Rear

Rear 450501

450501

Center Subwoofer

450501

Stereo loudspeaker socket outlet with 2 integral speaker sockets to DIN 41529:1988-01 for 2 speakers

Operating conditions for electronic switches, dimmers and speed controllers Rated load capacity when installed as single unit subject to: - Ambient temperatures up to 25 °C - Installation in solid stone wall - The rated load of the Tronic transformer is always taken as the basis, not only the connected bulbs.

Differing conditions: - minus 10% per 5 °C above 25 °C - minus 15% in wood or chipboard walls - minus 10% external units in multiple combinations - minus 20% internal units in multiple combinations T6 T6

TIMER Timer Time switch

L N 2948

N 1

OFF

Twilight

2948

2 NL

OFF

2 NL

5035 red

Ground

Extension unit connections Phase e.g. for mechanical pushExtension Potential-free unit on/off Neutralbutton (rocker button, conductor NOC Operation with extension unit 2 NOCs) When connecting energy-saving bulbs and electronic ballasts, consider the high inrush currents. Check suitability of equipment prior to use, fit inrush current limiters if necessary.

The timer with display The timer permits programmed, timed switching of loads up to 1000 W/VA. It is also possible to switch the lighting depending on brightness using a twilight sensor. With the astronomical function adjustable by ± 1 hour 59 minutes, the switch-on and switch-off times can be adjusted to the sunrise and sunset times for the specific location. With the timer function the lighting is switched on for a pre-set time between 1 minute and 23 hrs and 59 min. By way of the extension unit inputs, a rocker button with 2 NOC (normally open) contacts can be used to switch on or off manually. Manual operation has priority at all times. Astronomical function By activating the astro programme the switch-on times that occur within the period of daylight are not executed until sunset. Pre-set switch-on times after sunset are retained. Switch-off times which occur after sunrise are executed as soon as sunrise occurs. Pre-set switch-off times after sunrise are retained. The adjacent drawing shows the astronomic curve from week number 12 to week number 40, incorporating a +1 hour adjustment for summer time (user must switch between winter and summer time). Twilight function (only with mounting with sensor connection): The twilight function is activated approximately 90 minutes before sunset (see astronomic curve). Approximately 4 minutes after the brightness has fallen below the pre-set level, the lighting is switched on. Features: Operation via 4-button control pad 2 independent programme memories for a total of 18 switching times (e.g. 9 switch-on and 9 switch-off times) Timer function (countdown function) Random function Astronomic function with individual adjustment facility ± 1 hour 59 minutes Adjustable twilight sensor Summer/winter time Operation of on/off extension unit inputs by rocker button with 2 NOCs. For intermediate and changeover switch circuits Reset to factory default possible Power reserve up to 24 hours (maintenance-free without batteries) Manual operation possible at any time

Insert for timer Order-no.: 2948 230 V~, 50/60 Hz , N conductor required 1 potential-free NOC, not suitable for isolating 230 V Incandescent lamps and halogen lamps 1000 W (ohmic) Tronic transformers 750 W (capacitive) Conv. transformers ( 85% loading) incl. transformer power loss 500 VA (inductive) Fluorescent lamps uncompensated 500 VA, parallel compensated 400 VA (inductive) Duo circuit 1000 VA (inductive) Mixed load; capacitive and inductive loads should not be mixed Power consumption 0.7 W Security via 16 A circuit breaker Radio interference suppression to EN 55015 Operating temperature 0 to 45°C Index of protection IP20 2 Terminals Screw-type terminals for max. 2.5 mm or 2 x 1.5 mm2 Usable mountings 1735.., 1736.. or 1738 .. Technical data Nominal voltage Relay output Switching capacity

Timer with display Order-no.: 1736.. or 1738.. using insert order no. 2948 min. 1 minute min. 500 ms max. 18 in 2 programme memories ± 1 minute per month approx. 24 hrs. (no batteries required) approx. 6 to 300 Lux 1 minute to 23 hrs. 59 min. ± 15 minutes adjustable by ± 1 hrs. 59 min. to EN 55015 0 to 45°C IP20

Technical data Operating voltage Switching time interval Reversing time Switching times Accuracy Power reserve Setting range for twilight sensor (1738 only) Timer function (countdown) Random generator Astro programme Radio interference suppression Operating temperature Index of protection

Astro curve for timer Summer time Week 2:00

4:00 5:00 6:00 7:00 8:00

7 7 7 : : 8 7 : 3 1 8 8 8: : 5: 4 2 9 : : 0 5 5 1 1 1 4 8 6 1

3:00

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5: : : : : : : 5: 5 5 5 5: : 2 1 1 0 0 0 1 2 2: : 5 5 7 6 6 6 7 6 6 6 6: : 3 3 0 4 0 7 7 9 4 0 8 3 4: : 6 6 6 6 6 7 7 0 5 : : : : : : : : 7 7 5 : : : : : : : 0 4 3 1 0 4 3 1 0 1 9 7 0 2 3 4 5 0 1 5 8 3 8 2 7 2 8 4 9 0 0 1 2 3 7

Executed off time

4:00 5:00 7 : 1 7: 7 7 7 : 0 2 : 7 7 7 2 3: : 7 3 4: : 8 8 1 3 : 8 8 5 6 4 : 4 5 0 1: : : 7 5 5 3 1 8 1 1 5 8

20:00

9:00

16:00 1 1 6 6 1 : 1 3 : 6: 7 1 1 : 7: 7 1 7 4 5 5 : 7: 1 6 0 7 1 7 1 : 8 1 1 9 3 0 4 5 0: 8: 8 2 3 1 2: 4 5 3

21:00

1 1 1 1 1 1 6 6 6 1 1 1 6 6 6: : : : 6: 6: 6 : : 2 2 2 2 2 2 : 4 3 4 2 2 5 9 5 5 6 9 1 5 1 8 8 : : 0 2 8 1 1 1 1 1 9 9: 8: 8: : 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 0 5 3 8 9 9 0 2 2 0 9 9 2 7 2 5 : : : : 0 2 2 0 : : : 2 3 4 5 1 : 0 2 0 : 0 5 3 2 7 8 9 0 2 : 0: 0 2 2 2 2 0 : 2 8 3 8 : 1: 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1: : 3 2 0 3 1 4 : 1: 1 1 1 1 1 1 1: : 0 4 6 3 5 9 3 0 3 1 2 2: : : : : 2: 2 1 0 1 2 0 3 3 3 3 6 1 3 3 0 6 0

Programmed on time 20:00

Executed on time

Darkness

22:00 23:00

8:00

~ ~Time

16:00

19:00

7:00

Daylight

Time~

18:00

6:00

Programmed off time 6:10

9:00

17:00

2:00

Darkness

3:00

45 50 Subject to time changes

Summer time

17:00 18:00 19:00 20:00 21:00 22:00 23:00

The time switch easy The time switch easy permits programmed, timed switching of loads up to 1000 W. By way of the extension unit inputs, a rocker button with 2 NOC (normally open) contacts can be used to switch on or off manually. Manual operation has priority at all times. Normal mode

P r ogr a m m in g T im e s witch Eas y +

> 20 sec. with »AU:_1« = Automatic ON »AU:_0« = Automatic OFF with + > 4 sec. Quick saving of the switch-on time for switching times 1 + 3 and deleting switch-on time for switching times 2 + 4 + > 4 sec. Quick saving of the switch-off time for switching times 1 + 3 and deleting switching times 2 + 4 The push-button functions and are available in the menus: Confirm input. Changes are saved on leaving the sub-menu. Esc to abort editing. Changes are saved, the display reverts to normal mode. After 2 minutes without any push-button activity the time switch reverts to normal mode. Time switch Easy Technical data using insert order no. 2948 Operating voltage min. 1 minute Switching time interval min. 500 ms Reversing time 2 blocks each for Mo-Fr and Sa-So (ON/OFF) Switching times ± 30 seconds per month Accuracy approx. 4 hrs. (no batteries required) Power reserve to EN 55015 Radio interference suppression 5 to 35°C Operating temperature IP20 Index of protection 1735.. Order no.:

Mo-Fr Sa-Su

long >4s Display switching time 1 ON Mo-Fr

ON OFF

> 10 s time setting hour change (delete »--:--« set or

> 20 s Reset

Current hour

Manual operation

Current minute

Automatic

Current year

Display switching time 2 OFF Mo-Fr

Current month

Display switching time 3 ON Sa-Su

Current day

Display switching time 3 OFF Sa-Su

Normalmode

Display switching time 1 OFF Mo-Fr Display switching time 2 ON Mo-Fr

Display switching time 4 ON Sa-Su Display switching time 4 OFF Sa-Su

T7 T7

ON OFF

> 4 s)

minute

Dimming/dimmer DIMMING/DIMMER selection SELECTION table TABEL speed SPEED controller CONTROLLER Energy saving by dimming

A distinction is made between two dimming principles:

Controlling the brightness levels of lights not only provides a pleasant ambience, it also prolongs the lives of the bulbs. In the low-voltage halogen field in particular, the compact dimensions of the bulbs can provide special design benefits for lighting which are further enhanced by dimming. A further important aspect is energy saving, because in dimming mode much less power is drawn from the system and the lives of the bulbs are also greatly prolonged (see diagram). This can save a great deal of money.

- Phase cut-on dimmer for brightness control of: Incandescent lamps, 230 V halogen lamps, fluorescent lamps 26 mm and 38 mm, and 12 V halogen lamps with conventional transformer. U

Time in which no power is drawn from the mains

Voltage curve of dimmed phase

Bulb life depending on voltage %

12 V halogen lamps Incandescent lamps 230 V halogen lamps

400 300 200

130 P 120 110 I 100

100

At the beginning of each half-wave the dimmer blocks the current flow to the lamp, it is non-conducting. Only at the end of the time set by the user does the dimmer cut in again, and current is re-applied to the connected lamps. At the next sine zero, the dimmer again blocks the current flow. This process is repeated with each sine half-wave - that is, 100 times per second (50 Hz). During the time in which the dimmer blocks the current, no power is drawn from the mains or metered.

140

150

e.g. Dimmer LV

60 40

70 10,8

L 11,4

12,0

12,6 U [V]

25 13,2

L = Life = Lighting current P = Power = Light yield I = Lamp current

- Phase cut-off dimmer for brightness control of: Low-voltage halogen lamps with Tronic transformers, incandescent and halogen lamps. U

5% lower voltage corresponds to 200% life

Load type: Standard Incandescent lamps

Standard phase cut-on dimmers

The Tronic dimmer is activated when the sine half-wave passes through zero and deactivated again after the time set by the operator. At the next sine wave zero the Tronic dimmer releases the current flow again. This process is repeated with each sine half-wave - that is, 100 times per second (50 Hz). In the time during which the Tronic dimmer blocks the current, no power is drawn from the system, and none is metered.

230 V halogen and incandescent lamps

12 V halogen lamps with conventional dimmable transformer

12 V halogen lamps with electronic transformer with capacitive C characteristics 12 V halogen lamps with electronic transformer with inductive L characteristics 12 V halogen lamps with electronic transformer with inductive or capacitive L,C characteristics Motors M

Phase cut-off dimmers

Low voltage phase cut-on dimmers R,L

R matches > OK, combination can be used! R matches > OK, combination can be used! No match > combination unsuitable No match > combination unsuitable No match > combination unsuitable No match > combination unsuitable No match > combination unsuitable

Voltage curve of dimmed phase

e.g. Tronic dimmer

Universal dimmers teach themselves the load type during commissioning and automatically set the correct dimming principle.

Dimmer selection table Dimmer type:

Time in which no power is drawn from the mains

R,C

R,L,C

R matches > OK, combination can be used! R matches > OK, combination can be used! No match > combination unsuitable C matches > OK, combination can be used! No match > combination unsuitable C matches > OK, combination can be used! No match > combination unsuitable

R matches > OK, combination can be used! R matches > OK, combination can be used! L matches > OK, combination can be used! No match > combination unsuitable L matches > OK, combination can be used! L matches > OK, combination can be used! No match > combination unsuitable

Universal dimmer

Speed controllers M

R matches > OK, combination can be used! R matches > OK, combination can be used! L matches > OK, combination can be used! C matches > OK, combination can be used! L matches > OK, combination can be used! L, C matches > OK, combination can be used! No match > combination unsuitable

No match > combination unsuitable No match > combination unsuitable No match > combination unsuitable No match > combination unsuitable No match > combination unsuitable No match > combination unsuitable M matches > OK, combination can be used!

Identifiers for dimmers and electronic switches (with semiconductor switching element) to DIN EN 60669-1/A2 and VDE 0632 part 1/A2.

Identifiers for switchgear with relays with micro-contact opening width to DIN EN 60669-1/A2 and VDE 0632 part 1/A2. When using third-party transformers in conjunction with Berker Tronic dimmers and universal dimmers, malfunctions may occur because the components are not optimally attuned to each other.

Speed controller

L N

M Speed controller 296801

Setting the basic speed

Switch-off

M Switched, unregulated phase e.g. for slat adjustment

Technical data Motors Minimum load Maximum load Motor and segment current Control principle Noise Overheating protection Fine-wire fuse Radio interference suppression Operating temperature Terminals

Speed controller order no. 296801 (only 297010) For 230/240 V~, 50/60 Hz single-phase motors such as induction, shaded pole or universal motors 0.1 A 2.7 A (2,3 A) max. 2.7 A (max. 2,3 A) Phase cut-on Low noise cut-out; auto. restart after cooling T3,15H250 to EN 55015 -20 to 25°C (see operating conditions, Page T6) Plug-in terminals for max. 2.5 mm2 or 2 x 1.5 mm2

T8 T8

DIMMERS Rotary dimmer Technical data Nominal voltage Connected load

Rotary dimmer with rotary off switch L N

R Rotary dimmers

2819..

Rotary dimmer with rotary off switch, order no.2819.. 230 V~, 50 Hz 230 V Incandescent and halogen lamps 60-400 W Combinations of specified loads max. 10 Phase cut-on Low noise T 1.6 H 250 according to EN 55015 5 to 25°C (see operating conditions, Page T6) Screw-type terminals for max. 2.5 mm2 or 2 x 1.5 mm2

LV boosters built-in Control principle Noise Fine-wire fuse Radio interference suppression Operating temperature Terminals

Switch-off

Rotary dimmer with soft lock L N

L N N

Rotary dimmers

L Change-over Rotary dimmers switch

2875

Switch-off

LV boosters built-in Dimming principle

Intermediate switch

Changeover switching

Change-over switch

3037

2875

3036

red

Intermediate switching

(Rotary dimmer with soft-lock and setting knob Aquatec) (Order no. 289505) Noise Low noise Fine-wire fuse T 2.5 H 250 Radio interference suppression according to EN 55015 Operating temperature 5 to 25°C (see operating conditions, Page T6) Terminals Plug-in terminals for max. 2.5 mm2 or 2 x 1.5 mm2

Rotary dimmer with soft-lock Order no. 2875 230 V~, 50 Hz 230 V Incandescent and halogen lamps 60-600 W, (60-450 W) Combination of specified load types max. 10 Phase cut-on

Technical data Nominal voltage Connected load

N Rotary dimmers

3036 red

2875

L N

Rotary dimmer with soft lock L N

L N

Rotary dimmer

2885

L Rotary dimmer

N L

Changeover switch

Rotary dimmer

3036 red

2885 L

L N

Change-over switch Intermediate switch 3037

2885

3036

red

Switch-off Change-over switching

Technical data Nominal voltage Connected load

Intermediate switching

Rotary dimmer with soft-lock Short-circuit-proof

230/240 V~, 50 Hz 230 V Incandescent and halogen lamps 100-1000 W Combinations of specified loads max. 10 Phase cut-off Very low noise

LV boosters built-in Dimming principle Noise

Order no. 2885 Cut-out with auto. restart Electronic protection (no change-over) By power reduction to EN 55015 5 to 25°C (see operating conditions, page T6) Screw-type terminals 0.75 to 4 mm2

Overload protected Radio interference suppression Operating temperature Terminals

Rotary LV dimmer with soft lock L N

L N Rotary LV dimmer N L

2873

N L

Rotary LV dimmer 2873

In case of excessive making currents, use making current limiters order no. 0185.

Terminal for mains de-coupler

Switch-off

Changeover switch

230 V~, 50 Hz 230 V Incandescent and halogen lamps 20-500 W Conv. transformers subject to min. 85% of rated load. 20-500 VA total power output including transformer power loss must must not exceed 500 VA. Combination of specified load types max. 10

LV boosters built-in

N L

Intermediate switch

Change-over switch

Rotary LV dimmer 3036 red

3037

2873

3036

red

Intermediate switching

Changeover switching

Technical data Nominal voltage Connected load

R,L

L N

Order no. 2873 Rotary dimmer LV with soft lock max. 100 mA Switching current for base load mains de-coupler Phase cut-on Dimming principle Low noise Noise D 3.15 H 250 Fine-wire fuse to EN 55015 Radio interference suppression 5 to 25°C (see operating conditions, page T6) Operating temperature Plug-in terminals for max. 2.5 mm2 or 2 x 1.5 mm2 Terminals

Tronic rotary dimmer with soft lock

Tronic rotary dimmer 2874

N L

N L Tronic rotary dimmer

R,C

L N

Changeover switch

2874

N L

Intermediate switch

Change-over switch

Tronic rotary dimmer 3036 red

2874

3037

3036

L A

red

Terminal for mains de-coupler

Switch-off

Technical data Nominal voltage Connected load

Changeover switching

230 V~, 50 Hz 230 V Incandescent and halogen lamps 20-525 W Tronic transformers 20-525 W Combination of specified load types max. 10 à 500 W Universal booster RMD Plus max. 10 Tronic boosters built-in max. 100 mA Switching current for base load mains de-coupler Phase cut-off Dimming principle

T9 T9

Intermediate switching

Tronic rotary dimmer with soft lock Switch-on Noise Short-circuit-proof Overload protected Radio interference suppression Operating temperature Terminals

Order no. 2874 Bulb-preserving soft start-up Very low noise Cut-out with auto. restart Electronic protection (no change-over) By power reduction to EN 55015 5 to 25°C (see operating conditions, page T6) Plug-in terminals for max. 2.5 mm2 or 2 x 1.5 mm2

Dimmer/mains decoupler DIMMERS/DE-COUPLER universal UNIVERSAL series SERIES touch TOUCH dimmer DIMMER Universal rotary dimmer with soft lock and extension unit input L N Universal rotary dimmer

286110

L N

o r N

N L

N or L

ohmic / ind.

ohmic / cap.

Universal rotary dimmer

For a mixed load with inductive loads the proportion of the ohmic loads must not exceed 50%! S

Switch-off

N or L ohmic / ind.

Universal rotary dimmer extension unit

286110

The connection diagrams and the technical data are valid also for universal rotary dimmer order no 2834.. and universal rotary dimmer extension unit order no 2835..

R,L,C

L N

N L

ohmic / cap.

Universal Rotary dimmer

286210

N L

286110

Operation with extension unit

Rotary dimmer / Tronic rotary dimmer and BLC Universal touch dimmer with mains de-coupler comfort RMD

L N

Mains de-coupler comfort RMD abgekoppelt

BLC universal touch dimmer

018701

2902

Mains de-coupler comfort RMD

R,L,C

2874

0188

230V~50Hz

Mains de-coupler comfort RMD

L 1/A

abgekoppelt

Can function with the following devices for example: Rotary dimmer with soft-lock Rotary dimmer LV with soft lock Tronic rotary dimmer with soft lock Universal rotary dimmer with soft lock and extension unit input BLC universal touch dimmer only with BLC button Electronic rotary potentiometer 1-10 V Electronic touch rotary potentiometer 1-10 V Room thermostat with NC contact, on/off switch and LED Room thermostat with change-over contact

R,C

N L

L A

Control module for mains de-coupler max. 100 mA

Switch-off

To other extension units

Depending on the mains de-coupler, no more than 1 control module may be used per mains de-coupler. Press a BLC push-button for at least 200 ms in order to re-activate the mains de-coupler.

1 L

Operation with extension units Control module Tronic for mains de-coupler rotary dimmers

2907

BLC extension unit

0188

1 L

018701

In order to prevent heating problems caused by mains overvoltages, there should be a 1/2 module gap between the inrush current limiters and other devices.

ohmic / cap.

Switch-off

L N

N L

L 1/A

abgekoppelt

ohmic / ind. Control module for mains de-coupler

o d e r

230V~50Hz

N L

2875

286210

Conv. transformers subject to min. 85% of rated load. Total power output, including transformer power loss, must not exceed 420 VA

Function: The mains de-couplers monitor the connected circuit and cut the mains power as soon as all consumers are switched off. The cut-off circuit is monitored with 230 V DC. This shuts off the electrical and electrical-magnetic alternating fields, as recommended by building biologists. When a consumer is switched on the mains voltage is restored.

Rotary dimmer

Universal rotary dimmer extension unit

Operation with extension unit

230 V~, 50/60 Hz 230 V Incandescent and halogen lamps 50-420 W (ohmic, phase cut-off) Tronic transformers 50-420 W (capacitive, phase cut-off) or conv. transformers subject to min. 85% of rated load. Total power output 50-420 VA including transformer power loss must not exceed 420 VA (inductive, phase cut-on). Mixed load of specified load types, do not mix capacitive and inductive loads! for phase cut-off max. 10 items á 500 W Universal booster RMD Plus for phase cut-on max. 5 items á 420 VA max. 10 Tronic- or LV-boosters built-in depending upon type of load approx. 0.5 W Power consumption

018701

286210

Universal rotary dimmer with soft lock Order no. 286110 Dimming principle Phase cut-on or cut-off depending on load type Switch-on Bulb-preserving soft start-up No. of extension units Universal rotary dimmer extension units max. 5 Extension unit cable length max. 100 m Noise Very low noise Short-circuit-proof Cut-out with auto. restart, Electronic protection (no change-over) Overload protected by power reduction Radio interference suppression to EN 55015 Operating temperature 5 to 25°C (see operating conditions, page T6) 2 Connecting terminals Plug-in terminals for max. 2.5 mm or 2 x 1.5 mm2

Technical data Nominal voltage Connected load

L N

Universal rotary dimmer extension unit

Order no.: Control module for mains de-coupler required 2875 2873 2874 Yes 2861.., 2834.. No, but no extension units possible 2902 Only if extension units are used Max. extension set cable length: 20 m 289110 289610 2030.. 2026..

Universal series touch dimmer N do L er

ohmic / ind.

N L ohmic / kap.

Universal series touch dimmer

N L ohmic / kap.

o dN e r L ohmic / ind.

R,L,C

L N

N do L er

ohmic / ind.

N L ohmic / kap.

Universal series touch dimmer

2901

N L ohmic / kap.

2907

2901

1 a2 L a1

1 L

to additional extension units

Basic connection Operation with extension units For a mixed load only ohmic / inductive or ohmic / capacitive is allowed per series For a mixed load with inductive loads the proportion of the ohmic loads must not exceed 50%! Risk of destruction if load outputs series a1 and a2 are connected in parallel. Risk of destruction, the electronic overheating protection only functions when a load is connected to series a1. In all cases only the series on which the short-circuit occurred is switched off. Extension unit operation is only possible if a load is connected to series a1. Operation: The button for universal series touch dimmer is subdivided into 3 areas. Left: Operation of series 1 Right: Operation of series 2 Centre: Operation of series 1 and 2 Both series are always operated simultaneously via an extension unit. 1 1+2 Operation in the switched-off state: Press briefly above (< 400 ms): 100% brightness or if a brightness is saved the memory is called up. Long press below (> 400 ms): Dimming to minimum brightness (slumber function).

Technical data Rated voltage Connected load per series

Load distribution for asymmetric load at 25 °C

o dN e r L ohmic / ind.

230 V~, 50/60 Hz 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 50-260 W (ohmic, phase cut-off) Tronic transformers 50-260 W (capacitive, phase cut-off) or conv. transformers (loaded < 85%) incl. transformer power dissipation 50-260 VA (inductive, phase cut-on) Mixed loads possible, capacitive and inductive loads must not be mixed within a series, however! Universal boosters RMD Plus is checked Tronic or LV boosters built-in according to load type max. 10 Power consumption approx. 0.7 W per series Dimming principle per series phase cut on or cut off depending upon type of load

Power series a1 (W/VA)

L N

350 330 310 290 270 250 230 210 190 170 150 130 110 90 70 50

90 110 130 150 170 190 210 230 250 270 290 310 330 350 Power series a2 (W/VA)

Operation in the switched-on state: Press briefly below (< 400 ms) light is off. Long press above/below (> 400 ms): Light is dimmed up / down. Long press over the entire surface (> 3 sec.) the current brightness is saved; the saving operation is indicated by a soft start. (Delivery configuration: 100% switch-on brightnesses)

Universal series touch dimmer Order no. 2901 Switching on Bulb-preserving soft startup Number of extension units BLC extension unit unlimited Extension unit cable length max. 100 m Noise generation very low noise Short-circuit proof Switch-off with autom. restart electron. fuse (maintenance-free) Overtemperature protection autom. switch-off Radio interference suppression according to EN 55015 Operating temperature 5 to 25°C (observe operating conditions page T6) Connecting terminals Screw terminals for max. 4 mm² or 2 x 2.5 mm²

T10 T10

DIMMERS/ Dimmer/power boosters POWER BOOSTERS LV booster built-in L N Rotary LV dimmer

N L

2873

N LV booster 1 built-in 600 VA

2869

L N BLC touch dimmer LV

L N

N N

N L

2904

N LV booster 1 built-in 600 VA

2869

N N

Above 3680 VA split phases. (ensure phase equality.) Observe the operating conditions on Page T6.

L N

In case of excessive making currents use making current limiters order no.: 0185.

1 L

To other LV boosters max. 10 in total

Terminal for mains de-coupler

R,L

Technical data Rated voltage Connected load

LV power booster built-in Short-circuit proof

Order no. 2869 Switch-off with autom. restart within 7 sec. electron. fuse (maintenance-free) Overtemperature protection via autom. switch-off Radio interference suppression according to EN 55015 Operating temperature -5 to 45°C, -15% power reduction per 5°C over Connecting terminals Screw terminals 0.75–4 mm² Minimum ceiling aperture for standard ceiling height of 78 mm 63 mm Dimensions (W x H x D) 48.5 x 46 x 212 mm

230 V~, 50 Hz 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 50-600 W conv. transformers (loaded < 85%) incl. transformer power dissipation 50-600 W VA Mixed load of the specified load types, do not mix capacitive and inductive loads! LV boosters built-in max. 10 total Dimming principle phase cut-on Switching on bulb-preserving soft startup Noise generation very low noise

Tronic touch dimmer built-in and Tronic booster built-in L N

Push-button (NOC)Push-button (NOC) 5031

5031

2943

To other extension sets, e.g. rocker push-buttons (NOC)

L N

Connection for boosters (No load connection)

Tronic touchdimmer built-in 700 W

5031

N 1

Tronic touchdimmer built-in 700 W

2943

L N

To other Tronic transformers, 230 V incandescent or halogen lamps

To other extension sets, e.g. rocker push-buttons (NOC)

Technical data Rated voltage Connected load

Tronic touch dimmer built-in order no. 2943 230 V~, 50 Hz 230 V incandescent and halogen lamps 50-700 W | Tronic transformers 50-700 W Mixed load of the specified load types, do not mix capacitive and inductive loads! Tronic boosters built-in (universal boosters) max. 10 (max. 10 á 400 W) Dimming principle phase cut-off Switching on bulb-preserving soft startup Number of extension units BLC extension unit and push-button (NO contact) unlimited Noise generation very low noise Short-circuit proof Switch-off with autom. restart within 7 sec. electron. fuse (maintenance-free) Overtemperature protection via autom. switch-off Radio interference suppression according to EN 55015 Operating temperature -5 to 45°C, -15% power reduction per 5° C over Connecting terminals Screw terminals 0.75–4 mm² Minimum ceiling aperture for standard ceiling height of 78 mm 63 mm Dimensions (W x H x D) 48.5 x 46 x 212 mm

Universal booster RMD Plus and universal booster RMD Plus L N BLC extension unit Push-button (NOC) 2907

R,C

Push-button (NOC)

N L

5031

L 1 C1

Tronic booster built-in order no. 2868 230 V~, 50/60 Hz 230 V incandescent lamps and halogen lamps 50-700 W Tronic transformers 50-700 W Mixed load of the specified load types, do not mix capacitive and inductive loads! Tronic boosters built-in max. 10 total Dimming principle phase cut-off Switching on bulb-preserving soft startup Noise generation very low noise Short-circuit proof Switch-off with autom. restart within 7 sec. electron. fuse (maintenance-free) Overtemperature protection via autom. switch-off Radio interference suppression according to EN 55015 Operating temperature -5 to 45°C, -15% power reduction per 5°C over Connecting terminals Screw terminals 0.75–4 mm² Minimum ceiling aperture for standard ceiling height of 78 mm 63 mm Dimensions (W x H x D) 48.5 x 46 x 212 mm

5031

L 1 Z

ohmic / cap.

Universal touch dimmer RMD Plus

min. 1 TE L C C1

Universal touch dimmer RMD Plus

Universal booster RMD Plus

016701

016501

1 L 1 L

2907

N L

5031

L 1 Z

1 L

to other extension units L N Tronic rotary dimmer

N L

min. min. min. 1 TE L C C1 1 TE L C C1 1 TE L C C1

Universal touch dimmer RMD Plus

Universal booster RMD Plus

016701

016501

L N

2874

2902

L A

Universal booster RMD Plus

o r

N L

ohmic / ind.

ohmic / cap.

max. 5/10 boosters depending on the dimmer principle

BLC universal touch dimmer

L C C1 L

to other extension units

016701

to other extension units L N BLC extension unit Push-button (NOC)

min. min. L C C1 1 TE L C C1 1 TE L C C1 Universal booster RMD Plus

Universal booster RMD Plus

016501

L N N N Dimmer base loading: min. 1 Tronic transformer fully loaded or 20 W incandescent/230 V halogen lamps. Above 3680 VA split phases (ensure phase equality). Push-buttons (NOC) can only be illuminated via phase and neutral conductor.

Technical data Rated voltage Connected load

2907

ohmic / ind.

To other Tronic boosters, max. 10 in total

L N BLC extension unit Push-button (NOC)

o N r

Tronic booster built-in 700 W 2868

N L ohmic / ind.

o N r L ohmic / cap.

Order no.: 2874 2943 2861.. and 2834.. 2902 016701 0181 94550100 75311007 75312007 75314017

N L

o r

ohmic / ind.

N L

R,L,C

ohmsch / kap.

In mixed load configurations only ohmic/inductive or ohmic/ capacitive is permitted. For mixed loads with inductive loads, the proportion of ohmic loads may not exceed 50%! A maximum of 5/10 RMD Plus boosters may be connected to one dimmer (depending on the dimmer principle phase cut-on or phase cut-off). Keep with several dimmers and boosters a minimum distance of 1 RMD modul.

Usable dimmer types Tronic rotary dimmer with soft lock Tronic touch dimmer built-in Universal rotary dimmer with soft lock BLC universal touch dimmer Universal touch dimmer RMD Plus Universal radio dimmer built-in Radio universal dimmer RMD Universal dim actuator 1gang 50-500 W/VA RMD Universal dim actuator 2gang 2 x 300 W/VA RMD Universal dim actuator 4gang 4 x 210 W/VA RMD

max. 5/10 boosters depending on the dimmer principle

1 L

016501

Technical data Nominal voltage Connected load

Universal touch dimmer RMD Plus order no. 016701 230 V~, 50/60 Hz 230 V Incandescent and halogen lamps 50-500 W (ohmic, phase cut-off) Tronic transformers 50-500 W (capacitive, phase cut-off) or conv. transformers subject to min. 85% of rated load. Total power output 50-500 VA including transformer power loss must not exceed 500 VA (inductive, phase cut-on). Mixed load of specified load types, do not mix capacitive and inductive loads! per max. 100 m Load cable and Control cable length for phase cut-off max. 10 items á 500 W Universal booster RMD Plus for phase cut-on max. 5 items á 420 VA Phase cut-on or cut-off depending on load type Dimming principle Bulb-preserving soft start-up Switch-on BLC extension unit and push-button (NOC) unlimited No. of extension units max. 100 m Extension set cable length Very low noise Noise Cut-out with auto. restart Short-circuit-proof Electronic protection (no change-over) by means of autom. cut-out Overheating protection to EN 55015 Radio interference suppression -5 to 45°C Operating temperature Screw-type terminals 0.75 to 4 mm2 Connecting terminals 2 modules RMD 36 x 90 x 70 mm Dimensions (W x H x D) 63 mm Height from DIN rail

T11 T11

Technical data Nominal voltage Connected load

Universal booster RMD Plus order no. 016501 230 V~, 50/60 Hz 230 V Incandescent and halogen lamps 200-500 W (ohmic, phase cut-off) Tronic transformers 200-500 W (capacitive load, phase cut-off) or conv. transformers subject to min. 85% of rated load. Total power output 200-420 VA including transformer power loss must not exceed 420 VA (inductive load, phase cut-on). Mixed load of specified load types, do not mix capacitive and inductive loads! max. 100 m Load cable length max. 100 m Control cable length total for phase cut-off max. 10 items á 500 W Universal booster RMD Plus total for phase cut-on max. 5 items á 420 VA Phase cut-on or cut-off depending on activation Dimming principle Bulb-preserving soft start-up Switch-on Very low noise Noise Cut-out with auto. restart Short-circuit-proof Electronic protection (no change-over) by means of autom. cut-out Overheating protection to EN 55015 Radio interference suppression -5 to 45°C Operating temperature Screw-type terminals 0.75 to 4 mm2 Connecting terminals 2 modules RMD 36 x 90 x 70 mm Dimensions (W x H x D) 63 mm Height from DIN rail

BLC BERKER LIGHT CONTROL blc berker light control BLC button

Covers

Inserts

BLC radio button

BLC controller 180

BLC controller 180 comfort

BLC presence detector with constant light control

1783 xx xx 1786 xx xx

1784 xx xx 1787 xx xx

Switching Radio remote control Light scenes (On/Off)

Switching

Switching Step operation with immunity time Digital mode of operation

Switching Light control

Switching

Switching Radio remote control Light scenes (On/Off)

Switching

Switching Step operation with immunity time Digital mode of operation

Switching Light control

Switching

Switching Radio remote control Light scenes (On/Off)

Switching

Switching Step operation with immunity time Digital mode of operation

Switching Light control

BLC relay switch insert with Switching potential-free contact 800 W

Switching Radio remote control Light scenes (On/Off)

Switching

Switching Step operation with immunity time Digital mode of operation

Switching Light control

Switching Switching + HVAC contact with delay + HVAC contact with delay time time Radio remote control Light scenes (On/Off)

Switching + brightness-independent HVAC contact with delay time

Switching brightness-independent step operation with immunity time + brightness-independent HVAC contact with delay time Digital mode of operation

Switching + HVAC contact with delay time Light control

Switching Dimming Switch-on brightness memory

Switching Dimming Switch-on brightness memory Radio remote control Light scenes

Switching

Switching Switching Dimming Dimming with switch-off pre-warning Constant light control via 30-second dimming process Switch-on brightness memory Digital mode of operation

Switching Dimming Switch-on brightness memory

Switching Dimming Switch-on brightness memory Radio remote control Light scenes

Switching

Switching Switching Dimming Dimming with switch-off pre-warning Constant light control via 30-second dimming process Switch-on brightness memory Digital mode of operation

Switching Dimming Switch-on brightness memory

Switching Dimming Switch-on brightness memory Radio remote control Light scenes

Switching

Switching Switching Dimming Dimming with switch-off pre-warning Constant light control via 30-second dimming process Switch-on brightness memory Digital mode of operation

Switching on Switch-off pre-warning flashing

Switching on Switch-off pre-warning flashing Digital mode of operation

1761 xx xx

1760 xx xx

BLC Triac switch insert LV Switching 50-400 W/VA

0182 09

2905

BLC Tronic switch insert 50-420 W

2916

BLC relay switch insert 2300 W/VA

2906

2906 10

BLC relay switch insert 1000 W/VA | 800 W/VA

2912

BLC touch dimmer LV 20-500 W/VA

2904

BLC universal touch dimmer 50-420 W/VA

2902

BLC touch control unit 1-10 V / 700 W

2903

BLC stair light trigger insert

Switching on Switch-off pre-warning flashing

2934 10

BLC extension unit

Use only in conjunction with automatic stair light switch RMD Plus

Switching on Switch-off pre-warning flashing

Use only in conjunction with automatic stair light switch RMD Plus

As active extension unit for BLC controller 180, BLC controller 180 comfort and BLC presence detector with constant light control

As active extension unit for BLC controller 180, BLC controller 180 comfort and BLC presence detector with constant light control Digital mode of operation

As active extension unit for BLC controller 180, BLC controller 180 comfort and BLC presence detector with constant light control

Switching (Dimming) Extension unit for BLC touch dimmer, Switch inserts and touch control device 1-10 V (or "NO contact" rockers push-button) Presence function On/Off 2907 Save switch-on brightness

BLC controller extension unit

2907

T12 T12

BLC SWITCH INSERTS blc switch inserts BLC Tronic switch insert for BLC button, BLC radio button, BLC presence detector and BLC controller 180 L N

L N

N L

BLC Tronic switch insert 2916

BLC Tronic switch insert

BLC extension unit 2907

N L

2916

1 L

BLC controller extension unit

Push-button (NOC) 5031

2908

N1 L

1 L

To other extension units

Operation with extension units

Basic circuit

Technical data Nominal voltage Connected load

BLC Tronic switch insert Extension unit cable length Short-circuit-proof

230 V~, 50/60 Hz Incandescent and 230 V halogen lamps and 12 V halogen lamps with Tronic transformer and mixed load of specified load types 50-420 W approx. 1 W Bulb-preserving soft start BLC extension unit and push-button (NOC) unlimited BLC controller extension units max. 10

Power consumption Switch-on Extension units

Push-buttons (NOCs) can only be illuminated via phase and neutral conductor. Extension unit operation is only possible if there is a cover fitted on the BLC Tronic switch insert. Use BLC controller extension unit only in combination with BLC controller or BLC presence detector on the BLC Tronic switch insert.

Order no. 2916 max. 100 m Cut-out with auto. restart within 7 sec. Electronic protection (no change-over) by means of autom. cut-out to EN 55015 -20 to 25°C (see operating conditions, Page T6) Screw-type terminals for max. 2.5 mm2 or 2 x 1.5 mm2

Overheating protection Radio interference suppression Operating temperature Connecting terminals

BLC Triac switch insert LV for BLC button, BLC radio button, BLC presence detector and BLC controller 180 L N

L N

N L

BLC Triac switch insert LV 2905

BLC Triac switch insert LV

N L

2905

1 L

Push-button (NOC)

2907

5031

2908

N1 L

1 L

Basic circuit

BLC controller extension unit

BLC extension unit

To other extension units

Operation with extension units

Technical data 230 V~, 50/60 Hz Nominal voltage Incandescent and 230 V halogen lamps 40-400 W Connected load Conv. transformers (< 85% loading) incl. transformer power loss 40-400 VA (inductive) Combination of specified load types approx. 1 W Power consumption Bulb-preserving soft start Switch-on

BLC Triac switch insert LV Extension units

Push-buttons (NOCs) can only be illuminated via phase and neutral conductor. Extension unit operation is only possible if there is a cover fitted on the BLC Triac switch insert. Use BLC controller extension unit only in combination with BLC controller or BLC presence detector on the BLC Triac switch insert.

Order no. 2905 BLC extension unit and push-button (NOC) unlimited BLC controller extension units max. 10 max. 100 m T 1.6 H 250 V to EN 55015 -20 to 25°C (see operating conditions, Page T6) Screw-type terminals for max. 2.5 mm2 or 2 x 1.5 mm2

Extension unit cable length Fine-wire fuse Radio interference suppression Operating temperature Connecting terminals

BLC relay switch insert for BLC button, BLC radio button, BLC presence detector and BLC controller 180 L N

L N

BLC relay switch insert 2906

N1 L

BLC extension unit 2907

N1 L

Push-button (NOC) 5031

BLC controller extension unit 2908

N1 L

1 L

To other extension units

Operation with extension units

Basic circuit

Technical data Nominal voltage Connected load

BLC relay switch insert Power consumption Extension units

230 V, 50/60 Hz Incandescent and 230 V halogen lamps 2300 W (ohmic) Tronic transformer 1500 W (capacitive) Conv. transformers (< 85% loading) incl. transformer power loss 1000 VA (inductive) Fluorescent lamps uncompensated 1200 VA, parallel compensated 920 VA (induktive) Duo circuit 2300 VA (inductive) Mixed load; capacitive and inductive loads should not be mixed

Extension unit cable length Fuse Radio interference suppression Operating temperature Connecting terminals

When energy-saving lamps and electronic ballasts are connected note high switch-on currents, if necessary use making current limiter order no. 0185. Push-buttons (NOCs) can only be illuminated via phase and neutral conductor. Extension unit operation is only possible if there is a cover fitted on the BLC relay switch insert. Use BLC controller extension unit only in combination with BLC controller or BLC presence detector on the BLC relay switch insert.

Order no. 2906 approx. 1.1 W BLC extension unit and push-button (NOC) unlimited BLC controller extension units max. 10 max. 100 m Via 10 A circuit-breaker to EN 55015 - 20 to 45°C (2000 W at 45°C) Screw-type terminals for max. 2.5 mm2 or 2 x 1.5 mm2

BLC relay switch insert with potential-free contact for BLC button, BLC radio button, BLC presence detector and BLC controller 180 L N

BLC relay switch insert with potential-free contact 290610

L N Potential-free NOC

BLC extension unit 2907

290610

The potential-free terminals should be connected from the rear

N1 L

Potential-free NOC

BLC relay switch insert with potential-free contact

Push-button (NOC) 5031

BLC controller extension unit 2908

L N1 L

N1 L

1 L

To other extension units

Operation with extension units

Basic circuit

Technical data Nominal voltage Connected load potential-free suitable for extra-low voltage function (AC) Minimum load Extension units

BLC relay switch insert HVAC Extension unit cable length Power consumption Fuse Radio interference suppression Operating temperature Connecting terminals

230 V, 50/60 Hz Incandescent lamps 800 W 230 V halogen lamps 750 W 12 V, 100 mA BLC extension units and push-button (NOC) unlimited BLC controller extension units max. 10

When energy-saving lamps and electronic ballasts are connected note high switch-on currents, if necessary use making current limiter order no. 0185. The potential-free contact is suitable for function extra-low voltage FELV (alternating current)! Push-buttons (NOCs) can only be illuminated via phase and neutral conductor. Extension unit operation is only possible if there is a cover fitted on the BLC relay switch insert with potential-free contact. Use BLC controller extension unit only in combination with BLC controller or BLC presence detector on the BLC relay switch insert with potential-free contact.

Order no. 290610 max. 100 m approx. 1.5 W Via 10 A circuit-breaker to EN 55015 5 to 35°C 2 Screw-type terminals for max. 2.5 mm or 2 x 1.5 mm2

BLC relay switch insert HVAC for BLC button, BLC radio button, BLC presence detector and BLC controller 180 L N

N L

L N

30 60

L N1 L

Basic circuit

Technical data Nominal voltage Connected power channel 1

BLC extension unit

Push-button (NOC)

BLC controller extension unit

2907

5031

2908

2912

2 10

BLC relay switch insert HVAC

120

The potential-free terminals (HVAC) should be connected from the rear

2 10 120

30 60

L N1 L

1 L

Operation with extension units

230 V, 50/60 Hz Incandescent and 230 V halogen lamps 1000 W (ohmic) Tronic transformer 750 W (capacitive) Conv. transformers (< 85% loading) incl. transformer power loss 750 VA (inductive) Fluorescent lamps uncompensated 500 VA, Duo circuit 1000 VA (inductive) Mixed load, capacitive and inductive loads should not be mixed incandescent lamps 800 W Connected power HVAC channel 230 V halogen lamps 750 W Potential-free motor switching current 2.1 A

T13 T13

N1 L

To other extension units

When energy-saving lamps and electronic ballasts are connected note high switch-on currents, if necessary use making current limiter order no. 0185. The potential-free contact is suitable for function extra-low voltage FELV (alternating current)! Push-buttons (NOCs) can only be illuminated via phase and neutral conductor. Extension unit operation is only possible if there is a cover fitted on the BLC relay switch insert HVAC. Use BLC controller extension unit only in combination with BLC controller or BLC presence detector on the BLC relay switch insert HVAC.

BLC relay switch insert HVAC Order no. 2912 Power consumption approx. 1.5 W Switching OFF delay time HVAC channel approx. 2/10/30/60/120 min. Switching delay HVAC channel 3 min., can be permanently switched off with BLC push-button Extension units BLC extension units and push-button (NOC) unlimited BLC controller extension units max. 10 max. 100 m Extension unit cable length Via 10 A circuit-breaker Fuse to EN 55015 Radio interference suppression 5 to 35°C Operating temperature Screw-type terminals for max. 2,5 mm2 or 2 x 1.5 mm2 Connecting terminals

BLC DIMMER INSERTS blc dimmer inserts BLC touch dimmer LV for BLC button, BLC radio button, BLC presence detector and BLC controller 180 L N

L N

N L

BLC touch dimmer LV 2904

BLC extension unit 2907

1 L

Basic circuit

BLC controller extension unit

Push-button (NO) 5031

2908

1 L

N1 L

230 V~, 50/60 Hz Incandescent and 230 V halogen lamps 20-500 W Conv. transformers at min. 85% of rated load. total power output 20-500 VA including transformer power loss must must not exceed 500 VA. Combination of specified load types max. 10 approx. 1.2 W Phase cut-on

LV boosters built-in Power consumption Dimming principle

R,L

To other extension units

Operation with extension units

Technical data Nominal voltage Connected load

Switch-on brightness can only be saved power failure safe with BLC button and BLC radio button on dimmer and with BLC button via the extension unit. Push-buttons (NO contacts) can only be illuminated via L and N. Extension unit operation is only possible if there is a cover fitted on the BLC touch dimmer LV. Use BLC controller extension unit only in combination with BLC controller or BLC presence detector on the BLC touch dimmer LV. In case of excessive switch-on currents (with conv. transformers) use making current limiter order no. 0185.

BLC touch dimmer LV No. of extension units

Order no. 2904 BLC extension unit and push-button (NO) unlimited BLC controller extension units max. 10 max. 100 m Low noise T 2 H / 250 V according to EN 55015 -20 to 25°C (see operating conditions, Page T6) Screw-type terminals for max. 2.5 mm2 or 2 x 1.5 mm2

Extension unit cable length Noise Fine-wire fuse Radio interference suppression Operating temperature Terminals

BLC universal touch dimmer for BLC button, BLC radio button, BLC presence detector and BLC controller 180 L N

L N

o N r

N L

ohmic / ind.

o r

N L

ohmic / cap.

BLC universal touch dimmer

ohmic / ind. ohmic / cap. BLC extension unit push-button (NO)

BLC controller extension unit 5031

2907

2902

For a mixed load only ohmic / inductive or ohmic / capacitive is allowed For a mixed load with inductive loads the proportion of the ohmic loads must not exceed 50%! Switch-on brightness can only be saved power failure safe with BLC button and BLC radio button on dimmer and with BLC button via the extension unit. Push-buttons (NO contacts) can only be illuminated via L and N. Extension unit operation is only possible if there is a cover fitted on the BLC universal touch dimmer. Use BLC controller extension unit only in combination with BLC controller or BLC presence detector on the BLC universal touch dimmer. In case of excessive switch-on currents (with conv. transformers) use making current limiter order no. 0185.

N L

2908

2902

1 L

N1 L

1 L

Basic circuit

To other extension units

Operation with extension units

Technical data Nominal voltage Connected load

230 V~, 50/60 Hz Incandescent and 230 V halogen lamps 50-420 W (ohmic, phase cut-off) Tronic transformers 50-420 W (capacitive, phase cut-off) or Conv. transformers subject to min. 85% of rated load. total power output 50-420 VA including transformer power loss must not exceed 420 VA (inductive, phase cut-on) Mixed load of specified load types, do not mix capacitive and inductive loads! for phase cut-off max. 10 items à 500 W Universal booster RMD Plus for phase cut-on max. 5 items à 420 VA max. 10 Tronic- or LV-boosters built-in depending upon type of load approx. 0.7 W Power consumption Phase cut-on or cut-off depending on load type Dimming principle

BLC universal touch dimmer Switch-on

R,L,C

Order no. 2902 Bulb-preserving soft start-up BLC extension unit and push-button (NO) unlimited BLC controller extension units max. 5 max. 100 m Very low noise Cut-out with auto. restart Electronic protection (no change-over) by means of autom. cut-out according to EN 55015 -20 to 25°C (see operating conditions, Page T6) Screw-type terminals for max. 2.5 mm2 or 2 x 1.5 mm2

No. of extension units Extension unit cable length Noise Short-circuit-proof Overheating protection Radio interference suppression Operating temperature Terminals

BLC universal touch dimmers with universal boosters RMD plus R,L,C L N

BLC universal touch dimmer

o r

N L

2902

min. min. L C C1 1 TE L C C1 1 TE L C C1 Universal booster RMD Plus

Universal booster RMD Plus

016501

N L

ohmic / ind.

For a mixed load only ohmic / inductive or ohmic / capacitive is allowed For a mixed load with inductive loads the proportion of the ohmic loads must not exceed 50%!For mixed loads with inductive loads, the proportion of ohmic loads may not exceed 50%! A maximum of 5/10 RMD Plus boosters may be connected to the dimmer (depending on the dimmer principle phase cut-on or phase cut-off)

ohmic / cap.

1 L

Max. 5/10 boosters depending on the dimmer principle

BLC push-button control unit 1-10 V for BLC button, BLC radio button, BLC presence detector and BLC controller 180 with extension unit input for electronic ballasts and/or Tronic transformers with 1-10 V interface. L N

N L + -

Electronic ballast or Tronic transformer with 1-10V interface 230 V~ 1 - 10 V

1-10 V

BLC push-button control unit 1-10V

L N 1-10 V

BLC push-button control unit 1-10V

BLC controller extension unit

BLC extension unit

Push-button (NO)

2908

2907

5031

2903

-+ N1 L

N L 1-10 V+ -

Electronic ballast or Tronic transformer with 1-10V interface 230 V~

N1 L

1 L

To other extension units Basic circuit

Technical data Nominal voltage Control voltage Max. control current Switching contact Connected load Power consumption

When connecting energy saving bulbs and electronic ballasts, consider the high inrush currents. Check suitability of equipment prior to use, fit inrush current limiters order no. 0185 if necessary. Basic brightness can only be saved with BLC button on BLC push-button control unit 1-10 V. Switch-on brightness can only be saved power failure safe with BLC button and BLC radio button on BLC push-button control unit 1-10 V and with BLC button via the extension unit. Push-buttons (NO contacts) can only be illuminated via L and N. Extension unit operation is only possible if there is a cover fitted on the BLC push-button control unit 1-10 V. Use BLC controller extension unit only in combination with BLC controller or BLC presence detector on the BLC push-button control unit 1-10 V. To example of the planning 1-10 V of a plant see side T28.

Operation with extension units

230 V~, 50/60 Hz 1-10 V 50 mA Relay 700 W incandescent and 230 V halogen lamps Electronic ballasts type-specific Tronic transformers type-specific approx. 1.8 W

BLC push-button control unit 1-10 V Extension units Extension unit cable length Open circuit protected Electrical isolation 1-10 V Fuse Radio interference suppression Operating temperature Terminals

Order no. 2903 BLC extension units and push-button (NO) unlimited BLC controller extension units max. 10 max. 100 m Yes 2 kV base installation Via 10 A circuit-breaker according to EN 55015 5 to 35°C Screw-type terminals for max. 2.5 mm2 or 2 x 1.5 mm2

T14

BLC CONTROLLER 180 BLC CONTROLLER 180 Product features BLC controller 180

Possible combinations BLC BLC Controller Main device Extension unit

 For mounting on BLC inserts  Optimised detection thanks to refined lens system  Detection angle 180°  Scope of delivery includes cover for limiting the detection

BLC Extension unit

Push-button NOC

BLC Button

Button Rocker

area to 90°

 Analogue signal processing  Response brightness adjustable in the range from 0 to 80 lux / daytime operation  Response sensitivity continuously adjustable from 20 to 100% via potentiometer  Standardisation by means of specified delay time (2 min.)  Extension of the detection area, e.g. for long corridors, through active

BLC controller extension units 2908 with BLC controllers 180 1783 ../1786 .., BLC controllers 180 comfort 1784 ../1787 .. and BLC presence detector 170109  Switching on, even outside of the detection area, through the use of passive BLC extension units 2907 or push-buttons (NOCs)  Also motion-dependent, brightness-independent, time-delayed switching of fans, heaters, etc. through use with BLC relay switch insert HVAC 2912  Operating temperature range -20 to 45°C  Splash-protected flush-mounted variants (IP44) available

BLC controller 180

BLC controller 180 comfort

Product features BLC controller 180 comfort  For mounting on BLC inserts  Optimised detection thanks to refined lens system  Detection angle 180°  Scope of delivery includes cover for limiting the detection area to 90°  Digital signal processing  Adaptive automatic sensitivity adjustment to process the effects of

interference signal sources and for adaptation to the ambient conditions --> optimised wrong operation safety --> enhanced switching accuracy for detecting persons  Response sensitivity also manually continuously adjustable from 20 to 100% on potentiometer  Response brightness adjustable in the range from 0 to 80 lux / daytime operation  Teach function as an additional easy way to individually adjust the response brightness (without detaching the cover)  Glareproof against brief light from, for example, car headlamps/torches  No switching-on in case of unforeseeable short shadows  Slide switch for off/automatic/on  Brightness-independent step operation with immunity time 3 sec. (only in connection with BLC switch inserts, e.g. for doorbell operation)  Dimming function (soft-off 30 sec.) when using a BLC dimmer insert  Setting the switch-on brightness for the lighting via BLC extension unit 2907 in the BLC main dimming device (memory function)  Extension of the detection area, e.g. for long corridors, through active controller extension units 2908 with BLC controllers 180 1783 ../1786 .., BLC controller 180 comfort 1784 ../1787 .. and BLC presence detector 170109  Switching on, even outside of the detection area, through the use of passive BLC extension units 2907 or push-buttons (NOCs)  Also motion-dependent, brightness-independent, time-delayed switching of fans, heaters, etc. through use of the BLC relay switch insert HVAC 2912  Operating temperature range -20 to 45°C  Splash-protected flush-mounted variants (IP44) available Teach function The teaching function can be used to save the current ambient brightness (response brightness). The response brightness set on the potentiometer is then no longer evaluated. Procedure: - To activate the teaching function, cover up the BLC controller 180 comfort completely briefly for approx. 1 sec.at least 3 times within a period of 9 sec. - As soon as the BLC controller 180 comfort 3 has recognised 3 light cycles, the teaching function will be active. For confirmation, if the lighting is already switched on it is then switched off and then switched on for 3 sec. If the lighting is already switched off, then it is switched on for 3 sec. - During the next minute, move away from the BLC controller 180 comfort, so that it can correctly measure and save the current ambient brightness. To confirm that it has been saved, switch the lighting on for 3 sec. - The BLC controller 180 comfort switches to the operating mode set on the slide switch. A power failure > 2 sec. reactivates the response brightness set on the potentiometer.

3 x 1 Sec.

not optimal The detection rays are not intersected optimally. Range is limited.

wrong The detection rays are not intersected. The controller detects the object too late.

problematical There should be no sources of interference, e.g. lamps, heaters or fans in the detection field: Select suitable installation location and/or use push-on cover. Problems with sources of interference with the BLC controller 180 can generally be solved with the teachable digital BLC controller 180 comfort. The BLC controllers have no forced switch-off, i.e. constant motion in the detection area results in continuous light. The Berker control and the controller system have an integrated forced switch-off after 90 min. at the latest.

3 Sec.

approx. 1 min. Saving the response brightness T15

Installation instructions optimal The detection rays are intersected optimally.

Extension units When using BLC controllers with BLC controller extension units, overlapping of the detection areas should be ensured, so that detection can be guaranteed.

1 Sec.

max. 9 Sec.

T15

BLC presence detector with constant light control

Dimensions Very low assembling height in comparison

blc presence detector BLC PRESENCE DETECTOR WITH CONSTANT LIGHT REGULATION with constant light control Function: The BLC presence detector with constant light control responds to heat motions caused by persons, animals or objects. It can be used for switching and dimming of the lighting in offices and common areas. The presence detector switches the lighting on when it detects motion and the brightness is below the set level. The presence detector switches the lighting off if it is no longer needed, i.e. when it is bright enough even without lighting or when there is no longer anyone present. It is also able to evaluate small motions (fine motor functions), such as those that typically occur in offices. It is mounted exclusively on ceilings, and monitors the area located below it, for example. The lighting is switched or dimmed, depending on the BLC insert used. The presence detector switches the lighting on only for as long as it is needed. To expand the detection field, the presence detector can be combined with a BLC controller extension unit insert and connected to the main device. Combination with a BLC switch insert The lighting is always switched on to maximum brightness. The lighting is switched off when one of the following cases applies: · No more motion is detected and the set delay time has elapsed · The brightness exceeds for at least 10 minutes (e.g. due to more daylight) twice the set value. The fact that the brightness is exceeded is indicated by flashing of the LED. The lighting is also switched off when there is motion. Combination with a BLC dimmer insert The presence detector first switches the lighting on to maximal brightness. After that it dims the lighting so that the brightness is held constant at the setpoint that has been set (constant light control). As daylight increases, the lighting is dimmed or switched off. As daylight decreases, the lighting is switched on or dimmed up. The constant light control is designed so that the user notices it as little as possible. The lighting is switched off when one of the following cases applies: · The presence detector detects no more motion and the set delay time has elapsed. The lighting is then dimmed to minimum brightness in at most one minute. After an additional five minutes without detection the lighting is switched off. · The presence detector has adjusted the lighting to the lowest dimming setting. Nevertheless the brightness exceeds 1.5 times the setpoint. After a waiting period of 10 minutes the lighting is switched off regardless of motion. Extension unit operation For manual operation of the presence detector, a BLC extension unit (passive extension unit) is required in combination with a BLC button or a mechanical push-button (NO contact). Notes: · When a BLC switch insert is used, no distinction is made between a short press and a long press. · With a mechanical push-button, no distinction is made between a short press and a long press. This means that dimming and changing of the temporary brightness setpoint is not possible. · Extension unit operation is only possible if there is a cover fitted on the main device. · Illuminated push-buttons must be supplied with power via a separate neutral conductor. Short press (less than 400 ms) Control surface Top, Bottom, Full surface or mech. push-button

Load off Load on The lighting is switched on to max. Lighting is switched off brightness. The delay time corresponds to for 3 minutes. the value set on the potentiometer, For more information, but is at least 2 minutes. Detected see slide show-function motions extend the delay time to the time set on the potentiometer. Information regarding dimmer inserts · After switching-on, constant light control is performed. · If the lighting was switched off via the extension unit, switching-on can be performed only via the extension unit to the last brightness value Slide show function With a BLC extension unit or a mechanical push-button (NOCs) it is possible to switch the lighting off selectively. If the presence detector detects motion in the next 3 minutes, then the switch-off time is extended. Only after 3 minutes go by without motion being detected is the slide show function ended automatically. If motion is detected now, the lighting may be switched on again, depending on the brightness situation. If you wish to end the slide show function manually, switch the lighting on again manually at the extension unit (for dimmer inserts the brightness before switching-off will be set). Temporary deactivation of the lighting control If the presence detector switched the lighting off due to sufficient extraneous light (e.g. daylight), then you can switch the lighting control off manually. To do this, switch the lighting on again at the extension unit within 1 minute after it is switched off automatically. The lighting now remains switched on as long as the presence detector detects motion. The lighting is only switched off if the presence detector does not detect any more motion and the delay time has elapsed. The lighting control is now active again. Long press (longer than 400 ms) only for BLC dimmer inserts Control surface Load off Load on Top or The lighting is switched on to Increase (dim up) the brightness Full surface minimum brightness, held for 1 s to maximum brightness. and then dimmed up to maximum brightness. Bottom The lighting is switched on to Reduce (dim down) the minimum brightness. brightness to minimum brightness. See short press. Mechanical See short press. push-button

Notes: · Each press re-starts the set delay time, but for at least 2 minutes. · Each detected motion re-starts the delay time set on the potentiometer. · In presence detector mode the dimmed brightness value is temporarily adopted as the brightness setpoint, as long as the lighting remains switched on. If the dimmer insert's own non-temporary brightness memory is changed, then a BLC button must be used temporarily for saving on the dimmer insert. · In controller operation the lamps retain the dimmed brightness as long as the lighting remains switched on. BLC presence detector in combination with BLC controller extension units. The area to be evaluated is expanded. Using up to 10 (5 with main device BLC universal touch dimmer) BLC controller extension units it is possible to evaluate even large areas. If a motion is detected by an extension unit, this is reported to the main device, and the connected load is switched on if the brightness is below the threshold value on the main device. Connection in parallel of BLC presence detectors with constant light control is not permitted. To expand the detection field, use BLC controller extension units.

Installation location · Ceiling mounting in indoor areas. · The detection area should not be limited by furniture, pillars, etc. · Vibration-free installation, because movements of the detector can also trigger a switching operation During installation, do not subject the sensor window of the presence detector to direct sunlight; this could destroy the sensor.

Sources of interference Do not install in the direct vicinity of a heat source. Cooling light bulbs and air movements from, for example, fans, heaters and open windows may be detected and lead to switching-on again. If necessary limit detection area using supplied push-on cover. The detection area should not be limited by furniture, pillars, etc. Settings The cover can be removed in order to adjust the delay time (operating mode) and brightness threshold value. This makes optimal adjustment possible without detaching the cover. Brightness sensor Delay time setting Brightness setting Test and status LEDs (brightness settings help) Fresnel lens

Mount brightness sensor on the side away from windows to avoid the effects of scattered light.

Delay time The potentiometer "time" can be used to set the delay time; a change of operating mode is indicated by flashing of the LED. time 10min Step operation: approx. 1 sec. on setting "Test" 10s Presence mode: approx. 10 min. to 30 min. 30min Test Brightness threshold value Minimum brightness in the area being monitored. When the brightness drops below this value, the presence detector switches the lighting on when a motion is lux detected. When a dimmer insert is used, in presence detector mode the minimum brightness is simultaneously used as the setpoint at which 0 the brightness is held constant. When set to marking 0 the automatic initial detection is deactivated, switching on is only possible manually via the extension units. For switch inserts the switch-off brightness (brightness setpoint) is approx. 400 lux here. Technical data Power supply Connected load Power consumption Delay time

BLC presence detector with constant light control order no. 170110 via BLC insert depending on BLC insert approx. 1 W approx. 1 sec.test operation; approx. 10 sec. - 30 min. presence detector operation; Brightness threshold valueapprox. 10 - 1000 lux / symbol "0" initial activation only via extension unit Detection angle 360 ° Detection levels 6 Number of zones 80 Number of switching segments 320 Detection area at desk level approx. Ø 5 m Detection area at floor level approx. Ø 8 m Installation height for nominal detection areas 2.5 m Number of extension units see BLC insert Extension unit cable length max. 100 m Dimensions (Ø x H) 103 x 42 mm Radio interference suppression according to EN 55015 Operating temperature 0 to 45°C

Test LED (brightness settings help) Load off Load on Monitored area too dark: LED Monitored area too Load remains switched on during motion. off dark: With no motion the switch is turned off Load is switched on when motion is detected. after the set delay time. LED Monitored area bright Monitored area light enough due to on enough: switched-on lighting. Load remains off even Load remains switched on during motion. when motion detected. With no motion the switch is turned off after the set delay time. LED Monitored area bright Monitored area very bright with lighting and flashes enough: extraneous light: Load remains off even Load switches off after approx. 10 minutes, because when motion detected. the brightness is sufficient even without lighting.

T16

PRESENCE DETECTOR CONSTANT LIGHT CONTROL BLC BLC PRESENCE DETECTOR WITHWITH CONSTANT LIGHT REGULATION/ BLC CEILING CONTROLLER 360/PRESENCE DETECTOR BLC CEILING CONTROLLER 360/ PRESENCE DETECTOR SURFACE-MOUNTED 100

100

Switching on again after extraneous light switch-off during continuous presence

Re-detection (retriggering) during time to dim down or dwell time

Lighting

Light control during presence (Expiration of the delay time not relevant in this example)

Light control during strong extraneous light: e.g. breaks in the cloud cover

off

1 0

Dwell time for strong extraneous light at least x detection Brightness 10 min. too high

Initial detection

Switch on to lowest dimming level and immediately adjust to brightness setpoint

Light adjusted to brightness setpoint during presence

} Aus

1 0

Delay time

Initial detection

Detection, Brightness too low

{

Subsequent detection: Switch on to last dimming setting and immediately adjust to brightness setpoint

Last detection

Time to dim down approx. 1 min.

Dwell time 5 min.

Limitation of the presence detector detection area using push-on cover Areas I, II and II of the push-on cover

1,7 m

II III

2,5 m

Detection field:

with push-on cover area II and III cut out approx. Ï Floor 6 m Desk 3.7 m

with push-on cover area II cut out approx. Ï Floor 4 m Desk 2.5 m

with push-on cover without cut out approx. Ï Floor 2.2 m Desk 1.4 m

Presence detectors, surface type

Presence detector with constant light control

without push-on cover approx. Ï Floor 8 m Desk 5 m

Fastening of the push-on cover by snapping in

H=2,50 m

BLC ceiling controller 360 or presence detector surface-mounted in through areas

Ensure that there are overlaps!

ca. 5 m

ca. 2,5 m

BLC ceiling controllers 360 combined with BLC controller extension units or presence detectors surface-mounted connected in parallel can also be used for automatic light switching, for example in through areas. Because they are mounted on the sealing, controllers are not immediately accessible, which makes deliberate vandalism more difficult. To ensure switching in response to motion, a detection field diameter of approx. 10 (5) m should be planned. The distance to a door should not exceed 4 (2.5) m. ( )= Presence detector surface-mounted Area of application: schools, offices, public buildings, etc.

T17 T17

ca. 20 m

ca. 12 m

BLC ceiling controller 360 The BLC ceiling controller 360 is operated together with a BLC dimming or switch insert and mounted on the ceiling. The controller switches the lighting on and off depending on motion and the ambient brightness. The controller also detects heat motions of persons, animals or objects. · Light is switched on: The brightness is below the set threshold and the someone enters the area being monitored. · Light is switched off: No more motion is detected and the delay time has expired. Detection area The diameter of the detection area depends on the installation height and the direction of motion. For an installation height of 3 m the maximum diameter at the floor is approx. 12 m when approaching and approx. 20 m when crossing. Approaching Crossing

Technical data Power supply Connected load Power consumption Delay time Response brightness Response sensitivity Detection angle Detection levels Number of zones Number of switching segments Range for approaching Range for crossing Installation height for nominal ranges Number of extension units Extension unit cable length Dimensions (Ï x H) Radio interference suppression Operating temperature

BLC ceiling controller 360 order no. 170111 via BLC insert depending on BLC insert approx. 1 W approx. 1 sec.test operation; approx. 10 sec. - 30 min. approx. 10 - 1000 lux 20 - 100% 360 ° 5 78 312 approx. Ø 12 m approx. Ø 20 m 3m see BLC insert max. 100 m 103 x 42 mm according to EN 55015 5 to 35°C

Additional features  Extension of the detection field with BLC controller extension units  Manual operation with BLC extension unit or button (NO contact)  Daytime operation  Test/step operation  Saving the switch-on brightness via BLC extension unit with BLC dimmer inserts  Dimming the light via BLC extension unit with BLC dimmer inserts  Display LED

PRESENCE DETECTOR SURFACE-MOUNTED presence detector, surface-mounted Presence detector surface-mounted The presence detector surface-mounted is used to monitor presence in indoor areas. It is mounted exclusively on ceilings, and monitors the area located below it. It responds to heat motions caused by persons, animals or objects. It is also able to evaluate small motions (fine motor functions), such as those that typically occur in offices. When a motion is detected and the brightness is below an adjustable brightness threshold, the load is switched on. The device remains switched on as long as further motions are detected. If no more motion is detected, then the load is switched of after the set delay time. If the brightness on the monitored surface continuously exceeds double the set brightness threshold value (but at least approx. 400 lux), for example due to brighter daylight, then the red diagnosis and settings help LED flashes and the presence detector switches off after 10 minutes at the latest, even if there is motion. The presence detector surface-mounted can only be used for switching applications.

H=2,50 m

2,5 m 4m Detection field on the floor 0

1m 2m 3m 4m

Extension unit operation Load on Lighting is switched off for 3 minutes. For more information, see slide show function

Slide show function With a BLC extension unit or a mechanical push-button (NOCs) it is possible to switch the lighting off selectively. If the presence detector detects motion in the next 3 minutes, then the switch-off time is extended. Only after 3 minutes go by without motion being detected is the slide show function ended automatically. If motion is detected now, the lighting may be switched on again, depending on the brightness situation. If you wish to end the slide show function manually, switch the lighting on again manually at the extension unit (for dimmer inserts the brightness before switching-off will be set). Temporary deactivation of the brightness evaluation If the presence detector switched the lighting off due to sufficient extraneous light (e.g. daylight), then you can switch the brightness evaluation off manually. To do this, switch the lighting on again at the extension unit within 1 minute after it is switched off automatically. The lighting now remains switched on as long as the presence detector detects motion. The lighting is only switched off if the presence detector does not detect any more motion and the delay time has elapsed. The brightness evaluation is now active again. Sources of interference Do not install in the direct vicinity of a heat source. Cooling light bulbs and air movements from fans, heaters and open windows can be detected and lead to switching on again. If necessary limit detection area using supplied push-on cover

Presence detector surface-mounted L N

Brightness sensor Delay time setting Brightness setting Test and status LEDs (brightness settings help) Mount brightness sensor on the side away from windows to avoid the effects of scattered light.

Delay time The potentiometer "time" can be used for fine adjustment of the on-time. Test mode: approx. 1 sec. on setting "test" Presence mode: approx. 10 sec. to approx. 30 min. Brightness threshold value Minimum brightness in the area being monitored. When the brightness drops time 10min below the set brightness threshold value and there is motion, then the 10s 30min switch is turned on. test The potentiometer "lux" can be used to adjust the minimum brightness lux from approx.10 lux (symbol moon) to 1000 lux (symbol sun). When set to the marking 0 the presence detector can only be switched on via the 0 extension unit. In this case the switch-off brightness is 400 lux. Test LED (brightness settings help) Load off Last on Monitored area too dark: LED Monitored area too dark: Load is switched on when Load remains switched on during motion. off motion detected. With no motion the switch is turned off after the set delay time. LED Monitored area light Monitored area light enough due to switched-on on enough: lighting. Load remains off even when Load remains switched on during motion. motion detected. With no motion the switch is turned off after the set delay time. LED Monitored area light Monitored area very bright with lighting and flashes enough: extraneous light: Load remains off even when Load switches off after approx. 10 minutes, because the brightness is sufficient even without lighting. motion detected.

for illuminated push-buttons neutral conductor necessary

5031

BK BU BR GY N

1 to additional extension units

Operation with extension units L N

N L

Settings The cover can be removed in order to adjust the delay time and brightness. Can be adjusted without dismantling.

Push-button (NOC)

N L

BK BU BR GY

During installation, do not subject the presence detector to direct sunlight; this could destroy the detector.

Fresnel lens

Load off The lighting is switched on The delay time corresponds to the value set on the potentiometer, but at least 2 minutes Detected motions extend the delay time to the time set on the potentiometer.

Mechanical push-button

Push-button (NOC)

BK BU BR GY L

5031

for illuminated push-buttons neutral conductor necessary to additional extension units

Connection in parallel (max. 5 presence detectors) with extension units

Expansion of the detection area Connection in parallel of presence detectors surface-mounted "intelligent load linking" Note: All presence detectors connection in parallel surface-mounted must be operated in the same phase. Connection in parallel does not increase the max. connected load. The built-in microprocessor, in connection with a voltage measurement on the load cable, ensures that all presence detectors connected in parallel surface-mounted detect when lighting is switched on. As long as a motion is detected by one of the presence detectors surface-mounted, the lighting remains switched on. The delay time is restarted every time a motion is detected in the respective presence detector surface-mounted. The lighting is switched off when: - none of the presence detectors is detecting movement and the last remaining on-time has expired. - for all presence detectors the brightness in their monitored area is constantly exceeds at least twice the set value. In this manner it is possible to set up a presence detector system with equal rights without mutual influence. Technical data Rated voltage Connected load

Presence detector surface-mounted order no. 170108 230 V~, 50/60 Hz 1000 W incandescent lamps and 230 V halogen lamps, ohmic load 750 W 12 V halogen lamps with Tronic transformer, capacitive load 750 VA 12 V halogen lamps with conv. transformer, inductive load 500 W Fluorescent lamps uncomp. inductive load 1000 VA fluorescent lamps in duo configuration, inductive load Mixed load, capacitive and inductive loads should not be mixed Power consumption approx. 1 W Delay time approx. 1 sec. test mode; approx. 10 sec. - 30 min. presence detector mode Brightness threshold value approx. 10 - 1000 lux / symbol "0" initial activation only via extension unit Detection angle 360° Detection levels 6 Number of zones 80 Number of switching segments 320 Detection area at desk level approx. Ø 5 m Detection area at floor level approx. Ø 8 m Installation height for nominal detection areas 2.5 m Number of extension units Push-button NO contact unlimited Extension unit cable length max. 100 m Connection in parallel possible Load cable length (with parallel connection cable) max. 100 m Dimensions (Ø x H) 103 x 57.5 mm Radio interference suppression acc. to EN 55015 Operating temperature approx. 0 - 45 °C Connecting terminals Screw terminals for max. 2.5 mm² or 2 x 1.5 mm²

T18

OVERVIEW OF CONTROLLER 180 FLUSH-MOUNTED overview controller 180, flush-mounted Technical data Supply voltage Power consumption Switching contact Switching capacity - Incandescent lamps - 230 V halogen lamps - Conventional transformers at 85% load - Tronic transformers - Fluorescent lamps uncompensated parallel compensated Duo circuit - Fluorescent lamps with electronic ballast Energy saving lamps HVAC switching current Maximum inrush current Minimum load Slide switch Radio interference suppression VDE mark Index of protection Operating temp. (obs. the cond. on page T7) Delay time Response brightness Response sensitivity Recommended mounting height Detection levels Detection area limit Range reduction Fuse Order no.:

BLC triac switch insert LV 230 V~, 50/60 Hz 1W Triac

BLC tronic switch insert 230 V~, 50/60 Hz 1W MosFet

BLC relay switch insert 230 V~, 50/60 Hz 1.2 W Relay

40-400 W 40-400 W 40-400 VA -

50-420 W 50-420 W 50-420 W

2300 W 2300 W 1000 VA 1500 W

40 W see cover to EN 55015 • see cover -20 to 25°C see cover see cover see cover 1.1 or 2.2 m see cover see cover see cover T 1.6 H 250 V 2905

50 W see cover to EN 55015 • see cover -20 to 25°C see cover see cover see cover 1.1 or 2.2 m see cover see cover see cover electronic 2916

1200 VA 920 VA 2300 VA max. 200 VA 15 A 100 mA see cover to EN 55015 • see cover -20 to 45°C see cover see cover see cover 1.1 or 2.2 m see cover see cover see cover 10 A circuit breaker 2906

When connecting energy-saving bulbs and electronic ballasts (EVGs), consider the high inrush currents. Check suitability of equipment prior to use and fit inrush current limiters if necessary. Observe the operating conditions on page T6.

BLC stair light BLC relay switch trigger insert insert HVAC 230 V~, 50/60 Hz 230 V~, 50/60 Hz 0,5 W (2,5 mA) 1.5 W Relay s. auto. stair light switch RMD HVAC values, s. below* 1000 W s. auto. stair light switch RMD 1000 W 750 VA 750 W s. auto. stair light switch RMD 500 VA 1000 VA 4A 15 A 100 mA see cover to EN 55015 • see cover 5 to 35°C see cover see cover see cover 1.1 or 2.2 m see cover see cover see cover 10 A circuit breaker 2912

BLC auto. stair light switch RMD Plus 230 V~, 50 Hz Relay, ED 100% 2300 W 2300 W 1000 VA 1500 W 1200 VA 920 W 2300 W 700 W approx. 200 VA 15 A 100 mA Off/Auto/On to EN 55015 • IP20 5 to 50°C 10 sec. - 15 min. on BLC trigger insert on BLC controller -

s. auto. stair light switch RMD s. auto. stair light switch RMD s. auto. stair light switch RMD s. auto. stair light switch RMD s. auto. stair light switch RMD at auto. stair light switch RMD

to EN 55015 • see cover 5 to 45°C s. auto. stair light switch RMD

approx. 0 to 80 /" Lux on BLC controller 1.1 or 2.2 m see BLC controller on BLC controller on BLC controller 180 or comfort 293410

10 A circuit breaker 016301

*HVAC channel for BLC relay switch insert 2912 Switching capacity of incandescent lamps: 800 W Switching capacity of 230 V Halogen lamps: 750 W Switching on delay: 3 min. Switching off delay: approx. 2/10/30/60/120 min. BLC stair light trigger insert 3-wire circuit (pulsed neutral conductor)

L N 016301

230 V~, 50/60 Hz 1.2 W -

BLC push-button control unit 1- 10 V 230 V~, 50/60 Hz 1.8 W Relay

50–420 W 50–420 W 50–420 VA 50–420 W

20–500 W 20–500 W 20–500 VA -

700 W 700 W type-dependent**

50 W see cover to EN 55015 • see cover -20 to 25°C see cover see cover see cover 1.1 or 2.2 m see cover see cover see cover electronic 2902

20 W see cover to EN 55015 • see cover -20 to 25°C see cover see cover see cover 1.1 or 2.2 m see cover see cover see cover T 2 H 250 V 2904

type-dependent type-dependent 3,04 A 15 A see cover to EN 55015 • see cover 5 to 35°C see cover see cover see cover 1.1 or 2.2 m see cover see cover see cover 10 A circuit breaker 2903 ** Tronic transformer with 1-10 V interface

6 4

BLC stair light trigger insert

Push-button (NOC)

293410

5031

8 10 0

Further trigger inserts or pushbuttons (NOC)

4-wire circuit (pulsed phase)

L N

016301 B1

6 4

BLC stair light trigger insert

Push-button (NOC)

293410

5031

8 10 0

Further trigger inserts or pushbuttons (NOC)

4-wire circuit (pulsed phase)

L N

016301 B1

6 4

BLC stair light trigger insert

Push-button (NOC)

293410

5031

8 10 2

BLC toch dimmer LV

Supply voltage Power consumption Switching contact Switching capacity - Incandescent lamps - 230 V halogen lamps - Conventional transformers at 85% load - Tronic transformers - Fluorescent lamps uncompensated parallel compensated Duo circuit - Fluorescent lamps with electronic ballast Energy saving lamps HVAC switching current Maximum inrush current Minimum load Slide switch Radio interference suppression VDE mark Index of protection Operating temp. (obs. the cond. on page T7.) Delay time Response brightness Response sensitivity Recommended mounting height Detection levels Detection area limit Range reduction Fuse Order no.:

BLC universal touch dimmer 230 V~, 50/60 Hz 0.7 W -

Technical data

1675

Further trigger inserts or push-buttons (NOC)

Control line length max. 100 m Use only BLC controllers and presence detectors from release issue R3 onwards. A slide switch of the BLC controller 180 comfort has no function. With BLC controller 180 and BLC presence detector the delay time must be set to step operation. When energy-saving lamps and electronic ballasts are connected note high switch-on currents. Check suitability of the devices before use and if necessary use making current limiter!

The BLC stair light trigger inserts can only be used in conjunction with the BLC automatic stair light switch RMD Plus. BLC controller 180, BLC controller 180 comfort, BLC presence detector or BLC button are required as covers. The permitted number is shown in the following table: BLC stair light trigger inserts 16 12 10/8/6/4/2

unilluminated push-buttons any any any

illuminated push- illuminated pushbuttons 0,4 mA buttons 1 mA 25 37/50/62/75/87

10 15/20/25/30/35

Increasing the number of illuminated push-buttons With the above circuit (4-wire circuit, pulsed phase), the terminal of the neon lamp unit is connected to the neutral conductor. (Remove contact lug on neon lamp unit) As a result, this push station is to be classified in the table as an unilluminated push-button. With a 3-wire circuit variation (pulsed neutral conductor), the neon lamp unit terminal must be connected to the phase. (Remove contact lug on neon lamp unit) As a result, this push station is to be classified in the table as an unilluminated push-button.

T19 T19

OVERVIEW OF CONTROLLERS 180 FLUSH-MOUNTED OVERVIEW CONTROLLER 180, FLUSH-MOUNTED Technical data Supply voltage Power consumption Switching contact Switching capacity - Incandescent lamps - 230 V halogen lamps - Conventional transformers at 85% load - Tronic transformers - Fluorescent lamps uncompensated parallel compensated Duo circuit - Fluorescent lamps with electronic ballast Energy saving lamps HVAC switching current Maximum inrush current Double-throw switch Radio interference suppression VDE mark Index of protection Operating temperature Delay time Response brightness Response sensitivity Recommended mounting height Detection levels Detection area limit Range reduction Fuse Order no.:

BLC controller extension unit 230 V~, 50/60 Hz see main station

BLC controller 180 via insert see insert see insert

BLC controller 180 comfort via insert see insert see insert

Controller 180 system cover via insert see insert see master device

Controller system insert 15 V= 0.06 W see power supply unit

see insert see insert see insert see insert

see master device see master device see master device see master device

see power supply unit see power supply unit see power supply unit see power supply unit

see insert see insert see insert see insert see insert see insert see insert see insert see insert see insert see insert see insert Off/Auto/On to EN 55015 to EN 55015 to EN 55015 • • • see cover IP20 / IP44 IP20 / IP44 -20 to 45°C -20 to 45°C -20 to 45°C via master unit 10 sec. to 30 min. 2 min. (fixed) via master unit approx. 0 to 80 / " Lux approx. 0 to 80 / " Lux approx. 20 to 100% see cover 1.1 or 2.2 m 1.1 or 2.2 m 1.1 or 2.2 m 2 or 3 2 or 3 see cover 90° by cover 90° by cover see cover via sensitivity setting via sensitivity setting see 20 to 100% 20 to 100% cover via insert via insert T 1.6 H 250 V 1783 .. / 1786 .. 1784 .. / 1787 .. 2908

see master device see master device see master device see master device see master device see master device to EN 55015 • IP20 / IP44 5 to 45°C see master unit at master unit/insert approx. 20 to 100% 1.1 or 2.2 m 2 90° by cover via sensitivity setting 20 to 100% 1715 .. / 1718 ..

see power supply unit see power supply unit see power supply unit see power supply unit to EN 55015 • see power supply unit 5 to 45°C see power supply unit see power supply unit on system cover 1.1 or 2.2 m see system cover on system cover see system cover 2939

BLC controller IP44 for mounting height 1.1 m Direct sunlight penetrating the upward-facingdetection plane will result in failure of the movement controller. Only suitable for interior applications! BLC controller IP44 for mounting height 2.2 m Ensure no direct sunlight can fall on the upper detection plane. Also suitable for exterior applications!

Mounting instructions

System cover

BLC controller 180

optimal optimal The detection beams are optimally cut.

Side view Detection area with covers 1.1 m. Mounting height: 1.1 m.

1,1m

Side view Detection area with covers 1.1 m. Mounting height: 1.1 m.

1.1 m

10 m

not optimal The detection beams are not optimally cut. The range is reduced.

View from above Detection area with covers 1.1 m. Mounting height: 1.1 m.

wrong 2 4 8,5 12 m 3 6

wrong The detection beams are not cut. The controller detects the object too late.

12 m

Problems with sources of interference can generally be solved with the teachable digital BLC controller 180 comfort.

wrong

View from above Detection area with covers 1.1 m. Mounting height: 1.1 m.

10 m

2,2 m

wrong There should be no sources of interference, e.g. lamps, heaters or fans in the detection field: Select suitable installation location and/or use push-on cover.

12 m

not optimal

10 m

3m 6m 12 m

Side view Detection area with covers 2.2 m. Mounting height: 2.2 m.

View from above Detection area with covers 2.2 m. Mounting height: 2.2 m.

2.2 m

0.5 4,5

12 m

4.5 m 12 m

Side view Detection area with covers 2.2 m. Mounting height: 2.2 m.

View from above Detection area with covers 2.2 m. Mounting height: 2.2 m.

2,2 m

2 4 8,5 12 m 3 6

Side view Detection area with covers 2.2 m. Mounting height: 1.1 m.

1.1 m

2,25

T20 T20

OVERVIEW OF SURFACE-MOUNTED CONTROLLERS OVERVIEW CONTROLLER, SURFACE-MOUNTED Technical data

Controller 70 230 V~, 50/60 Hz approx. 1.1 W Relay 1000 W 1000 W 750 W 750 VA

Supply voltage Power consumption Switching contact Switching capacity incandescent lamps 230 V halogen lamps Tronic transformers Conv. transformers at 85% load Fluorescent lamps uncompensated parallel compensated Duo circuit Fluorescent lamps with electronic ballast Energy saving lamps Maximum inrush current RFI suppressed VDE mark Index of protection Operating temperature Delay time Bell pulse Forced cut-out after 90 min. Activation brightness approx. Response sensitivity Recommended mounting height Close-up range approx. Mid range approx. Remote range approx. Crawl-under protection Detection area limit Range reduction

500 VA 400 VA 1000 VA see inrush current limiter T37 15 A to EN 55015 Yes IP55 -25 to 55°C 10 sec. to 5 min. No 3 to 80 / " Lux 2.4 m 0.5 to 4 m 4 to 6 m 6 to 8 m 3-stage adjustable sticker Yes Press 1x = Delay time

System sensor cable Number of system sensors Improved approach response Additional function due to push-button (NCC) in lead: push-button = Order no. (polar white)

Automatic controller plus 110 230 V~, 50 Hz approx. 1.3 W Relay 2300 W 1000 W 1200 W 1200 VA

Berker control® 230 V~, 50/60 Hz approx. 1.1 W Relay 2300 W 2300 W 1200 W 1200 VA

1200 VA 1200 VA 920 VA 920 VA 2300 VA 2300 VA see inrush current see inrush current limiter T37 limiter T37 20 A 20 A to EN 55015 to EN 55015 Yes Yes IP54 IP55 -35 to 50°C -20 to 55°C 12 sec. to 12 min. 2 sec. to 30 min. No Yes 0.5 sec. Yes 5 to 300 / " Lux 1 to 1000 / " Lux 20 to 100% 2.5 m 2.4 m 0.5 to 1 m 0 to 3 m 1 to 5 m 3 to 7 m / 7 to 11 m 5 to 16 m 11 to 16 m -0.4 to 0 Mask and cover plates Cover elements by Tilt with reduction tilt in sensitivity Yes Yes Press 1x = Delay time Press 1x = Delay time 2x=4hrs on, 3x=4hrs off, 4x=Test

0102 09

0143 09

0190

Dimensional drawing

112

125 139

120

134

Top view of detection range

109

110°

70°

220°

16m

11m

168 Switching segments

20m

25m

16m 580 Switching segments

72 Switching segments

Side front view of detection range

8m 6m 4m

T21 T21

2,4m

2,5m

2,4m

Ranges

16m

11m 7m

3m -0,4m

OVERVIEW OF CONTROLLER OVERVIEW CONTROLLER SYSTEM Technical data

Controller system sensor 180 15 V= Supply voltage approx. 0.06 W Power consumption see system power pack Switching contact Switching capacity incandesc. lamps see system power pack see system power pack 230 V halogen lamps see system power pack Tronic transformers see system power pack Conv. transformers at 85% load Fluorescent lamps uncompensated parallel compensated Duo circuit Fluorescent lamps with elec. ballast Energy saving lamps Maximum inrush current RFI suppressed VDE mark Index of protection Operating temperature Delay time Bell pulse Forced cut-out > 90 min. Activation brightness approx. Response sensitivity Recommended mounting height Close-up range approx. Mid range approx. Remote range approx. Crawl-under protection Detection area limit Range reduction

Controller system sensor 240 15 V= approx. 0.06 W see system power pack see system power pack see system power pack see system power pack see system power pack

see system power pack see system power pack see system power pack see system power pack see system power pack see system power pack to EN 50015 Yes IP55 -25 to 55°C see system power pack see system power pack see system power pack 2.4 m 0.5 m to 3 m 3 m to 9 m 9 m to 16 m Hood By tilting

see system power pack see system power pack see system power pack see system power pack see system power pack see system power pack to EN 50015 Yes IP55 -25 to 55°C see system power pack see system power pack see system power pack 20 to 100% 2.4 m 0.1 m to 1 m 1 m to 9 m 9 m to 16 m Yes Hood Tilt with reduction in sensitivity J-Y(ST)Y 2 x 2 x 0.8 or YR 4 x 0.8 -

System sensor cable Number of system sensors Improved approach response Additional function by push-button (NC) in lead: push-button = Order no. (polar white)

Controller system power Controller system power Controller system power pack surface-mounted pack RMD 1 channel pack RMD 2 channel 230 V~, 50 Hz 230 V~, 50 Hz 230 V~, 50 Hz approx. 1.1 W approx. 1.1 W approx. 1.1 W Relay Potential-free relay 2relays, 1x pot.-free (right) 2300 W 2300 W 2300 W 2300 W 2300 W 2300 W 1200 W 1200 W 1200 W 1200 VA 1200 VA 1200 VA 1200 VA 920 VA 2300 VA see inrush current limiter 20 A to EN 50015 Yes IP55 -25 to 55°C 4 sec. to 15 min. Yes 3 to 80 / " Lux -

0152 09

0151 09

1200 VA 920 VA 2300 VA see inrush current limiter 20 A to EN 50015 Yes IP20 -25 to 55°C 4 sec. to 15 min. Yes 3 to 80 / " Lux -

J-Y(ST)Y 2 x 2 x 0.8 or YR 4 x 0.8 max. 8 max. 8 1x press = 1x press = Delay time Delay time 0150 29 0155

max. 8 VA per channel 1x press = Delay time 0159

Dimensional drawing

potential-free 38

N N

LUX

240°

Order No. 0159

System power supply unit

2 10

LUX

Lx1 S1

180°

ca. Min.

- +

110

ca. Min.

System power supply unit Lx

N 5

ca. Min.

80 68

Top view of detection range

System power supply unit

92 80

117

LUX

- +

Lx2 S2

- +

4 TE

optimal

not optimal

wrong

The detection beams are optimally cut.

The detection beams are not optimally cut. The range is reduced.

The detection beams are not cut. The controller detects the object too late.

Controller mounting

22m

32m 20m 16m

16m 144 Switching segments

168 Switching segments

Side front view of detection range

wrong There should be no sources of interference, e.g. lamps, heaters or fans in the detection field: Select suitable installation location and/or use push-on cover.

16m

2,4m

Ranges

16m

wrong

Problems with sources of interference can generally be solved with the teachable digital BLC controller 180 comfort.

T22 T22

BERKER CONTROL berker control Berker control®stands for:

Mount laterally across the direction of movement If a person moves laterally across the Berker control, switching segment 2 senses a negative jump in temperature (e.g. from 20 °C to 18 °C) and switching segment 1 senses a positive jump in temperature (e.g. from 18 °C to 20 °C). This means effective detection and stable ranging.

 digital, microprocessor-controlled operation  digital detection signal evaluation  digital interference signal suppression  response sensitivity adjustable  4 monitoring planes  detection angle 220°  crawl-under protection  range 16 m  145 sectors with over 580 switching segments  non-weather-dependent range consistency  activation brightness from 1 Lux - daytime operation adjustable  glare-proof (e.g. against torches)  delay time 2 sec. - 30 min. adjustable  short-time service 0.5 sec. with immunity time setting  additional functions, controller operation/4 hrs. On/4 hrs. Off/Test  with LED detection and mode indicator  limit cut-out  intelligent load linking  for wall and ceiling installation  cable entry from all sides  vertical and horizontal tilting

1 2 3

optimal

If a person moves directly towards the Berker control the temperature remains virtually constant in switching segment 2. There may perhaps be no detection. The person must approach the Berker control more closely to be 'detected'.

1 2 3

not optimal

Mounting instructions Do not mount the Berker control directly above/next to a light. As the light cools it may be detected as a change of heat and lead to reactivation. If necessary, limit the detection range of the sensor with the masking elements supplied.

16m

110°

75°

TOP

0°

110°

TOP

75°

35°

0°

75°

110°

75° 35°

75°

35°

0°

35°

0°

Plane 4-2

0° 75° 35° 0°

0°

4Plane

75° 35°

0°

75°

110°

75° 35° 75°

0°

35°

35° 110°

75°

0°

110°

75°

110°

0°

75°

35°

ne Pla 3

35°

0°

35° 75°

0°

ne 2

75°

35°

0°

110° 110°

110°

0°

75° 75°

0°

35° 35°

75°

0°

Masking covers for the Berker control®

35° 0° 0°

Plane 1

ld fie e g rs rin ve ito Re on m

35° 0°

Plane 1

110° 110°

75°

35°

Pla

The masking elements supplied can be used to eliminate sources of interference by limiting the detection angle. To do so, cut the masking elements as required to the size of the individual detection planes or to the desired angle. Then detach the masking elements from the backing sheet and affix them smoothly to the sensor window.

4-2

T23

2,4m

6°

827 524 00

T23

16 m

12 m

4-1

Ceiling mounted

Plane

Mount the Berker control free of vibration, because sensor movements, such as those caused by mounting on a tree, may also trigger the switch.

Wall mounted

Plane

Rotation +70/-70°

-38°

If the sensor head is aligned at about 6° tilt for example (the upper edge of the housing forming a continuous line with the bottom edge of the sensor), the range will be reduced to approx. 12m.

links / left

+100°

3m - 0,4m

- falling ground - sensor head pointing upwards - mounting height more than 2.4 m - high temperature difference

R m eve on rs ito e rin fie g ld

To adapt the detection angle to onsite conditions, the sensor head can be inclined and rotated.

The range is increased by:

Tilt

Mounting instructions The flexible housing construction of the Berker control makes it suitable both for wall and ceiling installation.

11m 7m

- rising ground - inclined sensor head - mounting height less than 2.4 m - low temperature difference

rechts / right

The range is reduced by:

Pla ne

As the ambient brightness slowly decreases, motion detection is only evaluated when the brightness level has been below the pre-set activation brightness for at least 2 minutes. This prevents the controller from responding to merely short-time periods of sub-minimum brightness (such as due to a cloud).

20m

The Berker control offers a high degree of protection against ambient light. As the ambient brightness increases, the motion detection only ceases to be evaluated when the pre-set brightness value has been exceeded for at least 10 minutes. This excludes the possibility of tampering, such as shining a torch on to the controller to prevent it from activating.

Detection field The Berker control has a very dense, horseshoe shaped 220° detection angle of 220, comprising 4 planes with over 145 sectors and 580 switching segments, as well as additional crawl-under protection. Extent of the detection field: 16 x 20 m see diagram The 4 monitoring planes are defined as follows: 0 m to approx. 3.0 m 1st plane from approx. 3.0 m to approx. 7.0 m 2nd plane from 16m rd approx. 7.0 m to approx. 11 m 3 plane from 580 switching segments approx. 11 m to approx. 16 m 4th plane from Crawl-under protection approx. -0.4 m to 0 m The ranges relate to the recommended mounting height of 2.4 m, sensor head aligned horizontally, direction of movement laterally across the Berker control, sufficient temperature difference between moving body and surroundings on level ground.

The optical alignment of the sensor head allows you to adapt the unit to specific on-site conditions. Any heat sources triggering unwanted activation can be suppressed by means of the adjustable sensitivity and the self-adhesive masking elements.

When mounting the Berker control make sure the controller lens is not pointing towards the sun (sensor may be damaged). In a horizontal position the detection beams may point directly at the sun (see illustration). It is therefore advisable to protect the sensor head against exposure to direct sunlight prior to mounting it on the terminating outlet.

Pla

Operating principle The Berker control responds to heat movement, such as that triggered by people or motor vehicles. The digital processing of movement signals in the integrated processor means interference is largely suppressed. It activates when consumers, such as lights, are detected. The unit remains on as long as movements are detected, otherwise the Berker control switches off at the end of the pre-set delay time. A short-time service of 0.5 sec. can additionally be set. This makes it possible to operate acoustic signal generators to monitor an entrance door (bell/gong) and lock it for a programmemable immunity time of 1 sec. - 10 min. until the next movement. The visual indicator signals the response of the unit. With the adjustable twilight switch you activate the switching function only as from a desired activation brightness, or you programme daytime operation.

827 524 00

BERKER CONTROL berker control

37,9 52,7

Terminating outlet The terminating outlet of the Berker control®unit is fitted with 6 cable glands, for custom cable entries from above, below, left, right and rear. Before installing the terminating outlet, open up the two condensate drains at the bottom (do not do this if installing in dusty rooms).

60 88,3 103

Switch-on by timer Timer programmed switch-on of the controller. For timer programmed switch-on of the Berker control® unit a non-brightness-dependent switching operation is executed for the pre-set delay time.

L N

N µ L BU BR BK

Electrical connections Connections executed as plug-in terminals. (BK) black: L (phase) (BU) blue: N (neutral conductor) (BR) brown: µ (relay, lamp cable) Note: When using energy saving lamps, consider high inrush currents. If necessary use inrush current limiter order no. 0185. Controller operation/CONTINUOUSLY ON The "S" switch allows changeovers between controller operation and CONTINUOUSLY ON.

L N S

Switch-on by timer Timer programmed activation and shutdown of the Berker control®unit. No switching operation of the Berker control®unit is performed, because only the load is switched on or off.

L N

Parallel circuit with automatic staircase lighting switch or remote control switch Lighting is switched by automatic units or Berker control® units.

L N T

Controller operation (monitoring)/ CONTINUOUSLY ON The "S" switch allows changeovers between controller operation and CONTINUOUSLY ON. When the Berker control®unit is switched on and CONTINUOUSLY ON is set, the neon lamp unit lights up.

L N S

Switch off Using "S1" or "S2" switch. When switching back on, "S1" activates a switching operation of the Berker control®unit for the pre-set delay time. "S2" does not do this, as only the load is switched on or off.

S2 S1

Operation of timer or flash relay Extension of delay time or operation of a clock relay (e.g. for flash circuit).

L N

Controller operation/CONTINUOUSLY ON changeover switching The "S" switch allows changing over between controller operation and CONTINUOUSLY ON.

Operation of a relay or contact maker For potential-free NO and NC contacts and to increase switching capacity.

L N

Suppressor Order no. 0123

L N S

L N

Connection of multiple Berker control units - "with intelligent load linking" Caution: All parallel connected Berker control Intelligent units must run on the same phase. load linking T Parallel connection does not increase the max. connected load. The built-in microprocessor in conjunction with a voltmeter on the load cable means that all N µ L N µ L parallel connected Berker control units detect the switching on of a light. As long as a movement is detected by a Berker control unit, the lighting remains on. The delay time is restarted every time a movement is detected in the relevant Berker control unit. It expires only when no more movement is detected. The delay time is determined by the Berker control unit with the longest remaining time. This makes it possible to construct a controller system comprising units with equal rights, with no mutual interference. L

With push-button (NC) Existing switches can be replaced by a push-button "T". Pressing the push-button once for min. 1 sec. activates a non-brightness-dependent switching operation for the pre-set delay time. Pressing repeatedly = additional functions.

L N T

N µ

Changeover switching Existing changeover switches can be replaced by push-button "T" (NO). Pressing the push-button once for min. 1 sec. activates a non-brightness-dependent switching operation for the set delay time. Pressing repeatedly = additional functions.

L N T

With push-button (NO) Pressing push-button "T" (NO) once for min. 0.5 sec. activates a non-brightness-dependent switching operation for the pre-set delay time.

L N T

N µ

Auto/manual operation with series switch S1 open, S2 open: all off. S1 closed, S2 closed: CONTINUOUSLY ON S1 closed S2 open: controller operation

L N S1 S2

Auto manual mode with 3-step switch 1 Controller operation 2 All Off 3 CONTINUOUS ON

L N S

123

Additional functions The Berker control unit permits 4 different operating modes, using push-button (NC) in the lead cable: Press 1x: delay Press 2x: Press 3x: Press 4x:

non-brightness-dependent switch-on for the pre-set time, then brightness-dependent controller operation. the Berker control unit switches on for 4 hours, then brightness-dependent controller operation. the Berker control unit switches off for 4 hours, then brightness-dependent controller operation. test mode: brightness evaluation is disabled. The Berker control unit switches on for approx. 3 seconds when a movement is detected.

Limit cut-out Once the Berker control unit has switched on, the brightness is no longer evaluated. To prevent the lighting from remaining on when there is continuous movement in the detection range (e.g. after dawn), the unit is fitted with a limit cut-out. The delay time (time in which the light remains on after no more movement is detected) is shortened depending on the overall on time. On time Delay time Up to 60 min. Set time Up to 70 min. 4 minutes Up to 75 min. 2 minutes Up to 80 min. 1 min. Up to 85 min. 30 sec. Up to 90 min. 15 sec. 90 min. cut-out The Berker control®unit thus cuts out after 90 minutes at the latest, even if there is continuous movement in the detection field. It is switched back on if the brightness falls below the pre-set value and there is movement.

T24

CONTROLLER CONTROLLER MOUNTING INSTRUCTIONS INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Operating principle Controllers respond to heat movement in the infrared light band. It is in this range that the human body radiates heat. Lamps such as incandescent and halogen lamps etc. also emit considerable amounts of heat in this range too, however. As a result, the heat movement of people, animals or light sources can trip the controller, which then switches on consumers such as lighting. The unit remains on as long as movements are detected, otherwise the controller switches off at the end of the pre-set delay time. To prevent lights installed within the detection range tripping the controller, the controller response is delayed by 3 seconds.

Important planning criteria for controller installation The mounting height of the controller as set out in the tables should be complied with, as failure to do so will result in restricted range or excessive range. At the recommended mounting height the detection height can be adjusted, depending on the controller, by means of tilting and locking and using the hoods, covers, masks and adhesive labels supplied, thereby avoiding unwanted switching. The ranges of the controllers/controller system sensors may vary due to the effects of weather conditions (fog, rain, snow). Where there is little temperature difference between the object being detected and the ambient temperature, range restrictions may occur. Extension units

BLC controller 180 flush mounted BLC controller 180 BLC controller 180 comfort Controller 180 system mounting Limitation of detection range to only 90° with masking element or by different mounting height (at 2.2 m mounting)

When using BLC controllers with BLC extension units, a generous overlap between the detection ranges should be allowed in order to ensure detection.

Controller surface mounted

L Bewegungsrichtung

Range

Controller 70 Limitation of detection range by locked settings for ranges 4, 6 or 8 m.

max. min.

~4 m

~6 m

~8 m

Adjustment of range

Automatic Controller Plus 110 16 m

Limitation of detection range with masks and and covers, also by tilting and rotating.

15 m

20 m

25 m 110° Without masks and covers

180°

15 m

90°

15 m 60° With masks and narrow covers

90° With masks and covers

Test operation 2,5 m

Test

15 m

12 Min

300

16 m With horizontal cover 110°

3 Min 10

7m 25° With masks and wide covers

LUX

TIME

Switch on for 1 sec.

Controller system sensors 180 and 240 Limitation of detection range as desired with hood, also by tilting and rotating. If the controller system sensor 240 is tilted, the detection angle should be reduced to 180°, otherwise excessive lateral range will occur. Lamps within the detection range The lamp being switched must not be placed in the immediate vicinity of or underneath the controller, because the radiated heat can cause unwanted switching. There should be adequate distance between the light and the controller.

Optimum mounting location For optimum detection and range for movement, Berker controllers should be installed laterally to the direction of walking. The controller's detection beams are then crossed laterally. When using multiple controllers and/or extension units, the detection ranges of the individual controllers should overlap, in order to ensure optimum monitoring. If the controller is placed such that the person being detected approaches the unit only frontally, range restriction is to be expected. For this a controller with enhanced approach response (controller 70, Berker control) should be configured.

Detection for large areas For detection in larger areas (squares, long corridors etc.) in which the detection angle of an individual controller is not sufficient, controllers with extension units, a controller system, networked Berker controls or radio controllers should be deployed, with the detection ranges of the individual devices overlapping. Parallel connection of controllers is not advisable, because it may cause so-called reciprocal action (switching back on again after a short cut-out of approx. 3 sec).

T25 T25

Tilt 95°

360°

Controller CONTROLLER MOUNTING INSTRUCTIONS Installation instructions Curtaining effect and range optimization By tilting the controller downwards its range can be steplessly adjusted. Detection then occurs only in the close-up range. When using the controller system sensor 240, detection can be further optimized by reducing the sensitivity.

Recommended responsiveness setting

2,4 m

Tilt 50°

Curtain effect 1.5 m

Installation location The controller should be protected against direct rainfall, because rain drops on the lens may cause unwanted switching. A special protective screen in front of the controller protects it against the effects of thermal influence.

30,5 21

10,5 21,2

Accessories Use of the mounting accessories allows the controllers to be fixed at difficult

60 68

During installation When installing the controller, it should be ensured that the lens is not exposed to direct sunlight (otherwise the sensor may be damaged). In a horizontal position the detection beams may point directly at the sun (see illustration). It is therefore advisable to keep the sensor head away from sunlight until it is mounted on the housing body.

31,2

Ceiling mounting angle for 2 Controllers/sensors

Mounting angle for ceiling

65 71,4 100

Mast fastening Edge mounting device

Controller system The controller system can be used wherever multiple controllers are used to switch the same load. The controller system is installed as described below. Connection: Important! Each controller system sensor has a brightness sensor, but only one brightness sensor may be connected within a system, i.e. the "Lx" terminal is assigned to only one controller system sensor. Only this controller system sensor measures the brightness and forwards this value to the controller system power section for evaluation. In figures 1 and 2 the controller system sensor with the active brightness sensor is identified by an "X".

1 L N

+ -

+ S Lx

Lx Lxo L

x + S Lx Lxo 2939

Lx S

N 2

+ S Lx Lxo

+ -

+ S Lx

Lx Lxo

. . . . . .

2939

. . . . . .

L N

Lx S

max.

+ S Lx

+ S Lx Lxo

Connection of multiple controller system powerpacks to a single controller system sensor cable is not permissible, malfunctions will result. To increase the connected load use a contact maker.

max.

Cabling Connection in parallel as per Figure 1 or in star configuration as per Figure 2. Mixed forms are also permissible. Communication lines are recommended for connection of the controller system sensors, e.g. JY-ST-Y 2 x2x0.8 or YR 4x0.8

Connecting terminals: +,- : Power supply 15V=. S: Switch signal Lx : Brightness signal Lxo: Unconnected terminal, which can be used to loop-through the Lx signal.

1 1

max. 100 m

2 .... 8

System-Leistungsteil

max. 100 m

. . . . . 8

max. 100 m

Crawl-under protection The controller system sensor 240 has separate crawl-under protection. This means that movements underneath the controller system sensor are also detected, right up to the house wall. This results in an even higher degree of security.

Diagnosis LED To enable the controller system to be tested accurately, the controller system sensors are fitted with a testing and diagnosis LED. This LED lights up in response to every movement, regardless of brightness. This enables the functioning to be checked and the detection range adjusted without switching on the load.

Limit switch-off If the controller system power pack is switched on, the response brightness is no longer evaluated. However, so that even when there is constant motion in the detection area (e.g. after dawn) the lighting does not remain switched on unnecessarily, the controller system power pack is equipped with a limit switch-off. The delay time (time in which the light still remains switched on after no more motion is detected) is automatically shortened depending on the entire on-time. The controller system power pack thus switches off (even if there is constant movement in the detection area of the controller system sensors), at the latest after 90 minutes. It switches on again when the brightness drops below the set response brightness and there is motion in the detection area.

total on-time up to 60 min. up to 70 min. up to 75 min. up to 80 min. up to 85 min. up to 90 min. 90 min.

shortening of the delay time setting 4 minutes 2 minutes 1 min. 30 sec. 15 sec. Switch-off

T26 T26

Controller CONTROLLER MOUNTING INSTRUCTIONS Installation instructions Connection diagrams Controllers/controller system power pack 230 V By combining controllers/controller systems with push-buttons or switches, different switching variants can be implemented L N

N S2 S1

Controller (control) / CONTINUOUSLY ON The "S" switch allows changing over between controller operation and CONTINUOUSLY ON. When the controller is switched on and CONTINUOUSLY ON is set, the neon lamp unit is lit.

Controller / CONTINUOUSLY ON The "S" switch allows changing over between controller operation and CONTINUOUSLY ON.

Switch off Using "S1" or "S2" switch. When switching back on, "S1" activates a switching operation of the controller for the pre-set delay time. "S2" does not, as only the load is switched on or off.

Controller / CONTINUOUSLY ON changeover switching The "S" switch allows changing over between controller operation and CONTINUOUSLY ON.

Changeover switching Existing changeover switches can be replaced by push-button "T" (NCC). Pressing the "T" (NCC) push-button once for min. 1 sec. activates a non-brightness-dependent switching operation for the set delay time.

L N

Multiple controllers / controller systems on one consumer Pressing the push-button "T" NCC for min. 1 sec. activates a non-brightness-dependent switching operation for the set delay time.

S1 S2

Auto/manual operation with series switch S1 open, S2 open: all off. S1 closed, S2 closed: CONTINUOUSLY ON S1 closed S2 open: controller operation.

1 2 3

Auto manual mode with 3-step switch 1 Controller operation 2 All Off 3 CONTINUOUS ON

L N

T T

With push-button (NCC) Pressing the "T" push-button NCC for min. 1 sec. activates a non-brightness-dependent switching operation for the pre-set delay time. L N

Suppressor Order no. 0123

Operation of a relay or contact maker For potential-free NOC and NC and to increase switching capacity.

T27 T27

Switch-on by timer Timer programmed switch-on of the controller.

Parallel circuit with automatic staircase lighting switch or remote control switch Lighting is switched by automatic units or controller / controller system.

Operation of timer or flash relay Extension of the delay time or operation of a clock relay (e.g. for flash circuit).

1-10 V/DALI TECHNOLOGY 1-10 v technology Control units 1-10 V Increasingly in lighting engineering, electronic ballasts and Tronic transformers fitted with a 1-10 V interface are being deployed to operate lighting (such as fluorescent lamps, 12V halogen lamps). If multiple devices are connected using a single control wire with 1-10 V control inputs, the 1-10 V electronic potentiometer can be used to adjust the brightness from a remote location. The push-button control unit 1-10 V built-in and the BLC can be used to adjust the lighting to individual needs from different points. In this way, extensive and complex light systems can be implemented. The control units 1-10 V (electronic rotary potentiometer, electronic touch rotary potentiometer 1-10 V and push-button control unit 1-10 V built-in) from Berker are used to switch the electronic ballast mains voltage on and off as well as for problem-free adjustment of the control voltage at the 1-10 V interface of the devices. The 1-10 V electronic potentiometer is covered by a centre plate with regulator knob and frame, in keeping with the familiar dimmer design. Electronic rotary potentiometer 1-10 V

L N

Max. 5 two-lamp electronic ballasts 10 one-lamp electronic ballasts can be switched with no additional relay/ contactor or inrush current limiters.

Example: The total of electronic ballast control currents with the electronic rotary potentiometer 1-10 V may be max. 50 mA, and the sum total of electronic ballast load currents (consider the inrush current) may be max. 6 A. Follow the ballast and lighting manufacturers' specifications regarding the control and load currents (with inrush currents). Typical: Osram electronic ballast 2 x 58 W, control current IST = 6 mA, Load current IL = 0.55 A per electronic ballast. 83 electronic ballasts are connected IST = 83 x 0.6 mA = approx. 50 mA; IL = 83 x 0.55 A = 45,7 A Result: The control contact is fully loaded. Since electronic ballasts have an electrolytic capacitor in their input circuit, high inrush currents are to be expected. If the permissible number of ballasts is exceeded (see table), a contactor must be used to switch them, or an inrush current limiter, order no. 0185 must be connected in series upstream of the respective ballast.

Electronic rotary potentiometer 1-10 V

Maximum number of electronic ballasts 58 W that can be switched without additional fittings. Electronic potentiometer 1-10 V: 5 two-lamp or 10 one-lamp Osram electronic ballasts 15 two-lamp or 30 one-lamp electronic ballasts Insta 42 W, 13 Berker Tronictransformer 20-105 W Touch control unit 1-10 V built-in: 5 two-lamp or 10 one-lamp electronic ballasts Insta 42 W

289110

Basic brightness adjustable using potentiometer

+- L 1 2 3 4

Electronic ballast

Push-button control unit 1-10V built-in

L N

To other electronic ballasts and/or Tronic transformers with 1-10 V control input

Push-button (NOC)

Switch-off

Technical data Electronic rotary potentiometer 1-10 V order no. 289110 Max. control voltage UST max. 12 V Min. control voltage UST min. 0.7 W Max. control current IST 50 mA Max. switching capacity of mains switch 1380 VA or 6 A at 230/240 V~, 50/60 Hz Fine-wire fuse F 500 H 250 Operating temperature 5 to 35°C Terminals Screw-type terminals for max. 2.5 mm2 or 2 x 1.5 mm2

5031

Pushbutton (NOC)

1 a

5031

Technical data Nominal voltage Control voltage Max. control current IST Switching contact Ohmic load Electronic ballast, transformers Short-circuit protection No-load proof Electrical isolation 1-10 V Operating temperature Terminals Dimensions (L x W x H)

289610

+1 - 10 V Electr: ballast or Tronic transformer with 1-10V interface L 230 V= 1-10V N To other electronic ballasts and/or Tronic transformers with 1-10 V control input

ballast, Tronic trans+1-10 V Electr: former with 1-10V interface L 230 V~ 1-10 V N

Max. 8 two-lamp Osram or 16 one-lamp Osram electronic ballasts can be switched with no additional relay/ contactor or inrush current limiters.

To other extension units Operation with extension units

Basic brightness adjustable using potentiometer

ballast, Tronic trans+1-10 V Electr: former with 1-10V interface L 230 V~ 1-10 V N

1 L

+- L

Changeover-switching

2872 Basic brightness adjustable using potentiometer

2907

Memory

Electronic touch rotary potentiometer 1-10 V

2 b

Push-button control unit 1-10 V built-in

Off

Electronic touch rotary potentiometer 1-10 V e.g. two operating points L N

BLC extension unit, push-button function

Push-button control unit 1-10 V built-in Order no. 2872 230 V~, 50/60 Hz 1 -10 V 200 mA Relay 2300 W type-dependent via 10 A circuit breaker Yes 2 kV base installation 5 to 50°C Screw-type terminals for max. 2.5 mm2 or 2 x 1.5 mm2 175 x 42 x 18 mm

Tronic transformer with 1-10 V interface on push-button control unit 1-10 V built-in

Technical data Electronic touch rotary potentiometer 1-10 V order no. 289610 Max. control voltage UST max. 12 V Min. control voltage UST min. 0.7 W Max. control current IST 50 mA Max. switching capacity of mains switch 1380 VA or 6 A at 230/240 V~, 50/60 Hz Fine-wire fuse F 500 H 250 Operating temperature 5 to 35°C Terminals Screw-type terminals for max. 2.5 mm2 or 2 x 1.5 mm2

L N

Push-button (NOC)

BLC extension unit, push-button funct. 2907

5031

Push-button control unit 1-10 V built-in 2872 Basic brightness adjustable using potentiometer Memory

1 L

Operation with extension units

Off

ballast, Tronic trans+1-10 V Electr: former with 1-10V interface L 230 V~ 1-10 V N

To other extension units

Push-button control unit 1-10 V built-in with signal amplifier 1-10 V 5031

2907

Push-button control unit 1-10 V built-in 2872 Basic brightness adjustable using potentiometer

Memory

1 L

To other extension units

Off

BLC extension unit, push-button function

I If control currents >200mA fit a signal amplifier (e.g. type Osram DIM-SA)

Check the load current ! A2 Operation with extension units

Installation contactor N

ballast, Tronic trans+1-10 V Electr: former with 1-10V interface L 230 V~ 1-10 V N I = max. 200 mA Electr: ballast, Tronic trans+1-10 V former with 1-10V interface L 230 V~ 1-10 V N

ballast, Tronic trans+1-10 V Electr: former with 1-10V interface L 230 V~ 1-10 V N ballast, Tronic trans+1-10 V Electr: former with 1-10V interface L 230 V~ 1-10 V N

Out

Push-button (NOC) BLC extension unit

L N

Signal amplifier 1-10 V N L

L1 L2 L3

To other electronic ballasts or Tronic transformers with 1-10 V interface

Push-button control unit 1-10 V built-in / daylight-sensitive control (constant light control) L N Push-button (NOC)

BLC extension unit

5031

ballast, Tronic trans+1-10 V Electr: former with 1-10V interface L 230 V~ 1-10 V N

Push-button control unit 1-10 V built-in 2872

2907

Basic brightness adjustable using potentiometer Memory Off

1 L

I1 = max. 200 mA

To other extension units Actuation of electronic ballasts and/or Tronic transformers with 1-10 V interface either for dimming using built-in touch control unit 1-10 V or for daylight-sensitive control using a mini light stabiliser. The mode is selected by the dual off/changeover multi-rocker switch. Operation with extension units

303808 For dual

multi-rocker switch off/ change-over with full rocker

Osram mini light stabiliser (type: DIM MICO) + I2 = max. 50 mA

ballast, Tronic trans+1-10 V Electr: former with 1-10V interface L 230 V~ 1-10 V N ballast, Tronic trans+1-10 V Electr: former with 1-10V interface L 230 V~ 1-10 V N

T28

1-10 V TECHNOLOGY/ELECTRONIC BALLASTS dali/electronic ballast/Tronic transformer Tronic transformer with 1-10 V interface In complex modern lighting systems, lamps are increasingly being operated by way of electronic ballasts (German:"EVGs") fitted with a 1-10 V interface. This permits convenient dimming even of high power outputs from one central point or from several distributed points. This 1-10 V interface is now offered with the Tronic transformer. Up to 50 Tronic transformers with 1-10 V interface can be regulated on the control side with an electronic rotary potentiometer 1-10 V and up to 250 with the push-button control unit 1-10 V built-in. This allows electronic ballasts to be combined with 1-10 V interfaces. When dimensioning a system, the control and load currents must be considered separately!

230 V Connection

Technical data Nominal voltage Primary rated current at full load Power range Power factor Efficiency l Rated output voltage Softstart Control current Operating temperature ta

Tronic transformer with 1-10 V interface Order no. 2977 Housing temperature tc 75°C at maximum load Secondary lead max. 2 m long, min 1.5 mm2 Short-circuit protection electronic, automatic restart Overload/temp. protection Automatic power reduction Fire prevention cut-out in case of fault Open circuit Protected Dimmable via 1-10 V interface Protection class II Terminals Screw-type terminals for max. 2.5 mm2 or 2 x 1.5 mm2

12 V connection

1 -10 V interface

230 V~, 50 Hz 0.45 A 20-105 W 0.96 95% 11.8 V Bulb-preserving switch-on approx. 0.8 mA max. 50°C at maximum load

Application: e.g. in waiting rooms, outside of conference rooms, doctors' surgeries, etc. L Info pilot lamp insert N

Info pilot lamp insert

Info pilot lamp with green cover L

Surgery

Continuous illumination L N

Info pilot lamp insert

Changeover switch

Cutting template

55 55,7

2949

Please enter

Self-production of text and graphical signs Using a computer and appropriate software, it is possible to produce your own text and/or graphical signs.They can be printed in colour or monochrome black using an inkjet or laser printer, on transparent projector sheets.

Info pilot lamp The info pilot lamp is marked by uniform illumination and clear visibility (even from the side). The labelled sheet selected from the supplied range can optionally be placed above or below the factory-fitted milky cover, depending on whether the notice (or pictograph) is to be visible at all times or visible only when the light signal is on.By the use of a monitoring switch, the on state of the info pilot lamp can also be also indicated at a different location.

1-10 V control module

2949

3036 red

Technical data Rated voltage Nominal current LED power Switching frequency Service life Light colour Operating temperature Index of protection Terminals Order no.: insert Order no.: cover

Insert and info pilot lamp cover with 5 label sheets 230 V~ , 50/60 Hz approx. 25 mA approx. 800 mW any 25,000 hours white 10 to 30°C IP20 2 Screw-type terminals for max. 2.5 mm or 2 x 1.5 mm2 2949 1345 ..

Rotary potentiometer DALI (Digital Addressable Lighting Interface) L N L

Rotary potentiometer DALI

2897

Switch-off L N

Control and load cables must not be laid in the same cable conduit. The brightness of illumination when there are no DALI telegrams (PowerON-Level) and on power failure of the DALI system power (SystemFailure-Level) are saved integrally within the electronic ballast and cannot be changed by the DALI potentiometer.

Rotary potentiometer DALI 2897

Mains power unit

Changeover switch

Info pilot lamp insert

(DIN IEC 60929)

2949

3036 red

To other rotary potentiometers DALI (max.64)

Electronic ballast or Tronic da transformer with DALI interface DALI da DALI L

Control circuit The neon lamp lights only when the info light signal is switched on. Remove detachable contact lug from the neon lamp unit.

Changeover switching

Technical data DALI voltage (IEC 60929) Current input DALI control line length max.

Electronic ballast for T2 mini fluorescent lamps Ï 7 mm (not dimmable) Mounting hole distance = 207 mm

N L

Fine-wire fuse Operating temperature Terminals

L 3036 N

red

299906 299908 299911 299913 Switch-off

Technical data Type Order no.: Lamp length Number of lamps per electronic ballast Current input Nominal voltage (~) Nominal voltage (=) Inrush current Operating temperature Ta Housing temperature Tc Stabilisation time Housing dimensions (L x W x H) Output cable length Terminals Recommended connection lead for effective cable clamping Protection class Dimmable Protective functions/Lamp overheating Automatic cut-out for Short and open circuit Fire prevention EMC tested for Radio interference suppression

T29 T29

L N

230 V~

To other Tronic transformers or electronic ballasts with DALI interface

Rotary potentiometer DALI order no. 2897 16V= (9.5...22.5V=) less than 2 mA at 0,5 mm2 100 m 2 at 0,75 mm 100 to 150 m at 1,5 mm2 over 150 m F 500 H 250 5 to 35°C 2 Screw-type terminals for max. 2 x 2.5 mm or 1 x 4 mm2

T2 mini flurecent lamp Distance electronic ballast to the lamp approx. 1,5 m

Electronic ballast 6W 299906 219 mm 1x6W 30 mA

Electronic ballast 8W 299908 320 mm 1x8W 40 mA

Electronic ballast Electronic ballast 13W 299913 523 mm 1 x 13 W 70 mA 230/240 V~, 50/60 Hz 176 - 274 V Max. 8 A (select mains switch accordingly) max. 50°C max. 75°C approx. 1 sec. 220 x 28 x 16 mm max. 1.5 m max. 1.5 mm2 Mains lead: round cable e.g.: H05VV-F 2x0.75 flat cables e.g.: H05VV-H2-F 2x0.75 Lamp lead: round cable e.g.: H05VV-F 4x0.75 flat cables e.g.: H05VV-H2-F 2x0.75 II No Lamp ageing, lamp lighting error, excessive pin current, defect in filament Electronic cut-out input side cut-out in case of fault EN 61047, EN 61000-4-2/4/5/11, EN 55015 Cut-out to EN 55015

Electronic ballast 11W 299911 422 mm 1 x 11 W 50 mA

TRONIC-TRANSFORMER Tronic transformer Tronic transformer for 12 V halogen lamps  Bulb-preserving soft startup  Very low noise  Short circuit proof  No fuse changing  Automatic restart  Overload and excess temperatureproof by power reduction  Input and output electrically isolated

 Safety extra low voltage (SELV)  Tronic dimmer, universal dimmer and Tronic transformer

are specially co-ordinated for use together (no interference)

 Berker Igel also dimmable with LV dimmers  Flicker free  Light weight  Low loss  Output voltage almost independent of load

Installation dimensions, Tronic transformers Housing dimensions in mm:

Do not use dimmers made by other manufacturers, as a risk of fire cannot be ruled out!

Min. ceiling opening (Standard ceiling height 78 mm)

Fixing holes E D

F G

Type Tronic transformer 10-40 W Tronic transformer 20-70 W (square) Tronic transformer 20-105 W (flat) Tronic transformer 35-105 W (flat) Berker Igel 20-105 W Tronic transformer 20-105W / 1-10V Tronic transformer 20-150 W (flat) Tronic transformer 50-200 W (flat) Tronic touch dimmer built-in 700 W Tronic booster built-in 700 W LV booster built-in 600 VA

H 40 53 54 53 55 59 60 63 63 63 63

G 67 60 148 148 147 148 181,5 181,5 181,5 181,5

F 3,4 3,5 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

E 3,4 3,5 4,5 4,5 3,5 4,5 4,5 4,5 4,5 4,5 4,5

D 32 32 15 33 32 36 36 36 36

C 35,5 48 42 42 50 42 42 48,5 48,5 48,5 48,5

B 73 49 175 165 105 216 176 212 212 212 212

A 18 28 18 18 29 32 38 46 46 46 46

Order no. 2915 2918 297401 2927 2921 2977 2976 2972 2943 2868 2869

Installation configurations of Tronic transformers Distance of light from Tronic transformer up to 200°C

Tronic transformer 200W

Tronic transformers 40, 70, 105 and 150 W

min.100

up to 500°C

200

400

Secondary cable length The maximum permissible secondary cable length is 2 m.

Star configuration distribution and equal cable lenghts should be ensured, in order to prevent differences in brightness.

N L N

Tronic-Trafo AC 12V~

N L

AC 230V

prim : AC 230V 50/60Hz sek.: AC 11,7V eff cos f = 0.97 max 12.5 A

20 - 150W 20-150 W ta = 50° 2971

Cable length < 6 x 2 m

 Voltage drop on secondary cable at 40 kHz Do not use single wires if possible! Or twist pairs to reduce capacitance. Leitungstheorie

Tronic - Trafo

AC 12V~

AC 230V

Reasons:  Compliance with DIN VDE EN 55015 (RFI suppression) Faiure to comply with the specified cable length will result in malfunctions in appliances such as radios, mobile phones, etc.. Using the 6gang distributor splits the transmitted power across several branches and minimises it.

prim : AC 230V 50/60Hz sek.: AC 11,7V eff cos f = 0.97 max 12.5 A

20 - 150W 20-150 W ta = 50° 2976

 Skineffekt Low frequency 50 Hz

High frequency 40 kHz Electrons move away from the centre of the conductor to the surface, the conductor cross-section is no longer fully utilised. Consequence: increased resistance

Electron flow evenly distributed over cable cross-section.

Reactance Xc dependent on frequency f Xc 10000 9000 8000 7000 6000 5000 4000 3000 2000 1000 0 2,5 5 10 15 20 25

f 40

Tip: Choose a flexible cable!

N L N

AC 230V

Tronic - Trafo prim : AC 230V 50/60Hz sek.: AC 11,7V eff cos f = 0.97 max 12.5 A

20 - 150W 20-150 W ta = 50° 2971

AC 12V~

230 V

Do not allow primary and secondary cables to cross or to lie parallel to each other, otherwise the RFI suppression will not be active. To avoid noise interfering with radios, mobile phones, etc..

Overvoltage protection module

SEC AC 12 V

0142

Tronic rotary dimmer 2874

L A

Switch-off

SEC AC 12 V

L2 PRI AC 230 V

L N

PRI AC 230 V

Tronic transformers are spike proof up to 1500 V. To protect against higher overvoltages (occurring for example when fluorescent lamps, gas discharge lamps and under other inductive loads for are switched off), separate load circuits should be installed for Tronic transformers and those consumers. It is advisable to install an additional overvoltage protection in systems of this kind.

1 overvoltage protection module is sufficient for 10 Tronic transformers. In dimmed installations, connect overvoltage protection module before dimmer (see wiring diagram)

Switch-off

Technical data Rated alternating voltage Leakage current Is (8/20)

230 V~, 50/60 Hz 4.5 kA (1x) 1.0 kA (100x)

Overvoltage protection module Residual voltage Is (1kA) Operating temperature Connections

Order no. 0142 approx. 1000 V -25 to 80°C Flexible cable 1.5 mm2 200 mm long

T30 T30

Rated alternating voltage Effective output voltage Mains current

Power factor l Efficiency Number of lights

Housing Housing temperature

Weight Fire / Cut-out Short-circuit-proof Restart Overload and excess temperature-proof Protective insulation Safety Radio interference suppression Cable recommended H 05 VV-F 2 x ... Open circuit Spike protection Bulb-preserving soft start Test mark

VDE

Suitable for installation in furniture Dimmable phase cut-off Dimmable phase cut-on

With Tronic and universal dimmers With LV dimmers

* The Berker Igel can be dimmed with the following dimmers Designation Rotary dimmer LV with soft lock Tronic rotary dimmer with soft lock Universal rotary dimmer with soft lock BLC push-button dimmer LV BLC universal touch dimmer Universal-Serientastdimmer Universal touch dimmer RMD Plus Universal booster RMD Plus Tronic touch dimmer built-in Corded slide dimmer LV Radio universal dimmer flush-mounted Radio adapter plug dimmer Radio universal corded dimmer Radio universal dimmer built-in Radio universal dimmer RMD Univ. dim actuator 1gang 50-210 W/VA flush-mounted 75341003 Univ. dim actuator 1gang 50-500 W/VA RMD Univ. dim actuator 2gang 2x300 W/VA RMD Univ. dim actuator 4gang 4x210 W/VA RMD Tronic dim actuator 1gang 20-215 W Tronic dim actuator 1gang 20-500 W

T31

Order No.: 2873 2874 286110, 283410, 283411 2904 2902 2901 016701 016501 2943 2744.. 94550200 01781009 0128 0181 94550100 75311007 75312007 75314017 75331002 75331005

Release version

ab R2 ab R2

35 - 105 W No.: 2927

20 - 105 W No.: 2977

20 - 150 W No.: 2976

50 - 200 W No.: 2972

20 - 105 W No.: 297401

Rated power / Ambient temperature

Cubic design X Screw type terminals (X) = Primary side only Cable clamp 10-40 W at ambient temp. 50°C X 20-60 W at ambient temp. 50°C 20-70 W at ambient temp. 40°C 20-70 W at ambient temp. 50°C 20-105 W at ambient temp. 50°C (45°C) 20-150 W at ambient temp. 50°C 50-200 W at ambient temp. 50°C 230 V~(also 240 V~), 50/60 Hz [230 V~, 50 Hz and 230 V=] X at 230 V~ 11.8 at 40 W, 0.18 A at 230 V~ X at 70 W, 0.33 A at 230 V~ at 105 W, 0.49 A (0.45 A) at 230 V~ at 150 W, 0.71 A at 230 V~ at 200 W, 0.95 A at 230 V~ 0.96 X 95% X 5Wx 8 10 W x 4 20 W x 2 35 W x 1 50 W x 75 W x 100 W x Fracture-proof, heat resistant X unpotted, repairable X at 40 W max. 85°C X at 60 W max. 75°C at 70 W max. 90°C at 105 W max. 75°C (80°C) [90°C] at 150 W max. 75°C at 200 W max. 65°C approx. in grams 65 Input side in case of fault X Electronic cut-out X Automatic after elimination of fault X by power reduction X Protection class II X VDE 0860 (07 12/24) X VDE 0875 part 2 X secondary: max. 2 m (1 m), min. 2 x mm2 0.75 Protected X to VDE 0712 part 25 X No current spikes X X X

20 - 105 W No.: 2921

Design

10 - 40 W No.: 2915

Tronic transformer

20 - 70 W No.: 2918

TRONIC TRANSFORMERS IN SUMMARY overview Tronic transformer

X X X

X (X) X

X X X

(X)

X X

X X (X) 11.7 11.3

(X) 11.8

X 50Hz X 11.8 11.8 11.7

(X)

X [X] 11.5

X (X)

X X

X X 17 7 3 2 1

X X

X 92% 21 10 5 3 2 1 1 X X

X X 21 10 5 3 2 1 1 X X

[X]

(X)

X X 30 15 7 4 3 2 1 X X

X X X 40 20 10 5 4 2 2 X X

X X X 70 160 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 0.75 1.5 X X X X X X X X X X X X X *

150 X X X X X X X (1.5) X X X X X X X

Production date (from week / year) 22 02

150 X X X X X X X 1.5 X X X X X X X

220 X X X X X X X 1.5 X X X

190 X X X X X X X (2.5) X X X X X X X

X 420 X X X X X X X 2.5 X X X X X X X

Details Igel Minimum load 50 W Igel Minimum load 50 W

Igel Minimum load 50 W

22 02 22 02

T32

TRONIC DIMMING TRANSFORMER Tronic dimming transformers Tronic dimming transformer Tronic dimming transformer boosters

Tronic dimming transformer Tronic dimming transformer booster Rocker push-button (NOC)

Tronic dimming transformer 2856 or 2858

5031

N L

Tronic-Dimm-Trafo 35 - 105 W primär:

2856

AC 230 V~ 50 / 60 Hz 0,48A  = 0,95 11,7 V~ eff. 35-105W max. 8,5A ta < 50°C

sekundär: 100

SELV

tc = 80°C

IP30

SEC AC 12V~

L N

PRI AC 230V~

Made in Germany

Tronic dimming transformer booster 2857 or 2859 Tronic-Dimm-Trafo Leistungserweiterung 50 - 150 W primär:

2859

SEC AC 12V~

PRI AC 230V~

AC 230 V~ 50 / 60 Hz 0,68A  = 0,95

sekundär: 100

11,7 V~ eff. max. 12,5A M

50-150W ta < 50°C

SELV Made in Germany

IP20

Tronic dimming transformer booster 2857 or 2859 PRI AC 230V~

N L

Tronic-Dimm-Trafo Leistungserweiterung 35 - 105 W

primär:

2857

AC 230 V~ 50 / 60 Hz 0,48A  = 0,95 11,7 V~ eff. 35-105W max. 8,5A ta < 50°C

sekundär: 100

SELV

tc = 80°C

IP30

SEC AC 12V~

to further extension sets push-button (NOC)

N L

tc = 70°C

Made in Germany

Tronic dimming transformer booster 2857 or 2859 PRI AC 230V~

tc = 70°C

N L

Tronic-Dimm-Trafo Leistungserweiterung 50 - 150 W primär:

2859

SEC AC 12V~

Tronic dimming transformers and Tronic dimming transformer boosters are suitable for operating low volt halogen lamps. The Tronic dimming transformers can be switched on and dimmed using one or more push-buttons NOC. Pressing the button briefly switches the Tronic dimming transformer on and off. Pressing and holding the button makes the light brighter or darker steplessly. The brightness memory retains the last brightness setting until the next time the lights are switched on. Up to 5 Tronic dimming transformer boosters can be connected to the Tronic dimming transformer by connecting the control input of the booster with the control output of the Tronic dimming transformers. Every booster also has one control output to which up to 5 boosters can be connected. The maximum dimmable power is limited by the local power company and the circuit breaker. Please contact the power company for more information. All devices must be connected to the same phase. The maximum length of the various control wires between the devices must not exceed 20 m. 230 V and control wires must be laid separately from the secondary wires, i.e. they must not cross over or be laid parallel to each other.

AC 230 V~ 50 / 60 Hz 0,68A  = 0,95

sekundär: 100

11,7 V~ eff. max. 12,5A M

50-150W ta < 50°C

SELV Made in Germany

IP20

Tronic dimming transformer booster 2857 or 2859 primär:

AC 230 V~ 50 / 60 Hz 0,68A  = 0,95

sekundär: 100

11,7 V~ eff. max. 12,5A M

SELV Made in Germany

Tronic dimming transformer booster 2857 or 2859

sekundär: 100

SELV

tc = 80°C

IP30

SEC AC 12V~

AC 230 V~ 50 / 60 Hz 0,48A  = 0,95 11,7 V~ eff. 35-105W max. 8,5A ta < 50°C

PRI AC 230V~

N L

primär:

N L

tc = 70°C

PRI AC 230V~

Tronic-Dimm-Trafo 35 - 105 W 2856

Tronic-Dimm-Trafo Leistungserweiterung 50 - 150 W primär:

2859

AC 230 V~ 50 / 60 Hz 0,68A  = 0,95

sekundär: 100

11,7 V~ eff. max. 12,5A M

50-150W ta < 50°C

SELV Made in Germany

IP20

Made in Germany

SEC AC 12V~

Tronic-Dimm-Trafo 2856 oder 2858

5031

50-150W ta < 50°C

IP20

Rocker push-button (NOC)

SEC AC 12V~

PRI AC 230V~

L N

tc = 70°C

N L

Tronic-Dimm-Trafo Leistungserweiterung 50 - 150 W

2859

Tronic dimming transformer booster 2857 oder 2859

100

AC 230 V~ 50 / 60 Hz 0,48A  = 0,95 11,7 V~ eff. 35-105W max. 8,5A ta < 50°C

SELV

tc = 80°C

IP30

Use of the overvoltage protection module L N

Made in Germany

0142

Max. 5 Tronic dimming transformer boosters

2857

primär:

sekundär: 100

AC 230 V~ 50 / 60 Hz 0,48A  = 0,95 11,7 V~ eff. 35-105W max. 8,5A ta < 50°C

SELV

tc = 80°C

IP30

N L

5031

SEC AC 12V~

PRI AC 230V~

N L

Tronic-Dimm-Trafo Leistungserweiterung 35 - 105 W

Tronic dimming transformer 2856 or 2858

Rocker push-button (NOC)

Made in Germany

sekundär: 100

AC 230 V~ 50 / 60 Hz 0,48A  = 0,95 11,7 V~ eff. 35-105W max. 8,5A ta < 50°C

SELV

tc = 80°C

IP30

SEC AC 12V~

PRI AC 230V~

N L

primär:

AC 230 V~ 50 / 60 Hz 0,48A  = 0,95 11,7 V~ eff. 35-105W max. 8,5A ta < 50°C

sekundär: 100

tc = 80°C

IP30

N L

PRI AC 230V~

Tronic dimming transformer booster 2857 oder 2859 2857

Tronic-Dimm-Trafo 35 - 105 W 2856

SELV Made in Germany

Tronic dimming transformer booster 2857 or 2859

Max. 5 Tronic dimming transformer boosters Tronic-Dimm-Trafo Leistungserweiterung 35 - 105 W

PRI AC 230V~

Tronic dimming transformer booster 2857 oder 2859

SEC AC 12V~

sekundär:

2857

Tronic-Dimm-Trafo Leistungserweiterung 35 - 105 W

primär:

sekundär: 100

IP30

SEC AC 12V~

Tronic-Dimm-Trafo Leistungserweiterung 35 - 105 W

primär:

SEC AC 12V~

PRI AC 230V~

to further extension sets push-button (NOC)

N L

2857

AC 230 V~ 50 / 60 Hz 0,48A  = 0,95 11,7 V~ eff. 35-105W max. 8,5A ta < 50°C

tc = 80°C

SELV Made in Germany

Max. 5 Tronic dimming transformer boosters per control output Overvoltage protection module is sufficient for 1 Tronic dimming transformer and 9 boosters.

Made in Germany

sekundär: 100

AC 230 V~ 50 / 60 Hz 0,48A  = 0,95 11,7 V~ eff. 35-105W max. 8,5A ta < 50°C

SELV

tc = 80°C

IP30

190

44 38

Tronic-Dimm-Trafo Leistungserweiterung 35 - 105 W

primär:

2856 and 2857

PRI AC 230V~

N L

2857

SEC AC 12V~

Tronic dimming transformer booster 2857 oder 2859

Max. 5 Tronic dimming transformer boosters

2858 and 2859

min.500

Min. ceiling opening

for standard intermediate ceiling height 78 mm = 61 mm 51 mm for a height of 200 mm and upwards

200

Made in Germany

PRI AC 230V~

tc = 70°C

N L

2859

Tronic-Dimm-Trafo Leistungserweiterung 50 - 150 W

primär:

AC 230 V~ 50 / 60 Hz 0,68A  = 0,95

sekundär:

11,7 V~ eff. max. 12,5A

100

IP20

50-150W ta < 50°C

SEC AC 12V~

Tronic dimming transformer booster 2857 oder 2859

Max. 5 Tronic dimming transformer boosters 50

215

min.500

Min. ceiling opening

for standard intermediate ceiling height 78 mm = 68 mm 66 mm for a height of 225 mm and upwards

200

SELV Made in Germany

Max. 5 Tronic dimming transformer boosters

Technical data Order no. Rated voltage Rated power Primary current Output voltage Max. ambient temperature Max. housing temperature Secondary cable length max. Distance from earthed surfaces Power factor  Weight

Tronic dimming transformer 2856 2558 230 V~, 50/60 Hz 230 V~, 50/60 Hz 35-105 W 50-150 W 0.48 A 0.68 A 11.7 V~ eff, 40 kHz 11.7 V~ eff, 40 kHz ta < 50°C ta < 50°C tc = 80°C tc = 70°C 2m 2m 40 cm 40 cm 0.95 0.95 199 g 302 g

Tronic dimming transformer booster 2857 2859 230 V~, 50/60 Hz 230 V~, 50/60 Hz 35-105 W 50-150 W 0.48 A 0.68 A 11.7 V~ eff, 40 kHz 11.7 V~ eff, 40 kHz ta < 50°C ta < 50°C tc = 80°C tc = 70°C 2m 2m 40 cm 40 cm 0.95 0.95 199 g 302 g

T32 T32

overvoltagePROTECTION/ protection/ OVERVOLTAGE start-up INRUSH current CURRENT limiters LIMITER A/

IB =

k 100

µs

S = 30

a = 10 m: 80 KV U a = 1m: 8 kV a = 0.1m: 800 kV

Current test curve 8/20 µs and voltage test curve 1.2/50 µs are used to test the overvoltage protection.

100 90

SCHUKO socket with overvoltage protection The applications for the SCHUKO socket with overvoltage protection are in power supply unit protection e.g. for IT systems, medical equipment, instrumentation and control equipment, and TV, video and audio equipment. The basic circuit comprises a combination of varistors and gas filled surge arresters. Varistors can be overloaded by excessive or frequent overvoltage. The consequence is an increase in leakage current through the components, and an associated increase in heat. For this reason the varistors are monitored by a thermal cut-out and isolated from the mains power before they become too hot; the mains voltage remains connected. The cut-out is signalled by the red indicator lamp on the socket cover. At the same time an acoustic fault alarm (buzzer) is activated. Unplugging the appliance stops the acoustic alarm. The visual signal is not dependent on whether a plug is in the socket or not. The lamps incorporated into the socket have the following meanings: Green lamp lit: mains voltage present Red lamp lit (buzzer sounds): the thermal cut-out has tripped, the overvoltage protection function is no longer operational. The SCHUKO socket with overvoltage protection needs to be replaced.

Inductively or capacitively inserted overvoltages are discharged against neutral and ground conductors with the aid of thermally monitored varistors and gas arresters. Temperature monitoring to DIN VDE 0845 Part 1

I : 8/20 µs

50 10 8

t µs

Its flat design means that the BERKER Schuko socket with overvoltage protection fits any appliance socket to DIN 49 073 Part 1:

Frames Display

Combination with SCHUKO sockets Overvoltage protection is only beneficial when upstream coarse and medium protection is fitted.

The max. permissible distance from the SCHUKO socket with overvoltage protection to the last through-wired and also protected socket is 4m. Thereafter further SCHUKO sockets with overvoltage protection must be installed.

Socket cover

4108 .. 4152 ..

SCHUKO socket with overvoltage protection ÜSS 1

ÜSS 1

grün 230 V

rot

OUT

N PE

Technical data Rated voltage Rated current IN Operating current IC at Ur Arrester rated voltage Ur Leakage current to ground conductor at Ur Rated discharge current Isn (8/20) µs: sym / asym Max. discharge current Is max (8/20) µs: sym / asym

4108 .. 4152 .. ÜSS 1

L PE N

230 V~, 50/60 Hz 16 A < 2.3 mA 255 V~ < 1 µA 1.5 kA (100x) 4.5 kA (1x)

To other sockets that are also protected.

SCHUKO socket with overvoltage protection Protection level: phase/neutral (phase/ground; neutral/ground) < 1.2 kV (1.5 kV) Response time ta: sym / asym 25 ns / 100 ns Arrester of requirement class D Overvoltage protection to EN 61643-11 and VDE 0675 part 6-11 arrester type 3, One Port Connecting terminals: screwed connection (rigid) 2.5 mm2 Temperature range -5 to 40°C Order no.: 4108 .., 4152 ..

Overvoltage protection module L N

2874

SEC AC 12 V ~

PRI AC 230 V ~

L A

Switch-off

SEC AC 12 V ~

0142

Tronic rotary dimmer

PRI AC 230 V ~

Tronic transformers are spike proof up to 1500 V. To protect against higher overvoltages (occurring when fluorescent lamps and gas discharge lamps are switched off and under other inductive loads for example), separate load circuits should be installed for Tronic transformers and those consumers. It is advisable to install an additional overvoltage protection in systems of this kind.

1 overvoltage protection module is sufficient for 10 Tronic transformers. In dimmed installations, connect overvoltage protection module before dimmer (see wiring diagram)

Switch-off

Technical data Rated alternating voltage Leakage current Is (8/20)

230 V~, 50/60 Hz 4.5 kA (1x) 1.0 kA (100x)

Inrush current limiter

Overvoltage protection module Residual voltage Is (1kA) Operating temperature Connections

Order no. 0142 approx. 1000 V -25 to 80°C flexible cable 1.5 mm2 200 mm long

L N

0185

N Problem load e.g. energy-saving lamps L max. 200 VA lamp load

BLC relay switch insert 2906

N1 L

The inrush current limiter limits the lamp inrush current of problem loads such as energy-saving lamps (this is 32 A per lamp for the Osram Dulux EL), compact fluorescent lamps and fluorescent lamps with electronic ballast (up to 25 A per lamp) to a level that can be carried by a mechanical switch contact (relay). The inrush current limiter is connected in series with the lamp(s). Not suitable for dimmers or electronic switches such as BLC Triac or Tronic switch insert!

T33 T33

Basic circuit with inrush current limiter

Technical data Connected load Max. operating temperature Dimensions (L x W x H)

Inrush current limiter order no. 0185 max. 200 VA max. 65°C 45 x 25 x 12 mm (for 60 mm flush-mounted wall box)

THERMOSTAT thermostat Room thermostat The room thermostat regulates the temperature in enclosed premises such as homes, schools, workshops, etc.. Installation location Installation opposite the heat source on an interior wall is to be preferred.

3 2

When installed at an appropriate location, the scaling on the thermostats corresponds to: = approx. 5°C 2 = approx. 10°C 3 = approx. 15°C

= approx. 20°C 5 = approx. 25°C 6 = approx. 30°C

Mounting height approx. 1.5 m above the floor. Avoid exterior walls and draughts from windows and doors. Do not install thermostat inside shelf units or behind curtains or similar coverings. Ambient heat will influence the control accuracy. Direct sunlight, proximity to TV and radio equipment, heaters, lamps, chimneys and heating pipes should be avoided. If the thermostat is installed in one switch frame together with a dimmer, the distance between the two should be as large as possible. If arranged one on top of the other, the thermostat must be under the dimmer. Electrical connections All wires must be connected as per the associated wiring diagram. The neutral conductor N must be connected to terminal N. If it is not, major temperature fluctuations will result, because the thermostat will not operate without the thermal feedback. The function depends only on the bimetal. No grounding conductor is required, because the device is totally insulated. Short designation in wiring diagrams L = External conductor N = Neutral conductor = Load connection RF = Resistor for thermal feedback TA = Resistor for night lowering of room temperature = Additional timer (or switch) for night temperature lowering NTC = Connection for floor temperature sensor T> = Bimetal contact (temperature evaluation) Room thermostat with change-over contact

Floor temperature thermostat The floor thermostat regulates the temperature in underfloor heating systems. The desired floor temperature is set with the adjuster knob. If the floor temperature falls below the pre-setting, the control unit requests heat and indicates the fact by way of a red LED. The heating is switched on and off with the mains power switch. By way of an additional connection, the night lowering facility can be activated by means of an upstream timer or monitoring switch. This is indicated by the green LED on the adjuster knob lighting up. The temperature reduction is approx. 5°C . For temperature measurement, the sensor in the floor is installed in a protective conduit. The sensor cable can be extended as necessary with a 2-wire cable with 1.5 mm2 cross-section, without affecting the accuracy of the thermostat. When laying in cable ducts or close to power lines, a shielded cable should be used. Sensor characteristic data: Measuring device Ri > 1 MOhm 05°C 85.279 k Ohm 10°C 66.785 k Ohm 15°C 52.330 k Ohm 20°C 41.272 k Ohm 25°C 33.000 k Ohm 30°C 26.281 k Ohm 35°C 21.137 k Ohm 40°C 17.085 k Ohm 45°C 13.846 k Ohm 50°C 11.277 k Ohm The resistance values can only be measured with the sensor disconnected. The floor sensor is installed in an empty conduit in the floor, such that it is positioned between 2 heating pipes.

L N Load

Heating

Load

Cooling

Sensor dimensions

4m 0161 7.8 mm

T 5.9 mm

202600

Room thermostat with change-over contact 5 to 30°C 250 V~, 50/60 Hz 10 A (4 A cos =0,6) 5 A (2 A cos =0,6) 2.2 kW 1.1 kW 0.15 W approx. 0.5°C 2026..

Technical data Temperature range Nominal voltage Nominal current heating cooling Switching capacity heating cooling Power consumption Switching temperature difference Order No.:

Floor thermostat with NOC, on/off switch and 2 LEDs L N Mains 0/1 L N NTC

Load Heating

L N Load

Heating

Night lowering

230 V U=

Room thermostat with NCC, on/off switch and lamp

20 mm

203000 and 203100

Technical data Temperature range Nominal voltage Nominal current Switching capacity Power consumption Switching temperature difference Temperature reduction Order No.:

230 V room thermostat, with NC, on/off switch 5 to 30°C 250 V~, 50/60Hz 10 A (4 A cos =0,6) 2.2 kW 0.15 W (with night lowering 0.3 W) approx. 0.5°C approx. 4°C 2030..

Technical data Temperature range Nominal voltage Nominal current Switching capacity Power consumption Switching temperature difference Temperature reduction Order No.:

24 V room thermostat, with NC, on/off switch.. 5 to 30°C 24 V~, 50/60Hz; 24 V = 10 A at ~, 4.1 A at = 240 W at ~, 100 W at = 14.4 mW (with night lowering 28.8 mW) approx. 0.5°C approx. 4°C 2031..

203400

Technical data Temperature range Nominal voltage Switching current Switching capacity Power consumption Switch / single pole LED display Contacts (relay) Temperature reduction Switching temperature difference Sensor element Sensor cable Cable length Index of protection Order No.:

Floor temperature thermostat 10 to 50°C 230 V~, 50/60 Hz; 230 V= 10 A (ohmic load /cos phi= 1) 2.3 kW 0.14 W (with night lowering 0.28 W) On / Off Heating on "red" / Night lowering on "green" 1 NOC (for heating), not potential-free approx. 5°C approx. 1°C NTC 2 PVC (2 x 0.75 mm ) 4m IP67 to EN 60529 2034..

T34 T34

thermostat,TIME time-controlled THERMOSTAT CONTROLLED with change-over contact WITH CHANGE-OVER CONTACT Thermostat time controlled with changeover contact The thermostat time controlled regulates the temperature in enclosed premises such as homes, schools, workshops, etc.. Weekly programme Daily programme Manual operation Party function Holiday Set time/day Set switching times Set temperatures

1234567d

: Mode

! Protection against unauthorized access / sensor defect Heating is currently on Cooling mode

Days Extra daily programme Morning AM Midday Afternoon Evening Night Comfort temperature Standard temperature Reducing temperature

1 2 3

+ OK 0/

Reset

Features of thermostat time controlled

Standard programmes P1, P2, P3, P4, P5 and pre-programmed switching times Programme Switching times

P1 P2 P3 P4 P5

6 4 4 4 2

21°C 18°C 15°C 21°C 18°C 15°C 28°C 18°C 18°C 21°C 18°C 18°C 21°C 18°C 18°C

Control mode Room heating Underfloor heating using room temperature control Underfloor heating using floor temperature control, e.g. in bathroom Room heating Room heating

Weekly programme

Daily programme d

Temperature Start time Temperature Start time Temperature Start Mo-Th Fri P1,P2 P3 P4 P5 Sat Su P1,P2 P3 P4 P5 time P1,P2 P3 P4 P5 Day Early morn. 6:00 6:00 21°C 28°C 21°C 21°C 7:00 7:00 21°C 28°C 21°C 21°C 7:00 21°C 28°C 21°C 21°C 8:30 8: 30 18°C 18°C 18°C 10:00 10:00 18°C 18°C 18°C 10:00 18°C 18°C 18°C Morning 12:00 12:00 21°C 12:00 12:00 21°C 12:00 21°C Midday 14:00 14:00 18°C 14:00 18°C Afternoon 14:00 14:00 18°C 17:00 17:00 21°C 28°C 21°C 17:00 17:00 21°C 28°C 21°C 17:00 21°C 28°C 21°C Evening 22:00 23:00 15°C 15°C 18°C 18°C 23:00 22:00 15°C 15°C 18°C 18°C 23:00 15°C 15°C 18°C 18°C Night

Installation location Installation opposite the heat source on an interior wall is to be preferred. Mounting height approx. 1.5 m above the floor.

For room heating, e.g. boiler or control valve actuation

Avoid exterior walls and draughts from windows and doors.

For underfloor heating by way of room temperature control with floor temperature limitation using floor temperature sensor / remote sensor For underfloor heating using floor temperature control with floor temperature sensor / remote sensor Fuzzy controller, with PWM (Pulse Width Modulation) output

Do not install thermostat inside shelf units or behind curtains or similar coverings (except with sensor). Ambient heat will influence the control accuracy. Direct sunlight, proximity to TV and radio equipment, heaters, lamps, chimneys and heating pipes should be avoided.

Can also be used as two-point controller (e.g. for oil/gas boilers) Self-teaching heating curve (the desired temperature is attained at the pre-set time), can be switched off 5 pre-set programmes (3 x room heating, underfloor heating and underfloor heating with limitation) 3 programmable temperatures (comfort, standard, night)

If the thermostat is installed in one switch frame together with a dimmer, the distance between the two should be as large as possible. If arranged one on top of the other, the thermostat must be under the dimmer. Connection diagram

L N

2, 4 or 6 freely selectable times for each day as a weekly programme; every time of day can be assigned to one of the 3 temperatures.

230 V U=

Extra daily programme (for special occasions such as holidays) Sensor

Manual operation for - Change of temperature until next programme start - Permanent change of temperature Cooling

Coming/going function for manual activation of temperature reduction Unauthorised protection (locking room temperature controller using key combination) Holiday programme can be set for 1 - 99 days (e.g. frost protection) then continuation of weekly programme Party function (the evening temperature is retained for an additional 3 hours) with manual temperature adjustment Operating hours meter (1 to 9999 hours, heat request time is recorded) Pump valve protection (the output is activated daily for 3 minutes), with disable facility Display of room or target temperature, switchable Adjustment of temperature display is possible (for individual needs) Switchover of heating and cooling (for floor cooling, no self-teaching heating curve for cooling) Clear LCD display with simultaneous display of room temperature, time, day, mode, time zone, temperature zone Floor temperature sensor / remote sensor connectable: This allows the thermostat to be installed in a different room.

Temperature/time diagram Temp. 23 22 1 21 20 19 2 18 17 16 3 15 14 13

Time bands 1

Early morning Morning

Heating

Installation temperature sensor/remote sensor  The floor temperature/remote sensor is installed in conjunction with underfloor heating systems, in an empty conduit in the floor, such that it is positioned between two heating pipes. When the floor temperature sensor / remote sensor is connected the temperature measured there is displayed. (For sensor values see floor hermostat)

Midday Afternoon Evening 0

10 12 14 16 18

20 22 24

Time

Night

Display of 3 temperatures over 6 time bands (switching times). The device automatically detects when heating needs to begin in order to attain the desired room temperature at the pre-set time (self-teaching heating curve).

T35 T35

2043

Thermostat time controlled order no. 2043 Technical data 230 V~, 50/60 Hz Nominal voltage 0°C to 40°C Temperature range < 3VA Power consumption approx. 4 hours Power reserve 1 change-over contact, potential-connected Contacts (relay) 8A (cos phi=1), 2A (cos phi=0.6) Switching current max. 10 items Switching capacity of elec. actuators, 3W 5 to 40°C, in 0.5K increments Required air temperature setting 5 to 50°C in 0.5K increments Required floor temperature setting 10 to 49°C in 1K increments Floor temperature limitation 0 to 60°C in 0.1K increments Actual temperature display Fuzzy (similar to PID) / 2-point Control algorithm 15 seconds Measurement interval Pulse width modulated / 2-point Output signal 5° to 40°C adjustable for 1 - 199 days Holiday function LCD display with simultaneous display of time, room temperature, Display day, mode, time zone and temperature zone 24 hours, minutes Scope of display 10 minutes Minimum switching time NTC ( in device) Temperature sensor Order no. 0161 (type F 193720) connectable Remote sensor (For dimensions see floor temperature sensor) 4m, extendable to max. 10m Length of remote sensor cable: 1 to 9999 hours Operating hours meter IP20 Index of protection Condensation not permitted Humidity class

 The floor temperature sensor/remote sensor can also be installed in a separate

room from the thermostat time-controlled. This is done by installing the sensor in a sensor insert order no. 75940402 in a suitable mounting location.

Sensor dimensions

4m 0161 7,8 mm 5,9 mm

20 mm

ROLLOTEC CUT-OFF RELAY rollotec cutoff relay No parallel switching of conventional tubular motors! When the switch is operated, both drives are started in the same direction. When drive 1 has reached the end position, limit switch E2 opens. Drive 2 is still in operation, and by means of a reverse voltage via its capacitor starts drive 1 moving again in the opposite direction. As a result, E2 is closed again within a short time. This causes drive 1 to run in the original direction again until contact E2 is opened again. These switching cycles are recognisable by the pendulum movement of the shutter. As the reverse voltage can be up to 1000 V, and numerous changes of position occur in a short time, limit switch E2 becomes overloaded. This inevitably leads to the contacts welding together. As a result, the limit cut-out in this direction is then disabled. The result: destruction of the motor or the shutter.

Drive 1

Drive 2

N PE

Remedy: use RolloTec system or cut-off relays.

Wrong !

Tip: electronic tubular motors, such as those from Becker, Elero and Selve, can be switched in parallel. (Check the max. connected load.)

RolloTec standard insert with RolloTec cut-off relay

RolloTec standard insert with RolloTec cut-off relay RMD

N PE

M1 M2

Technical data Rated voltage Switching current

2931

2+PE 3+PE

To other cut-off relays

RolloTec cut-off relay and cut-off relay RMD Order no. 2930 and 2931 Switching time up/down min. 0.5 sec. Terminals Screw-type terminals 0.5 to 2.5 mm2 or 2 x 1.5 mm2 50 x 52 x 22 mm Dimensions (W x H x D) flush-mounted / surface mounted 45 x 71 x 42 mm RMD

Parallel connection of RolloTec cut-off relays

Installation diagram for RolloTec insert with RolloTec cut-off relay

4+PE

230 V~, 50/60 Hz at cos ϕ = 0.6 max. 3 A at cos ϕ =1 max. 8 A 10 mA 100%

Current consumption (operation) Switch-on time ED

M1 M2 R1-H-230

To other cut-off relays

2925

2930

N PE

Central command: RolloTec standard insert

Maximum 6-8 motors on one overload cut-out (consider power of motors!). When extending the system fit additional overload cut-outs.

2925

Maximum 6-8 motors on one overload cut-out (Check the current consumption). When extending the system, fit additional overload cut-outs. Ensure phase balance..

To other cut-off relays e.g. timer + RolloTec standard insert

3+PE

Drive 1

N PE

Reverse voltage path

N PE N PE

Central command: RolloTec standard insert

2925

Drive 2

2930

4 N

L N Z Z

PE L N

L N

mains 230 V~

M 2930

To other cut-off relays

Dimensions: RolloTec cut-off relay

90 mm

45 4292

The RolloTec cut-off relay RMD can be installed on a 35 mm DIN rail.

The RolloTec cut-off relay can be mounted in deep flush-mounted boxes, e.g. behind a blanking plate or a RolloTec insert. 42 50

22 M1 M2

M1 M2

2930

M1 M2

2930

R1-H-230

2931

The RolloTec cut-off relay can be installed in the waterproof junction box order no. 4292.

2931

T36 T36

ROLLOTEC rollotec RolloTec combinations with 9 covers for 4 inserts RolloTec button comfort with sensor connection

RolloTec button Comfort

RolloTec memory button

RolloTec memory button with sensor connection

RolloTec radio button with sensor connection

RolloTec radio button

RolloTec easy timer

RolloTec timer with sensor connection

RolloTec timer

PROG Mo Di Mi Do Fr Sa So MAN AUTO

Aut./Man.

RolloTec comfort insert with extension unit inputs

2925

RolloTec standard insert without neutral conductor connection

2975

RolloTec comfort insert for DC drives

L N

A 24 V= SELV power supply with protective isolation must be used to supply the RolloTec comfort insert for DC drives and to activate the extension unit inputs. RolloTec comfort insert for DC drives

Terminal is supplied with the covers with sensor connection.

297501

Individual control DC motors may be connected in parallel. However the maximum switching current of the RolloTec comfort insert for DC drives of 3 A must not be exceeded.

297501

Power supply 24 V=

Magnet/Glass Sun/Twilight Ground

No connection to 230 V extension units.

297501

RolloTec comfort insert with extension unit inputs for DC drives

2911

24 V= reverse polarity extension unit signal

+ - = + -

RolloTec standard insert without extension unit inputs

Set

Individual control

- + Supply

Extension unit Motor Up = = Up - + - + Down = = Down

Group control

Individual control

297501

- + - +

297501

L N

M 1

Master control

M 1

L N

297501

L N

Individual control

Extension unit

297501

503520

M 1

Additional

A shutter rocker button extension unit must be supplied from the same power supply as the RolloTec insert.

Group control

Individual control

297501

Individual control

297501

Power supply 24 V=

M 1

Power supply 24 V=

M 1

Additional

Individual control with mechanical extension unit

Individual control

297501

M 1

A RolloTec insert extension unit can be supplied from a different power supply to the RolloTec insert main stations.

Power supply 24 V= Individual control with RolloTec extension unit

Power supply 24 V=

Disconnect wires for new supply

Master control with RolloTec extension unit Extension unit

L N

As long as an up command 1 and 2 is present at the extension unit input, the drive on the unit itself cannot be operated either manually or automatically.

L N

Power supply 24 V=

297501

Technical data RolloTec comfort insert for DC drives Nominal voltage 24 V=, +/- 10% including ripple Current consumption (idle) approx. 30 mA Current consumption (operation) approx. 100 mA Relay contacts 2 reverse polarity changeover relays Switching current max. 3 A Reversing time min. 1 sec. Extension unit inputs for 24 V= reverse polarity signals Sensor cable length with shielded cable extendable to max. 20 m Terminals Screw-type terminals for max. 2.5 mm2 or 2 x 1.5 mm2 5 to 35°C Operating temperature 297501 Order no.:

RolloTec standard insert without neutral conductor connection Checking the suitability of motors with mechanical limit switches: To replace a mechanical shutter switch/push-button with the RolloTec standard insert without a neutral conductor, first check the suitability of the motor. The RolloTec insert has no neutral conductor connection and draws its power supply from the motor. Some motors develop such a high voltage during operation that the insert could be destroyed. The check should therefore be performed with a shutter switch/push-button and not with the RolloTec standard insert without neutral conductor connection.

253 V 250 V

Example (blue arrow): The measured mains voltage (UN) is 221 V. Connect the value 221 V on the left-hand axis in the diagram through the mid point (M) to the right-hand axis with the motor voltage (UM). This gives a max. permitted motor voltage (UM) of 404 V. Checking the suitability of motors with electronic limit switches: Motors with electronic limit switches operate according to different principles depending on the manufacturer. The insert cannot normally be destroyed by motors with electronic limit switches. Make sure that you check the function of the RolloTec standard insert without neutral conductor connection in conjunction with this type of motor.

T37 T37

L N

Individual control 2911

400 V

240 V 230 V

Measure the mains voltage (UN) and the motor voltage (UM) in up and down directions using a voltmeter. Compare the measured values for the up and down directions and the measured mains voltage using the following diagram. Locate the measured mains voltage (UN) on the left-hand axis. Connect the measured value in the diagram through the mid point (M) to the right-hand axis (motor voltage UM). If your values measured on the motor do not exceed the maximum motor voltage given in the diagram, the motor can be used in combination with the RolloTec standard insert without neutral conductor.

380 V 390 V

410 V 420 V

430 V 220 V 210 V 207 V (UN) Mains voltage

440 V 450 V

Individual control

460 V (UM) Max. motor voltage

No extension unit operation possible. Unit can only be used in conjunction with a shutter/roller motor with limit switch (mechanical or electronic).

Technical data RolloTec standard insert without neutral conductor connection Nominal voltage 230 V~, 50 Hz Relay contacts 2 potential carrying NOC (mutually interlocked) Switching current max. 1 motor 1000 W Reversing time min. 1 sec. Circuit breaker max.16 A Radio interference suppression to EN 55015 2 Terminals Screw-type terminals for max. 2.5 mm or 2 x 1.5 mm2 5 to 35°C Operating temperature 2911 Order no.:

ROLLOTEC rollotec Individual control with RolloTec inserts RolloTec standard insert without extension unit inputs

RolloTec comfort insert with extension unit inputs L Extension unit connections also N for external sensors e.g.: wind, precipitation, temperature, controller, etc.

Individual control

Terminal is supplied with the covers with sensor connection.

2911

Magnet/Glass Sun/Twilight Ground

Phase Extension unit Phase Motor Down Up Motor Neutral Extension unit connections Extension unit Motor conductor Up Up also for external sensors Down Motor e.g.: wind, precipitation, Neutral conductor Down temperature, controller, etc.

M L

Technical data RolloTec standard and comfort insert Nominal voltage 230 V~, 50/60 Hz, N conductor required Switching capacity max. 1 motor 1000 W Relay output 2 potential carrying NOC (mutually interlocked) Extension unit inputs (comfort insert only) 230 V~ (do not lay low current line) Reversing time min. 1 sec. Circuit breaker max.16 A Radio interference suppression according to EN 55015 Terminals Screw-type terminals for max. 2.5 mm2 or 2 x 1.5 mm2 5° to 35°C Operating temperature 2925, 2975 Order No.:

RolloTec standard insert without neutral conductor connection

2925

2975

2911

RolloTec standard insert

RolloTec comfort insert

Individual control

2925

M 2N

RolloTec standard insert without neutral conductor connection L N

Individual control

2975

To extension units: e.g. key switch for shutters Rocker push-button for shutters Group push-button with 4 NOCs etc.

RolloTec inserts

L N

Phase Motor Motor Down Up

Individual control with RolloTec comfort insert and extension unit

L N

Function: RolloTec comfort insert latches at each point if pressed for more than 1 sec., shutter runs automatically to end position.

Function: RolloTec comfort insert does not latch, rocker push-button for shutters must be pressed until shutter is at end position.

L N

Individual control

Extension unit Shutter rocker push-buttons

503520 red

2975

Individual control

Extension unit: RolloTec standard insert

2925

Other extension units: e.g. key switch for shutters Rocker push-button for shutters Group push-button with 4 NOCs etc. Operation with extension unit

2975

Operation with extension unit

RolloTec inserts: Master control and individual control in one phase L N Master control

Individual control

2975

2925

Consider current consumption of motors! Use new supply if necessary. 3

5 M

RolloTec flush-mounted insert

A 5-wire connection between the master and individual controls is adequate even if sensor commands are sent from the master point to the individual controls. The motor reverse voltage means that no motor can be connected to the master control!

RolloTec inserts: Master and group control in different phases

Master control

L1 L2 L3 N

Group control

2925

Individual control

2975

to other individual controls Group control Consider current consumption of motors! Use new supply if necessary.

Individual control

2975

to other individual controls

T38 T38

ROLLOTEC rollotec RolloTec inserts: operation at several RCDs L N

Master control

Individual control

2975

2925

To avoid unwanted tripping of the RCDs, the circuits must be decoupled. N

Cut-off relay

Sensor connection options to RolloTec inserts Sensors must not be connected in parallel to multiple RolloTec inserts.

2911 2925

2975

Terminal block

Terminal block L

Magnet/Glass Brightness Ground Connect wire marked grey to ground

Various options are available for connecting the sensors (brightness sensor / magnetic contact / glass breakage sensor): a) The sensor cable can be routed easily from the flush-mounted wall box through the tunnel in the RolloTec insert as far as the terminal block and securely connected. b) The sensor cable can be fed through the cable duct between the base plate and the flush-mounted wall box and fixed to the terminal block. c) For mounting, the sensor cable connector can be plugged into the lower sensor connection. This connection can be detached at any time in order to prevent unwanted lowering (e.g. of balcony door shutters) (not with magnetic contact).

RolloTec glass breakage sensor The glass breakage sensor is affixed to the window pane. If the glass is broken, the shutter is automatically lowered, thereby protecting the property from the weather and from unauthorised intrusion. The shutter remains closed until an Up command is sent from the associated control mounting. Master commands are not executed, and brightness values are not processed. Attachment: clean the surface of the glass with spirit or methyl alcohol etc., and affix the sensor to the window pane with special LOCTITE adhesive (see operating instructions) Technical data Contact Switching capacity Action radius Contact resistance No load Alarm condition Alarm duration Connection cable Temperature range Index of protection Max. number Cable length Order No.:

T39 T39

RolloTec glass breakage sensor 1pole NCC contact max. 350 mW 2 metres max. 30 Ohm min. 1 MOhm approx. 0.5 - 5 sec. LIYY 2 x 0.14 mm2 -30 to 70°C IP66 10 units (in series) 2 m, extendable to approx. 10 m with telephone cable J-Y(ST)Y 2 x 2 x 0.6 mm, connect shield to ground. 0170

Brightness sensor for suction attachment 2m 25 mm

0169

Lay the sensor cable as far from 230 V cables as possible.

Ø 45 mm

External brightness sensor

0184

Technical data RolloTec brightness sensor Maximum sensitivity of diode at l approx. 850 nm Sunlight brightness values Comfort push-button with radio button sensor connection approx. 5000 to 80 000 Lux, prog. Memory button with sensor connection approx 20 000 Lux, fixed Timer with sensor connection approx. 1000 to 76 000 Lux, programmable Twilight brightness values (only timer 1775..) approx. 6 to 300 Lux, programmable Temperature range -30 to 70°C Index of protection IP54 Cable length 2 m, extendable to approx. 10 m with telephone cable J-Y(ST)Y 2 x 2 x 0.6 mm, connect shield to ground! Order No.: 0169

RolloTec brightness sensors

84,5

Sun protection function: with brightness sensor order no. 0169 If the sunlight value (20,000 Lux or programmable - see technical data) is exceeded by 2 minutes, the shutter automatically moves down until the sensor is concealed; then moves up a little until the sensor is exposed once more. If the brightness remains below the pre-set level for 15 minutes, the shutter is raised again. The sun protection function is only activated when the shutter has been moved to its end position by a continuous run operation. To attach, clean the glass with meths or similar, and the sensor with washing up liquid. Rinse the sensor in clean water and affix it to the window glass. Twilight function: The twilight function (only with timer) is activated approx. 90 minutes before sunset (see astronomical curve). The shutter is lowered about 5 minutes after the brightness has fallen below the programmed level.

2925

By connecting the RolloTec brightness sensors surface-mounted to the RolloTec insert the sun protection function can be implemented. If the pre-set Lux value is exceeded, the shutter is lowered such that slits of light still come through.

RolloTec glass breakage sensor 2m

37 mm

Lay sensor cable as far from 230 V cables as possible. Mounted on window pane

19 mm 0170

Height 12 mm For attaching to the window pane, we recommend the glass to metal adhesive set made by Loctite.

20 mm

The glass breakage sensor can be connected in three different ways. (See sensor connection options) 2975

2975

0-20 mm

ROLLOTEC rollotec Technical data Contact Number of wires Operating distance Switching voltage Switching capacity Switching current Index of protection

Magnetic contact order no. 925101/02 1pole NCC contact 2 5 to 12 mm Max. 40 V= max. 10 W max. 0.5 A IP67 925102/925101

Magnetic contact When the window is opened the shutter is closed. An up command on the associated individual control is the only way to move the shutter back up. Effective break-in protection is achieved by series connection of magnet contacts and glass breakage sensors. Magnetic contact connection

Magnetic contact 40 mm

40 mm

3 m

925102/925101

2975

15 mm

15 mm 44 mm

2925

44 mm

15 mm

The adapter serves as an extension and to connect the connecting cables for a brightness sensor and a glass breakage sensor. Technical data Number of sensors on connector

RolloTec wind speed sensor interface

0173

Settings for the RolloTec wind speed sensor interface Sensor switch for type setting: 1 = Berker / order no.:0172 (obsolete type) 2 = Berker / order no.:0172 01 and Thies / order no.:4.3515.50.000 (heated) The rotary switch sets the limit value: Position of rotary switch wind speed 1 Test 2 Test 3 3 Bft - approx. 3.3 m/s - 12 km/h 4 4 Bft - approx. 5.5 m/s - 20 km/h 5 5 Bft - approx. 8.0 m/s - 29 km/h 6 6 Bft - approx. 11.0 m/s - 40 km/h 7 7 Bft - approx. 14.1 m/s - 51 km/h 8 8 Bft - approx. 17.2 m/s - 62 km/h 9 9 Bft - approx. 20.8 m/s - 75 km/h 0 10 Bft - approx. 24.5 m/s - 88 km/h Bft = Beaufort scale Function test: Select rotary switch position 1 or 2 (test), start the wind sensor in rotation, the LED will flash. After 15 seconds continuous rotation (e.g. with a hair dryer) the contact will close.

Test-LED

Sensor switch

Terminal pair for looping through sensor heating

Phase Neutral conductor Sensor connection

RolloTec comfort insert with RolloTec wind speed sensor interface and wind speed sensor L N Wind sensor

Wind sensor interface

0173 2975

017201

- Do not mount the install RolloTec wind sensor in wind shadow. - Ensure correct attachment position - The wind controller is weather-resistant and can be exposed to constant direct sunlight. The wind alarm has the top priority, i.e. the shutter is always raised and locked in the event of a wind alarm until the wind has dropped for at least 15 minutes.

12 7

Type or cable: recommendation: JY-St-Y 2x0.6 Connect shield to "negative" to prevent interference. Lay the sensor cable min. 10 cm away from 230 V cables.

Response time: Shutter is raised after 15 sec. above set value.

RolloTec comfort insert with room thermostat

RolloTec comfort insert with RolloTec precipitation sensor L N Precipitation sensor

L N

Individual control

Room thermostat

2975

Ground

0171

7 Wind alarm signal

Sun

Ground

Rotary switch for limit value setting

Glass

Ground

Supply for potential-free contact

RolloTec adapter for sensor

RolloTec adapter for sensors order no. 0171 Max. 1 brightness sensor and max. 1 glass breakage sensor

Order no. 017201

Individual control

202600

Switching temperature difference = 0.5°C

2975

M L

With mounting angle for 70° tilted mounting.

018301

By connecting a precipitation sensor to extension unit input 2, in the event of precipitation the shutter (or awning or suchlike) is retracted and locked shut until the precipitation stops (after approx. 2 minutes the moisture on the heated precipitation sensor has evaporated and it is unlocked).

By connecting a room thermostat with changeover contact to the extension unit inputs, the shutter is raised or lowered depending on the temperature (e.g. in a winter garden). Use only extension unit input 1ë or 2ê as desired.

RolloTec in combination with key switch for shutters and controller / controller system L N

Controller system

Individual control

0155

383620 N

2975 L1

System-Leistungsteil S

The key switch (key switch for shutters 2pole) activates the controller / controller system, causing the shutters to be closed in the event of any unauthorised approach to the building. On arrival of the occupants, the shutters are raised by operating the key switch. A RolloTec timer can be used as a master control, automatically raising the shutters every morning while the occupants are away.

T40 T40

ROLLOTE rollotec Awning control with RolloTec wind/brightness and precipitation sensor

Priority:

L N Wind sensor interface

When the pre-set brightness is exceeded the shutter is lowered. In the event of precipitation and/or excessive wind, the shutter is retracted and locked until the precipitation stops and/or the wind drops. Wind and rain before manual and brightness sensor command.

Precipitation sensor

Individual control

0173

Wind sensor 017201

Brightness sensor surface mounted

2975

0184

Function:

018301

RolloTec memory button The memory button contains two functions: Push-button mode and automatic memory mode. Simply pressing the push-button (up/down) raises or lowers the shutter. An up and/or down command can be taught-in and updated at any time by new ones. These commands are then executed automatically at the same time every day in memory mode. When a manual action is performed in memory mode a short beep sounds indicating the set mode. (For settings see adjacent diagram) Technical data Switching times Connection Order No.:

RolloTec memory button modes

Short tones

Activate both directions Blind adjustment

Continuous tone Minimum operation Latching

Maximum operation Storage

Activation of one direction Memory mode (Automatic) ON

RolloTec memory button max. 2 (1 up and 1 down time) Plug into RolloTec insert 1756.., 1757.. (with sensor connection)

Memory mode (Manual) OFF Reset

0 1 2 3 3,5 4 5 7 Function only with memory button and memory button with sensor connection

10 sec.

RolloTec Easy timer The RolloTec Easy timer can be viewed as a simple individual or master control for roller blinds, shutters or awnings. The timer can be programmed for one up time and one down time, for Monday to Friday and Saturday to Sunday respectively. The Easy timer can be programmed for a period of 6 hours after removal from the RolloTec insert. Manual operation is possible at any time, of course.

If a time of movement of 00:00 is set during programming, it is not executed. This means, for example, that by programming 7:00 ê and 00:00 ë, the shutter is only raised in the morning. The shutter must then be lowered manually in the evening. Quick programming permits the up and/or down times to be entered speedily and efficiently. This makes programming the switching times even easier. Press and hold down button ê and Prog simultaneously. The current time is stored as the up time for the current part of the week (Mo-Fr or Sa+Su, whichever is the case). If the button ë and the Prog. button are pressed simultaneously, the same is set for the down time.

The Easy timer does not process any extension and sensor signals or master commands. The RolloTec Easy timer comprises two modes: Automatic: The programmed up/down time is executed automatically. Manual: In this mode, the up/down time is ignored and operation is only possible manually using the up/down buttons. Programming RolloTec Easy timer START Normal operation

Prog

Set

Time

time

Configure

Hour

Prog

Minute

Prog

Up time Mo-Fr Configure Hour

Prog

Up time Mo-Fr Configure Minute

Prog

Down time Mo-Fr Configure Hour

Prog

Product details of the RolloTec timer comfort  Operation via 4-button control pad  Display the next time of movement with all active functions and the current time  3 programme memories , and for up to 18 times of movement  Factory pre-set programmed times of movement in 2 programme memories ) ( ,  Random function (programmed times of movement are displaced by up to ± 15 minutes)  Astronomical function (enables an automatic upwards movement of the shutter at daybreak and downwards movement at nightfall  Adjusting the astronomical function by shifting the astronomical time ± hours.  Random and astro functions can be combined  Automatic summer / winter time changeover (can be switched off)  Individual motor running time adjustable 1 sec. to 6 min.  Blade positioning time adjustable 0.1 to 5 sec.  Evaluation of extension units the down direction can be switched off (protection against being locked out)  Power reserve approx. 4 hrs.  Programmed times of movement saved in non-volatile memory. Date and time remain saved for about 4 hours maintenance-free due to use of special capacitor.  Wind alarm connected via extension unit (only with the RolloTec insert with extension unit function)  Additional product details of the RolloTec timer comfort with sensor connection  Sunlight protection function (evaluates external and internal sensors)  Separate running time adjustment when using external sensor  Twilight function (twilight-related lowering of shutters in connection with brightness sensors, dawn-related raising of shutters only in connection with surface-mounted brightness sensor). Glass breakage function When a glass breakage sensor or combination of glass breakage sensor and sun sensor is fitted, a reduction in the power reserve should be expected."

T41 T41

Down time Mo-Fr Configure Minute

Prog

Abzeit Up time Mo.-Fr. Sa+Su Configure einstellen Hour Stunde

Prog

Up time Sa+Su Configure Minute

Prog

Down time Sa+Su Configure Hour

End

Prog

Down time Normal Sa+Su Configure operation Minute Prog

RolloTec timer comfort display Individual running time External extension unit Random Astronomical

Protection against the sun Twilight

Next direction of movement

Time of next movement

Program memory

Summer time

Push-button assignments

Technical data Reversing time Accuracy Power reserve Switching times Random generator Astro programme Running time programmable Connection Operating temperature Order No.:

Current time

RolloTec timer min. 1 sec. ± 1 min. per month approx. 4 hrs. (no battery required) max. 18 ( in 3 programme memories) ± 15 minutes Adjustable by ± 2 hrs. 1 sec. to 6 min. (default 2 min.) Plug into RolloTec insert 0 to 45°C 1774.., 1775.. (with sensor connection)

ROLLOTEC rollotec Astronomic curve for RolloTec timer with adjustment for summer and winter time Summer time Week

2:00

50 2:00

Darkness

3:00 4:00

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5: : : 0: 0: : : 5: 5 5 0 1 5 5: 3: 2 1 1 2 : : 5: 5 7 6 6 6 7 6 6 6 6: : 3 0 0 4 0 7 7 9 4 0 2 : 6 6 6 6 6 7 7 6 8 3 5 9 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 6 7 4 7 5 0 4 3 1 0 4 3 1 0 1 7 0 2 3 4 5 0 1 2 : 6 6 4 5 8 3 8 2 7 2 8 9 0 0 1 2 3 7 5 3 : 7 6 4 5: 1: 7 7 7 7 8 0 : 7: 7 7 : 1: 2 3 : 7 8 8 7 : 3 1 3 4 : : 8: 8 8 8 8 8: : 5: 4 2 9 : : 4 5 : : 1 0 5 5 0 1 1 1 1 4 5 3 1 1 1 Execute sunrise 5 8 8 6 Programmed sunrise 06:10

5:00 6:00 7:00 8:00 9:00

If the programmed run time is in a period of darkness, the command is not executed until the astronomical sunrise or sunset

Time ~ ~

~Time ~

Daylight

16:00

Saved astronomical times relate to the reference site of Würzburg. To adapt the astronomical times to the exact sunrise / sunset times for the geographical location, the complete astronomic curve can be shifted by ± 2 hours. 1 1 1 1 1 1 6 6 6: Programmed sunset 20:00 1 6 6 1 : : 6 1 1 6 6: : 2: 2 Executed sunset 1 3 3 4 : 7 1 1 1 7 7 : 4 9 4 7 5 5 : 7: 7 1 1 1 7 : 0: 5 5 6 5 : 7: 7 1 6 0 : 7 2 1 1 8 7 9 3 : 3 1 : 8: 8 1 1 5 5 0 4 : 8: 8 2 5 2 3 0 : 4 1 2 1 1 5 3 3 1 9 9: 7 9 : 0 1 1 2 2 1 : 2 7 9 9: 0 2 2 0 9 2 : 2 0 : : 3 0 2 5 8 2 4 5 1: : 0 2 : 2 0 0 2 0 : 2 3 2 8 9 0 2 : 0: 0 2 2 8 : 1: 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1: : 3 2 0 3 1 4 : 1: 1 1 1 1 1 1 1: : 0 4 6 3 5 9 3 0 1 3 1 2 2: : : : : 2: 2 1 0 2 0 3 3 3 3 6 1 3 3 0 6 0

17:00 18:00 19:00 20:00 21:00 22:00

16:00 1 1 1 1 6 6 6 6 : : : 2 2 2 2: 2 2 5 9

17:00 18:00 19:00 20:00 21:00 22:00

Darkness

23:00

Week

23:00

Subject to timing changes

Summer time

P rogr a m m i n g t h e R o l l o Tec timer co mf o rt Normal operation The push-button functions Set and Esc are available in the menus : to confirm inputs. Press Set On exiting a submenu the changes are saved. to abort editing Press Esc Changes are not saved, the display reverts to normal mode. After 2 minutes without any push-button activation the timer reverts to normal mode.

Calling up programming menus The menus can be selected by pressing the push-buttons as follows: Press push-button Prog to programme the memory (A, B, C or manual mode). Press push-button Prog to programme travel times. Press push-button Funktion to programme the switch on and switch off functions. Press push-button Funktion for more than 3 s to programme the functions. Press push-button Prog + Funktion to change over between summer and winter to reset to factory settings

long >3s

short <3s

Programme memory A

Programmme memory B

Set

short <3s

long >3s

Set Extension

External

Setting the running time

Set

New Switching time

Input Running time in seconds

Shift Sunrise hours/ minutes

Input Sun Protection value

Input Set twilight

Set

Set*

Programme memory C

2. 3....18. or 1. Switching time Switching time change/ clear dow Set

Direction Up / Down Set

Hour Set

Minute

18 switching times are available. They can be distributed as desired across program memories A, B or C. If the display indicates "Full", all 18 switching times have been assigned. In this case clear down any switching times no longer required, or overwrite them with new ones.

Set

Weekday Sunday

Set

Weekday OK / change Set

Fixed Switching time Switching Set* time Saved

unit

Programme memory B

Set Random

Prog C aktive Set

Programme memory C

Set time

function

Astronomical time shift

Set

Set Running

Setting the slats

Sun proSet tection function

Twilight function*

Astronomical Functions Set*

Twilight function* Set*

Current Time

Sensor*

Shift Sunset hours/ minutes

Set Set Manual aktive Mode

Hand-

Sun protection function*

Set

Exterior or Interior Set

Set*

Input Running time in seconds

> 10 s

Set

Summer/ Winter Changeover

Input Setting time in seconds Set*

Set

Current Minute

Set

Current Month

Set

Setting the slats

> 20 s = Reset to factory setting New Current setting Hour Set Time

Set

Current Minute

Set

Input Setting time in seconds Set*

Normal operation

Set

Current Hour

Setting the running time

Set* Set

Day Monday

Programme memory A

Prog B aktive Set

Set

Set Switching time cleared down

Prog A aktive Set

Set

Current Month

Set

Current Date (Day)

Set

Current Day

Set*

Set

Current date (day) Set

Current Day Set*

Normal operation

*) Function only when cover with sensor connection fitted Set*

Settings are saved

T42 T42

WIRED ALARM CENTRE alarm central unit, wired Motion detector 90° wired to alarm centre

External

Ar m

Ne t Ex te rio r In te rio r 24 h Sa bo ta ge

24h

The wired alarm centre permits the setup of a low-cost alarm system using only wired components, e.g. to protect apartments or smaller properties. Technical data Operating voltage Current input Emergency power supply Output voltage for external devices Fuse for outputs flashing light and siren Loading capacity of the 12 V outputs Load capacity of alarm, status outputs Buzzer volume Pulse length for inputs Input switching

Internal

Armed / Not armed

Siren duration Arm/alarm delay Operating temperature Index of protection Dimensions (W x H x D) Order no.: 9155

Wired alarm centre

GND

915501

F1 = T1A

GND GND

GND not armed Armed L4, Sabo

Sabo

Alarm system wired 230 V~, 50 Hz or 12 V= 10 mA~ or 70 mA= possible with Li battery pack: 14.4 V=, order no.: 921401 12 V= T 1.25 A L max. 1 A max. 10 mA 85 dBA at distance of 0.1 m min. 0.4 sec. Closed < 4 kOhm Open > 100 kOhm 0 to 180 sec., adjustable 0 to 60 sec., adjustable 0 to 50°C IP20 165 x 215 x 48 mm 9020

+ 12 V

Ext

Int

+ 12 V Status Siren

L3, 24 h L2, internal

Flash -

L1, external

Siren -

AC 230 V~ K1 9020

Max. 5 motion detectors 90° with a total cable length of max. 100 m white

~ ~ 915501

~ ~

Alarm

NCC

9155

Sabotage 12 VDC

TAMP

+ 12 V

Wired motion detector 90°

Alarm Sabotage

SAB SAB S/U

12 VDC

Motion detector 90°

Potential-free alarm contact and sabotage contact with 4-stage sensitivity to enhance functional safety.

GND

915501

Alarm

NCC

Sabotage 12 VDC

TAMP

+ 12 V

Wired motion detector 90° For individual connection wiring see continuous line. For multiple connections open up at point | and wire (see dotted line).

 Burglar alarm systems are used to signal attempts to break in as early as possible. They supplement mechanical security measures.

All property protection is based on mechanical security measures such as strong doors and windows, additional bolts etc., which provide the greatest possible resistance against burglars.

 Burglar alarm systems should be installed in such a way that they detect and signal the attempts to break in, e.g. damage to doors and windows, as quickly as

possible. The control centre must be housed in a specially secured location.

 Burglar alarm systems must be installed in such a way that no false alarms are possible:

- Every false alarm weakens a security system as it loses credibility. - False alarms can result in call-out costs.

 Measures for prevention of false alarms:

- Positive operation when armed, with alarm delay time: The alarm delay time means that, upon entering the property, you have time (adjustable between 0 and 60 seconds) to disarm the alarm centre before the alarm is triggered. - Selecting the position of motion detectors: Motion detectors should not be directed towards heating or air-conditioning equipment, fax machines, automatic lights, windows or areas with strong air movement. Temperature differences in these areas can trigger an alarm. - Passive glass breakage detectors on single glazing (these detectors are triggered when a coin is tapped against the window)

 All alarm system components accessible from outside must be protected against sabotage.  Alarm sensors should be installed so as to be clearly visible but out of reach.  Switching devices should be electronically protected against sabotage.

T43 T43

WIRED ALARM CENTRE alarm central unit, wired Key switch magnetic contacts and glass breakage sensors at wired alarm centre Max. total cable length 1000m

Sabo

GND

Disarm

+ 12 V

Arm

+ 12 V

L4, Sabo

Status

F1 = T1A Ext

Int

9253.. 9251..

9251..

Magnetic contacts and glass breakage sensors connected in series

L3, 24 h

Alarm

L2, Internat

Flashing -

L1, External

Siren -

AC 230 V~

Key switch as push-button

Key switch as push-button Disconnect if key switch is connected in parallel

9020

Wired alarm centre 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

Sabo

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

~ 910301

20 21

Summer

Relay for RolloTec and/or panic lighting at alarm centre

Sabo

Relay 12 V

GND

Disarm

+ 12 V

Arm

+ 12 V

L4, Sabo

Status

Smoke detector with relay module at alarm centre Wired alarm centre

F1 = T1A Ext

Int Sabo

Use normally closed contact NCC

Alarm

L3, 24 h L2, internal

Flashing -

L1, external

Siren -

20 21

Summer

Wired alarm centre GND

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

Sabo

AC 230 V~

GND

Disarm

+ 12 V

Arm

+ 12 V

L4, Sabo

Status

F1 = T1A Ext

Int

Alarm

L3, 24 h

GND

L2, internal

Flashing -

L1, external

Siren -

AC 230 V~ K1

9020

If several smoke detectors are installed, the contacts should be connected in series.

External siren with flashing lights and automatic telephone dialler, AWAG wired to alarm centre Flash- Exterior light siren

GND

Disarm

+ 12 V

Arm

+ 12 V

- +- +

Sabotage

Ext

Int

9255

Telephone

Alarm

L3, 24 h 7

A1 A2 A3 A4 ÖA

Status

L4, Sabo 8

F1 = T1A

}

Sabo

Automatic telephone dialler, AWAG La Lb W E a2 b2 M1 M2 M3 M4

Breaking Cover cord contact

L2, internal

Flashing -

L1, external

Siren -

AC 230 V~

K1 9020

Wired alarm centre 905150

Recommended cable types for connection of wired components to wired alarm centre Motion detector 90° Key switch JY(ST)Y 6 x 2 x 0.6

JY(ST)Y 4 x 2 x 0.6

Max. cable length 1000 m

Max. cable length 100 m

9103

915501

Automatic telephone dialler, AWAG

9155

Wired alarm centre

ota ge Sc ha rf

Sa b

Au ß

ACTIVE DEVICES

JY(ST)Y 4 x 2 x 0.6 JY(ST)Y 2 x 2 x 0.6

Glass breakage sensor

Max. cable length 100 m Max. cable length 1000 Extern

9255

9253..

Intern

Scharf / Unscharf

External siren with flashing light

9020

JY(ST)Y 4 x 2 x 0.6

JY(ST)Y 2 x 2 x 0.6

Magnetic contact

Max. cable length 15 m 9251.. 905150

Max. cable length 1000 m

T44 T44

SMOKE DETECTORS RM.1 smoke detector RM.1 Around 600 people (1/3 of them children) die every year in Germany as a direct result of fires, most of them in private households. 95% of those killed by fire die of smoke poisoning when the fire is smouldering, by inhaling imperceptible gases such as carbon monoxide and carbon dioxide while asleep. The greatest risk is at night, as around 70% of those killed in fires die in their sleep. The above figures does not take into account the number of deaths due to indirect consequences, which experts estimate to be around 7000 to 8000. The main causes of the 200,000 fires in Germany each year are a lack of technical equipment, human mistakes and arson. Without preventive measures such as VdS tested smoke detectors, these fires can lead to disaster. In Germany, only around 5% of private households are fitted with smoke detectors. In public and commercial buildings, smoke detectors have established themselves as standard life-savers. The VdS approved RM.1 smoke detector works on the tried and tested scattered light principle (Tyndall effect) and responds to even barely distinguishable smoke, e.g. when smouldering or open fires first start. The loud integrated Piezo siren raises the alarm immediately, allowing the occupants to escape to safety in time. Smoke build-up is measured and the automatic self-test function executed in a 40-second cycle. The light guide rod test button and LED display means that the function of the RM.1 can be checked manually at any time. The 9 V power pack battery supplied is necessary to operate and install the smoke detector. Battery power loss is signalled for at least 30 days by a recurring beep every 40 seconds and a flashing LED.

Additional instructions  The RM.1 smoke detector has been designed as a domestic smoke detector, for

use in self-contained living areas such as flats and single family houses.

 Replace all RM.1 smoke detectors after 10 years at the latest!  If smoke detectors are installed over openings in the ceiling or under false ceilings,

the smoke detector function may be impaired by draughts or dirt. Therefore fit the seal supplied between smoke detector and ceiling. This can be re-ordered for spares purposes as order no. 0191 53.

Function test The procedure for the recommended monthly function test is as follows:  Check whether the LED is flashing.  Press the light guide rod test button for at least 1 s. If the signal tone sounds, the device is operating correctly.  If no signal tone sounds, replace the battery.  Repeat the function test.

Smoke detector (top view)

To protect your hearing, ensure a minimum distance of 50 cm.

For cable-linked networked smoke detectors (see next page), all devices must emit a signal tone.

Smoke entry apertures

Light guide rod

How it works Normal status

Smoke entry Photo receiver

Photo receiver

Smoke

Planning examples Optotransmitter

Alarm LED

Insect screen

The smoke detector sensors work on the optical principle, i.e. light beams are emitted every 40 seconds in the measuring chamber, which are not directed to the photo receiver in the normal status.

Optotransmitter Alarm LED

If a certain concentration of smoke enters the measuring chamber, the light beams emitted are scattered by the suspended particles of smoke and some light is de-flected to the photo receiver. The smoke is thus detected and triggers an immediate acoustic and visual alarm. When the measuring chamber is once again free of smoke, the alarm ceases automatically.

Installation locations  Ceiling mounted  At or as near as possible to the centre of the room  Within acoustic range of all occupants  The RM.1 is also suitable for installation on boats and in caravans. Unsuitable installation locations To prevent false alarms / malfunctions, do not install the smoke detector:  In rooms with high levels of steam, dust or smoke, e.g. kitchen, bathroom, garage, workshop or stables.  Close to fireplaces and open chimneys.  In places where draughts may keep smoke away from the smoke detector, e.g. windows / ventilation flues.  Close to fluorescent / energy saving lamps, because the electric fields caused by the starter can trigger a false alarm when switching on -> min. distance to a lamp 50 cm.  In 3D corners (e.g. roof gables) or directly adjacent to walls. In case of fire, smoke-free air can accumulate at these locations and prevent the smoke from being detected. -> min. distance to a wall / corner 50 cm.  In rooms with a height exceeding 6 m.  In rooms with prevailing temperatures below -10 °C or above +60 °C.  When using the radio networking module close to metal items, as this impairs the transmission and reception range of the module. Installing the smoke detector Consider the following when installing:  The smoke detector may not be contaminated by drilling dust etc.  Connect the block battery to the battery connection and place the battery in the holder.  Plug the smoke detector into the socket and lock it in place by turning it slightly clockwise. Then carry out a function test. The RM.1 smoke detector only locks into the socket if the block battery is not inserted!

T45 T45

House

Minimum protection Flat Increased protection

Insect screen

Device socket

Smoke detector

Attic

Bedroom

Korridor

Bedroom

Living room

Kitchen

Cellar

Garage

Recommendations RM.1 smoke detectors should be installed near to or within bedrooms as minimum protection, so that the occupants are woken up by a smoke alarm at night. In buildings with several floors, at least one RM.1 smoke detector should also be installed in the corridor on each floor. In larger living areas, use several networked smoke detectors to protect the entire living area. For installation in long corridors, the distance between two smoke detectors should not be longer than 8 m. When smoke is detected, the RM.1 smoke detector that detects the smoke triggers the alarm signal on all other smoke detectors. This means that you will be woken up by a networked smoke detector in your bedroom at night if the smoke detector in the attic detects smoke. Technical data Smoke detector RM.1 order no. 019109. Detection principle Tyndall effect Alarm display Visual (red LED) and acoustic (signal tone) Short signal tone/flashing LED (every 40s) on smoke detector Change batteries Signal tone Piezo, > 85 dB(A)/3 m Monitoring area max. 60 m2 to max. 6 m height -10 to 60°C Operating temperature Max. 10 years Recommended usage period IP43 Index of protection G 203023 VdS approval 100 x 35 mm Dimensions without socket (Ø x H) 100 x 51 mm Dimensions with socket (Ø x H)

SMOKE DETECTORS RM.1 smoke detector RM.1 The RM.1 can optionally be operated individually or in a network. The following optional modules are available for cable and/or radio linked networking:

Extension components

Relay module

Smoke detector (bottom)

 Relay module (order no.: 0191 51)

AiS

Networking terminal

Radio networking module Socket board Extension slot

N O

Connection of external signal generators via relay module When connecting external signal inputs, note that: max. 30 V DC / 2 A

33 V 16 V N A-6SA N PA 2S TQ Q202 JA 517 10 AT

- for connection of external signal generators - for connection to and networking via instabus KNX/EIB - for activation of Radio Bus and Rollotec components and  Radio networking modules (order no.: 0191 50) - for radio-controlled networking (e.g. forwarding of alarm/service signals) - for creation of "signalling groups" (in a rented property, smoke detectors can be grouped together, e.g. within each flat)

 sirens, warning lights etc. must have their own

Cable-linked networking Cable-linked networking uses the networking terminal incorporated in the RM.1 smoke detector. The devices are connected in parallel using two-core cables (e.g. telephone cable J-Y(St)Y 2x2x0.6 mm). Up to 40 smoke detectors can be networked with one another using this method. The total cable length of the smoke detector network must not exceed 450 m.

N C

separate power supplies.

Ensure correct polarity (as illustrated)!

Connection to instabus KNX/EIB via relay module The KNX/EIB universal interface 8gang can be used to connect the smoke detector to instabus KNX/EIB and networked via the relay module. Take into account the following:

Universal interface 8gang comfort 7564 80 01 Area GND 1 2 3 4

Line TL-Nr.

Ensure correct polarity! If the cable-linked networking is run in conduits, the conduit seal supplied with the RM.1 smoke detector should be used.

5 6 7 8

Programming button

The following example shows cable-linked networking. The smoke detector in the attic is extended with a relay module, to which an external signal generator (acoustic warning signal) can be connected.

 A maximum of 4 networked smoke detectors

can be connected to the universal interface.

 The relay module is connected to the smoke

detector input and the network terminal to the output side.  The maximum cable length between the universal interface and the smoke detector is 10m.

Warning signal

With RM.1 module optionally with relay module Smoke detector RM.1

Note: When the KNX/EIB alarm centre is activated it is recommended that networking is omitted, for reasons of detector identification.

Networking Optional

Technical data Contact type Switching voltage Switching current (ohmic) Switching capacity Operating temperature Index of protection Dimensions (without contact pins)

Relay module order no. 019151 Potential-free changeover contact Max. 30 V= max. 2 A max. 60 W -10 to 60°C IP43 mounted in RM.1 54 x 22 x 5 mm

Radio-controlled networking using radio networking modules When the RM.1 smoke detector is combined with the radio networking module, it is essential to fit the 9 V lithium battery pack supplied.The radio networking module allows wireless transmission and networking of smoke detectors into so-called signalling groups. If one device in a networked group detects a fire, it triggers an alarm. This alarm is received by the other smoke detectors in the signalling group and they then also trigger an alarm (fault messages and low battery signals are also forwarded within a signalling group). The four slide switches allow up to 8 signalling groups and one repeater function to be set up when the radio networking module is taken off. The following example shows radio-controlled networking. A flat with a ground and first floor (light grey walls) is protected by smoke detectors in signalling group 1. The other flat with ground floor, cellar and extension (dark grey walls) is covered independently by detectors from signalling group 2, with the RM.1 in the entrance hall set as an amplifier using the slide switch on the module.

RM.1 equipped with optional radio networking module (e.g. with signalling group 2)

2 Entrance

Extension

The planning instructions in the operating instructions and those relating to Radio Bus must be observed!

Combined cable-linked and radio-controlled networking The two networking methods described can be combined. The following example shows a combination of cable-linked and radio-controlled networking. The advantage of this installation is the wireless integration of the cable-networked RM.1 smoke detector in the cellar into the overall RM.1 smoke detector system. Advantages: Wire-based bridging of a radio barrier, e.g. through steel-reinforced concrete, use of more economical wire-based networking in the cellar where there are less visual demands.

Smoke detector RM.1 wire-networked RM.1 equipped with radio networking module Smoke detector RM.1 cable-networked, optionally with relay module, e.g. for activating alarm systems

Technical data Operating voltage Current consumption in transmission mode Transmission power Transmission frequency Channel bandwidth (interference immunity) Signalling groups R&TTE approval (for EU and EFTA states) Range (free field) Operating temperature Index of protection Dimensions (without contact pins and aerial)

radio networking module order no. 019150 5 - 12 V approx. 40 mA max. 20 mW ERP 868 MHz ±64 kHz 8 using slide switches yes approx. 200 m -10 to 60°C IP43 mounted in RM.1 54 x 22 x 5 mm

T46 T46

OVERVIEW OF RADIO BUS overview radio bus 9420..

01740109

018209

Radio controller 180 flat  When switch in use, switch on at brightness approx. 1 - 80 /  Lux programmable, with delay time 1 minute, retriggering

Radio controller 180  When switch in use, switch on at brightness < 80 Lux, with 1 minute delay time, retriggering

Radio presence detector surface-mounted Only for BLC radio buttons with imprint R2 or higher

 When dimmer in use, switch on saved memory value at brightness approx. 1 - 80 /  Lux programmable, with delay time 1 minute, retriggering

 For dimmer inserts: switch to saved memory value when brightness < 80 Lux, with 1 minute delay time, retriggering

Transmitter

Receiver

1760..

 Switching On/Off depending on brightness and movement, switch-on time and required brightness value programmabler  With BLC dimmer inserts constant light control

BLC radio button 0128 / 0181 / 01781009 / 94550100 / 94550200  Switch on saved memory value at brightness approx. 1 - 80 /  Lux programmable, with delay time 1 minute, retriggering Prog

1 Funk-Universaldimmer Eb 0181

AC 230V~ 50/60Hz 50 - 315VA

Universal radio dimmer built-in 94550100 On/Prog

50-400 W/VA 230V~ 50/60Hz

FunkUniversaldimmer Up

Only for radio universal dimmers with imprint R2  Switch to saved memory value when brightness < 80 Lux, with 1 minute delay time (or higher) and RMD , retriggering  Switching On/Off depending on brightness and movement, switch-on time and required brightness value programmabler  Constant light control

9455 02 00

AC 230/240 V AC 50-210 W/VA 50/60 Hz

1 L

oder

+BK

Radio universal dimmer  Switch on saved memory value at brightness approx. 1 - 80 /  Lux programmable, with delay time 1 minute, retriggering

0180 / 94650100

ere teu -S nk Fu 80 V~

01 230 AC A 10

inh

1-10V RMD radio unit 94650100

 Switch to saved memory value when Only for radio control units with imprint R2 or brightness < 80 Lux, with 1 minute delay time higher (except RMD) , retriggering  Switching On/Off depending on brightness and movement, switch-on time and required brightness value programmabler

eit

µ 8A 230V~ 50/60Hz 1-10V/max.15mA

 Constant light control

1-1 Eb og Pr

Radio control units 1-10 V  Switch on at brightness approx. 1 - 80 /  Lux programmable, with delay time 1 minute, retriggering

0179 / 0129 / 0125 / 017809 / 94500100 / 94500200 ON/OFF N Funk-Schaltaktor Eb 1 0125 AC 230 V~ L 10A

Funk-Schaltaktor Up

0179

Funk-Schaltaktor 2fach Up 0129 AC 230V~ 4sec

BN BK

50/60Hz 2x350W

Antenne

Prog. 1 sec

A B A+B -

RD GN RD GN

INSTA 57608 R2

L A LB L PK

Only for radio switch actuator with imprint R2 or higher (except RMD)  Switch on/off depending on brightness and movement, switch-on time and required brightness value programmable

Radio switch actuators 94500100 µ 10A 230V~ 50/60Hz

P ro g

BU BN

On/Prog

ON/OFF AC 230V~ 50/60Hz 1000 W

Prog.

 Switch on at brightness < 80 Lux, with 1 minute delay time, retriggering

Radio switch actuators 017950 / 012550

 Switch Switch on at brightness approx. 3 - 80 Lux programmable, with programmable delay time 10 sec. - 15 min. retriggering

P ro g ON/OFF

 Switch on at brightness approx. 3 - 80 Lux programmable, with programmable delay time 10 sec. - 15 min. retriggering

2300W µ

0179 50

BN BK

Antenne

BU BN

 Impulse with adjustable brightness approx. 1 - 80 lux, not after-triggering

N Funk-Tastaktor Eb 1 0125 50 AC 230 V~ L 50/60Hz

Funk-Tastaktor Up Prog. ON/OFF AC 230V~ 50/60Hz 1000 W

 Impulse with adjustable brightness approx. 1 - 80 lux, not after-triggering

Radio push-button actuators 017509

Funkbus

Funk-Wächterleistungsteil Ap

Radio controller power pack surface-mounted 1758.. / 1759.. / 0127 / 94600100 L

Funk-Jalousieaktor Up 4sec

0127 Prog

AC 230V~ 50/60 Hz 700W

1sec |-| |-

RD GN

N BU

Flush-mounted radio shutter 94600100 µ 6A 230V~ 50/60Hz

RolloTec radio button Radio shutter actuator flush-mounted and RMD

T47 T47

Only for radio controller power pack with imprint R2 or higher  Switch on at brightness < 3-80 Lux programmable, with programmable delay time 10 sec. - 15 min. retriggering

OVERVIEW OF RADIO BUS overview radio bus 2766 / 2769

2764 / 2721.. / 2722.. / 2723.. / 2724.. A

0126

012410 Radio push-button interface 4gang flush-mounted

Antenne

0126

TOP

Radio transmitter flushmounted with L lead 0124 10

3 4

Funk-WandsenderEinsatz

2764

E4 PK

open

7 Batt. OFF LS1/Alles Aus LS2/LS3 LS4/LS5

1 4

E3 GY

E2 GN

>1sec Modus ändern

>0,5sec Modus anzeigen

9 87 65 43 21 ON K1 K2 +/K3 +/+/-

AC 230V~ 50/60Hz

5x 1 blinken --> 2 Kanal Dimmen(Toggle) 5x 2 blinken --> 2 Kanal Schalten 5x 3 blinken --> 1 Kanal Jalousie

E1 E2 N L Gy

BU BK

Radio hand-held transmitter comfort / mini

Radio wall transmitters, flat Radio transmitter insert

Radio push-button interface 4gang flush-mounted

Radio transmitter with L phase flush-mounted

 Switching

Depending on setting

 Dimming

 Switching

Comfort hand-held transmitter only

 Dimming

 Retrieve light scenes

 Retrieve light scenes (Storage can be blocked in flat transmitter)

 Retrieve light scenes

 Master dimming function  All on/off central functions

 All on/off central functions

 All on/off central functions  Switching

Depending on setting

 Dimming

 Switching

Comfort hand-held transmitter only

 Dimming

 Retrieve light scenes

 Retrieve light scenes (Storage can be blocked in flat transmitter)

 Retrieve light scenes

 Master dimming function

 All on/off central functions

 All on/off central functions  Switching

Depending on setting

 Dimming

 Switching

Comfort hand-held transmitter only

 Dimming

 Retrieve light scenes

 Retrieve light scenes (Storage can be blocked in flat transmitter)

 Retrieve light scenes

 Master dimming function  All on/off central functions

 All on/off central functions

 All on/off central functions  Switching

Depending on setting

Switch setting

Comfort hand-held transmitter only

 Switching

 Retrieving light scenes (on/off)

 Retrieve light scenes (Storage can be blocked in flat transmitter)

 Buttons (see bell operation)

 All on/off central functions  All on/off central functions

 Retrieving light scenes (on/off)  All on/off central functions

 Actuator contacts close for the duration of the  Actuator contacts close for the duration of the  Actuator contacts close for the duration of the  Actuator contacts close for the duration of the activation max. 12 seconds activation max. 12 seconds activation max. 12 seconds activation max. 12 seconds

 Switch on for delay time

Depending on setting

Switch setting

 Switch ON/OFF for 2 hours (party function)

 Switch on for delay time

 Switch ON/OFF for 2 hours (party function))

 Switch ON/OFF for 2 hours (party function)

 Open close shutter

Depending on setting

 Blind adjustment

 Open close shutter

Comfort hand-held transmitter only

 Blind adjustment

 Retrieve light scenes open/close end positions

 All OPEN/CLOSE end position central functions

T48 T48

radioBUS bus RADIO planning tips PLANNING INSTRUCTIONS Free field definition Transmitter

approx. 100 m

Receiver

> 20 m Funk-Schaltaktor 1Kanal Up

0124

0179

Distance from interMounting height > 2 m fering objects

> 20 m

Level floor

Distance from interMounting height > 2 m fering objects

Dependence of transmission range on mounting height Theoretical Receiver transmission range mounting height 100 m >2m 56 m 1.5 m 34 m 1.0 m 28 m 0.8 m 23 m 0.6 m 18 m 0.4 m 13 m 0.2 m

Preconditions for measurement of the free field range - level floor. - horizontal distance of interfering objects from any point along the straight-line transmitter - receiver path > 20 m. - height of transmitter/receiver > 2 metres above the floor. - optimum alignment of aerial (stretched out straight). - damp ground.

In every property in which the Radio Bus is to be installed there are favourable and unfavourable locations for the installation of appliances. In borderline cases the selection of the installation location can be decisive in determining the proper functioning of a radio link. Consequently, the following criteria should be taken into account in planning and installation: Material Penetration Wood, plaster, unlaminated glass approx. 90% Brick, pressboard panels approx. 70% Reinforced concrete approx. 30% Metal, metal grilles, aluminium laminations approx. 10% Rain, snow approx. 0 - 40%  The link between the transmitter and the receiver should be chosen such that it runs for as short a distance as possible through masonry or other attenuating materials. Wall niches, in particular, should be avoided.

 The distance to large metal surfaces, e.g. metal doors and frames, aluminium

blinds or metal cupboards should be as large as possible (several decimetres). Transmitter

Metal

 Penetration of radio signals

ing

ow ad er Sh ceiv re

Transmitter

mind. 20 cm Receiver

Receiver Effective wa ll thickness 24 cm

Effective wa ll thickness 55 cm

n tio w ua Lo ten t a

N 1 L

Funk-Schaltaktor Eb 0125

Antenne

AC 230 V~ 10A µ

Receiver

 Do not install transmitters and receivers behind metallic or conductive surfaces,

e.g. anti-static floor, insulation with metal laminating, cable lines, metal louvered ceilings, panels containing carbon fibres, hot water heaters, electric underfloor heating systems etc. Remedy: If possible lead the aerial through the material.

Hig ha tte nu ati on

 Windows with heat insulating glass based on metal insulation severely attenuate

Receiver

or reflect radio signals.

Receiver

 The mounting height of transmitters and receivers should not be below 50 cm.  The distance between transmitters and receivers should be at least 1 m and at

least 10 cm between receivers.

 As far as possible all transmitter and receiver aerials should be aligned vertically or

horizontally.

 Do not shorten, extend or strip the aerials as they are precisely co-ordinated to

the wavelength of the signal frequency.

 A minimum distance of 3 m should be maintained to radio components of other

function groups, e.g. radio headphones or radio telephones.

 Computers, audio/video systems, microwaves or electronic transformers and

ballasts are high-frequency interference sources. Maintain a minimum distance of 50 cm to these units wherever possible.

 Transmitters or receivers which handle centralised tasks building-wide

(e.g. ALL OFF or central shutter control) should also be placed at a central location whenever possible. Unfavourable links running diagonally through the entire building should be avoided.

 If reception is irregular, it is often sufficient to move the transmitter or receiver by

just a few centimetres. This reception interference often occurs due to partitioning, obliteration or reflection of the radio signal, as is familiar from car radios and mobile phones for example.

 Damp in ceiling and walls, or snow in outdoor areas, severely attenuates or

reflects radio signals.

 Radio reception can be checked at any time prior to installation using a transmitter

and a receiver. The state of completion of the building should be taken into account, e.g. dryness of plaster and floor paving or presence of doors and cladding.

 To prevent superimposition of telegrams, radio actuators may not be used to

actuate any other radio transmitters.

 Radio telegrams within a "radio zone" should only be repeated using a radio signal

amplifier as otherwise telegram superimposition can occur. The signal amplifier should be a minimum distance of 1 m from transmitters and receivers to prevent overloads.

 No more than 8 radio presence detectors should be used within a "radio zone".

If there is constant presence in the detection range, the telegram frequency could result in telegram superimposition in the radio channel.

 The radio presence detector may only be operated with alkaline batteries, as they

are the only ones with sufficient pulse current carrying capacity.

 The connecting cables for the radio push-button interface may only by extended

to a maximum of 5 m using twisted pair cables with a cross-section of approx. 0.2 mm2 per channel.

Radio signal amplifier If a link is subject to a high degree of attenuation, or if the 100 metre radio range is insufficient, rendering transmission of the radio signals impossible, a radio signal amplifier can be installed at around half range as a repeater. It can amplify up to 60 transmission channels. All radio telegrams of the Radio Bus system are understood, but only the taught-in ones are amplified. Cascading of radio signal amplifiers is not possible. That is to say, radio signal amplifiers do not amplify radio telegrams from other radio signal amplifiers. 38 0177 09

The Radio Bus planning instructions must be followed

Radio signal amplifier

N L

Antenne

110

T49 T49

OFF

Technical data Radio signal amplifier order no. 017709 Power supply unit 230 V~, 50/60 Hz Standby power consumption approx. 1.10 W Transmission frequency 433.42 MHz, (ASK) Transmission range max. 100 m (free field) Transmission power < 10 mW R&TTE approval (for EU and EFTA states) Yes Radio codes (assigned once per channel) > 1 billion Number of radio codes (channels) to amplify 60 Radio interference suppression according to EN 55015 Operating temperature -20 to 55°C Index of protection IP20 Terminals Screw-type terminals for max. 2.5 mm2 or 2 x 1.5 mm2 110 x 38 x 94 mm Dimensions (L x W x H)

radio RADIO bus BUS transmitters/receivers TRANSMITTER/RECEIVER Radio Bus control centre HM 1801

Unit summary

The unit is used as a radio control centre for all Radio Bus transmitters and actuators (except radio controller power pack and EIB radio receiver). The HM 1801 expands the radio installation, e.g. to include timer controlled and automated functions for lighting and shutter/awning control. Radio Bus components can be actuated and linked. Data backup and any software updates are carried out using chip cards - additional connections permit future functions to be added. Functions  Commissioning assistant  Menu-driven operation with function keys  Save and retrieve the last status by using the coming in / going out function.  Easy operation and short messages via text-based illuminated display  Accurate time controls with integrated radio clock (DCF77)  Indication of time and room temperature  Integrated Piezo buzzer with adjustable volume  Key lock similar to mobile phone  Save and load configurations/programmes using chip card  Integrated radio signal amplifier function  Transmitters and receivers can be taught in battery mode  Emergency power supply  Master functions such as ALL ON and ALL OFF (panic button)  Switch and call up dimmer values  Rapid selection of light scenes using number keys  Easy configuration thanks to pre-set texts  Teaching-in and testing of Radio Bus transmitters  Battery low display for Radio Bus transmitters  Lock and unlock radio control sections by time or radio transmitter  Random time control, e.g. to simulate presence in building  Time control for shutters with running time setting  Time-dependent controller monitoring  Configuration lock for reprogramming using PIN

17:22 Sonntag

Always follow the Radio Bus planning instructions!

The range always depends on the local conditions. When choosing the mounting location, ensure that the display can be read without glare and that there is a DCF77 reception.

4 function keys

Master button

12 number keys (standard assignment)

Housing

RJ45 interface

Temperature sensor (backside of unit)

Chip card reader Interlock

Digital input

Mains connection

Display (initial display) Time

Weekday

17:22 Sunday

Transmission / Reception indication Temperature indication

Key lock Short message

HM 1801 Radio control 20,5°C centre

Main menu

Coming / Going Menu item

Funk-Schaltaktor Up Prog.

Hauptmenü

Funk-Schaltaktor Up

0179

Prog.

BN BK

BU BN

Radio switch actuator flush-mounted

BU BN

0179

ON/OFF AC 230V~ 50/60Hz 1000 W

0179

ON/OFF AC 230V~ 50/60Hz 1000 W

max. 100 m

HM 1801 RT 20,5°C Funk-Zentrale

Funk-Schaltaktor Up

DCF77 Reception indication

The garden lighting is to be operated by the controller after a particular time: Using the menu system in the display, specify a time as a condition in the HM 1801 linking function. In addition, set the delay time for the actuator.

max. 100 m

Mains connection

17:22 Sonntag

BU BN

DCF77 field strength indication

Battery display

HM 1801 RT 20,5°C Funk-Zentrale 17:22 Sonntag

ON/OFF AC 230V~ 50/60Hz 1000 W

Display

Hauptmenü

Example of use: time-dependent controller monitoring

Ranges / mounting location

Prog.

HM 1801 RT 20,5°C Funk-Zentrale

BN BK

Radio switch actuator flush-mounted

Radio controller 180

Radio switch actuator flush-mounted

Technical data Power supply unit 230 V~, 50/60 Hz Emergency power supply (batteries) 5 x Micro Alkaline (LR 03) Battery life approx. 6 hours in continuous operation without the mains Symbol flashing battery in display Change batteries Transmission frequency 433.42 MHz, (ASK) Transmission range max. 100 m (free field) Transmission power < 10 mW R&TTE approval (for EU and EFTA countries) Yes Number of channels 32 transmitters / 32 receivers System radio codes > 1 billion Signal amplifier Integrated, max. 100 m, not cascadable Mains cable H 03 V V-F, 2 x 0.75

Controls Display Radio clock Buzzer Interfaces Radio interference suppression Operating temperature Index of protection Dimensions (L x W x H) Additional HM1801 master card Order No.:

Radio Bus control centre HM 1801 order no. 2700 4 function keys, master button, 12 number keys LC, 7 lines x 20 characters, illuminated DCF 77 Piezo, < 65 dB(A) Chip card reader RJ45 socket according to EN 55015 4 to 40°C IP20 230 x 140 x 50 mm 2700 01

Mini hand-held radio transmitter The Mini hand-held radio transmitter permits cordless remote control. When a key is pressed, an encrypted radio telegram is sent, which is understood by all the radio receivers in the Radio Bus system. 2 channels can be used for on/off, brighter/darker or up/down commands Mini hand-held radio transmitter <

2769

The Radio Bus planning instructions must be followed.

Transmit LED

Technical data Power supply unit Batteries Battery life Transmission frequency Transmission range Transmission power R&TTE approval (for EU and EFTA states) Number of channels Radio codes (assigned once per channel) Operating temperature Dimensions (L x W x H)

Mini hand-held radio transmitter order no. 2769 3 V= 1 x lithium coin cell (type CR20 32) approx. 3 years 433.42 MHz, (ASK) max. 30 m (free field) < 10 mW Yes 2 > 1 billion 0 to 55°C 73 x 40 x 19 mm

Channel keys

T50 T50

RADIO BUS TRANSMITTERS radio bus transmitter Radio hand-held transmitters comfort

Radio wall transmitter flat The flat radio wall transmitter flat permits cordless, permanently installed remote control in electrical installations.

When using BLC dimmer inserts with BLC radio buttons, radio dimmers built-in or radio button control unit 1-10 V, the master dimming push-button is used to make an entire light scene lighter/darker or switch it off.

fixed dimming value for lighting (approx. 10% to 100% brightness), and/or fixed switching state of a load (e.g. fan, light on/off), and/or fixed end position of a shutter (shutter up / down).

A light scene may be composed of:

With the radio hand-held transmitter comfort, 5 light scenes can be stored and retrieved.

Master dimming push-button for light scenes

ALL OFF key

8 3 2 5 4

Touch functions are called up for on/off, brighter/darker or up/down commands or special functions "All Off" or "Light Scene".

Group keys Channel keys 1

Three groups (A, B, C) are available, each with 8 channels (1, .., 8), meaning 24 radio channels can be used for on/off, lighter/darker or up/down commands.

ALL ON key Group/Transmit LED A

Radio hand-held transmitters permit cordless remote control. When a key is pressed, an encrypted radio telegram is sent which is understood and evaluated by all the radio receivers in the Radio Bus system.

Radio hand-held transmitter comfort

Light scene keys The Radio Bus planning instructions must be followed.

Technical data Radio hand-held transmitter comfort order no. 2766 Power supply unit 6 V= Battery 4 x micro, alkaline (LR 03) Battery life approx. 3 years Repeated flashing of all LEDs when transmitting batteries flat, replace Transmission frequency 433.42 MHz, (ASK) Transmission range max. 100 m (free field) Transmission power < 10 mW R&TTE approval (for EU and EFTA states) YES Number of channels 24 in 3 groups A, B, C Radio codes (assigned once per channel) > 1 billion Light scenes 5 Operating temperature 0 to 55°C Dimensions (L x W x H) 192 x 53 x 23 mm

Radio wall transmitter flat Simple expansion of combinations by surfacemounted installation

When a key is pressed, the flat transmitter sends an encrypted radio telegram, which is understood and evaluated by all the radio receivers in the Radio Bus system. The keys can operate in pairs as rockers (for on/off, brighter/darker or up/down commands) or activate special "All Off" or "Light Scene" functions. The Radio wall transmitter flat is fitted with a 4gang function switch "S", which is used to select the push-button function and to save the light scenes (see illustration). The Radio wall transmitter flat can be screwed or stuck to a flat base (wood, plaster, glass, mirror etc.) as well as to appliance sockets with a frame. When fitting on glass, adhesive foil order no. 9498 xx xx can be fitted to the backside as a sight screen.

S LS1/All Off

light scenes, saving barred

K3 +/enabled

Function switch

Radio transmitter insert wall-mounted Flush-mounted installation depth 12 mm

The Radio Bus planning instructions must be followed.

In flat surfacemounted frame Antenna

TOP

Wall-mounted radio transmitter insert

2764

When a key is pressed, the Radio transmitter wall-mounted sends an encrypted radio telegram, which is understood and evaluated by all the radio receivers in the Radio Bus system.

K2 +/-

LS4/LS5

K1 +/N

LS2/LS3

The Radio transmitter insert wall-mounted permits cordless but permanently installed remote control in electrical installations. It can be operated in combination with EIB push-buttons (1, 2 or 4gang) of the S.1, MODUL 2, B.1, B.3, B.7 Glas, K.1, K.5, ARSYS, and TWINPOINT ranges.

CR 2032 3V

Radio transmitter insert wall-mounted

The Radio Bus planning instructions must be followed.

Technical data Radio wall transmitter flat order no. 2721.., 2722.., 2724,. Power supply unit 3 V= Battery 1 x lithium coin cell (type CR20 32) Battery life approx. 3 years Repeated flashing of all LEDs when transmitting battery flat, replace Transmission frequency 433.42 MHz, (ASK) Transmission range max. 100 m (free field) Transmission power < 10 mW R&TTE approval (for EU and EFTA states) Yes Number of channels 1, 2, 3 or 4 depending on the type Radio codes (assigned once per channel) > 1 billion Light scenes 1, 3 or 5 depending on setting and type Operating temperature 0 to 55°C Index of protection IP20

Batt. OFF LS1/All off

open Batt. OFF LS1/All off LS2/LS3 LS4/LS5

ON K1 K2 +/K3 +/+/-

S ON

LS2/LS3

K1 +/-

LS4/LS5

K2 +/K3 +/-

The keys can operate in pairs as rockers (for on/off, brighter/darker or up/down commands) or activate special "All Off" or "Light Scene" functions. The Radio transmitter wall-mounted is fitted with a 4gang function switch "S", which is used to select the push-button function (see illustration). The Radio transmitter wall-mounted can be installed in flush-mounted wall boxes, cavity wall sockets or flat surface-mounted housings with frames. To achieve the maximum transmission range, the aerial should be exposed and fully stretched out, and be as far as possible from the wall-mounted radio transmitter.

T51 T51

Function switch

Technical data Radio wall transmitter insert order no. 2764 Power supply unit 6 V= Batteries 2 x lithium coin cells (type:CR2032) Battery life approx. 3 years Repeated flashing of all LEDs when transmitting batteries flat, replace Transmission frequency 433.42 MHz, (ASK) Transmission range max. 100 m (free field) Transmission power < 10 mW R&TTE approval (for EU and EFTA states) Yes Number of channels 1, 2, 3 or 4 depending on push-button Radio codes (assigned once per channel) > 1 billion Light scenes 5 according to setting Operating temperature 4 to 55°C Index of protection IP20 Insertion depth 12.3 mm

RADIO BUS TRANSMITTERS radio bus transmitter Radio transmitter with phase conductor flush-mounted The Radio transmitter with phase conductor is used to expand existing installations by permitting the wireless transmission of switching, pushing, dimming and shutter commands. The radio telegram is understood and evaluated by all the radio receivers in the Radio Bus system. The Radio transmitter with phase conductor has 4 operating modes: Mode A: 2-channel dimming single-surface operation (toggling), application: series dimmers The Radio transmitter with phase conductor sends one dimming/toggle command per channel, with a rocker button with 2 NO contacts for example. Short actuation (< 1s): switch on/off Long actuation (> 1 s): brighter/darker Note: the telegram type (on/off, brighter/darker) is toggled in the transmitter. The Radio transmitter with phase conductor may therefore have to be actuated twice in order to obtain the desired reaction after it is been operated on the receiver or by a different transmitter. Mode B: 2-channel switching; application: series switch The flush-mounted radio transmitter with L conductor sends each channel a switch-on command when the voltage is connected, and a switch-off command when it is disconnected. Activation e.g. by: series switch = series switching. If activated by a time switch, a presence can be simulated. Mode B: 2-channel switching; application: push-button / bell operationThe flush-mounted radio transmitter with L conductor sends an ON command when the push-button (NO contact) is pressed and an OFF command when it is released. Note: This operating mode is not suitable for activation of radio push-button actuators. Mode C: 1-channel dimming two-surface operation Application: 2-push-button dimmer The Radio transmitter with phase conductor sends on/off dimming telegrams (brighter/darker) for one channel. Activation: e.g. rocker button with 2 NO contacts Actuation: E1 < 1 s: switch on E1 > 1 s: brighter E2 < 1 s: switch off E2 > 1 s: darker Note: a long actuation (> 1 s) when the load is switched off causes switching on to minimum brightness (night light). Mode D: 1 channel shutter Application: shutter control The flush-mounted radio transmitter with L conductor sends up/down shutter telegrams (short-term / long-term mode) for one channel. Activation: e.g. by RolloTec insert Activation: E1 > 1 s: move up E1 < 1 s: blind adjustment upwards E2 > 1 s: move down E2 < 1 s: blind adjustment downwards Note: The Radio transmitter with phase conductor must not be connected in parallel to a shutter motor. Radio push-button interface 4gang flush-mounted The Radio push-button interface 4gang flush-mounted upgrades an existing installation by cordless transmission of dimming, switching, shutter control and light scene commands. Inputs E1-E4 are activated via potential-free switching and/or push contacts. The radio telegram is understood and evaluated by all the radio receivers in the Radio Bus system. Activation: switches; application: 2 series switches The Radio push-button interface 4gang flush-mounted sends a switch-on command to each channel when the switch is closed and a switch-off command when it is opened. Activation e.g. by 2 series switches produces 2 series connections. The special "bell operation" function is possible with a push-button. Activation: push-buttons; application: 4gang push-button or TS system. The Radio push-button interface 4gang flush-mounted sends the switching, dimming, shutter control or light scene commands for channels depending on the DIP switch setting (see table).

Flush-mounted radio transmitter with L conductor L N

Application: series switches

Applications: - series dimmer - 2-push-button dimmer - Bell operation

Radio transmitter with phase conductor flush-mounted

012410

>1sec Change mode

AC 230 V~ 50/60Hz

>0,5sec Display mode

5x 1 flash --> 2 channel dimming 5x 2 flash --> 2 channel switching 5x 3 flash --> 1 channel blinds

E1 E2 N L

BU BK

grey

E1 E2 N L

BU BK

grey

brown

blue

black

brown

e.g. with series switch in deep flush-mounted socket.

AC 230 V~ 50/60Hz

>0,5sec Display mode

5x 1 flash --> 2 channel dimming 5x 2 flash --> 2 channel switching 5x 3 flash --> 1 channel blinds

E1 E2 N L Gy

012410

>1sec Change mode

AC 230 V~ 50/60Hz

>0,5sec Display mode

5x 1 flash --> 2 channel dimming 5x 2 flash --> 2 channel switching 5x 3 flash --> 1 channel blinds

grey

Radio transmitter with phase conductor flush-mounted

012410

>1sec Change mode

Application: Shutter control

e.g. with RolloTec® insert in deep flush-mounted socket.

BU BK

The Radio Bus planning instructions must be followed. The radio transmitter with L conductor must not be connected in parallel with a shutter motor.

Flush-mounted radio transmitter with N conductor, order no. 012410 Technical data 230 V~, 50/60 Hz Power supply unit approx. 0.49 W Standby power consumption 433.42 MHz, (ASK) Transmission frequency max. 100 m (free field) Transmission range < 10 mW Transmission power Yes R&TTE approval (for EU and EFTA states) 1 or 2 depending on operating mode Number of channels > 1 billion Radio codes (assigned once per channel) according to EN 55015 Radio interference suppression -20 to 55°C Operating temperature IP20 Index of protection approx. 210 mm Conductor length 52 x 23 mm Dimensions (Ø x H)

Radio push-button interface 4gang flush-mounted Radio push-button interface 4gang flush-mounted

Radio push-button interface 4gang flush-mounted in conjunction with system TS

0126 E4 PK

Radio push-button interface 4gang flush-mounted

0126 E4

9 87 65 43 21

E3 GY

9 87 65 43 21

Front

Page

pink grey green

1x CR2032

+ Tx

yellow open

Low Batt

On OFF 1 2 3 4 5

Technical data Radio push-button interface 4gang flush-mounted order no. 0126 Power supply unit 3 V= Battery 1 x lithium coin cell (type CR20 32) Battery life approx. 3 years Transmission frequency 433.42 MHz, (ASK) Transmission range max. 100 m (free field) Transmission power < 10 mW R&TTE approval (for EU and EFTA states) Yes Number of channels 2 or 4 depending on mode Radio codes (assigned once per channel) > 1 billion Light scenes max. 4 depending on setting Operating temperature 5 to 55°C Index of protection IP20 Conductor length approx. 290 mm, extendable to max. 5 m Dimensions (L x W x H) 44 x 40 x 11mm

Nr. Dip1 Dip2 Dip3 Dip4 Dip5 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 2 0 0 1 0 0 3 0 0 1 1 0 4 0 1 0 0 0 5 0 1 0 0 1 6 0 1 0 1 1 7 0 1 0 1 1

Input 1 (E1)

Rear

Radio push-button interface 4gang flush-mounted E4 PK

The Radio Bus planning instructions must be followed. No function with EIB surfacemounted radio receiver

Input 2 (E2) Input 3 (E3) 1-area Switching/Dimming E1=K1, E2=K2, E3=K3, E4=K4 2-area Switching/Dimming/Shutters E1+E2=K1; E3+E4=K2 1-area Switching E1=K1, E2=K2, E3=K3, E4=K4 1-area Switching E1=K1, E2=K2, E3=K3, E4=K4 All ON All OFF Light scene 1 All OFF Light scene 1 Light scene 2 All OFF Light scene 3 Light scene 4 Light scene 1 Light scene 2 Light scene 3

503404

0126

E1 YE

9 87 65 43 21

Radio push-button interface 4gang flush-mounted in conjunction with rocker button with 4 NO contacts

Input 4 (E4)

Activation Push-button Push-button

Switch Switch Light scene 2 Light scene 3 Light scene 5 Light scene 4

Push-button Push-button Push-button Push-button

T52 T52

RADIO BUS ACTUATORS radio bus actuators BLC radio button The lighting can be switched on/off manually at the radio button or via a radio transmitter with BLC switch inserts, and it can also be made brighter/darker with BLC touch dimmers. The desired switch-on brightness can be stored in touch dimmers, and is retrieved for every switch-on command (memory value). Light scene operation is also possible with the radio hand-held transmitter comfort or radio wall transmitter, or the radio push-button interface 4gang flush-mounted and HM 1801. If light scenes are assigned (taught-in) to the BLC radio button, the desired brightness value in BLC touch dimmers and the switching state in BLC switch inserts can be stored and set when a light scene is called up. Pressing the ALL OFF / ALL ON push-button on a taught-in hand-held radio transmitter comfort, a radio transmitter wall-mounted or flat or the radio push-button interface 4gang flush-mounted and HM1801 switches the load on or off. When a radio signal is received by the radio controller, it is switched on for approx. 1 minute (retriggering), and in BLC touch dimmers the memory value is set.

Radio universal cord dimmer / radio universal dimmer built-in The lighting can be switched on/off manually at the device or via a radio transmitter or via BLC extension units, and made brighter/darker via a radio transmitter and BLC extension unit. The desired switch-on brightness can be stored in touch dimmers, and is retrieved each time a switch-on command is given (memory value). Light scene operation is also possible with the radio hand-held transmitter comfort or radio wall transmitter, or the radio push-button interface 4gang flush-mounted and HM 1801. If light scenes are assigned (taught-in) to the radio cord dimmer / built-in radio universal dimmer, the desired brightness value can be stored and set when a light scene is called up. Pressing the ALL OFF / ALL ON push-button on a taught-in hand-held radio transmitter comfort, a radio transmitter wall-mounted or flat or the radio push-button interface 4gang flush-mounted and HM1801 switches the load on or off. When a radio signal is received by the radio controller, the memory value is set for approx. 1 minute (retriggering). The radio universal cord dimmer and the radio universal dimmer built-in are protected against short-circuit by an electronic circuit-breaker with automatic restart following elimination of the fault. They are protected against overload by low-noise power reduction and have a bulb-preserving soft start function.

BLC radio button e.g. with BLC universal touch dimmer L N

BLC extension unit

BLC universal touch dimmer

Push-button (NOC) 5031

2907

2902

AC 230 V

N AC 230 V

L ohmic / ind.

ohmic / cap.

1 L

to other extension units Operation with extension unit The Radio Bus planning instructions must be followed.

Technical data Power supply unit Standby power consumption Reception frequency Radio transmitter with teach-in facility Radio codes (assigned once per channel) Distance from transmitter in teach-in mode R&TTE approval (for EU and EFTA states) Light scenes Operating temperature Index of protection

BLC radio button order No. 1760.. from flush-mounted insert approx. 0.68 W 433.42 MHz, (ASK) 30 > 1 billion 0.5 to 5 m Yes 5 4 to 55°C IP20

Radio universal cord dimmer L N PE PE PE

PE N 1 L

Basic circuit

o r

N L ohmic / ind.

0128

N L ohmic / cap.

The Radio Bus planning instructions must be followed.

L N PE BLC extension unit

Function with extension unit push-button (NOC) not possible.

2907 PE PE

PE N 1 L

1 L

o r

N L

N L ohmic / cap.

ohmic / ind.

0128

Operation with BLC extension unit

Radio universal dimmer built-in L N BLC extension unit 2907

N L

o r

ohmic / ind.

N L ohmic / cap.

Function with extension unit push-button (NOC) not possible. The Radio Bus planning instructions must be followed. Radio universal dimmer built-in 0181

1 L

AC 230V~ 50/60Hz 50 - 315VA

Prog

Operation with BLC extension unit

Technical data Power supply unit Connected load

Radio universal dimmer built-in order no. 0181 230 V~, 50/60Hz 230 V Incandescent and halogen lamps 50-315 W (ohmic, phase cut-off) Tronic transformers 50-315 W (capacitive, phase cut-off) Conv. transformers (min. 85% load) Total load 50-315 W including transformer power loss may not exceed 315 VA (inductive load, phase cut-on). Mixed loads of specified load types (no combination of capacitive and inductive loads) max. 10 Tronic- or LV-boosters built-in depending upon type of load Phase cut-on or cut-off depending on load type Dimming principle approx. 0.65 W Standby power consumption Bulb-preserving soft start Switch-on Any number of BLC extension units No. of extension units Very low noise Noise 433.42 MHz, (ASK) Reception frequency 30 Radio transmitter with teach-in facility > 1 billion Radio codes (assigned once per channel) 0.5 to 5 m Distance from transmitter in teach-in mode Yes R&TTE approval (for EU and EFTA states) 5 Light scenes Cut-out with auto. restart Short-circuit-proof Electronic protection (no change-over) Overheating protection by means of autom. cut-out to EN 55015 Radio interference suppression 0 to 55°C Operating temperature IP20 Index of protection 2 Screw-type terminals for max. 2.5 mm or 2 x 1.5 mm2 Terminals 188.5 x 28 x 28 mm Dimensions (L x W x H)

T53 T53

Technical data Power supply unit Connected load

Radio universal cord dimmer order no. 0128 230 V~, 50/60Hz 230 V Incandescent and halogen lamps 50-315 W (ohmic, phase cut-off) Tronic transformers 50-315 W (capacitive, phase cut-off) Conv. transformers (min. 85% load) Total load 50-315 W including transformer power loss may not exceed 315 VA (inductive load, phase cut-on). Mixed loads of specified load types (no combination of capacitive and inductive loads) max. 10 Tronic- or LV-boosters built-in depending upon type of load Phase cut-on or cut-off depending on load type Dimming principle approx. 0.63 W Standby power consumption Bulb-preserving soft start Switch-on Any number of BLC extension units No. of extension units Very low noise Noise 433.42 MHz, (ASK) Reception frequency 30 Radio transmitter with teach-in facility > 1 billion Radio codes (assigned once per channel) 0.5 to 5 m Distance from transmitter in teach-in mode Yes R&TTE approval (for EU and EFTA states) 5 Light scenes Cut-out with auto. restart Short-circuit-proof Electronic protection (no change-over) Overheating protection by means of autom. cut-out to EN 55015 Radio interference suppression 0 to 55°C Operating temperature IP20 Index of protection 2 Screw-type terminals for max. 2.5 mm or 2 x 1.5 mm2 Terminals 125.7 x 59.6 x 29.6 mm Dimensions (L x W x H)

RADIO BUS ACTUATORS radio bus actuators Radio universal dim actuator flush-mounted

Radio universal dim actuator flush-mounted

The lighting can be switched on/off manually on the device or via radio transmitter, and dimmed via radio transmitter. The desired switch-on brightness value can be saved, and is called up with every switch-on command (memory value).

R,L,C

L N N do L er

ohmic / ind.

FunkUniversaldimmer Up

N L

9455 02 00 R,L,C

ohmic / cap.

FunkUniversaldimmer Up

9455 02 00

The radio hand-held transmitter comfort, wall-transmitter, push-button interface flush-mounted 4gang and HM 1801 can be used for light scene operation. If light scenes have been assigned (taught) to the radio universal dimmer flush-mounted, then the desired brightness value can be saved, which is set when a light scene is called up.

R,L,C

AC 230/240 V AC 50-210 W/VA 50/60 Hz

AC 230/240 V AC 50-210 W/VA 50/60 Hz BN

black brown

Basic connection

Please observe the radio bus planning instructions!

Pressing the ALL OFF button/ALL ON button of a taught radio hand-held transmitter, radio wall transmitter, radio push-button interface flush-mounted 4gang and HM 1801 causes the load to be switched off/on. When a taught radio signal of the radio controller is received, the memory value is set for approx. 1 min. (retriggering). Technical data Power supply Connected load

Radio universal dimmer flush-mounted Order no. 94550200 Radio codes (assign uniquely for each channel) > 1 billion Distance to transmitter in teaching mode 0.5 to 5 m R&TTE approval (for EU and EFTA countries) Yes Light scenes 5 Short-circuit proof Switch-off with autom. restart electron. fuse (no change-over) Overheating protection autom. switch-off Radio interference suppression according to EN 55015 Operating temperature 0 to 45°C Operating humidity approx. 15 to 50 % Protection class IP20 Conductor length approx. 210 mm Dimensions (Ï x H) 52.5 x 27.5 mm

Radio adapter plug universal dimmer

Technical data Power supply unit Connected load

230 V~, 50/60Hz 230 V incandescent lamps and halogen lamps 50-210 W (ohmic, phase cut-off) Tronic transformers 50-210 W (capacitive, phase cut-off) or conv. transformers (loaded < 85%) incl. transformer power dissipation 50-210 VA (inductive, phase cut-on) Mixed loads, capacitive and inductive loads may not be mixed! Phase cut-on or cut-off according to load type Dimming principle approx. 0.63 W Power consumption, standby bulb-preserving soft start Switching on very low noise Noise generation 433.42 MHz, (ASK) Reception frequency 30 Teachable radio transmitters

The lighting can be activated on the device manually or using the radio transmitter. It can be dimmed using the radio transmitter. The desired switch-on brightness can be stored in touch dimmers, and is retrieved each time a switch-on command is given (memory value). Light scene operation is also possible with the radio hand-held transmitter comfort or radio wall transmitter, or the radio push-button interface 4gang flush-mounted and HM 1801. If light scenes are assigned (taught-in) to the radio adapter universal dimmer, the desired brightness value can be stored and set when a light scene is called up. Pressing the ALL OFF / ALL ON push-button on a taught-in hand-held radio transmitter comfort, a radio transmitter wall-mounted or flat or the radio push-button interface 4gang flush-mounted and HM1801 switches the load on or off. When a taught-in radio signal is received by the radio controller, the memory value is set for approx. 1 minute (retriggering). Radio adapter plug universal dimmer

34,5

R,L,C

Radio adapter universal dimmer order no. 01781009 230 V~, 50/60Hz Incandescent and 230 V halogen lamps 50-420 W (ohmic, phase cut-off) Tronic transformers 50-420 W (capacitive, phase cut-off) Conv. transformers (min. 85% load) Total load 50-420 W including transformer power loss may not exceed 420 VA (inductive load, phase cut-on). Mixed loads of specified load types (no combination of capacitive and inductive loads) Phase cut-on or cut-off depending on load type Dimming principle approx. 0.63 W Standby power consumption Yes Increased child protection as per VDE 0620 part 1 Bulb-preserving soft start Switch-on Very low noise Noise 433.42 MHz, (ASK) Reception frequency 30 Radio transmitter with teach-in facility > 1 billion Radio codes (assigned once per channel) 0.5 to 5 m Distance from transmitter in teach-in mode Yes R&TTE approval (for EU and EFTA states) 5 Light scenes Cut-out with auto. restart Short-circuit-proof Electronic protection (no change-over) by means of autom. cut-out Overheating protection to EN 55015 Radio interference suppression 5 to 35°C Operating temperature IP20 Index of protection

On/Prog

The Radio Bus planning instructions must be followed.

136

Radio control unit 1-10 V built-in The lighting can be activated on the device manually or using the radio transmitter, and made brighter/darker. The desired switch-on brightness can be stored in touch dimmers, and is retrieved each time a switch-on command is given (memory value).

Radio control unit 1-10 V built-in

The Radio Bus planning instructions must be followed.

L N N

Light scene operation is also possible with the radio hand-held transmitter comfort or radio wall transmitter, or the radio push-button interface 4gang flush-mounted and HM 1801. If light scenes are assigned (taught-in) to the radio control unit 1-10 V built-in, the desired brightness value can be stored and set when a light scene is called up.

Radio control unit 1-10 V built-in 0180

AC 230V~ 10A

µ L

1 2 3 4

Prog

EVG

L1 N

Pressing the ALL OFF / ALL ON push-button on a taught-in hand-held radio transmitter comfort, a radio transmitter wall-mounted or flat or the radio push-button interface 4gang flush-mounted and HM1801 switches the load on or off. When a radio signal is received by the radio controller, the memory value is set for approx. 1 minute (retriggering).

Basic circuit

To other electronic ballasts or Tronic transformers with 1-10 V interface

For dimensioning of switching power and control current, see Technical Information, 1-10 V devices. Technical data Power supply unit 230 V~, 50/60 Hz Standby power consumption approx. 1,22 W Control voltage 1-10 V Max. control current 15 mA Switching contact; Ohmic load; Relay; 1800 W; type-dependent Electronic ballast, transformer approx. 12 single-lamp-, 6 two-lamp electronic ballasts Reception frequency 433.42 MHz, (ASK) Radio transmitter with teach-in facility 30 > 1 billion Radio codes (assigned once per channel)

Radio control unit 1-10 V built-in Order no. 0180 Distance from transmitter in teach-in mode 0.5 to 5 m R&TTE approval (for EU and EFTA states) Yes Light scenes 5 Fuse Via 10 A circuit breaker Radio interference suppression to EN 55015 Operating temperature 0 to 55°C Index of protection IP20 Terminals Screw-type terminals for max. 2.5 mm2 or 2 x 1.5 mm2 188.5 x 28 x 28 mm Dimensions (L x W x H)

T54 T54

RADIO BUS ACTUATORS radio bus actuators Radio switch actuator built-in

Radio switch actuator built-in with extension unit push-button (NOC) The Radio Bus planning instructions must be followed.

In conjunction with taught-in radio transmitters, the Radio switch actuator built-in enables network-operated devices to be switched remotely. It switches electrical loads (230 V / 10 A) as soon as it has received a corresponding (taught-in) radio signal. The Radio switch actuator built-in can be operated via a BLC extension set or a push-button (NOC) as an extension unit.

L N

N Radio switch actuator O NP ro/ OgF F 1 built-in 0125 230 V~ L AC 10A

N L

Light scene operation (switching only) is also possible with the radio hand-held transmitter comfort or radio wall transmitter, or the radio push-button interface 4gang flush-mounted and HM 1801. If a light scene is assigned (taught-in) to the radio switch actuator, a desired switching state (On/Off) can be stored and set when the light scene is called up.

Push-button NO optional

Antenna

Prog

Basic circuit

Technical data Power supply unit Switching contact Switching capacity

The special "bell operation" function is possible in conjunction with the radio transmitter with phase conductor flush-mounted or the radio push-button interface 4gang flush-mounted.

Radio switch actuator built-in order no. 0125 230 V~, 50/60 Hz Relay 230 V Incandescent and halogen lamps 2300 W (ohmic) Tronic transformers 1500 W (capacitive) Conv. transformers ( 85% loading) incl. transformer power loss 1000 VA (inductive) Fluorescent lamps uncomp. 1200 VA, parallel comp. with 47 µF 920 VA (induktive) Duo circuit 2300 VA (induktive) Mixed load; capacitive and inductive loads should not be mixed Any number of BLC extension units or push-buttons (NOC) Number of extension units approx. 0.71 W Standby power consumption 433.42 MHz, (ASK) Reception frequency 30 Radio transmitter with teach-in facility > 1 billion Radio codes (assigned once per channel) 0.5 to 5 m Distance from transmitter in teach-in mode Yes R&TTE approval (for EU and EFTA states) 5 Light scenes Via 16 A circuit breaker Fuse to EN 55015 Radio interference suppression -20 to 55 °C Operating temperature IP20 Index of protection 2 Screw-type terminals for max. 2,5 mm or 2 x 1,5 mm2 Terminals 175 x 42 x 18 mm Dimensions (L x W x H)

Radio switch actuator flush-mounted

Pressing the ALL OFF / ALL ON push-button on a taught-in hand-held radio transmitter comfort, a radio transmitter wall-mounted or flat or the radio push-button interface 4gang flush-mounted and HM1801 switches the load on or off. When a taught-in radio signal is received by the radio controller, it switches on for approx. 1 minute (retriggering).

Radio switch actuator flush -mounted

In conjunction with taught-in radio transmitters, the radio switch actuator flush-mounted enables network-operated devices to be switched remotely..

Prog.

0179

ON/OFF AC 230V~ 50/60Hz 1000 W

Light scene operation (switching only) is also possible with the radio hand-held transmitter comfort or radio wall transmitter, or the radio push-button interface 4gang flush-mounted and HM 1801. If a light scene is assigned (taught-in) to the switch actuator, a desired switching state (On/Off) can be stored and set when the light scene is called up.

BU BN

BN BK

blue brown brown black

L N N

Radio switch actuator flush -mounted

Prog.

0179

ON/OFF AC 230V~ 50/60Hz 1000 W

When a taught-in radio signal is received by the radio controller, it switches on for approx. 1 minute (retriggering).

BU BN

The Radio Bus planning instructions must be followed.

BN BK

Basic circuit

The special "bell operation" function is possible in conjunction with the radio transmitter with phase conductor flush-mounted or the radio push-button interface 4gang flush-mounted. Radio switch actuator flush-mounted Radio transmitters with teach-in facility Radio codes (assigned once per channel) Distance from transmitter in teach-in mode R&TTE approval (for EU and EFTA states) Light scenes Fuse Radio interference suppression Operating temperature Index of protection Conductor length Dimensions (D x H)

Technical data Rated voltage Switching contact Switching capacity

230 V~, 50/60 Hz Relay NO potential-free (FELV) 230 V Incandescent lamps and halogen lamps 1000 W (ohmic) Tronic transformers 750 W (capacitive) Conv. transformers (< 85% loading) incl. transformer power loss 750 VA (inductive) Fluorescent lamp uncomp. 500 VA, parallel comp. 400 VA (induktive) Duo circuit 1000 W (induktive) Mixed load; capacitive and inductive loads should not be mixed approx. 0.56 W Standby power consumption 433.42 MHz, (ASK) Reception frequency

Order no. 0179 7 per channel > 1 billion 0.5 to 5 m Yes 5 Via 10 A circuit-breaker to EN 55015 -20 to 55°C IP20 approx. 210 mm 52 x 21 mm

Radio Bus System RMD L N electronic ballast or Tronic transformer with 1-10V 230 V~ interface

1-10V

N L

ohmic / cap

1 - 10 V

N L +

o dN e r L ohmic / ind

Ensure compliance with the max. connected load per phase. Always follow the Radio Bus planning instructions!

Extension unit input for NO

Antenna for radio receiver RMD is additionally required e.g. for metal partitions or also for increasing the range.

94050100

Radio switch actuator RMD 94500100

Radio shutter actuator RMD 94600100

µ 10A 230V~ 50/60Hz

µ 6A 230V~ 50/60Hz

A1 A2

Radio universal dimmer RMD 94550100

Radio control unit 1-10 V 94650100

50-400 W/VA 230V~ 50/60Hz

µ 8A 230V~ 50/60Hz 1-10V/max.15mA

ON/OFF/Prog.

A3 A4

Radio switch actuator 4gang RMD 94500200 µ 10A 230V~ 50/60Hz

RMD data lead to EN 301489-1, max. length 3m, for connecting the radio receiver RMD with max. 30 RMD actuators. The connection is made using the EIB terminal (check the connection polarity). The RMD data lead should be a shielded twisted-pair cable such as YCM 2x2x0.8 or J-Y(St)Y 2x2x0.8..

T55 T55

RADIO BUS ACTUATORS radio bus actuators Radio switch actuator 2gang flush-mounted In conjunction with taught-in radio transmitters, the radio switch actuator 2gang flush-mounted enables network-operated devices to be switched remotely.

Radio switch actuator 2gang flush-mounted Prog. 1 sec

The radio switch actuator 2gang flush-mounted is especially suitable for installation of a series connection from an existing switch-off without additional cable.

230 V~, 50/60 Hz 2 relays for every 1 NO 230 V Incandescent lamps 350 W (ohmic) 230 V halogen lamps 300 W (ohmic) Tronic transformers 300 W (capacitive) Conv. transformers (< 85% loading) incl. transformer power loss 350 VA (inductive). Fluorescent lamp uncomp. 350 VA (induktive) Mixed load; capacitive and inductive loads should not be mixed approx. 0.37 W Standby power consumption 433.42 MHz, (ASK) Reception frequency

Radio adapter plug switch actuator The radio adapter plug switch actuator in conjunction with taught-in radio transmitters permits remote switching of mains powered appliances (e.g. standard lamp, table top lamp, ventilator fan, stereo system etc.) with a mains plug. Light scene operation (switching only) is also possible with the radio hand-held transmitter comfort or radio wall transmitter, or the radio push-button interface 4gang flush-mounted and HM 1801. If a light scene is assigned (taught-in) to the switch actuator, a desired switching state (on/off) can be stored and set when the light scene is called up. Pressing the ALL OFF / ALL ON push-button on a taught-in hand-held radio transmitter comfort, a radio transmitter wall-mounted or flat or the radio push-button interface 4gang flush-mounted and HM1801 switches the load on or off. When a taught-in radio signal is received by the radio controller, it switches on for approx. 1 minute (retriggering). The special "bell operation" function is possible in conjunction with the radio transmitter with phase conductor flush-mounted or the radio push-button interface 4gang flush-mounted.

pink grey black blue L N N L Prog. 1 sec

The Radio Bus planning instructions must be followed!

Radio switch actuator 2gang flush-mounted 0129 AC 230V~

4sec

50/60 Hz 2x350W

A B A+B -

RD GN RD GN

INSTA 57608 R2

L A LB L PK

Basic circuit

Radio switch actuator 2gang flush-mounted Radio transmitters with teach-in facility Radio codes (assigned once per channel) Distance from transmitter in teach-in mode R&TTE approval (for EU and EFTA states) Light scenes Security Radio interference suppression Operating temperature Index of protection Dimensions (Ø x H)

Order no. 0129 7 per channel >1 billion 0.5 to 5 m Yes 5 Via 10 A circuit breaker to EN 55015 -20 to 55°C IP20 52 x 23 mm

Radio adapter plug switch actuator

34,5

Technical data Nominal voltage Switching contacts Switching capacity

INSTA 57608 R2

L A LB L

When a taught-in radio signal is received by the radio controller, it switches on for approx. 1 minute (retriggering). The special "bell operation" function is possible in conjunction with the radio transmitter with phase conductor flush-mounted or the radio push-button interface 4gang flush-mounted.

50/60 Hz 2x350W

A B A+B -

RD GN RD GN

On/Prog

Light scene operation (switching only) is also possible with the radio hand-held transmitter comfort or radio wall transmitter, or the radio push-button interface 4gang flush-mounted and HM 1801. If a light scene is assigned (taught-in) to the radio switch actuator 2gang flush-mounted, a desired switching state (on/off) can be stored and set when the light scene is called up.

Radio switch actuator 2gang flush-mounted 0129 AC 230V~

4sec

The Radio Bus planning instructions must be followed!

136

Technical data Power supply unit Switching contact Switching capacity

Radio adapter plug switch actuator order no. 017809 230 V~, 50/60 Hz Relay 230 V Incandescent and halogen lamps 1000 W (ohmic) Tronic transformer 750 W (capacitive) Conv. transformers ( 85% loading) incl. transformer power loss 750 VA (inductive) Fluorescent lamps uncomp. 500 VA, parallel comp. with 47 µF 400 VA (induktive) Duo circuit 1000 VA (induktive) Mixed load; capacitive and inductive loads should not be mixed approx. 0.43 W Standby power consumption Yes Increased child protection as per VDE 0620 part 1 433.42 MHz, (ASK) Reception frequency 30 Radio transmitter with teach-in facility > 1 billion Radio codes (assigned once per channel) 0.5 to 5 m Distance from transmitter in teach-in mode Yes R&TTE approval (for EU and EFTA states) 5 Light scenes T6.3 A Fine-wire fuse to EN 55015 Radio interference suppression -20 to 55°C Operating temperature IP20 Index of protection

Radio shutter actuator flush-mounted In conjunction with taught-in radio transmitters, the radio shutter actuator enables network-operated devices to be switched remotely. Pressing a radio transmitter push-button < 1 sec. adjusts the blinds; > 1 sec. sends the drive into continuous operation for 2 minutes. It is particularly well suited to setting up a master and/or group control system from existing individual controls without additional wiring. They are flush-mounted in junction boxes, wall boxes, or in water-tight junction boxes in the shutter unit. Light scene mode (end positions only) is possible with the radio hand-held transmitter comfort, the radio transmitter wall-mounted or flat or the radio push-button interface 4gang flush-mounted and HM1801. If a light scene is assigned (taught-in) to the radio shutter actuator flush-mounted, the desired end position (open/closed) of the blind can be stored and set when the light scene is called up.

Radio shutter actuator flush-mounted L N Radio shutter actuator flush-mounted 4sec Prog

0127

AC 230V~ 50/60 Hz 700W

1sec

Radio shutter actuator flush-mounted 4sec Prog

|-| |-

RD GN

N BU

blue brown pink

0127

AC 230V~ 50/60 Hz 700W

1sec |-| |-

RD GN

N BU

The Radio Bus planning instructions must be followed!

black Basic circuit

For further applications, see following page

Integration into the All OFF / ALL ON function (end positions only) is also possible. Technical data Nominal voltage Switching contacts Switching capacity Standby power consumption Locking time Reception frequency Radio transmitters with teach-in facility Radio codes (assigned once per channel)

230 V~, 50/60 Hz 2 NOC mutually interlocked max. 1 motor 700 W approx. 0.40 W approx. 1 sec. 433.42 MHz, (ASK) 14 > 1 billion

Radio shutter actuator flush-mounted Distance from transmitter in teach-in mode R&TTE approval (for EU and EFTA states) Light scenes (only end positions) Fuse Radio interference suppression Operating temperature Index of protection Dimensions (Ø x H)

Order no. 0127 0.5 to 5 m Yes 5 Via 10 A circuit breaker to EN 55015 -20 to 55°C IP20 52 x 21 mm

T56 T56

ROLLOTEC/RADIO BUS rollotec/radio bus Upgrade possible with RolloTec and Radio Bus with existing 230 V cable in shutter unit. Group/master control 3

3 M

0127

Funk-Jalousieaktor Up

Funk-Jalousieaktor Up 4sec

The Radio Bus planning instructions must be followed!

0127 Prog

0127 4sec

AC 230V~ 50/60 Hz 700W

0127 Prog

AC 230V~ 50/60 Hz 700W

1sec

|-| |-

N BU

2721xx

Master control 2925

012410 Radio transmitter with phase conductor flush-mounted

012410

>1sec Change mode

AC 230 V~ 50/60Hz

>0,5sec Display mode

5x 1 flash --> 2 channel dimming 5x 2 flash --> 2 channel switching 5x 3 flash --> 1 channel blinds

E1 E2 N L

RolloTec timer

grey

BU BK

brown

C B A

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

2 5 3

In many properties, a 230 V cable has been laid in the shutter unit in the course of renovation work. To then implement a control system, the following installation variant is possible: Install a radio shutter actuator flush mounted in a water-proof connection box, in the shutter box. Control of the shutters can be achieved by teaching-in the radio transmitter wall-mounted or flat and/or radio hand-held transmitter to the radio shutter actuator. Master control can be easily implemented with the radio transmitter with phase conductor flush-mounted e.g. in combination with a RolloTec timer (recommended: deep flush-mounted socket). This transmitter is taught-in to any radio shutter actuator in the shutter box. Prior to installation the radio signal range should be tested.

2721xx

blue

RolloTec standard insert with RolloTec radio button and radio shutter actuator: master and group control by radio L2

L3 N

Individual control

2911

2925

Individual control Funk-Jalousieaktor Up

Group control by radio signal Radio wall transmitters, 1gang, flat

4sec Prog

0127

AC 230V~ 50/60 Hz 700W

1sec

|-| |-

RD GN

N BU

RolloTec Radio button

Radio shutter actuator

2721xx

Individual control

2911

2925

2911

L3 N

Individual control Funk-Jalousieaktor Up

Group control by radio signal Radio wall transmitters, 1gang, flat

4sec Prog

0127

AC 230V~ 50/60 Hz 700W

1sec

|-| |-

RD GN

N BU

RolloTec Radio button

Radio shutter actuator flush-mounted

2721xx

Master control by radio signal 2925

The Radio Bus planning instructions must be followed!

012410 Radio transmitter with phase conductor flush-mounted

012410

>1sec Change mode

AC 230 V~ 50/60Hz

>0,5sec Display mode

5x 1 flash --> 2 channel dimming 5x 2 flash --> 2 channel switching 5x 3 flash --> 1 channel blinds

E1 E2 N L

RolloTec timer

grey

BU BK

brown

The radio transmitter wall-mounted as a group control and the radio transmitter with phase conductor flush-mounted as a central control are taught-in to the allocated individual controls (radio buttons) and radio shutter actuators. The group and master control commands are transmitted by radio signal.

blue black

RolloTec radio button The radio button is a component of the RolloTec system. In conjunction with the RolloTec insert, it permits remote and manual operation of a tubular motor. The ê button raises the shutter, the ë button lowers it. The system can be controller using a radio hand-held transmitter, radio transmitter wall-mounted, radio push-button interface 4gang flush-mounted, radio transmitter with phase conductor flush-mounted and HM 1801. If a light scene is assigned (taught-in) to the button, a desired end position (open/closed) of the shutter can be stored and moved to when the scene is called up.

T57 T57

Technical data Power supply unit Standby power consumption Sunlight brightness value (only 1759..) Reception frequency Radio transmitter with teach-in facility Radio codes (assigned once per channel) Distance from transmitter in teach-in mode R&TTE approval (for EU and EFTA states) Change-over time on change of direction Light scenes (only end positions) Operating temperature Index of protection

RolloTec radio button order no. 1758.., 1759,. from RolloTec insert 2911, 2925, 2975, 2975 01 approx. 1.21 W approx. 5000 to 80 000 Lux 433.42 MHz, (ASK) 30 > 1 billion 0.5 to 5m Yes approx. 1 sec. 5 4 to 55°C IP20

For connection to master, group and individual control see RolloTec.

RADIO BUS PRESENCE DETECTOR RADIO BUS PRESENCE DETECTOR Examples of combination options for radio presence detectors surface-mounted and Radio Bus components Radio presence detectors Surfacemounted can only be operated with Radio Bus actuators version R2 or higher The Radio Bus planning instructions must be followed.

BLC touch dimmer with BLC radio button

Radio switch actuators

Radio presence detectors surface-mounted

2902

ecting as presence det control constant light

018209

Radio switch actuator flush-mounted

as presence switch

Prog.

g ctin l ete e d ontro c n c se ght li pre as stant con

BN BK

as sw pre itc sen h ce

as p swit resence ch

e senc as pre h switc

as co pre ns s e tan nc t li e d gh ete t c ct on i ng tro l

BU BN

On/Prog

Universal radio cord dimmer or universal radio dimmer built-in

0179

ON/OFF AC 230V~ 50/60Hz 1000 W

1 L

Radio controller power pack surface-mounted

Radio bus

Surface-mounted radio controller output stage

Radio control unit 1-10 V built-in N

BLC switch insert with BLC radio button

Radio control unit 1-10 V built-in 0180

AC 230V~ 10A

Prog

2905

P ro g ON/OFF

Radio switch actuator built-in N Radio switch actuator 1 built-in 0125 AC 230 V~ L 10A

aerial

Prog

1 L

Radio presence detectors surface-mounted in an office Do not mount radio presence detector surface-mounted in the immediate vicinity of lights or ventilator fans. May only be operated with alkaline batteries, as they are the only ones with sufficient pulse current carrying capacity. The Radio Bus planning instructions must be followed.

H=2,50 m 2,5 m

Radio presence detectors surface-mounted can only be taught into radio actuators version R2 or higher; a corresponding R2 designation is printed on the device. As soon as a radio presence detector surface-mounted has been taught into a radio actuator, the corresponding actuator internally switches to light control mode and changes its behaviour. Switching on by a brief press (> 1s) locally or by radio control initially switches the associated actuator on for 2 minutes. If no presence is detected during this time, it is switched off again. Switching off by a brief press (> 1s) locally or by radio control initially switches the associated actuator off for 2 minutes. During this time, switching on is prevented by presence detection and is only possible manually (e.g. for slide show). With a dimming actuator (e.g. BLC universal touch dimmer insert with BLC radio button, radio universal cord dimmer, radio control unit 1-10 V built-in etc.) a constant light control system can be set up. In this case, the target brightness value set on the radio presence detector surface-mountedis compared with the actual value and evaluated in the dimmer. On dimming actuators, the brightness can be changed by holding down the local or radio buttons, similar to a normal dimming operation. The brightness value determined is temporarily used as the target brightness value until the next switch off, i.e. the radio presence detector attempts to keep this new value constant. Only one switch on or off is possible in conjunction with radio switch actuators. To prevent the occurrence of light oscillation (device constantly switches on and off) it may be necessary to increase the target brightness value by turning the brightness adjuster on the radio presence detector towards the symbol sun . In general, the radio presence detector should not be installed too close to lamps, to minimise this effect. The brighter the lamp to be switched on is, the more significant the effect described above. Technical data Power supply unit Batteries Battery life (depending on load) 10x flashing for transmit operation Detection angle Size of detection range at desk height Size of detection range at floor level Mounting height for nominal detection ranges Switching period Detection levels Number of zones

6 V= 4 x 1.5 V Micro Alkaline (LR 03) approx. 3 years Batteries flat, replace 360° Ø approx. 5 m Ø approx. 8 m 2.5 m approx. 2 min. to 60 min. 6 80

Radio presence detector surface-mounted Number of switching segments Response sensitivity Target brightness value for light control Transmission frequency Transmission range Transmission power Radio codes (assigned once per channel) R&TTE approval (for EU and EFTA states) Operating temperature Index of protection Dimensions (Ø x H)

Order no. 018209 320 20 to 100% approx. 3 Lux to 1000 Lux 433.42 MHz, (ASK) max. 100 m (free field) < 10 mW > 1 billion YES 0 to 45°C IP20 103 x 42 mm

T58 T58

RADIO BUS CONTROLLER/SYSTEM RADIO BUS CONTROLLER/SYSTEM Radio controller 180 flat The radio controller 180 flat with integral brightness measurement allows the extension of existing installations by wireless transmission of switching commands. On detecting movement, the radio controller 180 flat sends an encrypted radio-telegram, which is understood and evaluated by all radio receivers in the radio bus system.

Radio controller 180 flat Combination extension available using flat surface-mounted installation.

32 20 CR 3V

The radio controller 180 flat is provided on the backside with two potentiometers, allowing the response sensitivity and activation brightness to be set. Setting the activation brightness: - Position brightness-independent - Adjustment range approx. 1 to 80 Lux - Position corresponds to approx. 80 Lux. This setting should be selected when using the radio controller power section; the activation brightness and the delay time can be set at the power section.

Supporting plate

Always follow the Radio Bus planning instructions! The life of the battery is halved, if the potentiometer is set to Lux.

In connection with other radio bus receivers (BLC radio buttons, radio switch actuator adapters and built-in / radio switch actuators flush-mounted etc.) the controller triggers switching the load on for 1 minute (retriggering).

The radio controller system is a cordless system, and is particularly suitable for upgrading existing installations. A maximum of 30 radio controllers can be taught-in to a radio controller power pack surface-mounted. The radio controllers can also be taught-in to other Radio Bus receivers (BLC radio button, radio adapter plug switch actuator and radio switch actuators built-in/flush-mounted etc.), where they activate the load for 1 minute (retriggering). A radio controller can be taught-in to any number of radio receivers. The response sensitivity of each radio controller unit can be adjusted to varying detection conditions. A push-button (NCC contact) in the lead of the radio controller power pack surface-mounted can be used to activate additional functions. These functions can also be used with a taught-in hand-held or wall-mounted radio transmitter as follows. Short press of button ^ON for pre-set time Short press of button v OFF (automatic mode remains active) Long press of button (>1sec.) ^ ON for 2 hours Long press of button (>1sec.) v OFF for 2 hours Radio controller power pack surface-mounted order no. 017509 230 V~, 50/60 Hz Relay contact 230 V Incandescent lamps and halogen lamps 2300 W (ohmic) Tronic transformer 1500 W (capacitive) Conv. transformers ( 85% loading) incl. transformer power loss 1000 VA (inductive) Fluorescent lamps uncompensated 1200 VA, parallel compensated 920 VA (induktive) duo circuit 2300 VA (induktive) Mixed load; capacitive and inductive loads should not be mixed max. 20 A Inrush current approx. 1.10 W Standby power consumption ± 10% approx. 10 sec. to 15 min. Delay time approx. 3 to 80 Lux ± 10% Brightness with push-button (NCC contact) Additional functions 600 ms Time between touch pulses 1 x press = ON for on time 1st function 2 x press = ON for 2 hrs ± 10% 2nd function 3 x press = OFF for 2 hrs ± 10% 3rd function 433.42 MHz, ASK Reception frequency 30 Radio transmitters with teach-in facility > 1 billion Radio codes (assigned once per channel) Yes R&TTE approval (for EU and EFTA states) according to EN 55015 Radio interference suppression -25 to 55°C Operating temperature IP55 Index of protection Screw-type terminals for max. 2.5 mm2 or 2 x 1.5 mm2 Terminals 110 x 38 x 94 mm Dimensions (L x W x H) Technical data Rated voltage Switching contact Switching capacity

Assembly

The radio controller 180 flat can be screwed or stuck to a flat surface (wood, plaster, glass, mirror etc.) as well as to appliance sockets with a frame.

Radio controller/system

Setting response brightness

TOP

Technical data Radio controller 180 flat order no. 9420.. Power supply unit 3 V= Battery type 1 x lithium coin cell (type CR 2450 N) Battery life approx. 2-3 years Rapid flashing of the red LED (approx. 1 s after sending) battery flat, change it Transmission frequency 433.42 MHz, (ASK) Transmission range max. 60 m (free field) Transmission power < 10 mW Radio codes (assigned once) > 1 billion R&TTE approval (for EU and EFTA states) Yes Number of channels 1 Detection angle 180° Detection field semi-oval approx. 10 x 12 m Recommended mounting height 1.1 m Response sensitivity approx. 20 to 100 % Response brightness approx. 1 to 80 / " Lux Operating temperature 5 to 35°C Index of protection IP20 Installation height approx. 23 mm

Setting response sensitivity

Funk-Wächter 180 flach 9420 Batt.: 1x CR2450N Sens.

Controller mounting Ensure that there are no interference sources, e.g. lamps or heaters, in the detection range. For optimum detection the radio controller 180 should be mounted laterally to the direction of movement.

optimal

not optimal

The detection beams are optimally cut.

wrong

The detection beams are not optimally cut. The range is reduced.

The detection beams are not cut. The controller detects the object too late.

Radio controller 180 Sensitivity setting 20 - 100%

Always follow the Radio Bus planning instructions! Because of the Low Power Technology, the controller takes approx. 1 min. to become ready for operation.

SENS.

Status LED red (flashes when sending) Flashing: confirmation of sending Rapid flashing: low battery

Rotating and tilting possible 95°

360°

Radio controller 180 order no. 01740109. 9 V alkaline block battery 6LR61 approx. 3 years Daytime operation 0.14 mW Night time operation 0.27 mW Radio transmission 27 mW 433.42 MHz, ASK approx. 100 m free field < 10 mW > 1 billion Yes 180° 16 m x 32 m approx. 2.40 m 20 to 100% 3 to 200 Lux ± 50% less than 80 Lux to 200 Lux -25 to 55°C IP55

Technical data Battery type Service life of alkaline battery Power consumption Transmission frequency Transmission range Transmission power Radio codes (assigned once per channel) R&TTE approval (for EU and EFTA states) Detection angle Detection field Mounting height Response sensitivity Brightness operating range Sensor, activation brightness Sensor, night triggering Operating temperature Index of protection

Radio controller power pack surface-mounted Always follow the Radio Bus planning instructions!

Radio bus

Surface-mounted radio controller output stage Lux

Phase connection Load connection

N Min.

Neutral conductor connection Brightness setting approx. 3 - 80 Lux

OFF

On time approx. 10 sec. - 15 min. Teach-in switch

T59 T59

schuko outlet with RCD/ SCHUKO SOCKET WITHsocket RCD PROTECTION SWITCH/ residual current SWITCH device RCD PROTECTION SCHUKO socket outlet with RCD protection switch / RCD protection switch The SCHUKO socket outlet with RCD protection switch and the RCD protection switch must be used anywhere that the use of residual-current protective devices according to VDE 0664 is specified. According to DIN VDE 0100-410: 2007-06, alternating current systems must be provided with additional protection by means of residual-current protective devices ≥ 30 mA. This applies to socket outlets with a rated current not greater than 20 A that are intended for use by non-experts and for general use. Exceptions are socket outlets that are constructed exclusively for connecting a specific piece of equipment, and socket outlets that are monitored with a residual-current monitor (RCM) by qualified electricians or persons with electrotechnical training, such as in one's own commercial or industrial systems, for example. The protection goal "Protection against direct contact" according to DIN VDE 0100 Part 410 is achieved. Socket outlets connected to the residual-current protected outgoing terminals (outgoing feeders) are likewise protected. Thus all loads connected to it are equipped with additional protection according to DIN VDE 0100 Part 410. Triggering is ensured in the event of AC fault currents, and pulsating DC fault currents ≥ 30 mA. The test button "T" can be used to test the electrical and mechanical functioning. The integrated switch lever can be used to switch the SCHUKO socket outlet with RCD protection switch and the RCD protection switch on again after triggering (when testing or after eliminating the fault). Technical data Rated voltage Rated current RCD-protected outgoing conductor Rated fault current Switch off time Surge energy capacity Rated short circuit capacity Rated switching capacity Im I2t-proof Dynamic current capacity IP Mounting orientation Wall box Attachment Intended use Operating temperature Index of protection Terminals Insertion depth Supply package

SCHUKO socket with RCD protection switch / RCD protection switch to VDE 0664 Use in the entire household has been specified since June 2007. Garden sockets

Swimming pool Wells

Terrace

Living room Appliances

SCHUKO socket with RCD protection switch 230 V~, 45-60 Hz 16 A Phase, neutral 30 mA AC and pulsating DC 30 ms 250 A (8/20) µs (DIN VDE 0432 part 2) 3 kA with back-up fuse 20 A filament lamp 500 A 2.5 kA2s 1.7 kA any to DIN 49073 part 1:1990-02 Claw or screw fixing EN 61008 part 1 and 2-1: 1994 -25 to 40°C IP20 Plug-in terminals for max. 2.5 mm2 or 2 x 1.5 mm2 32 mm SCHUKO socket with RCD protection switch, increased child-protection and centre plate

Hobby

Bedroom

Bath

Child

Sauna Shower WC

Child

Kitchen Entrance Larder

Compulsory

SCHUKO socket with RCD protection switch Connection diagram TN-C mains L PEN

Connection diagram TN-S or TT mains

Optional additional terminal for TN-C systems to VDE 0100 part 540

Plug-in terminals

L N PE

4708..

-25°

4708..

I r=30 mA

outgoing terminals

I r=30 mA

outgoing terminals

All other connected sockets are also protected!

device layout/circuit sketch L N PE

L N PE

L N

Connection diagram TN-C mains Only in plants with existing inventory protection permissible.

Connection diagram TT mains

I r=30 mA

All other connected sockets are also protected!

RCD protection switch Connection diagram TN-S mains

Test button

Manual operation On - Off

Top edge of frame Plug-in terminals

Permissible earthing resistance for 30 mA RCD protection switches for a highest permissible electric shock of: - 25 V : 833  - 50 V : 1666 

L PEN

Stranded outgoing conductors are only suitable for screw terminals!

outgoing conductors

Technical data Rated voltage Rated current RCD-protected outgoing conductor Rated fault current Switch off time Surge energy capacity Rated short circuit capacity Mounting orientation Wall box Attachment Intended use Operating temperature Index of protection Outgoing conductors Terminals Insertion depth

outgoing conductors

RCD protection switch order no. 2844 230 V~, 45-60 Hz 16 A Phase, neutral 30 mA AC and pulsating DC 30 ms 250 A (8/20) µs (DIN VDE 0432 part 2) 3 kA with back-up fuse 16 A filament lamp any to DIN 49073 part 1:1990-02 Screw fixing EN 61008 part 1 and 2-1: 1994 -25 to 40°C IP21 stranded 2 x 1.5 mm2, approx. 20 cm plug-in terminals for max. 2.5 mm2 or 2 x 1.5 mm2 32 mm

T60 T60

AERIAL SYSTEMS antenna technology Antenna technology terms Tap: for connecting one or more branch cables to a continuous trunk cable. The level of the branched signal is dependent on the attenuation of the branch. ADR (Astra Digital Radio): digital audio radio programmes on a subcarrier analog TV transponder. Azimuth: azimuth means the alignment of the south-facing satellite aerial (horizontal angle) Band: band denotes a frequency range between two specified values. Ku-Band: satellite transmission frequency band SAT-bands: (SAT-IF, Input-IF) intermediate frequency bands used by satellite receivers: 950 - 1,750 MHz (standard band) 950 - 2,050 MHz (extended band) 700 - 2,050 MHz (further extended band) High band frequency range 11.7 to 12.75 GHz of a satellite. Here mostly only digital programmes are broadcast. Low band frequency range 10.7 to 11.7 GHz of a satellite. Systems with older LNBs cannot receiver the whole range of the band (typically only 10.950 to 11.7 GHz analog). CATV bands BK bands Band I (VHF), channel 2 - 4 Band II (UKW), frequency 87.5 - 108 MHz USB Band, Lower Special Channel Range (VHF), channels S2 - S10 Band III (VHF), channels 5 - 12 OSB Band, Upper Special Channel Range (VHF), channels S11 - S20 Hyperband (VHF), channels S21 - S38 Bands IV and V (UHF), channels 21 - 69 Bandwidth: expression for a range of frequencies contained with a specific band. BER (Bit error rate): denotes the quality of a data signal after it has been receives and demodulated. The lower the rate, the better the signal. CATV: abbreviation for Community Antenna Television. Reception of radio and TV programmes using a community aerial. Used internationally in cable TV networks as cable television or broadband cable networks. Conditional Access (CA) System: controls the access by users to services and programmes which are encrypted for copyright or commercial reasons. Common Interface (CI): uniform interface for digital set-top boxes for PCMCIA modules with card readers for smart-card by practically all Pay-TV companies. DAB (Digital Audio Broadcasting): designation for digital radio. The system offers additionally capacity for data transmission. Data compression is carried out using MPEG-2. Data Rate: data bits transmitted per second. Is expressed in kbit/s or Mbit/s. The higher the data rate the better the transmitted signal. Data Reduction: compression of image and sound signals. Redundant information is left out. Attenuation loss: measurement in dB (decibel) resulting from the cabling and components. Attenuation adjustment: to compensate for the frequency-dependant cable attenuation dB - decibel: value often used to express the attenuation of a cable or a stage, or also the gain of an amplifier, aerial etc. d-box: digital set-top box for Premiere World. DiSEqCTM (Digital Satellite Equipment Control): Switching signal generated by the satellite receiver, for controlling and switching LNB and multi-switches. This allows several satellite positions for rotary and multi-feed systems to be controlled. DiSEqC is a trade mark of the European Satellite Organization (EUTELSAT) and arose out of cooperation between EUTELSAT and Phillips. Dolby Digital Sound Processing: this enables a digital surround sound to be reproduced in a home cinema system. Pass-through attenuation: reduction in the signal level at each output, e.g. at distributors, aerial sockets etc. DVB (Digital Video Broadcasting): transmission of video and sound signals in digital form. DVB-S stands for satellite cable transmission, DVB-T for terrestrial cable transmission and DVB-C for cable transmission. Single-cable system: matrix for distributing 1.SAT-ZF satellite programmes using a cable network in a tree structure. Elevation: by elevation is meant the vertical angle (inclination) of the aerial EPG (Electronic Programme Guide): electronic program guide Decoupling attenuation (directional attenuation) attenuation of the output sockets relative to each other FEC (Forward Error Correction): a technique for reducing the error rate in a data transmission. Additional bits are inserted into the data stream so that error correction algorithms can be used on reception. Field strength meter: an instrument used by technical staff to measure the signal strength of a radio or TV channel. The same instrument can be used for precise alignment of the aerial so that the maximum signal strength is achieved and for the checking the signal level at connections to community systems. Free-to-Air: free-to-air receivers receive exclusively free (non-encrypted) programmes. Gain: unit of measurement expressed in dB for the amplification capabilities of a parabolic aerial or an amplifier. Gain is the opposite of attenuation. The gain of an aerial depends on the diameter of the parabolic mirror and its efficiency. The larger the better! Coaxial cable: shielded cable with inner and outer conductor, insulated from each other by a material (solid PE / cellular PE), which ensures a very small signal loss. The outer conductor (shield) serves to protect the inner conductor against external interference, and thus minimises the signal loss on the inner conductor. Cable recommendation for satellite reception: low attenuation approx. 27 dB/100m at 2,000 MHz and shielding class > 90 dB (class A). LNB - Low Noise Block converter: a feed system also known as LNC. Reception unit at the focus of the parabolic mirror, which converts the high-frequency satellite downlink into a 1.Sat intermediate frequency suitable for the receiver. The main distinctions are: Single Universal LNB for 1 subscriber high band and low band Twin Universal LNB for 2 subscribers (twin receiver) high band and low band Quattro Switch LNB for 4 subscribers high band and low band Quattro Switch LNB with 1 terrestrial input for 4 subscribers high band, low band and terrestrial Quattro Universal LNB for multi-switch with 4 outputs (horizontal / vertical / high band / low band) Octo Switch LNB for 8 subscribers high band and low band LNB Skew (LNB Tilt): LNB Skew denotes the rotation of the LNB in relation to its vertical position in the bracket. This allows precise positioning of the LNB to obtain the best possible reception quality (e.g. in Germany 42° East is required for Tüksat). LOF (Local Oscillator Frequency): stated in MHz or GHz, varies depending on the LNB and reception frequency range. In the Ku band the relationship is: transmission frequency of the satellite - LOF = receiver reception frequency

MPEG-2: data compression process for images and sound. In contrast to conventional analog technology (where 25 full images with all information are transmitted per second) the MPEG process deals with only the actual changes in the image. Multi-feed: a technique that allows reception of multiple satellites using one a single fixed aerial. Multi-switch: conventional distributors are insufficient to distribute satellite signals. Each subscriber must be able to switch between different reception levels, frequency ranges and even different satellites. Only by this means is reception of all programmes possible. For this, an electronic changeover switch is required, which is called a multi-switch (up to 100 subscribers). Many models also allow a feed of conventional terrestrial programmes. When receiving from 2 or more satellites the DiSEqC switch is required, which controls multi-switches and also receivers. Network Search: some transponders receive within the digital data stream a list with the data for other transponders, so as for example to facilitate a search for all programmes of a provider, which may occupy several transponder frequencies. Data transmitted in this way are however often incorrect or incomplete. Aperture angle: the aperture angle of a SAT aerial can be regarded as denoting the "angle of view" of the SAT aerial towards the satellite. It is expressed in degrees and depends on the design and size of the SAT aerial. To prevent interference from nearby satellites it is recommended that the aperture angle should where possible be less than 3 degrees. SAT aerials of diameters from 60 cm offer this capability. List of the most used designs for parabolic mirror satellite (reception) aerials. Concentrates the electromagnetic waves in the feed system (LNB). Signal Level Adjuster: for reducing levels that are too high (cable equalisation) Polarisation: this is plane of the electrical components of an electromagnetic wave (direction of oscillation). For satellite transmission two different planes are used: the horizontal and the vertical (linear polarisation), the better to exploit the frequency spectrum. The system is based the bands for two adjacent channels being positioned so they partially overlap each other. The interference that could result is prevented by polarising the two channels in different planes. QAM (Quadrature Amplitude Modulation): digital modulation process with phase shift keying, used for transmission in cable networks. QPSK (Quadrature Phase Shift Keying): digital modulation process used for satellite transmission. Return Channel: projected interactive applications such as home shopping or Internet access require a return channel. This can for example be provided by a modem incorporated within the digital receiver. SMATV (Satellite delivered Master Antenna Television System): communal system that has been extended for the reception of satellite signals. SR (Symbol Rate): parameter that must be entered to allow manual searching of the receiver. (e.g. 22000, 27500) Terrestrial: denotes all radio services on the surface of the earth with the exception of space and astronomical broadcasting. A "normal" (terrestrial) domestic aerial can receive TV and radio programmes. Tone-Burst: a type of Mini-DiSEqC has been defined as an economical way of extending old systems to a wider circuit configuration (in addition to 14/18 Volt and 22 kHz). This is often referred to as Simple DiSEqC or as Tone-Burst. This merely modulates a sequence of bits "0" (satellite A) or "1" (satellite B) to the 22 kHz signal. The Tone-Burst signal was developed to permit simple changing over between two LNBs and is suitable for controlling relays (two inputs at one output) and for the new Monoblock LNB. For SAT position A the 22 kHz signal is sent continuously, for SAT position B it is pulsed. A Tone-Burst signal lasts for about 12.5 ms. Transponder frequency containing multiple channels. In analog systems a TV program and multiple sound channels can be transmitted for each transponder. In digital systems (QPSK) is the transmission capacity is 6-10 TV programmes with sound channels. Carrier: wave at very high frequency, which by means of modulation is able to convey a radio or TV signal over a very great distance. Carrier/Noise: describes the signal quality of the aerial that is forwarded to the receiver. (also C/N ratio). The C/N ratio is measured in dB and must always be above the threshold level (> 6 dB) of the receiver. Twin-Receiver: satellite receiver with two separate independent reception components in one box (e.g. for independent connection of a TV receiver and a video recorder) Triple play capability to use broadband cable for broadcasts (television), telephone and Internet. Twin receiver satellite receiver with two separate, independent receivers in a single housing (e.g. for independent connection of a TV receiver and a video recorder). USB-Box: external box which is connected to the PC through the USB port (Universal Serial Bus). This external box allows digital radio and TV programmes, and also multi-media services to be received by satellite. Power Supply: the satellite receiver supplies the LNB with power via the coaxial cable. The voltage of the supply also determines which polarisation plane is returned by the LNB. 14 Volt = vertical, 18 Volt = horizontal polarisation planes. Distributor: for distributing the energy of an incoming main trunk cable into two or more trunk cables. Amplifier: for increasing the aerial signal level Video bit rate: quantity of data transmitted per second by a digital video signal. Switch: for combining or splitting frequency ranges and individual channels.

Instructions for coaxial cables Stripping length for aerial socket 18

r>5xd

8 The bending radius "r" of the cable for a one-time load must not be less than 5 x the cable diameter "d". ( r > 5 x d)

Attenuation types Transmission loss Attenuation for through-sockets between trunk input and trunk output

Attenuation For through-sockets and single sockets.Attenuation between trunk input and the output sockets.

Trunk input in

Trunk output out Trunk input in

Decoupling internal Attenuation between plug output and socket output. Directional attenuation Attenuation between trunk output out and the output sockets Decoupling Attenuation between two aerial sockets.

Cabling structures Tree structure

T61 T61

Star structure

Floor star structure

Trunk output out

antenna technology/ AERIAL SYSTEMS data communication SAT aerial system with 2 squinting single universal LNBs e.g. for Astra and Eutelsat reception For analog and digital reception.

Planning recommendations Terminal boxes have no decoupling, and are always branched with splitters. The connection at a branch is also called a spur, and only here can a terminal box be connected. At the through passage of a splitter, on the other hand, only through-sockets or other splitters may be connected. Distributors (too little decoupling) only throughsockets can be connected, because only in this manner will the de-coupling be sufficient. The last through-socket must be terminated with a 75 ohm terminating resistor.

1: Aerial socket 3-hole single socket order no. 4522 2: DiSEqC switch 4: Aerial socket 4-hole single socket order no. 4594 4-hole aerial socket for viewing one channel and recording another.

Noise factor C/N The signal-to-noise ratio is the ratio, expressed in decibels, of the signal power to the noise power. The noise factor indicates how much smaller the signal-to-noise ratio at the output of an active module (e.g. amplifier) is than the signal-to-noise ratio at the input. Signal-to-noise ratio < 46 dB 37 dB 30 dB < 26 dB

Noise not visible visible, but not annoying clearly visible, annoying outweighs

1: Aerial socket 3-hole pass-through socket order no. 4593 2: Aerial socket 3-hole single socket order no. 4522

C/N: 25 dB; BER: < 2.0 E-4 (before Viterbi FEC 3/4) | MER: 24 dB

Function: If both aerial sockets are used at once, the plane (horizontal or vertical) is determined at the first aerial socket and so only this is available to be received at the second aerial socket.

C/N: 44 dB

Aerial system SAT with Quattro universal LNB for analog and digital reception of a satellite, e.g. Astra.

BER: 2.0 E-7 MER: 30 dB

1: Multi-switch with amplifier 2: Aerial socket 3-hole single socket order no. 4522 3: Aerial socket 4-hole single socket order no. 4594 alternatively 4-hole aerial socket for viewing one channel and recording another. 4: optional switch or amplifier only when the terrestrial input is being used.

C/N: 44 dB

C/N: 15 dB at 27 MHz C/N: 12 dB at 36 MHz C/N: 11 dB; BER: 2.0 E-4 (before Viterbi FEC 3/4) MER: 15 dB

1 2

UHF

3 4 4

alternatively

UKW

UHF

4 1

2 alternativ

alternativ

UKW

1: SAT antenna from Hirschmann type: CS 400 2: Amplifier from Hirschmann type: GNS 320 3: Digital single-cable system device from Hirschmann type: CEF 211 D 5 4: Distributor 4gang from Hirschmann type: VFC 0741 SF 5: Aerial socket 3-hole throughpass socket order no. 4523 6: Terminating resistor order no. 4503 Functional only with the specified types.

UKW

SAT aerial system with single universal LNB for analog and digital reception of a satellite.

UHF

1: Aerial socket 3-hole single socket order no. 4522 2: Switch for insertion of terrestrial signals e.g. for regional FM/TV 1 reception. 1

2 1

1: SAT antenna from Hirschmann type: CS 400 2: Amplifier from Hirschmann type: GNS 320 3: Distributor from Hirschmann type: VFC 0421 4: Distributor from Hirschmann type: VFC 0421 SF 5: Digital single-cable system device from Hirschmann type: CEF 211 D 6: Multiswitch from Hirschmann type: CKR 5041 7: Distributor from Hirschmann type: VFC 0631 SF 8: Aerial socket 3-hole single box Order no.: 4522 9: Aerial socket 3-hole throughpass socket Order no.: 4523 10: Aerial socket 4-hole single box order no. 4594 11: Terminating resistor order no. 4503 Functional only with the specified types.

UHF

Low 2 3

UKW

1 UHF

Low

High

2 3

4 6

High

Antenna system SAT single-cable solution in combination Multiswitch on Quattro Switch LNB for digital reception of a satellite, e.g. Astra or Eutelsat.

UKW

Aerial system terrestrial and/or broadband cable BK in tree structure/radial structure

Antenna system SAT single-cable solution with Quattro Switch LNB for digital reception of a satellite, e.g. Astra or Eutelsat.

4 1

By cascadable multi-switches and taps/ distributors expandable to > 100 subscribers optionally with terrestrial input as an alternative. 3

UKW

If only 1 aerial socket is available in a broadband cable system, a through box with terminating resistor must be used.

1: Amplifier 2: Distributor 3: Aerial socket 2-hole pass-through socket order no. 4515 4: Terminal resistor order no. 4503

1: Multi-switch with amplifier 2: Aerial socket order no. 4522 (single socket) 3: Aerial socket order no. 4594 (single socket) alternatively 4-hole aerial socket for viewing one channel and recording another. 4: optional switch or amplifier only when the terrestrial input is being used e.g. for regional FM/TV 1 reception. 1.

~ =

UHF

SAT aerial system with 2 squinting Quattro universal LNBs for analog and digital reception of two satellites e.g. Astra and Eutelsat.

UHF

UKW

By cascadable multi-switches and taps/distributors expandable to > 100 subscribers optionally with terrestrial input as an alternative.

UKW

Aerial system terrestrial and/or broadband cable BK in radial structure 1: Amplifier 2: Tap 3. Aerial socket 2-hole Single socket order no. 4502 4: Terminal resistor order no. 4503

Aerial system SAT with single universal LNB for approx. 3 aerial sockets. For analog and digital reception of a satellite. Also for use behind a multi-switch!

C/N: 38 dB Mono C/N: 48 dB Stereo

alternatively

 LCD, plasma and 100 Hz televisions need larger signal-to-noise ratios for a visually less noisy picture (50 dB). The level should not exceed 74 dB.  Execute the system as a star topology if possible  Install splitters and distributors in accessible spaces  Install coaxial cables in ductwork systems  Observe bending radii of the coaxial cables  Install amplifiers in dry spaces with their own power supply  Provide a ductwork connection to basement storage  Connect building distribution network to building equipotential bonding  Frequency range broadband cable network BC: 47 - 862 MHz  Frequency range SAT-IF: 950 - 2400 MHz  Dimension aerial sockets for broadband  Shielding efficiency building distribution network min. 75 dB better according to Class A  Use return path compatible components for connection to the backbone

1: Amplifier 2: Aerial socket 2-hole Pass-through socket order no. 4515 3: Terminal resistor order no. 4503

1: Aerial socket 3-hole Single socket order no. 4522 2: Aerial socket 4-hole Single socket order no. 4594

noise factor/Quality/ bit error rate

Aerial system terrestrial and/or broadband cable BK in tree structure

SAT aerial system with Quattro switch LNB e.g. for 4 receivers, e.g.4 x Astra. For analog and digital reception of a satellite.

picture quality very good good unsatisfactory unusable

Level recommendation at the aerial sockets based on EN 50083-7: Level in dBµV (unsensitiv) Frequency Slope min. max. (measuring device setting) max. UKW 50 70 87,5 - 108 MHz 15 (FM) Terrestrial analogue 60 80 87,5 - 108 MHz 12 (VSB-AM) Terrestrial digital 45 70 47 - 862 MHz 12 (COFDM) CATV analogue 60 80 12 47 - 862 MHz (VSB-AM) CATV digital 47 67 12 47 - 862 MHz (64-QAM) SAT-IF analogue 47 77 15 950 - 2150 MHz (55) (70) (7) (FM) SAT-IF digital 47 77 15 950 - 2150 MHz (53) (70) (7) (QPSK)

2 1

8 10

alternativ

SAT aerial system with twin universal LNB for 2 receivers or twin receiver for viewing one channel and recording another, UKW e.g. 2 x Astra. For analog and digital reception of a satellite. 1: Aerial socket 3-hole Single socket order no. 4522 2: Aerial socket 4-hole Single socket order no. 4594 3: Switch for insertion of terrestrial signals e.g. for regional FM/TV reception.

UHF

3 1

SAT aerial system with 2 squinting single universal LNBs e.g. for Astra and Eutelsat reception For analog and digital reception of two satellites. 1: Aerial socket 3-holeSingle socket order no. 4522 2: DiSEqC switch 3: Switch for insertion of terrestrial signals e.g. for regional FM/TV reception.

UKW UHF

2 3

2 1

T62 T62

DATA COMMUNICATION/ data/telecommunications TELECOMMUNICATIONS VGA module The VGA module is used to connect display devices to a graphics card. VGA cables can, depending on their quality, even at lengths of less than 5 m be susceptible interference, or may still transmit a good signal a more than 30 m. Cables suitable for high frequency cables with a coaxial construction are advantageous for the colour channels. 5

6 15

SHL

4,10,11

SHL

PIN 1 2 3 4* 5 6 7 8 9 10* 11* 12 13 14 15 SHL

Transfer signal Red Green Blue Monitor ID Bit 2 Earth Red earth Green earth Blue shield Not assigned Synch, earth Monitor ID Bit 0 or digital earth Monitor ID Bit 1 Horizontal synchronisation Vertical synchronisation Monitor ID Bit 3 Housing shielding

Conductor Coaxial conductor Coaxial conductor Coaxial conductor Twisted pair conductor (optional connection) Twisted pair conductor Coaxial shield Coaxial shield Coaxial shield Not contacted Twisted pair conductor Twisted pair conductor (optional connection) Twisted pair conductor (optional connection) Conductor 1 Conductor 2 Not contacted Outer shielding

* are connected together to a terminal. 1

S-Video module

Cinch module Cinch (RCA) designates a standardised connector for transmission of electrical signals, preferably via coaxial cables. The use of other types of cables is not widespread, but is possible.

The S-Video (also known as Separate Video, Y/C) module is used in order to transmit brightness (luminance) and colour (chrominance) information separately. The cable length should not exceed 10 m. PIN Transfer signal 1 Luminance (Y) earth 2 Chrominance (C) earth 3 Intensity (luminance) Y 4* Colour (chrominance) C

4 2

4 2 1 3

- +

4 2 1 3

- +

Arrangement in cable in star 4 configuration Older labelling with colours e.g. A-2Y(St)2Y 2x2x0,6 ST III Bd

Marking with rings e.g. for J-2Y(St)Y 2x2x0.6 Bd

1a 2b

17 mm 1b

Colour coding rd = red bk = black wt = white ye = yellow gn = green bl = blue

Marking with colours e.g. J-Y(St)Y 2x2x0.6 Lg new (old)

Pair 1

Pair 2

17 mm

34 mm

TAE connector Connection with 4-core cable

Connection with 7-core cable (Connector viewed from rear)

(Connector view from rear) green brown white

yellow

grey

blue

green

brown white

yellow

La, Lb = Lead incoming a2, b2 = Outgoing lead (N-coded devices, e.g. fax forward to next N-box) W = additional call device, e.g. bell (connection to W and Lb) E = Earth/ground connection TAE box view

green - La blue - E grey - W yellow - Lb brown - b2 white - a2

green - W brown - Lb white - La yellow - E

Lb 2

5 b2

Lb 2

5 b2

La 1

6 a2

La 1

F-coding

6 a2 N coding

TAE socket outlets F+N

UAE8(6) / TAE 6F+N 1 2 3 4 5 6 6

6 5 4 3 2 1

4 5 6

3 2 1

4488..

3 2 1

For 1 telephone set. and 2 other devices 1 exchange line

TAE 2 x 6/6NFF

1 2 3 4 5 6

4 5 6

3 2 1

4 5 6

4487..

For 1 telephone set. 1 exchange line

For 1 telephone set. 2 exchange line

TAE 3 x 6NFN 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 5 6

6 5 4 3 2 1 5 3 1 6 4 2

F+N

TAE 6F+N

2b 1b 1a 2a

3 2 1

4 5 6

6 5 4 3 2 1 4500.. For 1 telephone set and 1 add-on unit and 1 separate telephone set. 2 exchange lines

4500..

3 2 1

4 5 6

Wiring diagrams are represented respectively in the not stuck condition.

Connection variants on ISDN-S0 bus 230V~

NTBA a b 1a

230V~ 1b 2a

ISDN line

1 . . . 2 . . to . 12

1 . . . 2 . . to . 6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 8 1 FCC 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 8 1 FCC

S -bus 0 max. 120 m length

1 2 3 4 TR5 6 7 8 FCC 8 1 TR

Maximum 12 FCC socket outlets 1gang, with a total of 8 terminal devices connected. (max. 4 telephones and 4 other devices)

T63 T63

NTBA a b 1a

230V~ 1b 2a

NTBA a b 1a

1b 2a

ISDN line

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 8 1 FCC

1 2 3 4 TR5 6 7 8 FCC 1 8 1

S -bus 0 max. 120 m length

Maximum 12 FCC socket outlets 1gang, with a total of 8 terminal devices connected. (max. 4 telephones and 4 other devices)

1 . . . 2 . . to . 12 Sockets

1 2 3 4 5 6 8

1 8

7 8 FCC

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 8 1 FCC

S -bus 0

NTBA = Network termination (Network Terminator Basic Access)

max. 120 m length

FCC = Universal connecting unit

1 2 3 4 TR5 6 7 8 FCC 1 8 1 TR

Maximum 12 FCC sockets, with a total of 8 terminal devices connected. (max. 4 telephones and 4 other devices)

1 - La 2 - Lb 3-W 4-E 5 - b2 6 - a2

TR = Terminal resistor for every 100 Ohm 1/4 W The FCC socket outlets with switchable resistors order no. 4592 can be used as the termination socket.

DATA COMMUNICATION/TELECOMMUNICATIONS data/telecommunications ISDN system

ISDN exchange line

S0 bus lead

NTBA

U PN

S0 telephone

Fax group 4

PC with S0 card

a/b

"Normal" or cordless telephones with analogue connection

System telephones Pin assignment of FCC socket outlets FCC 8(4) 2b 1b 1a 2a 6 5 4 3

2b 1b 1a 2a 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

UAE 8/8

FCC 2x8 (4) with switchable resistors

FCC 2x8 (4)

FCC 8

2b 1b 1a 2a 6 5 4 3

Fax group 3

FCC 2x8

2b 1b 1a 2a 6 5 4 3

2b 6

1b 5

1a 4

2a 3

8 7 4

6 5

8 3

6 1

4 5

* Bridging can be plugged in 8

6 3

4 3

6 7

4 5

1 8

* 6

8 6 3

8 7

Notes on Cat. 5 and 6 cables

2b 1b 1a 2a 6 5 4 3 2

4 5

6 5 4 3 2 1 2b 1b 1a 2a

Contact assignment FCC RJ45 13

The twisted pairs must not be untwisted more than 13 mm, otherwise the transmission properties will change. For shielded cables, connect the screen.

The bend radius " r " of the cable must not be less than 4 x the cable diameter "d". ( r > 4 x d)

r>4xd

Terminal designation of FCC/pin Pair TIA/EIA-568-A TIA/EIA-568-B Gigabit Ethernet

10Base-T unshielded

Analog terminal IEC Analog terminal, Siemens Analog terminal, T-Com S0-ISDN-terminal 1a/1b transmit, 2a/2b receive (from Network Terminator NTBA) UP0-ISDN terminal W b 2a

1 3a 1 1 X X TX+ TX+ TX+ AS400 TX2 3b 2 2 X X TXRX+ ws 3 2a 3 3 X RX+ RX+ TXRX+ E a a E 1a a rt 4 1a 4 4 X TX+ TXTX+ U-R2a sw 5 1b 5 5 X TX- TX+ b b W 1b b TX- U-R2a ge 6 2b 6 6 X RX- RX- RXRX- W E a 2b 7 4a 7 7 X X RX+ DSL modem output Token Ring 10Base-T and 100Base-TX 8 4b 8 8 X X RX3270 Splitter output TP-PMD ATM Wire colours when using installation cable J-Y (St) U 2x2x0.6 Lg

Network technology: Example of 4 terminals with switch 5 port, RMD with patch panel 6 port, RMD and FCC socket outlets The application-neutral network for new installations In the case of a new installation, structures should be installed even now that will also reliably cover future applications. Therefore a data box will be required at all possible communication interfaces – both present ones and those conceivable in the future. These include not just the locations where telephone or PC applications will be operated, but also locations where television or video applications will be used later or music is desired. This installation is based on the central component, the patch panel 6-port, RMD in connection with classic FCC socket outlets 8pole shielded.  with auto sensing

The data rate of 10/100 Mbit/s is automatically detected for the relevant port

 with auto negotiation

The data rate of 10/100 Mbit/s is automatically switched over for the relevant port

 with automatic

mode switchover (Full/Half Duplex) at all ports

 with auto-partitioning

max. 90 m

L N 1995 L

Switch 6 Port REG 1995

10/100 FDX/COL Link/Act

 with MDI/MDIx

1996

Faults at the ports (internal and external) are detected automatically and the affected ports are switched off. The remaining ports continue to operate.

Patchpanel 6 Port Patch panel and FCC socket outlets REG 1996 with LSA+ connecting terminals x2

Crossed or uncrossed patch cables can be used on every port as required. Special uplink ports, e.g. for cascading, not required.

 Cascadable as required (4096 IP addresses)

with more than 5 terminals in the application, multiple switches can be interconnected with no loss in performance. Up to 4096 terminals in a system can be managed using these switches.

 Store and forward principle

max. 90 m

Designation LED 1 (gr) LED 2 (yel.) LED 3 (gr) 1

10 / 100 FDX /COL LINK / ACT

LED = ON LED = OFF3 LED = Flashing Function: Function: Function: 100 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s Full Duplex Half Duplex Collision1 Down-Link Activity2 UP-Link

No function at this port Device transmitting / receiving data 3 All LEDs off = no power supply / device defective 2

To other switches/PC

The most up to date method of switching. The data received is initially buffered in the device and only forwarded when complete. Defective data is therefore detected at this point and is not forwarded. This does not unnecessarily increase the data load on the system.

In order to meet the general safety regulations for telecommunications systems and prevent interference, DIN VDE 0100 Part 520, Section 12 must be observed. For unsheathed insulated single leads, a distance of < 10 mm must be maintained between signal leads and power leads.

T64 T64

dimensional DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGSdrawings MODUL 2/ modul 2/berker s.1/b.1/b.3/b.7 BERKER S.1/B.1/B.3/B.7 glas GLAS MODUL 2

3gang L = 222,5 mm 4gang L = 293,5 mm 5gang L = 364,5 mm

Rocker 10 14,5

52 81

71 152

BERKER S.1 11,7

111,1 136,5

80,5

52 80,5

18,1 27,65

3gang L = 223 mm 4gang L = 294 mm 5gang L = 365 mm

Rocker 9,5 14,8

71 151,5

9,5 13,85

55,4 80,5

27,65

BERKER B.1

81,1

111,1 137,1

71 152,1

11,7

Rocker 71 161

9,5 14,8

52 56 90

3gang horizontal L = 232 mm 4gang horizontal L = 303 mm 5gang horizontal L = 374 mm

9,5 13,85

55,4 90

3gang vertical L = 223,1 mm 4gang vertical L = 294,1 mm 5gang vertical L = 365,1 mm

11,7

27,65

9,5

90,7

56 81,1

3gang L = 223,1 mm 4gang L = 294,1 mm 5gang L = 365,1 mm

111,1 137,1

R190

BERKER B.3

Rocker R190

9,5 14,8

52 90,7

71 152,1

9,5

55,4 91

9,5 13,85

11,7

111,1 146

56 90

3gang L = 232 mm 4gang L = 303 mm 5gang L = 384 mm

141

27,65

4 6,5

BERKER B.7 GLAS

Rocker

52 95

T65

14,8

9,6

71 161

55,4 95

9,6 13,85

T66

dimensional drawings serie 1930 porzellanDRAWINGS made by DIMENSIONAL rosenthal/serie 1930/glasserie/palazzo/splash-protected SERIE 1930 POZELLAN MADE BY ROSENTHAL/ flush-mounted SERIE 1930/GLASSERIE/PALAZZO/WG UP ip44/twinpoint IP44/TWINPOINT SERIE 1930 PORZELLAN MADE BY ROSENTHAL / SERIE 1930 4gang L = 293 mm 5gang L = 364 mm ......

9 20,9

45 80

71 151

71 222

49,5 88

35,3

Surface-mounted frame

Combination 2 - X gang surface mounted only possible with combination connector and 1gang frame

49,5 86

222

1,8

GLASSERIE

5,8 20,9

10 80

5,8 21,2

71 151

71 222 4gang L = 293 mm 5gang L = 364 mm ......

1,8

5,8 20,9

45 80

71 151

222

PALAZZO

9,5

71 156

21,2

65 85

227 4gang L = 298 mm 5gang L = 369 mm ......

45 65 85

8 20,9

71 156

71 227

WG UP IP 44

49 65

3gang L = 227 mm

T67

12 17

71 156

T66

drawings DIMENSIONALdimensional DRAWINGS BERKER Q.1/ berker k.1/k.5/arsys/berker TS BERKER K.1/K.5/BERKER ARSYS/BERKER TS BERKER Q.1

80,5

19,15 29,25 117,5 139,5

3gang L = 222,5 mm 4gang L = 293,5 mm 5gang L = 364,5 mm

Rocker 52 59,5 80,5

71 151,5

1,6 9,9 14,6

9,9 12,25

58,5 80,5

56,5 80,5

71 151,5

111,1 136,3

27,65

BERKER K.1/K.5

Rocker

52 71,5 87

71 158

9,9 14,3

3gang horizontal L = 229 mm 4gang horizontal L = 300 mm 5gang horizontal L = 371 mm

9,9 14,35

70,5 87

3gang vertical L = 222,5 mm 4gang vertical L = 293,5 mm 5gang vertical L = 364,5 mm

52,5 56,2

71 151,5

BERKER ARSYS

Rocker 71 151,5

9,5 13,6

55 71 80,5

3gang L = 222,5 mm 4gang L = 293,5 mm 5gang L = 364,5 mm

BERKER TS Glass cover plate 6gang

26 78

64 86

Wall boxes Wall box flush-mounted, oval order no. 1850 68,5 41,7

120,35 71

139

120,35 71

26 78

Hollow wall box, oval order no. 1824 47,5 68

133

Glass cover plate 4gang

43,4

120,6 160

Glass cover plate 2gang

4 R3 5 ,2

5 R3

T67

Glass cover plate 1gang

Glass cover plate 8gang

26 78

Glass cover plate 4gang

43,4

120,6 138 160

Glass cover plate 2gang

65,8

Glass cover plate 1gang

T68

dimensional drawings DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS BERKER TS SENSOR/ berker TS sensor/B.IQ/surface-mounted B.IQ/SURFACE-MOUNTED BERKER GLASS SENSOR AND GLASS SENSOR WITH ROOM THERMOSTAT Glas-Sensor

71 138,4 148,9

31 93

23 160

Mounting with adapter ring

15 24,5 14,5 48,5 86

60 74,9

Glass sensor with room thermostat

10,7

Mounting with adapter ring

31 93 160 15

B.IQ

24,5 7,5

60 86

2 5,6

139

71 115,3

Wall box 2gang for glass sensor (with room thermostat) and Crystal Ball order no. 1870 68 75

4 5,7

10,7

4 5,7

31,1 44,5

118,1

88,5 3gang 118,1 4gang 147,7 5gang

Plastic polar white

88,5 88,5

33,9 88,5

Push-button 4gang Light scene Push-button 8gang 1,3 5,7

1,3 5,7

Plastic polar white

IR receiver

(IR) push-buttons with room thermostat and display 3gang to 5gang

Push-button 1-to 3gang

151,6

1,3 5,7

glas and stainless steel

44,5

16,65

glas and stainless steel

151,6

Surface can be written on

144,2

138,9

114,6

109,3

79,7

151,6

28,9 Surface can be written on

Labelling field for B.IQ push-button 1gang, 2gang, 3gang

28,9

Labelling field for B.IQ push-button 4gang Surface can be written on

28,9

Labelling field for B.IQ push-button 5gang

117

102

SURFACE-MOUNTED

38 61

35 40

38 61

T69

41,5

38 61

T68

dimensional DIMENSIONAL drawings DRAWINGS berker integro/mobil BERKER INTEGRO/MOBIL r R twin TWIN BERKER INTEGRO

59,5

Rotary dimmer with setting knob 400 W 41,4

Attention! To fasten the inserts, use flat headed screws of size M3 or M3.5.

Sockets

59,3

Surface-mounted spacer ring

59,5

Surface-mounted housing

Rocker switch / push-button

41,4

System SCHUKO-socket Socket with earth pin Socket without earth contact Danish socket Swiss socket, type 13 USA / Canada socket Italien socket Australien socket Euro-Amerikanischer standard socket British Standard socket

Rotary dimmer with setting knob 200 W

42,5 55,5

32,7

42,5 55,5

Insertion depth 32,7 mm 29,2 mm 30,0 mm 28,0 mm 27,5 mm 31,0 mm 28,0 mm 16,5 mm 18,5 mm 21,0 mm

42,5

14,5

BERKER INTEGRO and MOBIL R TWIN Wall box

09 1883

09 1887 01

42,5

09 1820 09 1820 02

35,5

09 1820 01 09 1820 03

Installation cut-out Ø 46 mm oder Ø 50 mm depending on wall box

38 45,5

09191501 09191502

09 1933

59,5

12 49

42,5

49,5

42,5

59,5 109

168

Spacer for spezial frame with 19 mm edge

MOBIL R TWIN

Spezial frame with 19 mm edge

Rotary dimmer with setting knob 200 W

55,8

50,5

59,5

42,5

59,5

Rotary dimmer with setting knob 400 W

11,5

Rocker switch / push-button

50,5

42,5 55,5

Sockets

10 15,5 42,5 55,5

Surface-mounted housing

System SCHUKO sockets Socket with earth pin

T69

32,5

Insertion depth 32,7 mm 29,2 mm

Other socket systems can be used with Berker Integro and decorative ring/adapter inserts

T70

dimensional DIMENSIONAL drawings DRAWINGS aquatec/iso-panzer AQUATEC/ISO-PANZER Combination rocker switch/ SCHUKO-socket with hinged cover

58,5

IP44

58,5

SCHUKO 2gang socket with hinged cover

135 152,6

57,5 75,1

57,5

IP44

SCHUKO-double socket with hinged cover

58,5

52,3

Rocker switch / push-button

57,5 75,1

AQUATEC

57,5 75,1

128,5 146,1

135

75,1

152,6 SCHUKO socket with hinged cover

58,5

SCHUKO 3gang socket with hinged cover IP44

57,5 75,1

57,5

58,5

57,5 75,1

57,5 75,1 212,5

75,1

230,1

ISO-PANZER Rotary switches SCHUKO socket with 45° oblique outlet and hinged cover with bayonet lock

IP66

Rocker switch / push-button

SCHUKO 2gang socket with hinged cover

131,5 152,5

IP44

108

54 75 54 75

54 75

SCHUKO socket with hinged cover and bayonet lock

SCHUKO-double socket with hinged cover

54 75

IP66

42 75 90

IP 44 SCHUKO socket with hinged cover

131,5 155

74 85 100

54 75

42 75

SCHUKO 3gang socket with hinged cover

59 209 230

T71

T70

3,1 12

For further information, please see our online catalogue at www.berker.de

3,1

dimensional DIMENSIONAL drawings DRAWINGS mounting MOUNTING plates PLATES

20 25

28,7 33,3

42,7 47 D-Subminiature connector 25pin order no. 1111 01

D-Subminiature connector 9pin order no. 1111 03

16,7 24,5

20 26

15,4

3,1

D-Subminiature connector 15pin order no. 1111 02

25,6

IBM data plug order no. 1111 04

19,5 27

XLR built-in socket C-series order no. 1111 05

XLR built-in plug C-series order no. 1111 06

16,5 22,2 Diode built-in plug/socket for screw fixing order no. 1111 09

2 x BNC TNC built-in socket/plug order no. 1112 13

19,3

9,1

2 x BNC / TNC built-in socket/plug order no. 1112 12

9,8

12,9 24,5

20,7

UHF-socket and N connector order no. 1111 07

10,1

11,9

15,2

3,2

2 x microphone socket 4pin order no. 1112 17

3,1

26,2

14,7

24 Modular jack order no. 1111 15

for 2 x fibre-optic couplings Simplex ST order no. 111220

T71

25,9 30,5

for 2 x fibre-optic couplings Duplex SC order no. 1112 21

2,5

2,2

2 11,5

9,8 8 20

for 2 x Modular jack order no. 1112 18

9,5

Modular jack order no. 1111 16

25,5

2 x BNC / TNC built-in socket/plug for soldered connection order no. 1112 14

32,5 40 for cold sleeve/connector for cold condition order no. 1111 21

T72

EQUIPMENT CATEGORIES equipment categories As a matter of principle, residential buildings shall always conform at least to equipment category 1. This corresponds to the current minimum requirements for needs-based electrical installation. It also applies to Instabus EIB installations in residential buildings.

HEA

(revised), Hauptberatungsstelle für Elektrizitätsanwendungen e.V. (Central Advisory Office for Electricity Applications) Living room 3) Dining area/ room Kitchen 4)5)19)

Without dining area < 18 m 2 With dining area < 20 m 2 < 8 m2 > 8 * 12m 2 > 12 * 20 m 2 Without breakfast bar With breakfast bar

DIY room 4)5) Hobby room 1-or 3) < 8m 2 > 8 * 12 m 2 2 Bedroom 3) > 12 * 20 m 2 Parent/child 3) Bath 5)6)7)8) WC 5)6)8)9) Corridor Length * 2.5 m 10) Hallway Length > 2.5 m 11) Outdoor seating Width * 3 m Loggia Width > 3 m Balcony Terrace Store room above 3 m 2 Adjoining cellar/basement 13) Communal cellar/basement Cellar corridor / basement corridor Bell/gong Door opening system Intercom system Alarm system (GMA) Lighting and socket outlet circuit Sub-circuit distribution board Equipment circuit

Extracts from DIN 18015 part 2: 1)20)

4 5 2 3 4 3 5 3 2 3 4 3 1 1 1 1 114) -

Equipment category 1

Equipment category 2

2)3)

1 2

2 1 1 1 112) 1 1 1 15) 116)

4 5 2 3 4 6 7 7 3 3 4 5 3 1

1 1 1 50m2=3, plus 25m2 1 p.f. 2-series

[ ]

2)3)

1 2

2 3

2 1

1 12)

1 1

1 1 1

114) -

1 15) 116) 1 1 1 4 2-series

8 10 4 6 8 10 12 9 5 5 7 9 4 1 1 2 1

2 3

2 3 4 2

2 3 1

1 -

2 1

1 1

114) -

1 15) 1 16)

2)3)

2 4

1 2

4 2

2 3 <4 <5 3 2

2 2 1 14) -

1 1 115) 1 16)

1 1

1 17) 7 3-series

1 17) 1 18) 9 4-series

[ ]

Or junction boxes for consumer equipment below 2 kW. For more than 4 rooms fit 2 aerial sockets, more than 5 rooms fit 3 aerial sockets. The sockets assigned to the beds must be configured at least as 2gang sockets, the sockets next to aerial sockets must be configured as at least 3gang sockets. They are classified according to the table as 1gang sockets. 4) The working areas should be illuminated so as to avoid as far as possible shadowing or glare. 5) Additionally 1 outlet for fan/extractor unit, if individual room ventilation is to be provided. 6) One of which is permitted to be combined with the light over the washbasin; in bathrooms up to 4 m2 only an outlet over the washbasin. 7) Of which one socket/outlet for one heater. 8) In windowless bathrooms or WCs, fit a delayed-off fan via the general room lighting. 9) In WCs with a washbasin fit a wall socket. 10) Switchable from one position. 11) Switchable from two positions. 12) For usable areas greater than 8 m2. 13) Does not apply to cellar and basement rooms formed by grille type partitions, e.g. wire mesh. 14) For aerial amplifiers, required only once per aerial system. 15) For usable areas greater than 20 m2, fit two lights. 16) In corridors above 6 m in length one outlet per 6 m section or part thereof. 17) With multiple internal communication points. 18) In detached and semi-detached houses. 19) For rooms with dining alcoves the number of outlets and sockets should each be increased by 1. 20) Sockets in bedheads, on working surfaces in kitchens, cooking alcoves and utility rooms, together with sockets in connection units for telecommunications should be at least 2gang socket combinations; those alongside aerial sockets should be at least 3gang socket combinations. They each count however according to the table as one outlet. 2)

< 10 < 12 <5 <7 < 10 < 12 < 15 < 11 <7 <6 <8 < 11 <5 <2 <2 <3 <2

Equipment category 3

2)3)

[ ]

Key SCHUKO socket Light, general Telecoms socket Aerial socket Electric hob Built-in electric hob Built-in oven Refrigerator Freezer Fridge/freezer Dishwasher Washing machine Washer-drier Hot water heater

no other hot water [ ] ifsupply appliances, E Electrical general

A telephone wall socket should be combined with the aerial sockets. If the number of sockets, outlets and connections is increased, the number of circuits must also be increased. If electric doors, gates, blinds and shutters are installed, the number of circuits must be increased. In rooms with more than one door or in stairwells the lighting should be operable from at least two points. Access paths, building main doors including doorbell panels and steps, must be adequately lit. If there is no permanent lighting in hours of darkness, additional facilities such as controllers or comparable automatic switching devices should be fitted. Light systems for stairwells, lift areas in apartment blocks and lobbies should be fitted with programmable automatic cut-outs. To avoid sudden darkness, the automatic cut-out must provide a warning, such as dimming. The switches and push-buttons in these rooms must be identifiable in darkness, e.g. by means of a built-in lamp. Power sockets installed in the open air should be protected against unauthorised use, e.g. by a lock mechanism or cut-out. To permit subsequent deployment of Instabus EIB, it is recommended to install a ready made-up bus cable or unoccupied conduit system during electrical installation. In rooms for special uses, such as hobby rooms, separate circuits should be configured for lighting and wall sockets where appropriate. Cellar and basement rooms forming part of the dwelling must be protected by additional circuits. A doorbell must be provided for each dwelling, for buildings with more than two dwellings a door opening system should also be fitted in conjunction with an intercom.

T73

T72

ACCESSORIES Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Packing unit

Mounting plates

Mounting plate for 2 x microphone jack

Blank plates

black

1112 17

Mounting plate unperforated black

1111 00

For data connector housing order no. 1110 .., 1115 02, 1119 .., 1126 .., 4256 15

For data connector housing order no. 1110 .., 1115 02, 1119 .., 1126 .., 4256 15 on page T71

for customised cut-outs or holes when installing special solutions

TV/audio Mounting plate for XLR built-in jack C-series black

1111 05

Mounting plate for UHF jack and N-connector

For data connector housing order no. 1110 .., 1115 02, 1119 .., 1126 .., 4256 15 on page T71

XLR-circular plug-in connector: Binder; Cannon; Conrad Electronic; Farnell; Hirose; Lumberg; Monacor; RS Components; XLR circular plug-in connector: Neutrik with cut-out dia. 24.5 mm

black

1111 06

1111 07

For data connector housing order no. 1110 .., 1115 02, 1119 .., 1126 .., 4256 15 on page T71

Mounting plate for XLR built-in plug P-series black

Microphone jack 4pole: Cannon; Conrad Electronic; Dr. Ing. Sieger; Farnell; Lumberg; Monacor; RS Components with cut-out dia. 16 mm

UHF socket N connector: Amphenol-Tuchel; Cannon; Conrad Electronic; Dr. Ing. Sieger; Farnell; Hirose; Lumberg; Monacor; RS Components; UHF jack N connector: Neutrik with cut-out dia. 16 mm

For data connector housing order no. 1110 .., 1115 02, 1119 .., 1126 .., 4256 15 on page T71

XLR-circular plug-in connector: Binder; Cannon; Conrad Electronic; Farnell; Hirose; Lumberg; Monacor; RS Components; XLR circular plug-in connector: Neutrik with cut-out dia. 19.5 mm

Data-/telecommunications Mounting plate for D-Subminiature connectors 9pole black

1111 09

D-subminiature connectors see module inserts. on page T71

For data connector housing order no. 1110 .., 1115 02, 1119 .., 1126 .., 4256 15 For D-subminiature connector order no. 1839

for socket or plug connector

Mounting plate for D-Subminiature connectors 15pole

Mounting plate for diodes built-in plug/jack black

1111 03

black

1111 02

D-subminiature connectors see module inserts. For data connector housing order no. 1110 .., 1115 02, 1119 .., 1126 .., 4256 15 on page T71

606

Circular plug-in connector: Cannon; Conrad Electronic; Farnell; Lumberg; Monacor; RS Components with cut-out dia. 16.5 mm

on page T71

For data connector housing order no. 1110 .., 1115 02, 1119 .., 1126 .., 4256 15 For D-subminiature connector order no. 1835

for socket or plug connector

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

ACCESSORIES Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Mounting plate for D-Subminiature connectors 25pole black

1111 01

Mounting plate for modular jack black

For data connector housing order no. 1110 .., 1115 02, 1119 .., 1126 .., 4256 15 For D-subminiature connector order no. 1834

on page T71

Mounting plate for 2 x BNC/TNC built-in jack/ plug

on page T71

1112 14

For data connector housing order no. 1110 .., 1115 02, 1119 .., 1126 .., 4256 15 For BNC built-in jack order no. 1840

with cut-out dia. 9.8 mm for sockets/plugs with solder connection

Mounting plate for 2 x BNC built-in jack/plug black

1112 13

For data connector housing order no. 1110 .., 1115 02, 1119 .., 1126 .., 4256 15 For modular jack order no. 1829, 1833, 1854 01

Modular jacks: AMP, order no. 216000-2, 216005; Asyco; Dätwyler; Dr. Ing. Sieger; Drivex; EFB Electronic; Erni; Hubbell; Intracom; Radiall; Setec; LANmark 5, 6 and 7 (only with with Keystone-Clip): Nexans; Keystone Jack: Kerpen; ELine 600 GG45 jacks: Kerpen

for socket or plug connector

black

1111 16

Indexing dimension (W x H) approx. 15 x 19,3 mm

D-subminiature connectors see module inserts. on page T71

Packing unit

Mounting plate for 2 x modular jack black

For data connector housing order no. 1110 .., 1115 02, 1119 .., 1126 .., 4256 15

1112 18

Indexing dimension (W x H) approx. 14,7 x 20,7 mm

on page T71

with cut-out dia. 11 mm

Mounting plate for 2 x BNC/TNC built-in jack/ plug black

on page T71

1112 12

on page T71

Modular jacks: AMP, order no. 554908, 554909

Mounting plate for 2 x fibre-optic couplings Simplex ST

For data connector housing order no. 1110 .., 1115 02, 1119 .., 1126 .., 4256 15

black

with cut-out dia. 12.9 mm

Mounting plate for IBM data plug black

1111 04

on page T71

For data connector housing order no. 1110 .., 1115 02, 1119 .., 1126 .., 4256 15 on page T71

Data plug: Dr. Ing. Sieger; IBM; Telena

Mounting plate for modular jack black

1111 15

For data connector housing order no. 1110 .., 1115 02, 1119 .., 1126 .., 4256 15

1112 20

For data connector housing order no. 1110 .., 1115 02, 1119 .., 1126 .., 4256 15

Fibre-optic couplings: Ackermann; AMP; Anixter; Brand-Rex; BTR; CobiNet; Diamond; Drahtex; Huber+Suhner; Krone; Telegärtner

Indexing dimension (W x H) approx. 14 x 19,3 mm

on page T71

For data connector housing order no. 1110 .., 1115 02, 1119 .., 1126 .., 4256 15

Modular jacks: AMP, order no. 554171

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

607

ACCESSORIES Order no.

Packing unit

Order no.

Packing unit

Mounting plate for 2 x fibre-optic couplings Duplex SC black

on page T71

1112 21

For data connector housing order no. 1110 .., 1115 02, 1119 .., 1126 .., 4256 15

Fibre-optic couplings: Ackermann; AMP; Brand-Rex; BTR; CobiNet; Diamond; Drahtex; FiberCraft; Huber+Suhner; Krone; Quante; Telegärtner

Connectors for cold condition Mounting plate for plug/jack for cold conditions black

1111 21

Only for jack for cold conditions with screw terminals. on page T71

For data connector housing order no. 1110 .., 1115 02, 1119 .., 1126 .., 4256 15

Non-heating appliance plugs/jacks: Conrad Electronic; Farnell; RS Components

608

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

general terms and conditions of business General Terms and Conditions of Business (status 3/04) (on the basis of the ZVEI e.V. recommendation on conditions) 1. General provisions The written declarations by both parties are deemed authoritative in respect of the scope of the deliveries or services (hereinafter Deliveries). In addition these General Terms and Conditions of Business apply. General terms and conditions of the Buyer shall only apply insofar as the Supplier or the party rendering the service (hereinafter Supplier) has expressly approved of such conditions in writing. In other respects the regulations of Verband Deutscher Elektrotechniker apply insofar as they are taken into consideration in respect of the safety of deliveries or services. These General Terms and Conditions of Business also apply to all future transactions with the Buyer. The Supplier reserves unrestricted ownership and copyright utilisation rights to cost estimates, drawings and other offer documents (hereinafter Documents). These may not be made available to third parties without approval by the Supplier and on request they are to be returned without delay if the order is not placed. This applies accordingly to the Buyer’s documents. However, these may be made available to third parties to whom the Supplier is permitted and intends to assign deliveries. The Buyer enjoys the non-exclusive right to use standard and individual software with the agreed performance factors in an unaltered form on the agreed equipment. The Buyer may not assign or make this software available to third parties for use. Partial deliveries are permitted. In the case of order-related production, excess or short deliveries in each case of 10% are permitted. 2. Securities The Buyer’s creditworthiness is the prerequisite for an obligation to deliver. As a general rule the Supplier is entitled to demand advance payments, securities or cash payments insofar as it considers this necessary. If the Buyer remains in arrears in respect of honouring its payment obligations, or if it does not answer questions regarding its creditworthiness, the Supplier reserves the right to withdraw from the contract and, if applicable, demand claims for damages as a result of non-performance. In such cases goods that have already been delivered are to be returned to the Supplier in their original condition. Furthermore in the event of enforcement by writ in respect of the Buyer’s assets, composition or bankruptcy proceedings, discontinuation of business operations or the transfer of a business as well as seizure, all the Supplier’s accounts receivable shall fall due without delay. The Supplier is to be informed without delay of any considerable deterioration in the financial position (e.g. enforcement by writ, discontinuation of payment, composition, bankruptcy, discontinuation of business operations, the transfer of a business, seizure or the transfer of goods, inventories or outstanding items as a guarantee). 3. Delivery periods Details in the confirmation of order are authoritative in respect of the delivery period. Adherence to the period is conditional on the following: the timely receipt of all documents, licences and releases to be obtained by the Buyer; self-deliveries; adherence to the terms of payment specified by the Supplier, and other obligations. The period shall be extended accordingly if these basic requirements are not met in good time. The period is deemed adhered to if the goods have been dispatched, or collected, within the agreed delivery period. If the delivery is delayed for reasons for which the Buyer is responsible, the time agreed upon shall be deemed complied with on notification of the readiness to dispatch. If the non-adherence to the period for deliveries is proven to be attributable to force majeure, industrial disputes or unforeseeable obstructions, the period shall be extended accordingly. In the event that the agreed or extended delivery period is not adhered to, the Buyer may, insofar as it furnishes proof that it has suffered damage as a result of the delay, demand compensation for delayed performance for each full week of delay from _% to a total of 5% of the value of the part of the delivery that is delivered late. Further-reaching claims for compensation on the part of the Buyer are excluded. This does not apply insofar as mandatory liability

applies in cases of intent or gross negligence. This shall not affect the Buyer’s right to withdraw following the lapse of a reasonable extension granted to the Supplier. 4. Passing of risk Risk shall also pass to the Buyer in the case of a carriage-paid delivery if the goods have been dispatched or collected. Shipping shall be carried out according to the Buyer’s instructions or according to the Supplier’s best judgement without responsibility for the most cost-effective forwarding. At the request, and cost, of the Buyer, the Supplier shall insure the consignment against customary transport risks. If the shipping is delayed at the Buyer’s request, or for reasons for which the Buyer is responsible, the risk shall pass to the Buyer from the day on which the goods are ready for dispatch. In such a case the Supplier shall be under obligation to bring about the insurance policies requested by Buyer at the Buyer’s cost. If goods are taken back, the Buyer shall bear the risk up to the receipt at the Supplier’s premises. 5. Reservation of title The delivery items (reserved goods) shall remain the Supplier’s property until all the claims against the Buyer to which it is entitled from the business association are met. Prior to this pledging or ownership transfer by way of security are prohibited. The Buyer may only sell the reserved goods, regardless of their condition, to resellers during the ordinary course of business subject to the proviso that it is not in arrears with payments due to the Supplier and that it assigns to the Supplier at this point in time claims, including all accessory rights, to which it is entitled from such a sale. The assignment of such claims is restricted to the amount of all the claims to which the Supplier is entitled resulting from the business association. The Buyer is also entitled to collect these claims following such an assignment. This shall not affect the Supplier’s authority to collect such claims. On request the Buyer is to disclose to the Supplier the amounts and debtors in relation to the assigned claims, to make available to the Supplier without delay all documents required for collection, and to inform the debtor in writing of the assignment. Treating and finishing the reserved goods shall by carried on behalf of the Supplier without the Supplier being under obligation. If the goods are combined or blended with other items, the Buyer shall assign to the Supplier at this point in time its property or co-ownership rights to the new items. It shall store these with commercial diligence on behalf of the Supplier. In the event of a sale of the new items, the Buyer hereby assigns to the Supplier its claims and accessory rights resulting from such a sale for safety’s sake. If the Buyer finishes the goods with other goods that are not the Supplier’s property, the Supplier shall be entitled to part-ownership of the new item in proportion of the value of the reserved goods. In the case of conduct on the part of the Buyer in breach of contract, in particular in the case of default in payment, the Supplier shall be entitled to take back the reserved goods. At the Supplier’s request the Buyer shall be under obligation to surrender without delay. Taking goods back and the seizure of the reserved goods by the Supplier do not constitute any kind of declaration of withdrawal. The Buyer is to undertake all the necessary measures at its own cost to avoid a detrimental effect on or the loss of the rights to the delivered goods to which the Supplier is entitled. The Buyer is to ward off or inform the Supplier without delay of cases of seizure or other intervention by third parties. The Buyer shall be responsible for possible disadvantages it suffers as a result of it not observing this obligation. 6. Prices The prices are stated in euros. They are ex works prices and exclude packaging and are to be construed plus the respective valid statutory value added tax. In the case of goods purchased in a single order in excess of € 1,000.00 we shall deliver free of charge, carriage paid, to the receiving station excluding packaging. In the case of such an order in excess of € 2,500.00 we shall deliver free of charge, carriage-paid, to the receiving station including packaging. 7. Terms and conditions of payment Payments are to be effected within 30 days from the date of invoice without any deduction ex paying agent of the Supplier. A trade discount of 2% shall be granted in the case

of payment within 10 days following the date of invoice. Payment arrears or payment by bill of exchange rule out the deduction of a trade discount. Cheques shall only be accepted subject to the customary reservations, while bills of exchange shall only be accepted following a special agreement and if they comply with the acquisition conditions of the European Central Bank (ECB). Discount charges, fees and tax on notes and bills of exchange shall be borne by the Buyer. These are to be paid upon issuing the bill of exchange to the Supplier. In the case of all kinds of payment the day of performance shall be deemed the day on which the Supplier can dispose of the amount. In the event that the term of payment is exceeded, or the delivery is delayed, at the Buyer’s request by more than 30 days once the goods are ready for dispatch, the Supplier shall be entitled, without the necessity of issuing a special warning, to charge interest on arrears of 3% p.a. above the respective main refinancing rate of the ECB as from the due date, at least, however, amounting in each case to the interest rates charged by major Rhine-Westphalian banks for unsecured credits. The Supplier reserves the right to assert a claim on the grounds of greater damage. In other respects in the case of default in payment the Supplier shall be entitled to demand the surrender of the goods and claim for damages as a result of nonperformance. The Buyer may only set off undisputed or res judicata claims against the Supplier’s claims. 8. Liability for defects The Supplier guarantees that the sold goods do not contain defects at the time of the passing of risk. Insofar as parts proven to have been procured from the Supplier contained defects prior to the passing of risk, the Supplier shall be liable to the Buyer as follows: 1. The Buyer shall only be entitled to the warranty rights below if it has met in a proper manner the requirement to give notice of defects incumbent upon the Buyer by way of written notification of the identified defects, and it has returned to the Supplier the goods for which a complaint has been lodged. 2. All the parts or services whose usefulness is considerably impaired within 12 months, without consideration given to the operating period, calculated from the day on which the risk passes, as a result of an incident prior to the passing of risk, are to be subsequently improved at the Supplier’s discretion free of charge, or new ones are to be supplied or new services are to be rendered. 3. If the Buyer provides notification of defects in relation to the delivered goods or service, this shall only constitute a right to retain payment if the existence of a defect is res judicata or is not disputed by the Supplier. In this respect the retained payment must be commensurate with the respective faults. 4. The Buyer is to use its reasonable discretion to grant the Supplier appropriate time and opportunity to rectify defects. If it refuses to do this the Supplier shall be released from the liability for defects.

per alterations or repair work, no warranty shall apply to these and the consequences resulting from them. 8. The warranty period for subsequent improvements and replacement deliveries is 3 months. It shall apply at least until expiry of the warranty period for the goods for which a complaint has been lodged. 9. Further-reaching claims on the part of the Buyer against the Supplier and its vicarious agents are excluded, in particular claims for compensation of damage not caused to the delivery item. This does not apply insofar as mandatory liability applies in accordance with the Product Liability Act, with the restriction in accordance with sub-section 7, or in cases of intent, gross negligence or the lack of warranted characteristics 10. All kinds of liability are excluded in the case of defects in software products. It is expressly stated that no warranty is provided for functions, suitability, usefulness, nonviolation or other expected characteristics. Accordingly liability for any kind of damage or consequential damage caused by the software in respect of the user or third parties is excluded. If mandatory legal norms do not allow for this comprehensive exemption from liability for software in certain cases, it shall nevertheless remain in place for all other cases. 9. Industrial property rights, copyrights 1. Insofar as a third party lodges justified claims against the Buyer as a result of violation of an industrial property right /copyright (hereinafter Copyrights) by way of products delivered by the Supplier and used as per agreement, the Supplier shall be liable to the Buyer as follows: a) The Supplier shall, at its own discretion, bring about a utilisation right for the product, alter the product or replace it or if this is not possible under reasonable conditions take back the product subject to reimbursement of the purchase price. Further-reaching claims against the Supplier are excluded. b) The aforementioned obligation of the Supplier shall only apply if the Buyer informs the Supplier without delay of the claims lodged by third parties; does not recognise a violation of industrial property rights, and the Supplier is reserved the right to conduct all defensive measures and hold composition negotiations. 2. Claims by the Buyer shall be excluded insofar as it is responsible for the violation of an industrial property right or if such a violation is caused by the Buyer’s special parameters or unforeseeable application or alteration or blending with other products. 10. Impossibility, contractual adjustment 1. If it becomes impossible for the Supplier to honour the delivery incumbent upon the Supplier for reasons, which are its responsibility, the Buyer shall be entitled to request as compensation up to 10% of the value of the products that have not been delivered. 2. Insofar as events outside the Supplier’s sphere of influence considerably change the economic significance or the content of the delivery, of have an effect on the Supplier’s operations, the Supplier shall be entitled to withdraw from the contract or to adjust the contact in agreement with the Buyer.

5. If the Supplier allows a reasonable extension granted to the Supplier to lapse without rectifying the defect, or if the subsequent improvement is impossible or the Supplier refuses this, the Buyer may assert a right to reduce the purchase price. The Buyer may also demand conversion if an agreement n respect of abatement is not reached between the Buyer and Supplier.

11. Other claims for damages The following claims for damages lodged by the Buyer are excluded: claims on the grounds of a positive breach of contract, violation of obligations in the case of contractual negotiations and on the basis of unlawful acts. This does not apply insofar as mandatory liability applies by law, in particular in the case of intent, gross negligence and the lack of warranted characteristics.

6. The Buyer’s right to assert claims resulting from defects shall in any case fall under the statute of limitations in 6 months from the time of notification of defects. However, this shall not be before the warranty has elapsed. If no agreement is reached within this period, the Supplier and Buyer may agree upon an extension of this period of limitation.

12. Place of jurisdiction Hagen i.W. is deemed the place of general jurisdiction for all disputes resulting directly or indirectly from the contractual relationship. German law applies to the contractual relations. The Hague Convention of 01.07.1964 and the UN Sales Convention of 11.04.1980 shall not be applied.

7. The liability for defects does not apply to natural wear-and-tear and furthermore not to damage that occurs following the passing of risk as a result of faulty or negligent treatment, excessive or improper use, unsuitable operating resources, faulty construction work and similar external influences that were not presupposed as per agreement, and non reproducible software faults. If the Supplier is rendered liable for damage as a joint debtor by a third party for one of these reasons, the Buyer irrevocably assumes the liability at this point in time by way of internal arrangements.

13. Binding force of contract Even in the case of the legal invalidity of individual items, the binding force of the contract shall further apply to the other items of the contract.

If the Buyer or third parties carry out impro-

609

PRODUCT SUMMARY Order no.

Packing Page Order no. unit

0102 09 1 0123 1 0124 10 1 0125 1 0126 1 0126 1 0126 1 0126 1 0127 1 0128 1 0129 1 0140 1 0142 1 0143 05 1 0143 09 1 0148 1 0149 09 1 0150 29 1 0151 09 1 0152 09 1 0154 1 0155 1 0158 1 0159 1 0161 1 0162 1 0163 01 1 0165 01 1 0167 01 1 0169 1 0170 1 0171 1 0172 01 1 0173 1 0174 01 09 1 0174 01 09 1 0175 09 1 0175 09 1 0177 09 1 0178 09 1 0178 10 09 1 0179 1 0179 50 1 0180 1 0181 1 0182 09 1 0182 09 1 0183 01 1 0184 1 0185 1 0187 00 1 0187 01 1 0188 1 0190 1 0191 09 1 0191 50 1 0191 51 1 08 1836 200 08 1836 01 200 08 1836 02 200 08 1837 200 08 4185 25 21 200 08 4185 25 22 200 08 4185 25 25 200 08 4185 25 26 200 08 4516 25 68 * 200 09 1151 01 10 09 1151 05 10 09 1151 09 10 09 1151 25 01 10 09 1151 25 05 10 09 1151 25 07 10 09 1151 25 09 10 09 1151 25 11 * 10 09 1151 25 15 * 10 09 1151 25 17 * 10 09 1151 25 19 * 10 09 1152 21 10 09 1152 25 10

610

321 47 331 334 296 307 317 331 335 336 335 55 55 321 321 327 327 326 326 326 327 327 327 327 55 54 47 49 49 58 59 59 60 60 323 333 323 333 332 335 337 334 335 338 337 325 332 59 58 47 48 48 48 322 450 451 450 466 466 466 466 459 459 459 459 461 470 470 470 454 454 454 454 455 455 455 455 470 470

Packing Page unit

09 1152 25 25 10 09 1152 25 29 10 09 1152 25 55 10 09 1152 25 59 10 09 1152 25 65 10 09 1152 25 69 10 09 1152 29 10 09 1152 55 10 09 1152 59 10 09 1152 65 10 09 1152 69 10 09 1803 25 05 10 09 1803 25 07 10 09 1803 25 09 10 09 1803 25 68 * 10 09 1803 25 76 * 10 09 1803 25 90 10 09 1803 25 94 10 09 1819 25 07 2 09 1819 25 11 2 09 1819 25 15 2 09 1819 25 18 * 2 09 1819 25 19 2 09 1819 25 68 2 09 1819 25 70 * 2 09 1819 25 74 * 2 09 1819 25 76 * 2 09 1820 200 09 1820 01 200 09 1825 25 06 10 09 1825 25 11 10 09 1825 25 12 10 09 1825 25 15 10 09 1825 25 68 * 10 09 1826 25 07 2 09 1826 25 11 2 09 1826 25 15 2 09 1826 25 18 2 09 1826 25 19 2 09 1826 25 28 2 09 1826 25 38 # 2 09 1826 25 70 * 2 09 1826 25 74 * 2 09 1826 25 76 * 2 09 1827 25 01 10 09 1827 25 05 10 09 1827 25 07 10 09 1827 25 09 10 09 1827 25 18 10 09 1827 25 28 10 09 1827 25 34 # 10 09 1827 25 38 # 10 09 1827 25 70 * 10 09 1827 25 74 * 10 09 1827 25 76 ** 10 09 1827 25 91 10 09 1827 25 95 10 09 1827 25 97 10 09 1827 25 99 10 09 1828 25 01 10 09 1828 25 05 10 09 1828 25 07 10 09 1828 25 09 10 09 1828 25 18 10 09 1828 25 28 10 09 1828 25 34 # 10 09 1828 25 38 10 09 1828 25 70 * 10 09 1828 25 74 * 10 09 1828 25 76 * 10 09 1828 25 86 10 09 1828 25 90 10 09 1828 25 91 10 09 1828 25 94 10 09 1828 25 95 10 09 1828 25 97 10 09 1828 25 99 10 09 1844 10 09 1853 10

455 455 455 455 455 455 470 470 470 470 470 454 454 454 454 454 454 454 454 454 454 454 454 454 454 454 454 465 465 455 455 455 455 455 454 454 454 454 454 454 454 454 454 454 454 454 454 454 454 454 454 454 454 454 454 464 464 464 464 454 454 454 454 454 454 454 454 454 454 454 464 464 464 464 464 464 464 466 464

Order no.

Packing Page Order no. unit

09 1883 200 09 1887 200 09 1911 100 09 1911 01 100 09 1912 100 09 1912 01 100 09 1915 01 10 09 1915 02 10 09 1933 10 09 1936 10 09 1941 01 # 10 09 1941 05 10 09 1941 09 10 09 1942 05 2 09 1942 09 2 09 1943 05 10 09 1943 09 10 09 1944 05 2 09 1944 09 2 09 1969 01 # 10 09 1969 05 10 09 1969 07 10 09 1969 09 10 09 1969 61 # 10 09 1969 62 # 10 09 1969 63 # 10 09 1969 65 # 10 09 1988 25 02 10 09 1988 25 03 10 09 1988 25 04 10 09 1988 25 05 10 09 1988 25 06 10 09 2870 25 01 10 09 2870 25 05 10 09 2870 25 07 10 09 2870 25 09 10 09 2870 25 18 10 09 2870 25 28 10 09 2871 25 71 1 09 2871 25 75 1 09 2871 25 77 1 09 2871 25 79 1 09 2876 25 01 1 09 2876 25 05 1 09 2876 25 07 1 09 2876 25 09 1 09 2876 25 18 * 1 09 2876 25 28 * 1 09 2876 25 38 * 1 09 2891 25 01 10 09 2891 25 05 10 09 2891 25 06 10 09 2891 25 09 10 09 2892 05 10 09 2892 09 10 09 3651 25 01 10 09 3651 25 05 10 09 3651 25 07 10 09 3651 25 09 10 09 3651 25 18 10 09 3651 25 28 10 09 3652 25 01 10 09 3652 25 05 10 09 3652 25 07 10 09 3652 25 09 10 09 3652 25 28 10 09 3655 25 01 10 09 3655 25 05 10 09 3655 25 07 10 09 3655 25 09 10 09 3655 25 18 10 09 3655 25 28 10 09 3655 25 34 # 10 09 3655 25 38 # 10 09 3656 25 01 10 09 3656 25 05 10 09 3656 25 07 10 09 3656 25 09 10 09 3656 25 18 10

465 465 465 465 465 465 465 465 466 470 470 470 470 470 470 470 470 470 470 470 470 470 470 470 470 470 470 454 454 454 454 454 457 457 457 457 457 457 458 458 458 458 458 458 458 458 458 458 458 458 458 458 458 471 471 455 455 455 455 455 455 455 455 455 455 455 456 456 456 456 456 456 456 456 455 455 455 455 455

Packing Page unit

09 3656 25 28 09 3656 25 34 # 09 3656 25 38 # 09 3657 25 01 09 3657 25 05 09 3657 25 07 09 3657 25 09 09 3657 25 28 09 3671 25 01 09 3671 25 05 09 3671 25 07 09 3671 25 09 09 3671 25 18 * 09 3671 25 28 * 09 3671 25 38 * 09 3675 25 01 09 3675 25 05 09 3675 25 07 09 3675 25 08 * 09 3675 25 09 09 3675 25 18 * 09 3675 25 21 09 3675 25 25 09 3675 25 27 09 3675 25 28 * 09 3675 25 29 09 3682 05 09 3682 09 09 3686 05 09 3686 09 09 3752 25 01 09 3752 25 05 09 3752 25 07 09 3752 25 09 09 3752 25 68 09 3762 25 31 09 3762 25 31 09 3762 25 35 09 3762 25 35 09 3762 25 39 09 3762 25 39 09 3772 25 01 09 3772 25 05 09 3772 25 07 09 3772 25 09 09 4185 25 01 09 4185 25 02 09 4185 25 05 09 4185 25 06 09 4195 25 01 09 4195 25 02 09 4195 25 05 09 4195 25 06 09 4196 05 09 4196 09 09 4197 05 09 4197 09 09 4198 05 09 4198 09 09 4199 05 09 4199 09 09 4507 25 01 09 4507 25 05 09 4507 25 07 09 4507 25 09 09 4509 25 02 09 4509 25 05 09 4511 25 11 09 4511 25 12 09 4511 25 15 09 4511 25 16 09 4516 25 01 09 4516 25 05 09 4516 25 07 09 4516 25 09 09 4516 25 25 # 09 4517 25 01 09 4517 25 05 09 4517 25 07

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

455 455 455 455 455 455 455 455 456 456 456 456 456 456 456 457 457 457 457 457 457 457 457 457 457 457 470 470 470 470 456 456 456 456 456 456 456 456 456 456 456 457 457 457 457 459 459 459 459 459 459 459 459 471 471 471 471 471 471 471 471 456 456 456 456 456 456 462 462 462 462 461 461 461 461 458 461 461 461

Unverbindlic"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

PRODUCT SUMMARY Order no.

09 4517 25 09 09 4519 25 01 09 4519 25 02 09 4519 25 05 09 4519 25 06 09 4557 25 05 09 4557 25 07 09 4557 25 09 09 4559 25 05 09 4559 25 07 09 4559 25 09 09 4560 25 01 09 4560 25 02 09 4560 25 05 09 4561 25 02 09 4570 25 05 09 4581 25 01 09 4581 25 02 09 4581 25 05 09 4581 25 06 09 4778 25 01 09 4778 25 02 09 4778 25 05 09 4778 25 06 09 4779 25 01 09 4779 25 02 09 4779 25 05 09 4779 25 06 09 6184 25 01 09 6184 25 02 09 6184 25 05 09 6184 25 06 09 6185 25 01 09 6185 25 02 09 6185 25 05 09 6185 25 06 09 6194 25 01 09 6194 25 02 09 6194 25 05 09 6194 25 06 09 6195 25 01 09 6195 25 02 09 6195 25 05 09 6195 25 06 09 6198 05 09 6198 09 09 6199 05 09 6199 09 09 6249 25 01 09 6249 25 02 09 6249 25 05 09 6249 25 06 09 6252 25 02 09 6252 25 05 09 6253 25 01 09 6253 25 09 09 6253 25 15 09 6253 25 17 09 6256 25 01 09 6256 25 02 09 6256 25 05 09 6256 25 06 09 6257 25 01 09 6257 25 02 09 6257 25 05 09 6257 25 06 09 6262 25 01 09 6262 25 02 09 6262 25 05 09 6262 25 06 09 6272 25 01 09 6272 25 02 09 6272 25 05 09 6272 25 06 1001 01 1001 09 1002 00 02 1002 00 02 1002 00 69

Packing Page Order no. unit

461 462 462 462 462 463 463 463 462 462 462 462 462 462 462 461 462 462 462 462 459 459 459 459 459 459 459 459 459 459 459 459 460 460 460 460 459 459 459 459 460 460 460 460 471 471 471 471 460 460 460 460 461 461 460 460 460 460 461 461 461 461 461 461 461 461 460 460 460 460 461 461 461 461 286 286 343 359 343

1002 00 69 1002 90 04 1002 90 11 1004 90 04 1004 90 11 1005 00 01 1005 00 02 1005 00 69 1005 70 02 1005 70 04 1005 70 06 * 1005 70 09 1005 70 24 * 1007 14 04 1007 16 06 1007 19 09 1007 99 09 1009 02 1009 09 1009 14 04 1009 14 14 1009 16 06 1009 16 16 1009 19 09 1009 19 19 1009 20 1009 21 1009 60 79 * 1009 60 89 * 1009 89 12 1009 89 19 1009 89 82 1009 89 89 1010 00 1010 70 00 1010 70 00 1010 71 00 1010 71 00 1010 72 00 1010 72 00 1011 02 1011 09 1011 14 04 1011 16 06 1011 19 09 1011 22 1011 29 1011 30 04 1011 30 46 1011 39 04 1011 45 1011 60 19 * 1011 60 45 * 1011 60 62 * 1011 60 89 * 1011 62 1011 64 04 # 1011 64 14 * 1011 66 06 # 1011 66 16 * 1011 69 09 1011 72 1011 89 12 1011 89 19 1011 89 62 1011 89 82 1011 89 89 1011 99 09 1011 99 19 1011 99 45 1012 02 1012 09 1012 14 04 1012 16 06 1012 19 09 1012 22 1012 29 1012 30 04 1012 30 46

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Packing Page unit

1 1 1 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 1 1 1 1 20 20 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 10 1 1 1 1 1 1 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 2 2 10 10

359 359 359 268 268 268 268 268 229 229 229 229 229 348 348 348 348 75 75 129 129 129 129 129 129 291 291 170 170 129 129 129 129 281 161 203 161 203 161 203 64 64 106 106 106 64 64 110 110 110 64 159 159 159 159 64 114 114 114 114 114 64 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 64 64 106 106 106 64 64 110 110

Order no.

1012 39 04 1012 60 19 * 1012 60 62 * 1012 60 89 v 1012 62 1012 64 04 # 1012 64 14 * 1012 66 06 # 1012 66 16 * 1012 69 09 1012 72 1012 89 12 1012 89 19 1012 89 62 1012 89 82 1012 89 89 1012 99 09 1012 99 19 1013 02 1013 09 1013 14 04 1013 16 06 1013 19 09 1013 22 1013 29 1013 30 04 1013 30 46 1013 39 04 1013 60 19 * 1013 60 62 * 1013 60 89 * 1013 62 1013 64 04 # 1013 64 14 * 1013 66 06 # 1013 66 16 * 1013 69 09 1013 89 12 1013 89 19 1013 89 62 1013 89 82 1013 89 89 1013 99 09 1013 99 19 1014 02 1014 09 1014 14 04 1014 16 06 1014 19 09 1014 30 04 1014 30 46 1014 39 04 1014 60 19 * 1014 60 62 * 1014 60 89 * 1014 62 1014 64 04 # 1014 64 14 * 1014 66 06 # 1014 66 16 * 1014 69 09 1014 89 62 1014 89 82 1014 89 89 1014 99 09 1015 02 1015 09 1015 14 04 1015 16 06 1015 19 09 1015 30 04 1015 30 46 1015 39 04 1015 60 19 * 1015 60 62 * 1015 60 89 * 1015 62 1015 64 04 # 1015 64 14 *

Packing Page Order no. unit

10 10 10 10 10 5 5 5 5 5 2 10 10 2 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 2 2 10 10 10 10 2 2 10 5 5 5 5 5 10 10 2 10 10 10 10 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 10 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1

110 159 159 159 64 114 114 114 114 114 64 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 64 64 106 106 106 64 64 110 110 110 159 159 159 64 114 114 114 114 114 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 64 64 106 106 106 110 110 110 159 159 159 64 114 114 114 114 114 100 100 100 100 64 64 106 106 106 110 110 110 159 159 159 64 114 114

1015 66 06 # 1015 66 16 * 1015 69 09 1015 89 62 1015 89 82 1015 89 89 1015 99 09 1019 02 1019 09 1019 14 04 1019 16 06 1019 19 09 1019 60 89 * 1019 89 82 1019 89 89 1021 12 1021 22 1021 32 1022 1022 09 1022 14 04 1022 16 06 1022 19 09 1022 50 1022 51 1022 59 1022 60 19 * 1022 89 12 1022 89 19 1022 99 19 1023 14 04 1023 16 06 1023 19 09 1023 60 19 * 1023 89 12 1023 89 19 1023 99 19 1024 14 04 1024 16 06 1024 19 09 1024 60 19 * 1025 14 04 1025 16 06 1025 19 09 1025 60 19 * 1029 00 01 1029 00 02 1029 00 02 1029 00 62 1029 00 62 1029 00 62 1029 00 65 1029 00 69 1029 00 69 1029 90 04 1029 90 11 1030 00 01 1030 00 02 1030 00 02 1030 00 62 1030 00 62 1030 00 62 1030 00 69 1030 00 69 1030 90 04 1030 90 11 1031 00 01 1031 00 02 1031 00 02 1031 00 62 1031 00 62 1031 00 62 1031 00 69 1031 00 69 1031 90 04 1031 90 11 1033 02 1033 09 1033 14 04

Packing Page unit

1 1 1 2 2 2 2 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 10 10 10

114 114 114 100 100 100 100 86 86 141 141 141 181 141 141 34 34 34 85 85 106 106 106 481 481 481 159 100 100 100 106 106 106 159 100 100 100 106 106 106 159 106 106 106 159 245 64 245 64 159 245 159 64 245 245 245 245 64 245 64 159 245 64 245 245 245 245 65 245 65 159 245 65 245 245 245 86 86 142

611

PRODUCT SUMMARY Order no.

1033 16 06 1033 19 09 1033 60 89 * 1033 89 12 1033 89 19 1034 00 01 1034 00 02 1034 00 04 1035 00 01 # 1035 00 02 # 1035 00 69 # 1035 01 01 1035 01 02 1035 01 69 1035 70 02 1035 70 04 1035 70 06 * 1035 70 09 1035 70 24 * 1037 1037 01 1039 20 1039 21 1040 1040 01 1041 14 04 1041 16 06 1041 16 06 1041 19 09 1041 19 09 1041 70 02 1041 70 04 1041 70 06 * 1041 70 09 1041 70 24 * 1041 89 82 1041 89 89 1041 99 09 1042 14 04 1042 16 06 1042 16 06 1042 19 09 1042 19 09 1042 70 02 1042 70 04 1042 70 06 * 1042 70 09 1042 70 24 * 1042 89 82 1042 89 89 1042 99 09 1043 14 04 1043 16 06 1043 16 06 1043 19 09 1043 19 09 1043 70 02 1043 70 04 1043 70 06 * 1043 70 09 1043 70 24 * 1043 89 82 1043 89 89 1043 99 09 1044 00 01 1044 00 02 1044 00 04 1045 00 01 1045 00 02 1045 00 69 1045 01 01 1045 01 02 1045 01 69 1045 70 02 1045 70 04 1045 70 06 * 1045 70 09 1045 70 24 * 1045 71 02

612

Packing Page Order no. unit

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 20 20 20 20 20 20 10 10 10 20 20 20 20 20 10

142 142 181 142 142 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 268 229 229 229 229 229 292 292 291 291 292 292 106 106 110 106 110 195 198 195 195 195 101 101 101 107 107 111 107 111 195 198 195 195 195 101 101 101 107 107 111 107 111 195 198 195 195 195 101 101 101 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 215 215 215 215 215 215

1045 71 06 * 1045 71 09 1045 71 24 * 1052 14 04 1052 16 06 1052 19 09 1052 50 1052 70 02 1052 70 04 1052 70 06 * 1052 70 09 1052 70 24 * 1053 14 04 1053 16 06 1053 19 09 1053 40 1053 70 02 1053 70 04 1053 70 06 * 1053 70 09 1053 70 24 * 1054 40 1055 1056 00 1057 00 1058 00 1061 1062 14 04 1062 16 06 1062 19 07 1062 19 09 1063 14 04 1063 16 06 1063 19 09 1064 20 1064 21 1066 14 04 # 1066 16 06 # 1066 19 09 # 1070 01 01 1070 01 02 1070 01 04 1071 01 01 1071 01 02 1071 01 04 1076 09 1076 09 1077 00 01 1077 00 02 1077 00 69 1077 01 01 1077 01 02 1077 01 04 1077 71 02 1077 71 04 1077 71 06 * 1077 71 09 1077 71 24 * 1079 00 01 1079 00 02 1079 00 69 1079 01 01 1079 01 02 1079 01 69 1079 02 01 1079 02 02 1079 02 69 1079 03 01 1079 03 02 1079 03 04 1079 04 01 1079 04 02 1079 04 04 1079 05 01 1079 05 02 1079 05 04 1079 71 02 1079 71 04 1079 71 06 *

Packing Page unit

10 10 10 5 5 5 10 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 10 5 5 5 5 5 10 10 10 2 2 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

215 215 215 107 107 107 516 195 198 195 195 195 107 107 107 516 195 199 195 195 195 516 516 245 245 245 34 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 291 291 151 151 151 266 266 266 267 267 267 324 369 253 253 253 253 253 253 213 213 213 213 213 254 254 254 254 254 254 254 254 254 254 254 254 254 254 254 254 254 254 214 214 214

Order no.

1079 71 09 1079 71 24 * 1079 72 02 1079 72 04 1079 72 06 * 1079 72 09 1079 72 24 * 1079 73 02 1079 73 04 1079 73 06 * 1079 73 09 1079 73 24 * 1080 02 1080 09 1080 14 04 1080 16 06 1080 19 09 1080 60 89 * 1080 89 82 1080 89 89 1081 02 1081 09 1081 14 04 1081 16 06 1081 19 09 1081 60 89 * 1081 89 82 1081 89 89 1082 02 1082 09 1082 19 09 1082 60 89 * 1082 89 82 1082 89 89 1083 02 1083 09 1083 19 09 1083 60 89 * 1083 89 82 1083 89 89 1084 02 1084 09 1084 14 04 1084 16 06 1084 19 09 1084 60 89 * 1084 89 82 1084 89 89 1087 00 01 1087 00 02 1087 00 69 1087 01 01 1087 01 02 1087 01 04 1087 71 02 1087 71 04 1087 71 06 * 1087 71 09 1087 71 24 * 1088 00 01 1088 00 02 1088 00 69 1088 01 01 1088 01 02 1088 01 04 1088 71 02 1088 71 04 1088 71 06 * 1088 71 09 1088 71 24 * 1090 1090 10 1090 11 1090 12 1091 1091 10 1091 11 1091 12 1092

Packing Page Order no. unit

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 10 1 1 10 10 1 1 1 10

214 214 214 214 214 214 214 214 214 214 214 214 74 74 128 128 128 169 128 128 74 74 128 128 128 169 128 128 74 74 128 169 128 128 74 74 128 169 128 128 73 73 127 127 127 169 127 127 253 253 253 253 253 253 213 213 213 213 213 253 253 253 253 253 253 213 213 213 213 213 287 288 288 288 287 288 288 288 287

1092 10 1092 11 1092 12 1093 1093 10 1093 11 1093 12 1094 1094 10 1094 11 1094 12 1095 1095 10 1095 11 1095 12 1096 02 1096 09 1096 14 04 1096 16 06 1096 19 09 1096 60 89 * 1096 89 82 1096 89 89 1102 1108 00 01 1108 00 02 1108 00 69 1108 01 01 1108 01 02 1108 01 69 1108 70 02 1108 70 04 1108 70 06 * 1108 70 09 1108 70 24 * 1108 71 02 1108 71 04 1108 71 06 * 1108 71 09 1108 71 24 * 1108 90 04 1108 90 11 1108 91 04 1108 91 11 1109 02 1109 09 1109 14 04 1109 14 14 1109 16 06 1109 16 16 1109 19 09 1109 19 19 1109 60 79 * 1109 60 89 * 1109 89 82 1109 89 89 1109 90 82 * 1109 90 89 * 1110 14 04 1110 16 06 1110 19 09 1110 60 89 * 1110 89 82 1110 89 89 1111 00 1111 01 1111 02 1111 03 1111 04 1111 05 1111 06 1111 07 1111 09 1111 15 1111 16 1111 21 1112 12 1112 13 1112 14

Packing Page unit

1 1 1 10 10 1 10 10 1 1 1 10 10 1 10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

288 288 288 287 288 288 288 287 288 288 288 287 288 288 288 73 73 127 127 127 169 127 127 287 265 265 265 265 265 265 227 227 227 227 227 227 227 227 227 227 265 265 265 265 85 85 139 139 139 139 139 139 180 180 139 139 139 139 152 152 152 188 152 152 606 607 606 606 607 606 606 606 606 607 607 608 607 607 607

Unverbindlic"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

PRODUCT SUMMARY Order no.

1112 17 1112 18 1112 20 1112 21 1115 02 1116 00 01 1116 00 02 1116 00 69 1116 02 1116 09 1116 14 04 1116 16 06 1116 19 09 1116 71 02 1116 71 04 1116 71 06 1116 71 09 1116 71 24 1116 89 82 1116 89 89 1116 90 04 1116 90 11 1119 02 1119 09 1124 14 04 1124 16 06 1124 19 09 1124 60 89 * 1124 89 82 1124 89 89 1126 00 01 1126 00 02 1126 00 69 1126 70 02 1126 70 04 1126 70 06 * 1126 70 09 1126 70 24 * 1126 90 04 1126 90 11 1130 02 1130 09 1130 89 82 1130 89 89 1130 99 09 1134 00 01 1134 00 02 1134 00 04 1134 00 21 1134 00 22 1134 00 24 1135 00 01 1135 00 02 1135 00 21 1135 00 22 1135 00 69 1135 00 89 1135 70 02 1135 70 04 1135 70 06 * 1135 70 09 1135 70 24 * 1135 72 02 1135 72 04 1135 72 06 * 1135 72 09 1135 72 24 * 1137 02 1137 09 1137 14 04 1137 14 24 1137 16 06 1137 16 26 1137 19 09 1137 19 29 1137 22 1137 29 1137 60 79 * 1137 60 89 *

Packing Page Order no. unit

10 10 10 10 10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 1 10 10 10

606 607 607 608 516 261 261 261 81 81 136 136 136 224 224 224 224 224 136 136 261 261 93 93 129 129 129 170 129 129 276 276 276 237 237 237 237 237 276 276 76 76 103 103 103 257 257 257 257 257 257 257 257 257 257 257 257 217 217 217 217 217 217 217 217 217 217 76 76 131 131 131 131 131 131 77 77 171 171

1137 89 22 1137 89 29 1137 89 82 1137 89 89 1138 60 89 # 1140 00 01 1140 00 02 1140 00 69 1140 90 04 1140 90 11 1141 00 01 1141 00 02 1141 00 69 1141 90 04 1141 90 11 1143 02 1143 09 1146 02 1146 09 1146 14 04 1146 16 06 1146 19 09 1146 60 89 * 1146 89 82 1146 89 89 1147 00 01 1147 00 02 1147 00 69 1147 70 02 1147 70 06 * 1147 70 09 1147 70 24 * 1147 90 04 1147 90 11 1149 02 1149 02 1149 09 1149 09 1150 00 01 1150 00 02 1150 00 69 1150 02 1150 09 1150 10 01 1150 10 02 1150 10 04 1150 14 04 1150 16 06 1150 19 09 1150 60 89 * 1150 71 02 1150 71 04 1150 71 06 * 1150 71 09 1150 71 24 * 1150 89 82 1150 89 89 1153 00 01 1153 00 02 1153 00 69 1153 14 04 1153 16 06 1153 19 09 1153 60 89 * 1153 70 02 1153 70 04 1153 70 06 * 1153 70 09 1153 70 24 * 1153 90 04 1153 90 11 1154 00 01 1154 00 02 1154 00 69 1154 10 01 1154 10 02 1154 10 04 1154 71 02 1154 71 04

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Packing Page unit

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

131 131 131 131 187 265 265 265 265 265 265 265 265 265 265 84 84 73 73 127 127 127 169 127 127 253 253 253 213 213 213 213 253 253 73 95 73 95 252 252 252 72 72 252 252 252 125 125 125 168 212 212 212 212 212 125 125 275 275 275 150 150 150 187 236 236 236 236 236 275 275 266 266 266 266 266 266 227 227

Order no.

1154 71 06 * 1154 71 09 1154 71 24 * 1155 00 01 1155 00 02 1155 00 69 1155 01 01 1155 01 02 1155 01 69 1155 10 01 1155 10 02 1155 10 04 1155 91 04 1155 91 11 1165 00 01 1165 00 02 1165 00 69 1165 01 01 1165 01 02 1165 01 04 1165 70 02 1165 70 04 1165 70 06 * 1165 70 09 1165 70 24 * 1167 00 01 1167 00 02 1167 00 69 1167 70 02 1167 70 04 1167 70 06 * 1167 70 09 1167 70 24 * 1167 90 04 1167 90 11 1170 02 1170 09 1170 14 04 1170 16 06 1170 19 09 1170 60 89 * 1170 70 02 1170 70 04 1170 70 06 * 1170 70 09 1170 70 24 * 1177 00 01 1177 00 02 1177 00 69 1177 90 04 1177 90 11 1180 02 1180 09 1181 02 1181 09 1181 14 04 1181 16 06 1181 19 09 1181 60 89 * 1181 89 82 1181 89 89 1182 00 01 1182 00 02 1182 00 69 1182 70 02 1182 70 04 1182 70 06 * 1182 70 09 1182 70 24 * 1182 90 04 1182 90 11 1184 00 01 1184 00 02 1184 00 04 1184 70 02 1184 70 04 1184 70 06 * 1184 70 09 1184 70 24 *

Packing Page Order no. unit

227 227 227 266 266 266 266 266 266 266 266 266 266 266 255 255 255 255 255 255 215 215 215 215 215 255 255 255 215 215 215 215 215 255 255 91 91 149 149 149 186 235 235 235 235 235 275 275 275 275 275 92 92 91 91 150 150 150 186 150 150 274 274 274 236 236 236 236 236 274 274 267 267 267 228 228 228 228 228

1185 00 01 1185 00 02 1185 00 69 1186 00 01 # 1186 00 02 # 1186 00 04 # 1186 70 02 # 1186 70 04 # 1186 70 06 # 1186 70 09 # 1186 70 24 # 1187 00 01 # 1187 00 02 # 1187 00 69 # 1196 02 1196 09 1196 14 04 1196 16 06 1196 19 09 1196 60 89 * 1196 89 82 1196 89 89 1197 02 # 1197 09 # 1197 14 04 # 1197 16 06 # 1197 19 09 # 1197 60 89 # 1197 89 82 # 1197 89 89 # 1198 02 1198 09 1198 14 04 1198 16 06 1198 19 09 1198 60 89 * 1198 89 82 1198 89 89 1200 02 1200 09 1201 00 01 # 1201 00 02 # 1201 00 69 # 1201 01 01 1201 01 02 1201 01 69 1201 70 02 1201 70 04 1201 70 06 * 1201 70 09 1201 70 24 * 1202 00 01 1202 00 02 1202 00 04 1203 14 04 1203 16 06 1203 19 09 1203 60 89 * 1203 89 82 1203 89 89 1204 00 02 1204 00 69 1204 49 1204 60 89 * 1204 70 02 1204 70 09 1204 89 82 1204 89 89 1204 90 04 1204 99 09 1216 00 02 1216 00 69 1216 49 1216 60 89 * 1216 70 02 1216 70 09 1216 89 82 1216 89 89 1216 90 04

Packing Page unit

267 267 267 267 267 267 228 228 228 228 228 267 267 267 85 85 141 141 141 181 141 141 85 85 141 141 141 181 141 141 75 75 129 129 129 170 129 129 86 86 268 268 268 267 267 267 229 229 229 229 229 267 267 267 141 141 141 181 141 141 277 277 93 188 238 238 152 152 277 152 278 278 94 189 239 239 153 153 278

613

PRODUCT SUMMARY Order no.

1216 99 09 1217 00 02 1217 00 69 1217 49 1217 60 89 * 1217 70 02 1217 70 09 1217 89 82 1217 89 89 1217 90 04 1217 99 09 1218 00 02 1218 00 69 1218 49 1218 60 89 * 1218 71 02 1218 71 09 1218 89 82 1218 89 89 1218 90 04 1218 99 09 1219 00 02 1219 00 69 1219 49 1219 60 89 * 1219 70 02 1219 70 09 1219 89 82 1219 89 89 1219 90 04 1219 99 09 1220 1221 1222 1223 00 02 1223 00 69 1223 49 1223 60 89 * 1223 71 02 1223 71 09 1223 89 82 1223 89 89 1223 90 04 1223 99 09 1224 00 02 1224 00 69 1224 90 04 1225 1225 01 1226 1227 1229 1229 02 1230 1231 1232 1233 00 02 1233 00 69 1233 49 1233 60 89 * 1233 70 02 1233 70 09 1233 89 82 1233 89 89 1233 90 04 1233 99 09 1234 02 1234 09 1235 02 1235 09 1236 00 02 1236 00 69 1236 49 1236 60 89 * 1236 70 02 1236 70 09 1236 89 82 1236 89 89 1236 90 04

614

Packing Page Order no. unit

153 278 278 94 189 238 238 153 153 278 153 278 278 94 189 238 238 153 153 278 153 278 278 94 189 239 239 153 153 278 153 24 290 290 278 278 95 189 239 239 154 154 278 154 278 278 278 290 290 290 290 290 290 24 24 24 279 279 95 190 239 239 154 154 279 154 75 75 75 75 279 279 95 190 239 239 154 154 279

1236 99 09 1238 00 02 1238 00 69 1238 90 04 1241 1241 01 1241 02 1241 03 1242 00 02 1242 00 69 1242 90 04 1244 00 02 1244 00 69 1244 49 1244 60 89 * 1244 71 02 1244 71 09 1244 89 82 1244 89 89 1244 90 04 1244 99 09 1247 00 04 1248 19 00 * 1248 60 89 * 1248 70 02 * 1248 70 04 * 1248 70 06 * 1248 70 09 * 1248 70 24 * 1249 00 02 1249 00 69 1249 49 1249 60 89 * 1249 70 02 1249 70 09 1249 89 82 1249 89 89 1249 90 04 1249 99 09 1251 00 02 1251 00 69 1251 49 1251 60 89 * 1251 70 02 1251 70 09 1251 89 82 1251 89 89 1251 90 04 1251 99 09 1252 00 02 1252 00 69 1252 49 1252 60 89 * 1252 70 02 1252 70 09 1252 89 82 1252 89 89 1252 90 04 1252 99 09 1253 00 02 1253 00 69 1253 49 1253 60 89 * 1253 70 02 1253 70 09 1253 89 82 1253 89 89 1253 90 04 1253 99 09 1279 1279 02 1279 03 1280 1281 1282 1283 1288 02 1288 09 1288 12

Packing Page unit

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

154 277 277 277 509 509 509 509 277 277 277 277 277 94 189 238 238 153 153 277 153 255 129 170 215 215 215 215 215 279 279 95 189 239 239 154 154 279 154 278 278 94 189 239 239 153 153 278 153 278 278 94 189 239 239 154 154 278 154 279 279 95 189 239 239 154 154 279 154 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 96 96 96

Order no.

1288 19 1288 19 09 1288 19 19 1288 19 29 1288 19 39 1288 19 49 1288 19 59 1288 19 69 1288 22 1288 29 1288 32 1288 39 1288 42 1288 49 1288 52 1288 59 1288 62 1288 69 1288 89 12 1288 89 19 1288 89 22 1288 89 29 1288 89 32 1288 89 39 1288 89 42 1288 89 49 1288 89 52 1288 89 59 1288 89 82 1288 89 89 1289 1289 03 1290 05 1290 05 1295 1297 00 00 1298 00 02 1298 00 69 1298 49 1298 60 89 * 1298 70 02 1298 70 09 1298 89 82 1298 89 89 1298 90 04 1298 99 09 1299 00 02 1299 00 69 1299 49 1299 60 89 * 1299 71 02 1299 71 09 1299 89 82 1299 89 89 1299 90 04 1299 99 09 1300 00 02 1300 00 69 1300 49 1300 60 89 * 1300 71 02 1300 71 09 1300 89 82 1300 89 89 1300 90 04 1300 99 09 1301 00 02 1301 00 69 1301 49 1301 60 89 * 1301 71 02 1301 71 09 1301 89 82 1301 89 89 1301 90 04 1301 99 09 1302 00 02 1302 00 69 1302 90 04

Packing Page Order no. unit

96 155 155 155 155 155 155 155 95 95 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 155 155 155 155 155 155 155 155 155 155 155 155 25 25 438 491 477 251 277 277 94 188 238 238 152 152 277 152 279 279 95 190 239 239 154 154 279 154 279 279 95 190 240 240 154 154 279 154 279 279 95 190 240 240 154 154 279 154 280 280 280

1305 00 02 1305 00 69 1305 49 1305 60 89 * 1305 70 02 1305 70 09 1305 89 82 1305 89 89 1305 90 04 1305 99 09 1308 00 02 1308 00 69 1308 49 1308 60 89 * 1308 89 82 1308 89 89 1308 90 04 1308 99 09 1309 14 04 1309 16 06 1309 19 09 1309 30 04 1309 30 46 1309 39 04 1309 60 89 * 1309 64 04 # 1309 64 14 * 1309 66 06 # 1309 66 16 * 1309 69 09 1309 70 02 1309 70 04 1309 70 06 * 1309 70 09 1309 70 24 * 1309 89 82 1309 89 89 1309 99 09 1311 1313 00 01 1313 00 02 1313 00 62 1313 00 69 1313 70 02 1313 70 04 1313 70 06 * 1313 70 09 1313 70 24 * 1314 00 01 1314 00 02 1314 00 04 1321 1323 00 01 1323 00 02 1323 00 62 1323 00 69 1323 70 02 1323 70 04 1323 70 06 * 1323 70 09 1323 70 24 * 1324 00 01 1324 00 02 1324 00 04 1328 1328 1328 01 1328 09 1329 1329 1329 01 1329 09 1330 1330 01 1330 09 1331 11 1331 19 1333 00 01 1333 00 02

Packing Page unit

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 1 1 1 1 1 1 10 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 10 10 10 1 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 10 10 10 10 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 10 10 2 2

277 277 94 188 238 238 153 153 277 153 279 279 95 189 154 154 279 154 106 106 106 110 110 110 159 115 114 115 114 114 194 198 194 194 195 100 101 101 296 244 244 245 244 194 198 194 194 194 244 244 244 296 244 244 245 244 194 198 194 194 194 244 244 244 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 286 286 244 244

Unverbindlic"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

PRODUCT SUMMARY Order no.

1333 00 69 1333 70 02 1333 70 04 1333 70 06 * 1333 70 09 1333 70 24 * 1334 00 01 1334 00 02 1334 00 04 1341 1343 00 01 1343 00 02 1343 00 69 1343 70 02 1343 70 04 1343 70 06 * 1343 70 09 1343 70 24 * 1344 00 01 1344 00 02 1344 00 04 1345 00 01 1345 00 02 1345 00 69 1345 02 1345 09 1345 14 04 1345 16 06 1345 19 09 1345 60 89 * 1345 70 02 1345 70 04 1345 70 06 * 1345 70 09 1345 70 24 * 1345 89 82 1345 89 89 1345 90 04 1345 90 11 1353 00 01 1353 00 02 1353 00 69 1353 70 02 1353 70 04 1353 70 06 * 1353 70 09 1353 70 24 * 1354 00 01 1354 00 02 1354 00 04 1363 00 01 1363 00 02 1363 00 62 1363 00 69 1363 70 02 1363 70 04 1363 70 06 * 1363 70 09 1363 70 24 * 1364 00 01 1364 00 02 1364 00 04 1366 1373 00 01 1373 00 02 1373 00 69 1373 70 02 1373 70 04 1373 70 06 * 1373 70 09 1373 70 24 * 1374 00 01 1374 00 02 1374 00 04 1381 01 1381 09 1381 21 1381 29 1381 31

Packing Page Order no. unit

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 10 10 2 2 2

244 194 198 194 194 194 244 244 244 296 244 244 244 194 198 194 194 194 244 244 244 255 255 255 75 75 129 129 129 170 216 216 216 216 216 129 129 255 255 244 244 244 194 198 194 194 194 244 244 244 244 244 245 244 194 198 194 194 194 244 244 244 296 244 244 244 194 198 194 194 194 244 244 244 286 286 286 286 286

1381 39 1381 41 1381 49 1381 51 1381 59 1381 65 1381 69 1383 00 01 1383 00 02 1383 00 69 1383 70 02 1383 70 04 1383 70 06 * 1383 70 09 1383 70 24 * 1384 00 01 1384 00 02 1384 00 04 1388 1391 1392 1393 00 01 1393 00 02 1393 00 69 1393 70 02 1393 70 04 1393 70 06 * 1393 70 09 1393 70 24 * 1394 1394 00 01 1394 00 02 1394 00 04 1403 02 1403 02 1403 02 1403 02 1403 02 1403 02 1403 09 1403 09 1403 09 1403 09 1403 09 1403 09 1403 14 04 1403 14 04 1403 16 06 1403 16 06 1403 19 09 1403 19 09 1403 19 09 1404 00 01 1404 00 02 1404 00 04 1404 00 10 1404 03 01 1404 03 02 1404 03 04 1405 00 01 1405 00 02 1405 00 69 1405 03 01 1405 03 02 1405 03 69 1405 70 02 1405 70 04 1405 70 06 * 1405 70 09 1405 70 24 * 1405 71 02 1405 71 04 1405 71 06 * 1405 71 09 1405 71 24 * 1407 1407 00 01 1407 00 02 1407 00 69

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Packing Page unit

2 10 10 10 10 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

286 286 286 286 286 285 285 244 244 244 194 198 194 194 194 244 244 244 296 296 296 244 244 244 194 198 194 194 194 296 244 244 244 93 152 238 276 484 484 93 152 238 276 484 484 152 238 152 238 152 188 238 250 250 250 252 252 252 252 250 250 250 252 252 252 210 210 210 210 210 212 212 212 212 212 292 269 269 269

Order no.

1407 01 1407 14 04 1407 16 06 1407 19 09 1407 60 89 * 1407 70 02 1407 70 04 1407 70 06 * 1407 70 09 1407 70 24 * 1407 89 82 1407 89 89 1408 00 01 1408 00 02 1408 00 04 1409 1409 00 01 1409 00 02 1409 00 69 1409 01 1409 14 04 1409 16 06 1409 19 09 1409 60 89 * 1409 70 02 1409 70 04 1409 70 06 * 1409 70 09 1409 70 24 * 1409 89 82 1409 89 89 1410 00 01 1410 00 02 1410 00 04 1411 02 1411 02 1411 02 1411 02 1411 09 1411 09 1411 09 1411 09 1411 14 04 # 1411 14 04 # 1411 16 06 # 1411 16 06 # 1411 19 09 1411 19 09 1412 02 1412 02 1412 02 1412 02 1412 09 1412 09 1412 09 1412 09 1412 14 04 1412 14 04 1412 16 06 1412 16 06 1412 19 09 1412 19 09 1413 02 # 1413 02 # 1413 02 # 1413 02 # 1413 09 # 1413 09 # 1413 09 # 1413 09 # 1413 14 04 # 1413 14 04 # 1413 16 06 # 1413 16 06 # 1413 19 09 # 1413 19 09 # 1414 00 10 1415 00 01 1415 00 02

Packing Page Order no. unit

292 143 143 143 182 230 230 230 230 230 143 143 269 269 269 292 270 270 270 292 143 143 143 182 231 231 231 231 231 143 143 270 270 270 93 152 237 276 93 152 237 276 152 237 152 237 152 188 85 140 228 267 85 140 228 267 140 228 140 228 140 181 88 144 232 271 88 144 232 271 144 232 144 232 144 184 253 251 251

1415 00 69 1415 02 01 1415 02 02 1415 02 69 1415 70 02 1415 70 04 1415 70 06 * 1415 70 09 1415 70 24 * 1415 71 02 1415 71 04 1415 71 06 * 1415 71 09 1415 71 24 * 1416 00 01 1416 00 02 1416 00 04 1416 02 01 1416 02 04 1417 00 01 1417 00 02 1417 00 69 1417 71 02 1417 71 04 1417 71 06 * 1417 71 09 1417 71 24 * 1418 00 01 1418 00 02 1418 00 04 1419 02 # 1419 02 # 1419 02 # 1419 02 # 1419 02 # 1419 09 # 1419 09 # 1419 09 # 1419 09 # 1419 09 # 1419 14 04 # 1419 14 04 # 1419 16 06 # 1419 16 06 # 1419 19 09 # 1419 19 09 # 1420 02 # 1420 02 # 1420 02 # 1420 02 # 1420 02 # 1420 09 # 1420 09 # 1420 09 # 1420 09 # 1420 09 # 1420 14 04 # 1420 14 04 # 1420 16 06 # 1420 16 06 # 1420 19 09 # 1420 19 09 # 1422 02 # 1422 02 # 1422 02 # 1422 02 # 1422 02 # 1422 09 # 1422 09 # 1422 09 # 1422 09 # 1422 09 # 1422 14 04 # 1422 14 04 # 1422 16 06 # 1422 16 06 # 1422 19 09 # 1422 19 09 # 1423 02 #

Packing Page unit

251 251 251 251 211 211 211 211 211 211 211 211 211 211 251 251 251 251 251 252 252 252 211 211 211 211 211 252 252 252 89 146 233 272 484 89 146 233 272 484 146 233 146 233 146 184 89 145 232 271 484 89 145 232 271 484 145 232 145 232 145 184 89 145 233 272 484 89 145 233 272 484 145 233 145 233 145 184 89

615

PRODUCT SUMMARY Order no.

1423 02 # 1423 02 # 1423 02 # 1423 09 # 1423 09 # 1423 09 # 1423 09 # 1423 14 04 # 1423 14 04 # 1423 16 06 # 1423 16 06 # 1423 19 09 # 1423 19 09 # 1424 00 01 1424 00 02 1424 00 04 1424 10 04 1425 00 01 1425 00 02 1425 00 69 1425 71 02 1425 71 04 1425 71 06 * 1425 71 09 1425 71 24 * 1426 00 01 1426 00 02 1426 00 69 1426 70 02 1426 70 04 1426 70 06 * 1426 70 09 1426 70 24 * 1427 02 1427 02 1427 02 1427 02 1427 09 1427 09 1427 09 1427 09 1427 14 04 1427 14 04 1427 16 06 1427 16 06 1427 19 09 1427 19 09 1429 02 # 1429 02 # 1429 02 # 1429 02 # 1429 02 # 1429 09 # 1429 09 # 1429 09 # 1429 09 # 1429 09 # 1429 14 04 # 1429 14 04 # 1429 16 06 # 1429 16 06 # 1429 19 09 # 1429 19 09 # 1430 02 # 1430 02 # 1430 02 # 1430 02 # 1430 02 # 1430 09 # 1430 09 # 1430 09 # 1430 09 # 1430 09 # 1430 14 04 # 1430 14 04 # 1430 16 06 # 1430 16 06 # 1430 19 09 # 1430 19 09 #

616

Packing Page Order no. unit

145 233 272 89 145 233 272 145 233 145 233 145 184 251 251 251 281 251 251 251 211 211 211 211 211 251 251 251 210 210 210 210 210 90 146 234 273 90 146 234 273 146 234 146 234 146 185 88 144 231 270 483 88 144 231 270 483 144 231 144 231 144 183 88 144 232 271 483 88 144 232 271 483 144 232 144 232 144 183

1431 02 1431 02 1431 02 1431 02 1431 02 1431 04 1431 04 1431 09 1431 09 1431 09 1431 09 1431 09 1431 09 1431 14 04 1431 14 04 1431 16 06 1431 16 06 1431 19 09 * 1431 19 09 * 1432 02 1432 02 1432 02 1432 02 1432 04 1432 04 1432 07 1432 07 1432 07 1432 07 1432 07 1432 09 1432 09 1432 09 1432 09 1432 14 04 1432 14 04 1432 16 06 1432 16 06 1432 19 09 * 1432 19 09 * 1433 19 09 # 1433 19 09 # 1434 00 01 1434 00 02 1434 00 04 1434 00 10 1434 01 01 1434 01 02 1434 01 04 1434 03 01 1434 03 02 1434 03 04 1435 00 01 1435 00 02 1435 00 69 1435 01 01 1435 01 02 1435 01 69 1435 03 01 1435 03 02 1435 03 69 1435 70 02 1435 70 04 1435 70 06 * 1435 70 09 1435 70 24 * 1435 71 02 1435 71 04 1435 71 06 * 1435 71 09 1435 71 24 * 1435 72 02 1435 72 04 1435 72 06 * 1435 72 09 1435 72 24 * 1436 00 01 1436 00 02 1436 00 04

Packing Page unit

85 139 228 266 481 228 266 85 139 228 266 481 481 139 228 139 228 139 180 85 140 228 267 228 267 85 140 180 228 267 85 140 228 267 140 228 140 228 140 180 151 188 252 252 252 253 252 252 252 252 252 252 252 252 252 252 252 252 252 252 252 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 212 251 251 251

Order no.

1436 10 04 1437 00 01 1437 00 02 1437 00 69 1437 70 02 1437 70 04 * 1437 70 06 * 1437 70 09 1437 70 24 * 1439 02 1439 02 1439 02 1439 02 1439 02 1439 09 1439 09 1439 09 1439 09 1439 09 1439 14 04 1439 14 04 1439 16 06 1439 16 06 1439 19 09 1439 19 09 1441 02 1441 02 1441 02 1441 02 1441 04 # 1441 04 # 1441 09 1441 09 1441 09 1441 09 1441 14 04 # 1441 14 04 # 1441 16 06 # 1441 16 06 # 1441 19 09 1441 19 09 1446 01 # 1446 01 # 1446 02 # 1446 02 # 1446 02 # 1446 02 # 1446 02 # 1446 02 # 1446 04 # 1446 04 # 1446 09 # 1446 09 # 1446 09 # 1446 09 # 1446 09 # 1446 11 # 1446 14 04 # 1446 14 04 # 1446 16 06 # 1446 16 06 # 1446 19 09 # 1446 19 09 # 1457 01 # 1457 01 # 1457 01 # 1457 02 # 1457 02 # 1457 02 # 1457 02 # 1457 02 # 1457 04 # 1457 04 # 1457 09 # 1457 09 # 1457 09 # 1457 09 # 1457 09 # 1457 09 #

Packing Page Order no. unit

281 252 252 252 212 212 212 212 212 86 141 229 268 482 86 141 229 268 482 141 229 141 229 141 181 91 149 235 274 235 274 91 149 235 274 149 235 149 235 149 186 271 483 88 144 232 271 483 483 232 271 88 144 232 271 483 271 144 232 144 232 144 183 269 482 482 86 142 229 269 482 229 269 86 142 229 269 482 482

1457 11 # 1457 14 04 # 1457 14 04 # 1457 16 06 # 1457 16 06 # 1457 19 09 # 1457 19 09 # 1458 01 1458 01 1458 02 1458 02 1458 02 1458 02 1458 02 1458 04 # 1458 04 # 1458 09 1458 09 1458 09 1458 09 1458 09 1458 11 # 1458 14 04 # 1458 14 04 # 1458 16 06 # 1458 16 06 # 1458 19 09 # 1458 19 09 # 1461 01 # 1461 02 1461 02 1461 02 1461 02 1461 04 # 1461 04 # 1461 09 1461 09 1461 09 1461 09 1461 11 # 1461 14 04 # 1461 14 04 # 1461 16 06 # 1461 16 06 # 1461 19 09 * 1461 19 09 * 1462 02 # 1462 02 # 1462 02 # 1462 02 # 1462 09 # 1462 09 # 1462 09 # 1462 09 # 1462 14 04 # 1462 14 04 # 1462 16 06 # 1462 16 06 # 1462 19 09 # 1462 19 09 # 1463 01 # 1463 02 1463 02 1463 02 1463 02 1463 04 # 1463 04 # 1463 09 1463 09 1463 09 1463 09 1463 11 # 1463 14 04 1463 14 04 1463 16 06 1463 16 06 1463 19 09 * 1463 19 09 * 1464 02

Packing Page unit

269 142 229 142 229 142 182 269 482 87 142 230 269 482 230 269 87 142 230 269 482 269 142 230 142 230 142 182 273 90 146 234 273 234 273 90 146 234 273 273 146 234 146 234 146 185 91 148 235 274 91 148 235 274 148 235 148 235 148 186 273 90 147 234 273 234 273 90 147 234 273 273 147 234 147 234 147 185 91

Unverbindlic"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

PRODUCT SUMMARY Order no.

1464 02 1464 02 1464 02 1464 09 1464 09 1464 09 1464 09 1464 14 04 1464 14 04 1464 16 06 1464 16 06 1464 19 09 * 1464 19 09 * 1465 00 01 1465 00 02 1465 00 69 1465 70 02 1465 70 04 1465 70 06 * 1465 70 09 1465 70 24 * 1465 90 04 1465 90 11 1467 01 # 1467 01 # 1467 02 # 1467 02 # 1467 02 # 1467 02 # 1467 02 # 1467 04 # 1467 04 # 1467 09 # 1467 09 # 1467 09 # 1467 09 # 1467 09 # 1467 11 # 1467 14 04 # 1467 14 04 # 1467 16 06 # 1467 16 06 # 1467 19 09 # 1467 19 09 # 1468 01 1468 01 1468 02 1468 02 1468 02 1468 02 1468 02 1468 04 # 1468 04 # 1468 09 1468 09 1468 09 1468 09 1468 09 1468 09 1468 11 # 1468 14 04 # 1468 14 04 # 1468 16 06 # 1468 16 06 # 1468 19 09 # 1468 19 09 # 1469 01 1469 01 1469 02 1469 02 1469 02 1469 02 1469 02 1469 04 # 1469 04 # 1469 09 1469 09 1469 09 1469 09

Packing Page Order no. unit

148 235 274 91 148 235 274 148 235 148 235 148 186 252 252 252 212 212 212 212 212 252 252 271 483 88 144 232 271 483 232 271 88 144 232 271 483 271 144 232 144 232 144 183 270 482 87 143 230 270 482 230 270 87 143 230 270 482 482 270 143 230 143 230 143 182 270 483 87 143 231 270 483 231 270 87 143 231 270

1469 09 1469 11 # 1469 14 04 # 1469 14 04 # 1469 16 06 # 1469 16 06 # 1469 19 09 # 1469 19 09 # 1470 01 # 1470 02 1470 02 1470 02 1470 02 1470 04 # 1470 04 # 1470 09 1470 09 1470 09 1470 09 1470 11 # 1470 14 04 # 1470 14 04 # 1470 16 06 # 1470 16 06 # 1470 19 09 1470 19 09 1472 02 1472 02 1472 02 1472 02 1472 09 1472 09 1472 09 1472 09 1472 14 04 1472 14 04 1472 16 06 1472 16 06 1472 19 09 * 1472 19 09 * 1474 02 1474 02 1474 02 1474 02 1474 02 1474 04 1474 04 1474 09 1474 09 1474 09 1474 09 1474 09 1474 14 04 1474 14 04 1474 16 06 1474 16 06 1474 19 09 1474 19 09 1478 01 # 1478 01 # 1478 02 # 1478 02 # 1478 02 # 1478 02 # 1478 02 # 1478 04 # 1478 04 # 1478 09 # 1478 09 # 1478 09 # 1478 09 # 1478 09 # 1478 11 # 1478 14 04 # 1478 14 04 # 1478 16 06 # 1478 16 06 # 1478 19 09 # 1478 19 09 #

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Packing Page unit

483 270 143 231 143 231 143 183 276 93 152 237 276 237 276 93 152 237 276 276 152 237 152 237 152 188 90 146 234 273 90 146 234 273 146 234 146 234 146 185 93 152 238 277 484 238 277 93 152 238 277 484 152 238 152 238 152 188 271 483 88 144 232 271 483 232 271 88 144 232 271 483 271 144 232 144 232 144 183

Order no.

1480 01 # 1480 02 1480 02 1480 02 1480 02 1480 04 # 1480 04 # 1480 09 1480 09 1480 09 1480 09 1480 11 # 1480 14 04 # 1480 14 04 # 1480 16 06 # 1480 16 06 # 1480 19 09 * 1480 19 09 * 1483 01 1483 01 1483 02 1483 02 1483 02 1483 02 1483 02 1483 04 1483 04 1483 09 1483 09 1483 09 1483 09 1483 09 1483 11 1483 14 04 1483 14 04 1483 16 06 1483 16 06 1483 19 09 1483 19 09 1484 01 1484 01 1484 02 1484 02 1484 02 1484 02 1484 02 1484 04 1484 04 1484 09 1484 09 1484 09 1484 09 1484 09 1484 11 1484 14 04 1484 14 04 1484 16 06 1484 16 06 1484 19 09 1484 19 09 1486 01 1486 02 1486 09 1487 00 1488 00 62 1488 71 15 1492 02 1492 02 1492 02 1492 02 1492 09 1492 09 1492 09 1492 09 1492 14 04 # 1492 14 04 # 1492 16 06 # 1492 16 06 # 1492 19 09 *

Packing Page Order no. unit

276 92 151 237 276 237 276 92 151 237 276 276 151 237 151 237 151 187 268 482 86 141 229 268 482 229 268 86 141 229 268 482 268 141 229 141 229 141 181 268 482 86 141 229 268 482 229 268 86 141 229 268 482 268 141 229 141 229 141 181 481 481 481 251 251 211 92 150 236 275 92 150 236 275 150 236 150 236 150

1492 19 09 * 1493 01 1493 02 1493 02 1493 02 1493 04 1493 04 1493 09 1493 09 1493 09 1493 11 1493 14 04 1493 14 04 1493 16 06 1493 16 06 1493 19 09 1493 19 09 1494 02 1494 02 1494 02 1494 02 1494 09 1494 09 1494 09 1494 09 1494 14 04 1494 14 04 1494 16 06 1494 16 06 1494 19 09 1494 19 09 1495 02 1495 02 1495 02 1495 02 1495 02 1495 09 1495 09 1495 09 1495 09 1495 09 1495 14 04 1495 14 04 1495 16 06 1495 16 06 1495 19 09 1495 19 09 1496 70 02 1496 70 04 1496 70 06 * 1496 70 09 1496 70 24 * 1498 02 # 1498 02 # 1498 02 # 1498 02 # 1498 09 # 1498 09 # 1498 09 # 1498 09 # 1498 14 04 # 1498 14 04 # 1498 16 06 # 1498 16 06 # 1498 19 09 # 1498 19 09 # 1499 00 02 * 1499 00 04 * 1499 00 69 * 1499 01 01 * 1499 14 04 1499 16 06 1499 19 09 1499 42 1499 49 1499 89 82 1499 89 89 1504 00 11 1504 00 12

Packing Page unit

10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

187 254 128 214 254 214 254 128 214 254 254 128 214 128 214 128 169 92 150 236 275 92 150 236 275 150 236 150 236 150 187 92 150 236 275 484 92 150 236 275 484 150 236 150 236 150 187 211 211 211 211 211 91 149 235 274 91 149 235 274 149 235 149 235 149 186 267 267 267 267 141 141 141 86 86 141 141 254 254

617

PRODUCT SUMMARY Order no.

1504 00 79 1504 71 02 1504 71 04 1504 71 06 * 1504 71 09 1504 71 24 * 1504 90 14 1504 90 21 1505 00 11 1505 00 12 1505 00 79 1505 70 02 1505 70 04 1505 70 06 * 1505 70 09 1505 70 24 * 1505 90 14 1505 90 21 1506 12 1506 14 04 1506 16 06 1506 19 1506 19 09 1506 60 89 * 1506 89 82 1506 89 89 1507 12 1507 14 04 1507 16 06 1507 19 1507 19 09 1507 60 89 * 1507 89 82 1507 89 89 1511 14 04 # 1511 16 06 # 1511 19 09 # 1512 14 04 # 1512 16 06 # 1512 19 09 # 1513 14 04 # 1513 16 06 # 1513 19 09 # 1516 14 04 # 1516 16 06 # 1516 19 09 # 1518 11 1518 12 1518 19 1519 11 1519 12 1519 19 1521 14 04 # 1521 16 06 # 1521 19 09 # 1522 14 04 # 1522 16 06 # 1522 19 09 # 1523 14 04 # 1523 16 06 # 1523 19 09 # 1529 1529 01 1529 09 1530 1530 01 1530 09 1533 14 04 # 1533 16 06 # 1533 19 09 # 1538 14 04 # 1538 16 06 # 1538 19 09 # 1538 89 82 # 1538 89 89 # 1550 1550 01 1550 09 1551

618

Packing Page Order no. unit

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 1 1 1 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

254 214 214 214 214 214 254 254 254 254 254 214 214 214 214 214 254 254 74 128 128 74 128 169 128 128 74 128 128 74 128 169 128 128 147 147 147 147 147 147 148 148 148 149 149 149 478 478 478 478 478 478 151 151 151 149 149 149 151 151 151 478 478 478 478 478 478 146 146 146 149 149 149 149 149 476 476 476 477

1551 01 1551 09 1552 1552 01 1552 09 1552 21 1552 22 1552 29 1553 1553 01 1553 09 1557 1557 01 1557 09 1558 1558 01 1558 09 1559 1559 01 1559 09 1565 1565 01 1565 09 1568 1568 01 1568 09 1569 1569 01 1569 09 1570 02 1570 09 1570 14 04 1570 16 06 1570 19 09 1571 02 1571 09 1571 14 04 1571 16 06 1571 19 09 1572 02 1572 09 1572 14 04 1572 16 06 1572 19 09 1573 02 1573 09 1573 14 04 1573 16 06 1573 19 09 1577 02 1577 09 1577 14 04 1577 16 06 1577 19 09 1600 1600 02 1601 1605 10 * 1605 14 * 1609 1610 03 1610 13 1611 1613 1614 1615 1617 1618 1619 01 1620 02 1620 09 1620 14 04 1620 14 14 1620 16 06 1620 16 16 1620 19 09 1620 19 19 1620 22 1620 29

Packing Page unit

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 100 10 10 10 100 100 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

477 477 477 477 477 477 477 477 476 476 476 477 477 477 477 477 477 477 477 477 477 477 477 476 476 476 477 477 477 72 72 126 126 126 72 72 126 126 126 72 72 126 126 126 72 72 126 126 126 72 72 126 126 126 21 21 23 20 20 34 24 24 509 509 509 506 507 507 499 71 71 124 126 124 126 124 126 72 72

Order no.

1620 60 49 * 1620 60 59 * 1620 60 69 * 1620 60 79 * 1620 60 89 * 1620 89 12 1620 89 19 1620 89 82 1620 89 89 1621 12 1621 14 04 1621 16 06 1621 19 1621 19 02 1621 19 09 1621 60 69 * 1621 60 79 * 1621 60 89 * 1621 89 02 1621 89 82 1621 89 89 1622 02 1622 09 1622 14 04 1622 16 06 1622 19 09 1622 60 89 * 1622 89 82 1622 89 89 1623 02 1623 09 1623 14 04 1623 16 06 1623 19 09 1623 60 89 * 1623 89 82 1623 89 89 1624 02 1624 09 1624 14 04 1624 16 06 1624 19 09 1624 60 89 * 1624 89 82 1624 89 89 1625 02 1625 09 1625 14 04 1625 16 06 1625 19 09 1625 60 89 * 1625 89 82 1625 89 89 1626 02 1626 09 1626 14 04 1626 16 06 1626 19 09 1626 60 89 * 1626 89 82 1626 89 89 1627 02 1627 09 1627 14 04 1627 16 06 1627 19 09 1627 60 89 * 1627 89 82 1627 89 89 1628 02 1628 09 1628 14 04 1628 16 06 1628 19 09 1628 60 79 * 1628 60 89 * 1628 89 82 1628 89 89 1629

Packing Page Order no. unit

166 166 166 168 166 126 126 124 124 71 124 124 71 125 124 167 166 166 125 124 124 71 71 125 125 125 167 125 125 72 72 125 125 125 168 125 125 71 71 125 125 125 167 125 125 72 72 126 126 126 168 126 126 71 71 124 124 124 166 124 124 72 72 126 126 126 168 126 126 71 71 125 125 125 167 167 125 125 476

1629 1629 01 1629 01 1629 09 1629 09 1632 02 1632 09 1632 14 04 1632 16 06 1632 19 09 1632 60 89 * 1632 89 82 1632 89 89 1633 02 1633 09 1633 14 04 1633 16 06 1633 19 09 1633 60 89 * 1633 89 82 1633 89 89 1634 00 01 1634 00 02 1634 00 69 1634 01 01 1634 01 02 1634 01 04 1634 71 02 1634 71 04 1634 71 06 * 1634 71 09 1634 71 24 * 1635 00 01 1635 00 02 1635 00 69 1635 01 01 1635 01 02 1635 01 04 1635 71 02 1635 71 04 1635 71 06 * 1635 71 09 1635 71 24 * 1636 40 1637 1640 02 1640 09 1640 14 04 1640 16 06 1640 19 09 1640 60 89 * 1640 89 82 1640 89 89 1641 00 01 1641 00 02 1641 00 69 1641 71 02 1641 71 04 1641 71 06 * 1641 71 09 1641 71 24 * 1641 90 04 1641 90 11 1644 02 1644 09 1644 14 04 1644 16 06 1644 19 09 1644 60 89 * 1644 89 82 1644 89 89 1647 * 1647 01 * 1647 65 1647 65 * 1647 69 1647 69 * 1651 19 49 1651 19 59

Packing Page unit

10 10 10 10 10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 1 1 1 1 1 1 10 10

476 476 476 476 476 75 75 130 130 130 170 130 130 75 75 130 130 130 170 130 130 256 256 256 256 256 256 216 216 216 216 216 256 256 256 256 256 256 216 216 216 216 216 512 507 73 73 127 127 127 169 127 127 253 253 253 213 213 213 213 213 253 253 72 72 126 126 126 168 126 126 289 289 285 289 285 289 127 127

Unverbindlic"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

PRODUCT SUMMARY Order no.

1651 19 69 1651 49 1651 59 1651 60 49 * 1651 60 59 * 1651 60 69 * 1651 69 1651 71 02 1651 71 09 1651 72 02 1651 72 09 1651 73 02 1651 73 09 1661 19 49 1661 49 1661 60 49 * 1661 71 02 1661 71 09 1665 14 04 1665 16 06 1665 19 09 1665 60 89 * 1665 89 82 1665 89 89 1670 00 01 1670 00 02 1670 00 69 1670 02 1670 09 1670 14 04 1670 16 06 1670 19 09 1670 60 89 * 1670 71 02 1670 71 04 1670 71 06 1670 71 09 1670 71 24 1670 89 82 1670 89 89 1670 90 04 1670 90 11 1671 00 01 1671 00 02 1671 00 69 1671 02 1671 09 1671 14 04 1671 16 06 1671 19 09 1671 60 89 * 1671 71 02 1671 71 04 1671 71 06 1671 71 09 1671 71 24 1671 89 82 1671 89 89 1671 90 04 1671 90 11 1672 00 01 1672 00 02 1672 00 69 1672 02 1672 09 1672 14 04 1672 16 06 1672 19 09 1672 60 89 * 1672 71 02 1672 71 04 1672 71 06 1672 71 09 1672 71 24 1672 89 82 1672 89 89 1672 90 04 1672 90 11 1674 14 04

Packing Page Order no. unit

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 10

127 73 73 168 168 168 73 213 213 213 213 213 213 127 73 168 212 212 126 126 126 168 126 126 261 261 261 81 81 136 136 136 177 224 224 224 224 224 136 136 261 261 261 261 261 81 81 135 135 135 176 223 223 223 223 223 135 135 261 261 261 261 261 81 81 136 136 136 177 224 224 224 224 224 136 136 261 261 130

1674 16 06 1674 19 09 1674 60 89 * 1674 89 82 1674 89 89 1675 1675 04 1676 * 1676 01 * 1676 02 * 1676 03 * 1678 * 1678 01 * 1678 02 * 1678 03 * 1678 04 * 1679 * 1679 01 * 1679 02 * 1679 03 * 1679 04 * 1680 * 1681 05 1681 07 1681 09 1682 05 1682 07 1682 09 1683 05 1683 07 1683 09 1684 05 1684 07 1684 09 1685 78 * 1691 05 1691 07 1691 09 1692 05 1692 07 1692 09 1693 05 1693 07 1693 09 1694 05 1694 07 1694 09 1696 14 04 1696 16 06 1696 19 09 1696 60 79 * 1696 60 89 * 1696 89 82 1696 89 89 1701 08 1701 10 1701 11 1705 01 04 1715 1715 1715 11 1715 11 1715 19 1715 19 1718 1718 1718 11 1718 11 1718 19 1718 19 1733 14 04 1733 16 06 1733 19 09 1735 00 01 1735 00 02 1735 00 69 1735 02 1735 09 1735 14 04

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Packing Page unit

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 1 1 1 10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

130 130 170 130 130 20 20 20 20 20 20 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 21 314 314 314 314 314 314 315 315 315 315 315 315 307 314 314 314 314 314 314 315 315 315 315 315 315 125 125 125 167 167 125 125 324 324 322 276 481 481 481 481 481 481 481 481 481 481 481 481 129 129 129 256 256 256 75 75 130

Order no.

1735 16 06 1735 19 09 1735 60 89 * 1735 70 02 1735 70 04 1735 70 06 * 1735 70 09 1735 70 24 * 1735 89 82 1735 89 89 1735 90 04 1735 90 11 1736 00 01 1736 00 02 1736 00 69 1736 02 1736 09 1736 14 04 1736 16 06 1736 19 09 1736 60 89 * 1736 71 02 1736 71 04 1736 71 06 * 1736 71 09 1736 71 24 * 1736 89 82 1736 89 89 1736 90 04 1736 90 11 1738 00 01 1738 00 02 1738 00 69 1738 02 1738 09 1738 14 04 1738 16 06 1738 19 09 1738 60 89 * 1738 71 02 1738 71 04 1738 71 06 * 1738 71 09 1738 71 24 * 1738 89 82 1738 89 89 1738 90 04 1738 90 11 1756 00 11 1756 00 12 1756 00 79 1756 12 1756 14 04 1756 16 06 1756 19 09 1756 49 1756 60 89 * 1756 70 02 1756 70 04 1756 70 06 * 1756 70 09 1756 70 24 * 1756 89 82 1756 89 89 1756 90 12 1756 90 14 1756 90 21 1757 00 01 1757 00 02 1757 00 11 1757 00 12 1757 00 69 1757 00 79 1757 02 1757 09 1757 12 1757 14 04 1757 16 06 1757 19 09

Packing Page Order no. unit

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

130 130 170 216 216 216 216 216 130 130 256 256 256 256 256 76 76 130 130 130 171 216 216 216 216 216 130 130 256 256 256 256 256 76 76 131 131 131 171 217 217 217 217 217 131 131 256 256 263 263 263 83 137 137 137 83 178 225 225 225 225 225 137 137 263 263 263 264 264 263 263 264 263 83 83 83 137 137 137

1757 49 1757 60 89 * 1757 70 02 1757 70 04 1757 70 06 * 1757 70 09 1757 70 24 * 1757 89 82 1757 89 89 1757 90 04 1757 90 11 1757 90 12 1757 90 14 1757 90 21 1758 00 11 1758 00 11 1758 00 12 1758 00 12 1758 00 79 1758 00 79 1758 12 1758 12 1758 14 04 1758 14 04 1758 16 06 1758 16 06 1758 19 09 1758 19 09 1758 49 1758 49 1758 60 89 * 1758 60 89 * 1758 70 02 1758 70 02 1758 70 04 1758 70 04 1758 70 06 1758 70 06 1758 70 09 1758 70 09 1758 70 24 1758 70 24 1758 89 82 1758 89 82 1758 89 89 1758 89 89 1758 90 12 1758 90 12 1758 90 14 1758 90 14 1758 90 21 1758 90 21 1759 00 01 1759 00 01 1759 00 02 1759 00 02 1759 00 11 1759 00 11 1759 00 12 1759 00 12 1759 00 69 1759 00 69 1759 00 79 1759 00 79 1759 02 1759 02 1759 09 1759 09 1759 12 1759 12 1759 14 04 1759 14 04 1759 16 06 1759 16 06 1759 19 09 1759 19 09 1759 49 1759 49 1759 60 89 *

Packing Page unit

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

83 179 225 225 225 225 225 137 137 264 264 263 263 263 262 356 262 356 262 356 82 341 137 344 137 344 137 344 82 341 178 349 225 352 225 352 225 352 225 352 225 352 137 344 137 344 262 356 262 356 262 356 263 356 263 356 263 356 263 356 263 356 263 356 83 341 83 341 82 341 137 344 137 344 137 344 82 341 178

619

PRODUCT SUMMARY Order no.

1759 60 89 * 1759 70 02 1759 70 02 1759 70 04 1759 70 04 1759 70 06 1759 70 06 1759 70 09 1759 70 09 1759 70 24 1759 70 24 1759 89 82 1759 89 82 1759 89 89 1759 89 89 1759 90 04 1759 90 04 1759 90 11 1759 90 11 1759 90 12 1759 90 12 1759 90 14 1759 90 14 1759 90 21 1759 90 21 1760 00 01 1760 00 01 1760 00 02 1760 00 02 1760 00 04 1760 00 04 1760 00 11 1760 00 11 1760 00 12 1760 00 12 1760 00 69 1760 00 69 1760 02 1760 02 1760 09 1760 09 1760 14 04 1760 14 04 1760 16 06 1760 16 06 1760 19 09 1760 19 09 1760 60 89 * 1760 60 89 * 1760 70 02 1760 70 02 1760 70 04 1760 70 04 1760 70 06 1760 70 06 1760 70 09 1760 70 09 1760 70 24 1760 70 24 1760 89 82 1760 89 82 1760 89 89 1760 89 89 1761 00 01 1761 00 02 1761 00 04 1761 00 11 1761 00 12 1761 00 69 1761 02 1761 09 1761 14 04 1761 16 06 1761 19 09 1761 60 89 * 1761 70 02 1761 70 04 1761 70 06 * 1761 70 09

620

Packing Page Order no. unit

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

349 225 352 225 352 225 352 225 352 225 352 137 344 137 344 263 356 263 356 263 356 263 356 263 356 257 356 257 356 257 356 257 356 257 356 257 356 77 341 77 341 132 344 132 344 132 344 172 349 218 352 218 352 218 352 218 352 218 352 132 344 132 344 257 257 257 257 257 257 77 77 131 131 131 171 217 217 217 217

1761 70 24 * 1761 89 82 1761 89 89 1762 00 01 1762 00 02 1762 00 69 1762 02 1762 09 1762 14 04 1762 16 06 1762 19 09 1762 60 89 * 1762 71 02 1762 71 04 1762 71 06 * 1762 71 09 1762 71 24 * 1762 89 82 1762 89 89 1762 90 04 1762 90 11 1765 00 01 1765 00 02 1765 00 04 1765 00 11 1765 00 12 1765 00 69 1765 02 * 1765 09 * 1765 14 04 * 1765 16 06 * 1765 19 09 * 1765 60 89 * 1765 70 02 * 1765 70 04 * 1765 70 06 * 1765 70 09 * 1765 70 24 * 1765 89 82 * 1765 89 89 * 1770 00 11 1770 00 12 1770 00 79 1770 12 1770 14 04 1770 16 06 1770 19 09 1770 49 1770 60 89 * 1770 70 02 1770 70 04 1770 70 06 * 1770 70 09 1770 70 24 * 1770 89 82 1770 89 89 1770 90 12 1770 90 14 1770 90 21 1771 00 01 1771 00 02 1771 00 11 1771 00 12 1771 00 69 1771 00 79 1771 02 1771 09 1771 12 1771 14 04 1771 16 06 1771 19 09 1771 49 1771 60 89 * 1771 70 02 1771 70 04 1771 70 06 * 1771 70 09 1771 70 24 * 1771 89 82

Packing Page unit

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

217 131 131 264 264 264 84 84 138 138 138 179 226 226 226 226 226 138 138 264 264 257 257 257 257 257 257 77 77 131 131 131 171 217 217 217 217 217 131 131 262 262 262 81 136 136 136 81 178 224 224 224 224 224 136 136 262 262 262 262 262 262 262 262 262 82 82 82 136 136 136 82 178 224 224 224 224 224 136

Order no.

1771 89 89 1771 90 04 1771 90 11 1771 90 12 1771 90 14 1771 90 21 1774 00 01 1774 00 02 1774 00 69 1774 02 1774 09 1774 14 04 1774 16 06 1774 19 09 1774 60 89 * 1774 70 02 1774 70 04 1774 70 06 * 1774 70 09 1774 70 24 * 1774 89 82 1774 89 89 1774 90 04 1774 90 11 1775 00 01 1775 00 02 1775 00 69 1775 02 1775 09 1775 14 04 1775 16 06 1775 19 09 1775 60 89 * 1775 70 02 1775 70 04 1775 70 06 * 1775 70 09 1775 70 24 * 1775 89 82 1775 89 89 1775 90 04 1775 90 11 1783 1783 00 01 1783 00 02 1783 00 69 1783 02 1783 09 1783 11 1783 14 04 1783 16 06 1783 19 1783 19 09 1783 60 89 * 1783 61 89 * 1783 70 02 1783 70 04 1783 70 06 * 1783 70 09 1783 70 24 * 1783 71 02 * 1783 71 06 * 1783 71 09 * 1783 71 24 * 1783 89 82 1783 89 89 1783 90 04 1783 90 11 1784 1784 00 01 1784 00 02 1784 00 69 1784 02 1784 09 1784 11 1784 14 04 1784 16 06 1784 19 1784 19 09

Packing Page Order no. unit

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

136 262 262 262 262 262 264 264 264 84 84 138 138 138 179 226 226 226 226 226 138 138 264 264 265 265 265 84 84 139 139 139 180 227 227 227 227 227 139 139 265 265 479 258 258 258 78 78 479 132 132 479 132 172 174 218 218 218 218 218 220 220 220 220 132 132 258 258 479 258 258 258 78 78 479 133 133 479 133

1784 60 89 * 1784 61 89 * 1784 70 02 1784 70 04 1784 70 06 * 1784 70 09 1784 70 24 * 1784 71 02 * 1784 71 06 * 1784 71 09 * 1784 71 24 * 1784 89 82 1784 89 89 1784 90 04 1784 90 11 1786 1786 00 01 1786 00 02 1786 00 69 1786 02 1786 09 1786 11 1786 14 04 1786 16 06 1786 19 1786 19 09 1786 60 89 * 1786 61 89 * 1786 70 02 1786 70 04 1786 70 06 * 1786 70 09 1786 70 24 * 1786 71 02 * 1786 71 06 * 1786 71 09 * 1786 71 24 * 1786 89 82 1786 89 89 1786 90 04 1786 90 11 1787 1787 1787 00 01 1787 00 02 1787 00 69 1787 02 1787 09 1787 11 1787 14 04 1787 16 06 1787 19 1787 19 09 1787 60 89 * 1787 61 89 * 1787 70 02 1787 70 04 1787 70 06 * 1787 70 09 1787 70 24 * 1787 71 02 * 1787 71 06 * 1787 71 09 * 1787 71 24 * 1787 89 82 1787 89 89 1787 90 04 1787 90 11 1800 1804 05 1804 25 1805 05 1806 1806 1807 1808 1809 1811 10 1811 12

Packing Page unit

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 10 1 1 1 10 10 10 10 50 10 10

173 175 219 219 219 219 219 221 221 221 221 133 133 258 258 480 259 259 259 79 79 480 133 133 480 133 173 175 219 219 219 219 219 221 221 221 221 133 133 259 259 480 480 259 259 259 79 79 480 134 134 480 134 174 176 220 220 220 220 220 222 222 222 222 134 134 259 259 26 499 499 499 507 509 509 509 296 296 296

Unverbindlic"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

PRODUCT SUMMARY Order no.

1811 13 1812 1812 01 1813 1813 05 1813 05 1813 09 1813 09 1817 05 1817 05 1817 09 1817 09 1818 1818 01 1823 05 1823 09 1824 1829 1830 01 1833 1834 1835 1839 1840 1841 1842 1847 1848 1854 01 1857 1857 1857 1857 1861 1861 1861 1861 1866 00 01 1867 00 01 1868 00 01 1870 1870 1880 1880 01 1881 1881 01 1882 1884 1886 1887 * 1888 1889 05 1895 10 1895 12 1895 13 1901 1903 1904 1905 00 02 1905 00 02 1905 00 02 1905 00 69 1905 00 69 1905 00 69 1905 00 69 1905 02 1905 69 1905 70 04 1905 70 04 1906 1913 1962 01 * 1962 05 1964 00 01 1965 02 03 1965 02 08 1966 02 15 1980 1980

Packing Page Order no. unit

10 1 1 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 1 1 10 10 50 5 5 5 1 1 1 10 1 1 10 10 1 10 1 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 1 1 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 25 2 10 1 1 1 10 1 1 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 50 10 10 1 1 1 1 1 1

296 289 289 516 286 516 286 516 286 516 286 516 34 34 286 286 296 31 522 31 33 33 33 33 34 34 34 34 31 296 307 317 340 22 289 492 492 250 250 250 307 317 499 507 499 507 499 475 499 292 507 499 296 296 296 507 500 500 139 227 266 139 180 227 266 85 85 227 266 508 34 507 499 302 302 302 302 31 463

1984 1984 1985 * 1985 * 1989 1989 1990 1990 1992 * 1992 * 1993 * 1993 * 1994 * 1994 * 2026 00 01 2026 00 02 2026 00 69 2026 02 * 2026 09 * 2026 14 04 * 2026 16 06 * 2026 19 09 * 2026 60 89 * 2026 71 02 * 2026 71 04 * 2026 71 06 * 2026 71 09 * 2026 71 24 * 2026 89 82 * 2026 89 89 * 2026 90 04 2026 90 11 2030 00 01 2030 00 02 2030 00 69 2030 02 * 2030 09 * 2030 14 04 * 2030 16 06 * 2030 19 09 * 2030 60 89 * 2030 71 02 * 2030 71 04 * 2030 71 06 * 2030 71 09 * 2030 71 24 * 2030 89 82 * 2030 89 89 * 2030 90 04 2030 90 11 2031 00 01 2031 00 02 2031 00 69 2031 02 * 2031 09 * 2031 14 04 * 2031 16 06 * 2031 19 09 * 2031 60 89 * 2031 71 02 * 2031 71 04 * 2031 71 06 * 2031 71 09 * 2031 71 24 * 2031 89 82 * 2031 89 89 * 2031 90 04 2031 90 11 2034 00 01 2034 00 02 2034 00 69 2034 02 * 2034 09 * 2034 14 04 * 2034 16 06 * 2034 19 09 * 2034 60 89 * 2034 71 02 * 2034 71 04 *

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Packing Page unit

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

31 463 31 463 26 462 26 463 26 462 26 463 26 463 260 260 260 80 80 135 135 135 177 223 223 223 223 223 135 135 260 260 260 260 260 80 80 134 134 134 176 222 222 222 222 222 134 134 260 260 260 260 260 80 80 134 134 134 176 222 222 222 222 222 134 134 260 260 260 260 260 80 80 135 135 135 177 223 223

Order no.

2034 71 06 * 2034 71 09 * 2034 71 24 * 2034 89 82 * 2034 89 89 * 2034 90 04 2034 90 11 2040 2041 2043 00 01 2043 00 02 2043 00 69 2043 02 * 2043 09 * 2043 14 04 * 2043 16 06 * 2043 19 09 * 2043 60 89 * 2043 71 02 * 2043 71 04 * 2043 71 06 * 2043 71 09 * 2043 71 24 * 2043 89 82 * 2043 89 89 * 2043 90 04 2043 90 11 2700 2700 01 2721 00 02 2721 00 69 2721 02 2721 09 2721 10 06 2721 10 09 2721 14 04 # 2721 16 06 # 2721 19 09 # 2721 60 89 * 2721 70 04 2721 70 06 2721 70 09 2721 70 24 2721 90 04 2721 90 11 2722 00 02 2722 00 69 2722 02 2722 09 2722 10 06 2722 10 09 2722 14 04 # 2722 16 06 # 2722 19 09 # 2722 60 89 * 2722 70 04 2722 70 06 2722 70 09 2722 70 24 2722 90 04 2722 90 11 2723 10 06 2723 10 09 2723 60 89 * 2723 70 04 2723 70 06 2723 70 09 2723 70 24 2724 00 02 2724 00 69 2724 02 2724 09 2724 14 04 # 2724 16 06 # 2724 19 09 # 2724 90 04 2724 90 11 2742 2742 09

Packing Page Order no. unit

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

223 223 223 135 135 260 260 21 21 261 261 261 81 81 135 135 135 177 223 223 223 223 223 135 135 261 261 330 330 357 357 342 342 345 345 346 346 346 350 353 353 353 353 357 357 358 358 342 342 345 345 346 346 346 350 354 354 354 354 358 358 346 346 351 354 354 354 354 358 358 343 343 346 346 346 358 358 50 50

2742 18 2743 2743 09 2743 18 2744 2744 09 2744 18 2764 2766 2769 2779 2819 01 2819 02 2819 02 2819 09 2819 09 2819 89 82 2819 89 82 2819 89 89 2819 89 89 2819 99 09 2819 99 09 2830 10 2834 10 2834 11 2835 10 2835 11 2844 2856 # 2857 # 2858 # 2859 # 2860 10 2861 10 2862 10 2866 10 2867 10 2868 2869 2872 2873 2874 2875 2885 2891 10 2895 05 2896 10 2897 2898 * 2901 * 2902 2903 2904 2905 2906 2906 10 2907 2908 2911 2912 2915 2916 2918 2919 * 2921 2925 2926 10 2927 2928 10 2930 2931 2934 10 2939 2943 2948 2948 10 2949 2951 * 2952 *

Packing Page unit

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 10 1 40 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 331 330 330 46 38 38 76 38 76 38 103 38 103 38 103 38 290 290 290 290 55 53 54 54 54 38 40 40 39 39 50 50 42 39 39 38 39 41 498 41 41 41 40 43 42 43 44 45 45 46 46 57 46 51 44 51 60 51 56 51 52 53 60 60 47 47 49 61 61 25 24 24

621

PRODUCT SUMMARY Order no.

Packing Page Order no. unit

2968 01 2969 * 2970 10 2972 2974 01 2975 2975 01 2976 2977 3002 40 3003 40 3005 40 3006 40 3007 40 3008 40 3012 40 3012 49 3016 40 3016 49 3031 3032 3032 12 3033 03 3035 3035 20 3035 50 3036 3036 50 3037 3038 08 3045 3046 3072 05 3075 05 3075 09 3075 25 3076 05 3076 09 3076 25 3076 55 3077 05 3078 05 3142 3146 3172 05 3176 05 3242 25 3271 05 3272 05 3272 15 33 4171 14 04 * 33 4171 16 06 * 33 4171 19 09 * 33 4207 80 09 * 33 4208 80 09 * 33 4209 80 09 * 33 4213 14 04 * 33 4213 16 06 * 33 4213 19 09 * 33 4214 14 04 * 33 4214 16 06 * 33 4214 19 09 * 3446 3541 02 3541 09 3542 02 3543 12 3543 19 3562 05 3566 05 3811 3811 01 3812 3812 01 3821 20 3821 20 3822 10 3826 10 3831 10

622

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 1 1 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 1 1 10 10 1 1 1 1 10 10 10 1 1 1 10 10 10 10 10 10 1 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 1 1 1 1 10 10 10 10 10

40 60 499 53 52 57 58 53 52 512 512 512 512 512 513 512 512 512 512 18 18 18 18 19 22 19 18 18 18 19 508 508 490 491 491 492 490 490 490 490 490 491 508 508 490 490 492 492 492 492 123 123 123 210 210 210 124 124 124 124 124 124 504 74 74 74 74 74 490 490 289 289 289 289 478 478 23 20 23

3831 20 3832 10 3836 20 3838 00 * 3841 3842 3846 00 * 3851 3852 3856 20 3856 20 3861 3861 01 3862 3862 01 3875 00 * 3876 00 * 3877 00 * 3893 00 * 3906 40 3956 19 3962 3966 3976 15 4000 30 4000 40 4000 50 4006 41 4040 4040 49 4105 02 # 4105 09 # 4108 02 4108 09 4108 14 04 4108 16 06 4108 19 09 4108 19 62 4108 60 62 * 4108 60 89 * 4108 62 4108 89 62 4108 89 82 4108 89 89 4114 00 01 4114 00 04 4115 00 01 4115 00 02 4115 00 69 4115 70 02 4115 70 04 4115 70 06 * 4115 70 09 4115 70 24 * 4123 4123 14 04 4123 16 06 4123 19 09 4123 60 89 * 4123 89 82 4123 89 89 4124 03 4124 13 4124 14 4124 19 03 4124 19 07 4124 60 03 * 4124 60 07 * 4124 89 03 4124 89 07 4126 00 73 4126 00 77 4126 71 13 4126 71 14 4134 00 01 4134 00 02 4134 00 04 4135 00 01 4135 00 02

Packing Page unit

10 10 10 1 10 10 1 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 1 1 1 1 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 1 5 5 10 10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

478 23 478 289 22 22 289 23 23 22 478 20 20 20 20 289 289 289 289 513 22 19 19 491 514 514 514 514 515 515 66 66 67 67 120 120 120 120 163 163 67 120 120 120 246 246 246 246 246 204 204 204 204 204 65 118 118 118 162 118 118 66 66 66 120 120 163 163 120 120 247 247 205 205 246 246 246 246 246

Order no.

4135 00 69 4135 70 02 4135 70 04 4135 70 06 * 4135 70 09 4135 70 24 * 4143 02 4143 09 4143 14 04 4143 16 06 4143 19 09 4143 19 12 4143 19 13 4143 19 14 4143 60 12 * 4143 60 13 * 4143 60 14 * 4143 60 89 * 4143 89 12 4143 89 13 4143 89 14 4143 89 82 4143 89 89 4144 89 82 # 4144 89 89 # 4145 20 4145 21 4147 00 01 4147 00 02 4147 00 69 4149 14 04 4149 16 06 4149 19 09 4149 60 89 * 4149 89 82 4149 89 89 4150 14 04 4150 16 06 4150 19 09 4152 00 01 4152 00 02 4152 00 69 4152 71 02 4152 71 04 4152 71 06 * 4152 71 09 4152 71 15 4152 71 24 * 4152 90 04 4159 02 4159 03 4159 09 4159 14 04 4159 16 06 4159 19 09 4159 19 13 4159 19 14 4159 60 13 * 4159 60 14 * 4159 60 89 * 4159 62 4159 89 13 4159 89 14 4159 89 82 4159 89 89 4161 00 01 4161 00 02 4161 00 69 4161 01 82 4161 70 02 4161 70 04 * 4161 70 06 * 4161 70 09 4161 70 24 * 4161 71 13 4161 71 14 4162 00 01 4162 00 04 4166 02

Packing Page Order no. unit

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

246 204 204 204 204 204 65 65 118 118 118 118 118 118 162 162 162 162 118 118 118 118 118 121 121 291 291 248 248 248 119 119 119 163 119 119 107 107 107 247 247 247 206 206 206 206 206 206 247 66 66 66 120 120 120 120 120 163 163 163 66 120 120 120 120 247 247 247 247 205 205 205 205 205 206 206 247 247 71

4166 09 4166 19 09 * 4166 60 89 * 4166 89 82 * 4166 89 89 * 4167 00 02 4167 00 69 4167 90 04 4167 90 11 4168 02 4168 09 4168 19 09 * 4168 60 89 * 4168 89 82 * 4168 89 89 * 4169 00 02 4169 00 69 4169 90 04 4169 90 11 4170 4170 00 01 4170 00 02 4170 00 69 4171 02 4171 09 4174 00 01 4174 00 04 4202 4203 4211 4211 09 4212 4212 09 4227 05 4228 05 4240 05 4241 15 4245 05 # 4246 4256 15 4270 05 4270 15 4273 05 4275 05 4275 15 4280 4281 # 4283 4286 4288 4290 4291 4293 4294 4306 4322 4323 4324 4325 4342 4370 4376 05 4382 4386 4391 4392 4412 4416 4432 4447 4448 4449 4450 4462 4466 4468 4470 4477 09 4478 09

Packing Page unit

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 1 1 1 1 1 1 10 10 10 1 1 5 5 1 5 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 10 1 1 1 1 1 1 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 10 10 5 5

71 123 166 123 123 250 250 250 250 71 71 123 166 123 123 250 250 250 250 71 250 250 250 71 71 250 250 476 476 475 475 476 476 499 499 494 494 494 504 499 495 496 496 496 497 505 505 508 506 506 506 506 506 506 67 505 506 506 506 508 505 493 504 504 504 504 500 500 505 501 500 501 500 500 500 25 25 520 520

Unverbindlic"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

PRODUCT SUMMARY Order no.

4487 02 4487 05 4487 09 4500 02 4500 05 4500 09 4502 4503 4505 4505 4505 01 4505 02 4508 20 4508 21 4515 4522 4523 4538 4539 4540 01 4540 02 4540 03 # 4540 04 4541 01 4541 03 # 4541 04 4541 05 4541 07 4544 02 4544 05 4544 09 4554 4555 4562 4568 4572 06 4572 09 4573 06 4573 09 4577 4579 4586 4587 4588 02 4588 05 4588 09 4590 # 4591 # 4592 4593 4594 4604 4605 4606 4631 4637 4684 4685 4700 30 4700 39 4700 40 4700 49 4703 4703 09 4708 02 4708 09 4708 19 09 4708 60 89 * 4708 70 02 4708 70 04 * 4708 70 06 * 4708 70 09 4708 70 24 * 4708 89 82 4708 89 89 4714 00 01 4714 00 02 4714 00 04 4715

Packing Page Order no. unit

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 1 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 1 1 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 1 1 10 1 1 1 1 20 1 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 10 10 10 10

28 28 28 28 28 28 26 28 25 33 25 25 291 291 27 27 27 29 29 31 32 32 33 32 32 33 32 33 28 28 28 30 30 29 29 25 25 25 25 33 33 30 30 28 28 28 30 30 29 27 28 34 34 522 509 461 522 522 514 514 514 514 65 65 67 67 121 163 206 206 206 206 206 121 121 246 246 246 475

4715 4715 00 01 4715 00 02 4715 00 62 4715 00 69 4715 00 73 4715 00 77 4715 00 82 4715 01 4715 01 4715 09 4715 09 4715 70 02 4715 70 04 4715 70 06 * 4715 70 09 4715 70 13 4715 70 14 4715 70 15 4715 70 24 * 4715 71 13 4715 71 14 4715 71 15 4716 4716 01 4716 09 4718 4718 01 4718 09 4719 4719 01 4719 09 4720 02 4720 09 4720 60 89 * 4720 89 82 4720 89 89 4720 99 09 4721 30 4721 39 4721 40 4721 49 4722 02 4722 09 4722 89 82 4722 89 89 4722 99 09 4723 02 4723 03 4723 04 4723 09 4723 14 04 4723 16 06 4723 19 09 4723 19 14 4723 19 59 4723 60 59 * 4723 89 14 4723 89 52 4723 89 59 4723 89 82 4723 89 89 4727 02 4727 09 4727 14 04 4727 16 06 4727 19 09 4727 60 89 * 4727 89 82 4727 89 89 4728 00 01 4728 00 02 4728 00 69 4728 71 02 * 4728 71 04 * 4728 71 06 * 4728 71 09 * 4728 71 24 * 4729 00 01

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Packing Page unit

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 5 5 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

475 246 246 246 246 246 246 246 475 475 475 475 204 204 204 204 204 204 204 204 204 204 204 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 68 68 165 102 102 102 514 514 514 514 67 67 101 101 101 65 65 65 65 118 118 118 118 118 162 118 118 118 118 118 65 65 119 119 119 162 119 119 246 246 246 205 205 205 205 205 248

Order no.

4729 00 02 4729 00 69 4729 02 4729 09 4729 14 04 4729 16 04 4729 16 06 4729 19 09 4729 60 89 * 4729 70 02 4729 70 04 4729 70 06 * 4729 70 09 4729 70 24 * 4729 89 82 4729 89 89 4729 90 04 4729 90 11 4729 99 09 4734 00 01 4734 00 02 4734 00 04 4735 00 01 4735 00 02 4735 00 69 4735 70 02 4735 70 04 4735 70 06 * 4735 70 09 4735 70 24 * 4738 00 01 4738 00 02 4738 00 69 4738 70 02 4738 70 04 4738 70 06 * 4738 70 09 4738 70 24 * 4739 00 01 4739 00 02 4739 00 62 4739 00 63 4739 00 69 4739 70 02 4739 70 04 4739 70 06 * 4739 70 09 4739 70 13 4739 70 14 4739 70 15 4739 70 24 * 4739 71 13 4739 71 14 4739 71 15 4739 90 04 4740 05 4740 09 4741 05 4742 02 4742 09 4742 89 82 4742 89 89 4742 99 09 4743 02 4743 03 4743 04 4743 05 4743 09 4743 13 4743 14 4743 14 04 4743 16 06 4743 19 03 4743 19 07 4743 19 09 4743 19 12 4743 19 13 4743 19 14 4743 19 22

Packing Page Order no. unit

248 248 68 68 107 107 107 107 165 208 208 208 208 208 102 102 248 248 102 246 246 246 246 246 246 204 204 204 204 204 247 247 247 205 205 205 205 205 247 247 247 247 247 205 205 205 205 205 205 205 205 205 205 205 247 494 494 494 67 67 101 101 101 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 118 118 119 119 118 118 118 118 119

4743 19 59 4743 60 03 * 4743 60 07 * 4743 60 09 * 4743 60 12 * 4743 60 13 * 4743 60 14 * 4743 60 22 * 4743 60 39 * 4743 60 49 * 4743 60 59 * 4743 60 79 * 4743 60 89 * 4743 89 03 4743 89 07 4743 89 12 4743 89 13 4743 89 14 4743 89 22 4743 89 52 4743 89 59 4743 89 82 4743 89 89 4744 02 4744 09 4744 14 04 4744 16 06 4744 19 09 4744 19 49 4744 49 4744 60 49 * 4744 60 89 * 4744 89 82 4744 89 89 4745 20 4745 21 4746 02 4746 09 4746 14 04 4746 16 06 4746 19 09 4746 60 89 * 4746 89 82 4746 89 89 4747 00 01 4747 00 02 4747 00 69 4747 71 02 4747 71 04 4747 71 06 * 4747 71 09 4747 71 24 * 4748 00 01 4748 00 02 4748 00 69 4748 71 02 4748 71 04 4748 71 06 * 4748 71 09 4748 71 24 * 4749 02 4749 03 4749 04 4749 05 4749 09 4749 14 04 4749 15 4749 16 06 4749 19 09 4749 60 89 * 4749 89 82 4749 89 89 4750 14 04 4750 16 06 4750 19 02 4750 19 03 4750 19 07 4750 19 09 4750 19 13

Packing Page unit

118 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 119 119 118 118 118 119 118 118 118 118 67 67 121 121 121 122 67 164 164 121 121 291 291 67 67 121 121 121 164 121 121 248 248 248 207 207 207 207 207 248 248 248 208 208 208 208 208 66 66 66 66 66 119 66 119 119 162 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 120

623

PRODUCT SUMMARY Order no.

4750 19 14 4750 19 15 4750 60 02 * 4750 60 03 * 4750 60 07 * 4750 60 13 * 4750 60 14 * 4750 60 15 * 4750 60 89 * 4750 89 02 4750 89 03 4750 89 07 4750 89 13 4750 89 14 4750 89 15 4750 89 82 4750 89 89 4751 19 09 4751 60 39 * 4751 60 49 * 4751 60 59 * 4751 60 69 * 4751 60 79 * 4751 60 89 * 4751 71 02 4751 71 04 4751 71 06 * 4751 71 09 4751 71 24 * 4751 72 02 4751 72 04 4751 72 06 * 4751 72 09 4751 72 24 * 4751 89 82 4751 89 89 4752 60 39 * 4752 60 49 * 4752 60 59 * 4752 60 89 * 4752 71 02 4752 71 04 4752 71 06 * 4752 71 09 4752 71 24 * 4752 72 02 4752 72 04 4752 72 06 * 4752 72 09 4752 72 24 * 4753 00 01 4753 00 02 4753 00 69 4753 70 02 4753 70 04 4753 70 06 * 4753 70 09 4753 70 24 * 4754 02 4754 09 4754 14 04 4754 16 06 4754 19 09 4754 89 82 4754 89 89 4754 99 09 4755 4755 01 4756 02 4756 09 4757 00 01 4757 00 02 4757 00 04 4758 00 01 4758 00 02 4758 00 04 4758 10 04 4758 20 04 4758 30 04 4763

624

Packing Page Order no. unit

120 120 162 162 162 163 163 163 162 119 119 119 120 120 120 119 119 121 164 164 164 164 164 164 206 206 206 206 206 207 207 207 207 207 121 121 164 164 164 164 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 248 248 248 208 208 208 208 208 68 68 107 107 107 102 102 102 291 291 66 66 248 248 248 248 248 248 281 281 281 476

Packing Page unit

4763 01 4763 05 4763 09 4766 02 4766 09 4766 19 09 4768 05 4769 05 4770 05 4770 09 4770 15 4773 05 4775 05 4775 09 4775 15 4780 05 4780 09 4781 05 4784 05 4786 19 49 4786 49 4786 71 02 4786 71 09 4789 05 4790 05 4796 40 4886 4891 5006 40 5031 5031 01 5031 50 5032 03 5034 04 5034 04 5035 5035 01 5035 03 5035 20 5036 5038 08 5041 01 5051 02 5051 03 5052 01 5056 01 5071 05 5075 05 5075 15 5076 05 5076 09 5076 55 51 6001 14 04 * 51 6001 16 06 * 51 6001 19 09 * 51 6002 14 04 * 51 6002 16 06 * 51 6002 19 09 * 5100 40 5101 5101 10 5104 5104 01 5112 15 5130 40 5131 02 5152 5172 15 5500 5510 5580 01 5581 01 5582 01 5600 5610 5680 01 5681 01 5682 01 5683 01 5684 01

1 10 1 5 5 5 1 1 5 5 5 1 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 1 5 5 10 1 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 1 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 1 1 10 10 10 1 10 10 10 5 5 5 10 10 5 5 5 5 5

476 494 476 68 68 102 495 494 495 495 495 496 496 496 497 493 493 493 495 121 67 208 208 494 493 513 522 522 513 21 21 21 21 22 23 21 21 21 23 21 22 504 22 22 22 22 491 492 492 491 491 491 124 124 124 124 124 124 516 23 23 290 290 498 516 24 509 498 520 520 521 521 522 520 520 521 521 522 522 521

Order no.

Packing Page Order no. unit

5700 5710 5740 5780 01 5781 01 5782 01 5783 01 5784 01 5785 01 5786 01 5800 5810 60 1930 05 60 1930 05 61 1026 00 01 61 1026 00 02 61 1026 00 69 61 1026 70 02 61 1026 70 06 * 61 1026 70 09 61 1026 70 24 * 61 1026 90 04 61 1026 90 11 61 1036 02 61 1036 09 61 1036 14 04 61 1036 16 06 61 1036 19 09 61 1036 60 89 * 61 1036 89 82 61 1036 89 89 61 1891 05 61 1960 05 61 1961 05 61 1963 05 61 3002 40 61 3002 49 61 3003 40 61 3005 40 61 3005 49 61 3006 40 61 3006 49 61 3007 40 61 3008 40 61 3008 49 61 3032 61 3035 61 3036 61 3037 61 3038 08 61 3072 15 61 3075 15 61 3076 15 61 3077 15 61 3172 15 61 3176 15 61 3861 01 61 3906 40 61 3906 49 61 3962 61 3966 61 3966 02 61 3966 09 61 4026 40 61 4026 49 61 4160 61 4160 09 61 4355 02 61 4355 09 61 4355 19 49 61 4355 89 42 61 4355 89 49 61 4356 02 61 4356 09 61 4356 19 49 61 4356 89 42 61 4356 89 49 61 4365 02 61 4365 09 61 4365 89 82

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 5 5 1 1 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

520 520 520 522 521 522 521 521 521 521 520 520 497 497 269 269 269 230 230 230 230 269 269 87 87 142 142 142 182 142 142 497 497 497 499 512 512 512 513 513 512 512 512 513 513 18 19 18 18 19 497 497 497 497 497 497 20 513 513 19 19 73 73 514 514 68 68 68 68 102 102 102 68 68 101 101 101 69 69 103

Packing Page unit

61 4365 89 89 61 4366 02 61 4366 09 61 4366 89 82 61 4366 89 89 61 4730 02 61 4730 09 61 4730 89 82 61 4730 89 89 61 4730 99 09 61 4740 15 61 4740 15 61 4743 02 61 4743 09 61 4743 19 09 61 4743 89 82 61 4743 89 89 61 4754 02 61 4754 09 61 4754 89 82 61 4754 89 89 61 4754 99 09 61 4794 40 61 4794 49 61 4796 40 61 4796 49 61 5031 61 5076 15 61 6000 40 61 6000 49 61 6040 61 6040 49 61 6102 02 61 6102 09 61 6103 02 61 6103 09 61 6103 60 89 * 61 6114 00 01 61 6114 00 04 61 6114 01 01 61 6114 01 04 61 6115 00 01 61 6115 00 02 61 6115 00 69 61 6115 01 01 61 6115 01 02 61 6115 01 69 61 6155 00 01 61 6155 00 02 61 6155 00 69 61 6160 61 6160 09 61 6176 02 61 6176 09 61 6703 19 09 61 6703 60 89 * 61 6703 89 82 61 6703 89 89 61 6715 70 02 61 6715 70 04 61 6715 70 06 * 61 6715 70 09 61 6715 70 24 * 61 6721 40 61 6721 49 61 6733 14 04 61 6733 16 06 61 6733 19 09 61 6733 60 89 * 61 6735 40 61 6735 49 61 6736 40 61 6736 49 61 6754 02 61 6754 09 61 6754 14 04 61 6754 16 06 61 6754 19 09 61 6754 89 82 61 6754 89 89

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

103 69 69 102 102 68 68 102 102 102 498 498 65 65 118 118 118 68 68 102 102 102 514 514 513 513 21 498 515 515 515 515 69 69 69 69 165 249 249 249 249 249 249 249 249 249 249 249 249 249 70 70 69 69 122 165 122 122 208 208 208 208 208 515 515 122 122 122 165 515 515 515 515 69 69 107 107 107 103 103

Unverbindlic"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

PRODUCT SUMMARY Order no.

Packing Page Order no. unit

61 6754 99 09 63 3023 6347 00 01 * 6347 00 02 * 6347 00 69 * 6347 02 * 6347 09 * 6347 14 04 * 6347 16 06 * 6347 19 09 * 6347 70 02 * 6347 70 04 * 6347 70 06 * 6347 70 09 * 6347 70 24 * 6347 90 04 * 6347 90 11 * 6391 24 04 6391 99 09 6392 24 04 6392 99 09 67 1009 02 67 1009 09 67 1009 14 04 67 1009 16 06 67 1009 19 09 67 1009 20 67 1009 21 67 1009 60 89 * 67 1009 89 82 67 1009 89 89 67 1025 00 02 67 1025 00 69 67 1025 70 02 67 1025 70 04 67 1025 70 06 * 67 1025 70 09 67 1025 70 24 * 67 1025 90 04 67 1025 90 11 67 1044 00 01 67 1044 00 04 67 1045 00 01 67 1045 00 02 67 1045 00 69 67 1045 70 02 67 1045 70 04 67 1045 70 06 * 67 1045 70 09 67 1045 70 24 * 67 1103 02 67 1103 09 67 1103 14 04 67 1103 16 06 67 1103 19 09 67 1103 60 89 * 67 1103 89 82 67 1103 89 89 67 1932 05 67 1932 05 67 3039 09 67 3079 05 67 3079 05 67 4564 15 67 4564 15 67 6006 40 67 6574 00 01 67 6574 00 04 67 6575 00 01 67 6575 00 02 67 6575 00 62 67 6575 00 63 67 6575 00 69 67 6575 70 02 67 6575 70 04 67 6575 70 06 * 67 6575 70 09 67 6575 70 24 * 67 6576 00 62 67 6576 00 63

103 19 250 250 250 70 70 123 123 123 210 210 210 210 210 250 250 111 103 111 103 75 75 129 129 129 291 291 170 129 129 269 269 230 230 230 230 230 269 269 255 255 255 255 255 215 215 215 215 215 87 87 143 143 143 182 143 143 497 497 18 490 490 498 498 515 249 249 249 249 249 249 249 209 209 209 209 209 122 122

Packing Page unit

67 6576 01 67 6576 02 67 6576 09 67 6576 14 04 67 6576 16 06 67 6576 19 09 67 6576 60 12 * 67 6576 60 13 * 67 6576 60 14 * 67 6576 60 89 * 67 6576 89 62 67 6576 89 63 67 6576 89 82 67 6576 89 89 67 6577 71 02 67 6577 71 04 67 6577 71 06 * 67 6577 71 09 67 6577 71 24 * 67 6579 67 6579 01 67 6583 60 89 * 67 6872 02 * 67 6872 09 * 67 6874 00 01 * 67 6874 00 04 * 67 6875 00 01 * 67 6875 00 02 * 67 6875 00 62 * 67 6875 00 63 * 67 6875 00 69 * 67 6875 70 02 * 67 6875 70 04 * 67 6875 70 06 * 67 6875 70 09 * 67 6875 70 24 * 67 6876 00 62 * 67 6876 00 63 * 67 6876 01 * 67 6876 02 * 67 6876 09 * 67 6876 14 04 * 67 6876 16 06 * 67 6876 19 09 * 67 6876 60 12 * 67 6876 60 13 * 67 6876 60 14 * 67 6876 60 89 * 67 6876 89 62 * 67 6876 89 63 * 67 6876 89 82 * 67 6876 89 89 * 67 6877 60 89 * 67 6877 71 02 * 67 6877 71 04 * 67 6877 71 06 * 67 6877 71 09 * 67 6877 71 24 * 67 6879 * 67 6879 01 * 73 4123 09 * 73 4123 14 04 * 73 4123 16 06 * 73 4123 19 09 * 73 4123 19 14 * 73 4123 60 14 * 73 4123 60 89 * 73 4123 89 82 * 73 4123 89 89 * 73 4134 00 01 * 73 4134 00 04 * 73 4135 00 02 * 73 4135 00 69 * 73 4135 00 77 * 73 4135 70 02 * 73 4135 70 04 * 73 4135 70 06 * 73 4135 70 09 * 73 4135 70 14 * 73 4135 70 24 *

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

70 70 70 122 122 122 165 165 165 165 122 122 122 122 209 209 209 209 209 291 291 165 70 70 249 249 249 249 249 249 249 209 209 209 209 209 123 123 70 70 70 123 123 123 165 165 165 165 123 123 123 123 166 209 209 209 209 209 291 291 65 119 119 119 119 162 162 119 119 246 246 246 246 246 204 204 204 204 204 204

Order no.

7500 00 04 7500 00 05 7500 00 07 7500 00 08 7501 00 02 7501 00 09 7501 00 10 7501 00 12 7501 00 13 7501 00 14 7501 00 15 * 7501 00 16 * 7502 00 01 7504 00 01 7504 00 02 7504 00 03 7504 00 04 7506 00 12 # 7506 00 19 # 7506 00 29 # 7506 00 42 # 7506 00 43 # 7506 00 44 # 7506 00 49 # 7506 00 52 # 7506 00 59 # 7506 00 72 # 7506 00 73 # 7506 00 74 # 7506 00 75 # 7506 00 79 # 7506 00 83 # 7506 00 85 # 7506 00 89 # 7506 01 12 # 7506 01 19 # 7506 01 29 # 7506 01 42 # 7506 01 43 # 7506 01 44 # 7506 01 49 # 7506 01 52 # 7506 01 59 # 7506 01 72 # 7506 01 73 # 7506 01 74 # 7506 01 75 # 7506 01 79 # 7506 01 83 # 7506 01 85 # 7506 01 89 # 7514 10 00 7514 11 00 7514 12 29 * 7514 13 29 * 7514 20 00 7514 21 00 7514 22 29 * 7514 23 29 * 7514 32 29 * 7514 33 29 * 7514 42 29 * 7514 43 29 * 7516 10 12 7516 10 12 7516 10 19 7516 10 19 7516 10 42 7516 10 42 7516 10 43 7516 10 43 7516 10 44 7516 10 44 7516 10 49 7516 10 49 7516 10 83 # 7516 10 83 # 7516 10 85 # 7516 10 85 # 7516 10 89 #

Packing Page Order no. unit

5 50 10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

364 364 364 364 363 362 362 363 363 363 362 363 365 364 365 365 363 391 391 408 425 425 425 425 397 397 416 416 416 416 416 397 397 397 391 391 408 425 425 425 425 397 397 416 416 416 416 416 397 397 397 364 364 409 410 364 364 409 410 409 410 409 410 343 392 343 392 358 426 358 426 358 426 358 426 347 399 347 399 347

7516 10 89 # 7516 10 91 7516 10 93 7516 10 99 7516 11 12 7516 11 12 7516 11 19 7516 11 19 7516 11 42 7516 11 42 7516 11 43 7516 11 43 7516 11 44 7516 11 44 7516 11 49 7516 11 49 7516 11 83 # 7516 11 83 # 7516 11 85 # 7516 11 85 # 7516 11 89 # 7516 11 89 # 7516 13 70 7516 13 70 7516 13 73 7516 13 73 7516 13 74 v 7516 13 74 * 7516 13 75 * 7516 13 75 * 7516 13 80 7516 13 80 7516 13 85 7516 13 85 7516 15 91 7516 15 93 7516 15 99 7516 16 12 7516 16 19 7516 16 42 7516 16 43 7516 16 44 7516 16 49 7516 16 83 # 7516 16 85 # 7516 16 89 # 7516 17 70 7516 17 73 7516 17 74 * 7516 17 75 * 7516 17 80 7516 17 85 7516 20 12 7516 20 12 7516 20 19 7516 20 19 7516 20 42 7516 20 43 7516 20 43 7516 20 44 7516 20 44 7516 20 49 7516 20 49 7516 20 83 # 7516 20 83 # 7516 20 85 # 7516 20 85 # 7516 20 89 # 7516 20 89 # 7516 20 91 7516 20 93 7516 20 99 7516 21 12 7516 21 12 7516 21 19 7516 21 19 7516 21 42 7516 21 42 7516 21 43 7516 21 43

Packing Page unit

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

399 432 432 432 343 392 343 392 358 426 358 426 358 426 358 426 347 399 347 399 347 399 354 417 354 417 354 417 354 417 347 398 347 398 432 432 432 393 393 427 427 427 427 400 400 400 418 418 418 418 399 399 343 392 343 392 427 358 427 358 427 358 427 347 399 347 399 347 399 432 432 432 343 392 343 392 358 426 358 426

625

PRODUCT SUMMARY Order no.

7516 21 44 7516 21 44 7516 21 49 7516 21 49 7516 21 83 # 7516 21 83 # 7516 21 85 # 7516 21 85 # 7516 21 89 # 7516 21 89 # 7516 23 70 7516 23 70 7516 23 73 7516 23 73 7516 23 74 7516 23 74 7516 23 75 7516 23 75 7516 23 80 7516 23 80 7516 23 85 7516 23 85 7516 25 91 7516 25 93 7516 25 99 7516 26 12 7516 26 19 7516 26 42 7516 26 43 7516 26 44 7516 26 49 7516 26 83 # 7516 26 85 # 7516 26 89 # 7516 27 70 7516 27 73 7516 27 74 * 7516 27 75 * 7516 27 80 7516 27 85 7516 30 91 7516 30 93 7516 30 99 7516 33 70 7516 33 70 7516 33 73 7516 33 73 7516 33 74 7516 33 74 7516 33 75 7516 33 75 7516 33 80 7516 33 80 7516 33 85 7516 33 85 7516 35 91 7516 35 93 7516 35 99 7516 37 70 7516 37 73 7516 37 74 * 7516 37 75 * 7516 37 80 7516 37 85 7516 40 12 7516 40 12 7516 40 19 7516 40 19 7516 40 42 7516 40 42 7516 40 43 7516 40 43 7516 40 44 7516 40 44 7516 40 49 7516 40 49 7516 40 83 # 7516 40 83 # 7516 40 85 # 7516 40 85 #

626

Packing Page Order no. unit

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

358 426 358 426 347 399 347 399 347 399 354 417 354 417 354 417 354 417 347 398 347 398 433 433 433 393 393 427 427 427 427 401 401 401 418 418 418 418 400 400 432 432 432 354 417 354 417 354 417 354 417 347 398 347 398 433 433 433 418 418 418 418 400 400 343 392 343 392 359 427 359 427 359 427 359 427 347 399 347 399

7516 40 89 # 7516 40 89 # 7516 40 91 7516 40 93 7516 40 99 7516 41 12 7516 41 12 7516 41 19 7516 41 19 7516 41 42 7516 41 42 7516 41 43 7516 41 43 7516 41 44 7516 41 44 7516 41 49 7516 41 49 7516 41 83 # 7516 41 83 # 7516 41 85 # 7516 41 85 # 7516 41 89 # 7516 41 89 # 7516 43 70 7516 43 70 7516 43 73 7516 43 73 7516 43 74 7516 43 74 7516 43 75 7516 43 75 7516 43 80 7516 43 80 7516 43 85 7516 43 85 7516 45 91 7516 45 93 7516 45 99 7516 46 12 7516 46 19 7516 46 42 7516 46 43 7516 46 44 7516 46 49 7516 46 83 # 7516 46 85 # 7516 46 89 # 7516 47 70 7516 47 73 7516 47 74 * 7516 47 75 * 7516 47 80 7516 47 85 7516 86 91 7516 86 93 7516 86 99 7516 87 12 * 7516 87 19 * 7516 87 42 7516 87 43 7516 87 44 7516 87 49 7516 87 83 # 7516 87 85 # 7516 87 89 # 7516 88 70 7516 88 73 7516 88 74 * 7516 88 75 * 7516 88 80 7516 88 85 7519 10 00 7519 11 00 7519 20 00 7519 21 00 7521 20 06 7521 30 06 7521 40 06 7521 40 07 7521 40 08

Packing Page unit

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

347 399 432 432 432 343 392 343 392 358 426 358 426 358 426 358 426 347 399 347 399 347 399 354 417 354 417 354 417 354 417 347 398 347 398 433 433 433 393 393 427 427 427 427 401 401 401 418 418 418 418 400 400 433 433 433 393 393 428 428 428 428 401 401 401 419 419 419 419 401 401 437 437 437 438 367 369 367 367 365

Order no.

7521 60 01 7521 60 01 7521 80 01 7526 11 12 7526 11 19 7526 11 29 * 7526 11 42 7526 11 43 7526 11 44 7526 11 49 7526 11 52 7526 11 59 7526 11 72 7526 11 73 7526 11 74 * 7526 11 75 * 7526 11 79 7526 11 83 7526 11 85 7526 11 89 7526 12 12 7526 12 19 7526 12 29 * 7526 12 42 7526 12 43 7526 12 44 7526 12 49 7526 12 52 7526 12 59 7526 12 72 7526 12 73 7526 12 74 * 7526 12 75 * 7526 12 79 7526 12 83 7526 12 85 7526 12 89 7526 15 12 7526 15 19 7526 15 29 * 7526 15 42 7526 15 43 7526 15 44 7526 15 49 7526 15 52 7526 15 59 7526 15 72 7526 15 73 7526 15 74 * 7526 15 75 * 7526 15 79 7526 15 83 7526 15 85 7526 15 89 7526 16 12 7526 16 19 7526 16 29 * 7526 16 42 7526 16 43 7526 16 44 7526 16 49 7526 16 52 7526 16 59 7526 16 72 7526 16 73 7526 16 74 * 7526 16 75 * 7526 16 79 7526 16 83 7526 16 85 7526 16 89 7526 20 01 7526 20 01 7526 40 01 7526 40 01 7531 00 02 7531 10 07 7531 20 07 7531 20 08 * 7531 20 12 *

Packing Page Order no. unit

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

298 366 365 394 394 413 429 429 429 429 404 404 422 422 422 422 422 404 404 404 395 395 414 430 430 430 430 405 405 423 423 423 423 423 405 405 405 395 395 414 430 430 430 430 405 405 422 422 422 422 422 405 405 405 396 396 415 431 431 431 431 406 406 423 423 423 423 423 406 406 406 325 368 325 368 376 380 380 373 384

7531 30 05 7531 40 11 7531 40 13 7531 40 15 7531 40 16 7531 40 17 7531 40 18 7531 40 19 * 7531 60 02 7531 60 03 7531 80 03 7531 80 04 7531 80 05 7531 80 08 * 7533 00 01 7533 60 01 7534 10 01 7534 10 03 7534 10 04 * 7534 10 05 * 7534 10 06 * 7534 20 01 7541 40 03 7541 40 04 7542 40 04 7543 10 01 7544 11 12 7544 11 19 7544 11 29 * 7544 11 42 7544 11 43 7544 11 44 7544 11 49 7544 11 52 7544 11 59 7544 11 72 7544 11 73 7544 11 74 * 7544 11 75 * 7544 11 79 7544 11 83 7544 11 85 7544 11 89 7544 12 12 7544 12 19 7544 12 29 * 7544 12 42 7544 12 43 7544 12 44 7544 12 49 7544 12 52 7544 12 59 7544 12 72 7544 12 73 7544 12 74 * 7544 12 75 * 7544 12 79 7544 12 83 7544 12 85 7544 12 89 7549 00 01 * 7549 20 02 7550 00 02 7551 40 01 7552 40 01 7563 00 04 7564 20 01 7564 20 01 7564 20 01 7564 20 01 7564 20 01 7564 20 34 * 7564 20 35 * 7564 20 39 * 7564 21 34 * 7564 21 35 * 7564 21 39 * 7564 30 34 * 7564 30 35 * 7564 30 39 *

Packing Page unit

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

381 378 379 374 374 381 378 377 374 383 376 375 375 379 384 384 373 379 378 383 377 373 371 369 370 369 394 394 413 429 429 429 429 404 404 421 421 421 421 421 404 404 404 394 394 413 428 428 428 428 403 403 421 421 421 421 421 403 403 403 370 369 382 382 382 385 297 307 316 366 445 313 313 313 313 313 313 313 313 313

Unverbindlic"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

PRODUCT SUMMARY Order no.

7564 31 34 * 7564 31 35 * 7564 31 39 * 7564 40 01 7564 40 01 7564 40 01 7564 40 01 7564 80 01 7564 80 01 7564 80 01 7564 80 01 7566 01 12 # 7566 01 19 # 7566 01 29 # 7566 01 42 # 7566 01 43 # 7566 01 44 # 7566 01 49 # 7566 01 52 # 7566 01 59 # 7566 01 72 # 7566 01 73 # 7566 01 74 # 7566 01 75 # 7566 01 79 # 7566 01 83 # 7566 01 85 # 7566 01 89 # 7566 03 12 * 7566 03 19 * 7566 03 29 * 7566 03 42 * 7566 03 43 * 7566 03 44 * 7566 03 49 * 7566 03 52 * 7566 03 59 * 7566 03 72 * 7566 03 73 * 7566 03 74 * 7566 03 75 * 7566 03 79 * 7566 03 83 * 7566 03 85 * 7566 03 89 * 7566 27 29 * 7566 27 70 7566 27 73 7566 27 74 * 7566 27 75 * 7566 27 80 7566 27 85 7566 35 91 7566 35 93 7566 35 99 7566 36 91 7566 36 93 7566 36 99 7566 37 29 * 7566 37 70 7566 37 73 7566 37 74 * 7566 37 75 * 7566 37 80 7566 37 85 7566 45 91 7566 45 93 7566 45 99 7566 46 91 7566 46 93 7566 46 99 7566 55 91 7566 55 93 7566 55 99 7566 56 91 7566 56 93 7566 56 99 7566 57 29 * 7566 57 70 7566 57 73

Packing Page Order no. unit

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

313 313 313 297 316 366 445 298 317 367 446 391 391 408 425 425 425 425 397 397 416 416 416 416 416 397 397 397 392 392 409 426 426 426 426 398 398 417 417 417 417 417 398 398 398 411 419 419 419 419 402 402 434 434 434 435 435 435 411 420 420 420 420 402 402 434 434 434 436 436 436 435 435 435 436 436 436 412 420 420

7566 57 74 * 7566 57 75 * 7566 57 80 7566 57 85 7570 00 01 # 7570 00 02 # 7570 00 11 # 7571 00 03 7571 00 04 * 7572 00 10 # 7572 00 11 # 7573 00 02 # 7573 00 03 # 7573 00 10 7573 00 10 7573 00 11 * 7573 00 11 * 7574 00 02 # 7574 00 03 # 7574 00 09 7574 00 12 * 7574 00 13 * 7586 00 12 7586 00 19 7586 00 29 * 7586 00 42 7586 00 43 7586 00 44 7586 00 49 7586 00 52 7586 00 59 7586 00 72 7586 00 73 7586 00 74 * 7586 00 75 * 7586 00 79 7586 00 83 7586 00 85 7586 00 89 7590 00 08 # 7590 00 09 7590 00 09 7590 00 12 7590 00 17 # 7590 00 19 7590 00 20 7590 00 21 7590 00 31 7590 00 32 7590 00 46 7590 00 47 7590 00 48 7590 00 49 7590 00 50 7590 00 52 7590 00 53 7590 00 54 7590 00 55 7590 00 57 7590 00 60 7590 00 66 * 7590 00 67 * 7590 00 68 * 7590 00 72 7590 00 72 7590 00 73 7590 00 73 7590 00 74 7590 00 74 7590 00 75 7590 00 75 7590 00 76 7590 00 76 7590 00 77 7590 00 77 7590 00 80 7590 00 81 7590 00 82 7591 00 01 7591 00 02

"#" Articles marked with this sign will phase out . "*" New

Packing Page unit

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

420 420 403 403 389 389 389 385 386 385 384 389 389 387 444 386 448 388 388 388 387 387 396 396 415 431 431 431 431 406 406 424 424 424 424 424 406 406 406 389 386 448 390 389 382 390 388 316 316 371 368 368 367 372 372 372 373 372 371 390 362 362 362 56 383 56 383 56 383 56 383 56 382 56 383 437 437 437 371 368

Order no.

7594 00 03 7594 00 04 7594 00 05 7594 00 09 7594 01 01 * 7594 01 03 * 7594 01 04 * 7594 01 05 * 7594 02 12 7594 02 19 7594 02 29 * 7594 02 42 7594 02 43 7594 02 44 7594 02 49 7594 02 52 7594 02 59 7594 02 72 7594 02 73 7594 02 74 * 7594 02 75 * 7594 02 79 7594 02 83 7594 02 85 7594 02 89 7594 04 02 7594 04 02 7594 04 02 7594 04 02 7594 04 02 7594 04 02 7594 04 02 7594 04 02 7594 04 02 7594 04 03 7594 04 03 7594 04 03 7594 04 03 7594 04 04 7594 04 04 7594 04 09 7594 04 09 7594 04 09 7594 04 09 7594 04 09 7594 04 09 7594 04 09 7594 04 09 7594 04 09 7594 04 83 7594 04 83 7594 04 83 7594 04 85 7594 04 85 7594 04 85 7594 04 89 7594 04 89 7594 04 89 7594 10 01 7594 10 01 7596 00 01 7596 00 02 7596 00 03 7596 00 04 7596 00 05 7596 00 06 7596 00 07 # 7596 00 08 # 7596 00 09 # 7599 10 00 7599 11 00 7599 12 00 7599 13 00 7599 20 00 7599 21 00 7599 22 00 87 2928 10 9020 9050 9051 50

Packing Page Order no. unit

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 10 10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 1 1 1 1

388 388 388 388 388 388 388 388 396 396 415 431 431 431 431 406 406 424 424 424 424 424 406 406 406 81 136 224 261 394 404 413 421 429 224 261 421 429 261 429 81 136 224 261 394 404 413 421 429 136 224 404 136 224 404 136 177 404 55 365 393 393 428 428 428 428 401 401 401 438 438 438 438 438 438 438 53 444 447 447

9103 01 9103 02 9106 9107 9108 9155 # 9200 01 9200 01 9209 9214 01 9251 01 9251 01 9251 02 9251 02 9252 9253 01 9253 02 9254 9259 9405 01 00 9420 00 02 9420 00 69 9420 02 9420 09 9420 14 04 9420 16 06 9420 19 09 9420 60 89 * 9420 70 02 9420 70 04 9420 70 06 9420 70 09 9420 70 24 9420 89 82 9420 89 89 9420 90 04 9420 90 11 9430 01 00 * 9450 01 00 9450 02 00 9455 01 00 9455 02 00 * 9460 01 00 9465 01 00 9490 01 00 9498 02 02 9498 11 02 9498 11 02 9498 11 30 9498 11 30 9498 27 30 9498 28 02 9498 29 01 * 9498 30 02 * 9498 31 03 * 9498 32 04 * 9498 33 02 9498 33 30 BE RTT0 1 HE 450 HI FS1B

Packing Page unit

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 10 10 10

449 449 449 449 449 447 387 444 340 444 59 446 59 446 446 447 447 450 450 338 357 357 342 342 345 345 345 350 353 353 353 353 353 345 345 357 357 331 338 339 340 336 339 340 338 348 351 359 351 359 348 348 412 412 412 412 355 355 29 292 26

627

NOTIZEN

628

NOTIZEN

629

All locations you can see in this catalogue are real. That means: We photographed our switches and systems exclusively in real existing reference objects, whose owners or architects decided consciously for Berker:Penthouse Rheda, Haus Schmidhuber, Haus Wetter, Langer Eugen, Haus Seelen, Peek&Cloppenburg, Bulthaup Leadstore, Vigilius Mountain Resort, Bauhaus, Appartment Bothe, Haus der Gegenwart, Yacht von Hallberg-Rassy. If you also know an interesting reference object with Berker switches and systems or maybe even plan one by yourself, please let us know. We are pleased about each reference - and support you gladly when planning. www.berker.de/kontakt Photos: Jochen Helle, Florian Holzherr, Werner Huthmacher, Wolfram Schroll, Mark Seelen, Peter Szamer, Ulli Würth

berker - the right way. Do you know how to design rooms with exceptional ease and with a more individual style? At Berker we have been working on that since 1919 – and we have found some highly attractive answers. Berker switches and systems are in use all over the world, making life more beautiful, easier and more comfortable. We place the utmost emphasis on quality, design and innovation. This is confirmed by the numerous awards we have received both at home and abroad. Berker is a leading supplier of high-quality electrical installations – from timelessly classic switch design through to intelligent building management systems. All new developments are created with just one thing in mind: the satisfaction of our customers. After all, we want you to feel at home with our products for decades to come. Don’t just let your life be guided by taste, but also by state-of-the-art technology, with Berker – the right way.

Berker GmbH & Co. KG Klagebach 38, 58579 Schalksmühle/Germany Telefon +49 (0) 23 55/9 05-0, Telefax +49 (0) 23 55/9 05-105 export@berker.com